LGED Schedule of Rates 2022 - FB - Design - Integrity

Schedule of Rates
Schedule of Rates, LGED, June 2022

Item Code Brief Description of Item Unit Rate
Zone-A Zone-B Zone-C Zone-D
Dhaka & Chattogram Rajshahi & Khulna &
Mymensingh & Sylhet Rangpur Barishal
Division Division Division Division
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 1 : General, Site Facilities and Safety

1.01 Erection and maintenance of semi permanent site office and removal
of the same after completion of work in accordance with the
conditions of contract. In addition to the office required for own use,
the contractor shall provide and maintain furnished site office for the
use of Engineer-in-charge and his staff. The site office must have
tiles floor, adequate foundation, brick walls, false ceiling of gypsum
board and all windows are to be glazed, shuttered and provided with
steel grill. Outside and inside wall surface are to be painted on
plaster acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge. The site office shall be
maintained in a secure condition by the contractor until the
completion of the contract and shall be provided with electricity,
water supply, wash rooms and sewerage facilities. All doors shall be
fitted with approved locks and windows shall be provided with
screen/blinds. Before construction the contractor shall submit plans
and drawings showing proposed details and location for the site
office, including foundations, access roads, shades, layout of
electrical and water supply and hard standings there for the approval
of Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge may require revision
of the plans prior to giving approval for construction. The contractor
shall also submit detailed proposed furniture, fittings and other items
of equipment and plant to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. These
items shall be of the standard quality suitable for site. The office,
complete with furnishings, fittings, access roads and hard standings
shall be ready for occupation by the Engineer-in-charge within 28
days of the date when the contractor first occupies the site. The
contractor shall provide day and night guards and an attendant for
the field office. At the end of the contract all materials, equipment and
plant, furniture, fittings recovered from dismantling the office and
removing access road will be the property of the contractor. No
interim payment shall be certified unless engineer’s office with
required facilities are constructed and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (This is a time related item; proportionate payment for this
item shall be made distributing in each bill on the basis of percentage
progress of the whole works under contract)
1.01.01 Engineer's site office of minimum 10 sqm plinth area with providing job 50,308.00 50,308.00 50,308.00 50,308.00
necessary facilities including office furniture, consumables,
stationeries etc. [PWD 01.1.1]
necessary facilities including office furniture, consumables,
stationeries, water purifier etc. [PWD 01.1.2]
necessary facilities including office furniture, 24000 BTU air cooler,
umbrella, crookeries, water purifier, PC with monitor, uninterruptible
power supply (UPS), laserjet printer (minimum 20 ppm), LED flood
light fittings(Halogen) for sight security etc. [PWD 01.1.3]
1.02 Project Profile Signboard: Providing and fixing of typical project sqm 16,002.77 15,955.69 15,885.08 15,885.08
profile signboard as per direction of E-I-C, to be placed at a suitable
place of the site including submission of proposals for the materials &
size of the signboards (recommended size: 1800mm x 1200 mm with
2 nos. 75mm dia. MS post, outer & inner frames of board shall be
50mm x 50mm x 5mm & 25mm x 25mm x 5 mm respectively ) and
text layout to the engineer for approval which will be positioned as
directed by the engineer and removing the same on completeion of
the works or as instructed by the E-I-C. Sheeting will be made of
encapsulated lens with retro-reflective type and messages/ borders
will be screen printed. The text shall mention among others the name
of the project, name of the implementing agency, cost of the project,
completion time, name of the contractor etc.
Page 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1.03 Supplying and providing of first aid box with necessary each 16,215.00 16,215.00 16,215.00 16,215.00
materials/medicine (hygienic gown, thermometer, adhesive
dressings, antiseptic solutions, bandages, cotton balls or swaps,
emergency blanket, gloves, hand sanitizer, ice pack, saline etc ). All
complete as per direction of Engineer-in -charge. [PWD 01.1.4.3]
1.04 Hiring, installation, testing & commissioning of CCTV/Surveillance job 49,081.00 49,081.00 49,081.00 49,081.00
facilities for monitoring construction site including supply, fixing of 5.0
megapixel IR fixed bullet network IP camera including lens, bracket,
housing with outdoor night vision facilities, full HD 1080 pixel, real
time video, network video recorder (NVR) , 2 TB HDD for NVR ,
4/8/16/32 port PoE switch, 32"/42" Full HD CCTV monitor, cable &
accessories, internet connection with operation & maintenance cost
throughout contract completion period, re-fitting & re-fixing with
progress of construction all complete as per direction of Engineer in
charge. [PWD 01.1.5]
1.05 Mobilization and cleaning site before commencing actual physical sqm 218.00 214.00 198.00 198.00
work and during contract period and demobilization after completion
of the works under contract to be accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. This work shall also cover cleaning and clearing, cutting or
filling, dressing the project area on and in the ground to an extent
that all the events of works of the project can be executed smoothly
in a working environment with a particular attention on safety and
security in all respects, and to stockpile the end outcome to a place
for disposal agreed by the Engineer-in-charge, where, payments are
to be based on ground area determined by the Engineer-in-charge
and be proportionate to the percentage progress of work under
contract as a whole in all respects and approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 01.7]
1.06 Providing expertised architect having minimum qualification Bachelor per 80,000.00 80,000.00 80,000.00 80,000.00
of Architecture and relevant experience(s) more than 5 years with month
registration in respective professional body for detail documentation
of architectural themes, drawings, working out shop drawings,
communication with theme architect & getting approval, specifying
architectural needs according to approved master architectural
themes & plan, certifying as built drawing for the approval etc. and
any relevant jobs assigned by the HOPE or his official at site (max
man month not greater than 1/4 of initial contract duration or contract
completion time whichever is less & payment for the item subject to
submission of CV & approved by HOPE or his authorized officer).
[PWD 01.8]
1.07 Providing expertised engineer having minimum qualification B.Sc. in per 120,000.00 120,000.00 120,000.00 120,000.00
Civil Engineering and relevant experience(s) more than 10 years month
with registration in respective professional body for project
documentation, progress study & adjustment, preparation of project
material schedule and testing schdule for approval etc. & jobs
assigned by the HOPE or his official, at site (max man month not
greater than 1/4 of initial contract duration or contract completion
time whichever is less & payment for the item subject to submission
of CV & approved by HOPE or his authorized officer). [PWD 01.9]
1.08 Bench Mark Pillar: Manufacturing, supplying & fixing in position RCC each 1,161.02 1,155.69 1,123.16 1,125.70
(1:2:4) Bench Mark Pillars of size 150mm x 150mm x 750mm, with
400mm x 400mm x 100mm base having 3 nos. 10mm dia MS bar
each way at base, 4 nos. 10mm dia vertical bar and 8 nos. 6mm dia
tie, including cost of form works, concreting, reinforcement, plastering
at top, inscribing on exposed surface, finishing surface, curing, earth
cutting, embedding 450mm below GL., backfilling, ramming etc.
complete as per direction of E-I-C.
Page 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1.09 Providing 3 sets as-built drawings subject to Engineer’s approval per 28,256.00 28,256.00 28,256.00 28,256.00
produced in AutoCAD software in 584.5 mm x 413.5 mm (A-2 size) tender
standard drawing paper, and operating and maintenance manual of
the equipment and plant incorporated in the works, if any, in original
by the date stated in the particular conditions of contract (PCC). If the
contractor does not supply the as-built drawings and operating &
maintenance manuals by the date stated in the particular conditions
of contract (PCC), or they do not receive the Engineer-in-charge’s
approval, the Engineer-in-charge shall withhold the amount stated in
the PCC from the payments due to the contractor. The as-built
drawings must show the permanent works as actually constructed
and reflect the revision of drawings supplied to the contractor during
the Contract as well as revisions of drawings supplied to the
contractor during the contract. (One set of as-built drawings shall be
considered for measurement and payment) [PWD 01.2.1]
1.10 Videography: Providing and carrying out video shoting of roads,
bridges, buildings, other programmes by professional videographer
including hiring of vehicle, equipment for video shooting, titling,
lightening, mixing, lettering, editing including cost of two DVDs of
approved makes and quality etc. all complete as per direction of E-I-
C. The edition of the video film and the script for narration shall be as
approved by the engineer.
1.10.01 Within 50 Kilometer from district head quarter for full day day 1,698.52 1,698.52 1,698.52 1,698.52
1.10.02 Beyond 50 Kilometer from district head quarter for full day day 1,846.22 1,846.22 1,846.22 1,846.22
1.10.03 Work upto 5 hours per day only day 1,104.04 1,104.04 1,104.04 1,104.04
1.11 Photography: Shooting of still photographs by professinal hour 443.09 443.09 443.09 443.09
photographer at outdoor and indoor of construction and other works
of building, bridges, roads etc. for recording the progress of works at
any distances including hiring of vehicle, equipment for photo
shooting, lightening, mixing, lettering, editing including cost of
digitized media & min. 10 nos.4R images printed on photo paper etc.
all complete as per direction of E-I-C.
1.12 Dust suppression measures km 2,584.70 2,584.70 2,584.70 2,584.70
1.13 Temporary Toilet: Construction of temporary toilets in work site/ rest each 12,923.51 12,923.51 12,923.51 12,923.51
area complete as per design and specifications and approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. There should be 1 camp in each site. In each
camp, there should be 1 no of toilet for women and 1 no of toilet for
men
1.14 Traffic Management: Maintaining traffic management at worksite LS
from time of commencement of contractor’s activities to time of
completion activities, including ensuring that the road is safe for
users, providing a safe working area for those involved in work on
trafficked network and minimizing any disruption to smooth flow of
traffic (this includes providing necessary barricades, warning
signs/lights, guide signs, flagmen, maintaining diversion roads by
cutting, filling, constructing, etc. or by any other means) in
accordance with the full satisfaction of the Engineering-in-charge,
unless specified otherwise, including keeping provision for existing
traffic and pedestrian movements in such a way as to assure that a
single lane at least 3.0m wide is available for public traffic at all
times (including access to properties and local roads) affected by the
contractor’s activities shall be maintained at all times (day & night),
including removal of all temporary constructions on completion of the
activities, etc. all complete as per requirement and instruction of
Engineer-in-charge. All relevant accessories and arrangements
under this item shall be property of the contractor and payment will
be made after 100% completion of the contract successfully.
1.15 Supplying of Best Quality Safety hand gloves for construction work each 306.76 306.76 306.76 306.76
of Flexible/durable/excellent puncture resistance working gloves with
PVC palm and T/C drill back, pasted cuff ,palm liner . all complete in
all respect as per approved specification and direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Page 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1.16 Supplying, fitting and fixing 18mm thick marble Name plate including sqm 9,753.47 9,741.20 9,477.39 9,477.39
cost of materials, labour, form work, engraving neatly the approved
Sample given by the engineer etc. complete as per drawings and
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Page 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 2 : Earth Works in Road Embankment

2.01.1 C&G (Clearing and Grubbing): The work consists of cutting, sqm 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00
removing and disposing of all materials such as trees, bushes,
shrubs, stumps, roots, grass, weeds, rubbish, and removal of topsoil
and other organic material etc. all complete as per direction of
Engineer in Charge. [BR 39.01]
2.02.1 EFW: Earth work in road embankment up to a lift of 1.5 m in all kinds cum
of soil including cutting and throwing earth in layers not exceeding
150 mm in thickness, breaking clods up to 40 mm size in each layer,
ramming, leveling and dressing as per required side slope and
alignment with earth borrowed from the road side govt. acquired land
for any leads and maintaining the embankment true to level and side
slopes as per profiles for one year from the date of completion
including making dug, bailing, profiling etc. complete and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 24.1]
2.02.1.1 For initial lift of 1.5 m cum 201.00 197.00 183.00 183.00
2.02.1.2 For additional lift of 1 m beyond 1.5 m up to 2.5 m cum 229.00 225.00 209.00 209.00
2.02.2 EFW(AE): Earth filling work with specified soil in any type of
embankment, where earth shall be arranged by the contractor's own
cost including royalty, cutting, carrying, filling and compacting to
85%/95%/98% of Maximum Dry Density (MDD) at Optimum Moisture
Content (OMC), with reference to laboratory density test AASHTO
standard hammer by throwing earth in layers not more than 150mm
in each layer in proper alignment, grade, camber and side slope in all
types of soil except rocky, gravelly and slushy including benching not
more than 300mm in vertical and 600mm in horizontal steps along
the sides while widening any embankment with clod breaking to
maximum size of 100mm, benching the side slopes, removing roots
and stumps of trees of girth upto 200mm and other foreign particles
stripping/ ploughing the base of embankment and borrow pit area,
dug bailing, clearing jungles, bail out of water, rough dressing
including 150mm cambering at the centre of crest with all leads
and lifts complete (compaction will be done by the contractor with
approved equipment including all ancillary charges for compaction
and testing) as per direction of Engineer in charge. Payment will be
made on compacted volume.
2.02.2.01 85% Compaction cum 279.47 275.16 257.68 257.68
2.02.2.02 95% Compaction cum 389.60 385.66 369.66 369.66
2.02.2.03 98% Compaction cum 430.29 426.35 410.35 410.35
Page 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.02.3 EFW(CE): Earth filling work with specified soil in any type of
embankment, where earth shall be carried by truck/boat or any other
means, supplied at contractor's own cost including royalty, cutting,
carrying, filling and compacting to 85%/95%/98% of Maximum Dry
Density (MDD) at Optimum Moisture Content (OMC), with reference
to laboratory density test AASHTO standard hammer by throwing
earth in layers not more than150mm in proper alignment, grade,
camber and side slope in all types of soil except rocky, gravelly and
slushy including benching not more than 300mm in vertical and
600mm in horizontal steps along the sides while widening any
embankment, with clod breaking to maximum size of 100mm,
benching the side slopes, removing roots and stumps of trees of girth
upto 200mm and other foreign particles, stripping/ ploughing the
base of embankment and borrow pit area, dug bailing, clearing
jungles, bail out of water, rough dressing including 150mm
cambering at the centre of crest with all leads and lifts complete
(compaction will be done by the contractor with approved
equipment including all ancillary charges for compaction and testing)
as per direction of Engineer in charge. Payment will be made on
compacted volume. The item is applicable when earth is supplied
and arranged by the contractor from a distance beyond 200m from
the end of right of way.
2.02.3.01 Outside municipal area, 85% Compaction cum 328.70 324.39 306.91 306.91
2.02.3.04 Within municipal area, 85% Compaction cum 397.63 393.32 370.33 370.33
2.02.4 EFW(DrS): Earth filling work in any type of embankment/pond/low

lands with suitable dredged soil (sandy clay/silty clay/silt but
excluding organic material), collected from silt-up river/canal bed by
dredging with appropriate local dredger, including carrying through
pipe or any other suitable means, loading, unloading and filling
gradually at the right place of filling area in an artificial silt up manner
at a suitable height and distance, including leveling, dressing and all
necessary arrangements to fill-up soil and compacting to 95% of
Maximum Dry Density (MDD) at Optimum Moisture Content (OMC)
with reference to laboratory density test AASHTO modified hammer
with suitable equipment dressing etc. complete in all respect as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all
materials, their carriages, hire charges of dredger and all other
machines, equipment for filling soil as per specification, fuels,
lubricants, wages of operational staff and all incidental charges in this
connection, etc. Location of river bed from where earth will be
collected and quality of borrow soil must have prior approval from the
Engineer-in-charge. In no circumstances, earth shall be borrowed
from agricultural/homestead land. The borrow earth have to be
collected from river bed by avoiding any detrimental impact on the
river channel. Payment will be made on compacted volume.
2.02.4.01 Initial distance within 300m cum 292.26 291.97 291.21 291.21
2.02.4.02 Distance 300m to 600m cum 319.33 319.05 318.29 318.29
2.02.4.03 Distance 600m to 1.0km cum 368.07 367.79 367.03 367.03
2.02.4.04 Distance 1.0km to 2.0km cum 422.23 421.95 421.18 421.18

2.02.4.07 Distance 4.0km and above cum 611.77 611.49 610.73 610.73
Page 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.03.1 CB: Providing clay blanket/clay cover by carried earth supplied at cum 438.83 434.89 418.89 418.89
contractor's own cost including royalty in different thickness over the
side slopes or crest of the road embankment with selected soil (clay
content minimum 80% and silt content 0-20%) including throwing
clay in layers not exceeding 150 mm in thickness, clod breaking,
benching the side slopes and compacting to 95% of maximum dry
density at optimum moisture content with reference to laboratory
density test AASHTO standard hammer with suitable equipment
dressing etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Composition of specified soil must be confirmed by laboratory test
before use. (compaction will be done by the contractor with
approved equipment including all ancillary charges for compaction
and testing) as per direction of Engineer in charge. Payment will be
made on compacted volume.
2.04.1 EWEx(Rd/C/P): Earthwork in excavation of roadway/canal/pond etc
of any dimension in all kinds of soil including cutting up to required
depth including bailing out water and throwing on the embankment,
breaking clods, ramming and leveling, dressing in 225 mm layer with
maintaining the side slopes and level of both pond and the
embankment as per design and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 02.18]
2.04.1.1 For initial lead of 30 m and lift of 1.5 m cum 259.00 255.00 236.00 236.00
2.04.1.2 Added for each additional lift of 0.3 m beyond 1.5 m and up to 3 m cum 9.00 9.00 8.00 8.00
2.04.3 EWEx(Dr): Earth work in re-excavation of Beel, River & Beel cum 105.11 105.03 104.55 104.55
connectivity (Canal) etc. by small dredging unit according to the lines,
grades and elevation as shown in the drawing, fitting of cutter
machine, delivery pipe fitting, soil management, filling chamber,
village platform and disposing of all excavated materials at a safe
distance designated by the E-I-C in all types of clay/slurry/organic
soils except rocky, gravelly, slushy soil, levelling, dressing, etc. all
complete for an initial soil dumping lead upto 100m including
arranging for and supplying all necessary tools and equipment at
work site etc. complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
2.04.4 EWEx(M): Earth Excavation by Mechanical hydraulic Excavator cum 89.55 89.49 89.05 89.05
(Long Boon) in roadway/canals/ponds, etc. with 0.90 cum bucket
capacity, including cutting and loading in tippers or disposing of all
excavated materials at a safe distance designated by the E-I-C,
trimming bottom and side slopes, in accordance with requirements of
lines, grades and cross sections, leveling, dressing, etc. all complete
for an initial excavation depth of 3m and lead upto 20m. including
cost of hire charges of Excavator and all other machines, equipment,
fuels, lubricants and wages of operational staff etc. all complete as
per the direction of the E-I-C
2.05.1 Leveling and dressing the embankment crown, road flanks, etc. in sqm 15.51 15.26 14.15 14.15
maintenance work by earth cutting and filling as necessary with
maintaining proper slope and camber including compaction etc. all
complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
2.05.2 E/C(Mech): Compaction of earth in constructing of road cum 135.04 134.74 133.51 133.51
embankment/road slopes/ canal bank/ compounds etc. as per design
to profile in layers not exceeding 200mm thick, including clod
breaking to a maximum size of 75mm, leveling, dressing, watering to
bring moisture content ± 2% of OMC & compacting soil by vibratory
soil compactor or by appropriate mechanical means to attain 95% of
Maximum Dry Density (MDD) at Optimum Moisture Content (OMC)
with reference to laboratory density test AASHTO-180 etc. all
complete in all respect as per drawing, specification, direction and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[This item will be applicable where compaction events are not
included in the items like compaction on box cutting soil]
Page 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.05.3 ESC(Mech): Scarifying and loosening of existing earthen shoulder up sqm 44.69 44.44 43.46 43.46
to the minimum depth of 100mm, including removing all detrimental
material, breaking clods, levelling, dressing, maintaining proper
grade & cross-fall (minimum+5%), watering to OMC ± 2% &
compacting by vibratory soil compactor or by appropriate mechanical
means to attain minimum 95% of Maximum Dry Density (MDD) at
Optimum Moisture Content (OMC) with reference to laboratory
density test AASHTO-180 etc. all complete in all respect as per
drawing, specification, direction and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.
2.06.1 Creating turf on the side slopes and top of embankment with good sqm 23.00 22.00 21.00 21.00
quality turf not less than 225 mm square chunk, watering till the grass
grown including all leads and lifts etc. complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 24.3]
2.06.2 Supplying and planting vertiver (Binna) grass/lawn grass in a bunch sqm 62.02 61.22 58.02 58.02
of 2 to 3 stem @of 225mm c/c all over the side slope starting from
225mm beyond the edge of the shoulder and watering till the grasses
are fully grown etc. all complete as per direction of E-I-C. The stem
should be 125mm to 150mm long with roots. (The payment is to be
made only when grasses are fully grown)
Page 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 3 : Road Works

Section-01: Box Cutting
3.01.1 BP: Preparation of bed by cutting and filling including watering to sqm 15.76 15.66 14.96 14.96
bring moisture content ± 2% of OMC & compacting by appropriate
mechanical means etc. to obtain design CBR at minimum
compaction 98% of Maximum Dry Density (MDD) etc. all complete
as per direction of the E-I-C
3.01.2 BC(150mm): Earth work in box cutting on road crest up to 150mm sqm 33.85 33.23 30.77 30.77
depth, maintaining proper grade, camber and alignment, super
elevation on curves, removing soil to a safe distance or spreading the
excavated earth on road flanks and slopes uniformly including
leveling, dressing,watering and compacting the sub-grade soil by
manual means etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.01.3.1 BC(300mm): Earthwork in box cutting on road crest up to 300mm sqm 66.00 65.00 60.00 60.00
depth in all types of soil. Removing soil to a safe distance,
maintaining proper alignment, camber and grade including leveling,
dressing and compacting the sub grade as per drawing and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 24.2.1]
3.01.3.2 BC&SGC(300mm): Earth work in box cutting on road crest up to sqm
300mm depth, maintaining proper grade, camber and alignment,
super elevation on curves, removing soils to a safe distance or if
necessary, spreading the excavated earth on road flanks and slopes
uniformly including leveling, dressing, watering to bring moisture
content ± 2% of OMC & compacting the sub-grade by appropriate
mechanical means to attain design CBR at specified degree of
compaction etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.01.3.2.01 Degree of Compaction: Minimum 98% of MDD (Standard Proctor) sqm 76.82 75.71 70.66 70.66
3.01.3.2.02 Degree of Compaction: Minimum 95% of MDD (Modified Proctor) sqm 87.73 86.62 81.58 81.58
3.01.3.3 BC&SGP(300mm): Earth work in box cutting up to 300mm depth & sqm
Preparation of sub-grade by excavating road crest another 300mm
depth, removing soils to a safe distance or spreading the excavated
earth on road flanks, slopes. In preparing 300mm sub-grade below
the box, excavating top 150mm layer and excavated earth set aside
to reuse, then scarifying the bottom 150 mm layer, breaking clods to
40mm maximum in size, leveling, dressing, watering to OMC ± 2% &
compacting the 1st layer by appropriate mechanical means to attain
design CBR at specified degree of compaction, subsequently
prepare 2nd layer by spreading aside materials on top of prepared
1st layer, removing all deleterious material breaking clods, leveling,
dressing, watering to OMC ± 2% and compacting the layer following
the same procedure as 1st layer to attain design CBR including
maintaining proper grade, camber and alignment, super elevation on
curves etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (When in-situ
sub grade materials is suitable but very loose)
3.01.3.4 BC&SGP: Earth work in box cutting up to requried depth &
Page 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.01.3.4.01 Degree of Compaction: Minimum 98% of MDD (Standard Proctor) cum 492.16 484.77 452.16 452.16
3.01.3.4.02 Degree of Compaction: Minimum 95% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 544.72 537.34 504.72 504.72
3.01.4.2 BC&SGC(450mm): Earth work in box cutting on road crest up to sqm

450mm depth, maintaining proper grade, camber and alignment,
super elevation on curves, removing soils to a safe distance or if
necessary, spreading the excavated earth on road flanks and slopes
uniformly including leveling, dressing, watering to bring moisture
content ± 2% of OMC & compacting the sub-grade by appropriate
mechanical means to attain design CBR at specified degree of
compaction etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.01.4.3 BC&SGP(450mm): Earth work in box cutting up to 450mm depth & sqm
Section-02: Improved Sub-Grade

3.02.1.1 Sand (FM 0.50) filling on the road bed in the improved sub-grade cum 945.23 952.49 939.07 939.07
with sand (minimum FM 0.5) free from dust, earth, other vegetable
growth, foreign materials etc. including supplying all materials,
spreading, watering, compacting by appropriate mechanical means
to obtain a minimum Soaked CBR 8% or Design CBR at minimum
compaction 98% of Maximum Dry Density (MDD) (Modified Proctor),
etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.02.1.2 Sand (FM 0.80) filling on the road bed in the improved sub-grade cum 1,016.00 1,019.01 980.12 980.12
with sand (minimum FM 0.8) free from dust, earth, other vegetable
growth, foreign materials etc. including supplying all materials,
spreading, watering, compacting by appropriate mechanical means
to obtain a minimum Design Soaked CBR but not less than 8% at
minimum compaction 98% of Maximum Dry Density (MDD) (Modified
Proctor), etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.02.1.3 Filling the road bed in the improved sub-grade with locally available cum 834.82 771.31 750.82 811.68
sand (passing <=15% through #200 sieve) free from dust, earth clod,
other vegetable growth, foreign materials etc. including supplying all
materials, spreading, watering, compacting by appropriate
mechanical means to obtain a minimum Soaked CBR 8% or Design
CBR at minimum compaction 98% of Maximum Dry Density (MDD)
(Modified Proctor), etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.02.1.4 SB for Uni-Paver: Providing compacted Sand Bedding over the cum 2,319.80 2,247.79 2,257.02 2,278.26
finished base course, including supplying well graded sand of
minimum FM=2.5, free from dust, earth, other vegetation, foreign
materials, etc., including spreading sand uniformly of specified loose
thickness on finished road surface maintaining grade, camber and
super elevation, local handling, booming, watering, to bring moisture
content ± 3% of OMC & compacting by appropriate mechanical
means to obtain a minimum design compaction, etc. all complete in
all respect as per drawing, specification, direction and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.
Page 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.02.2 PiISG: Labour charge for taking out the existing sand from road bed cum 101.54 99.70 92.31 92.31
of any thickness and removing the debris including staking the
materials at a specified distance, etc. all complete as per direction of
the E-I-C.
3.02.3 CISG: Labour for spreading & compaction of Improved Subgrade cum 180.89 179.66 174.74 174.74
consisting of sand having compacted thickness as per specifications
including local handling, hand packing, watering, rolling in layers of
specified loose thickness with 8~10 tonne road roller to achieve
Design Soaked CBR but not less than 8% at a degree of compaction
to minimum 98% Maximum Dry Density (MDD) (Modified Proctor )
etc all complete as per direction of the Engineering-in-charge.
Thickness of each layer should not be more than 125mm loose and
Payment will be made on compacted thickness. (The rate excludes
the cost of sand)
Section-03: Sub-Base Course
3.03.1 Dis(SB/BC): Dismantling of damaged sub-base and Base course cum 190.58 188.73 181.35 181.35
works in flexible paved road of any thickness by appropriate
mechanical means and removing the debris to a safe distance,
stacking properly including all tools and plants, etc. all complete as
per direction of the E-I-C.
3.03.2 S&C(SB): Labour for mixing, spreading & compacting of Sub-base cum 447.52 441.98 425.37 425.37
consisting of sand and crusher run aggregate made of well burnt
picked 1st class bricks or stone having compacted thickness as per
specifications including local handling, hand packing, watering, dry
rolling followed by wet rolling in layers of specified loose thickness
with 8~10 tonne road roller to achieve Design soaked CBR but not
less than 30% at a degree of compaction to minimum 98% (Modified
Proctor) etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineering-in-
charge. Thickness of each layer should not be more than 100mm
loose and Payment will be made on compacted thickness. (The rate
excludes the cost of sand, brick/stone aggregates)
3.03.3.1 SBBC(FM-0.5): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 3,642.32 3,634.11 3,492.65 3,540.94
course with 38mm down Crusher run 1st class bricks/picked chips of
LAA value not exceeding 40 & sand of minimum FM 0.50 mixed in
proportion 1:1 by volume placed in layer(s), mixing properly,
watering, compacting with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain each
layer's minimum soaked CBR 30% or Design CBR at minimum
compaction 98% of MDD (Modified Proctor) including supplying of all
materials, labourers, tools and equipment etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C.
3.03.3.2 SBBC(FM<0.5): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 3,578.48 3,529.34 3,383.79 3,467.27
LAA value not exceeding 40 & locally available sand (Passing
<=15% through #200 sieve) mixed in proportion 1:1 by volume
placed in layer(s) to give a maximum compacted thickness of 100mm
in a single appropriate layer, mixing properly, watering, compacting
with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain each layer's minimum soaked
CBR 30% or Design CBR at minimum compaction 98% of MDD
(Modified Proctor) including supplying of all materials, labourers,
tools and equipment etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.03.3.3 SBSL(FM-0.5): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 4,081.03 4,121.11 3,665.35 3,989.47
course with 38mm down local Crushed stone (Louva) chips mixed
with Bholaganj crushed stone chips, as necessary, having LAA value
not exceeding 40 & sand of minimum FM 0.50 mixed in proportion
1:1 by volume placed in layer(s), mixing properly, watering,
compacting with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain each layer's
minimum soaked CBR 30% or Design CBR at minimum compaction
98% of MDD (Modified Proctor) including supplying of all materials,
labourers, tools and equipment etc. all complete as per direction of
the E-I-C.
Page 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.03.3.4 SBBC(FM-0.8): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 3,683.24 3,672.58 3,516.38 3,564.67
LAA value not exceeding 40 & sand of minimum FM 0.80 mixed in
proportion 1:1 by volume placed in layer(s), mixing properly,
watering, compacting with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain each
layer's minimum soaked CBR 35% or Design CBR at minimum
3.03.4.1 SBBC(70:30): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 4,742.15 4,726.01 4,530.81 4,599.08
course with 38mm down brick chips made of 1st class /picked brick
(LAA value not exceeding 40) mixed thoroughly with sand of
requisite FM (FM not less than 0.8) to obtain a homogeneous mix
complying with the specified grading requirement of the relevant item
of Road Design standards, (Suggested mixing ratio Brick Chips
38mm downgraded 25% and 20mm downgraded 45% with 30%
sand) including mixing, carrying, placing and spreading uniformly in
appropriate layer to give specified compacted thickness not more
than 100mm in a single layer, watering, compacting by 8~10 tonne
road roller at OMC±3% to obtain each layer's minimum soaked CBR
50% or Design CBR at minimum compaction 98% of MDD (Modified
Proctor), including supplying of all materials, their carriage, labourers
3.03.4.2 SBSC(50:50): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 7,523.88 7,662.16 6,708.52 6,946.06
course with 38mm down chips made of Crushed Stone (LAA value
not exceeding 35) mixed thoroughly with sand of requisite FM (FM
not less than 0.8) to obtain a homogeneous mix complying with the
specified grading requirement of the relevant item of Road Design
standards, (Suggested mixing ratio Crushed Stone 38mm
downgraded 25% and 20mm downgraded 25% with 50% sand of
total mix) including mixing, carrying, placing and spreading uniformly
in appropriate layer to give specified compacted thickness not more
than 100mm in a single layer, watering, compacting with 8~10 tonne
road roller at OMC±3% to obtain each layer's minimum soaked CBR
50% or Design CBR at minimum compaction 98% of MDD (Modified
Proctor), including supplying of all materials, their carriage, labourers
3.03.5.1 SBbySM(FM-0.5): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 1,064.90 1,059.96 1,027.36 1,027.36
course with 38mm down crusher run 1st class bricks/picked chips
from suitable salvage materials and supplying sand of minimum FM
0.50 mixed in proportion of 1:1 by volume placed in layer(s), mixing
properly, watering, compacting with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain
each layer's minimum soaked CBR 30% or Design CBR at minimum
direction of the E-I-C. (Excluding cost of 0.6650cum brick chips per
cum work).
3.03.5.2 SBbySM(FM-0.8): Providing compacted aggregate sand sub-base cum 1,105.82 1,098.43 1,051.09 1,051.09
course with 38mm down crusher run 1st class bricks/picked chips
from suitable salvage materials and supplying sand of minimum FM
0.80 mixed in proportion of 1:1 by volume placed in layer(s), mixing
properly, watering, compacting with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain
each layer's minimum soaked CBR 35% or Design CBR at minimum
direction of the E-I-C. (Excluding cost of 0.6650cum brick chips per
cum work).
Section-04: End Edging
3.04.1.1 PiEE(75mm): Labour charge for picking up the existing brick on end m 9.48 9.30 8.62 8.62
edging (75mm across) including staking the materials at a specified
distance, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.04.1.2 PiEE(125mm): Labour charge for picking up the existing brick on end m 18.28 17.95 16.62 16.62
edging (125mm across) including staking the materials at a specified
distance, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
Page 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.04.2.1 ReEE(75mm): Labour charge for Resetting the brick on end edging m 17.45 17.22 16.04 16.04
(75mm across) with 1st class/picked bricks, including cutting trenches
true to level & maintaining grade, removing earth, re-filling &
ramming the sides properly, including supplying and filling the gaps
with local sand, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.04.2.2 ReEE(125mm): Labour charge for Resetting the brick on end edging m 29.11 28.74 26.83 26.83
(125mm across) with 1st class/picked bricks including cutting
trenches true to level & maintaining grade, removing earth, re-filling
& ramming the sides properly, including supplying and filling the gaps
with local sand, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.04.3.1 EE (75mm): Brick on end edging (75 mm across the road) with first m 140.00 139.00 133.00 135.00
class or picked jhama bricks and filling the gaps with fine sand (F.M.
0.80) including cutting trenches, true to level and grade, removing
earth, refilling and ramming the sides properly including cost of all
materials and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 24.7.1]
3.04.3.2 EE(125mm): Brick on end edging (125mm across) with 1st m 199.39 199.06 190.41 193.85
class/picked bricks including cutting trenches true to level &
maintaining grade, removing earth, re-filling & ramming the sides
properly, including supplying and filling the gaps with local sand, etc.
all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
Section-05: Base Course
3.05.1 S&SBC: Supplying and spreading 1st class and picked brick chips
(LAA value not exceeding 40) including cost of bricks carrying
breaking into specified sizes including screening & spreading
uniformly on the road surface maintaining grade, camber and super
elevation, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.05.1.1 20mm downgraded cum 4,209.37 4,192.14 4,018.60 4,092.45

3.05.2 B&SBC: Labour charge for breaking and spreading 1st class &
picked brick chips including cost of bricks carrying, breaking into
specified sizes including screening & spreading uniformly on the road
surface maintaining grade, camber and super elevation, etc. all
3.05.2.1 20mm downgraded cum 553.86 535.40 507.71 507.71

3.05.3 S&SSC: Supplying and spreading stone chips of LAA value not
exceeding 35% [Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur],
to be obtained from boulders including cost of boulders carrying
breaking into specified sizes including screening & spreading
uniformly on the road surface maintaining grade, camber and super
elevation, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.

Page 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.05.4.1 S&SBC(WG): Supplying and spreading 50mm downgraded crusher cum 4,007.89 4,000.26 3,827.33 3,898.10
run 1st class and Picked brick chips of LAA value not exceeding 40%
including supplying of required amount of 12mm downgraded chips
made of same quality bricks to fill the voids including cost of
materials, spreading uniformly in layers of specified loose thickness
on road surface maintaining grade, camber and super elevation, etc.
all complete as per direction of the E-I- C. Measurement will be made
on loose volume.
3.05.4.2 S&SSC(WG): Supplying and spreading 50mm downgraded crusher cum 8,755.99 8,998.70 8,066.73 8,298.13
run stone chips of LAA value not exceeding 35% including supplying
of required amount of 12mm downgraded chips made of same
quality stone to fill the voids including cost of materials, spreading
uniformly in layers of specified loose thickness on road surface
maintaining grade, camber and super elevation, etc. all complete as
per direction of the E-I-C. Measurement will be made on loose
volume.
3.05.5 B&SCS: Labour charge for breaking and spreading the concrete slab
into pieces, salvaged from existing RCC/CC pavement, breaking into
specified sizes including screening & stacking properly in measurable
stacks (max stack height 0.5m) at site, etc. all complete including
dismantling existing concrete pavement as per direction of the E-I-C.

3.05.6 CWBM(iSSM): Labour charge for compacted WBM base course with cum
crusher run aggregate made of well burnt picked and 1st class bricks
or stone having compacted thickness as per specifications including
local handling, hand packing, watering, dry rolling followed by wet
rolling in layers of specified loose thickness with 8~10 tonne road
roller to attain each layer's minimum soaked CBR 80% or Design
CBR at specified degree of compaction including supplying
choking/screening material as filler material @0.012cum/sqm or as
required etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineering-in-
charge. After adequate dry rolling, spreading of choking/screening
material on the surface, sprinkling of water and rolling is to be
continued until all the voids are filled, wave of grout/slurry flushes
ahead of the roller. Thickness of each layer should not be more than
100mm loose and Payment will be made on compacted thickness.
The rate excludes the cost of brick aggregates.
3.05.6.01 Degree of compaction: minimum 98% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 589.07 586.97 574.73 574.73
3.05.6.02 Degree of compaction: 100% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 689.25 687.18 674.79 674.79
3.05.7.1 WBMBC: Providing compacted brick aggregate base course, cum
including supplying, spreading and compacting 50mm downgraded
crusher run 1st class and Picked brick chips (LAA value not
exceeding 40%) including supplying of required amount of 12mm
downgraded chips made of same quality bricks, including spreading
uniformly in layers of specified loose thickness on road surface
maintaining grade, camber and super elevation including local
handling, hand packing, booming, watering, dry rolling followed by
wet rolling in layers with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain each layer's
minimum soaked CBR 80% or Design CBR at specified degree of
compaction, including supplying choking/screening material as filler
material @0.018cum/sqm or as required including cost of materials,
labours etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. After adequate
dry rolling spreading of choking/screening material on the surface,
sprinkling water and rolling is to be continued until all the voids are
filled, wave of grout/slurry flushes ahead of the roller. Thickness of
each layer should not be more than 100mm loose and measurement
for Payment will be made on compacted thickness.
Page 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.05.7.1.01 Degree of Compaction: Minimum 98% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 5,655.55 5,640.74 5,410.94 5,498.09
3.05.7.1.02 Degree of Compaction: 100% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 5,992.86 5,977.84 5,738.02 5,829.54
3.05.7.2 WMMBC: Providing compacted brick aggregate WMM base course, cum
including supplying, spreading and compacting 38mm downgraded
aggregates as specified in the relevant item of LGED road design
standard or wet mix macadam specification (LAA value not
exceeding 40% ) made of 1st class and Picked bricks, combining
brick chips of different sizes to provide requisite grading and
premixing the material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant at
stack yard including carriage of mixed material by tipper with proper
covering to site, laying in uniform layers of specified loose thickness
not more than 100mm with Grader in base course on well prepared
surface and compacting with 8~10 tonne Vibratory road roller to
attain each layer's minimum soaked CBR 80% or Design CBR at
specified degree of compaction including supplying all materials,
carriage, labors, tools & equipment etc. all complete as per direction
of the E-I-C
3.05.7.2.02 Degree of Compaction: 100% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 6,560.21 6,544.61 6,317.64 6,410.11
3.05.8.1 WBMSC: Providing compacted Stone Aggregate Base Course by cum

supplying, spreading and compacting 50mm downgraded crusher
run stone chips as specified in the relevant item of LGED road design
standard (LAA value not exceeding 35%), including supplying of
required amount of 12mm downgraded chips made of same quality
stone and Sand of minimum FM=0.80, including spreading uniformly
in layers of specified loose thickness on road surface maintaining
grade, camber and super elevation including local handling, hand
packing, booming, watering, dry rolling followed by wet rolling in
layers with 8~10 tonne road roller to attain each layer's minimum
soaked CBR 90% or Design CBR at specified degree of compaction,
blinding with choking material as filler material @0.018cum/sqm or as
required including cost of materials, labours etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C. After adequate dry rolling spreading choking
material on the surface, sprinkling water and rolling is to be continued
until all the voids are filled, wave of grout/slurry flushes ahead of the
roller. Thickness of each layer should not be more than 100mm loose
and measurement for Payment will be made on compacted thickness.
3.05.8.1.01 Degree of Compation: Minimum 98% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 9,093.11 9,304.44 8,419.85 8,634.01
3.05.8.1.02 Degree of Compation: 100% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 9,602.29 9,824.71 8,897.38 9,122.25
3.05.8.2 WMMSC: Providing compacted Stone aggregate base course by cum
supplying, spreading and compacting 38mm downgraded stone
chips as specified in the relevant item of LGED road design standard
or wet mix macadam specification (LAA value not exceeding 35%
made of Crushed stone combining aggregates of different sizes to
provide required grading and premixing with water at OMC in
mechanical mix plant at stack yard including carriage of mixed
material by tipper with proper covering to site, laying in uniform layers
of specified loose thickness not more than 100mm with Grader in
base course on well prepared surface and compacting with 8~10
tonne vibratory road roller to attain each layer's minimum soaked
CBR 90% or Design CBR at specified degree of compaction
including supplying all materials, carriage, labors, tools & equipment
etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.05.8.2.02 Degree of Compaction:100% of MDD (Modified Proctor) cum 10,621.04 10,781.33 9,644.99 9,927.11
Page 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-06: Surfacing Works
3.06.1.1 [email protected]: Providing Prime coat @1.2 liter/sqm with cut back sqm 113.60 113.49 114.09 114.09
bitumen to be prepared by cutting back 60/70 penetration grade
straight run bitumen (conforming to the requirements of ASTM/
AASHTO in the ratio of 100 parts by volume of bitumen to 40-60
parts by volume of kerosene depending on the porosity of the surface
and will be decided by field trials, the correct quantity that is
completely absorbed within 24 hours including carefully cleaning of
the surface of the granular base material to be primed and spraying
cut back bitumen at a temperature from 100°C to 120°C by
appropriate hand device, etc. complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.06.1.2 [email protected]: Providing Prime coat @1.2 liter/sqm with cut back sqm 115.06 114.97 115.61 115.61
bitumen to be prepared by cutting back 60/70 penetration grade
straight run bitumen (conforming to the requirements of ASTM/
AASHTO in the ratio of 100 parts by volume of bitumen to 40-60
parts by volume of kerosene depending on the porosity of the surface
and will be decided by field trials, the correct quantity that is
completely absorbed within 24 hours including carefully cleaning of
the surface of the granular base material to be primed and spraying
cut back bitumen at a temperature from 100°C to 120°C by
mechanical distributor, etc. complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.06.2.1 [email protected]: Providing tack coat @0.50kg/sqm with 60/70 sqm 48.47 48.36 48.59 48.59
penetration grade straight run bitumen complying with the
requirements of ASTM/AASHTO applied by appropriate hand device
at a temperature between 175°C and 185°C including heating
bitumen, surface cleaning, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-
C.
requirements of ASTM/AASHTO applied by appropriate hand device
at a temperature between 175°C and 185°C including heating
bitumen, surface cleaning, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-
C.
requirements of ASTM/AASHTO applied by mechanical distributor at
a temperature between 175°C and 185°C including heating bitumen,
surface cleaning, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
requirements of ASTM/AASHTO applied by mechanical distributor at
a temperature between 175°C and 185°C including heating bitumen,
surface cleaning, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.06.3.1 7mmSC: Providing 7mm thick (minimum) compacted pre-mixed
bituminous seal coat to be prepared using 6.33mm down crushed
stone chips & stone dust blended together to comply the gradation
as specified in the relevant item of Road Design Standards, mixed
with 60/70 penetration grade straight run bitumen satisfying the
requirements of ASTM/AASHTO, minimum @5.5% by weight of total
mix or as determined by job mix design. The bitumen and chips shall
be separately heated to a temperature 140°C – 155°C and 150°C –
170°C respectively. The mixing shall be done at temperature
between 140°C – 160°C at a separate place away from the fire. The
mixture of bitumen and chips shall be laid uniformly on the road
surface in appropriate layer so as to produce the specified
compacted thickness, rolling at a temperature not bellow 90°C with
appropriate Steel Drum Roller (3-5 tons) & pneumatic multiple tire
roller (8-10 tons) to the desired compaction, including supplying of all
materials, their carriage, labourers tools and equipment etc. all
complete as per direction of the E-I-C [Excluding the cost of applying
Prime/Tack coat].
3.06.3.1.01 [Bitumen Grade 60/70] sqm 152.40 152.04 150.94 151.37
Page 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.06.3.2 15mmSC: Providing 15mm thick (minimum) compacted pre-mixed
bituminous surfacing - wearing course to be prepared using 12mm
down, 6mm downgraded crushed stone chips & Stone Dust to
comply the gradation as specified in the relevant item of Road
Design Standards, mixed with 60/70 penetration grade straight run
bitumen satisfying the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO, minimum
@5.0% by weight of total mix or as determined by job mix design.
The bitumen and chips shall be separately heated to a temperature
140°C – 155°C and 150°C – 170°C respectively. The mixing shall
be done at temperature between 140°C – 160°C at a separate place
away from the fire. The mixture of bitumen and chips shall be laid
uniformly on the road surface in appropriate layer so as to produce
the specified compacted thickness, rolling at a temperature not
bellow 90°C with appropriate Steel Drum Roller (3-5 tons) &
pneumatic multiple tire roller (8-10 tons) to the desired compaction,
including supplying of all materials, their carriage, labours, tools and
equipment etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge. [Excluding the cost of applying Prime/Tack coat].
3.06.4.1 25mmBC: Providing 25mm thick (minimum) compacted pre-mixed
bituminous carpeting to be prepared using 16mm downgraded stone-
chips (LAA value not exceeding 30%) to comply the gradation as
specified, mixed with heated bitumen of 60/70 penetration grade
straight run bitumen satisfying the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO.
The bitumen and stone-chips shall be separately heated to a
temperature 140°C – 155°C and 150°C – 170°C respectively before
mixing. The mixing shall be done at temperature between 140°C –
160°C at a separate place away from the fire. The bitumen and
stone-chips mixture shall be laid uniformly, maintaining specified
camber, grade and super-elevation, only on the prepared and
accepted base or surface in a single appropriate layer to give the
specified compacted thickness. The mixture should be rolled with
appropriate by Steel Drum Roller (3-5 tons) & pneumatic multiple tire
roller (8-10 tons) to full compaction. The rolling temperature shall be
maintained not below 90°C including supplying of all materials, their
carriage, labourers, tools and equipment etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C. The bitumen in the mix shall be minimum
@4.5% to 5.5% by weight of total mix or as determined by job mix
design. (In order to achieve the specified grading a blending of
nominal maximum size of 16mm, 12mm, 6mm crushed stone chips
and stone dust is suggested and proportion will have to determine by
the laboratory analysis).
3.06.4.2 25mmDC: Providing 25mm thick (minimum) compacted pre-mixed
bituminous surfacing - wearing course with 16mm downgraded
crushed stone chips complying with the specified grading
requirement of the relevant item of Road Design standards, of LAA
value <=30%, water absorption not >2%, flakiness index not >35%
mixed with 60/70 penetration grade straight run bitumen satisfying
the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO. The bitumen and stone-chips
shall be separately heated to a temperature 140°C – 155°C and
150°C – 170°C respectively before mixing. The mixing shall be done
at temperature between 140°C – 160°C at a separate place away
from the fire. The bitumen and stone-chips mixture shall be laid
uniformly on the road surface in single appropriate layer to give
specified compacted thickness maintaining specified camber, grade
and super-elevation. The mixture should be rolled at a temperature
not below 90°C with Steel Drum Roller (3-5 tons) & pneumatic
multiple tire roller (8-10 tons) to full compaction, including supplying
of all materials, their carriage, labourers tools and equipment etc. all
complete as per the direction of the E-I-C. The bitumen in the mix
shall be between 5.0% to 5.5% by weight of total mix or as
determined by job mix design. (In order to achieve the specified
grading a blending of nominal maximum size of 16mm, 12mm, 6mm
crushed stone chips and stone dust is suggested and proportion will
have to determine by the laboratory analysis).
Page 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.06.5.1 40mmBC (BG-60/70): Providing 40mm thick (minimum) compacted sqm 808.93 811.97 780.08 789.04
pre-mixed bituminous carpeting to be prepared using 25mm
downgraded crushed stone chips (LAA value <= 30%) to comply the
gradation as specified, mixed with heated bitumen of 60/70
penetration grade straight run bitumen satisfying the requirements of
ASTM/AASHTO. The bitumen and stone-chips shall be separately
heated to a temperature 140°C – 155°C and 150°C – 170°C
respectively before mixing. The mixing shall be done at temperature
between 140°C – 160°C at a separate place away from the fire. The
bitumen and stone-chips mixture shall be laid uniformly, maintaining
specified camber, grade and super-elevation only on the prepared
and accepted base or surface in a single appropriate layer to give the
maintained not below 90°C. including supplying of all materials, their
direction of the E-I-C. The bitumen in the mix shall be between
nominal maximum size of 25mm, 19mm, 12mm, 6mm crushed stone
chips and stone dust is suggested and proportion will have to
determine by the laboratory analysis).
3.06.5.2 40mmDC (BG-60/70): Providing 40mm thick (minimum) compacted sqm 881.29 884.20 854.07 862.53
pre-mixed bituminous surfacing - wearing course with 25mm
downgraded crushed stone chips (LAA value <= 30%) complying
with the specified grading requirement of the relevant item of Road
Design standards, water absorption not >2%, flakiness index not
>35% mixed with 60/70 penetration grade straight run bitumen
satisfying the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO. The bitumen and
stone-chips shall be separately heated to a temperature 140°C –
155°C and 150°C – 170°C respectively before mixing. The mixing
shall be done at temperature between 140°C – 160°C at a separate
place away from the fire. The bitumen and stone-chips mixture shall
be laid uniformly on the road surface in single appropriate layer to
give specified compacted thickness, maintaining specified camber,
grade and super-elevation. The mixture should be rolled at a
temperature not below 90°C with appropriate Steel Drum Roller (3-5
tons) & pneumatic multiple tire roller (8-10 tons) to full compaction,
including supplying of all materials, their carriage, labourers tools and
equipment etc. all complete as per the direction of the E-I-C. The
bitumen in the mix shall be between @ 5.0% to 5.5% by weight of
total mix or as determined by job mix design. (In order to achieve the
specified grading a blending of nominal maximum size of 25mm,
19mm, 12mm, 6mm crushed stone chips and stone dust is
suggested and proportion will have to determine by the laboratory
analysis).
Page 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.06.6 50mmBC (BG-60/70): Providing 50mm thick (minimum) compacted sqm 1,011.56 1,015.87 973.69 984.95
pre-mixed bituminous carpeting to be prepared using 25mm
downgraded stone-chips (LAA value <= 30%) of gradation as
specified, mixed with heated bitumen of 60/70 penetration grade
straight run bitumen satisfying the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO.
The bitumen and stone-chips shall be separately heated to a
temperature 140°C – 155°C and 150°C – 170°C respectively before
mixing. The mixing shall be done at temperature between 140°C –
160°C at a separate place away from the fire. The bitumen and
stone-chips mixture shall be laid uniformly, maintaining specified
camber, grade and super-elevation only on the prepared and
accepted base or surface in a single appropriate layer to give the
maintained not below 90°C including supplying of all materials, their
direction of the E-I-C. The bitumen in the mix shall be between
nominal maximum size of 25mm,19mm, 12mm, 6mm crushed stone
chips and stone dust is suggested and proportion will have to
determine by the laboratory analysis).
3.06.7 DCPM: Providing and Laying pre-mixed dense bituminous surfacing -
wearing course with hot mix plant using coarse aggregate, fine
aggregate, filler and bituminous binder as per design Job Mix
Formula conforming Marshall Method as per specification, LAA value
of aggregate should be <=30%, water absorption not >2%, flakiness
index not >35% mixed with 60/70 penetration grade straight run
bitumen satisfying the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO. Including
screening, cleaning of chips and preparing a uniform and quality
mix in Hot Mix Plant and ensuring a homogenous mix, in which all
particles of the mineral aggregates are coated uniformly, carrying the
hot premixed materials by means of Dump/tipper truck, spreading the
mixed materials at specified laying temperature with a hydrostatic
paver finisher with sensor control to the required grade, level and
alignment over the prepared surface tamping and finishing the mix at
specified compacted thickness, maintaining specified camber, grade,
super-elevation and cross section, through rolling with appropriate
Steel Drum Roller & pneumatic multiple tire roller (8-10 tons) to full
compaction, for break down, inter - mediate and finished rolling to
achieve the desired density of at least 98% of that of Laboratory
Marshall specimen, hand packing and pinning to give an even
surface, including cost of all materials, their carriages, hire charges of
Hot Mix Plant and all other machines, equipment for construction and
quality control as per specification, fuels, lubricants and wages of
operational staff etc. all complete as per the direction of the E-I-C.
3.06.7.1 [Bitumen Grade 60/70] cum 23,640.70 23,694.24 23,082.93 23,337.53
Page 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.06.8 BMPM: Providing and Laying pre-mixed bituminous macadam with
hot mix plant using coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, filler and
bituminous binder as per design Job Mix Formula conforming
Marshall Method as per specification, LAA value of aggregate should
be <=35%, water absorption not >2%, flakiness index not >35%
mixed with 60/70 penetration grade straight run bitumen satisfying
the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO. including screening, cleaning of
chips and preparing a uniform and quality mix in Hot Mix Plant
and ensuring a homogenous mix, in which all particles of the mineral
aggregates are coated uniformly, carrying the hot premixed materials
by means of Dump/tipper truck, spreading the mixed materials at
specified laying temperature with a hydrostatic paver finisher with
sensor control to the required grade, level and alignment over the
prepared surface, tamping and finishing the mix at specified
compacted thickness, maintaining specified camber, grade, super-
elevation and cross section, through rolling with appropriate Steel
Drum Roller & pneumatic multiple tire roller (8-10 tons) to full
compaction, for break down, inter - mediate and finished rolling to
achieve the desired density of at least 98% of that of Laboratory
Marshall specimen, hand packing and pinning to give an even
surface, including cost of all materials, their carriages, hire charges of
Hot Mix Plant and all other machines, equipment for construction and
quality control as per specification, fuels, lubricants and wages of
operational staff etc. all complete as per the direction of the E-I-C.
3.06.8.1 A. For Grading -1, [Bitumen Grade 60/70] (25mm nominal size, 50- cum 22,887.15 23,071.31 22,221.18 22,565.96
75mm thick.)
3.06.8.2 B. For Grading -2, [Bitumen Grade 60/70] (40mm nominal size, 75- cum 22,769.80 22,895.81 21,951.38 22,287.85
100mm thick.)
Section-07: Concrete Pavement
3.07.1 PS: Supplying and laying of single layer polythene sheet weighing sqm 47.00 47.00 46.00 46.00
one kilogram per 6.5 square meter in floor or any where below
cement concrete complete in all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 03.7]
3.07.2.1 RCC-17BCCM(RW): Providing and laying reinforced, dowel jointed, cum 9,588.85 9,526.61 9,261.04 9,331.72
cement concrete pavement over a prepared sub-base with picked
brick chips and minimum cement contents relates to nominal mix
ratio 1:2:4 and maximum water cement ratio 0.45 having minimum
required average strength f'cr = 24 Mpa and satisfying specified
minimum compressive strength f'c = 17 Mpa at 28 days on standard
cylinders as per standard practice of Code AASHTO/ ASTM and
cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, best
quality sand [50% quantity of medium sand (FM. 1.2) and 50%
quantity of coarse sand of equivalent FM = 2.2] and 25mm down well
graded picked brick chips (LAA value & maximum water absorption
not exceeding 38 & 15% respectively) conforming ASTM C-33
including breaking chips and screening, making, placing steel shutter
in position and maintaining true to the alignment, making shutter
water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position, mixing in a
batching and mixing plant as per approved mix design unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer, transported to site, laid with a
fixed form, compacting by vibrator machine and finished in a
continuous operation including provision of contraction, expansion
and longitudinal joints, joint filler, joint sealant, debonding strip, dowel
bar, tie rod, admixtures as approved, curing for 28 days, finishing to
lines and grades, removing centering-shuttering after specified time
approved, as per drawing complete, etc. all complete approved and
accepted by the E-I-C. Additional quantity of cement to be added if
required to attain the strength at the contractor's own cost. (Rate is
excluding the cost of all reinforcement and its fabrication, admixtures
and joint sealant, etc.)
Page 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.07.2.2 RCC-20BCCM(RW): Providing and laying reinforced,dowel jointed, cum 10,302.20 10,255.46 9,989.45 10,053.88
cement concrete pavement over a prepared sub-base with picked
brick chips and minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3
and maximum water cement ratio 0.4 having minimum required
average strength, f'cr = 28.5 Mpa and satisfying a compressive
strength f'c = 20 Mpa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per
standard practice of Code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming
to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, with best quality coarse
sand (FM. 2.2) and 25mm down well graded picked brick chips (LAA
value & maximum water absorption not exceeding 38 & 15%
respectively) conforming ASTM C-33 including breaking chips and
screening, making, placing steel shutter in position and maintaining
true to the alignment, making shutter water-tight properly, placing
reinforcement in position, mixing in a batching and mixing plant as
per approved mix design unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer, transported to site, laid with a fixed form, compacting by
vibrator machine and finished in a continuous operation including
provision of contraction, expansion and longitudinal joints, joint filler,
joint sealant, de-bonding strip, dowel bar, tie rod, admixtures as
approved, curing for 28 days, finishing to lines and grades, removing
centering-shuttering after specified time approved, as per drawing
complete, etc. all complete approved and accepted by the E-I-C.
Additional quantity of cement to be added if required to attain the
specified strength at the contractors own cost. (Rate is excluding the
cost of all reinforcement and its fabrication, admixtures and joint
sealant, etc.)
3.07.3.1 RCC-20SCBP(RW): Providing and laying reinforced, dowel jointed, cum 15,435.54 15,566.37 14,534.79 14,776.41
cement concrete pavement over a prepared sub-base with crushed
stone chips and minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2:4
to BDS EN 197-1: 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, high range water
reducing admixture of complying type A or F under ASTM C 494
(Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix design), using coarse
sand of minimum FM 2.50 and graded stone aggregate of 38 mm
nominal size (LAA value not exceeding 30) in appropriate proportions
as per approved & specified design criteria, providing dowel bars with
sleeve/ tie bars wherever required, mixing in mechanized batch mix
plant, transported to site, laid with a fixed form (pumping using line
pump or boom placer), laying at site, spreading and compacting
mechanically by using needle and surface vibrators, levelling to
required slope/camber/super elevation, finishing with required
texture, including steel form work with sturdy M.S. channel sections,
making provision for expansion, construction, longitudinal joints,
including groove cutting by groove/saw cutting machine for
contraction joints (12 mm wide x 50 mm deep), providing and filling
joints with approved joint filler and sealants, curing for 28 days,
finishing to lines and grades, removing centering-shuttering after
specified time approved, other incidental charges, etc. all complete
as per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. The cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding and, dowel bar for
expansion/longitudinal joints and joint sealant etc. is not included but
the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate. The Mix Design has
to be approved by the Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL),
LGED or any other reputed laboratory approved by the competent
authority before execution of the work. All complete approved and
accepted by the E-I-C. Note: minimum Cement content considered
in M-20 is @300kg/cum. Additional quantity of cement to be added if
required to attain the strength at the contractor's own cost.
3.07.3.10 Supplying different inside dia best quality uPVC pressure pipe having m
specific gravity 1.35 - 1.45, and other physical, chemical, themal, fire
resistivity properties etc. as per BSTI approved manufacturer
standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards fitted and fixed in position
with sockets, bends, with all accessories such as Round
grating/domed roof grating, bends, sockets etc. approved and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 26.45]
Page 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.07.3.10.1 12 mm dia wall thickness 1.7 mm - 2.8 mm m 168.00 166.00 159.00 159.00
cement concrete pavement over a prepared sub-base with crushed
stone chips and minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3
to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, high range water
reducing admixture of complying type A or F under ASTM C 494
(Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix design), using coarse
sand of minimum FM 2.50 and graded stone aggregate of 38mm
nominal size (LAA value not exceeding 30) in appropriate proportions
as per approved & specified design criteria, providing dowel bars with
sleeve/ tie bars wherever required, mixing in mechanized batch mix
plant, transported to site, laid with a fixed form (pumping using line
pump or boom placer), laying at site, spreading and compacting
mechanically by using needle and surface vibrators, levelling to
required slope/camber/super elevation, finishing with required
texture, including steel form-work with sturdy M.S. channel sections,
making provision for expansion, construction, longitudinal joints,
including groove cutting by groove/saw cutting machine for
contraction joints (12 mm wide x 50 mm deep), providing and filling
joints with approved joint filler and sealants, curing for 28 days,
finishing to lines and grades, removing centering-shuttering after
specified time approved, other incidental charges, etc. all complete
as per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. The cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding and, dowel bar for
the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate. The Mix Design has
to be approved by the Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL),
LGED or any other reputed laboratory approved by the competent
authority before execution of the work. All complete approved and
accepted by the E-I-C. Note: minimum Cement content considered
in M-25 is @385kg/cum. Additional quantity of cement to be added if
Page 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
cement concrete pavement over a prepared base/sub-base with
minimum cement content and maximum water cement ratio as
specified by the laboratory through mix design having minimum
required average compressive strength, f'cr = 38.5 Mpa and
satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c = 30 Mpa at 28 days
on standard cylinder as per standard practice of Code AASHTO/
ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1: 2003 CEM-I 52.5N
/ ASTM C150 Type-1, high range water reducing admixture of
complying type F/ G under ASTM C-494 (Doses of admixture to be
fixed by the mix design) for smart dynamic concrete (i.e. Low fines
self-compacting concrete), using coarse sand of minimum FM 2.50
and graded stone aggregate of 38 mm nominal size (LAA value not
exceeding 30) in appropriate proportions as per approved & specified
design criteria, providing dowel bars with sleeve/ tie bars wherever
required, mixing in mechanized batch mix plant, transported to site,
laid with a fixed form (pumping using line pump or boom placer),
laying at site, spreading and compacting mechanically by using
needle and surface vibrators, levelling to required
slope/camber/super elevation, finishing with required texture,
including steel form-work with sturdy M.S. channel sections, making
provision for expansion, construction, longitudinal joints, including
groove cutting by groove/saw cutting machine for contraction joints
(12 mm wide x 50 mm deep), providing and filling joints with
approved joint filler and sealants, curing for 28 days, finishing to lines
and grades, removing centering-shuttering after specified time
approved, other incidental charges, etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification & direction of the E-I-C. The cost of reinforcement and
its fabrication, placing, binding and, dowel bar for
the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate. Note: minimum
Cement content considered in M-30 is @ 440kg/cum. Additional
quantity of cement to be added if required to attain the required
strength at the contractor's own cost. The Mix Design has to be
approved by the Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED
or any other reputed laboratory approved by the competent authority
before execution of the work.
Note: Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer & Concrete Pump
Page 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.07.3.6 Marine Concrete_RCC-30SCBP: Providing and laying reinforced,
dowel jointed, cement concrete pavement over a prepared base/sub-
base with minimum cement content and maximum water cement
ratio as specified by the laboratory through mix design having
minimum required average compressive strength, f'cr = 40 Mpa and
satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c = 30 Mpa at 28 days
ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1: 2003 -CEM-II/B-V
and adding high range water reducing admixture of complying type
F/ G under ASTM C-494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix
design) for smart dynamic concrete (i.e. Low fines self-compacting
concrete), using coarse sand of minimum FM 2.50 and graded stone
aggregate of 38 mm nominal size (LAA value not exceeding 25) in
appropriate proportions as per approved & specified design criteria,
providing dowel bars with sleeve/ tie bars wherever required, mixing
in mechanized batch mix plant, transported to site, laid with a fixed
form (pumping using line pump or boom placer), laying at site,
spreading and compacting mechanically by using needle and surface
vibrators, levelling to required slope/camber/super elevation, finishing
with required texture, including steel formwork with sturdy M.S.
channel sections, making provision for expansion, construction,
longitudinal joints, including groove cutting by groove/saw cutting
machine for contraction joints (12 mm wide x 50 mm deep), providing
and filling joints with approved joint filler and sealants, curing for 28
days, finishing to lines and grades, removing centering-shuttering
after specified time approved, other incidental charges, etc. all
complete as per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. The
cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding and, dowel
bar for expansion/longitudinal joints and joint sealant etc. is not
included but the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate. Note:
minimum Cement content considered in M-30 is @ 450kg/cum
relates to mix ratio 1:1.25:2.4. Additional quantity of cement to be
added if required to attain the required strength at the contractor's
own cost. The Mix Design has to be approved by the Central Quality
Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or any other reputed laboratory
approved by the competent authority before execution of the work.
Note: Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer & Concrete Pump.
3.07.3.6.01 Specified Compressive Strength f'c=30MPa and Mix design cum 17,508.44 17,609.35 16,615.23 16,844.35
Compressive Strength fcr=40MPa.
3.07.3.9 ExJFill: Providing expansion/longitudinal joints sealing by Joint m
sealing compound for expansion or longitudinal joints as shown in
the relevant drawings, including cleaning joints by brush on the
concrete surface and cleaning all loose materials on the existing
concrete surface and wash it by water jet, excess water removed by
air jet or drying, including supplying and applying approved joint filler
& sealant materials, sealant must comply with international
standards, including supplying of all materials, their carriage,
labourers, tools and equipment etc. all complete as per the direction
of the E-I-C.
3.07.3.9.01 Bitumen Sealant m 97.29 96.43 93.91 93.91
Page 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.07.4 KS(RW): Manufacturing, Supplying and Fixing of cement concrete m 1,177.11 1,168.23 1,126.39 1,143.01
kerb stone with top and bottom thickness 120mm and 150mm
respectively, width 380mm and height 550mm as per approved
drawing for side of footpath/median/road island etc. using steel
shutter, with 6mm downgraded Stone Chips of LAA value ≤35%,
sand (FM>=2.2) and minimum cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1
: 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N content relates to mix ratio 1:2:4 satisfying
specified minimum required average strength, f'cr = 28.5 MPa and
satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 20 MPa at 28 days on
standard cylinders, including grading, washings stone chips, mixing
in standard mixture machine, casting in forms, making shutter water-
tight properly, compacting by vibrator machine and curing for at least
28 days, including preparation kerb foundation, true to level,
maintaining alignment and height, including carrying and placing kerb
stone, filling interstices of kerb stone tightly with cement mortar (1:4),
raking out joints, cleaning and soaking kerb stone at least for 24
hours before use, curing for requisite period, etc. all complete as per
drawing and direction of the E-I-C.
3.07.5 Admixture: Supply and use of specified type chemical admixture
delivered from an authorized local agent or manufacturer, complying
with the ASTM C-494 requirements; conforming the current
compliance of the admixture to specification requirements like
physical properties, uniformity and equivalence in composition etc.;
performance (water content, fresh concrete setting time and
compressive strength) requirements, delivered in sealed water-tight
containers confirming plainly marked product name & type under this
specification, net weight and /or volume, manufacturing and expiry
date, non aggressiveness to environment, aggregates and metals in
concrete etc. and mixing the admixture in non pre-stressed cement
concrete mixture in the field in accordance with manufacturers
recommendation and instruction; providing safety provisions in all
respects etc. all complete as per instruction and approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. Dose (quantity in milli litres per 50 kg bag
cement) and brand/origin/ manufacturer with respect to particular
brand of cement and particular stock of aggregates and method of
use to be determined by mix design / trial mix at the cost of
contractor and approved by the Engineer. Use of admixture
(Type/Brand/Dosages, etc.) is subject to prior approval of The
Engineer supported by appropriate test report from designated
Material Testing Laboratory like BUET/CQCL, LGED or equivalent..
[PWD 07.19]
3.07.5.01 WRCA(T-A): Supply and use of water reducing chemical admixture litre 205.00 204.00 203.00 203.00
in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type – A of approved brand /
origin / manufacturer and supplied by only manufacturer's authorised
dealer with certificate of origin. The admixture is to reduce quantity of
mixing water required for normal workability and to maintain low
water-cement (W/C) ratio, for improved concrete quality assurance.
[PWD 07.19.1]
3.07.5.02 RCA(T-B): Supply and use of retarding chemical admixture in litre 209.00 209.00 209.00 209.00
concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - B of approved
brand/origin/manufacturer and supplied by only manufacturer’s
authorised dealer with certificate of origin. The admixture for
retarding setting time of concrete, there by reducing shrinkage in
concrete specially for concrete laid in thick layers and intended
delayed construction for improved construction joints, re-concreting
etc. [PWD 07.19.2]
3.07.5.03 ACA(T-C): Supply and use of accelerating chemical admixture in litre 147.00 147.00 147.00 147.00
concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - C of approved
brand/origin/manufacturer and supplied by only manufacturer's
authorised dealer with certificate of origin. An admixture that is to
accelerate the setting time and early strength gain of concrete.
[PWD 07.19.3]
Page 25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.07.5.04 WRRCA(T-D): Supply and use of water-reducing and retarding litre 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
chemical admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - D of
approved brand/origin/manufacturer and supplied by only
manufacturer's authorised dealer with certificate of origin. The
admixture to reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce
concrete of given consistency, i.e. low water-cement (W/C) ratio and
intend to retard setting time of concrete, specially for layered, thick
laid concrete etc. [PWD 07.19.4]
3.07.5.05 WRACA(T-E): Supply and use of water-reducing and accelerating litre 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00
chemical admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - E of
approved brand/origin/manufacturer and supplied by only
admixture to reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce
concrete of given consistency, i.e. low water-cement (W/C) ratio and
intend to accelerate setting time of concrete, and early strength gain
in concrete etc. [PWD 07.19.5]
3.07.5.06 WRACA(T-F): Supply and use of water-reducing high range chemical litre 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - F of approved
authorised dealer with certificate of origin. The admixture required to
produce concrete of consistency by 12% or greater (flowing
concrete) and for higher strength of concrete. [PWD 07.19.6]
3.07.5.07 WRACA(T-G): Supply and use of water-reducing high range and litre 202.00 202.00 202.00 202.00
retarding chemical admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494
Type - G of approved brand/origin/manufacturer and supplied by only
admixture required to produce concrete of consistency by 12% or
greater (flowing concrete) and for higher strength of concrete and
intend to retard setting time of concrete. [PWD 07.19.7]
Section-08: Herring Bone Bond (HBB) Road
3.08.1.1 PiBFS: Labour charge for picking up the existing brick flat (BFS) sqm 22.34 21.93 20.31 20.31
soling and staking the materials at a specified distance, etc. all
3.08.1.2 PiHBB: Labour charge for picking up the existing HBB and staking sqm 33.85 33.23 30.77 30.77
the materials at a specified distance, etc. all complete as per
3.08.2.1 ReBFS(FM-0.50): Labour charge for Resetting of Single layer brick sqm 50.44 49.91 46.75 46.75
flat soling (BFS) with 1st class or picked bricks, true to level,
maintaining camber/super elevation and grade including carrying
bricks, supplying and filling the interstices tightly with sand of
minimum FM 0.50, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.08.2.2 ReBFS(FM-0.80): Labour charge for Resetting of Single layer brick sqm 51.18 50.61 47.17 47.17
bricks, supplying and filling the interstices tightly with sand of
minimum FM 0.80, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.08.2.3 ReBFS(FM<0.50): Labour charge for Resetting of Single layer brick sqm 49.29 48.02 44.78 45.42
bricks, supplying and filling the interstices tightly with locally available
sand (passing <=15% through #200 sieve), etc. all complete as per
3.08.3.1 ReHBB(FM-0.50): Labour charge for Resetting of Brick on edge sqm 102.00 101.16 94.92 94.92
pavement in single layer of Herring Bone Bond (HBB) with 1st class
or picked bricks true to level, maintaining camber, super elevation
and grade over 25mm thick sand (minimum FM 0.50) cushion
including filling the interstices tightly with same type of sand, etc.
including supplying sand all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
3.08.3.2 ReHBB(FM-0.80): Labour charge for Resetting of Brick on edge sqm 103.72 102.78 95.92 95.92
and grade over 25mm thick sand (minimum FM 0.80) cushion
including filling the interstices tightly with same type of sand, etc.
including supplying sand all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
Page 26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.08.3.3 ReHBB(FM<0.50): Labour charge for Resetting of Brick on edge sqm 99.31 96.75 90.34 91.82
and grade over 25mm thick locally available sand (passing<=15%
through #200 sieve) cushion including filling the interstices tightly
with same type of sand, etc. including supplying sand all complete as
per direction of the E-I-C.
3.08.4.1 SBFS(FM-0.50): Providing Single layer brick flat soling (BFS) with 1st sqm 431.99 431.46 413.04 420.67
class or picked bricks, true to level, maintaining camber/super
elevation and grade including carrying bricks, filling the interstices
tightly with sand of minimum FM 0.50, etc. all complete in all respect
as per approved drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer-
in-charge.
3.08.4.2 SBFS(FM-0.80): Single layer brick flat soling in road work with first sqm 553.00 549.00 524.00 532.00
class or picked jhama bricks as per alignment, camber and grade
including filling joints with sand (F.M. 0.80) etc. complete including
cost of all materials and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
24.4.1]
3.08.4.3 SBFS(FM<0.50): Providing Single layer brick flat soling (BFS) with sqm 430.84 429.57 411.07 419.34
1st class or picked bricks, true to level, maintaining camber/super
elevation and grade including carrying bricks, filling the interstices
tightly with locally available sand (passing <=15% through#200
sieve), etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing,
specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
3.08.5.1 SHBB(FM-0.50): Providing Brick on edge pavement in single layer of sqm 742.02 741.18 709.34 722.14
Herring Bone Bond (HBB) with 1st class or picked bricks true to level,
maintaining camber, super elevation and grade, including supplying
and laying 25mm thick sand (minimum FM 0.50) cushion over the
BFS, filling the interstices tightly with same type of sand, etc. all
complete in all respect as per approved drawing, specification and
3.08.5.2 SHBB(FM-0.80): Brick on edges pavement in herring bone bond sqm 892.00 889.00 848.00 861.00
(HBB) with first class or picked jhama bricks as per alignment,
camber and grade over 12 mm thick sand cushion (F.M. 0.80)
including filling the joints with the same sand including cost of all
materials and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 24.5.1]
3.08.5.3 SHBB(FM<0.50): Providing Brick on edge pavement in single layer of sqm 739.33 736.77 704.76 719.04
Herring Bone Bond (HBB) with 1st class or picked bricks true to level,
maintaining camber, super elevation and grade, including supplying
and laying 25mm thick sand (passing<=15% through #200 sieve)
cushion over the BFS, filling the interstices tightly with same type of
sand, etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing,
specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Section-09: Concrete Block Road
3.09.02 PiCCB(cum): Labour charge for picking up the existing CC Block of cum 453.55 445.31 412.32 412.32
any sizes on soling or slope of embankment, including staking the
materials at a specified distance, etc. all complete as per direction of
the E-I-C.
3.09.04 ReCCB(cum): Labour charge for Setting/Resetting of single layer CC cum 1,147.19 1,124.12 1,047.49 1,047.49
Block of different sizes on road top, including preparation base, true
to level, maintaining camber, super elevation, grade, watering and
ramming the base, including carrying CC blocks, supplying and filling
the interstices tightly with sand (FM - 0.5), etc. all complete in all
respect as per approved drawing, specification and direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Page 27
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.09.05 CCBSS-PW: Manufacturing and supplying Plain Cement Concrete
(PCC) Blocks with cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-
II/A-M 42.5N, using steel shutter, with 40mm downgraded Stone
Shingles, sand (FM>=1.5) and minimum cement content relates to
mix ratio 1:3.6 satisfying specified minimum compressive strength
10.0Mpa at 28 days, including grading, washings shingles, mixing in
standard mixture machine, casting in forms, making shutter water-
28 days, including preparation of platform, shuttering and stacking in
measurable stacks etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
3.09.05.1 PCC Block Size: 400mmX200mmX150mm each 135.76 135.69 131.95 132.92
3.09.05.3 PCC Block Size: 1000mmX500mmX(100+150)mm each 706.62 706.27 686.81 691.85
3.09.06.1 CCBSS-EE: Providing PCC Block on End Edging (100mm across) of m 340.77 339.22 326.01 327.82
size (375mmX100mmX225mm), including manufacturing and
supplying Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) Blocks with cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, using steel
shutter, with 40mm down graded Stone Shingles, sand (FM>=1.5)
and minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:3.6 satisfying
specified minimum compressive strength 10.0Mpa at 28 days,
including cutting trenches true to level & grade, removing earth, re-
filling & ramming the sides properly, including supplying and filling
the gaps with local sand (FM - 0.5), etc. all complete in all respect as
per approved drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
3.09.06.2 CCBSS-EE-SR: Providing CC Block on End Edging (average m 912.96 908.92 874.49 879.54
125mm across) for submersible road of size [L: 1000mmXH:
500mmXW:(100mm+150mm)], including manufacturing and
supplying Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) Blocks with cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, using steel
shutter, with 40mm down graded Stone Shingles, sand (FM>=1.5)
and minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:3.6 satisfying
specified minimum compressive strength 10.0Mpa at 28 days,
including cutting trenches true to level & grade, removing earth, re-
filling & ramming the sides properly, including supplying and filling
the gaps with local sand (FM - 0.5), etc. all complete in all respect as
charge.
3.09.07 CCBSC-RW: Manufacturing and supplying Plain Cement Concrete
(PCC) Blocks with cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-
II/A-M 42.5N, for road pavement works using steel shutter, with
40mm down graded Stone Chips, sand (FM>=1.8) and minimum
cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2:4 satisfying specified
minimum compressive strength 20.0Mpa at 28 days, including
grading, washings stone chips, mixing in standard mixture machine,
casting in forms, making shutter water-tight properly, compacting by
vibrator machine and curing for at least 28 days, including
preparation of platform, shuttering and stacking in measurable stacks
etc.all complete in all respect as per approved drawing, specification
and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. [Excluding the cost of labour
charge for block setting].
Page 28
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.09.08 CCBSC-RW: Providing single layer PCC Block on road top of size sqm 2,183.48 2,201.58 2,035.48 2,072.60
(375mmX225mmX150mm), including manufacturing and supplying
Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) Blocks with cement conforming to
BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, using steel shutter, with
40mm down graded Stone Chips, sand (FM>=1.8) and minimum
cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2.4 satisfying specified
minimum compressive strength 20.0Mpa at 28 days, including
preparation of bed by cutting or filling with ramming the filled up earth
to the same profile as that of the finished pavement, including
carrying and placing PCC blocks, filling the interstices tightly with
sand (FM - 0.5), etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
3.09.09 LC-CCB: Labour charge for laying single layer CC Block of different cum 2,111.02 2,073.42 1,951.10 1,951.10
sizes for protective wall, including preparation trenches, true to level,
maintaining alignment, watering and ramming the base, including
carrying and placing CC blocks, filling minimum 65% interstices of
CC Block work tightly with cement mortar (1:6), raking out joints,
cleaning and soaking Block at least for 24 hours before use, washing
of sand, curing for requisite period, etc. all complete in all respect as
charge. [Excluding the cost of CC Blocks].
3.09.15 Uni-Block Paver: Supplying and laying factory made cement concrete
interlocking high strength as specified paver universal uni-block
made by block making machine with mechanically compressed with
high load- bearing capacity, enriched weather resistance, the low
water absorption capacity of standard thick and approved
design/shape, size in required long lasting colour, texture and pattern
conforming BS-6717 or as specified approved by the E-I-C, laid over
the prepared sand bedding layer maintaining grade,camber and
super-elevation, including cleaning etc. all complete in all respect as
per drawing, specification, direction and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. Cost included all materials, their carriages, hire charges of
machineries, equipment for construction and quality control as per
specification, wages of labour and operational staff etc.
3.09.15.01 60mm Thick (Size: 222mmx110mm), Colour: Gray, Minimum sqm 1,105.76 1,100.87 1,088.64 1,089.19
Compressive Strength: 25MPa
3.09.15.02 60mm Thick (Size: 222mmx110mm), Colour: Red/Black/any other sqm 1,228.84 1,223.96 1,211.72 1,212.27
Suitable Colour, Minimum Compressive Strength: 25MPa
Page 29
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.09.16 KS-30MPa(RW): Supplying and Fixing factory made cement cum 13,844.75 13,871.75 13,112.10 13,321.11
concrete Pre Cast kerb stone of specified size as per approved
drawing and design for side of footpath/median/road island etc. using
20mm downgraded Stone Chips of LAA value ≤30%, sand
(FM>=2.5) and minimum cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N content relates to mix ratio 1:1.25:2.4
satisfying specified minimum required average strength, f'cr = 38.5
Mpa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 30 Mpa at 28 days
on standard cylinders, kerb stone should be made by specified
machine with mechanically compressed with high load-bearing
capacity,enriched weather resistance, the low water absorption
capacity of standard thick and approved design/shape,size in
required long-lasting colour, texture and pattern conforming BS-6717
or as specified approved by the E-I-C. including cutting trenches true
to level & maintaining grade, alignment and height, removing earth,
preparation kerb foundation, including carrying and placing kerb
stone tightly, re-filling & ramming the sides properly, etc. all complete
in all respect as per drawing, specification, direction and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. Cost included all materials, their carriages,
hire charges of machineries, equipment for construction and quality
control as per specification, wages of labour and operational staff etc.
3.09.16.2 KS-35MPa(RW): Supplying and Fixing factory made cement cum 14,407.84 14,430.32 13,710.15 13,906.60
concrete Pre Cast kerb stone of specified size as per approved
drawing and design for side of footpath/median/road island etc. using
20mm downgraded Stone Chips of LAA value ≤30%, sand
(FM>=2.8) and minimum cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N content relates to minimum mix ratio
1:1.2:2.3 satisfying specified minimum required average strength, f'cr
= 45 Mpa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 35 Mpa at 28
days on standard cylinders,kerb stone should be made by specified
machine with mechanically compressed with high load-bearing
capacity,enriched weather resistance, the low water absorption
capacity of standard thick and approved design/shape,size in
required long-lasting colour, texture and pattern conforming BS-6717
or as specified approved by the E-I-C. including cutting trenches true
to level & maintaining grade, alignment and height, removing earth,
preparation kerb foundation, including carrying and placing kerb
stone tightly, re-filling & ramming the sides properly, etc. all complete
in all respect as per drawing, specification, direction and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. Cost included all materials, their carriages,
hire charges of machineries, equipment for construction and quality
control as per specification, wages of labour and operational staff etc.
Page 30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.09.17.1 Spr&Com: Spreading filling sand @ 0.01cum/sqm or as required of sqm 7.60 7.56 7.40 7.40
minimum FM=0.8 uniformly over the laid paving blocks, including
local handling, booming and compacting at least two passes of
vibratory plate compactor or by appropriate mechanical means to
obtain smooth top surface subsequently after 7 days later re-do the
activity again [standard compactors may have a weight of about
90kg, plate area of about 0.3 sqm and apply a centrifugal force of
about 15KN, such vibratory compaction should be continued till the
top of each paving block is in level with its adjacent blocks. There
should not be delay in compaction after laying of paving blocks to
achieve uniformity of compaction and retention of the pattern of
laying] etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing, specification,
direction and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
Section-10: Special Road Maintenance
3.10.01.1 PPLM: Preparation of Pothole for small patch works (pothole, edge sqm 24.00 23.51 21.85 21.85
breaking, etc.) by cutting, scarifying and loosening of existing
damaged Base/sub- base Course materials up to the depth of
150mm at the pothole areas in order to make regular shape of the
pothole including leveling, dressing and compacting manually where
mechanical compactors are not suitable to give a smooth surface
including brushing, removing & stacking all debris at a safe distance
etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
3.10.01.2 HBPMM: Preparation of hard bed by scarifying and loosening of sqm 36.21 35.73 34.15 34.15
existing top (bituminous) surface, including base/sub-base course
materials up to the depth of 75mm (minimum) using mechanical
means, breaking dismantled material into specified sizes (less than
40mm), with supplying of extra fresh base course materials of
required specification (if required) including spreading, leveling,
dressing of loose material uniformly for maintaining camber & grade,
watering if needed, rolling with 8 to 10 MT road roller to give
compaction to 100% of MDD as obtained by standard proctor test
charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of additional material supplied)
3.10.02 SB: Providing and applying sand blinding with sand of minimum FM sqm 5.66 5.64 5.35 5.35
0.80 @0.005 cum per sqm on prepared road surface, including
supplying of all material, their carriage, labours, tools and equipment,
charge.
3.10.03 25mmSGSS: Providing 25mm thick (average) grouting with 20mm sqm 453.74 453.36 447.18 449.62
downgraded broken stone shingles (LAA value not exceeding 35)
and using 60/70 penetration grade straight run bitumen conforming
to the requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO, spraying tack coat @ 0.50kg
per sqm over the cleaned road surface and laying, spreading stone
shingles @0.028cum per sqm (loose) on the road surface,
maintaining proper camber, level, grade, super elevation and
spraying hot bitumen @1.50kg per sqm uniformly, including rolling
hard to full compaction with 8 to 10 MT road roller including cleaning
the surface & heating bitumen from 140°C to 160°C temperature and
spreading crushed stone chips/Sand (FM-1.80) @0.006cum per sqm
road surface etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Page 31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.10.04.1 50mmSGBC: Providing 50mm thick (average) grouting with picked sqm 629.97 628.34 618.15 622.50
brick chips (LAA value not exceeding 40) and using 60/70
penetration grade straight run bitumen conforming to the
requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO, laying and spreading picked brick
chips 60mm thick (loose) in two layers, 1st layer of 35mm thick
(loose) with 25mm to 16mm size and 2nd layer of 25mm thick (loose)
mixing with 80% of 16mm to 12mm size and 20% of 12mm to 8mm
size picked brick chips, spraying tack coat @ 0.50kg per sqm over
the cleaned road surface, maintaining proper camber, level, grade,
super elevation and spraying hot bitumen @1.25kg per sqm
uniformly on the 1st layer and @1.50kg per sqm on 2nd layer,
including rolling hard to full compaction with 8 to 10 MT road roller
including cleaning the surface & heating bitumen from 140°C to
160°C temperature and spreading crushed stone chips/Sand (FM-
1.80) @0.006 cum per sqm on road surface etc. all complete in all
respect as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
3.10.04.2 50mmSGSS: Providing 50mm thick (average) grouting with broken sqm 788.60 788.51 776.48 781.72
stone shingles (LAA value not exceeding 35) and using 60/70
requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO, laying and spreading stone
shingles 60mm thick (loose) in two layers, 1st layer of 35mm thick
size stone shingles, spraying tack coat @ 0.50kg per sqm over the
cleaned road surface, maintaining proper camber, level, grade, super
elevation and spraying hot bitumen @1.25kg per sqm uniformly on
the 1st layer and @1.50kg per sqm on 2nd layer, including rolling
spreading crushed stone chips/Sand (FM-1.80) @0.006 cum per
sqm on road surface etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of
3.10.04.3 50mmSGSC: Providing 50mm thick (average) grouting with broken sqm 935.75 948.69 858.25 884.10
stone chips (LAA value not exceeding 35) and using 60/70
requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO, laying and spreading stone metal
60mm thick (loose) in two layers, 1st layer of 35mm thick (loose) with
25mm to 16mm size and 2nd layer of 25mm thick (loose) mixing with
80% of 16mm to 12mm size and 20% of 12mm to 8mm size stone
chips, spraying tack coat @ 0.50kg per sqm over the cleaned road
surface, maintaining proper camber, level, grade, super elevation
and spraying hot bitumen @1.25kg per sqm uniformly on the 1st
layer and @1.50kg per sqm on 2nd layer, including rolling hard to full
compaction with 8 to 10 MT road roller including cleaning the surface
& heating bitumen from 140°C to 160°C temperature and spreading
crushed stone chips/Sand (FM-1.80) @0.006 cum per sqm on road
surface etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
3.10.05.1 75mmSGBC: Providing 75mm thick (average) grouting with picked sqm 908.42 905.75 887.35 894.61
size picked brick chips, maintaining proper camber, level, grade,
Page 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.10.05.2 75mmSGSS: Providing 75mm thick (average) grouting with broken sqm 1,067.66 1,067.30 1,046.87 1,055.09
stone shingles (LAA value not exceeding 35) and using 60/70
requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO, laying and spreading stone
shingles 94mm thick (loose) in two layers, 1st layer of 56mm thick
size stone shingles, maintaining proper camber, level, grade, super
elevation and spraying hot bitumen @1.50kg per sqm uniformly on
the 1st layer and @2.00kg per sqm on 2nd layer, including rolling
3.10.05.3 75mmSGSC: Providing 75mm thick (average) grouting with Stone sqm 1,269.32 1,289.89 1,148.73 1,189.22
metal (LAA value not exceeding 35) and using 60/70 penetration
grade straight run bitumen conforming to the requirements of ASTM/
AASHTO, laying and spreading Stone chips 94mm thick (loose) in
two layers, 1st layer of 56mm thick (loose) with 40mm to 25mm size
and 2nd layer of 38mm thick (loose) mixing with 80% of 25mm to
20mm size and 20% of 20mm to 10mm size stone shingles,
spraying hot bitumen @1.50kg per sqm uniformly on the 1st layer
and @2.00kg per sqm on 2nd layer, including rolling hard to full
compaction with 8 to 10 MT road roller including cleaning the surface
& heating bitumen from 140°C to 160°C temperature and spreading
crushed stone chips/Sand (FM-1.80) @0.006 cum per sqm on road
surface etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
3.10.06 100mmSGBC: Providing 100mm thick (average) grouting with picked sqm 1,090.84 1,087.90 1,065.45 1,074.89
size picked brick chips, maintaining proper camber, level, grade,
3.10.07.1 50mmSGSS(BE): Providing 50mm thick (average) grouting with sqm 1,059.76 1,059.80 1,049.79 1,055.03
broken stone shingles (LAA value not exceeding 35) and using
bitumen emulsion of grade k-1-60 conforming to the requirements of
ASTM/AASHTO, laying and spreading stone shingles 60mm thick
(loose) in two layers, 1st layer of 35mm thick (loose) with 25mm to
16mm size and 2nd layer of 25mm thick (loose) mixing with 80% of
16mm to 12mm size and 20% of 12mm to 8mm size stone shingles,
spraying tack coat @ 0.750kg per sqm over the cleaned road
surface, maintaining proper camber, level, grade, super elevation
and spraying bitumen emulsion @1.75kg per sqm uniformly on the
1st layer and @2.00kg per sqm on 2nd layer, including rolling hard to
full compaction with 8 to 10 MT road roller and cleaning the surface,
Page 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.10.07.2 75mmSGSS(BE): Providing 75mm thick (average) grouting with sqm 1,373.98 1,374.74 1,359.04 1,367.26
broken stone shingles (LAA value not exceeding 35) and using
bitumen emulsion of grade k-1-60 conforming to the requirements of
ASTM/AASHTO, laying and spreading stone shingles 94mm thick
(loose) in two layers, 1st layer of 56mm thick (loose) with 40mm to
25mm size and 2nd layer of 38mm thick (loose) mixing with 80% of
25mm to 20mm size and 20% of 20mm to 10mm size stone shingles,
spraying bitumen emulsion @2.25kg per sqm uniformly on the 1st
layer and @3.00kg per sqm on 2nd layer, including rolling hard to full
compaction with 8 to 10 MT road roller and cleaning the surface,
3.10.08.1 [email protected]: Providing a single coat chip sealing over a low sqm 117.93 117.78 116.67 118.15
cracked road surface, using 60/70 penetration grade straight run
bitumen conforming to the requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO,
spraying bitumen by mechanical distributor on road surface @
0.75kg/sqm, after spraying bitumen instantly spreading uniform
graded crushed stone aggregates of 6.5mm average size defined as
100% passing through 10mm sieve and retain on 4.75mm sieve
LAA value not exceeding 35 @ 0.006cum/sqm over the surface,
sweeping the surface and hand packing for identical spreading of
aggregate, surface rolling to embed the aggregate with Pneumatic
Multiple Tired Roller (7 tires, 6-8 tons), including properly surface
cleaning, heating bitumen upto 140°C to 180°C, etc. including cost
of all materials, their carriages, hire charges of machineries,
equipment for construction and quality control as per specification,
fuels, lubricants and wages of operational staff etc. all complete in all
3.10.08.2 [email protected]: Providing single coat chip sealing over a moderate sqm 146.11 145.96 144.92 146.64
cracked road surface, using 60/70 penetration grade straight run
bitumen conforming to the requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO,
spraying bitumen by mechanical distributor on road surface @
1.00kg/sqm, after spraying bitumen instantly spreading uniform
graded crushed stone aggregates of 6.5mm average size defined as
100% passing through 10mm sieve and retain on 4.75mm sieve with
LAA value not exceeding 35 @ 0.007cum/sqm over the surface,
sweeping the surface and hand packing for identical spreading of
aggregate, surface rolling to embed the aggregate with Pneumatic
Multiple Tired Roller (7 tires, 6-8 tons), including properly surface
cleaning, heating bitumen upto 140°C to 180°C, etc. including cost
of all materials, their carriages, hire charges of machineries,
equipment for construction and quality control as per specification,
fuels, lubricants and wages of operational staff etc. all complete in all
3.10.08.3 [email protected](BE): Providing a single coat chip sealing over a sqm 208.43 208.28 207.48 209.21
moderate cracked road surface, using bitumen emulsion of grade k-1-
60 conforming to the requirements of ASTM/ AASHTO, spraying
bitumen emulsion by mechanical distributor on cleaned road surface
@ 1.20kg/sqm, after spraying bitumen emulsion instantly spreading
uniform graded crushed stone aggregates of 6.5mm average size
defined as 100% passing through 10mm sieve and retain on 4.75mm
sieve with LAA value not exceeding 35 @ 0.007cum/sqm over the
surface, sweeping the surface and hand packing for identical
spreading of aggregate, surface rolling to embed the aggregate with
Pneumatic Multiple Tired Roller (7 tires, 6-8 tons), including cost of all
materials, their carriages, hire charges of machineries, equipment for
construction and quality control as per specification, fuels, lubricants
and wages of operational staff etc. all complete in all respect as per
Page 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.10.09 12mmSC: Providing 12mm thick (minimum) compacted pre-mixed
bituminous surfacing - wearing course to be prepared using 10mm
down, 6mm downgraded crushed stone chips & Stone Dust to
comply the gradation as specified in the relevant item of Road
Design Standards, mixed with 60/70 penetration grade minimum
@5.0% by weight of total mix or as determined by job mix design.
The bitumen and chips shall be separately heated to a temperature
140°C – 155°C and 150°C – 170°C respectively. The mixing shall
be done at temperature between 140°C – 160°C at a separate place
away from the fire. The mixture of bitumen and chips shall be laid
uniformly on the road surface in appropriate layer so as to produce
the specified compacted thickness, rolling at a temperature not
bellow 90°C with appropriate Steel Drum Roller (3-5 tons) &
pneumatic multiple tire roller (8-10 tons) to the desired compaction,
including supplying of all materials, their carriage, labours, tools and
equipment etc. all complete in all respect as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge. [Excluding the cost of applying Prime/Tack coat].
3.10.09.01 [Bitumen Grade 60/70] sqm 259.92 259.65 255.46 256.94
3.10.10.1 CP-BB: Supplying, cutting and fitting of 6mm thick Chequer Plate for kg 155.65 155.58 155.34 155.34
bailey bridge decking with minimum 6mm thick mild steel chequer
plate of unit weight 49.20kg/sqm, including cutting and shaping of
required sizes of bridge deck with cleaning, removing rust, etc.
including local handling, carriage of the plate to the site with loading
& unloading and placing, etc. all complete in all respect as per
materials, labour and all incidental charges in this connection.
3.10.10.2 Welding at the splicing point of mild steel chequer plate with joist of each 61.66 61.60 61.12 61.12
deck at 3 points (each point being 25mm in length) using electrodes,
including cleaning, local handling, cost of all materials, labours, tools,
equipment, cost of power, etc. all complete as per drawings,
specifications and directions of the Engineer.
3.10.11.01 CCRM-30SCCM: Providing and laying 18BWG G.I. wire meshed cum 15,750.79 15,813.16 14,762.28 15,037.47
cement concrete layer over an old RCC/CC pavement with minimum
cement content and maximum water cement ratio as specified by the
laboratory through mix design having minimum required average
compressive strength, f'cr = 38.5 MPa and satisfying a specified
compressive strength, f'c = 30 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinder
as per standard practice of Code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-I 52.5N/ASTM C150 Type-
1, using coarse sand of minimum FM 2.50 and graded stone
aggregate of 20 mm nominal size (LAA value not exceeding 30) in
appropriate proportions as per approved & specified design criteria
conforming to ASTM C-33 including breaking chips, screening
through proper sieves, cleaning, placing shutter in position and
maintaining true to the alignment, making shutter water-tight
properly, mixing in standard concrete mixture machine, maintaining
allowable slump of 50mm to 75mm, including spraying cement
grouting/slurry over the cleaned existing road surface, casting in
forms, placing 50mm rhombus 18 BWG G.I. wire mesh in position,
compacting by mechanical vibrator machine and finished in a
continuous operation including making provision for contraction,
expansion, construction & longitudinal joints (5-10 mm wide x 50 mm
deep) by groove cutting machine, providing and filling joints with
approved joint filler and sealants, curing for 28 days, finishing to lines
and grades, removing centering-shuttering after specified time
approved, other incidental charges, etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification & direction of the E-I-C. The cost of 18 BWG G.I. wire
mesh is not included in this unit rate. Note: minimum Cement content
considered in M-30 is @ 445kg/cum. Additional quantity of cement to
be added if required to attain the required strength at the contractors
own cost. The Mix Design has to be approved by the Central Quality
Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or any other reputed laboratory
approved by the competent authority before execution of the work.
(Unit cost including all materials, cleaning the existing surface
shuttering, casting, curing for 28 days, and all other incidental
charges, etc.)
Page 35
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.10.12.01 18 BWG (WM): Supplying and laying 50mm rhombus 18 BWG G.I. sqm 268.01 267.95 267.70 267.70
wire mesh of required size in cement concreting work, placing mesh
in the middle of concreting work or as mentioned in the drawing,
including cutting and carrying of wire mesh to the site, etc. all
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is inclusive of cost of
materials, labour and all incidental charges in this connection).
Section-11: Protective Works
3.11.01 PCCBC-10: Plain cement concrete work in foundation with minimum cum 8,147.94 8,119.12 7,858.55 7,925.35
compressive strength of 10 Mpa at 28 days (sugessted mix
proportion 1:3:6) on standard cylinder as per standard practice of
Code AASTHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM-II /A-M, 42.5 N, best quality sand (FM. 1.2) and 20mm
down well graded picked brick chips (LAA value and maximum water
absorption not exceeding 38 & 15% respectively) conforming ASTM
C-33, including breaking chips and screening, placing shutter in
position and maintaining true to the alignment, making shutter water-
tight properly, mixing in standard mixture machine, casting in forms,
compacting by vibrator machine and curing for 28 days, removing
shuttering after specified time approved, etc. all complete approved
and accepted by the E-I-C. (Additional quantity of cement to be
added if required to attain the strength at the contractors own cost).
3.11.02.1 125mmBW(1:4): 125 mm brick works with first class bricks with sqm 1,185.00 1,180.00 1,129.00 1,142.00
cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) and making bond with
connected walls including necessary scaffolding, raking out joints,
cleaning and soaking the bricks for at least 24 hours before use and
washing of sand, curing at least for 7 days including cost of water,
electricity and other charges etc. all complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) . [PWD 04.16]
3.11.02.2 BW(1:4): Brick works with first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. cum 8,419.00 8,383.00 8,027.00 8,122.00
1.2) mortar (1:4) in exterior walls including filling the interstices with
mortar, raking out joints, cleaning and socking the bricks at least for
24 hours before use and washing of sand, necessary scaffolding,
curing at least for 7 days etc. all complete including cost of water,
electricity and other charges (measurement to given as 250 mm
width for one brick length and 375 mm for one brick and a half brick
length) accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M)
[PWD 04.3]
3.11.03 FP(1:4): Exposed 125 mm thick pointing ornamental brick work with sqm 1,449.00 1,443.00 1,379.00 1,394.00
sorted out first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4)
and making bond with connected walls including necessary
scaffolding, raking out joints, cleaning and soaking the bricks for at
least 24 hours before use and washing of sand, curing at least for 7
days including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-
II/B-M) [PWD 04.17]
Page 36
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.04 RCC-20BCCM(PW): Reinforced cement concrete in Protective
Works using steel shutter, with picked brick chips and minimum
cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and maximum water
cement ratio 0.4 having minimum required average strength, f'cr =
28.5 Mpa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 20 Mpa at 28
days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of Code
AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming to Portland Composite
Cement (CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N), with best quality sand [50%
quantity of medium sand (FM. 1.2) and 50% quantity of coarse sand
of equivalent FM = 2.2] and 25mm down well graded picked brick
chips (LAA value & maximum water absorption not exceeding 38 &
15% respectively) conforming ASTM C-33, including breaking chips
and screening, making, placing shutter in position and maintaining
true to the alignment, making shutter water-tight properly, placing
reinforcement in position, mixing in standard mixture machine with
hoper fed by standard measuring boxes, casting in forms,
compacting by vibrator machine and curing for 28 days, removing
centering-shuttering after specified time approved, including cost of
water, electricity, additional testing charges of materials and cylinders
required by Engineer, other charges etc. all complete approved and
accepted by the E-I-C. Additional quantity of cement to be added if
required to attain the strength at the contractors own cost. (Rate is
excluding the cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, placing and
binding etc.)
3.11.04.1 Pilining Work cum 11,751.50 11,722.14 11,421.41 11,490.88
3.11.04.2 Vertical Wall, Grade Beams, etc. cum 12,942.60 12,907.62 12,568.43 12,643.94
3.11.05 Supplying and fabrication of Ribbed or deformed bar reinforcement
for all types of RCC work including straightening, removing ruts,
cleaning, cutting, hooking, bending, lapping and/or welding wherever
required as directed, placing in position, tieing with 22 BWG black
annealed binding wire (PVC coated in case of FBEC rebar) double
fold, cost of binding wire and anchoring to the adjoining members
wherever necessary, supplying and placing with proper cover blocks
(1:1), supports, chairs, spacers, splices or laps etc. including cost of
all materials, cost of labour, cost of equipment & machinery, loading
and unloading, transportation, all other incidental charges and work
at all leads and lifts etc. to complete the work as per design, drawing,
specifications and direction of the E-I-C. Measurement relating to
nominal mass, dimensions and tolerances of various types of steel
shall conform to relevant BDS/ ASTM codes. Reinforcement shall be
measured only in lengths of bar as actually placed in position on
standard weight i.e. 7850 kg/m3 (BNBC Table 6.2.1) basis. No
separate payment shall be allowed for chairs of any shape & profile,
spacer bar of any shape & profile, lap/splice & welding unless
otherwise shown in the drawing, wastages, binding wire etc. as the
cost of these is included in the unit rate.
Note: Tests for reinforcing bars shall be conducted at LGED/ BUET/
CUET/ KUET/ RUET.
3.11.05.1 Grade B300D-R/B300C-R: Ribbed or Deformed bar produced and kg 96.35 96.20 95.55 95.55
marked as per BDS ISO 6935-2:2016 with minimum yield strength, fy
(ReH) = 300 MPa, but the tested yield strength shall not exceed fy by
more than the 125 MPa and the ratio of tested ultimate strength, fu
(Re) to tested yield strength (fy) shall be at least 1.25 and minimum
elongation after fracture (A5.65) & minimum total elongation at
maximum force (Agt) is 17% and 8% respectively.
3.11.05.2 Grade B400C-R/ B400CWR/B400DWR: Ribbed or Deformed bar kg 105.14 104.99 104.34 104.34
produced and marked as per BDS ISO 6935-2:2016 with minimum
yield strength, fy (ReH) = 400 MPa, but the tested yield strength shall
not exceed fy by more than the 125 MPa and the ratio of tested
ultimate strength, fu (Re) to tested yield strength (fy) shall be at least
1.25 and minimum elongation after fracture (A5.65) & minimum total
elongation at maximum force (Agt) is 17% and 8% respectively.
Page 37
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.06 Labour for breaking head of hardened cast in situ bored pile/pre-cast cum 3,595.00 3,518.00 3,274.00 3,274.00
pile up to a required length by any means but without damaging the
rest and removing the dismantled materials such as concrete to a
safe distance including scraps and cleaning concrete from steel/M.S.
rods, straightening and bending of pile bars, preparation and making
platform where necessary, carrying, all sorts of handling, stacking the
same properly after clearing, leveling and dressing the situ and
clearing the bed etc. complete in all respect and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Measurement will be given for the actual pile
head volume to be broken). [PWD 09.7]
3.11.07 Labour charge for driving pre-cast RCC piles with drop hammer type
rig in any type of soil, handling and keeping in position and driving
with suitable monkey/drop hammer for small pile otherwise suitable
mechanical means to the required depth including fitting and fixing
steel cap, etc. cost included hire charges of machineries, tools &
equipments, wages of operational staff etc. all complete in all respect
in-charge.
3.11.07.1 Cost of pile driving (Size-150mmx150mm) depth up to 6 m m 302.78 297.36 276.93 276.93
3.11.07.2 Cost of pile driving (Size-150mm to 200mmx200mm) depth up to 6 m m 419.43 414.94 399.24 399.24
3.11.07.3 Cost of pile driving (Size-150mm to 200mmx200mm) depth 6m to m 592.63 586.05 562.71 562.71
12m and above
3.11.07.4 Cost of pile driving (Size-200mm to 250mmx250mm) depth upto 6m m 485.96 480.83 462.88 462.88
3.11.07.5 Cost of pile driving (Size-200mm to 250mmx250mm) depth 6m to m 901.00 891.12 856.12 856.12
12m and above
3.11.07.7 Cost of pile driving (Size-250mm to 300mmx300mm) depth 6m to m 1,264.31 1,249.96 1,198.54 1,198.54
12m and above
3.11.07.9 Cost of pile driving (Size-300mm to 350mmx350mm) depth 6m to m 1,799.48 1,779.74 1,709.74 1,709.74
12m and above
3.11.10 WMCCBSS-20(PW): Providing and laying cast in place 12 BWG G.I. sqm 1,366.30 1,365.38 1,334.65 1,342.32
wire meshed Cement Concrete Blocks (1000mm X 1000mm X
100mm) at bridge approaches/road slopes with cement conforming
to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N, sand of minimum FM
1.5 and 25 mm down well graded shingles (LAA value not exceeding
35) to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder strength of 20MPa
(suggested mix proporation 1:2:4), including grading, washings
shingles, shuttering, mixing in satndard concrete mixture machine,
casting with supplying and laying 75mm rhombus 12 BWG G.I. wire
mesh for required size and length in CC Block, placing mesh in the
middle of CC block as it should be, compacting concrete properly,
curing for 28 days, including preparation of slopes by cutting or filling
with ramming the filled up earth to the same profile as that of the
finished slope level, etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Unit
cost including all materials, shuttering, casting, curing for 28 days,
and all other incidental charges, etc.)
Page 38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.13 Geo-Textile: Supplying and laying of a geo-textile filter between CC sqm 214.00 212.00 209.00 209.00
blocks and embankment slopes properly with non-woven needle
punched type geo-textile filter of different grades, specification for
effective erosion protection in hydraulic structures/river training works
including local handling placing in position, providing machine
seamed joints (with 100% polypropylene or nylon thread) or 35cm
lap in dry condition or minimum 100cm lap under water including
protecting the geo-textile material; from UV ray and from any other
damages etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing,
specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Geo-textile
delivered at site should be clearly labeled with brand name and
grade printed at regular intervals across the body of the
fabric).Grade-III : Supply of 2 mm thick best quality geo-textile from
approved manufacturer/origin and laying as per manufacturer’s
instructions approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
Before commencement of laying of geo-textile, the contractor must
submit the method statement for carrying out this work including
sample with evidence of origin and compliance certificate from
independent testing laboratory for approval. [PWD 02.8]
3.11.15.1 RCC(P+SP)-PW: Palisading work with Single pre-cast RCC (1:1.5:3) m 3,407.24 3,387.17 3,296.33 3,303.41
plate (1050mm X 600mm X 75mm) fitted with RCC (1:1.5:3) post of
150mm x 150mm, 2m long, 0.9m center to center to be driven 2/3rd
of the total length (2m) of the post made of 20mm down graded brick
chips. Pre-cast plate to be fitted with RCC post fixed necessary nuts
and bolts at driving of post supplying all necessary nuts and bolts etc.
all complete in all respect as per approved drawing enumerated in
Appendix-6, specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Measurement will be made on center to center distance of the post.
3.11.15.2 RCC(P+DP)-PW: Palisading work with Double pre-cast RCC m 5,487.67 5,460.59 5,327.37 5,340.01
(1:1.5:3) plate (1050mm X 600mm X 75mm) fitted with RCC (1:1.5:3)
post of 150mm x 150mm, 3m long, 0.9m center to center to be driven
2/3rd of the total length (3m) of the post made of 20mm down graded
brick chips. Pre-cast plate to be fitted with RCC post fixed necessary
nuts and bolts at driving of post supplying all necessary nuts and
bolts etc..all complete in all respect as per approved drawing (Road
Design Standards, Plate UPR-UNR-EM1-2-1)/enumerated in
Appendix-6, specification and direction of the Engineer-in- charge.
Measurement will be made on center to center distance of the post.
3.11.16.1 ReSP-PW: Labour charge for Re-setting of existing m 953.14 937.14 874.68 874.68
distorted/collapsed RCC single plate palisading work including
pulling out of distorted/collapsed existing RCC post
(150mmX150mm, 3m long, 0.9m c/c) and re-driven the post 2/3rd
(minimum) of its total length by suitable monkey/drop hammer.
Existing RCC plate to be fitted with necessary nuts & bolts at
appropriate location of driven RCC post, including supplying required
nuts and bolts etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
3.11.16.2 ReDP-PW: Labour charge for Re-setting of existing m 1,596.61 1,566.45 1,467.37 1,467.37
distorted/collapsed RCC Double plate palisading work including
pulling out of distorted/collapsed existing RCC post
(150mmX150mm, 3m long, 0.9m c/c) and re-driven the post 2/3rd
(minimum) of its total length by suitable monkey/drop hammer.
Existing RCC plate to be fitted with necessary nuts & bolts at
appropriate location of driven RCC post including supplying required
nuts and bolts etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
3.11.17 BP(Ø75mm): Supplying of straight and strong borrak bamboo posts m 90.00 90.00 81.00 81.00
of having minimum 75 mm diameter althrough and driving the same
vertically in the ground up to required depth by any means shaping
the top of the post, all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 02.3]
Page 39
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.19.1 BDS-PW: Palisading work by supplying of bitumen drum sheet sqm 613.00 608.00 583.00 583.00
walling tied with 20 BWG G.I. wire fixing the same with already driven
borrak bamboo posts with half split borrak bamboo runners @
450mm c/c horizontally with iron nails, G.I wire etc. all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of
bamboo post). [PWD 02.5]
3.11.20 GBW(1:8)-PW: Providing single layer gunny bag barrier/wall for toe sqm 2,054.01 2,040.42 1,971.88 1,971.88
protection with cement (conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-
II/A-M 42.5N) and sand (FM-1.00) mortar 1:8 filled gunny bags
[minimum size L: 650mmX W:400mmX H:175mm], including washing
of sand, mixing in standard mixture machine, filled & tamping the
bags in place, stitching bags by hand sewing machine, curing by
sprinkling water over the bags, including preparation of trenches
(bed) by cutting or filling with ramming the filled up earth to the same
profile as that of the finished toe level, placing the filled gunny bags
along the toe line by avoiding vertical joints, etc. all complete in all
Engineer-in-charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials, labour
and all incidental charges in this connection.
3.11.21 GB(1:8)-SPW: Providing single layer gunny bag on slope of sqm 1,234.19 1,225.63 1,183.33 1,183.33
embankment for slope protection with cement (conforming to BDS
EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N) and sand (FM-1.00) mortar 1:8
filled gunny bags [minimum size L: 650mmX W:400mmX H:175mm],
including washing of sand, mixing in standard mixture machine, filled
& tamping the bags in place, stitching bags by hand sewing machine,
curing by sprinkling water over the bags, including preparation of
slope (bed) by cutting or filling with ramming the filled up earth to the
same profile as that of the finished slope level, placing the filled
gunny bags along the slope by minimum 40% overlapping to the
successive previous layer and avoiding vertical joints, etc. all
3.11.22 DSFGB: Supplying & dumping of soil filled geo-textile bags of
different size and capacity (fill volume and weight when filled with dry
sand/earth) at the specified locations along the bottom of piles of
piers/ toe line properly, including loading, unloading, carrying geo-
bags from stack-yard to dumping place by head load and power
driven flat top country boat etc. including supplying of geo-textile
bags (empty) of different sizes and capacity at project/work site
conforming to the following Technical Specifications, filling of empty
geo-textile bags of different sizes with suitable soil, stitching the bags
by hand sewing machine in accordance with the detailed drawing
and technical specifications with plastic thread, protecting the geo-
textile bags from UV ray or any other damages and dumping the
same in position etc. including higher charge and mobilization of all
equipment, materials, labours, taxes, incidental charges etc.
direction of E-I-C.
3.11.22.01 Geo-Textile Bag: Empty Size: 800mm x 650mm, Fill Volumn: 0.0520 bag 246.44 245.59 242.67 242.67
cum & Weight: 80 Kg, [Geo-Textile Grade: Grade-III-DF-40-2.3mm
thick]
3.11.22.02 Geo-Textile Bag: Empty Bag Size: 900mm x 700mm, Fill Volumn: bag 295.20 294.30 290.73 290.73
0.0730 cum & Weight: 110 Kg, [Geo-Textile Grade: Grade-III-DF-40-
2.3mm thick]
2.3mm thick]
0.1164 cum & Weight: 175 Kg, [Geo-Textile Grade: Grade-V-DF-60-
3.0mm thick]
3.0mm thick]
Page 40
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.0mm thick]
3.11.23 DSFPB: Supplying and Dumping of soil filled Plastic bags at the bag 71.22 70.12 66.14 66.14
specified locations bridge approaches/damaged slope areas properly
(Each bag shall be 50kg Capacity minimum), including supplying of
plastic bags, filling with suitable soil and stitching bags by hand
sewing machine properly with plastic thread and dumping the same
in position etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing,
specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Unit cost
including Plastic Bags, Stitching of bags, Filled with suitable soil,
Dumping at specified locations and all other incidental charges, etc.)
3.11.24 JGT_RBP: Supplying and laying of natural additive treated woven
type double warp plain weave jute geo-textile (JGT) conforming to
BDS 1909: 2016 for river bank and slope protection work including
local handling, unrolling, placing in position, ensuring proper
drapability (JGT should touch the ground surface at all points),
stapling JGT by 6mm dia. U-shapped pegs/ hooknails or 37mm long
mushroom shaped nails at an interval of 300mm with overlaps of
100mm, protecting the JGT from any other damages etc. all
complete in all respect as per instructions given in Annexure-B (JGT
Installation Guideline for River Bank Protection) of BDS 1909 : 2016
and approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
3.11.24.01 JGT_RBP-1: Applicable for mild to moderate River River Bank sqm 246.59 246.05 244.56 244.56
Protection work. This type of treated JGT shall have the following
requirements.
Ends x Picks /dm ≥ 85 x 32, Width(m) ≥ 1, Mass per unit area (gsm)
= 627 ± 15%, Thickness under 2 kPa pressure (mm) = 2.0 ± 20%,
AOS (O95) (μm) ≤ 150, Vertical Permeability (m/sec) ≥ 1.0 x10-3,
Horizontal Permeability (m/sec) ≥ 6.0 x10-3, Grab Tensile Strength
(N) MD x CD ≥ 950 x 230, Grab Tensile Elongation (%) MD x CD ≤
35 x 45, CBR Puncture Resistance (N) ≥ 2500, Wide Width Tensile
Strength (KN/m) MD x CD ≥ 20 x 10, Wide Width Elongation (%) MD
x CD ≤ 12 x 10.
3.11.25 JGT-HSM: Supplying and laying of open mesh Plain Weave jute geo-
textile (JGT) commonly known as Soil Saver of different grades
conforming to BDS 1909: 2016 for Hill Slope Management work
including local handling, unrolling, placing in position, unrolling of
JGT in the direction of surface run-off, stapling JGT by 6mm dia. U-
shapped hooknails at an interval of 300mm with overlaps of 100mm
at the sides and 150mm at the ends, anchoring JGT within a trench
at the two ends by filling the trench with big bats/gravel or other
suitable materials, ensuring proper drapability (JGT must touch the
ground surface at all points), filling drain materials immediately after
laying of JGT, protecting the JGT from any other damages etc. all
complete in all respect as per instructions given in Annexure-C (JGT
Installation Guideline for Hill Slope Management) of BDS 1909 :
2016 and approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
3.11.25.01 JGT_HSM-1: Applicable for Moderate slope (≤35 degree) & annual sqm 69.66 69.12 67.63 67.63
rainfall ≤ 2000mm. This type of JGT shall have the following
requirements.
Ends x Picks /dm ≥ 6.5 x 4.5, Width(m) = 1.22, Mass per unit area
(gsm) = 500 ± 10%, Thickness under 2 kPa pressure (mm) = 4.5 ±
10%, Water Holding Capacity (% by weight) ≥ 400, Wide Width
Tensile Strength (kN/m) MD x CD ≥ 6.5 x 6.0, Wide Width Elongation
(%) MD x CD ≤ 14.0 x 14.0.
rainfall ≥ 2000mm and steep stope (>35 degree to ≤ 45 degree) &
annual rainfall ≤ 2000mm. This type of JGT shall have the following
requirements.
Ends x Picks /dm ≥ 8 x 7, Width(m) = 1.22, Mass per unit area (gsm)
= 600±10%, Thickness under 2 kPa pressure (mm) = 5.5±10%,
Water Holding Capacity (% by weight) ≥ 400, Wide Width Tensile
Strength (kN/m) MD x CD ≥ 12.0 x 6.0, Wide Width Elongation (%)
MD x CD ≤ 14.0 x 14.0.
Page 41
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.25.03 JGT_HSM-3: Applicable for steep stope (>35 degree to ≤ 45 degree) sqm 79.31 78.77 77.28 77.28
& annual rainfall > 2000mm. This type of JGT shall have the
following requirements.
MD x CD ≤ 14.0 x 14.0.
3.11.26 JGT_RRC: Supplying and laying of woven type untreated double
warp plain weave jute geo-textile (JGT) of different grades
conforming to BDS 1909: 2016 for strengthening subgrade of Road
& Bridge approach including local handling, unrolling, placing in
position, ensuring proper drapability (JGT should touch the ISG
surface at all points), stapling JGT by 6mm dia. U-shapped pegs/
hooknails or 37mm long mushroom shaped nails at an interval of
300mm with overlaps of 100mm, protecting the JGT from any other
damages etc. all complete in all respect as per instructions given in
Annexure-A (JGT Installation Guideline for Rural Road Construction)
of BDS 1909 : 2016 and approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
3.11.26.01 JGT_RRC-1 : Applicable for Strengthening subgrade of Village sqm 182.25 181.71 180.22 180.22
Roads. This type of JGT shall have the following requirements.
Strength (kN/m) MD x CD ≥ 20 x 10, Wide Width Elongation (%) MD
x CD ≤ 12 x 10.
3.11.26.02 JGT_RRC-2 : Applicable for Strengthening subgrade of Union or sqm 211.20 210.66 209.17 209.17
Higher Roads. This type of JGT shall have the following
requirements.
x CD ≤ 15 x 12.
3.11.27 S&DSP: Supplying, delivering, assembling & installing of circular
steel pipe conforming to ASTM A 252/ AASHTO M 183 of different
diameter (internal) to a depth as shown in approved construction
drawings for piling works including lowering & pitching the fabricated
pipe in position, driving the pipe below bed level through all types of
soils, fixing the pipe in position with necessary lateral bracings (if
required) etc. for stability until completion of all works, including cost
of gas cutting, bending, welding at fabrication shop & construction
site, transporting & unloading safely at working site, driving of pipes,
all sorts of labour, materials, hire charges of driving equipment, tools,
any other related equipment, fuel, lubricants and wages of
operational staff, taxes etc. all complete as per design, drawing,
specification & direction of E-I-C. Only length of steel pipe driven as
per drawing will be paid, wastage shall not be considered for
payment. All longitudinal and transverse welds shall be made with
full penetration butt welds and adjacent segments shall be rotated 90
degree relative to each other so that longitudinal welds on the
fabricated casing are staggered. The outside (expose) surface of the
steel pipe shall receive two coats of anti-corrosion tar type paint
which shall be approved by the E-I-C and its application shall follow
the manufacturer's instructions. If the handling, transportation, driving
arrangement requires a greater thickness to avoid deformation or
buckling of pipe, the increase in thickness shall be provided by the
contractor at his own expense.
3.11.27.01 200mm internal diameter and 6mm wall thickness m 5,274.66 5,274.21 5,272.39 5,272.39
Page 42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.28 PCC Block-17MPa (PW): Manufacturing and supplying Plain Cement
Concrete (PCC) Blocks with cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM- II/A-M 42.5N, sand of minimum FM 1.5 and 20 mm down
well graded Shingles/stone chips(LAA value not exceeding 35) to
attain a minimum 28 days cylinder strength of 17.00 MPa (suggested
mix proportion 1:2:4), including grading, washings shingles, mixing in
standard mixture machine, casting in forms, making shutter water-
28 days, including preparation of platform, shuttering and stacking in
measurable stacks, cost of all materials, labor, equipment and
machinery, work at all leads and lifts, loading and unloading,
transportation and all other incidental charges etc. all complete in all
Engineer-in-charge. Steel shutter shall be used to perform the job.
3.11.28.01 Size 400mmX400mmX200mm each 389.51 389.08 379.16 381.60


3.11.28.07 Cast-in-Situ Blocks of required sizes as per drawing cum 12,175.84 12,162.27 11,852.33 11,928.73
3.11.29 PHCC Block-17MPa (PW): Manufacturing and supplying Plain

Cement Hollow Concrete (PHCC) Blocks with cement conforming to
BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM- II/A-M 42.5N, sand of minimum FM 1.5
and 20 mm down well graded shingles/stone chips(LAA value not
exceeding 35) to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder strength of
17.00 MPa (suggested mix proportion 1:2:4), including grading,
washings shingles, mixing in standard mixture machine, casting in
forms, making shutter water-tight properly, compacting by vibrator
machine and curing for at least 28 days, including preparation of
platform, shuttering and stacking in measurable stacks, cost of all
materials, labor, equipment and machinery, work at all leads and lifts,
loading and unloading, transportation and all other incidental charges
etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing, specification
and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Steel shutter shall be used
to perform the job.
3.11.29.01 Size 400mmX400mmX200mm; hole diameter = 100mm each 394.34 393.86 383.74 386.20
3.11.30 ICC Block-20MPa (PW): Manufacturing and supplying of Interlocking
Cement Concrete (ICC) Blocks (Factory made) with necessary
interlocking arrangement as per design of suitable size &
arrangement with Portland Composite Cement (CEM-II/AM 42.5N),
sand (F.M> 1.5) and Shingles/stone chips (20mm downgraded, LAA
value not exceeding 35) to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder
strength of 20.00 MPa (suggested mix 1:1.5:3), including grading,
washing shingles, mixing, laying in forms, consolidating, curing for a
at least 28 days, including preparation of platform, shuttering and
staking in measurable stacks, cost of all materials, labor, equipment
and machinery, work at all leads and lifts, loading & unloading,
transportation and all other incidental charges etc. all complete as
per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. Steel frame to be
used for performing job.(Payment should be made after setting the
blocks at site properly)
3.11.30.01 Thickness 100mm sqm 1,484.69 1,482.87 1,447.13 1,455.71
3.11.30.02 Thickness 125mm sqm 1,825.31 1,823.07 1,779.13 1,789.68
3.11.30.03 Thickness 150mm sqm 2,134.34 2,131.72 2,080.35 2,092.68
Page 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.30.04 Suitable size & interlocking arrangement cum 14,230.11 14,212.67 13,870.13 13,952.36
3.11.31 ICC Block-20MPa (PW): Manufacturing and supplying of Interlocking cum 10,387.28 10,295.98 10,142.69 10,156.92
Cement Concrete (ICC) Blocks (Factory made) with necessary
interlocking arrangement as per design of suitable size &
arrangement with Portland Composite Cement (CEM-II/AM 42.5N),
sand (F.M> 1.2) and Sylhet Sand (F.M>2.5) to attain a minimum 28
days cylinder strength of 20.00 MPa (suggested mix 1:1.5:2),
including grading, washing, mixing, laying in forms, consolidating,
curing for at least 28 days, including preparation of platform,
shuttering and staking in measurable stacks, cost of all materials,
labor, equipment and machinery, work at all leads and lifts, loading &
unloading, transportation and all other incidental charges etc. all
complete as per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. Steel
frame to be used for performing job.(Payment should be made after
setting the blocks at site properly)
[Suitable size & interlocking arrangement]

3.11.32 RCC(TW-600): Construction and Installation in position RCC toe wall m 14,238.18 14,242.57 13,648.32 13,780.68
as per standard drawing enumerated in Appendix-6 (type design for
protective work) with 3.5m long 200mmX200mm RCC Pre-cast Post,
300mmX500mm Capping Beam and 600mm RCC wall having
thickness 150mm using 20mm down graded crushed stone chips
(LAA value not exceeding 30), sand (minimum FM 2.5) and cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N to attain a
minimum 28 days cylinder crushing compressive strength 25.00 Mpa
(mixing ratio 1:1.5:3 & maximum water cement ratio 0.4) as per
standard practice of code AASHTO/ASTM including supplying,
fabricating and binding of 400/420 Grade MS deformed bar of
required size, length and spacing, excavating minimum 600mm
depth foundation trenches for capping beam and laying one layer
polythene sheet, casting 75mm thick cement concrete (1:3:6) below
the capping beam. Pre-cast Post must be driven by suitable
monkey/drop hammer in full length of the post @ 1.0 meter c/c into
the ground laying on proper alignment as per design, breaking head
(400mm length) of all post carefully, scrapping and removing
concrete from Steel/MS rod including all types of form work etc by
means approved designed all complete in all respect as per
approved drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer-in-
charge. (Unit cost includes all casting work, reinforcement, its
fabrication, shuttering, curing for 28 days, driving of the post, pile
shoe, lab testing charges as per design, and all other incidental
charges, etc.)
Page 44
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.11.33 Brick (BP-TW): Construction and Installation in position brick
palisading work as per standard drawing enumerated in Appendix-6
(type design for protective work) with 375mm thick Brick Masonry
work upto 500 mm height from bottom & rest 500 mm height 250mm
thick Brick Masonry work and Pre cast RCC Post of 03 (three) meter
long (150mmX150mm) and capping beam (200mmX150mm) using
20mm down graded crushed stone chips (LAA value not exceeding
30), sand (minimum FM 2.5) and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-
1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-M 42.5N to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder
crushing compressive strength 25.00 Mpa ( mixing ratio 1:1.5:3 &
maximum water cement ratio 0.4) as per standard practice of code
AASHTO/ASTM including supplying, fabricating and binding of
400/420 Grade MS deformed bar of required size, length and
spacing. The pre-cast post must be driven by suitable monkey/drop
hammer in 5/6 th of its total length @ 1 m c/c into the ground laying
on proper alignment. Brick Masonry work in cement mortar (1:3),
filling the interstices tightly with mortar, raking out joints, cleaning and
soaking bricks at least for 24 hours before use, washing of sand,
including flush pointing at front face of the brick wall with cement
mortar (1:2), curing for requisite period, including excavating
minimum 575mm depth foundation trenches for brick wall and laying
one layer polythene sheet, casting 75mm thick cement concrete
(1:3:6) below the 375 mm brick work by means approved designed
including form work, etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Unit
cost includes Brick wall, all casting work, reinforcement, its
fabrication, shuttering, curing for 28 days, driving of the post, lab
testing charges as per design and all other incidental charges, etc.)
3.11.33.01 with capping beam m 7,755.76 7,742.22 7,459.89 7,527.07
3.11.33.02 without capping beam m 6,713.34 6,698.24 6,454.88 6,512.65

3.11.34 Minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) plaster (1:4) with fresh sqm 299.00 297.00 281.00 281.00
cement to both inner-and outer surface of wall, finishing the corner
and edges including washing of sand, cleaning the surface, curing at
least for 7 days, cost of water, electricity, scaffolding and other
charges etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). [PWD 15.1.1]
3.11.35 Supplying, laying, fitting and fixing of best quality HDPE soil, waste m
and ventilation pipe having PE-100 (Hydrostatic Strength for PE-100
is 5.0 MPa & 12.4 Mpa at 80°c & 20°c respectively according to ISO
4427:2007(E)), PN-6 (nominal pressure for PN-6 is 0.6 MPa
according to ISO 4427:2007(E) ) & SDR 26 for soil, waste and
ventilation pressure pipe having density 0.940 – 0.970 gm/cm3 and
other physical, chemical, thermal, fire resistivity properties etc. as per
BSTI approved manufacturer standards or ASTM/BS/ISO/IS
standards ,fitted and fixed in position with necessary joints and
fittings with all accesories complete approved and accepted by the
Engineer- in- charge. [For underground, including earth cutting &
preperation of bed]
3.11.35.01 HDPE pipe of 200 mm outside dia with wall thickness 7.7 mm - 8.6 m 3,953.00 3,947.00 3,916.00 3,916.00
mm
3.11.36 P&B: Pumping and bailing out water from the interior of any hour 474.00 474.00 458.00 458.00
foundation enclosure of work site with all leads and lifts including
supply, operation and maintenance of requisite number of water
pumps, arrangements for protection of ring bundh and side slopes of
foundation pit against erosion or washout etc. It should be carried out
in such a manner as to preclude the possibility of the movement of
water through or alongside any concrete being placed, etc. all
complete as per direction of E-I-C. [PWD 2.2]
Page 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-12: Road Safety Works
3.12.01.1 kmPost: Providing, fitting and fixing rectangular Kilometer Post as per each 3,402.65 3,388.30 3,265.68 3,285.27
standard drawing enumerated in Appendix-6 (type design for
Kilometer post) with Reinforced Cement Concrete (1:2:4) Plate with
20mm down well graded brick chips in correct position true to line
and level, including cost of providing 4 nos. of 12mm dia M.S. rods in
vertical direction of length 1085mm and 7nos. Of 10mm dia M.S.
rods in horizontal direction of length 520mm, RCC Plate firmly fixed
to the ground by means properly designed foundation as per
approved drawing with 1st class bricks work in cement mortar (1:4),
including 6mm thick plaster (1:4) in all exposed portion, curing for
requisite period, with two coat of painting on the exposed portion of
the post with best quality synthetic enamel paint of approved brand of
different shades over a coat of priming, including carriage of the post
to the site with loading & unloading and printing of letters and
numbers, etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing,
specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Rate is
inclusive of cost of all materials, labour and all incidental charges in
this connection.
3.12.01.2 RNPlate: Providing, fitting and fixing rectangular Road Name Plate each 6,485.12 6,458.05 6,225.98 6,264.62
as per standard drawing enumerated in Appendix-6 (type design for
Road Name Plate) with Reinforced Cement Concrete (1:2:4) Plate
with 20mm down well graded brick chips in correct position true to
line and level, including cost of providing 7 nos. of 12mm dia M.S.
rods in vertical direction of length 1125mm and 8nos. Of 10mm dia
M.S. rods in horizontal direction of length 970mm, RCC Plate firmly
fixed to the ground by means properly designed foundation as per
approved drawing with 1st class bricks work in cement mortar (1:4),
including 6mm thick plaster (1:4) in all exposed portion, curing for
requisite period, with two coat of painting on the exposed portion of
the post with best quality synthetic enamel paint of approved brand of
different shades over a coat of priming, including carriage of the post
to the site with loading & unloading and printing of letters and
numbers, etc. all complete in all respect as per approved drawing,
specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Rate is
inclusive of cost of all materials, labour and all incidental charges in
this connection.
3.12.02 RCC-Gpost: Prroviding, fitting and fixing 200mm dia round RCC each 1,595.31 1,588.93 1,558.26 1,562.86
Guide Post 1.70m long as per standard drawing enumerated in
Appendix-6 (type design for Guide Post) with Reinforced Cement
Concrete (1:2:4) with 20mm down well graded brick chips casting,
curing for requisite period, including cost of providing 4nos.of 12mm
dia. Rod of length 1.65m as main reinforcement and 12 nos. of round
shaped 8mm dia rods used as binders; including two coats of
painting with best quality synthetic enamel paint over a prime coat of
approved brand of different colour and grade to form 6 nos.
horizontal alternate bands in white/yellow and red to 90 cm length
standing up above ground, making hole in ground of 800mm depth
and 300m minimum dia, fixing the guard posts in the same holes and
repacking the earth properly so as to keep the guard posts standing
properly erect in correct position true to line and length including
carriage of RCC Guide Post with due care to the site including
loading into the truck and unloading at site complete in all respect as
charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials, labour and all
incidental charges in this connection.
Page 46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.12.04 CRS-Plate: Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorized cautionary,
mandatory and informatory sign as per standard drawing
enumerated in Appendix-6 (type design for Traffic Signs) made of 18
BWG M.S. sheet of equilateral triangle/Circular/Rectangular plates of
different sizes as mentioned in the drawing fitted with MS
triangular/Rectangular frame of same size as plates by point welding
(frames made by thorough welding of 25mmX25mmX3mm MS angle
covering all sides of the plates and maximum 150mm center to
center in the middle of frames in each vertical & horizontal
directions), Plates are fitted with 50mm dia & 2.90mm thick MS pipes
by continuous welding, including cutting of MS angle at touched point
of MS pipe, including cost of providing 200mm long 4 nos. 12mm dia
anchor bars be fitted at the lower part of the GI pipes by welding,
making finishing, grinding and carrying to the working sites, the post
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly deigned foundation
with cement concrete of minimum cylinder crushing strength of
concrete 17.0Mpa at 28 days of curing (Suggested Mix Proportion
1:2:4), 60cm below the ground level, the signs properly erect in
correct position, true to line and length, including two coats of
painting with best quality synthetic enamel paint of approved brand &
printing with retro-reflective paint of different approved colour, etc. all
3.12.04.1 600mm equilateral triangle with 671mm X 202mm supplementary each 6,296.29 6,281.73 6,178.26 6,190.34
Plate (For Precautionary Sign)
3.12.04.2 600mm circular with 600mm X 202mm supplementary Plate (For each 6,622.19 6,606.60 6,496.48 6,508.56
Compulsory Sign)
3.12.04.3 435mm X 500mm Square with 435mm X 202mm supplementary each 6,101.18 6,087.14 5,986.98 5,999.06
Plate (For Informative Sign)
3.12.04.4 810mm X 480mm Rectangular (For Informative Sign) each 6,312.05 6,296.85 6,189.40 6,201.37
3.12.04.5 600mm X 605mm Rectangular (For Chevron Sign) each 5,579.41 5,568.36 5,491.88 5,499.52
3.12.05 Painting the vertical end faces of posts, wheel guard, railing, rail post,
parapet wall, kilometer post, road name plate, guide post, traffic
signs, etc. in two coats with best quality synthetic enamel paint of
approved make and brand of different shades over a coat of priming,
applying one vertical and one horizontal coat for each coat and
successive coat is to be applied after drying up of previous coat by
brush/roller/spray, including cleaning and washing the surface,
rubbing and mending good damages as necessary and necessary
scaffolding, etc. all complete in all respect as direction of the
and all incidental charges in this connection.
3.12.05.1 Two coats over a prime coat for new concrete surface. sqm 225.89 224.67 213.68 213.68
3.12.05.2 Two coats for old concrete surface and steel surface. sqm 133.98 133.28 127.00 127.00
3.12.06 Painting and writing on kilometer post, road name plate, traffic signs, sqm 334.47 333.14 315.51 315.51
etc. in two coats with best quality synthetic enamel paint of approved
make and brand of different shades, applying one vertical and one
horizontal coat for each coat and successive coat is to be applied
after drying up of previous coat by brush/roller/spray with cleaning
and washing the surface, rubbing and mending good damages as
necessary and necessary scaffolding, including printing new letter
and figures of any shade with synthetic enamel paint black or any
other approved colour to give an even shade etc. all complete in all
respect as direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Rate is inclusive of
cost of all materials, labour and all incidental charges in this
connection.
Page 47
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.12.07 RMP: Providing and applying road marking paint (lines, dashes,
arrows, etc.) on road hump, pedestrian crossing, lane line, warning
line, barrier line, edge line, zig-zag line, give-way marking, etc. on
road/plain surface by brush/roller in two coats with ready mixed road
marking paint, including cleaning the surface of all dirt, oils, grease,
dust and other contaminants, demarcation at site and traffic control
involved. The finished surface to be level, uniform and free from
streaks and holes, etc. all complete in all respect as direction of the
machinery, lighting, guarding, maintenance of diversion and all
3.12.07.1 Two coats for new surface sqm 406.01 405.36 399.55 399.55
3.12.07.2 Two coats on old surface sqm 330.96 330.39 325.30 325.30
3.12.08.01 RMP(By-TPC): Providing and applying road markings of center line sqm 1,089.55 1,086.74 1,077.24 1,077.24
and stop line etc. with 5mm to 7mm thick hot applied thermoplastic
compound including reflectorising glass beads @ 250mgs per sqm
area by special applicator machine on road/plain surface, including
cleaning the surface of all dirt, oils, grease, dust and other
contaminants, demarcation at site and traffic control involved, the
finished surface to be level, uniform and free from streaks and holes,
etc. all complete in all respect as direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials, labour machinery, lighting,
guarding, maintenance of diversion and all incidental charges in this
connection.
3.12.08.02 RMP(By-TPC): Providing and applying road markings of center line sqm 966.32 963.50 954.01 954.01
and stop line etc. With minimum 5 to 6 mm thick hot applied
white/yellow thermoplastic compound (The materials shall comply
with BS3262:1987' Specification for Hot-applied Thermoplastic Road
Marking Materials') by special applicator machine on road/plain
surface, including cleaning the surface of all dirt, oils, grease, dust
and other contaminants,demarcation at site and traffic control
involved, the finished surface to be level, uniform and free from
streaks and holes, etc. all complete in all respect as direction of the
machinery, lighting, guarding, maintenance of diversion and all
3.12.10 RRSheeting: Supplying and fixing retro-reflectorised reflective sqm 3,086.26 3,084.41 3,080.10 3,080.10
sheeting on cautionary, mandatory and informatory traffic signs with
honey comb retro-reflectorised (encapsulated lens type) reflective
sheet of approved brand of different colour, including cleaning and
washing the surface and necessary scaffolding, etc. including
carriage of sheet to the site and fixing, etc. all complete in all respect
in-charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials, labour and all
3.12.11 AR-Paint: Supplying & providing flexible and acrylic type reflectorized sqm 664.19 666.90 650.28 650.28
traffic painting/ coating on rail post, rail bar, wheel guard, Guide Post,
Pier column etc. Including cleaning the surface of all dirt, oils,
grease, dust and other contaminants, demarcation at site and traffic
control involved. The finished surface to be level, uniform and free
from streaks and holes, etc. all complete in all respect as direction of
the Engineer-in-charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials,
labour machinery, lighting, guarding and all incidental charges in this
connection.
Page 48
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 4 : Bridge Works

Section-01: General, Site Facilities, Environmental Mitigation & Enhancement Works
4.01.01 Dismantling of existing/ damaged structures like culverts, bridges,
retaining walls comprising of masonry, cement concrete, wood work,
steel work by manual/ mechanical means and sorting the dismantled
material, disposal of unserviceable material and stackting the
serviceable material with all lifts and lead up to 1000 meters
including scrapping and removing concrete from MS rods,
preparation and erection of platform where necessary, carrying, all
sorts of handling, stacking the same properly after clearing, leveling
and dressing the site and clearing the river/canal bed, etc. all
complete as per direction of the E-I-C. Cost of conveying, loading,
transportation of unserviceable material accumulated during
dismantling operation is included in this unit rate. The unserviceable
material must be disposed at a safe place outside the site premises
with minimum traffic disruption and the procuring entity will not
provide any environmentally safe place for disposing the
unserviceable materials.
4.01.01.01 RCC works
4.01.01.01.01 Case I: By Manual Means cum 2,574.36 2,535.08 2,372.76 2,372.76

4.01.01.01.02 Case II: By Manual Means submersed in water cum 3,861.55 3,802.61 3,559.14 3,559.14
4.01.01.01.03 Case III: By Mechanical Means cum 2,745.99 2,728.72 2,683.44 2,683.44
4.01.01.01.04 Case IV: By Mechanical Means submersed in water cum 4,118.98 4,093.08 4,025.16 4,025.16
4.01.01.02 PCC Works
4.01.01.02.01 Case I: By Manual Means cum 1,051.97 1,038.02 984.77 984.77
4.01.01.02.02 Case II: By Manual Means submersed in water cum 1,577.96 1,557.02 1,477.16 1,477.16
4.01.01.02.03 Case III: By Mechanical Means cum 1,605.94 1,597.77 1,579.06 1,579.06
4.01.01.02.04 Case IV: By Mechanical Means submersed in water cum 2,408.91 2,396.66 2,368.59 2,368.59
4.01.01.03 Brick Works

4.01.01.03.01 Case I :By Manual/ Mechanical Means cum 752.15 743.88 712.09 712.09
4.01.01.03.02 Case II :By Manual/ Mechanical Means submersed in water cum 1,128.22 1,115.82 1,068.13 1,068.13
4.01.01.04 Steel Work in all types of sections upto a height of 10m above plinth
level including cutting of rivets.
4.01.01.04.01 Case I: Including dismembering MT 3,631.88 3,590.82 3,363.07 3,363.07
4.01.01.04.02 Case II: Excluding dismembering MT 2,779.66 2,743.62 2,578.79 2,578.79
4.01.01.05 Wood Work wrought framed and fixed in frames of trusses upto a cum 1,277.88 1,266.30 1,197.23 1,197.23
height of 10 m above plinth level
4.01.01.06 Dismantling wooden bullah in posts and structs m 27.88 27.40 26.27 26.27
4.01.01.07 Scraping of Bricks dismantled from Brick Work including Stacking 1000 nos. 2,472.70 2,426.17 2,248.69 2,248.69
4.01.01.08 Removing & disposing all types of Pre-cast/ cast-in-situ pipes
including Earthwork and Dismantling of Masonry Works.
4.01.01.08.01 Up to 600mm diameter m 366.78 359.89 333.55 333.55
4.01.01.08.02 For 600mm to 900mm diameter m 496.02 486.66 451.09 451.09

4.01.01.08.03 For above 900mm diameter m 849.26 833.26 772.33 772.33
4.01.11 Overall environment management in addition to the clause 27 & 29
of GCC to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge
4.01.11.01 Improvement of Waste Disposal Facility for temporary camp site. each 12,923.51 12,923.51 12,923.51 12,923.51
There should be atleast one camp in each site, there should be 1 no
of organic waste and 1 no of inorganic waste disposal facility.
Page 49
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-02: Topographical Survey, Geotechnical Investigation & Preparation of Report
4.02.01 Conducting detailed topographical survey by electronic total station
(digital survey equipment) and investigation and collection of
hydraulic data (essential design data as per appraisal format for
bridges and culvert) regarding catchment area, L-section of road and
canal, X-section of canal at the point of crossing at upstream and
down stream as well as making of HFL/OFL, transferring and fixing of
pucca bench mark at site, to pin point all salient features such as
roads, building, trees, water body, play field, green area, water
supply lines, sewer lines, electric/ telephonic lines with poles, wells
etc., taking all the boundary measurement, internal angles, North
direction, preparation of survey drawing including spot levels/
contours ongrids 5m x 5m and plotting on AutoCAD etc. complete
including of all necessary material and labour required for survey
work. Contractor shall submit final topographical survey drawings in
five copies duly spiral binded along with soft copy.
4.02.01.01 For catchment area less then 1.25 sq. Km. each 37,232.03 37,232.03 37,232.03 37,232.03
4.02.01.02 For catchment area less then 1.25 to 2.50 sq. Km. each 74,464.05 74,464.05 74,464.05 74,464.05
4.02.01.03 For catchment area beyond then 2.50 sq. Km. each 104,249.68 104,249.68 104,249.68 104,249.68
4.02.02 Survey and investigation and preparation of Report for bridge
approach road work with chain and compass, auto level, theodolite
or total station including fixing of permanent benchmark and also
fixing of bench mark on all the permanent structures, along the
alignment, like boundary wall, electrical poles etc. Also marking of
locations of boundary wall, electric poles, telephone poles trees etc.
in the road boundary, collection and submission of existing inventory
of the road all along the alignment conducting survey@20 metre
interval for L-section and for single lane X-section interval will be @
0.75, 1.25, 1.875, 2.60, 3.75, 4.50, 5.50 and 6.50 metre on both side
of centre line for double or other lane interval for x-section shall be as
specified by the E-I-C. Data collected as specified above are required
to be submitted in both hard and soft copies, L-section, X-section and
plan is required to be submitted in the shape of drawing sheets
drawn with the help of auto plotter. Preparation of report complete
and submission of the same in five copies duly spiral binded.
4.02.02.01 For single lane road km 22,339.22 22,339.22 22,339.22 22,339.22
4.02.02.02 For double lane road km 29,040.98 29,040.98 29,040.98 29,040.98
4.02.02.03 Beyond the double lane km 35,742.75 35,742.75 35,742.75 35,742.75
Section-03: Temporary bamboo/ wooden Bridge & Diversion road

4.03.01 Construction of 2m wide temporary bamboo diversion bridge with m 3,849.98 3,828.31 3,772.44 3,772.44
100mm average dia pucca borak bamboo in 4 (four) lines of posts
longitudinally and required lines of posts 2m c/c transversely with
beams and struts and every post with double bracing’s and each post
driven to at least 0.75m depth including half split bamboo decking
including supplying nuts, bolts, etc. fitting, fixing and supply, carrying
and cost of all materials & labour, etc. all complete as per direction of
the Engineer.
4.03.02 Construction of 0.25m width bamboo sanko with 100mm dia pucca m 1,729.29 1,716.98 1,683.13 1,683.13
borak bamboo posts of required length @2.5m c/c driven at least 1m
below ground level of stream with 75mm dia full bamboo decking
beams, breaching diagonals with 100mm dia bamboo including
fitting, fixing to complete satisfaction including supply of nails, nuts,
bolts, etc. all materials, carrying and labour, etc. all complete as per
direction of the Engineer.
4.03.03 MS work in timber/ Iron bridge or timber/ Iron structure including the kg 251.21 251.21 247.33 247.33
supply, carrying and fitting of specified approved nuts, bolts, hinges,
cleats, screws, washer, fish plate of specified and approved size and
make, etc. all complete as per drawing and direction of the E-I-C.
Page 50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.03.04 Wood work with specified timber of different sizes in superstructure of
timber bridges i.e. bracing’s, struts, diagonals, beams, cross beams,
decking, railings, etc. including supply and carrying of timber, sizing
and shaping, fitting, fixing with nut, bolt, nails, screw, washer
including providing fish plate, etc. all complete as per design. The
wood must be free from rots, knots, sap and shall be seasoned and
creosoted with creosote oil, etc. all complete including supply,
carrying and cost of all materials and labour, etc. all complete as per
4.03.04.01 Jam (Black Berry/Jarul/Local Korai) cum 114,924.50 110,183.41 115,619.91 115,619.91
4.03.04.02 Chittagong Silkorai cum 127,963.71 127,569.85 126,486.73 126,486.73
4.03.04.03 Sundari/ Garjan cum 114,924.50 110,183.41 115,619.91 115,619.91
4.03.04.04 Shisu/ Mehagoni cum 106,231.28 105,837.42 104,754.31 104,754.31

4.03.04.05 Shal cum 114,924.50 110,183.41 115,619.91 115,619.91
4.03.04.06 Babla cum 74,685.60 74,291.74 73,208.63 73,208.63
Section-04: Bailey Bridge (PSB), Steel pontoon and Steel Bridge

4.04.01 PSB-LE: Labour charge for erecting and assembling of PSB, fitting,
fixing in proper position and providing necessary decking by
arrangement of all necessary tools and equipment including local
handling of bridge parts and all incidental charges, etc. all complete
as per direction of the E-I-C.
4.04.01.01 Single Bailey Bridge or Acrow panel. m 8,395.29 8,229.67 7,643.68 7,643.68
4.04.01.02 Double single Bailey Bridge or Acrow panel. m 9,859.44 9,664.95 8,976.74 8,976.74
4.04.01.03 Calender Hamilton truss bridge m 40,444.32 39,645.86 36,824.11 36,824.11

4.04.01.04 Indian quadricon bridge m 32,911.20 32,261.94 29,964.70 29,964.70
4.04.01.05 UCB and Chinese truss bridge m 48,950.08 47,984.57 44,567.81 44,567.81
4.04.02 PSB-LD: Labour charge for delaunching of PSB with all necessary
arrangements including necessary decking by arrangement of all
necessary tools and equipment, all incidental charges, etc. all
4.04.02.01 Single Bailey Bridge or Acrow panel bridge. m 5,990.26 5,871.94 5,453.97 5,453.97
4.04.02.02 Double single Bailey Bridge or Acrow panel bridge. m 7,190.28 7,048.26 6,546.55 6,546.55
4.04.02.03 Calender Hamilton truss bridge. m 29,596.70 29,012.04 26,947.00 26,947.00

4.04.02.04 Indian quadricon bridge m 23,852.19 23,381.04 21,716.83 21,716.83
4.04.02.05 UCB and Chinese truss bridge m 35,283.93 34,587.01 32,125.05 32,125.05
4.04.03 Supply and installation of steel pontoon of size LS

7.20mx4.00mx0.915m with plates (4mm thick), angles, flat bars, etc.
shall be of steel of shipbuilding quality, hand capstan, hosting system
pulley, bollards, winch, counter weight, manhole, CI roof, deck
fittings, ramps, provision of inside inspection and carry out repair
work in case of necessity, provision of de-watering, appropriate
anchorage, steel fabrication, gas cutting, welding, paints (paints shall
be used of marine quality paints. Scrapping the entire steel surface
shall be done before painting. Two coats of black bituminous paints
to be used inside the pontoon and out side level including ramp) and
other required accessories complete as per design, drawings,
specifications and direction of the E-I-C. (Rate shall include all
materials, labour, tools, equipment, plants, accessories,
transportation, all taxes, VATs. charges, profits and maintenance for
one year)
Page 51
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.04.04 Supply and installation of steel pontoon of size LS
18.00mx8.00mx1.00m with plates (8mm thick), angles, flat bars, etc.
shall be of steel of shipbuilding quality, hand capstan, hosting system
pulley, bollards, winch, counter weight, manhole, CI roof, deck
fittings, ramps, provision of inside inspection and carry out repair
work in case of necessity, provision of de-watering, appropriate
anchorage, steel fabrication, gas cutting, welding, paints (paints shall
be used of BERGER Robbialac marine quality paints. Scrapping the
entire steel surface shall be done before painting. Two coats of black
bituminous paints to be used inside the pontoon and out side level
including ramp) and other required accessories complete as per
design, drawings, specifications and direction of the E-I-C. (Rate
shall include all materials, labour, tools, equipment, plants,
accessories, transportation, all taxes, VATs. charges, profits and
maintenance for one year)
4.04.05 IB: Elements of Iron bridge as per design, drawing, specification and
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
4.04.05.01 IB-SCIS: Supplying CI Shoe of specified diameter including fitting,
fixing etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
4.04.05.01.01 IB-SCIS_300: For 300mm diameter, Weight of each shoe should be each 4,738.62 4,735.54 4,723.24 4,723.24
at least 45 kg
at least 70 kg
at least 90 kg
at least 135 kg
4.04.05.02 IB-SCIC: Supplying CI Cap of standard size to fit on single/ double
E.I. Rail, with necessary fittings etc. all complete as per direction of
the E-I-C.
4.04.05.02.01 IB-SCIC_SH: CI Cap (Single Headed) each 2,384.70 2,381.62 2,369.31 2,369.31
4.04.05.02.02 IB-SCIC_DH: CI Cap (Double Headed) each 2,698.55 2,694.24 2,677.01 2,677.01
4.04.05.03 IB-SEIR: Supplying Double headed/ Flat Footed EI rail of standard kg 129.51 129.09 128.45 128.45
size at site to construct iron bridge including necessary fitting, fixing,
drilling the hole and priming a coat of red oxide etc. all complete as
per direction of E-I-C.
4.04.05.04 IB-SRSJ: Supplying RS joist of different sizes at site to construct iron kg 124.31 124.07 123.70 123.70
bridge including fitting, fixing etc. all complete as per direction of E-I-
C.
4.04.05.05 IB-SMSA: Supplying MS Angle, flat bar of different sizes or sections kg 104.62 104.00 103.08 103.08
including fitting, fixing etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
4.04.05.06 IB-LE: Labour for erection of EI Rail including hoisting and placing in m 572.70 563.47 526.54 526.54
position etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
4.04.05.07 IB-LD: Labour for driving EI Rail post with specified diameter CI shoe
with all driving arrangements (only under ground portion with shoe
will be considered for measurement) etc. all complete as per
4.04.05.07.01 IB-LD_300: For 300mm dia CI shoe m 1,102.34 1,082.30 1,002.13 1,002.13
4.04.05.08 IB-LT: Labour for taking out EI Rail post with specified diameter CI
shoe (Portion embedded within earth only will be paid) etc. all
4.04.05.08.01 IB-LT_300: For 300mm dia CI shoe m 778.49 764.33 707.72 707.72
4.04.05.08.02 IB-LT_450: For 450mm dia CI shoe m 998.50 980.34 907.72 907.72
4.04.05.08.03 IB-LT_600: For 600mm dia CI shoe m 1,218.50 1,196.35 1,107.73 1,107.73
Page 52
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.04.05.08.04 IB-LT_750: For 750mm dia CI shoe m 1,480.82 1,453.90 1,346.20 1,346.20
4.04.05.09 IB-LU: Labour for utilizing RS joist/ MS Angle, flat bar of different kg 14.77 14.28 13.54 13.54
sizes or section including fitting, fixing, drilling hole etc. all complete
4.04.05.10 IB-DES: Dismantling of existing/ damaged iron bridge structures
including RCC deck slab and any type of RCC/brick works as per
direction of the E-I-C. Measurement shall be taken only in lengths of
bridge as actually dismantled.
4.04.05.10.01 IB-DES_UZR4.20I: For Light Traffic Bridge of carriageway width m 11,459.42 11,257.32 10,521.00 10,521.00
4.20m on Upazila Road, including cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.02 IB-DES_UNR3.66I: For Jeepable Bridge of carriageway width 3.66m m 9,479.76 9,313.56 8,704.56 8,704.56
on Union Road, including cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.03 IB-DES_VR3.05I: For Non-motorized Bridge of carriageway width m 7,988.19 7,846.35 7,316.89 7,316.89
3.05m on Village Road, including cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.04 IB-DES_VR2.44I: For Pedestrian Bridge of carriageway width 2.44m m 6,628.71 6,505.00 6,053.22 6,053.22
on Village Road, including cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.05 IB-DES_UZR4.20E: For Light Traffic Bridge of carriageway width m 5,517.19 5,423.13 5,118.97 5,118.97
4.20m on Upazila Road, excluding cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.06 IB-DES_UNR3.66E: For Jeepable Bridge of carriageway width m 4,431.10 4,356.69 4,114.87 4,114.87
3.66m on Union Road, excluding cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.07 IB-DES_VR3.05E: For Non-motorized Bridge of carriageway width m 2,939.53 2,889.48 2,727.20 2,727.20
3.05m on Village Road, excluding cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.08 IB-DES_VR2.44E: For Pedestrian Bridge of carriageway width m 1,580.05 1,548.13 1,463.53 1,463.53
2.44m on Village Road, excluding cost of taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.09 IB-DES_UZR4.20: For Light Traffic Bridge of carriageway width m 4,332.91 4,260.39 4,026.98 4,026.98
4.20m on Upazila Road, excluding cost of steel frame work and
taken out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.10 IB-DES_UNR3.66: For Jeepable Bridge of carriageway width 3.66m m 3,554.45 3,495.97 3,306.53 3,306.53
on Union Road, excluding cost of steel frame work and taken out EI
Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.11 IB-DES_VR3.05: For Non-motorized Bridge of carriageway width m 2,186.85 2,150.48 2,033.17 2,033.17
3.05m on Village Road, excluding cost of steel frame work and taken
out EI Rail of driving
4.04.05.10.12 IB-DES_VR2.44: For Pedestrian Bridge of carriageway width 2.44m m 1,302.17 1,279.96 1,208.97 1,208.97
on Village Road, excluding cost of steel frame work and taken out EI
Rail of driving
4.04.05.11 IB-W: Providing and making specified welding conforming to AWS m 256.97 256.97 253.12 253.12
D1.4 by electric arc welding for construction of Iron Bridge with
highly oxidized electrodes making the points prominent and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of all materials, labour, tools and
plants, electricity and all equipment is included in this unit rate.
Welding shall be carried out under the continuous direction of an
experienced and competent superisor.
[Direct type Lap-welded splice over one side of contact by welding of
minimum length not less than 10 times of section thickness unless
otherwise mentioned in the working drawing]
4.04.06 SSW_SF: Supply and fabrication of structural steel work in
accordance with relavant ASTM/ AASHTO codes comprising of Main
Girders, Cross Girders, Connecting plates, stringer, stiffening plates
etc. intended for use in bridges and delivery at bridge site including
straightening, descaling, degreasing, cutting to size and shape,
drilling, welding conforming to AWS D 1.5M, grinding, removing rust
with blast cleaning, trial assembling at workshop, one priming coat of
shop paint with red oxide paint conforming to ASTM D83 with all
labour, material, paints, consumables, stacking in protected
condition, cost of testing at national accredited test authority/ BUET
etc. as per approved drawing, specification and direction of E-I-C.
4.04.06.01 Grade 345: Box & I Sections in accordance with ASTM A 709M/ kg 179.49 179.49 179.49 179.49
AASHTO M 270 of Grade 345, 345S, 345W or HPS 345W
Page 53
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.04.06.02 Grade 485W: Decking Sheet in accordance with ASTM A 709M/ kg 182.16 182.16 182.16 182.16
AASHTO M 270 of Grade 485W or HPS 345W
4.04.06.03 Grade 250: Structural Steel sections such as columns, beams,
bracings etc. in accordance with ASTM A 36M of Grade 250
4.04.06.03.01 Grade 250BU: Built-up Sections kg 127.80 127.80 127.80 127.80
4.04.06.03.02 Grade 250HR: Hot-rolled Sections (W, H, I-shape, Channel, Angle, kg 145.15 145.15 145.15 145.15
Tube etc.)
4.04.07 SSW_Bolt: Supply and installation of high-strength structural bolts of kg
variable diameter with nut and washer for structural steel joints
intended for use in bridges in accordance with ASTM/ AASHTO
code including cost of hot-dip zinc coating on steel bolt conforming
to ASTM A 153M/ AASHTO M232 and cost of testing at
international/national accredited test authority/ BUET etc. as per
approved design, drawing, specification and direction of E-I-C.
4.04.07.01 SSW_Bolt_325: Structural bolts in accordance with ASTM A325M/ kg 361.49 361.49 361.49 361.49
AASHTO M 164M Type 1
4.04.07.02 SSW_Bolt_490: Structural bolts in accordance with ASTM A490 kg 509.19 509.19 509.19 509.19
Type 1
4.04.08 SSW_SS: Supplying and fixing of shear stud of variable dia kg 169.00 169.00 169.00 169.00
conforming to ASTM A108 or equivalent with minimum yield strength
of 275 Mpa, including the cost testing, welding etc. all complete as
per drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
10.16]
4.04.09 SSW_AE: Assembling and erection of fabricated steel structure to kg 21.33 21.33 21.33 21.33
proper line, level and camber as per approved drawings complete in
all respect including transportation and handling supply of all
fasterners. Painting of all exposed surface of steel work after erection
with one coat of red oxide confirming to ASTM D 83 and two coats
Aluminium paint confirming to ASTM A 463, grouting of anchor bolts
in position, including all labour, consumables, materials, machinery,
tools and tackles, erection cum dismandling of staging, scaffolding &
falsework etc. complete as per specification and as directed by the E-
I-C. A full proof method statement of erection programe at site has to
be submitted and get approved before starting the erection program.
4.04.10 TSB: Transportation of Iron/ Bailey/ Steel Bridge Superstructure
(Complete Sets) from LGED's Central/ Regional/ District Stack-yard
or Source to the bridge construction site and stacking at proper place
including loading, unloading, local handling as per design, drawing,
specifications and direction of E-I-C.
4.04.10.01 TSB_50: Within 50km of Stack-yard/ source to site MT 1,979.74 1,964.85 1,918.14 1,918.14
4.04.10.02 TSB_50+: Additional charge Beyond 50km of Stack-yard/ source to MT-Km 6.69 6.69 6.69 6.69
site
Section-05: Excavation, Dewatering, Artificial Island & Cofferdam
4.05.01 Earth work in excavation of foundation of structures by mechanical
(Hydraulic excavator - Long Boom)/ manual means in all sorts of soil
up to specified depth in accordance with requirements of lines,
grades, cross sections and elevation as shown in the drawing
including setting out, removal of stumps, logs, boulders and other
deleterious materials, providing necessary tools and plants,
construction of shoring and bracing, cleaning the excavated
materials to a safe distance out of the site premises, cut to a firm
surface including pumping/ bailing out water, removal of spoils to a
safe distance, dressing of sides and bottom and backfilling of
trenches up to original level with approved material etc. all complete
as per approval of E-I-C. Contractor shall get acquainted with site
conditions, nature of soil and adopt suitable adequate dewatering
system as deemed fit for the nature of soil and prevailing water table
to get the surface reasonably dry for laying PCC at the time of
execution so that execution will not be hampered or delayed. Back-
filled materials shall be compacted to a density comparable with the
adjacent undisturbed material.
4.05.01.01.01 For depth up to 3m cum 224.62 220.93 204.62 204.62
Page 54
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.05.01.01.02 For depth 3m to 6m cum 258.47 254.16 235.39 235.39
4.05.01.01.03 For depth above 6m cum 427.71 420.32 389.24 389.24
4.05.01.02 Earth work in Ordinary Soil by Mechanical Means (Hydaulic

Excavator) for an initial lead of 30m

4.05.01.03 Earth work in Rocky, gravelly, slushy or organic type Soil by Manual
Means for an initial lead of 30m
4.05.01.04 Earth work Rocky, gravelly, slushy or organic type Soil by Mechanical
Means (Hydaulic Excavator) for an initial lead of 30m

4.05.02 Disposing surplus excavated soils of all types outside the site
premises up to a lead of specified distance including cost of labour,
cost of equipment and machinery, loading and unloading at both
ends, transportation, all other incidental charges at all leads and lifts
etc. complete as per approval of the E-I-C. The surplus excavated
material must be dumped in an unobjectionable place outside the
site premises with minimum traffic disruption and the procuring entity
will not be responsible for any irregularities by the party regarding
disposing of the earth.
4.05.02.01 Lead up to 500m cum 197.07 196.92 196.01 196.01
4.05.02.02 Lead 500m to 1km cum 265.74 265.60 264.69 264.69
4.05.02.03 Lead 1km to 2km cum 403.10 402.96 402.05 402.05

4.05.02.04 Lead 2km to 3km cum 540.46 540.32 539.41 539.41
4.05.02.05 Lead 3km to 4km cum 677.82 677.68 676.77 676.77
4.05.02.06 Lead 4km to 5km cum 815.18 815.04 814.13 814.13

4.05.02.07 Lead above 5km cum 952.54 952.40 951.48 951.48
4.05.04 RB: Making arrangement of artificial ring bundh for construction of
pile/ pile cap in river/channel having standing water not greater than
3 meter with supplying and driving sal-bullah (150mm to 200mm dia)
up to required depth, tarja, drum sheet, soil filled Geobag and all
other necessary iron fitting, earth arranged and carried by contractor
by any means including cost of all materials required for the work and
maintaining the same till the completion of the main component of
the structure for which the ring is made, etc. all complete as per
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Contractor shall submit the
design calculations and methodology which must be compatible with
the weather conditions, waves, currents, construction equipment,
construction method, internal permanent structures and ground
condition. Contractor shall take necessary safety measure for the
construction of earthen ring/cross bundh and responsible for all
obligations. The temporary arrangement is to be completely removed
on completion of the main component of the structure.
Note: Additional payment for pumping & bailing out of water will not
be given
Page 55
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.05.04.01 RB_2: For 3m wide & 2m high earthen ring bundh constructed by m 34,091.88 33,872.96 32,801.94 32,801.94
driving 2/3rd part of 7m long wooden bullah at 500mm c/c in the
outer side and driving bullah of same length at 750mm c/c in the
inner side, placing tarza & dram sheet including lapping of min.
150mm, polythene sheet, soil filled geobag in the outer side, wooden
bracing with 50mm x 50mm at 600mm c/c vertically, cross bracing
with 12 BWG GI wire @ 1500mm c/c, bailing out of standing water
from inner portion of ring bundh etc.
[For depth of standing water: Up to 2m]
4.05.04.02 RB_2+: For 3m wide & 3m high earthen ring bundh constructed by m 44,601.33 44,315.84 42,926.24 42,926.24
driving 2/3rd part of 9m long wooden bullah at 500mm c/c in the
outer side and driving same length bullah at 750mm c/c in the inner
side, placing tarza & dram sheet including lapping of min. 150mm,
polythene sheet, soil filled geobag in the outer side, wooden bracing
with 50mm x 50mm at 600mm c/c vertically, cross bracing with 12
BWG GI wire @ 1500mm c/c, bailing out of standing water from inner
portion of ring bundh etc.
[For Depth of standing water: Above 2m and up to 3m]
4.05.04.03 RB_O: Under any other circumstances LS
Note: Methodology must be submitted by the contructor and
approved from the E-I-C before execution of the work.
4.05.05 AI: Making artificial island in river/channel having standing water
suitable for well sinking/ cast-in-situ bored pile with supplying and
driving sal-bullah (150mm to 200mm dia) and bamboo posts (75mm
to 100mm dia) up to required depth, tarja walling and all other
necessary iron fitting, earth arranged and carried by contractor by
any means including cost of all materials required for the work and
maintaining the same till the completion of the main component of
the structure for which the island is made, etc. all complete as per
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The structures are to be
completely removed on completion of the main component of the
structure.
4.05.05.01 Beyond 900mm and up to 1500mm of standing water
4.05.05.01.01 For 3000mm x 6000mm wells each 166,254.23 164,851.11 158,180.11 158,180.11
4.05.05.02 Extra for each additional 300mm above 1500mm and upto 3000mm
depth of water
4.05.05.03 Extra for each additional 300mm above 3000mm and up to 4500mm
depth of water
Page 56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.05.06 Making temporary artificial island in river/ channel required for cast-in-
situ bored pile with supplying and driving bamboo posts of 75 to
100mm diameter at specified spacing up to required depth with nails,
driving additional gazari/ shalbullah posts of 150 to 175mm diameter
at specified spacing up to required depth & half split bullah bracing at
top level for longer depth, dram sheet walling & internal cross tie by
re-bar with specified diameter & spacing and all other necessary iron
fitting, earth arrangement and carried by contractor by any means
including cost of all materials required for the work and maintaining
the same till the completion of the work for which the island is made.
The structures are to be completely removed on completion of the
work and the cost is inclusive of this element also.
4.05.06.01 For depth up to 2.0m: Spacing of bamboo posts: 250mm c/c, internal
cross ties: 12mm dia re-bar @ 2m c/c
4.05.06.01.01 Size of Island: 11m x 15m each 182,536.24 181,572.76 177,607.92 177,607.92
4.05.06.02 For depth above 2.0m: Spacing of bamboo post: close hole, spacing
of Gazari/ Shalbullah posts: 1m c/c, internal cross ties: 16mm dia. re-
bar at alternate bullah post.
4.05.07 Making arrangement of barge of required size & capacity for

construction of cast-in-site bored piles / pre-cast pile at pier locations
in river/channel having water depth more than 3.0m. including
mobilization and demobilization, setting of piling rigs, fuel, lubricants,
other incidental charges etc. all complete as per direction of the
engineer.
4.05.07.01 Size: 26.0m x 8.5m, Loaded Draft: 1.8m/1.2m, Carrying capacity: 150 each/ 679,407.57 679,407.57 679,407.57 679,407.57
MT month
4.05.07.02 Size: 30.0m x 9.0m, Loaded Draft: 1.8m/1.2m, Carrying capacity: 200 each/ 679,407.57 679,407.57 679,407.57 679,407.57
MT month
4.05.07.03 Size: 38.0m x 9.0m, Loaded Draft: 2.0m/1.37m, Carrying capacity: each/ 764,333.51 764,333.51 764,333.51 764,333.51
300 MT month
400 MT month
500 MT month
Page 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.05.08 Making arrangement of steel staging for construction of Cast-in-situ
pile by driving of double headed EI Rail post up to 4.00 m to 6m with
600/750mm dia CI Shoe (screw) @ 1.00m c/c in transverse
dimension and 4.00m c/c in longitudinal direction povided with
double headed CI cap and RS Joist of required size in both direction.
The double headed EI vertical post shall be cross-braced with 75mm
x 75mm MS angle. The RS joist frame shall be covered with MS
plate (6mm thick) to make a smooth platform. The work shall be
completed including hiring charge of all material, fitting, fixing with nut
bolt etc., all labour cost and maintaining the same till the completion
of the work for which it is made. The structure is to be completely
removed on completion of the work and the cost is inclusive of the
element also. All work shall be done as per supplied drawing and
direction of the E-I-C. Contractor shall take necessary safety
measures for the stage and shall be responsible for any accident.
Note: This item shall be selected as per instruction given in the
drawing & after getting approval from Design unit, LGED.
4.05.08.01 For 5.00m to 9.00m depth of water sqm 16,026.70 15,660.37 14,671.50 14,671.50
4.05.08.05 For 18.00m & Above depth of water sqm 21,992.28 21,492.92 20,114.91 20,114.91
4.05.09 Construction of steel cofferdam with bottom frame with a required

number of hole, side frame with necessary nos. of bracings at
different level and top platform with provision of adequate access,
light and ventilation including cost of MS plate, MS angle, joists,
fabrication, welding, grinding, shifting the cofferdam from bank to pier
location, lowering of cofferdam to it's design level, bottom plugging of
cofferdam by 30MPa Tremie Concrete (underwater concrete)
through a tube usually 200 to 250mm pipe, dewater the interior area,
breaking head of hardened cast-in-situ bored pile to the cut-off level
and exposing pile reinforcement for embedment in pile cap, erection
and removal of cofferdam by unifloat (pontoon), monitoring the
behavior of the cofferdam and surrounding area, tower crane,
generator, gas cutter set etc. all complete in all respect as per
direction of Design Unit & concern Engineer-in-Charge. Contractor
shall submit the design calculations and methodology which must be
compatible with the weather conditions, waves, currents, construction
equipment, construction method, internal permanent structures and
ground condition. Contractor shall take necessary safety measure for
the construction of cofferdam and responsible for all obligations.
Note: Measurement will be based on the actual pile cap area. This
item shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing & after
getting approval from Design unit, LGED.
4.05.09.01 For depth up to 5m from LWL sqm 123,373.38 123,406.51 122,981.55 123,099.61
4.05.09.02 For depth 5m to 6m from LWL sqm 135,710.72 135,747.16 135,279.70 135,409.57
4.05.09.07 For depth above 10m from LWL sqm 197,397.41 197,450.42 196,770.48 196,959.37
Page 58
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.05.10 Making arrangement of dewatering system to provide temporary
reductions in ground water level for construction of pile caps/
foundation of any other structure which extend to below ground water
level including installation of a wellpoint system consists of a closely
spaced series of small-diameter shallow wells connected to a
common headermain and pumped with a high-efficiency vacuum
dewatering pump or installation and operation of series of
submersible pumps so as to lower the water table to provide stable
and dry conditions to facilitate excavation. For drawdowns in excess
of 6m further stages of wellpoints are required, installed at
successively lower levels as excavation proceeds. Dewatering
system may be used around open cut excavations or in conjunction
with shoring or retaining wall used to support the excavation. The
choise of pumping system used for dewatering or groundwater
systems depends on the amount of drawdown required and the
ground conditions. Contractor shall submit the design calculations
and methodology which must be compatible with the sub-soil &
weather condition, construction equipment, construction method,
ground water level etc. Contractor shall take necessary safety
measure for making arrangement of dewatering system and
responsible for all obligations.
Note: Measurement will be based on the actual pile cap/ foundation
area. This item shall be selected as per instruction given in the
drawing & after getting approval from Design unit, LGED.
4.05.10.01 Dewatering system for depth up to 3m sqm 9,003.38 8,985.60 8,930.73 8,930.73
4.05.10.02 Dewatering system for depth 3m to 6m sqm 27,873.14 27,836.10 27,726.51 27,726.51
4.05.10.03 Dewatering system for depth 6m to 9m sqm 69,497.09 69,421.32 69,203.18 69,203.18
4.05.10.04 Dewatering system for depth above 9m sqm 86,871.36 86,776.65 86,503.97 86,503.97
4.05.11 SPW: Shore protection work during excavation in foundation
trenches & construction of the same to protect loose soil by driving U-
type hot rolled steed sheet pile of 600mm width, thickness 7.5mm,
and using bracing type I-joist of nominal size 200x150 mm, sectional
dimension 6mm in horizontal, long and short direction etc. all
complete including maintennace upto completion of the work or as
per direction of E-I-C (Taking out of sheet pile and removing of shore
protection work to clean after completion of foundation work e.g. pile
cap)
Note: Measurement will be based on the actual pile cap area. This
item shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing & after
getting approval from Design unit, LGED.
4.05.11.01 SPW_3+: depth from 3 m to 4 m from LWL sqm 29,612.12 29,459.71 28,885.75 28,922.01
4.05.11.02 SPW_4+: depth from 4 m to 5 m from LWL sqm 33,008.84 32,833.47 32,188.95 32,225.21
Section-06: Sand Filling, Brick Soling, Plain Cement Concrete, Brick Work & Plaster
4.06.01 Sand filling on the prepared foundation bed with sand of specified
FM in layers not more than 150mm thick including necessary
carriage, leveling, watering and ramming to achieve minimum dry
density (MDD) of 95% STD compaction with optimum moisture
content (OMC) by ramming each layer up to finished level as per
direction of E-I-C.
4.06.01.01 Sand of Minimum FM 0.8 cum 1,074.50 1,075.24 1,025.02 1,025.02

4.06.02 Single layer brick flat soling with 1st class or picked kiln burnt bricks sqm 478.76 477.62 455.81 463.44
in foundation, filling the interstices tightly with sand of minimum FM
0.50, watering, leveling, dressing, etc. all complete as per instruction
of the E-I-C.
Page 59
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.06.03 PCC-10: Plain cement concrete work in foundation with minimum cum 9,232.40 9,194.73 8,885.30 8,952.10
compressive strength of 10 MPa at 28 days (sugessted mix
proportion 1:3:6) on standard cylinder as per standard practice of
Code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, sand of minimum FM 1.8 and 20mm
down well graded 1st class/ picked brick chips (LAA value not
exceeding 40) comforming to ASTM C 33 including breaking bricks
into chips, shuttering, mixing by concrete mixer machine, casting,
laying compacting and curing for the requisite period etc. all
complete as per direction of the E-I-C. Additional quantity of cement
to be added if required to attain the strength at the contractor's own
cost.
4.06.04 PCC-17: Plain cement concrete work in foundation with minimum cum 10,063.81 10,025.97 9,723.60 9,787.42
compressive strength of 17 MPa at 28 days (sugessted mix
proportion 1:2:4 & maximum w/c ratio 0.45) on standard cylinder as
per standard practice of Code AASHTO/ ASTM/ and cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, sand
of minimum FM 1.8 and 20mm down well graded 1st class/ picked
brick chips (LAA value not exceeding 40) comforming to ASTM C 33
including breaking bricks into chips, shuttering, mixing by concrete
mixer machine, casting, laying compacting and curing for the
requisite period etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
strength at the contractor's own cost.
4.06.05 Brick work with 1st class brick in specified cement mortar in
foundation with sand of minimum FM 1.20 and cement conforming to
BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, filling the interstices
tightly with mortar, raking out joints, cleaning and soaking bricks at
least for 24 hours before use, washing of sand, curing at least for 7
days etc. all complete as per design, specification & direction of the E-
I-C.
4.06.05.01 Cement mortar (1:3) cum 8,804.73 8,777.85 8,445.04 8,544.98

4.06.06 Minimum 6mm thick cement plaster including neat cement finishing
over concrete faces with sand of minimum FM 1.20 and cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N
including washing of sand, cleaning junctiongs of concrete, grouting,
dabbing, doing independent double-legged scaffolding, finishing the
edges and corners, cleaning of surfaces and curing for requisite
period etc. all complete at all leads & lifts as per drawings,
specification & direction of the E-I-C.
4.06.06.01 Cement mortar (1:3) sqm 289.96 287.99 271.17 271.17
4.06.06.02 Cement mortar (1:4) sqm 278.64 276.65 259.88 259.88
Page 60
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-07: Pile Work & Pile Test
4.07.01 BCIS: Boring for cast-in-situ piles up to the required depth and m
specified diameter with driving temporary steel casing (shall be 8mm
thick with necessary stiffener bands and sharp edge at bottom and
provided up to non-collapsible strata from the existing ground level
but not less then 4.0 m) in all types of soils including min. 2-chamber
slurry tank, drilling with bentonite circulation (Dry Bentonite powder of
liquid limit of minimum 350 shall be mixed with water @ minimum 4%
by weight to make the fresh drilling fluid of viscosity between 32-50
seconds and density less than 1.1gm/cc), maintaining fluid level
inside casing at all time at least 2 m higher than outside the casings,
washing bore hole by air lift cleanup method with fresh bentonite
slurry until the slurry from bore hole bottom have density less than
1.15gm/cc and sand content is less than 4%, make the bore hole
ready for concreting including disposal/removal of all bored material,
hire charge of mechanical winch machine/ skid mounted mechanical
table drive rotary/ hydraulic rotary boring equipment, derrick, trimie
pipe, cost of fuel, lubricant, mobilization, demobilization, spares,
insurance coverage, water, electricity and other charges all complete
as per design, drawing, specification and direction of E-I-C.
Contractor shall submit the methodology of cast-in-situ pile work
including information on boring equipment, sequence of boring &
casting, quality control, disposal of spoils, test result of materials to
the E-I-C for approval before commencing any boring operation.
Boring and excavation for a pile shall not commence until 24 hours
after completion of any pile within radius of 6 meters c/c. Cost of
collecting, conveying, loading, transportation of spoils/mud
accumulated during boring of cast-in-situ pile with all lifts and lead is
included in this unit rate. The spoils must be dumped in an
unobjectionable place outside the site premises with minimum traffic
disruption and the procuring entity will not be responsible for any
irregularities by the party regarding dumping of the spoils.
Note: Boring method shall be selected as per instruction given in the
drawing.
4.07.01.01 BCIS_PM: Boring by PERCUSSION METHOD using Direct Mud
Circulation (DMC) or Bailer and Chisel technique by tripod and
mechanical winch machine. Tubewell boring machine shall not be
used.
4.07.01.01.01 450mm diameter m 1,506.19 1,498.07 1,472.34 1,472.34
4.07.01.01.02 500mm diameter m 1,869.61 1,857.76 1,818.84 1,818.84
4.07.01.01.03 600mm diameter m 2,218.68 2,205.81 2,164.52 2,164.52

4.07.01.01.04 700mm diameter m 2,575.60 2,562.06 2,518.90 2,518.90
4.07.01.01.05 800mm diameter m 2,850.88 2,837.34 2,794.01 2,794.01
4.07.01.02 BCIS_SMMTD: Boring by Skid Mounted Mechanical Table Drive

Rotary Boring/ Spindle Type Rotary Drilling Machine. Tube well
boring machine/ Bailer and chisel technique by tripod and
mechanical winch machine shall not be used.
4.07.01.02.01 600mm diameter m 2,565.07 2,561.35 2,549.36 2,549.36
4.07.01.02.02 700mm diameter m 3,103.11 3,098.77 3,084.82 3,084.82
4.07.01.02.03 800mm diameter m 3,668.55 3,663.58 3,647.61 3,647.61

4.07.01.02.04 900mm diameter m 4,616.50 4,610.00 4,589.29 4,589.29
4.07.01.02.05 1000mm diameter m 6,039.51 6,030.71 6,002.89 6,002.89
4.07.01.02.06 1200mm diameter m 7,359.97 7,348.69 7,313.49 7,313.49

4.07.01.02.07 1500mm diameter m 9,367.74 9,354.20 9,313.21 9,313.21
Page 61
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.01.03 BCIS_HRM: Boring by HYDRAULIC ROTARY METHOD using
Crawler mounted, telescopic boom hydraulic piling rig. Tube well
boring machine/ Bailer and chisel technique by tripod and
mechanical winch machine/ Skid Mounted Mechanical Table Drive
Rotary Boring/ Spindle Type Rotary Drilling Machine shall not be
used.
4.07.01.03.01 600mm diameter m 3,565.60 3,561.87 3,549.89 3,549.89
4.07.01.03.02 800mm diameter m 4,743.40 4,738.44 4,722.46 4,722.46
4.07.01.03.03 900mm diameter m 5,896.20 5,889.70 5,868.99 5,868.99

4.07.01.03.04 1000mm diameter m 7,627.62 7,618.82 7,591.00 7,591.00
4.07.01.03.05 1200mm diameter m 9,072.38 9,061.09 9,025.89 9,025.89
4.07.01.03.06 1500mm diameter m 11,337.92 11,324.39 11,283.39 11,283.39

4.07.01.03.07 1800mm diameter m 13,827.50 13,810.95 13,761.46 13,761.46
4.07.01.03.08 2000mm diameter m 15,229.16 15,209.61 15,151.69 15,151.69
4.07.01.03.09 2500mm diameter m 17,234.59 17,212.03 17,145.46 17,145.46

4.07.02 DCIS: Driven Cast-in-Situ vertical R.C.C. pile of specified diameter
and length (length to be measured from the bottom of pile cap to the
bottom of shoe), to carry safe working load not less than specified,
including cost shoe & all other materials and labour for casting,
hoisting, driving etc. and also including cost of dummy lengths of pile
and of hire charges of all instruments as necessary but excluding
concrete & reinforcement etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
4.07.02.01 Pile diameter - 450 mm m 5,142.24 5,139.77 5,135.84 5,135.84


Page 62
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.03 RCC-25SCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work for cast-in-situ pile cum 15,695.04 15,775.78 14,740.18 15,027.88
with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and
maximum water cement ratio 0.4 having minimum required average
compressive strength, f'cr = 33.5 Mpa and satisfying a compressive
standard practice of code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming
to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, high range water
reducing and retarding admixture of complying type G under ASTM
C 494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix design), sand of
minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down well graded crushed stone chips
broken from boulders (Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara,
Dinajpur, LAA value not exceeding 30) conforming to ASTM C 33,
including breaking chips, screening through proper sieves, placing &
maintaining re-bar cage in position, jointing longitudinal bars by
welding or re-bar coupling method, placing and removing tripod/
derrick as per requirement, mixing in standard mixture machine with
hoper, maintaining allowable slump of 150mm to 200mm, placing a
sliding plug or barrier to prevent direct contact between the first
charge of concrete in the pipe of the tremie and the water of drilling
fluid, pouring the concrete in bore hole with the help of trimie pipe,
maintaining the trimie pipe immersed in concrete by at least 1.5m
throughout the period of concreting etc. including cost of all
materials, labour, equipment and all incidental charges but excluding
the cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, welding, coupling and
placing etc. all complete as per design, drawing, specifications and
direction of the E-I-C. The contractor shall maintain a continuous
record of the volume of concrete used and the level of the concrete in
the pipe. Any deviations from the theoretical, or expected, volume/
level relationship shall be immediately reported to the E-I-C.
specified strength to be provided by the contractor at his own cost.
Note: Using Concrete Mixer
4.07.04 RCC-25SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work for cast-in-situ pile cum 16,028.78 16,109.52 15,073.91 15,361.61
with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and
compressive strength, f'cr = 33.5 Mpa and satisfying a compressive
standard practice of code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming
to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, high range water
reducing and retarding admixture of complying type G under ASTM
including breaking chips, screening through proper sieves, placing &
maintaining re-bar cage in position, jointing longitudinal bars by
welding or re-bar coupling method, placing and removing tripod/
derrick as per requirement, mixing in mechanized batch mix plant &
pumping using line pump or boom placer, maintaining allowable
slump of 150mm to 200mm, placing a sliding plug or barrier to
prevent direct contact between the first charge of concrete in the pipe
of the tremie and the water of drilling fluid, pouring the concrete in
bore hole with the help of trimie pipe, maintaining the trimie pipe
immersed in concrete by at least 1.5m throughout the period of
concreting etc. including cost of all materials, labour, equipment and
all incidental charges but excluding the cost of reinforcement and its
fabrication, welding, coupling and placing etc. all complete as per
design, drawing, specifications and direction of the E-I-C. The
contractor shall maintain a continuous record of the volume of
concrete used and the level of the concrete in the pipe. Any
deviations from the theoretical, or expected, volume/ level
relationship shall be immediately reported to the E-I-C. Additional
quantity of cement to be added if required to attain the specified
strength to be provided by the contractor at his own cost.
Page 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.05 RCC-30SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work for cast-in-situ pile cum 16,965.24 17,045.98 16,010.37 16,298.08
with minimum cement content and maximum water cement ratio as
specified by the laboratory having minimum required average
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-I 52.5N / ASTM C150
Type-1, high range water reducing and retarding admixture of
complying type G under ASTM C 494 (Doses of admixture to be
fixed by the mix design), sand of minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down
well graded crushed stone chips broken from boulders (Preferably
stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA value not exceeding
30) conforming to ASTM C 33 including breaking chips, screening
through proper sieves, placing & maintaining re-bar cage in position,
jointing longitudinal bars by welding or re-bar coupling method,
placing and removing tripod/ derrick as per requirement, mixing in
mechanized batch mix plant & pumping using line pump or boom
placer, maintaining allowable slump of 150mm to 200mm, placing a
sliding plug or barrier to prevent direct contact between the first
charge of concrete in the pipe of the tremie and the water of drilling
fluid, pouring the concrete in bore hole with the help of trimie pipe,
maintaining the trimie pipe immersed in concrete by at least 1.5m
throughout the period of concreting etc. including cost of all
materials, labour, equipment and all incidental charges but excluding
the cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, welding, coupling and
placing etc. all complete as per design, drawing, specifications and
direction of the E-I-C. The contractor shall maintain a continuous
record of the volume of concrete used and the level of the concrete in
the pipe. Any deviations from the theoretical, or expected volume/
level relationship shall be immediately reported to the E-I-C.
The Mix Design shall have to be approved by the concerned District
Quality Control Laboratory or any other reputed laboratory approved
by the competent authority before execution of the work.
4.07.06 Permanent Casing: Supplying, fabricating and placing in position
permanent Steel casing conforming to ASTM A 36/ AASHTO M 183
for RCC bored cast-in-situ piles of specified diameters (internal) to a
depth as shown in approved construction drawings including
lowering & pitching the fabricated casing in position, driving the
casing below bed level through all types of
soil/clay/boulders/weathered or fissured or hard rock, fixing the
casing in position with necessary lateral bracings (if required) etc. for
stability until completion of all deck works, gas cutting, bending,
welding at fabrication shop & site, painting with Red Oxide paint,
transporting from fabrication shop to site, unloading at site, driving of
casing, all sorts of labour, materials, tools, equipment, fuel, taxes etc.
all complete as per design, drawing, specification & direction of
Engineer-in-charge. Only length of steel casing driven as per drawing
will be paid, wastage shall not be paid. All longitudinal and
transverse welds shall be made with full penetration butt welds and
adjacent segments shall be rotated 90 degree relative to each other
so that longitudinal welds on the fabricated casing are staggered.
The outside surface of the permanent casing shall receive two coats
of anti-corrosion tar type paint which shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge and it's application shall follow the
manufacturer's instructions. If the handling, transportation, driving
arrangement require a greater thickness to avoid deformation or
buckling of casing, the increase in thickness shall be provided by the
contractor at his own expense.
4.07.06.01 400mm diameter and 6mm thick wall m 7,441.38 7,440.70 7,437.99 7,437.99
Page 64
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.06.13 Any other diameter and thickness not mentioned in the specified rate MT 122,113.67 122,112.52 122,107.90 122,107.90
chart.
Measurement will be based on the weight of the steel casing. Hire
Charge of Tripod, Mechanical Winch Machine, Derrick, Welding
machine, and other nececcery manpower is included in this unit rate.
4.07.07 Welding: Providing and making specified welding conforming to AWS
D1.4 by electric arc welding for construction of cast-in-situ bored pile
carefully with highly oxidized electrodes making the points prominent
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of all materials,
labour, tools and plants, electricity and all equipment is included in
this unit rate. Welding shall be carried out under the continuous
direction of an experienced and competent superisor.
4.07.07.01 SW: spot/tack welding at contact point of the spirals at reasonalbe each 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
intervals with the main vertical reinforcements of re-bar cage to be
placed in borehole.
4.07.07.02 LW: Direct type Lap-welded splice over two sides of contact by meter 483.00 483.00 483.00 483.00
welding of minimum length not less than 10 times of bar diameter
unless otherwise mentioned in the working drawing at the lap of main
reinforcement in re-bar cage to be placed in borehole.
4.07.08 Labour for breaking head of hardened cast in situ bored pile/pre-cast cum 3,595.00 3,518.00 3,274.00 3,274.00
head volume to be broken)[PWD 09.7]
4.07.09 RCC-17BCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work for pre-cast pile cum 11,128.24 11,084.06 10,735.34 10,805.48
with minimum cement content relates to nominal mix ratio 1:2:4 and
strength, f'cr = 24 MPa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 17
MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of
2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, sand of minimum FM 1.8 and 20mm
down well graded crushed picked brick chips (LAA value & maximum
water absorption not exceeding 38 & 15% respectively) conforming
to ASTM C 33 including breaking chips, screening through proper
sieves, cleaning and washing, centering and shuttering with MS
sheet, MS angle, nuts and bolts, chamfering edges, preparation of
casting beds, laying polythene, placing reinforcement cages in
position, mixing in standard mixture machine with hoper, maintaining
allowable slump of 50mm to 100mm, casting, compacting by
mechanical vibrators and tapered rods as where necessary, curing
for 28 days etc. The cost of reinforcement and it's fabrication,
binding, welding and placing is not included in this unit rate.
Page 65
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.10 RCC-25SCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work for pre-cast pile cum 17,144.82 17,234.68 16,007.18 16,343.80
with cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and maximum water
cement ratio 0.4 having minimum required average compressive
strength, f'cr = 33.5 MPa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c =
25 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of
code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, water reducing admixture of
complying type A under ASTM C 494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed
by the mix design), sand of minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down well
graded crushed stone chips broken from boulders (Preferably stone
chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA value not exceeding 30)
conforming to ASTM C 33, including breaking stone boulders into
chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning and washing,
centering and shuttering with MS sheet, MS angle, nuts and bolts,
chamfering edges, preparation of casting beds, laying polythene,
placing reinforcement cages in position, mixing in standard mixture
machine with hoper, maintaining allowable slump of 50mm to
100mm, casting, compacting by mechanical vibrators and tapered
rods as where necessary, curing for 28 days etc. The cost of
reinforcement and it's fabrication, binding, welding and placing is not
included but the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate.
4.07.11 RCC-25SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work for pre-cast pile cum 17,782.40 17,880.90 16,669.97 17,006.58
with cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and maximum water
cement ratio 0.4 having minimum required average compressive
code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 :
2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, water reducing admixture of
complying type A under ASTM C 494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed
by the mix design), sand of minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down well
graded crushed stone chips broken from boulders (Preferably stone
chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA value not exceeding 30)
conforming to ASTM C 33, including breaking stone boulders into
chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning and washing,
centering and shuttering with MS sheet, MS angle, nuts and bolts,
chamfering edges, preparation of casting beds, laying polythene,
placing reinforcement cages in position, mixing in mechanized batch
mix plant & pumping using line pump or boom placer, maintaining
allowable slump of 50mm to 100mm, casting, compacting by
mechanical vibrators and tapered rods as where necessary, curing
for 28 days etc. The cost of reinforcement and it's fabrication,
binding, welding and placing is not included but the cost of admixture
is included in this unit rate. Additional quantity of cement to be added
if required to attain the specified strength to be provided by the
contractor at his own cost.
Page 66
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.12 RCC-30SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work for pre-cast pile cum 18,791.55 18,890.05 17,679.12 18,015.73
with minimum cement content and maximum water cement ratio as
specified by the laboratory having minimum required average
compressive strength, f'c = 30 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders
as per standard practice of code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement
Type-1, water reducing admixture of complying type A under ASTM
including breaking stone boulders into chips, screening through
proper sieves, cleaning and washing, centering and shuttering with
MS sheet, MS angle, nuts and bolts, chamfering edges, preparation
of casting beds, laying polythene, placing reinforcement cages in
position, mixing in mechanized batch mix plant & pumping using line
pump or boom placer, maintaining allowable slump of 50mm to
100mm, casting, compacting by mechanical vibrators and tapered
rods as where necessary, curing for 28 days etc. The cost of
reinforcement and it's fabrication, binding, welding and placing is not
included but the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate.
The Mix Design shall have to be approved by the concerned District
Quality Control Laboratory or any other reputed laboratory approved
4.07.13 Mobilization and demobilization of drop hammer type pre-cast pile set/site 10,338.81 10,338.81 10,338.81 10,338.81
driving rig set.
4.07.14 Driving pre-cast RCC piles with drop hammer type rig in any type of
soil to the required depth including fitting and fixing steel cap,
handling and keeping in position and maintaining driving log in
prescribed format as per design, drawing & direction of the E-I-C.
Before commencing driving operation, contractor shall submit the
methodology for carrying the driving operation including sequence of
driving to the E-I-C. The maximum permitted deviation of the finished
pile from the horizontal & vertical shall be 50mm & 25mm
respectively. Cutting of a pile not being installed to the planned depth
is exclusively subject to the approval of Design Unit, LGED.
4.07.14.01 X-section of pre-cast pile: 225mm X 225mm m 416.22 411.63 394.68 394.68
4.07.14.02 X-section of pre-cast pile:250mm X 250mm [PWD 09.15) m 514.00 508.00 489.00 489.00
4.07.14.03 X-section of pre-cast pile:300mm X 300mm and 350mm X 350mm m 817.00 809.00 778.00 778.00
[PWD 09.16]
4.07.15 Mobilization and demobilization of automatic diesel hammer mounted per site 184,572.39 184,572.39 184,572.39 184,572.39
compete rig set.
4.07.16 Driving pre-cast RCC piles with automatic diesel hammer mounted
rig in any type of soil to the required depth including fitting and fixing
steel cap, handling and keeping in position and maintaining driving
log in prescribed format as per design, drawing & direction of the E-I-
C. Before commencing driving operation, contractor shall submit the
methodology for carrying the driving operation including sequence of
driving to the E-I-C. The maximum permitted deviation of the finished
pile from the horizontal & vertical shall be 50mm & 25mm
respectively. Cutting of a pile not being installed to the planned depth
is exclusively subject to the approval of Design Unit, LGED.
4.07.16.01 X-section of pre-cast pile: 225 mm X 225 mm m 580.33 576.31 568.13 568.13
4.07.16.04 X-section of pre-cast pile: 350 mm X 350 mm m 1,045.25 1,038.02 1,023.28 1,023.28
Page 67
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.17 Mobilization and demobilization of Hydraulic Static Pile driver (HSPD)
including complete accessories
4.07.17.01 Maximum pile driving force up to 120 ton set/site 188,683.30 188,683.30 188,683.30 188,683.30
4.07.17.02 Maximum pile driving force 120 to 180 ton set/site 240,377.35 240,377.35 240,377.35 240,377.35
4.07.17.05 Maximum pile driving force above 360 ton set/site 421,306.54 421,306.54 421,306.54 421,306.54
4.07.18 Driving pre-cast RCC piles of various sizes (300 mm x 300 mm to m
600 mm x 600 mm) in any type of soil using Hydraulic Static pile
driver having free of any noise and vibration during driving including
handling and installation of pile keeping in position as shown in the
drawing, all labours, operators, tools, all equipment charges, power
source, piles splicing, site arrangement, keeping all measures to
avoid any disturbance to the adjacent structure, keeping driving
record & pile capacity Record etc. all complete as per design,
drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C and finally submission
of pile driving report in 3(three) copies duly signed by professional
engineer. The maximum permitted deviation of the finished pile from
the horizontal & vertical shall be 50mm & 25mm respectively. Cutting
of a pile not being installed to the planned depth is exclusively
subject to the approval of E-I-C.
4.07.18.01 X-section of pre-cast pile: 300 mm X 300 mm & 350 mm X 350 mm m 886.00 885.00 883.00 883.00
4.07.18.03 X-section of pre-cast pile: 450 mm X 450 mm & above m 1,043.00 1,042.00 1,039.00 1,039.00
4.07.19 Supplying and driving vertical Steel piles of required shape and
length including cost of all materials and labour for hoisting, driving
etc. and also including cost of dummy lengths of pile and of hire
charges of all instruments as necessary complete as per drawing,
technical Specifications and direction of E-I-C.
4.07.19.01 Steel H-Piles of 400mm x 250mm conforming to requirements of m 8,971.32 8,970.25 8,968.52 8,968.52
AASHTO M 183.
4.07.19.02 Steel H-Piles of 450mm x 250mm conforming to requirements of m 10,116.78 10,115.53 10,113.54 10,113.54
AASHTO M 183.
4.07.20 Pre-cast pile shoe making & supplying pre-fabricated frustum of each 3,218.00 3,187.00 3,064.00 3,064.00
square cone having four sides and a toe made of 6 mm thick ASTM
A36 complied MS steel plate jointed by line welding, 4 nos 12 mm
dia deformed MS bar jointed by line welding with MS plate along the
four edges of shoe aligning the corner main bar of the pile and 1-
12mm dia bar to fix with and perpendicular to shoe toe plate aligning
centre of pile, including cutting, shaping, sizing of MS plate and bar,
all complete as per design & drawing and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge [PWD 09.13)
Page 68
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.21 RCC-30SCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work for pre-cast driven
micro pile with minimum cement content and maximum water cement
ratio as specified by laboratory having minimum required average
compressive strength, f'c = 30 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders
as per standard practice of code AASHTO/ ASTM and cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-I 52.5N/ ASTM C150
Type-1, water reducing admixture of complying type A under ASTM
mixing in standard mixture machine with hoper and fed by standard
measuring boxes, including all related works like breaking stone
boulders into chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning and
washing, centering and shuttering with MS sheet, MS angle, nuts
and bolts, chamfering edges, preparation of casting beds, laying
polythene, placing reinforcement cages in position, casting in steel
forms, compacting by vibrators and tapered rods as where necessary
, curing for 28 days, driving the pile upto the design depth as per
standard practice or specified method, providing all equipment,
labour, materials including carrying etc. all complete as per design,
drawing and direction of the E-I-C. The cost of reinforcement and it's
fabrication, binding, welding and placing is not included but the cost
of admixture is included in this unit rate. Additional quantity of cement
to be added if required to attain the specified strength to be provided
by the contractor at his own cost. The Mix Design shall have to be
approved by the concerned District Quality Control Laboratory or any
other reputed laboratory approved by the competent authority before
execution of the work.
4.07.21.01 X-section of pre-cast pile: 150mm x 150mm
4.07.21.01.01 Cost of reinforced cement concrete m 403.46 405.73 378.39 385.94
4.07.21.01.02 Cost of driving up to 8.00m m 241.20 238.04 226.96 226.96

4.07.21.02 X-section of pre-cast pile: 200mm x 200mm
4.07.21.02.01 Cost of reinforced cement concrete m 716.94 721.01 672.33 685.79
4.07.21.02.02 Cost of driving up to 8.00m m 317.24 313.01 298.00 298.00

4.07.22 Pre-cast spliced pile jointing by supplying, fitting, fixing prefabricated
square shaped two steel caps made up by 6 mm thick ASTM A36
complied M.S plate, sides formed by bent in channel shape to have
only two line of joinery on faces, having min 50 mm dia hole on its
web; capping by min 12 mm thick ASTM A36 complied M.S plate
shaping the edges in 45, having min 40 mm dia hole at centre to
pass 25 mm M.S bar 433 mm in length; jointed at channels root by
welding; caps fitted with 2 nos BDS ISO 6935-2 2016: B420 DWR
complied d20 U-bar 1244mm in length by welding, equidistant from
centre holes of cap and shall have min 75 mm clear from pile faces;
and finally, the system to be fitted in correct alignments on pile head
positions waiting for concreting; both the pile heads fitted with the
steel caps to be welded together through v-notches in field, while one
of the companion segment of piles drived in ground and other one
placed over it maintaining true verticality; all complete as per
direction and stepwise approval leading to final approval of Engineer-
in- charge.[PWD 09.24]
4.07.22.01 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :300 mm x 300 mm [PWD 09.24.1) each 10,599.00 10,581.00 10,466.00 10,479.00
4.07.22.02 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :350 mm x 350 mm [PWD each 12,021.00 12,002.00 11,880.00 11,892.00
09.24.2)
4.07.22.03 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :400 mm x 400 mm [PWD each 13,595.00 13,577.00 13,447.00 13,459.00
09.24.3)
Page 69
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.23 SLT: Conducting static load test as per ASTM D 1143 or equivalent
standard for the cast in situ/ pre-cast pile providing required land
development (earth exavation, sand filling, sub-base, cement
concrete work, bullah palisading etc.), Crib wall (sand bags, brick
works, CC blocks etc.) depending on test loading, scaffolding,
bracing, jacks, pressure test gauge, loading unloading, arranging
other necessary plants and equipment including staging,
mobilization, demobilization, cost of empty gunny/ fertilizer/ plastic
bag, concrete block/ steel sheet, sand and filling sacs/ empty
gunny/fertilizer/plastic bags, switching, loading and unloading, record
readings and preparation of results in standard forms and other
incidental charges as per standard practice and procedures including
submission of load test report, furnishing all graph and chart etc.
complete in all respects approved and accepted by the E-I-C. Before
commencing load test, Contractor shall submit methodology along
with combined calibration report for conducting load test to the E-I-C
for approval. The Testing firm will be selected taking prior approval of
procuring entity.
The methodology of static load test and driving logs/ boring &
pouring logs shall be the part of test report. Load Test and Report
shall be conducted under the supervision of a professional
Geotechnical Engineer registered in the Bangladesh Professional
Engineers Registration Board (BPERB), Institute of Engineers
Bangladesh (IEB).
[Cost of Combined Calibration Test (Hydraulic Jack, pressure gauge
& electric/hydraulic pump) has been included in all sub-items.]
4.07.23.01 Up to 75 MT each 148,844.69 148,687.95 147,601.58 147,601.58
4.07.23.02 Above 75 MT and up to 125 MT each 199,542.00 199,479.52 198,298.88 198,298.88

4.07.23.11 Above 900 MT and up to 1100 MT each 1,415,992.38 1,413,983.69 1,409,715.24 1,409,715.24
4.07.23.17 On each additional load Above 2100 MT Per MT 1,436.82 1,434.90 1,430.84 1,430.84
Page 70
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.24 LLT: Performing Lateral load test for test load of 1.5 times of the
working lateral load in accordance with ASTM D 3966 (Standard Test
Methods for Deep Foundations under Lateral Load) on working pile
including the cost of arranging kenteldge, jacks, platform, reaction
frame with required anchorage, island where required, preparing the
pile head if necessary, dial gauges, joist and all other necessary
arrangement, loading and unloading, submission of the result,
removal of all arrangement after completion, cost of all labour,
material, carriage, leads and lift etc. complete as per approved
drawing, Technical specification and as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. Before commencing load test, Contractor shall submit
methodology for conducting load test to the E-I-C for approval. The
Testing firm will be selected taking prior approval of procuring entity.
The methodology of lateral load test and driving logs/ boring &
pouring logs shall be the part of test report. Lateral Load Test and
Report shall be conducted under the supervision of a professional
Geotechnical Engineer registered in the Bangladesh Professional
Bangladesh (IEB).
4.07.24.01 LLT_50: Up to 50 ton capacity pile each 34,893.49 34,893.49 34,893.49 34,893.49
4.07.24.02 LLT_50+: Above 50 ton capacity pile each 52,986.41 52,986.41 52,986.41 52,986.41
4.07.25 Conducting initial load test upto three times the design load capacity LS
on single pile including installation of bored cast-in-situ pile to
required depth using reinforced cement concrete with minimum
compressive strength of 25 MPa at 28 days (suggested mix
proportion 1:1.5:3, w/c max. 0.4) on standard cylinders as per
to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II 42.5N, coarse sand of minimum FM
2.5 and 20mm down well graded crushed stone chips conforming to
ASTM C33 (Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA
value not exceeding 30) including materials, boring/ drilling in all
types of strata from ground level to termination depth of pile including
providing bentonite slurry (Dry Bentonite powder of liquid limit of
minimum 350 shall be mixed with water @ minimum 4% by weight to
make the fresh drilling fluid of viscosity between 32-50 seconds and
density less than 1.1gm/cc) and/ or casing for stabilization of pile
bore, flushing of pile bore, cleaning, providing plasticizer wherever
required, breaking pile head to cut off level and exposing pile
reinforcement for embedment in pile cap, constructing test pile cap
including materials, excavation, all arrangements of loading,
unloading, equipments, jacks, recording of results, labour,
dismantling the pile cap after test, submission of test report etc
complete for the following as per design, drawing, specification and
direction of E-I-C.
4.07.26 PIT (Pile Integrity Test): Conducting Low-Strain Impact Integrity
Testing on cast-in-situ/ pre-cast piles in accordance with ASTM D
5882 (Standard Test Method for Low Strain Impact Integrity Testing
of Deep Foundations) using pile integrity tester containing calibrated
measuring devices like highly sensitive accelerometer, a
magnification device, an amplification box, a small impact device
(hammer) & a computer with ability to convert data from analog to
digital form with graphical display on completion of required setting/
driving of piles, preparation of pile top by removing soil, mud, dust &
chipping lean concrete lumps etc., mobilizing and demobilizing of
equipment, preparation of results in standard forms and compiling
final report with recommendations on the tests etc. complete in all
respects approved and accepted by the E-I-C. Report should include
proper presentable graph of same wave speed (m/sec), impendence
reduction, interpretation of results, cross sectional or material
changes (if any), length of pile, concrete quality etc. Routine test
samples shall be chosen by E-I-C on random basis. Methodology for
conducting PIT shall be submitted to the E-I-C for approval and shall
be the part of PIT report. All pile integrity tests shall be performed
and analyzed under the supervison of a professional geotechnical
engineer registered in the Bangladesh Professional Engineers
Registration Board (BPERB), Institute of Engineers Bangladesh
(IEB).
Page 71
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.26.01 PIT on 10 (ten) nos. piles or less of a single bridge (up to 100km of set 38,770.54 38,770.54 38,705.92 38,705.92
Dhaka/ nearby source to site)
4.07.26.02 Additional charge on Mobilization & demobilization beyond 100km of Per km 47.39 47.39 47.39 47.39
Dhaka/ nearby source to site
4.07.26.03 PIT on each additional pile after 10(ten) piles tested. each 1,723.22 1,723.22 1,718.91 1,718.91
4.07.27 PDA (Pile Driving Analyzer) Test: Performing high-strain dynamic
testing on piles in accordance with ASTM D 4945 (Standard Method
for High-Strain Dynamic Testing of Deep Foundation) to evaluate
integrity of the hardened pile using pile driving analyser by impacting
a weight of atleast 1.5% to 2% of required ultimate pile bearing
capacity with a fall varying from 1m to 3m including preparing head,
providing ply and sheet plates, fixing atleast 2 pairs of strain &
acceleration sensors at diametrically opposite sides, experts, labour,
mobilization, demobilization, data acquisition, CAPWAP analysis,
integrity, interpolation, preparation of results in standard forms etc.
complete in all respects approved and accepted by the E-I-C.
Routine test samples shall be chosen by E-I-C on random basis.
Before commencing PDA test, Contractor shall submit methodology
for conducting test to the E-I-C for approval. The report should
include true static capacity of the pile at the time of testing, simulated
static load test curve, total skin variation along the length of pile, skin
friction variation along the length of the pile, compressive and tensile
stressses developed in pile during testing, net and total displacement
of the pile & pile integrity. The Testing firm will be selected taking
prior approval of procuring entity. All PDA testing shall be performed
and analyzed under the supervison of a professional geotechnical
engineer registered in the Bangladesh Professional Engineers
Registration Board (BPERB), Institute of Engineers Bangladesh
(IEB).
4.07.27.01 For test load up to 100 MT
4.07.27.01.01 Only one pile at a site to test in single run each 114,342.32 114,250.01 113,880.77 113,880.77
4.07.27.01.02 Up to two piles at a site to test in single run each 94,341.65 94,249.34 93,880.09 93,880.09
4.07.27.01.03 Up to three piles at a site to test in single run each 87,674.42 87,582.11 87,212.87 87,212.87
4.07.27.01.04 four or above piles at a site to test in single run each 84,341.31 84,249.00 83,879.76 83,879.76
4.07.27.02 For test load 101 MT to 300 MT

4.07.27.05 For test load above 800 MT

Page 72
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.27.05.04 four (or above) piles at a site to test in single run each 241,100.45 241,008.14 240,638.90 240,638.90
4.07.28 CSL Access Tube Installation: Supplying and Installation of 38 to m 876.83 875.46 869.66 869.66
50mm inside diameter standard weight MS access tubes in each
diameter drilled shaft to permit possible inspection by CSL having
regular internal diameter, free of defects and obstructions, free from
corrosion with clean internal and external faces to ensure a good
bond between the concrete and the tubes, fit with a watertight shoe
on the bottom and removable cap on the top, extended to within
150mm of the bottom of the drilled shaft to at least 1.0m above the
top of the concrete and at least 0.6m but not more than 1.5m above
the ground surface including materials, labour, tools and equipment
necessary for unobstructed passage of the probes during the CSL
Testing.
4.07.29 CSL (Crosshole Sonic Logging) Test: Conducting ultrasonic
crosshole testing for checking homogeneity, structural integrity,
location of defects (if any) of concrete in bored pile/ drilled shafts in
accordance with ASTM D 6760 (Standard Test Method for Integrity
Testing of Concrete Deep Foundation by Ultrasonic Crosshole
Testing) providing all equipment, experts, labour, mobilization,
demobilization, data acquisition, analysis software, integrity,
interpolation, preparation of results in standard forms etc. complete in
all respects approved and accepted by the E-I-C. The contractor
shall provide a pleliminary report to the E-I-C within 72 hours after
the CSL testing has been finished and furnish two copies of the final
CSL testing report sealed by the professional Geotechnical Engineer
within 10 working days of testing. The final report should include CSL
logs with analysis of the initial pulse arrival time versus depth and
pulse energy/ amplitude versus depth and summary of the CSL test
results which covers bored pile identification, test data, shaft age at
time of CSL testing, bored pile diameter, number of CSL tubes
tested, test length, average compression velocity & a drecription of
defects detected. Before commencing CSL test, Contractor shall
submit methodology with resumes of the consulting personnel for
conducting test to the E-I-C for approval. All CSL testing shall be
performed and analyzed under the supervison of a professional
geotechnical engineer registered in the Bangladesh Professional
Bangladesh (IEB). The Testing firm will be selected taking prior
approval of procuring entity.
4.07.29.01 Mobilization & demobilization within 100km of Dhaka/ nearby source set 279,470.98 279,458.06 279,341.74 279,341.74
to site and CSL Testing on 4 (four) nos. access tubes or less of a
single bored pile/drilled shafts
4.07.29.02 Additional charge on Mobilization & demobilization beyond 100km of Per Km 47.39 47.39 47.39 47.39
4.07.29.03 CSL Testing on each additional access tube after 4(four) access each 57,267.32 57,264.09 57,235.01 57,235.01
tubes
Page 73
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.07.30 PG: Conducting post-grouting of the large diameter piles by
repeatedly injecting high presssure grout after 1 or 2 days of
concreting to improve shaft friction and end-bearing. Head
displacement during base grouting operations must be carefully
monitored and limited to 3mm. Conduit pipes with easily removable
plugs at the bottom/ peripheral end should be placed in the bore
along with reinforcement cage before concreting. including the cost
of arranging kenteldge, jacks, platform, reaction frame with required
anchorage, island where required, preparing the pile head if
necessary, dial gauges, joist and all other necessary arrangement,
loading and unloading, submission of the result, removal of all
arrangement after completion, cost of all labour, material, carriage,
leads and lift etc. complete as per approved drawing, Technical
specification and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Before
commencing post-grouting, Contractor shall submit methodology for
conducting post-grouting to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. The
firm will be selected taking prior approval of procuring entity.
This item shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing &
after getting approval from Design unit, LGED.
4.07.30.01 PG_60: Post-grouting work by applying pressure up to 60 bars cum 35,410.43 35,126.11 34,182.69 34,182.69
Section-08: Well Foundation Work

4.08.01 Sinking of Well as per specification through all types of strata namely
sandy soil, clayey soil and rock as shown against each case,
including drawing Foundation Wells true to position and plumb with
dia under cutting edge as mentioned below, including hire charges of
all tools and plants etc. and supplying power, dewatering etc., initial
excavation of earth complete as per drawing and technical
specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-charge including
throwing the spoils clear off the well up to 150m radius
(Measurement to be taken in the following stages from the level of
the bottom of capping slab on well up to the bottom of cutting edge)
through any kind of soil including rocky soil and rock till 25% of
cutting edge (linear) comes in contact with rock including testing of
bottom plug by dewatering the well upto 5 meters and checking the
rise in water level as per Specification. Depth of sinking is reckoned
from bed level.
4.08.01.01 Sinking of 6m external diameter well in Sandy Soil
4.08.01.01.01 Depth below bed level up to 3.0 m m 6,612.41 6,585.33 6,401.20 6,401.20
4.08.01.01.02 Depth beyond 3.0 m up to 10.0 m m 9,280.93 9,247.08 9,016.92 9,016.92

[Considering additional cost for Kentledge including supports, loading
arrangement and Labour.]
4.08.01.01.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 50,117.02 49,934.24 48,691.37 48,691.37
4.08.01.02 Sinking of 6m external diameter well in Clayey Soil

[Considering additional cost for Dewatering, Kentledge including
supports, loading arrangement and Labour.]
Page 74
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.01.02.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 126,198.97 125,857.79 123,242.07 123,242.07
4.08.01.03 Sinking of 6m external diameter well in Soft Rock

4.08.01.04.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 70,010.29 69,790.96 68,299.51 68,299.51

4.08.01.05.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 132,151.23 131,847.95 129,778.12 129,778.12


Page 75
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.01.07.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 79,141.75 78,885.86 77,131.22 77,131.22
[Considering additional cost for Dewatering]
4.08.01.08.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 137,208.28 136,867.10 134,433.35 134,433.35

4.08.01.10.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 86,737.90 86,445.46 84,537.28 84,537.28

4.08.01.11.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 150,506.75 150,127.66 147,534.69 147,534.69
Page 76
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4.08.01.13.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 91,973.32 91,662.60 89,575.30 89,575.30

4.08.01.14.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 152,583.62 152,166.62 149,209.72 149,209.72


4.08.01.16.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 147,667.91 147,009.91 142,681.79 142,681.79
Page 77
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.01.17.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 318,298.90 317,426.99 310,959.72 310,959.72


4.08.01.19.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 420,281.08 418,891.99 409,139.09 409,139.09

4.08.01.20.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 763,971.95 762,152.32 748,459.60 748,459.60
Page 78
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.02 Sinking of Twin D Type Well as per specification through all types of
strata namely sandy soil, clayey soil and rock as shown against each
case, including drawing Foundation Wells true to position and plumb
with dia under cutting edge as mentioned below, including hire
charges of all tools and plants etc. and supplying power, dewatering
etc., initial excavation of earth complete as per drawing and technical
specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-charge including
throwing the spoils clear off the well up to 150m radius
(Measurement to be taken in the following stages from the level of
the bottom of capping slab on well up to the bottom of cutting edge).
Depth of sinking is reckoned from bed level.

4.08.02.01.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 89,779.28 89,486.84 87,659.08 87,659.08

4.08.02.02.07 Depth beyond 30.0 m m 169,306.02 168,851.11 165,628.85 165,628.85
4.08.03 SL: Providing Steel liner 10 mm thick for Curbs and 6 mm thick for MT 131,021.16 130,875.90 129,260.98 129,260.98
Steining of Wells including fabrication and setting out as per detailed
drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
4.08.04 SCE: Providing and laying Steel Cutting edge weighing not less than MT 147,055.68 146,796.54 144,732.40 144,732.40
40 kg per metre for Well foundation including cost & carriage of all
materials complete as per drawing, specification and direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Page 79
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.05 PCC/RCC_WF: Plain/ Reinforced Cement Concrete, in Well
foundation with coarse aggregates of appropriate nominal size and
grading, fine aggregate (sand) conforming to proper grading zone,
both of approved quality, cement and water reducing admixtures, as
necessary, including labour, cost and carriage of all materials and
including preparation of design mix, approval of the same by the
Engineer-in-Charge and cost for quality control, sampling, testing etc.
all complete as per drawing and technical specification including the
cost of necessary form work and staging complete.
4.08.05.01 In well curb
4.08.05.01.01 RCC-17BCCM : Compressive strength, f'c = 17 MPa MPa at 28 days cum 10,907.45 10,890.22 10,609.82 10,687.04
on standard cylinders, cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003
CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, sand of minimum FM 1.8 and 20mm down
well graded crushed picked brick chips (LAA <=38)
[Using Concrete Mixture]
4.08.05.01.02 RCC-20SCCM : Compressive strength, f'c = 20 MPa at 28 days on cum 16,191.83 16,334.93 15,060.94 15,420.83
standard cylinders, cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003
well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=35), water reducing
admixture of complying type A under ASTM C 494
4.08.05.01.03 RCC-20SCBP : Compressive strength, f'c = 20 MPa at 28 days on cum 15,774.22 15,936.29 14,739.97 15,099.86
well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=35),, water reducing
[Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer & Concrete Pump]
well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=30), high range water
reducing admixture of complying type F under ASTM C 494
well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=30), high range water
reducing admixture of complying type F under ASTM C 494
CEM-I 52.5N, sand of minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down well graded
crushed stone chips (LAA <=30), high range water reducing
admixture of complying type F under ASTM C 494.
CEM-I 52.5N, high range water reducing admixture of complying type
F under ASTM C 494, sand of minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down
well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=30).
4.08.05.02 In well steining
Page 80
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, high range water reducing admixture of
complying type F under ASTM C 494, sand of minimum FM 2.5 and
20mm down well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=30).
4.08.05.03 In Bottom Plug
[Concrete to be placed using tremie pipe, 10% extra cement is
included in these unit rates.]
4.08.05.03.01 PCC-17BCCM : Compressive strength, f'c = 17 MPa MPa at 28 days cum 10,350.18 10,335.95 10,093.64 10,160.32
4.08.05.03.02 PCC-20SCCM : Compressive strength, f'c = 20 MPa at 28 days on cum 14,969.97 15,105.46 13,954.11 14,241.41
CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, water reducing admixture of complying
type A under ASTM C 494, sand of minimum FM 2.2 and 38mm
down well graded crushed stone chips (LAA <=35).
4.08.05.03.03 PCC-20SCBP : Compressive strength, f'c = 20 MPa at 28 days on cum 14,311.93 14,464.07 13,380.78 13,668.08
[Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer & Crane/ Concrete Pump]
Page 81
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.05.03.07 PCC-30SCBP : Compressive strength, f'c = 35 Mpa at 28 days on cum 18,134.25 18,349.37 17,259.85 17,558.16
4.08.05.04 In Intermediate Plug
[Concrete to be placed using tremie pipe, 10% extra cement is
included in these unit rates.]
4.08.05.05 In Top Plug
Page 82
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.05.06 In well cap
Page 83
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.08.06 Brick work with 1st class brick in specified cement mortar in staining
of wells with sand of minimum FM 1.50 and cement conforming to
BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, cutting bricks to
required sizes, cleaning and soaking bricks at least for 24 hours
before use, hoisting and keeping in position the MS bond rods and
finished with flush pointing joints, watering, etc. complete including
cost of all materials but excluding cost of MS bond rods and bottle
nuts, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
Section-09: Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) Works

4.09.01 RCC-17BCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work with minimum
cement content relates to nominal mix ratio 1:2:4 and maximum
water cement ratio 0.45 having minimum required average strength,
f'cr = 24 MPa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 17 MPa at
28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of Code
AASHTO/ ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003
well graded crushed picked brick chips (LAA value & maximum water
absorption not exceeding 38 & 15% respectively ) conforming to
garadation requirement as per ASTM C 33 including screening chips
through proper sieves, cleaning, placing shutter in position, making
shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position, mixing
in standard mixture machine with hoper, fed by standard measuring
boxes, maintaining allowable slump of 50mm to 100mm, casting in
forms, compacting by mechanical vibrator machine, curing for 28
days, removing centering-shuttering after approved specified time
period, other incidental charges, etc. all complete as per drawing,
it's fabrication, welding, coupling, placing, binding etc. is not included
in this unit rate. Additional quantity of cement to be added if required
to attain the specified strength at the contractor's own cost.
4.09.01.01 For pile caps, abutment base of bridges and bottom slab of box cum 11,128.24 11,084.06 10,735.34 10,805.48
culverts
4.09.01.02 For diaphragm walls, wing walls, piers, columns, pier caps,
abutments of bridges and vertical members of box culverts
4.09.01.02.01 For height up to 5m cum 11,638.71 11,592.50 11,227.79 11,301.14
4.09.01.02.02 For height above 5m cum 14,548.38 14,490.63 14,034.73 14,126.43
4.09.01.03 For solid slab type super-structure including cantilever, side walk,
curb, wheel guard of bridges
4.09.01.03.01 For height Up to 5m cum 14,293.15 14,236.40 13,788.51 13,878.60
4.09.01.04 For T-girder & slab type super-structure including cross girders, side
walk, curb, wheel guard of bridges
4.09.01.05 For top slab including curb and wheel guard of box culvert
Page 84
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.09.01.06 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing and rail post of bridges and box
culverts
4.09.01.06.01 For pre-cast railing and rail post cum 13,659.93 13,595.74 13,152.87 13,235.88
4.09.01.06.02 For cast-in-situ railing and rail post cum 12,071.57 12,014.84 11,623.47 11,696.82
4.09.02 RCC-20SCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work with minimum
f'cr = 28.5 MPa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 20 MPa at
complying type A or F under ASTM C 494 (Doses of admixture to be
35) conforming to ASTM C33 including screening chips through
proper sieves, cleaning, placing shutter in position, making shutter
water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position, mixing in
standard mixture machine with hoper, fed by standard measuring
but the cost of admixture is included in this unit rate. Additional
quantity of cement to be added if required to attain the strength at the
contractor's own cost.
4.09.02.01 For pile caps, abutment base of bridges and bottom slab of Box cum 16,210.56 16,312.21 15,061.29 15,388.19
Culvert
4.09.02.02 For diaphragm walls, wing walls, piers, columns, abutments of
bridges and vertical members of box culverts
4.09.02.02.02 For height above 5m to 10m cum 20,894.54 21,027.43 19,392.06 19,819.43
curb, wheel guard of bridges
walk, curb, wheel guard of bridges
4.09.02.04.01 For height up to 5 m cum 21,811.69 21,933.52 20,235.55 20,670.42
Page 85
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.09.02.06 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing & rail post of bridges and box culverts
4.09.02.06.01 For pre-cast railing & rail post cum 18,249.00 18,233.55 17,284.36 17,522.63
4.09.02.06.02 For cast-in-situ railing & rail post cum 16,127.02 16,113.37 15,274.55 15,485.12

33.5 MPa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 25 MPa at 28
30) conforming to ASTM C33 including breaking chips, screening
in standard mixture machine with hoper, maintaining allowable slump
of 75mm to 100mm, casting in forms, compacting by mechanical
vibrator machine, curing for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering
after approved specified time period, other incidental charges, etc.
all complete as per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C.
The cost of reinforcement and it's fabrication, welding, coupling,
placing, binding etc. is not included but the cost of admixture is
included in this unit rate. Additional quantity of cement to be added if
4.09.03.01 For pile caps, abutment base, facing elements of Reinforced/ cum 16,677.73 16,756.08 15,568.24 15,881.84
Mechanically Stabilized Earth Structure, bottom slab of Box Culvert
etc.
4.09.03.02 For diaphragm walls, wing walls, piers, columns, projected pile cap
above water level, pier caps, abutments of bridges and vertical
members of box culverts
curb and wheel guard of bridges
4.09.03.03.04 For height above 15 m to 20 m cum 31,542.33 31,690.51 29,443.97 30,037.07
walk, curb and wheel guard of bridges
4.09.03.04.01 Height up to 5 m cum 25,088.60 25,188.84 23,407.81 23,868.13
Page 86
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.09.03.05.01 Height up to 5 m cum 19,890.87 19,984.32 18,567.63 18,941.64

4.09.03.06 For Arch/ inclined girder of bridges

4.09.03.07 For RCC deck slab/Cross girder/diaphragm supported on PSC cum 24,481.07 24,596.08 22,852.46 23,312.79
Girder using suspended type staging/ centering and shuttering for
any height
4.09.03.08 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing and rail post of bridges & culverts
4.09.03.09 For Pre-cast paving slab for bridge footpath cum 16,677.73 16,756.08 15,568.24 15,881.84
4.09.04 RCC-25SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work with minimum
33.5 MPa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 25 MPa at 28
in mechanized batch mix plant and pumping using line pump or
boom placer, maintaining allowable slump of 75mm to 100mm,
casting in forms, compacting by mechanical vibrator machine, curing
for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering after approved specified
time period, other incidental charges, etc. all complete as per
drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. The cost of
reinforcement and it's fabrication, welding, coupling, placing, binding
etc. is not included but the cost of admixture is included in this unit
rate. Additional quantity of cement to be added if required to attain
the strength at the contractor's own cost.
4.09.04.01 For pile caps, abutment base, facing elements of Reinforced/ cum 16,976.57 17,068.33 15,917.39 16,230.98
Mechanically Stabilized Earth Structure, bottom slab of Box Culvert
etc.
Page 87
1 2 3 4 5 6 7


any height
4.09.04.08 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing and rail post of bridges & culverts
Page 88
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2003 CEM-I 52.5N / ASTM C150 Type-1, high range water reducing
admixture of complying type A or F under ASTM C 494 (Doses of
admixture to be fixed by the mix design), sand of minimum FM 2.5
and 20mm down well graded crushed stone chips broken from
boulders (Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA
value not exceeding 30) conforming to ASTM C33 including breaking
chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning, placing shutter in
position, making shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in
position, mixing in standard mixture machine with hoper, maintaining
allowable slump of 100mm to 150mm, casting in forms, compacting
by mechanical vibrator machine, curing for 28 days, removing
centering-shuttering after approved specified time period, other
incidental charges, etc. all complete as per drawing, specification &
direction of the E-I-C. The cost of reinforcement and it's fabrication,
welding, coupling, placing, binding etc. is not included but the cost of
admixture is included in this unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to
be approved by the concerned District Quality Control Laboratory or
any other reputed laboratory approved by the competent authority
4.09.05.01 For foundation of Pier & Abutment of Bridges and Box Culverts cum 17,635.79 17,714.14 16,526.30 16,839.90

Page 89
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
any height
4.09.05.08 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing and rail post of bridges & box culverts
Type-1, high range water reducing admixture of complying type F/ G
under ASTM C494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix
design) for smart dynamic concrete (i.e. Low fines self compacting
concrete), sand of minimum FM 2.50 and 20mm down well graded
crushed stone chips broken from boulders (Preferably stone chips
from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA value not exceeding 30)
conforming to ASTM C 33 including breaking chips, screening
in mechanized batch mix plant, pumping using line pump or boom
placer, maintaining allowable slump of 100mm to 150mm, casting in
it's fabrication, placing, binding etc. is not included but the cost of
be approved by the concerned District Quality Control Laboratory or
4.09.06.01 For foundation of Pier & Abutment of Bridges and Facing Elements cum 17,934.63 18,026.39 16,875.45 17,189.04
of Reinforced/ Mechanically Stabilized Earth Structure
above water level, pier caps, abutments of bridges
4.09.06.03.01 For Height up to 5m cum 25,503.37 25,633.86 23,997.20 24,443.13
Page 90
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

any height
4.09.06.08 For Box Girder and Balanced Cantilever
Page 91
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
compressive strength, f'cr = 45 MPa and satisfying a specified
crushed stone chips broken from boulders (LAA value not exceeding
be approved by Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or

Page 92
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.09.07.06 For Box Girder, Segmental Construction and Balanced Cantilever


compressive strength, f'cr = 50 MPa and satisfying a specified
crushed stone chips broken from boulders (LAA value not exceeding
4.09.08.01 For foundation of Pier & Abutment of bridges cum 19,286.94 19,378.71 18,227.76 18,541.36
Page 93
1 2 3 4 5 6 7


4.09.09 Marine Concrete_RCC_30SCCM: Reinforced cement concrete work
for Marine region with minimum cement content and maximum water
cement ratio (WCR), as specified by the laboratory through mix
design having minimum required average strength, f'cr = 40.0 Mpa
and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 30 Mpa at 28 days on
standard cylinders as per standard practice of Code AASHTO/ ASTM
and Portland Composite cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003
CEM-II/B-V , high range water reducing admixture of complying type
A or F under ASTM C 494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix
design), sand of minimum FM 2.5 and 20mm down well graded
crushed stone chips broken from boulders ( LAA value not exceeding
in standard mixture machine with hoper, maintaining allowable slump
of 100mm to 150mm, casting in forms, compacting by mechanical
vibrator machine, curing for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering
after approved specified time period, other incidental charges, etc.
all complete as per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C.
Note: minimum Cement content considered in M-30 is @ 450kg/cum
relates to nominal mix ratio 1:1.25:2.4 and maximum WCR=0.4,
required strength at the contractors own cost.The cost of
reinforcement and it's fabrication, welding, coupling, placing, binding
etc. is not included but the cost of admixture & Drinkable water with
storage reservior for Concreteing is included in this unit rate. The
Mix Design shall have to be approved by the Central Quality Control
Laboratory(CQCL), LGED or any other reputed laboratory approved
4.09.09.01 For foundation of Pier & Abutment of Bridges and Box Culverts cum 18,717.11 18,795.45 17,607.62 17,800.47
Page 94
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

any height
4.09.09.08 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing and rail post of bridges & box culverts
Page 95
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.09.10 Marine Concrete_RCC_30SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work
cement ratio as specified by the laboratory through mix design
having minimum required average compressive strength, f'cr = 40.0
Mpa and satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c = 30 Mpa at
28 days on standard cylinder as per standard practice of Code
AASHTO/ ASTM and Portland Composite cement conforming to
BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/B-V, high range water reducing
admixture of complying type F/ G under ASTM C494 (Doses of
admixture to be fixed by the mix design) for smart dynamic concrete
(i.e. Low fines self compacting concrete), sand of minimum FM 2.50
boulders ( LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to ASTM C 33
including breaking chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning,
placing shutter in position, making shutter water-tight properly,
placing reinforcement in position, mixing in mechanized batch mix
plant, pumping using line pump or boom placer, maintaining
placing, binding etc. is not included but the cost of admixture &
Drinkable water with storage reservior for Concreteing is included in
this unit rate. The Mix Design report shall have to be approved by the
Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL),LGED or any other
reputed laboratory approved by the competent authority before
execution of the work
Page 96
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

any height
4.09.10.08 For Box Girder and Balanced Cantilever
4.09.11 Marine Concrete_RCC_35SCBP: Reinforced cement concrete work

cement ratio as specified by the laboratory through mix design
having minimum required average compressive strength, f'cr = 45
Mpa and satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c = 35 Mpa at
28 days on standard cylinder as per standard practice of Code
AASHTO/ ASTM and Portland Composite Cement conforming to
(BDS EN 197-1:2003 CEM-II/B-V), high range water reducing
boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to ASTM C 33
including breaking chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning,
placing shutter in position, making shutter water-tight properly,
placing reinforcement in position, mixing in mechanized batch mix
plant, pumping using line pump or boom placer, maintaining
placing, binding etc. is not included but the cost of admixture &
Drinkable water with storage reservior for Concreteing is included in
this unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to be approved by Central
Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or any other reputed
laboratory approved by the competent authority before execution of
the work.
Page 97
1 2 3 4 5 6 7


Page 98
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-10: Pre-Stressed Concrete (PSC) Work, HT Strand and Steel Anchorage
4.10.01 PSC-35SCCM: Providing and laying Cement Concrete in Pre-
stressed Concrete works with minimum cement content and
maximum water cement ratio as specified by the laboratory through
mix design having minimum required average compressive strength,
f'cr = 45 MPa and satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c =
35 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinder as per standard practice of
boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to ASTM C 33 ,
proper sieves, making and placing shutter in position, making shutter
water-tight properly, placing non prestressing reinforcement, HT
Strand, sheath, anchorage in position, mixing in standard mixture
machine with hoper, maintaining allowable slump of 75mm to
100mm, casting in forms, compacting by mechanical vibrator
machine, curing at least for 28 days, removing shutter after specified
time period, finishing, launching, shifting & placing in position etc.
including cost of water, electricity, other incidental charges etc. all
complete as per design, drawing, specification & directionn of E-I-C.
The cost of non prestressing reinforcement, HT Strand and it's
of admixture is included in this unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to
Note: Using Concrete Mixture
4.10.01.01 For Solid Slab/ voided slab Super-structure.

4.10.01.01.05 For height above 20 m cum 36,812.63 36,937.73 34,589.78 35,193.96

4.10.01.02 For I-Girder/T-Girder including casting of girders on staging at site or
launching of precast girders by launching truss.

4.10.01.03 For cast-in-situ box girder, segmental construction and balanced
cantilever.

Page 99
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.10.02 PSC-35SCBP: Providing and laying Cement Concrete in Pre-
boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to ASTM C 33,
Strand, sheath, anchorage in position, mixing in mechanized batch
by mechanical vibrator machine, curing at least for 28 days, removing
shutter after specified time period, finishing, launching, shifting &
placing in position etc. including cost of water, electricity, other
incidental charges etc. all complete as per design, drawing,
specification & directionn of E-I-C. The cost of non prestressing
reinforcement, HT Strand and it's fabrication, binding, welding and
placing is not included but the cost of admixture is included in this
unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to be approved by Central
Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or or any other reputed
the workk.
4.10.02.01 For Solid Slab/voided slab Super-structure.




cantilever.

Page 100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.10.03 PSC-40SCRDM: Providing and laying Cement Concrete in Pre-
admixture of complying type F/ G under ASTM C 494 (Doses of
boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to ASTM C 33 ,
Strand, sheath, anchorage in position, mixing in Reversible Drum
Mixer/ Batch Mix Plant, maintaining allowable slump of 125mm to
150mm, casting in forms, compacting by mechanical vibrator
machine, curing at least for 28 days, removing shutter after specified
time period, finishing, launching, shifting & placing in position etc.
including cost of water, electricity, other incidental charges etc. all
complete as per design, drawing, specification & directionn of E-I-C.
The cost of non prestressing reinforcement, HT Strand and it's
of admixture is included in this unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to
Note: Using Reversible Drum Mixer/ Batch Mix Plant
4.10.03.01 For Solid Slab/voided slab Super-structure



Page 101
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to ASTM C 33,
Strand, sheath, anchorage in position, mixing in mechanized batch
by mechanical vibrator machine, curing at least for 28 days, removing
shutter after specified time period, finishing, launching, shifting &
placing in position etc. including cost of water, electricity, other
incidental charges etc. all complete as per design, drawing,
specification & directionn of E-I-C. The cost of non prestressing
reinforcement, HT Strand and it's fabrication, binding, welding and
placing is not included but the cost of admixture is included in this
unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to be approved by Central
Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or any other reputed
the work.
4.10.04.01 For Solid Slab/voided slab Super-structure.




cantilever.

Page 102
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
stressed Concrete workswith minimum cement content and
maximum water cement ratio as specified by the laboratory having
minimum required average compressive strength, f'cr = 55 MPa and
satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c = 45 MPa at 28 days
ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-I 52.5N
/ ASTM C150 Type-1, silica fume conforming to ASTM C 1240, high
range water reducing admixture of complying type F/ G under ASTM
C494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix design) for smart
dynamic concrete (i.e. Low fines self compacting concrete), sand of
broken from boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to
ASTM C 33, including breaking stone boulders into chips, screening
through proper sieves, making and placing shutter in position,
making shutter water-tight properly, placing non prestressing
reinforcement, HT Strand, sheath, anchorage in position, mixing in
forms, compacting by mechanical vibrator machine, curing at least for
28 days, removing shutter after specified time period, finishing,
launching, shifting & placing in position etc. including cost of water,
electricity, other incidental charges etc. all complete as per design,
drawing, specification & directionn of E-I-C. The cost of non
prestressing reinforcement, HT Strand and it's fabrication, binding,
welding and placing is not included but the cost of admixture is
included in this unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to be approved
by Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or any other
cantilever.

Page 103
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
stressed Concrete workswith minimum cement content and
maximum water cement ratio as specified by the laboratory having
minimum required average compressive strength, f'cr = 60 MPa and
satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c = 50 MPa at 28 days
ASTM and cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-I 52.5N
/ ASTM C150 Type-1, silica fume conforming to ASTM C 1240, high
range water reducing admixture of complying type F/ G under ASTM
C 494 (Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix design) for smart
dynamic concrete (i.e. Low fines self compacting concrete), sand of
broken from boulders (LAA value not exceeding 25) conforming to
ASTM C 33 , including breaking stone boulders into chips, screening
through proper sieves, making and placing shutter in position,
making shutter water-tight properly, placing non prestressing
reinforcement, HT Strand, sheath, anchorage in position, mixing in
forms, compacting by mechanical vibrator machine, curing at least for
28 days, removing shutter after specified time period, finishing,
launching, shifting & placing in position etc. including cost of water,
electricity, other incidental charges etc. all complete as per design,
drawing, specification & directionn of E-I-C. The cost of non
prestressing reinforcement, HT Strand and it's fabrication, binding,
welding and placing is not included but the cost of admixture is
included in this unit rate. The Mix Design shall have to be approved
by Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or any other
cantilever.


4.10.07 Providing and laying of Uncoated Seven-Wire Steel Strand MT 370,673.17 370,183.44 369,017.85 369,017.85
conforming to AASHTO M 203/ ASTM A 416M (Grade 1860, low-
relaxation type) having minimum ultimate tensile strength 1860 MPa
of required size as per design including supplying, fabrication,
placing in position, providing corrugated galvanized steel sheathing
duct of minimum 0.4mm thick and minimum 75mm internal diameter,
decoling the strands, cutting to the required lengths, preparing cables
of required number strands as per drawings, making dead ends of
cables in flowers to achieve rigid ends, spacers & joineries of
approved quality, inserting cables within the sheathing, fixind tendon
support bars, supervising anti bursting reinforcements, maintaning
profile during concreting operations, stressing of cables in sequence
as per design to required loads with approved stressing jacks,
Blocking with proper pressure, measuring and recording elongation
and force, grouting the duct with pumpable, nonbleeeding, high
strength non-shrink cementitious grout with non-shrink grout
admixture conforming to ASTM C 1107, maintaining the water
cement ratio between 0.47 to 0.53, cutting the excess HT strand after
satisfactory tensioning & anchorage, providing patch concrete at
recess end with epoxy coating, all materials, labors, equipment, tools
etc. all complete including leads and lifts as per design, drawing,
specification and direction of the E-I-C.
[Extra Length required for stressing operation is included in this unit
rate]
Page 104
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.10.08 Multi-Strand Steel Anchorage: Supplying, fitting and fixing of best
quality post tensioning multi-strand steel anchorage system
comprising bearing plate, wedge plate, guide tube and gripping
accessories with necessary test certificate from manufacturer for
origin, performance and capacity including cost of all materials and
accessories, necessary performance and capacity test from BUET,
placing properly in position, labour, welding and carrying etc. all
complete as design, drawing and direction of the E-I-C. The
geometrical size and shape of the anchorage system shall be
confirmed as per drawing or manufacturer’s recommendation with
necessary test results. One set of extra anchorage will be required
for laboratory test and necessary arrangement.
4.10.08.01 Anchorage Type: 4K13/ 4T13 set 5,212.48 5,212.48 5,212.48 5,212.48
4.10.09 TF_Ancr:Test Fee for Multi-Strand Steel Anchorage system each 140,127.81 140,127.81 140,127.81 140,127.81
comprising bearing plate, wedge plate, guide tube and gripping
accessories with necessary test certificate from manufacturer for
origin, performance and capacity including cost of all materials and
accessories, necessary performance and capacity test from BUET,
placing properly in position, labour, welding and carrying etc. all
complete as design, drawing and direction of the E-I-C. The
geometrical size and shape of the anchorage system shall be
confirmed as per drawing or manufacturer’s recommendation with
necessary test results. One set of extra anchorage will be required
for laboratory test and necessary arrangement Excluding cos of
Materials.
4.10.10 Unbonded Monostrand: Providing and laying of cold-drawn, low MT 259,618.77 259,434.15 258,541.81 258,541.81
relaxation 7-wire coated HT strand conform to ASTM A 416 (Grade
1860, the outer diameter of HDPE sheathing should not be less then
1.27mm) having minimum ultimate tensile strength 1860 MPa of
required size as per design including supplying, fabrication, placing in
position, support chairs, spacers, joineries of approved quality,
properly stage wise tensioning with approved jacks, Blocking with
proper pressure, measuring and recording elongation and force,
cutting the excess HT strand after satisfactory tensioning &
anchorage, providing patch concrete at recess end with epoxy
coating, all materials, labors, equipment, tools etc. all complete
including leads and lifts as per design, drawing, specification and
4.10.10.02 MSA: 1K15/ 1T15 set 1,920.06 1,920.06 1,920.06 1,920.06
Page 105
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.10.11 Mono Strand Anchorage: Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality
post tensioning monostrand steel anchorage system comprising
bearing plate, wedge plate, guide tube and gripping accessories with
necessary test certificate from manufacturer for origin, performance
and capacity including cost of all materials and accessories,
necessary performance and capacity test from BUET, placing
properly in position, labour, welding and carrying etc. all complete as
design, drawing and direction of the E-I-C. The geometrical size and
shape of the anchorage system shall be confirmed as per drawing or
manufacturer’s recommendation with necessary test results. One set
of extra anchorage will be required for laboratory test and necessary
arrangement.
4.10.11.01 MSA: 1K13/ 1T13 set 1,472.05 1,472.05 1,472.05 1,472.05
4.10.13 Dummy Cable Duct: Supplying, fabricating and fixing dummy cable m 1,065.94 1,065.23 1,056.41 1,056.57
duct including end anchor cone, cost of equipment, labour etc.
complete as per drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
Section-11: MS Fabrication, Re-Bar Coupler, Bearing & Expansion Joints
4.11.01 Supplying and fabrication of Ribbed or deformed bar reinforcement
for all types of RCC work including straightening, removing ruts,
cleaning, cutting, hooking, bending, lapping and/or welding wherever
required as directed, placing in position, tieing with 22 BWG black
annealed binding wire (PVC coated in case of FBEC rebar) double
fold, cost of binding wire and anchoring to the adjoining members
wherever necessary, supplying and placing with proper cover blocks
(1:1), supports, chairs, spacers, splices or laps etc. including cost of
all materials, cost of labour, cost of equipment & machinery, loading
and unloading, transportation, all other incidental charges and work
at all leads and lifts etc. to complete the work as per design, drawing,
specifications and direction of the E-I-C. Measurement relating to
nominal mass, dimensions and tolerances of various types of steel
shall conform to relevant BDS/ ASTM codes. Reinforcement shall be
measured only in lengths of bar as actually placed in position on
standard weight i.e. 7850 kg/m3 (BNBC Table 6.2.1) basis. No
separate payment shall be allowed for chairs of any shape & profile,
spacer bar of any shape & profile, lap/splice & welding unless
otherwise shown in the drawing, wastages, binding wire etc. as the
cost of these is included in the unit rate.
Note: Tests for reinforcing bars shall be conducted at LGED/ BUET/
CUET/ KUET/ RUET.
4.11.01.01 Grade B300D-R/B300C-R: Ribbed or Deformed bar produced and kg 96.35 96.20 95.55 95.55
marked as per BDS ISO 6935-2:2016 with minimum yield strength, fy
(ReH) = 300 MPa, but the tested yield strength shall not exceed fy by
more than the 125 MPa and the ratio of tested ultimate strength, fu
(Re) to tested yield strength (fy) shall be at least 1.25 and minimum
elongation after fracture (A5.65) & minimum total elongation at
maximum force (Agt) is 17% and 8% respectively.
4.11.01.02 Grade B400C-R/ B400CWR/B400DWR: Ribbed or Deformed bar kg 105.14 104.99 104.34 104.34
produced and marked as per BDS ISO 6935-2:2016 with minimum
yield strength, fy (ReH) = 400 MPa, but the tested yield strength shall
not exceed fy by more than the 125 MPa and the ratio of tested
ultimate strength, fu (Re) to tested yield strength (fy) shall be at least
1.25 and minimum elongation after fracture (A5.65) & minimum total
elongation at maximum force (Agt) is 17% and 8% respectively.
4.11.01.03 Grade B420DWR: Ribbed or Deformed bar produced and marked as kg 105.14 104.99 104.34 104.34
per ISO 6935-2:2016/ ASTM A706M - 16 with minimum yield
strength, fy(ReH) = 420 MPa but fy(ReH) not exceeding 540 MPa,
the ratio of ultimate tensile strength, fu(Rm) to actual yield strength,
fy(ReH) shall be at least 1.25 and minimum elongation in 200mm
shall be at least 14% for bar sizes 10mm through 20mm, at least
12% for bar sizes 22mm through 32mm and at least 10% for bar
sizes 40mm and 50mm.
Page 106
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.11.01.05 Grade 500DWR: Deformed bar produced and marked as per BDS kg 111.42 111.27 110.62 110.62
ISO 6935-2:2016 with minimum yield strength, fy (ReH) = 500 MPa
but fy (ReH) not exceeding 1.3 ReH, the ratio of actual ultimate
tensile strength, fu(Rm) to actual yield strength, fy(ReH) shall be at
least 1.25 and minimum elongation after fracture (A5.65) & minimum
total elongation at maximum force (Agt) is 13% and 8% respectively.
[This reinforcement shall be selected as per instruction given in the
drawing & after getting approval from Design unit, LGED.]
4.11.02 FBECR: Extra over item code: 4.11.01 for providing Fusion Bonded
Epoxy Coating (FBEC) to reinforcement bars as per ASTM A775/
BDS ISO 14654: 2013 specification for a coating thickness (after
curing) of 175 to 300 microns for 10mm to 16mm and 175 to 400
microns for 20mmm to 50mm re-bars including extra cost on account
of careful handling during straightening, cutting, bending & placing,
extra cost on account of using PVC coated binding wire instead of
G.I. wire, extra cost on account of touch-up material (All cut
edges/weld areas and bend locations where coating has been
damaged touch up shall be done with same paint, the upper
thickness limit shall not apply to repaired areas of damaged coating)
supplied by coating agency and repair work, extra cost on account of
transportation to and fro from steel yard to plant and plant to work
site by trailer (if required), loading, unloading, flexibility & holiday
testing, including all taxes, etc. complete to ensure proper resistance
of FBE against corrosive environment.
[Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating to be proposed only in Coastal
Area/Severe Exposure Condition with prior approval of Design Unit,
LGED.]
4.11.02.01 For Re-bar diameter: 8mm to 12mm kg 12.92 12.92 12.92 12.92
4.11.02.02 For Re-bar diameter: 16mm to 50mm kg 10.98 10.98 10.98 10.98
4.11.03 Supplying and fabrication of High Yield strength (500 MPa, kg 280.29 280.13 279.49 279.49
Galvanized wire rope) of required size and length for all types of Arch
Bridge work including cutting, fitting , securing and placing them in
position, etc. including cost of all materials, labour, local handling,
laboratory test, incidentals charge to complete the work as per
specifications, drawings and direction of the Engineer. Laboratory
test for physical property, strength, to be performed as per ASTM
4.11.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing mechanical couplers of various diameter
confirming to ACI/ AASHTO having minimum connection strength at
least 125% of nominal yield strength, fy of the reinforcing bars
including fitting & fixing in proper position as shown in drawing and
attach to the reinforcement bars by thread, cold swaging and
extrusion or hot forging including cost of all materials, labors,
equipment, tools etc. all complete as per design, drawing and
direction of the E-I-C. All operations relating to reinforcement
coupling shall be done using supplier's petented machine/ equipment
and in the presence of the supplier's representative. The contractor
shall submit relevant trade literature, mill certificates, certificate of
origin and letters of approval for each proposed application. A
sample of each type of mechanical coupler shall be submitted for
testing and approval prior to the use of any coupler in the works
4.11.04.01 For 25mm diameter rebar Coupler each 313.14 311.91 308.22 308.22
4.11.05 Providing nosing with MS angles of different sizes. including cost of kg 168.87 168.87 168.87 168.87
all materials, welding, carrying, etc. all complete as per design,
drawing and direction of the E-I-C.
4.11.06 Supplying, fitting, fixing & installation of expansion joints as indicated
on the drawing and conforming to the following specifications and as
directed by the E-I-C.
Page 107
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.11.06.01 Providing expansion joints between the breast walls (abutment top kg 187.28 187.33 186.99 186.99
wall) and girders or in between the girders with steel sheet and filling
the gap with sand and bitumen (80/100) as per design, drawing and
4.11.06.02 Strip Seal Expansion Joint: Providing and laying of Strip Seal type m 43,579.68 43,578.07 43,572.69 43,572.69
bridge deck expansion joint catering to maximum horizontal
movement up to 80 mm including cost of all materials (edge beams,
Strip seal, anchorage, angle, bar, plate etc.), fixtures, welding,
preparing surface for receiving joints, installation in proper position,
labour charges, testing of all materials in approved laboratory,
handling, tools, equipment, all leads and lifts etc. all complete as per
approved drawing, specification and direction of the E-I-C. The
Installation shall be done by the manufacturer/ supplier or their
authorised representative ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's
instruction for installation.
[The concreting for joining the expansion joint assembly with the
deck has not been included in this analysis as the same is catered in
the quantities of RCC Deck.]
4.11.06.03 Modular Strip/ Box Seal Expansion Joint: Providing and laying of
modular strip/ Box seal expansion joint catering to maximum
horizontal movement beyond 80 mm and up to 240 mm including all
materials, installation in proper position, labour charges, testing,
handling, tools, equipment etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of the E-I-C. The anchoring bars of the
expansion joint assembly shall be welded to the main reinforcement
of the deck. The installation shall be done by the manufacturer/
supplier or their authorised representative ensuring compliance to the
manufacturer's instruction for installation.
4.11.06.03.01 Modular Strip Expansion: beyond 80 mm and up to 160 mm m 214,619.15 214,617.22 214,611.35 214,611.35
4.11.06.03.02 Modular Strip Expansion: beyond 160 mm and up to 240 mm m 320,614.78 320,612.36 320,604.98 320,604.98
4.11.06.04 EJ-F: Providing and laying of finger expansion joint catering to
maximum horizontal movement up to 300 including all materials,
installation in proper position, labour charges, testing, handling, tools,
equipment etc. all complete as per drawing, specification and
direction of the E-I-C. The anchoring bars of the expansion joint
assembly shall be welded to the main reinforcement of the deck. The
installation shall be done by the manufacturer/ supplier or their
authorised representative ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's
instruction for installation.
4.11.06.04.01 EJ-F_100: Finger Joint: Up to 100mm, Without Elastic Seal m 192,649.18 192,647.24 192,641.38 192,641.38
4.11.06.04.02 EJ-F_100E: Finger Joint: Up to 100mm, With Elastic Seal m 367,139.43 367,137.01 367,129.63 367,129.63
4.11.06.04.03 EJ-F_200: Finger Joint: 100mm to 200mm, Without Elastic Seal m 298,621.99 298,620.05 298,614.19 298,614.19
4.11.06.04.04 EJ-F_200E: Finger Joint: 100mm to 200mm, With Elastic Seal m 597,177.97 597,175.55 597,168.17 597,168.17
4.11.06.04.05 EJ-F_300: Finger Joint: 200mm to 300mm, Without Elastic Seal m 607,493.96 607,492.03 607,486.16 607,486.16
4.11.06.04.06 EJ-F_300E: Finger Joint: 200mm to 300mm, With Elastic Seal m 1,194,244.29 1,194,241.87 1,194,234.49 1,194,234.49
4.11.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing bridge bearings including cost of all
materials, labour, welding and carrying etc. complete in all respect as
per design, drawing, specification and direction of the E-I-C.
4.11.07.01 Roller bearing with required numbers of rollers, plate and other fittings
4.11.07.01.01 Each set up to 150 mm diameter kg 370.97 363.34 351.89 351.89
4.11.07.01.02 Each set beyond 150 mm diameter kg 600.51 585.74 563.59 563.59
4.11.07.02 Hinge plate bearing with lead plates and other fittings
Page 108
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.11.07.02.01 Each set with plate up to 25 mm thick kg 503.28 498.36 490.97 490.97
4.11.07.02.02 Each set with plate beyond 25 mm thick kg 537.05 532.13 524.74 524.74
4.11.07.03 Free plate bearing with lead plates and other fittings
4.11.07.03.01 Each set with plate up to 25 mm thick kg 317.52 312.60 305.22 305.22
4.11.07.03.02 Each set with plate beyond 25 mm thick kg 317.52 312.60 305.22 305.22
4.11.07.04 Hinge plate bearing with lead sheets including fitting & fixing kg 314.99 310.07 302.68 302.68
4.11.08 SLEB: Supplying, fitting and fixing steel-laminated Elastomeric/ cucm 3.05 3.04 3.02 3.02
Neoprene bearings in exact positions as per drawing, specifications
and direction of the E-I-C including cost of all materials, labour,
carrying etc. The set shall be of 100% virgin Chloroprene Rubber
(CR), grades of raw elastomer of proven use in elastomeric bearings,
with low crystallization rates and adequate shelf life viz. Neoprene
WRT, Neoprene W, Bayprene 110, Bayprene 210, Skyprene B-5,
Skyprene B-30, Denka S-40V and Denka M-40, shall be used. No
reclaimed rubber or Vulcanized wastes or natural rubber shall be
used. Use of synthetic rubber-like materials such as Ethyl Propylene
Dimonomer (EPDM), Isobutane Isoprene Copolymer (IIR) and
Chloro-Isoprene Copolymer (CIIR) shall not be permitted. Laboratory
test to be performed from BUET, Dhaka for Elastomer hardness
limits determined in accordance with ASTM D 2240 shall be 60 ± 5
duro, minimum tensile strength determined in accordance with ASTM
D 412 shall be 17 MPa, ultimate elongation determined in
accordance with ASTM D 412 shall be minimum 400%, compression
set value after 22 hours at 100 degree centigrade determined in
accordance with ASTM D 395 Method B shall be maximum 35%,
Elastomeric content determined in accordance with ASTM D 297
shall not be less than 60%, Ash content determined in accordance
with ASTM D 297 shall not exceed 5%, Shear modulus of
elastomeric bearing determined in accordance with ASTM D 4014
shall neither be less than 0.8 MPa nor greater than 1.2 MPa, the
adhesion strength of elastomer to steel plates (Peel Strength)
determined in accordance with ASTM D 429 Method B shall not be
less than 7kN/m. One set of Elastomeric Bearing must be taken as
extra for laboratory test.
4.11.09 TF_Neo_Pad:Test fee for steel-laminated Elastomeric/ Neoprene each 39,349.02 39,349.02 39,349.02 39,349.02
bearings confirming to 100% virgin Chloroprene Rubber (CR),
grades
of raw elastomer of proven use in elastomeric bearings, with low
crystallization rates and adequate shelf life viz. Neoprene WRT,
Neoprene W, Bayprene 110, Bayprene 210, Skyprene B-5, Skyprene
B 30, Denka S-40V and Denka M-40, shall be used. No reclaimed
rubber or Vulcanized wastes or natural rubber shall be used. Use of
synthetic rubber-like materials such as Ethyl Propylene Dimonomer
(EPDM), Isobutane Isoprene Copolymer (IIR) and Chloro-Isoprene
Copolymer (CIIR) shall not be permitted. Laboratory test to be
performed from BUET, Dhaka for Elastomer hardness limits
determined in accordance with ASTM D 2240 shall be 60 ± 5 duro,
minimum tensile strength determined in accordance with ASTM D
412 shall be 17 MPa, ultimate elongation determined in accordance
with ASTM D 412 shall be minimum 400%, compression set value
after 22 hours at 100 degree centigrade determined in accordance
with ASTM D 395 Method B shall be maximum 35%, Elastomeric
content determined in accordance with ASTM D 297 shall not be less
than 60%, Ash content determined in accordance with ASTM D 297
shall not exceed 5%, Shear modulus of elastomeric bearing
determined in accordance with ASTM D 4014 shall neither be less
than 0.8 MPa nor greater than 1.2 MPa, the adhesion strength of
elastomer to steel plates (Peel Strength) determined in accordance
with ASTM D 429 Method B shall not be less than 7kN/m. One set of
Elastomeric Bearing must be taken as extra for laboratory test but
excluding cost of Bearing Pad
4.11.10 Filling of expansion joints upto a depth of 40 mm with bitumen mixed
with coarse sand (FM ≥ 2.5) in concrete works including supply of all
materials etc. complete as per specification and direction of E-I-C.
Page 109
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.11.10.01 25mm wide m 106.45 105.11 102.33 102.35
4.11.10.02 20mm wide m 85.21 84.14 81.91 81.92
4.11.11 POT-PTFE Bearing: Supplying, fitting and fixing POT-PTFE bearing

to the true line and level and position as per drawing and AASHTO
Specifications as to impart full and even bearing on the seats and
free movements/ restraints as specified including coat of all
materials, fixtures, preparing surface for receiving bearing, grouting
of sleeves in pier caps/ superstructures with non-shrink high early
strength grout of flowable consistency, load testing of all bearings as
per design and drawings and specifications, removing clamps
provided for transportation and handling etc. complete including all
leads and lifts as directed by E-I-C. One set must be taken as extra
for laboratory test which to be performed from BUET.
4.11.11.01 PBG: Guided/ Free Type Pot Bearing MT 811.84 811.61 810.91 810.91
4.11.11.02 PBF: Fixed Type Pot Bearing MT 588.19 588.05 587.61 587.61
4.11.12 Spherical Bearing: Supplying fitting and fixing in position true to line MT 1,168.30 1,168.19 1,167.85 1,167.85
and level cast steel spherical/ cylindrical type bearing with stainless
steel plate with PTFE sliding surface as per AASHTO specification
complete with all accessories as per drawing and direction of E-I-C
and including cost of all material installation. One set must be taken
as extra for laboratory test which to be performed from BUET.
4.11.13 STU: Providing and fitting in position true to line and level shock
transmission unit as per AASHTO specification complete with all
accessories as per drawing and direction of Engineer-in-charge and
including cost of all material for installation. The installation shall be
done by the manufacturer/ supplier or their authorised representative
ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's instruction for installation.
4.11.13.01 STU_50: Up to 50 MT of Horizontal Load MT 36,366.80 36,363.85 36,352.03 36,352.03
4.11.13.02 STU_50+: Above 50 MT of Horizontal Load MT 26,700.09 26,698.82 26,693.75 26,693.75

4.11.14 HDRB: Supplying, fitting and fitting High Damping Rubber Bearing MT 1,111.45 1,108.50 1,096.68 1,096.68
for seismic isolation in exact positions as per drawing, specificatons
and direction of the E-I-C including cost of all materials, labour,
carrying etc. The devices shall be made from natural rubber (NR)
providing a high resistance against mechanical wear. The bearings
shall consist of alternate layers of elastomeric material and
vulcanized reinforcement steel plates and provide a high level of
damping of up to 16%. The installation shall be done by the
manufacturer/ supplier or their authorised representative ensuring
compliance to the manufacturer's instruction for installation. One set
of HDRB must be taken as extra for laboratory test which must be
performed from BUET, Dhaka.
4.11.15 DB: Supplying, fitting and fitting Disc Bearing in exact positions as MT 1,809.32 1,806.37 1,794.55 1,794.55
per drawing, specificatons and direction of the E-I-C including cost of
all materials, labour, carrying etc. The upper and lower bearing plates
shall be made of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 709 Gr 250 or
Gr 345, stainless steel as per Type 304 of ASTM A 167, polyether-
Urethane rotational disc as per AASHTO Specifications and PTFE
material as per ASTM D4894/ D3294. The installation shall be done
by the manufacturer/ supplier or their authorised representative
ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's instruction for installation.
One set of Disc Bearing must be taken as extra for laboratory test
which must be performed from BUET, Dhaka.
Page 110
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-12: Chemical Admixture, Galvanizing & Curing Compound and Concrete Cover Blocks
4.12.01 Supply and use of specified type chemical admixture delivered from
an authorized local agent or manufacturer, complying with the ASTM
C-494 requirements; conforming the current compliance of the
admixture to specification requirements like physical properties,
uniformity and equivalence in composition etc.; performance (water
content, fresh concrete setting time and compressive strength)
requirements, delivered in sealed water-tight containers confirming
plainly marked product name & type under this specification, net
weight and /or volume, manufacturing and expiry date, non
aggressiveness to environment, aggregates and metals in concrete
etc. and mixing the admixture in non pre-stressed cement concrete
mixture in the field in accordance with manufacturers
contractor and approved by the Engineer. (Use of admixture is
subjected to prior approval of design office)[PWD 07.19]
4.12.01.01 Supply and use of water reducing chemical admixture in concrete, litre 205.00 204.00 203.00 203.00
complying ASTM C-494 Type – A of approved brand / origin /
manufacturer and supplied by only manufacturer's authorised dealer
with certificate of origin. The admixture is to reduce quantity of mixing
water required for normal workability and to maintain low water-
cement (W/C) ratio, for improved concrete quality assurance.[PWD
07.19.1]
4.12.01.02 Supply and use of retarding chemical admixture in concrete, litre 209.00 209.00 209.00 209.00
complying ASTM C-494 Type - B of approved
etc.[PWD 07.19.2]
4.12.01.03 Supply and use of accelerating chemical admixture in concrete, litre 147.00 147.00 147.00 147.00
complying ASTM C-494 Type - C of approved
accelerate the setting time and early strength gain of concrete. [PWD
07.19.3]
4.12.01.04 Supply and use of water-reducing and retarding chemical admixture litre 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - D of approved
authorised dealer with certificate of origin. The admixture to reduce
the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of given
consistency, i.e. low water-cement (W/C) ratio and intend to retard
setting time of concrete, specially for layered, thick laid concrete etc.
[PWD 07.19.4]
4.12.01.05 Supply and use of water-reducing and accelerating chemical litre 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00
admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - E of approved
consistency, i.e. low water-cement (W/C) ratio and intend to
accelerate setting time of concrete, and early strength gain in
concrete etc. [PWD 07.19.5]
4.12.01.06 Supply and use of water-reducing high range chemical admixture in litre 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - F of approved
concrete) and for higher strength of concrete. [PWD 07.19.6]
Page 111
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.12.01.07 Supply and use of water-reducing high range and retarding chemical litre 202.00 202.00 202.00 202.00
admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - G of approved
concrete) and for higher strength of concrete and intend to retard
setting time of concrete. [PWD 07.19.7]
4.12.02 CGC: Providing Cold Galvanizing Compound having 96% of zinc
(purity is 99.99%), corrosion rate shall be less than 0.05mm per year,
solid content shall not be more than 40% by volume and relative
density shall not more than 2.70 gm/cc and should be complied the
international test result like salt spray test, frame test, weathering test
and humidity test. Shelf and drying time shall not be more than 25
minutes for the cathodic (galvanic/sacrificial) protection of all steel
structure for a specified time against formation of rust and corrosion
with labour, consumables, air compressor tools, plants and
equipment, transportation etc. all complete as per specifications and
direction of E-I-C.
[This coating shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing
& after getting approval from Design unit, LGED.]
4.12.02.01 CGC30: 30 Micron Cold Galvanizing Compound for minimum 8 years sqm 2,237.05 2,228.61 2,224.02 2,226.00
protection against rust & corrosion.
4.12.02.02 CGC40: 40 Micron Cold Galvanizing Compound for minimum 10 sqm 3,361.91 3,353.47 3,348.88 3,350.86
years protection against rust & corrosion.
4.12.02.03 CGC40PU: 40 Micron Cold Galvanizing Compound including sqm 4,149.31 4,140.88 4,136.29 4,138.26
Polyurethane (PU) or Epoxy Polyamide (Duplex System) for
minimum 10+ years protection against rust & corrosion.
4.12.02.08 CGC80PBW: 80 Micron Cold Galvanizing Compound including sqm 6,253.51 6,245.07 6,240.48 6,242.46
Plyvinyl Butyral Wash primer (adhesion) & Copper Epoxy anti-foul
250 Micron (Triplex System) for minimum 15+ years protection
against rust & corrosion.
4.12.02.09 CGC100: 100 Micron Cold Galvanizing Compound for minimum 15+ sqm 5,901.29 5,892.85 5,888.26 5,890.24
4.12.02.11 CGC100PBW: 100 Micron Cold Galvanizing Compound including sqm 6,492.54 6,484.10 6,479.52 6,481.49
Plyvinyl Butyral Wash primer (adhesion) & Copper Epoxy anti-foul
250 Micron (Triplex System) for minimum 15+ years protection
against rust & corrosion.
Page 112
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.12.03 CCC: Supplying and spraying liquid membrane-forming water/resin sqm 156.07 154.84 152.99 152.99
based concrete curing compounds conforming to ASTM C 309/
AASHTO M 148 on freshly cast concrete or newly exposed concrete
surfaces immediately after removal of shuttering or after initial moist
curing at a rate of 5.0 m2/L or in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions to form a thin continuous firm barrier/ temporary
membrane which will retain sufficient moisture for effective curing to
take place during the early-hardening period without disturbing the
normal setting action of concrete including labour, equipment, other
incidental charges etc. all complete as per specification and direction
of E-I-C. The curing compound shall exhibit water loss not more than
0.55 Kg/m2 in 72 hours when tested as per ASTM C 156, shall
exhibit a daylight reflectance of not less than 60% when tested as per
ASTM E 1347 and shall dry to touch in not more than 4 hours.
[This unit rate includes 10% extra curing compound for overlaps and
wastage.]
4.12.04 CCB: Supplying concrete cover block as specified size conforming to
BS 8110-1, satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 35 MPa (Min.),
ensuring perfect clear cover to rebar in concrete structure. The mix
used for concrete cover blocks made from cement, sand, stone dust,
small aggregate etc. and should be comparable in strength,
durability, porosity and apprearance to the sorrounding concrete as
fas as practicable. Concrete cover blocks made on the construction
site should not be used.
[The volumn of concrete cover blocks must be deducted from the
RCC/PSC items.]
4.12.04.01 CCB-M20/25: Concrete Cover Block with 20/25 mm clear cover Nos. 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08
facility for Slab, Stair etc.
[Concrete Volumn = 0.0022 cum/100 Nos.]
facility for Beam, column, RCC Wall, Girder, Pier etc.
facility for Beam, Column, RCC Wall, Girder, Pier etc.
4.12.04.04 CCB-M60/65/75/80: Concrete Cover Block with 60/65/75/80 mm Nos. 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00
clear cover facility for Sub-structure, footing/ foundation, column,
beam etc.
facility for top layer of slab reinforcement
4.12.04.06 CCB-C40: Concrete Cover Block with (Circular) 40 mm clear cover Nos. 13.54 13.54 13.54 13.54
facility for Spiral Column, RCC Wall etc.
4.12.04.07 CCB-C75: Concrete Cover Block with (Circular) 75 mm clear cover Nos. 40.62 40.62 40.62 40.62
facility for Piling Work
4.12.04.08 CCB-L40: Concrete Cover Block with (L-Shape) 40 mm clear cover Nos. 13.54 13.54 13.54 13.54
facility for Beam/ Column Construction
Page 113
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-13: Wearing course, Drainage Spouts, Back filling & Weep holes
4.13.01 CWC: Providing and laying wearing course on deck slab of bridge cum 12,975.71 12,911.58 12,618.72 12,697.95
with minimum cement content ralates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and
2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N, Coarse sand of minimum FM 2.5
boulders (preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA
value not exceeding 30), including breaking stone boulders into
chips, screening through proper sieves, casting, finishing complete to
camber and grade, compacting, curing at least for 28 days, etc.
including cost and carriage of all materials, labour, water, electricity,
other incidental cost etc. all complete as per design, drawing,
specification & directionn of E-I-C.
4.13.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing of G.I. pipe with all special fittings, such
as bends, elbows, sockets, reducing sockets, Tee, unions, jam-nuts
etc. including cutting trenches where necessary and fitting the same
with earth duly rammed and fixing in walls with holder bats and
making hole in floors, walls and consequent mending good the
damages etc. all complete in all respects approved and accepted by
the Engineer- in- charge.[PWD 26.42]
4.13.02.01 RWDP40GI: 40mm dia GI pipe of 2.90mm wall thickness conforming m 857.88 855.91 852.95 852.95
to BDS 1031/ BS 1387 Light Class
4.13.02.02 RWDP50GI: 50mm dia GI pipe of 2.90mm wall thickness conforming m 934.19 931.97 928.65 928.65
to BDS 1031/ BS 1387 Light Class
4.13.02.03 62-65 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 3.25 mm, outside m 2,396.00 2,386.00 2,356.00 2,356.00
diameter min 71.5 mm, weight 6.15 kg/m, can withstand min 50
kg/cm2 hydraulic pressure.[PWD 26.42.7]
4.13.02.04 75 -80 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 3.25 mm, outside m 2,607.00 2,597.00 2,565.00 2,565.00
kg/cm2 hydraulic pressure..[PWD 26.42.8]
4.13.02.05 100 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 3.65 mm, outside diameter m 3,721.00 3,709.00 3,671.00 3,671.00
min 107.3 mm, weight 10.42 kg/m, can withstand min 50 kg/cm2
hydraulic pressure..[PWD 26.42.9]
4.13.02.06 RWDP100GIMC: 100mm dia GI pipe of 4.05mm wall thickness m 2,515.78 2,513.07 2,509.01 2,509.01
conforming to BDS 1031/ BS 1387 Medium Class
4.13.02.07 RWDP50PVC: 50mm uPVC Pipe of 2.5mm to 3mm wall thickness m 183.39 182.41 180.93 180.93
conforming to BS 3505
4.13.02.08 RWDP75PVC: 75mm uPVC Pipe of 2.9mm to 3.4mm wall thickness m 297.86 296.75 295.09 295.09
conforming to BS 3505
4.13.03 BF: Back filling behind abutments, wing walls and retaining walls with cum 3,249.59 3,268.81 3,129.60 3,162.34
selected granular material (50:50 best quality picked brick chips &
sand of min. FM 1.00) of minimum 450 mm width, in layers of 150
mm thickness free from dust, impurities etc. including compaction
using plate compactor, watering & dressing, supply & cost of all
materials, carrying and labour, hire charge of plate compactor and
other tools etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineer-In-
Charge. Payment to be made for the compacted volume only for a
compaction of 90% of the maximum dry density.
4.13.04 WH: Providing weep holes in Brick masonry/ Plain/ Reinforced
concrete retaining wall, abutment, wing/ return wall, with 50 - 100
mm dia uPVC pipe extending through the full width of structure with
slope 1V : 20H towards draining face including hand packing of 0.85
cum pervious backfill material (40mm - 63mm sized 1st class/picked
brick bats) wrapped in Geo-fabric (Grade-III-DF-40-2.3mm thick) in
the back of each weep hole etc. all compete as per direction of the E-
I-C.
[Cost of uPVC pipe, Geo-bag, brick bats, mortar etc. is included in
this item and shall not be paid separately.]
4.13.04.01 WH50: Using 50mm dia uPVC pipe each 541.34 543.44 527.87 532.30
Page 114
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.13.05 DS: Supplying, fitting and fixing in position galvanized drainage each 6,688.76 6,685.10 6,660.84 6,660.84
spouts for bridge decks made up by minimum 100mm dia. MS pipe
of 4.05mm wall thickness conforming to BDS 1031/ BS 1387 Medium
Class, grating formed by 262mm x 262mm top rim of 32mm X 28mm
ASTM A36 complied MS rectangular bars and 4 nos. 198mm X
12mm X 25mm ASTM A36 complied MS flat bars, square shaped
collection pit of 210mm X 210mm made up by 6mm thick ASTM A36
complied MS plate with necessary anchorage and fixing the grating
frame by minimum 6 nos. of 10mm dia. bolts and other necessary
fittings including all labour, tools, plant, equipment, machinery, leads
& lifts, fuel, electric charges etc. complete in all respectas as per
drawing, specifications and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The
grating has to carry a spot load of 100 kN. Drainage spouts has to be
constructed in such a way so that the gratings can be temporarily
fixed to protect against theft. After fabrication, the complete assembly
shall be given a hot dipped galvanized coating.
[600mm MS Pipe is included in this unit rate, Extra length must be
added if necessary]
4.13.06 DG: Supplying, fitting and fixing in position galvanized drainage each 624.25 623.24 616.82 616.82
grating for bridge decks made up by 200mm x 150mm outer frame of
25mm x 25mm x 6mm ASTM A 36 complied MS Angles and 4 nos.
25mm x 6mm ASTM A36 complied MS flat bars, grating fitted with 4
nos. BDS ISO 6935-2: 2006 (Grade 400) complied 12mm dia.
anchor bar 100mm in length by welding and other necessary fittings
including all labour, tools, plant, equipment, machinery, leads & lifts,
fuel, electric charges etc. complete in all respect as per drawing,
specifications and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. After fabrication,
grating shall be given a hot dipped galvanized coating.
4.13.07 PS: Providing cork/ polystyrene sheet in expansion joints of concrete
works including supply of all materials etc. complete as per direction
of E-I-C.
4.13.07.01 PS_25: 25mm thick cork/ polystyrene sheet sqm 292.13 289.65 285.92 285.92
4.13.07.02 PS_20: 25mm thick cork/ polystyrene sheet sqm 279.70 277.22 273.49 273.49
4.13.08 Providing and fixing 150 mm PVC pipe of 6.6mm to 7.6mm wall m 2,434.79 2,433.50 2,427.04 2,427.04
thickness conforming to BS 3505 for longitudinal runner pipe/ under
drain along soffit of deck slab including cost of all materials, labours ,
fixing in true line and levels, including bends and fixtures, specials,
etc. complete with all leads and lifts etc. as per specification and
direction of E-I-C.
Page 115
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.13.09 MA: Providing and laying mastic asphalt wearing course on top of
deck slab excluding prime/tack coat with 10/20 penetration grade
bitumen satisfying the requirements of ASTM/AASHTO code, coarse
aggregate should be crushed stone chips (LAA value <=30)
complying with the specified grading requirement of the relevant item
of Rural Road Design Standard - 2021, water absorption not >2%,
flakiness index not > 35%, fine aggregate shall be the fraction
passing the 2.36mm and retained on the 0.075mm sieve, filler shall
be limestone powder passing 75 micron sieve and shall have a
calcium carbonate content of not < 80%, prepared by using mastic
cooker and laid to required level and slope after cleaning the surface,
including hire charges of all tools, plants and machinery, wages of
operational staff, cost of fuel & lubricants and all other incidental
charges all complete as per design, specification and direction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval at least one
month before the start of the work the job mix formula proposed to be
used by him for the work. [Excluding the cost of applying Prime/Tack
coat]
Notes:
1. Where prime/tack coat is required to be provided before laying
mastic asphalt, the same is required to be measured and paid
separately. The rate for prime/tack coat shall be taken from Road
Works.
2. Bituminous wearing course of specified thickness shall be overlaid
with this mastic asphalt (for up to 25mm thickness) and the rate for
bituminous wearing course shall be taken from Road Works.
4.13.09.01 MA_12: 12mm thick mastic asphalt wearing course sqm 995.06 990.95 972.70 973.90
4.13.09.02 MA_25: 25mm thick mastic asphalt wearing course sqm 1,380.49 1,376.60 1,352.46 1,355.03
Section-14: Slope Protective Work, Jute & Synthetic Geo-textile

4.14.01 Manufacturing and supplying Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) Blocks
with cement conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W
42.5N, sand of minimum FM 1.8 and 40 mm down well graded
shingles to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder strength of 17.00 MPa
(suggested mix proporation 1:2:4) including grading, washings
shingles, mixing, laying in forms, consolidating, curing for at least 21
days, including preparation of platform, shuttering and stacking in
measurable stacks, cost of all materials, labour, equiptment and
machinery, work at all leads and lifts, loading and unloading,
transportation and all other incidental charges etc. all complete as
per drawing, specification & direction of the E-I-C. Steel shutter shall
be used to perform the job.
[Payment shall be done after laying of PCC Blocks]
4.14.01.01 Size: 400 mm x 400 mm x 150 mm each 345.76 350.10 316.45 325.33
4.14.03 Providing brick mattressing in bridge approaches as protective work

with required layer soling of 1st class/ picked bricks encased in 12
BWG galvanised wire 100mm square mesh wire net over a 25mm
thick filter bed of sand (minimum FM 2.50) & brick chips (20mm down
graded) mixed with proportion 1:1 including necessary earth cutting
and fitting, fixing with 750mm long bamboo peg @ 1m c/c, dressing,
leveling, compacting, etc. all complete in all respect as per approved
design, specification and direction of E-I-C. Rate is inclusive of cost
of materials, labour, equiptment & machinery, work at all leads and
lifts, loading & unloading, transportation and all incidental charges in
this connection.
4.14.03.01 Single Layer Soling of 1st Class/ picked bricks sqm 1,042.91 1,038.67 1,010.64 1,019.94
Page 116
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.14.03.02 Double Layer Soling of 1st Class/ picked bricks sqm 1,515.05 1,508.81 1,459.46 1,476.38
4.14.04 Supplying and placing of required layers of gunny bagged Riprap
filled with cement (BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N)
and Sand (minimum FM 1.00) mortar (1:8) along slopes of
abutments, piers, banks of river/ khal including washing of sand,
mixing in standard mixture machine, filled & tamping the bags in
place, stitching bags by hand sewing machine, curing by sprinkling
water over the bags including preparation of slope (bed) by cutting or
filling with ramming the filled up earth to the same profile as that of
the finished slope level, placing the filled gunny bags along the slope,
etc. all complete in all respect as per approved design, specification
and direction of the E-I-C. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials,
labour and all incidental charges in this connection.
4.14.04.01 Single layer of Gunny Bagged Riprap sqm 773.32 769.21 745.51 745.51
4.14.04.02 Two layers of Gunny Bagged Riprap sqm 1,488.42 1,481.31 1,438.97 1,438.97
4.14.05 Supplying best quality sal/ sundari/ gazari/ sonali/ tetul/ Jam etc.
bullah piles free from rots, knots, sap and uniform in size at work site
including carrying, stacking, etc. all complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Before any piling work is commenced the
contractor shall submit to the engineer full details of the pile driving
equipment and the method he intends to use in carrying out the
work. Diameter of bullah pile to be measured at a distance of 1.5m
from the thicker end.
4.14.05.01 Bullah piles of 150mm to 200mm diameter m 336.01 335.77 327.40 327.40
4.14.05.02 Bullah piles of 200mm to 250mm diameter m 590.79 590.54 589.56 589.56
4.14.06 Labour for handling and driving best quality bullah piles up to
required depth by monkey/ power winch in all sorts of soil including
hoisting and placing piles in position, protecting the pile head with
steel cap, hire charge for necessary driving appliances, cutting &
shaping heads before and after driving etc. complete in all respect as
per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Payment to be made on the
length driven into the ground.
Note: Water jet machine shall not be used in the pile driving process.
4.14.06.01 Bullah piles of 150mm to 200mm diameter
4.14.06.01.01 For driving from ground with staging m 307.09 301.67 281.24 281.24
4.14.06.01.02 For driving from pontoon or boats with staging m 319.37 313.74 292.49 292.49
4.14.06.01.03 For driving from pontoon or boats with heavy staging m 328.58 322.79 300.93 300.93
4.14.06.02 Bullah piles of 200mm to 250mm diameter

4.14.06.02.01 For driving from ground with staging m 449.86 441.74 411.09 411.09
4.14.06.02.02 For driving from pontoon or boats with staging m 467.86 459.41 427.53 427.53
4.14.06.02.03 For driving from pontoon or boats with heavy staging m 481.35 472.66 439.87 439.87
4.14.07 Providing & Installtion of 100mm x 200mm x 8mm steel joist or any m 30,214.43 30,059.34 29,600.56 29,600.56
other required steel sections of 7.62m length @ 200mm c/c for Shore
protection work during excavation in foundation trenches to protect
the adjacent property including rent, conveyance, labour, material for
cutting to required size & for driving the same upto required depth
including cost of all fittings etc. complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
The contractor will remove the joists after completing the work
without any extra payment & the contractor will be the owner of these
joists.
Note: Measurement shall be based on lengths of protection work in
horizontal direction.
Page 117
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.14.08 Supplying & dumping of soil filled geo-textile bags of different size
and capacity (fill volumn and weight when filled with dry sand/earth)
at the specified locations along the bottom of piles of piers/ toe line
properly including supply of geo-textile fabric as per following
grading, sewing in accordance with the detailed drawing and
technical specifications, protecting the geo-textile bags from UV ray
or any other damages, filling with suitable soil/ sand and stitching
bags by hand sewing machine properly with plastic thread and
dumping the same in position etc. including cost of all materials,
labours, taxes, incidental charges etc. complete in all respect as per
approved drawing, specification and direction of E-I-C.
cum & Weight: 80 Kg
Geo-Textile Grade: Grade-III-DF-40-2.3mm thick
0.0730 cum & Weight: 110 Kg
Geo-Textile Grade: Grade-V-DF-60-3.0mm thick
4.14.09 Providing, preparing and laying of geogrid crated apron 1 m x 5 m, cum 15,943.78 16,314.50 13,983.98 14,656.00
600 mm thick including excavation and backfilling with baffles at 1 m
interval, made with geogrids having , joining sides with
connectors/ring staples, top corners to be tie tensioned, placing of
suitable cross interval ties in layers of 300 mm connecting opposite
side with lateral braces and tied with polymer braids to avoid bulging,
filled with stone with minimum size of 200 mm and specific gravity not
less than 2.65, packed with stone spalls, keyed to the foundation
recess in case of sloping ground and laid over a layer of geotextile to
prevent migration of fines, all as per approved design and direction
of E-I-C
4.14.10 Construction of single/ double row bamboo spur, with full length
borak bamboo of specified dia. & length, at 0.3m c/c, two rows at
1.5m apart (not applicable for single row spur) and stays with
bamboo at 3 m apart on the D/S side of the spur, single/ double (for
length > 6m) row runner with half split bamboo on both sides and
also with double layer cross tie at 3.0m interval, including 2.4m to
3.0m driving of bamboo pins by monkey hammer, necessary staging
etc. complete with supply of all materials including local carriage
within 150m and as per drawing and direction of E-I-C.
4.14.10.01 Single bamboo spur: dia. = 75mm, Length = 6.0m to 7.5m m 2,594.62 2,583.28 2,537.95 2,537.95
4.14.10.02 Double row bamboo spur: dia. = 75mm, Length = 3.0m to 4.5m m 2,503.03 2,490.10 2,438.41 2,438.41
4.14.11 Construction of a narrow filter sub- surface drain consisting of porous m 920.15 907.23 869.11 869.11
or perforated pipe laid in narrow trench surrounded by a geotextile
filter fabric, with a minimum of 450 mm overlap of fabric and installed
including excavation and backfilling.
Page 118
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.14.12 JGT_RRC: Supplying and laying of woven type untreated double
warp plain weave jute geo-textile (JGT) of different grades
conforming to BDS 1909: 2016 for strengthening subgrade of Road
& Bridge approach including local handling, unrolling, placing in
position, ensuring proper drapability (JGT should touch the ISG
surface at all points), stapling JGT by 6mm dia. U-shapped pegs/
hooknails or 37mm long mushroom shaped nails at an interval of
300mm with overlaps of 100mm, protecting the JGT from any other
damages etc. all complete in all respect as per instructions given in
Annexure-A (JGT Installation Guideline for Rural Road Construction)
of BDS 1909 : 2016 and approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
4.14.12.01 JGT_RRC-1 : Applicable for Strengthening subgrade of Village sqm 182.25 181.71 180.22 180.22
Roads. This type of JGT shall have the following requirements.
x CD ≤ 12 x 10.
4.14.12.02 JGT_RRC-2 : Applicable for Strengthening subgrade of Union or sqm 211.20 210.66 209.17 209.17
Higher Roads. This type of JGT shall have the following
requirements.
x CD ≤ 15 x 12.
4.14.13 JGT_RBP: Supplying and laying of natural additive treated woven
type double warp plain weave jute geo-textile (JGT) conforming to
BDS 1909: 2016 for river bank and slope protection work including
local handling, unrolling, placing in position, ensuring proper
drapability (JGT should touch the ground surface at all points),
stapling JGT by 6mm dia. U-shapped pegs/ hooknails or 37mm long
mushroom shaped nails at an interval of 300mm with overlaps of
100mm, protecting the JGT from any other damages etc. all
complete in all respect as per instructions given in Annexure-B (JGT
Installation Guideline for River Bank Protection) of BDS 1909 : 2016
and approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
4.14.13.01 JGT_RBP-1: Applicable for mild to moderate River Bank Protection sqm 246.59 246.05 244.56 244.56
work. This type of treated JGT shall have the following requirements.
Strength (KN/m) MD x CD ≥ 20 x 10, Wide Width Elongation (%) MD
x CD ≤ 12 x 10.
4.14.14 JGT-HSM: Supplying and laying of open mesh Plain Weave jute geo-
textile (JGT) commonly known as Soil Saver of different grades
conforming to BDS 1909: 2016 for Hill Slope Management work
including local handling, unrolling, placing in position, unrolling of
JGT in the direction of surface run-off, stapling JGT by 6mm dia. U-
shapped hooknails at an interval of 300mm with overlaps of 100mm
at the sides and 150mm at the ends, anchoring JGT within a trench
at the two ends by filling the trench with big bats/gravel or other
suitable materials, ensuring proper drapability (JGT must touch the
ground surface at all points), filling drain materials immediately after
laying of JGT, protecting the JGT from any other damages etc. all
complete in all respect as per instructions given in Annexure-C (JGT
Installation Guideline for Hill Slope Management) of BDS 1909 :
2016 and approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
Page 119
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
rainfall ≤ 2000mm. This type of JGT shall have the following
requirements.
Ends x Picks /dm ≥ 6.5 x 4.5, Width(m) = 1.22, Mass per unit area
(gsm) = 500 ± 10%, Thickness under 2 kPa pressure (mm) = 4.5 ±
10%, Water Holding Capacity (% by weight) ≥ 400, Wide Width
Tensile Strength (kN/m) MD x CD ≥ 6.5 x 6.0, Wide Width Elongation
(%) MD x CD ≤ 14.0 x 14.0.
rainfall ≥ 2000mm and steep stope (>35 degree to ≤ 45 degree) &
annual rainfall ≤ 2000mm. This type of JGT shall have the following
requirements.
MD x CD ≤ 14.0 x 14.0.
4.14.14.03 JGT_HSM-3: Applicable for steep stope (>35 degree to ≤ 45 degree) sqm 79.31 78.77 77.28 77.28
& annual rainfall > 2000mm. This type of JGT shall have the
following requirements.
MD x CD ≤ 14.0 x 14.0.
4.14.15 Arrangement of necessary construction materials at work site
including, carrying, stacking, handling etc. all complete as per
4.14.15.01 MS pipe of 100mm diameter & 4mm wall thickness
4.14.15.01.01 For permanent use, cost of MS pipe is included in this unit rate. m 1,848.06 1,848.06 1,848.06 1,848.06
4.14.15.01.02 For temporary use, rent of MS pipe is included in this unit rate.(all m 58.16 58.16 58.16 58.16
hiring charge & maintaining the same till the completion of the work.)
4.14.15.02 MS pipe of 150mm diameter & 4mm wall thickness
4.14.15.03 MS pipe of 200mm diameter & 6.5mm wall thickness
4.14.15.03.02 For temporary use, rent of MS pipe is included in this unit rate. (all m 148.62 148.62 148.62 148.62
4.14.15.04 MS pipe of 300mm diameter & 10 mm wall thickness
4.14.15.04.01 For permanent use, cost of M S pipe is included in this unit Rate m 9,282.96 9,282.96 9,282.96 9,282.96
4.14.15.05 Supplying best quality of MS angle,Plate,Nut Bolt, Stifinner, I-Beam
at work site including, carrying, stacking, handling etc. all complete
as per direction of the E-I-C.etc
4.14.15.05.01 For permanent use, cost of MS angle,Plate,Nut Bolt, Stifinner, I- kg 101.06 101.06 101.06 101.06
Beamt etc
4.14.15.05.02 For temporary use, rent of MS angle,Plate,Nut Bolt, Stifinner, I- kg 25.48 25.48 25.48 25.48
Beam etc is included in this unit rate.(all hiring charge & maintaining
the same till the completion of the work.
4.14.15.06 Labour cost for fitting, fixing, erection, removing and welding of MS kg 84.00 84.00 84.00 84.00
angle, Plate, Nut Bolt, Stifinner, I-Beam of Steel structure etc.
4.14.15.07 Supplying best quality Wooden Plank,Btten ctc ( Jarul & Local Shal
wood) at work site including, carrying, stacking, handling etc. all
Page 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.14.15.07.01 For permanent use, cost of Wood is included in this unit Rate cum 103,973.07 99,472.39 105,909.81 105,909.81
4.14.15.07.02 For Temporary use, Rent of Wood is included in this unit Rate (all cum 20,588.02 20,588.02 20,275.70 20,275.70
4.14.16 Labour for driving MS steel pipes of any size up to required depth m 429.32 425.44 413.16 413.16
with monkey, power winch etc. including all necessary tools,
equipment and accessories and hoisting piles in true & vertical
position etc. all complete as per direction of E-I-C.
4.14.17 Labour for extraction of MS steel/ micro pipes of any size with m 341.44 337.56 325.28 325.28
monkey, power winch etc. including all necessary tools, equipment
and accessories all complete as per direction of E-I-C.
4.14.18 Labour charge for taking out bullah from river bed (measurement for
the driven portion to be taken only); or cross ties walling pieces,
including cutting and opening out bolts and nuts; or old bamboo
pieces and struts from river bed and stacking the materials on the
bank as per direction of E-I-C.
4.14.18.01 Bullah m 67.53 66.30 61.39 61.39
4.14.18.02 Cross ties walling pieces m 17.77 17.45 16.15 16.15
4.14.18.03 Old bamboo pieces and struts m 14.22 13.96 12.92 12.92
Section-15: Railing, Painting & Other Bridge Appurtenances

4.15.01 Providing and erecting a "W" metal beam crash barrier comprising of m 8,499.17 8,492.33 8,472.50 8,472.50
3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal beam rail, 70 cm above
road/ground level, fixed on channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x 5 mm
spaced 2 m centre to centre, 1.8 m high, 1.10 m below ground/road
level, all steel parts and fittings to be galvanised by hot dip process
(zinc coated, 550 gsm, minimum single spot), all fittings to conform to
AASHTO M 180, metal beam rail to be fixed on the vertical post with
a spacer of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 mm long etc. all
complete as per specification & direction of the Engineer in charge.
4.15.02 Providing and erecting a "Thrie" metal beam crash barrier comprising m 10,818.77 10,812.48 10,794.24 10,794.24
of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal rail, 70 cm above road/ground
level, fixed on channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x 5 mm spaced 2 m
centre to centre, 1.8 m high with 1.15 m below ground level, all steel
parts and fitments to be galvanised by hot dip process (zinc coated,
550 gsm, minimum single spot), all fittings to conform to AASHTO M
180, metal rail to be fixed on the vertical post with a spacer of
channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 546 mm long etc. all complete as
per specification & direction of the E-I-C.
4.15.03 Supplying fitting and fixing railing & rail post made of various dia MS
pipes of standard thickness for normal, ornamental Bridge or any
other structure including required ms plate, nutbolt, cutting, welding,
painting with anticorrosive paint, laying in position etc. all complete
as per design, drawing, spacification & the direction of the E-I-C.
4.15.03.01 50mm dia. and wall thickness 4mm m 956.19 951.57 944.65 944.65
4.15.03.02 75mm dia. and wall thickness 4mm m 1,458.51 1,453.90 1,446.97 1,446.97
4.15.03.05 200mm dia. and wall thickness 6.5mm m 6,078.67 6,074.05 6,067.13 6,067.13
4.15.04 Supplying fitting and fixing railing & rail post made of various size
MS Square Box of standard thickness for normal & ornamental
Bridge or any other structure, including required ms plate, nut-bolt,
cutting, welding, painting with anticorrosive paint, laying in position,
etc. all complete as per design, drawing, spacification & the direction
of the E-I-C.
4.15.04.01 Size: 25mm x 25mm MS box and wall thickness 4mm m 730.79 726.18 719.26 719.26
4.15.04.02 Size: 40mm x 40mm MS box and wall thickness 4mm m 942.34 937.72 930.80 930.80
4.15.04.03 Size: 50mm x 50mm MS box and wall thickness 6mm m 1,610.82 1,606.21 1,599.28 1,599.28
Page 121
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.15.04.04 Size: 62.5mm x 62.5mm MS box and wall thickness 6mm m 1,915.45 1,910.83 1,903.91 1,903.91
4.15.05 Supplying & providing flexible and acrylic type reflectorized traffic sqm 664.19 666.90 650.28 650.28
painting/ coating on rail post, rail bar, wheel guard, Pier column etc.
including surface preparation, applying paint, all materials, labour
charges, tools, equipment etc. all complete as per specification &
4.15.06 Lighting on Bridges: each 25,920.25 25,913.35 25,887.30 25,887.30
Supplying and Installation of mild steel hollow bent light pole of
overall length 8.9m having 150mm dia. at bottom & 75mm dia. at top
& wall thickness 4mm with base plate 275 x 275x 16mm thick,
providing 32mm dia MS/GI pipe for incoming and outgoing cable
connection to jucntion box, 20m apart and fitted with pole light fitting,
sodium vapour lamp, circuit breaker, bending of steel poles, two
coats of silver white aluminium paint over steel pole, steel reducers
for changing diameter from 150mm to 75mm, scaffolding, holes at
top of the pole for fixing ring type GI braket/ pole light fitting, suitable
precautions for ensuring prevention of water ingress etc. all complete
in all respect as per design, specification and direction of E-I-C. The
cost of pole light fitting, sodium vapour lamp, circuit breaker and
cable is not included in this unit rate.
Note: Length of pole: 8.9m (Straight portion = 4m of 150mm dia. &
bent portion = 4.9m of 75mm dia.)
4.15.07 Lighting on Bridge Approaches:
Supplying and Installation of mild steel hollow bent light pole of
specifiedlength having 150mm dia. at bottom & 75mm dia. at top &
wall thickness 4mm with base plate 275 x 275 x 16mm thick,
providing 32mm dia MS/GI pipe for incoming and outgoing cable
connection to jucntion box, 20m apart and fitted with pole light fitting,
sodium vapour lamp, circuit breaker, bending of steel poles, two
coats of silver white aluminium paint over steel pole, steel reducers
for changing diameter from 150mm to 75mm, laying 500 x 500 x
1200 mm cement concrete block in the ratio 1:3:6 and block be
continued up to 300mm above the ground level i.e. 900mm below
ground level including excavation, centering, shuttering and refilling,
providing props for pole, holes at top of the pole for fixing ring type GI
braket/ pole light fitting etc. all complete in all respect as per design,
specification and direction of E-I-C. The cost of pole light fitting,
sodium vapour lamp, circuit breaker and cable is not included in this
unit rate.
4.15.07.01 Pole with double arm if fixed in the median each 34,056.99 34,048.20 34,015.40 34,015.40
Note: Length of pole: 12.9m (Straight portion = 5.0m of 150mm dia. &
bent portion on both sides = 7.9m of 75mm dia.)
4.15.07.02 Pole with single arm if fixed on the footpath each 30,017.65 30,008.86 29,976.07 29,976.07
Note: Length of pole: 9.9m (Straight portion = 5.0m of 150mm dia. &
bent portion = 4.9m of 75mm dia.)
4.15.08 Construction of pre-cast/ Cast-in-situ RCC Railing of specified
strength having aggregate size not exceeding 12mm, true to line and
grade, tolerance of vertical RCC post not to exceed 1 in 500, centre
to centre spacing between vertical post not to exceed 1500mm,
leaving adequate space between vertical post for expansion,
complete as per Bridge Design Standard For LGED- June 2012,
approved drawings, technical specification and approval of E-I-C.
The cost of reinforcement and it's fabrication, binding, welding and
placing is included in this unit rate.
4.15.08.01 Pre-cast RCC Railing of 25 MPa concrete m 4,152.19 4,145.34 4,042.64 4,065.24
Page 122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.15.08.02 Cast-in-Situ RCC Railing of 25 MPa concrete m 3,755.72 3,749.58 3,661.39 3,680.45
4.15.09 Supplying fitting and fixing railing & rail post made of various dia
Stainless Steel (SS) pipes of standard thickness for normal ,
ornamental Bridge or any other structure including required SS plate,
nutbolt, cutting, welding, laying in position etc. all complete as per
design, drawing,spacification & the direction of the Engineer in
charge.
4.15.09.01 25mm dia. and wall thickness 2.00mm m 688.48 683.87 676.95 676.95
4.15.09.04 62.50mm dia. and wall thickness 3.00mm m 2,592.40 2,587.78 2,580.86 2,580.86
4.15.10 Supplying fitting and fixing railing & rail post made of various size
Stainless Steel (SS) Square/Rectangular Box of standard thickness
for normal & ornamental Bridge or any other structure, including
required SS plate, nutbolt, cutting, welding, laying in position, etc. all
complete as per design, drawing, spacification & the direction of the
Engineer in charge.
4.15.10.01 Size: 25mm x 25mm Stainless Steel box and wall thickness 2.00mm m 1,103.11 1,098.50 1,091.58 1,091.58
4.15.10.05 Size: 62.5mm x 62.5mm Stainless Steel box and wall thickness m 2,668.55 2,663.94 2,657.01 2,657.01
2.00mm
4.15.11 Painting on Concrete Surface: Providing and applying 2 coats of sqm 88.56 87.63 85.42 85.42
water based cement paint of approved quality to unplastered
concrete surface after cleaning, washing, brushing and sand/grit
blasting the surface of dirt, dust, oil, grease, efflorescence and
applying paint @ 1 litre for 2 sqm including cost of all materials,
labour, transportation, scaffolding etc. complete as per specifications
and direction of the E-I-C. Paint shall be got approved from the E-I-C
and tested from approved laboratory.
4.15.12 MS Railing: Providing, fitting and fixing in position mild steel railing
over RCC crash barrier including support angle/ fixtures as per
detailed drawings, specifications and direction of E-I-C. Cost of
material for painting one shop coat with red oxide primer and 3 costs
of synthetic enamal paint & consumables to safeguard against
weathering and corrosion is included in this unit rate.
4.15.12.01 MSR100MC: 100mm dia MS pipe of 4.50mm wall thickness m 3,944.98 3,931.81 3,897.04 3,897.04
conforming to BDS 1031/ BS 1387 Medium Class specifications.
4.15.14 RS: Supplying, fitting and fixing of Reflecting Studs of minimum each 1,131.82 1,130.24 1,127.86 1,127.86
115mm x 81mm x17mm of approved brand and colour, including
cleaning and washing the railing surface, drilling to accept concrete
nail, application of epoxy adhesive/ putty and necessary scaffolding,
etc. including carriage and fixing, etc. all complete in all respect as
per approved drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-
charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials, labour and all
Page 123
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.15.15 FMM: Supply and fixing of Flexible Median Markers (FMM) made of each 518.09 517.32 514.86 514.86
tough high impact resistance injection moulded thermoplastic body of
standard size and thickness with fluorocent yellow colour type XI
retroreflective sheeting fixed on both sides, fixed with epoxy adhesive
and grouting to the surface complete in all respect as per national
accrediation institution and the direction of the E-I-C.
4.15.16 Bollard: Supplying, fitting and fitting Bollard in exact positions as per kg 190.30 190.26 190.08 190.08
drawing, specificatons and direction of the E-I-C including cost of all
materials, labour, carrying etc.
[This fender shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing
4.15.17 Rubber Fender: Supplying, and installation of Rubber Fender of
specified size in exact positions as per drawing, specificatons and
direction of the E-I-C including cost of all materials, labour, machines,
transportation etc.
[This fender shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing
4.15.17.01 RF-D: D-Type Rubber Fender of Length = 1000mm, Width = 300mm each 73,412.16 73,402.70 73,372.73 73,372.73
and Height = 300mm
4.15.17.02 RF-Arc: Arc Type Rubber Fender
4.15.17.02.01 RF-Arc-1: Length = 1580mm, Width = 1400mm and Height = 840mm each 488,455.65 488,448.08 488,424.11 488,424.11
4.15.17.02.02 RF-Arc-2: Length = 1000mm, Width = 606mm and Height = 400mm each 362,297.54 362,289.97 362,266.00 362,266.00
4.15.17.03 RF-Wing: Wing Type Rubber Fender of Length = 1000mm, Width = each 94,482.73 94,475.16 94,451.19 94,451.19
600mm and Height = 300mm
Section-16: Repair & Rehabilitation
4.16.01 Lifting of Super-Structure of Bridge for resetting if required/ refixing of
new bearing including removal of old bearings and including all
higher and runing expenses of all plants, jacks, machines and
equipment, temporary supports, required for keeping the super-
structure in lifted position for completing the operation, lowering of
super-structure on bearings and without causing any detrimental
effect to any part of the bridge structure, diversion of traffic if
necessary etc. all complete as per design, drawing, specification &
direction of E-I-C. The cost of replaced bearings has not been
included in this rate. The work entails replacement of all the bearings
on one side of the span.
4.16.01.01 Span up to 20 m per end 6,387.91 6,314.06 6,055.59 6,055.59
4.16.01.02 Span beyond 20 m and upto 30 m per end 7,200.24 7,126.39 6,867.92 6,867.92
4.16.01.03 Span beyond 30 m per end 10,449.58 10,375.74 10,117.26 10,117.26
4.16.02 Removal of existing cement concrete/ bituminous wearing course
over existing bridge deck including its disposal as per direction of E-I-
C without causing any detrimental effect to any part of the bridge
structure and removal of dismantled material with all lifts and lead
upto 1 km. The dismantled materials must be dumped in an
unobjectionable place outside the site premises with minimum traffic
disruption and the procuring entity will not be responsible for any
irregularities by the party regarding dumping of the materials.
4.16.02.01 Cement concrete wearing course of avg. 75mm thick sqm 804.70 797.32 770.86 770.86
4.16.02.02 Bituminous wearing course of avg. 50mm thick asphaltic concrete sqm 737.01 730.86 709.32 709.32
laid over 12 mm thick mastic asphalt
4.16.03 Sealing of cracks/ porous concrete by injecting grout through nipples
including cleaning the affected area by wire brush, compressed air,
15mm dia and 150 to 200mm deep holes along the length of the
cracks at a spacing of 500mm may be drilled by wet drilling using
rotary percussion drills and nipples, inerterd in these holes. Only non-
shrink grout admixture conforming to ASTM C 1107 has been
included in this unit rate. Where necessary and approved by the
Engineer, admixutures to protland cement grout mixtures may be
added for delaying the setting time, increasing flow ability, minimising
segregation and shrinkage, not being added to the analysis.
Page 124
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.16.03.01 Cement Grout kg 336.28 328.89 308.58 308.58
4.16.03.02 Cement Mortar (1:1) Grout kg 348.12 341.02 320.34 320.34
4.16.04 Sealing of cracks/ porous concrete by injection of epoxy resin kg 1,207.43 1,200.04 1,179.73 1,179.73
through nipples including cleaning the affected surfaces adjacent to
cracks or other areas of application from dirt, grease, oil
efflorescence or other foreign matter by brushing/ water jetting/ sand
blasting. Just before use, the two components i.e. resin and hardeer,
shall be thoroughly mixed in the ratios specified by the manufacturer.
Acids and corrosives shall not be permitted for cleaning. Epoxy
adhesive injection shall be performed until crakcs are complely filled.
The Contractor shall furnish detailed methodology of construction
including source of supply of material, tools, equipment and
appliances to be used on work, details of personel and supervision
and take approval from Design Unit, LGED.
4.16.05 Shotcrete/ guniting concrete surface with 40mm thick (avg.) cement sqm 2,049.34 2,040.94 2,019.81 2,020.58
mortar comprising of cement, graded sand conforming to ASTM C
33, coarse aggregate (20 to 40% of total aggregate for thick sections
if adequate guniting equptment is available), water and quick setting
compound conforming to ASTM C 1141 in the proportion as per
guidence of Central Quality Control Laboratory (CQCL), LGED or
any approved laboratory instructed by Engineer-in-Charge, water
cement ratio ranging from 0.35 to 0.5, density of shotcrete/ gunite not
less than 2000kg/cum, strength not less than 25 MPa, applied with
compressed air under pressure after cleaning removing old guniting/
part of defective concrete, cleaning the surface and exposed
reinforcement thoroughly by sand blasting, spraying with epoxy
conforming to ASTM C 881 @ 67 kg/sqm including cost of wire mesh
fabrics 50mm x 50mm x 10 BWG in first layer of guniting complete as
per drawings & direction of E-I-C. Wherever the reinforcement have
been corroded, the same shall be removed and replaced by
additional reinforcement.
4.16.06 Patching of damaged concrete surface with 25mm thick (avg.) sqm 12,842.58 12,838.88 12,828.91 12,828.91
polymer concrete and curing compounds, initiator and promoter,
available in present formulations, to be applied as per instructions of
manufacturer and as approved by the E-I-C. This item is a
proprietory item available in market as pre-packed polymer concrete
and is required to be applied as per instructions of the manufacturer.
4.16.07 Providing and applying 10mm thick (avg.) pre-packed cement based
polymer mortar of strength 45 MPa at 28 days by trowels & float over
the spalled concrete for bridge deck, pier cap etc. including
scaffolding, shuttering, supplying required material including polymer
etc. complete as per the specification & as directed by E-I-C. Primer
coat by Nylon brush must be applied on the spalled out concrete
location before applying polymer mortar.
4.16.07.01 Average Thickness = 10mm thick sqm 5,551.50 5,541.16 5,506.27 5,506.27
4.16.07.02 Average Thickness = 25mm thick sqm 12,712.42 12,699.50 12,657.50 12,657.50
4.16.08 EBA: Providing & applying epoxy bonding agent conforming to sqm 1,245.87 1,239.47 1,215.47 1,215.47
ASTM C 881/ AASHTO M 235 to exposed old concrete surfaces for
bonding of freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete at the rate of
0.80 Kg/sqm or as per manufacturer's recommendation with pot life
not less than 60-90 minutes at normal temperature including cost of
materials, storage, labour, tools, lead lifts, preparation of surface,
cleaning the surface, tackles etc. complete as per manufacturer's
specification and as directed & instructed by Engineer-In-charge.
4.16.09 Applying epoxy mortar over leached, honey combed and spalled sqm 953.27 946.81 922.58 922.58
concrete surface and exposed steel reinforcement complete as per
direction of E-I-C. Thickness of epoxy mortar shall not be less than
10mm
Page 125
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.16.10 Replacement of Expansion Joints including removal and replacement m 4,281.30 4,257.59 4,012.94 4,045.29
of 300 mm wide portion of a existing deck slab to accommodate
expansion joint, cleaning by blower, fabrication of additional
reinforcement (if required), applying epoxy bonding agent for old to
new concrete conforming to ASTM C 881, concreting with 35 MPa
concrete after fixing the expansion joint complete as per manufacture
specifications & direction of E-I-C. The cost of admixture & epoxy
required for this work has been included in this analysis. The rate for
the installation of new exapansion joints may be taken from the
chapter 11 on Bridge Works.
4.16.11 Clearing slab/ box/ pipe culverts including cleaning and reshapping cum 209.44 206.43 196.52 196.52
of both upstream and down stream faces of existing culvert with in
right of way by removing deposited debris, silt, soil and any other
foreign material. The job includes safe disposal of excess material
recovered from site including vegetation outside ROW with all leads
and lifts complete in all respect as per direction of Engineer In-
Charge. Frequency of cleaning will be one time in a year i.e. before
start of monsoon.
4.16.12 Carrying out proper cleaning of carriageways, footpaths, verges, rm of 36.19 35.41 32.95 32.95
expansion joints (for free movement), drainage spouts of bridge bridge
including removal and disposal of trash, plastic, vegetation etc. from
site outside ROW complete as per direction of E-I-C. Frequency of
cleaning will be two times in a year i.e. before and after the monsoon.
4.16.13 Replacement of Damaged RCC Railing of 25 MPa strength having m 4,293.59 4,280.80 4,167.25 4,186.31
aggregate size not exceeding 12mm, true to line and grade,
tolerance of vertical RCC post not to exceed 1 in 500, centre to
centre spacing between vertical post not to exceed 1500mm, leaving
adequate space between vertical post for expansion, complete as
per Bridge Design Guideline For LGED 2018, approved drawings,
technical specification and approval of E-I-C. The cost of
reinforcement and it's fabrication, binding, welding and placing is
included in this unit rate.
4.16.14 Carrying out repair of RCC railing of 25 MPa concrete to bring it to m 320.54 319.73 309.83 311.88
the original shape including dismantling and trimming the surface to
a regular shape and removal of damaged material as per Bridge
Design Standard for LGED, 2012 and direction of E-I-C.
[Note: It is assumed that damage is to the extent of 10%]
4.16.15 Micro Concrete Work: Providing and laying in position Micro concrete cum 146,939.50 146,885.18 145,939.73 146,116.89
having minimum compressive strength 50 MPa after 28 days (as per
ASTM C 109), tensile strength 2 MPa after 28 days (as per ASTM C
307) and flexular strength 5 MPa after 28 days (as per ASTM C 580),
cement based prepacked single component, chloride free, non
shrink, free flow, self compacting, ready to use after mixing water in
specified proportion obtained from approved manufacture including
water tight shuttering and scaffolding etc. complete as per
specification and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
4.16.16 Chemically Bonded Anchor: Providing and fixing reinforcing bars by
drilling holes up to specified depth and fixing required diameter
anchor rods at every specified spacing on the surfaces of the slabs,
columns, beams as the case may be, clean the same using water
and make sure that there are no fine particles present in the hole,
mix the base and hardener of the polyester resin with the spatula
thoroughly, fill the drilled and cleaned holes to a maximum depth of
2/3rd of the hole with the prepared polyester resin, make sure that
the resin has reached till the end of the hole. At this stage push the
shear connector gently in to the hole and finish the excess resin
which comes out of the hole and allow the shear connectors not to
be disturbed for minimum 20 minutes, complete in all respect and
direction of E-I-C. The cost of reinforcement is not included in this
unit rate.
4.16.16.01 CBA_8: Diameter of Rebar = 8mm, minimum drilling diameter = each 83.72 83.38 82.00 82.00
14mm, minimum drilling depth = 80mm
Page 126
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.16.16.06 CBA_25: Diameter of Rebar = 25mm, minimum drilling diameter = each 1,669.63 1,662.80 1,635.45 1,635.45
4.16.16.07 CBA_32: Diameter of Rebar = 32mm, minimum drilling diameter = each 2,504.76 2,494.51 2,453.47 2,453.47
4.16.17 EP: Providing external prestressing with high tensile steel
wires/strands including drilling for passage of prestessing steel, all
accessories for stressing and stressing operation and grouting
complete as per drawing and Technical specification.
[This item shall be selected as per instruction given in the drawing &
after getting approval from Desing Unit, LGED.]
4.16.17.01 EP_25m: Span assumed: 25 m (12.7mm dia. Strand in 12T13/12K13 MT 548,224.45 547,895.09 546,404.82 546,404.82
system. Weight-9.42 kg/m of cable.)
4.16.17.02 EP_50m: Span assumed: 50 m (12.7mm dia. Strand in 19T13/19K13 MT 1,663,745.81 1,662,889.16 1,659,217.41 1,659,217.41
system. Weight-14.73 kg/m of cable.)
4.16.18 Rust Removal: Cleaning of reinforcement from rust from the
reinforcing bars to give it a total rust free steel surface by using
alkaline chemical rust remover of approved make with paint brush
and removing loose particles after 24 hours of its application with
wire brush and thoroughly washing with water and allowing it to dry,
all complete as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
4.16.18.01 RR_12: Bars up to 12 mm diameter m 11.08 11.05 10.85 10.85
4.16.18.02 RR_12+: Bars above 12 mm diameter m 22.10 22.05 21.64 21.64
4.16.19 SC: Providing and Appying average 1mm thick pre-packed Polymer sqm 1,400.91 1,400.91 1,381.52 1,381.52
modified cement based skim-coat for filling blowholes, non-structural
honeycomb and rectifying other surface imperfections in newly
placed concrete surfaces and achieving a smooth finish on precast,
cast in place, tilt up or other unfinished concrete sufaces; including
cleaning the surface thoroughly using stiff brush to remove dust,
loose particles, oil etc., neutralizing the surface by applying potable
water, ensuring saturated surface dry (SSD) condition of the concrete
surface, mixing powder with potable water in a drum by blending
machine, spreading the mixture to any concrete surface using trowel
to get smooth suface etc. all complete as per specification and
direction of E-I-C. This is avilable in market as pre-packed and is
required to be applied as per instruction of the manufacturer. Proper
curing method should be applied for at least 3 days, all complete as
per specification and direction of E-I-C.
4.16.20 CFL: Supply and installation of ready to use Carbon Fiber Laminates m 16,849.09 16,802.01 16,663.91 16,663.91
for strenghtening reinforced concrete structures having density ≥
1.61 gm/cm3, width = 100mm, thickness ≥ 1.2mm, modulus of
Elasticity ≥ 165 GPa, tensile strength ≥ 2800 MPa, elongation at
break ≥ 1.4%; including surface preparation by application of
grinding work, patch mortar, primer and epoxy putty etc. all complete
as per specification and direction of E-I-C.
Note: The work have to be done by certified/trained applicator.
4.16.21 CFFS: Supply and installation of Carbon Fibre Fabric Sheets having sqm 13,255.29 13,245.25 13,211.39 13,211.39
modulus of elasticity (GPa) ≥ 230, tensile strength (GPa) ≥ 4.9,
weight of carbon fibre (gsm) ≥ 200, density (g/cm3) ≥ 1.8, design
cross section thickness (mm) ≥ 0.111, elongation at break (%) ≥ 2.1;
including surface preparation by application of grinding work, patch
mortar, primer and epoxy putty etc. all complete as per specification
and direction of E-I-C.
Note: The work have to be done by certified/trained applicator.
Page 127
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.16.22 LDSS: Providing, fixing and operating Light-Duty Suspended
Scaffolding system for repair/ rehabilitation/ retrofitting work made
with M.S. Pipe, M.S. clamps, M.S. Chain, M. S. staircase having at
least 1.5m wide working platform, adjusted to the required level
anytime, hanged or suspended using ropes, chains or any other non-
rigid, overhead support and maintaining it in a serviceable condition
for the required duration. The Contractor shall take necessary safety
measures for the arrangement of suspended scoffolding system and
responsible for all obligations. The scaffolding system must be
completely shifted on completion of the main component of the
structure.
4.16.22.01 LDSS≤10m: for width of Bridge ≤ 10m. each/mon 139,658.65 138,643.23 135,596.97 135,596.97
th
4.16.22.02 LDSS>10m: for width of Bridge > 10m. each/mon 163,304.25 162,288.83 159,242.57 159,242.57
th
4.16.23 Cleaning of exposed concrete surface of sticking material including sqm 410.97 402.70 401.28 403.21
loose and foreign material by sand blasting with coarse sand
followed by and including cleaning with oil free air blast as per
direction of Engineer in Charge.
4.16.24 TPS: Providing, erecting, maintaining and removing temporary
protective screens made out of specified fabric with all necessary
fixing arrangement to ensure that it remains in position for the work
duration as required by the E-I-C.
4.16.24.01 TPS_HC: Hessian Cloth sqm 56.75 56.61 56.02 56.02
4.16.24.02 TPS_PVC: Wooven PVC Cloth sqm 53.32 53.17 52.58 52.58
4.16.25 SWF: Providing and fixing hard drawn steel wire fabric of size 50 x sqm 596.94 595.52 583.35 583.35
25mm mesh or other appropriate size wire mesh to fe fixed and firmly
anchored to the concrete surface by means of 'L' shaped mild steel
shear key welded with existing reinforcement including the cost of
materials, labour, tool & plants as approved by E-I-C.
Section-17: Precast Reinforced Concrete Pipes
4.17.01 Supplying and laying machine made pre-cast RCC pipes with collars
of different diameter, length & thickness including screening, grading
and washing aggregates with clear water, mixing, laying in steel
forms, placing re-bars in position, consolidating, curing for at least 14
days including the cost of formwork, lifting, loading and unloading
from factory/ yard, laying in position etc including tools, plants, testing
etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. The collars shall be of
200mm wide made by RCC and having the same strength as the
pipes to be jointed. The spirals shall end in a complete ring/ turn at
both the ends of pipes and collars. The cost of reinforcement and it's
fabrication, welding, coupling, placing, binding etc. is included in this
unit rate.
4.17.01.01 For Light/ Medium Traffic: Cross drains/ culverts/ outlet and any other
works carrying light traffic in leanest mix 1:1.5:3 with cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-II/A-L/M/V/W 42.5N,
20mm down well graded picked brick chips, sand of minimum FM 2.5
to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder strength of 20 MPa.
4.17.01.01.01 300mm internal dia, wall thickness not less than 50mm, Re-bar for m 1,797.08 1,784.39 1,733.01 1,738.17
pipe:- circumferential: 10 turns - 6mmΦ and longitudinal: 8 nos. -
6mmΦ , Re-bar for Collar:- circumferential: 3 turns - 6mmΦ and
longitudinal: 8 nos. - 6mmΦ
Page 128
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
pipe:- circumferential: 10 turns - 6mmΦ for inner cage & 8 turns -
6mmΦ for outer cage and longitudinal: 6 nos. - 6mmΦ for inner cage
& 6 nos. - 6mmΦ for outer cage , Re-bar for Collar:- circumferential: 3
turns - 6mmΦ and longitudinal: 8 nos. - 6mmΦ
4.17.01.02 For Heavy Traffic: Cross drains/ culverts/ outlet and any other works
carrying heavy traffic in leanest mix 1:1.25:2.5 with cement
conforming to BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 BDS EN 197-1 : 2003 CEM-I
52.5N / ASTM C150 Type-1, 20mm down well graded stone chips
broken from boulder (LAA not exceeding 30), sand of minimum FM
2.5 and water reducing admixture conforming to ASTM C 494 Type -
A @ 1.75 liter per cubic meter of concrete to attain a minimum 28
days cylinder strength of 30 MPa.
Page 129
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10mmΦ for outer cage and longitudinal: 12 nos. - 8mmΦ for inner
cage & 12 nos. - 8mmΦ for outer cage , Re-bar for Collar:-
circumferential: 3 turns - 8mmΦ for inner cage & 3 turns - 8mmΦ for
outer cage and longitudinal: 8 nos. - 8mmΦ for inner cage & 8 nos. -
8mmΦ for outer cage
outer cage and longitudinal: 8 nos. - 8mmΦ for inner cage & 8 nos. -
8mmΦ for outer cage
outer cage and longitudinal: 12 nos. - 8mmΦ for inner cage & 12
nos. - 8mmΦ for outer cage
outer cage and longitudinal: 12 nos. - 8mmΦ for inner cage & 12
nos. - 8mmΦ for outer cage
Section-18: Destructive and Non-destructive Tests (NDT) on Concrete
4.18.01 RHT (Rebound/ Schmidt Hammer Test): Conducting rebound
hammer test to assess quality of the concrete on built structure in
accordance with ASTM C 805 (Standard Test Method for Rebound
Number of Hardened Concrete) including preparing the surface of
RCC structural members such as beams, columns, slabs etc. by
chipping the plastered surface/ finishing/ cladding to expose the
concrete, smoothening the area using carborndum stone all as
directed by E-I-C, preparation of separate report for each structure
with observations and recommendations for remedial measures if
any. Before commencing RHT, Contractor shall submit methodology
with resumes of the consulting personnel for conducting test to the E-
I-C for approval.
to site and RHT on 10 (ten) nos. spots or less of a single structure
4.18.01.02 Additional charge on Mobilization & demobilization beyond 100km of per km 33.85 33.85 33.85 33.85
dhaka/ nearby source to site
4.18.01.03 RHT on each additional spot after 10(ten) spots tested. each 1,602.52 1,601.22 1,589.59 1,589.59
Page 130
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.18.02 UPV (Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity) Test: Conducting Ultrasonic Pulse
Velocity test to assess uniformity, homogeneity and quality of the
concrete, in terms of cracks, voids, flaws, honeycombing etc. and
other inperfections in accordance with ASTM C 597 (Standard Test
Method for Pulse Velocity Through Concrete) including preparing the
surface of RCC structural members such as beams, columns, slabs
etc. by chipping the plastered surface/ finishing/ cladding to expose
the concrete, smoothening the area using carborndum stone all as
directed by E-I-C, preparation of separate report for each structure
with observations and recommendations for remedial measures if
any. Before commencing UPV, Contractor shall submit methodology
with resumes of the consulting personnel for conducting test to the E-
I-C for approval.
to site and UPV on 10 (ten) nos. spots or less of a single structure
dhaka/ nearby source to site
4.18.02.03 UPV on each additional spot after 10(ten) spots tested. each 2,313.31 2,312.02 2,300.39 2,300.39
4.18.03 Core Cutter: Obtaining, preparing and testing in-situ cylindrical core
specimens of specified diameter drilled from hardened concrete
including core location determination by rebar locator/ scanning and
preparing the structural members as directed to expose the concrete,
cleaning the area with blower/ wire brush and taking out the
comcrete sample with cutter and testing as per standard
specification. The procedure for drilling, examination, measurement
and testing for comprehensive strength shall be in accordance with
ASTM C 42 (Standard Test Method for obtaining and testing drilled
cores and sawed beams of concrete). Before commencing Core
cutting, contractor shall submit methodology with resumes of the
consulting personnel for conducting test to the E-I-C for approval.
The cost of cutting the core with necessary laboratory test fees is
included in this unit rate.
to site and in-situ core cutting on 3 (three) nos. spots or less of a
single structure
4.18.03.03 In-situ core cutting on each additional nos. after 3(three) spots each 6,422.99 6,419.76 6,390.68 6,390.68
Section-19: Ground Reinforcement, Improvement and Treatment Techniques

4.19.01 Sand Compaction Pile: Execution of sand compaction pile through
displacement method by using tripod rig, mechanical winch, special
type drop hammer (weighing minimum 1.00 ton) and casing pipe of
inner diameter 200mm to 300mm upto a maximum depth of 10.0m,
compacting the sand with desired sand volume and FM value of
sand upto desired relative density (60% to 65%), to attain the desired
SPT value between sand piles etc. complete including the cost of
compacted sand as per design, specification and direction of
Engineer in charge.
[Note: Sand must be free from clay lump and blending of sand to
attain the specific FM is not acceptable]
4.19.01.01 Pile diameter: 200mm
4.19.01.01.01 Sand Volumn 0.075 cum/m, minimum FM = 1.5 m 290.59 291.47 286.34 286.34
Page 131
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4.19.01.03.10 Sand Volumn 0.30 cum/m, minimum FM = 1.5 m 1,149.21 1,152.82 1,132.59 1,132.59
4.19.01.03.11 Sand Volumn 0.30 cum/m, minimum FM = 1.8 m 1,001.51 1,005.13 984.89 984.89
4.19.02 Stone Column: Providing and installing cast-in-situ compaction stone
column of speicified diameter and length to increase bearing capacity
and reduce the settlement of construction by driving of suitable MS
casing pipe (removable) having a detachable M.S.shoe (flat/conical)
at the bottom and filling inside the casing pipe in layers of 1m using
1(sand; minimum FM 2.5) : 2(Shingles; Shingles shall be 50mm
down graded) and each layer be well compacted by dynamic
compaction method (before compaction lift the casing for 800mm
from bottom and then the backfill shall be throughly compacted. This
procedure shall be repeated for every layer till the ground level is
reached) for ground improvement including all materials, labour etc
complete as per specification, drawings and as directed by the E-I-C.
4.19.02.01 For 300mm diameter:
4.19.02.01.01 Fill Volumn 0.2 cum/m m 1,484.87 1,480.52 1,444.53 1,458.06
Page 132
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.19.02.02 For 500mm diameter:

4.19.03 Prefabricated Vertical Drain (PVD)/ Wick Drain: Supply & Installation
of prefabricated virtical drains/ wick drains to reduce the preload time
& to accelerate settlement of embankments for bridge approach or
roadways including unrolling the wick drain roll, changing & splicing
wick drain roll, pushing hollow mandrel carrying into the ground
carring the wick drain inside to protect it from tear, cuts and abrasion,
providing anchor plate/ rod at the bottom of the mandrel to prevent
soil from entering the mandrel during installation, maintain the
mandrel in a vertical position, providing a minimum of 30 ton of static
push force when setting on firm ground, installing by specialized wick
drain installation equipment mounted on hydraulic excavator or
crane, withdrawn the mandrel after the installtion of the drain, cost of
furnishing all tools, materials, labour, equipment and all other costs
necessary to complete the work as per design, specification &
direction of the E-I-C. Hydraulic jetting shall not be permitted for
installtion of the drains. The locations and depth of wick drain,
sequene of installation will be as directed by the Engineer and
specifications in conjuction with all drawings and logs. All drains will
go to maximum allowable/ anchorable depth or until refusal as
directed in the specification and logs.
Note: Prior to installation of PVD the Contractor shall demonstrate
that the equipment, method, and materials produce a satisfactory
installation in accordance with the specifications. For this purpose,
the Contractor will be required to install 2 trial drains at locations
designated by the Engineer. Trial drains will be paid at the contract
unit price unless the drain is improperly installed. 5% wastage is
considered in this unit rate.
4.19.03.02 PVJD: Prefabricated Vertical Jute Drains (PVJD) shall consist of an m 263.87 263.45 261.72 261.72
outer sheath (jacket) made of woven jute geotextile (JGT) with 4-coir
wicks separated by stitched compartments having discharge capacity
at 7 days (200 kPa at hydraulic gradient of 1.0) shall be greater than
500 m3/yr and shall meet the following specifications.
Composite Drain Properties:
Width (mm) ≥ 90 ± 10%, Thickness (mm) > 5, Grab Tensile Strength
(N), MD X CD > 350 X 350, Trapezoidal Tear Strength (N), MD X CD
> 100 X 100, Puncture Resistance (N) > 100, Burst Strength (N) >
900, Apparent Opening size (AOS, O95) (micron) ≤ 90.
Filter Fabric Properties:
Equivalent Diameter (mm) > 50.
4.19.04 Khoa Consolidation: 50mm down graded picked jhama Khoa
Consolidation in foundation trenches by mixing in mixture machine
with local sand of min. FM 1.2 incluing/ excluding cement to achieve
minimum dry density of 90% with optimum mositure content
(Modified Proctor Test) including breaking and screening chips,
laying and spreading in 150mm layers uniformly and compacting etc.
all complete and accepted by the E-I-C.
4.19.04.01 Khoa: Sand = 2: 1 cum 5,630.49 5,598.69 5,348.38 5,416.50
4.19.04.02 Cement: Sand: Khoa: = 1:6:12 cum 6,573.57 6,541.96 6,300.16 6,364.70
Page 133
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.19.05 MSE: Construction of Mechanically Stabilized/Reinforced Earth
retaining walls, viaduct access ramps, road widening and bridge
abutments with pre-cast Facia panels, reinforcing element,
foundation beam, caping beam including excavation for foundation,
concreting the foundation with appropriate groove seating for facing
elements, placement of facing elements, assembling, joining with
facing elements, laying of the reinforcing elements, earth filling with
granular material etc. as per design, drawing, specification and
Contractor shall submit the methodology of reinforced earth work to
the Engineer-in-Charge for approval before commencing the work.
Notes:
i) Drainage arrangement including filter media shall be made as per
approved design & drawings and calculated separately.
ii) The rates for excavation and foundation concrete shall be taken
from section 5 & 9 of Bridge Works.
iii) The earth fill to be retained is not included in this analysis which is
to be worked out and provide separately.
iv) Capping beam is to be priced separately as per approved design.
The rate for cement concrete shall be taken from the section 7 of
bridge works.
4.19.05.01 MSE_FP: Providing, hoisting and placing of pre-cast RCC Facia sqm 5,674.06 5,693.26 5,415.41 5,488.80
Panels of minimum 0.80 sqm area and 180mm thickness, made with
minimum 35 MPa concrete inclusive of reinforcement, shuttering,
casting in yard, curing, storing, transporting, lifting, placing in
position, erection with all necessary accessories i.e., rubber pad,
universal hook, anchor block, nut, washer, joint fillers, fasteners etc.
4.19.05.02 Reinforcing Elements: Providing, assembling, joining with facing
elements and laying of reinforcing elements (metal
strip/geotextile/steel etc.) in the form of grid or strip or strap or
combination of metallic or synthetic or any other proprietary material
as per approved drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-
Charge. The packaging of reinforcing elements shall clearly indicate
the name of the manufacturer/ supplier and brand name, date of
production, expiry, if any and batch identification number along with
the manufacturers test certificates.
4.19.05.02.01 MSE_MSR_GCS: With reinforcing elements of Galvanised carbon m 1,335.89 1,335.34 1,333.72 1,333.72
steel strips of 60mm wide and 5mm thick with minimum bearing and
shear strength of 490 MPa conforming to BS EN 10025, Grade S
355 JR. The fabricated element shall be galvanized and the
minimum zinc coating weight shall not be less than 1000gm/sqm.
4.19.05.02.02 MSE_MSR_Cu: With reinforcing element of Copper Strips of 60mm m 1,335.89 1,335.34 1,333.72 1,333.72
wide and 5mm thick conforming to BS 2870 quality C 101 or C 102 in
the 1/2H condition and shall have 0.2 percent proof stress of not less
than 180 MPa.
4.19.05.02.03 MSE_MSR_Al: With reinforcing elements of Aluminium Strips of m 680.60 680.06 678.44 678.44
60mm wide and 5mm thick conforming to Bs 1470 quality 5454 in H
24 condition.
4.19.05.02.04 MSE_MSR_SS: With reinforcing element of Stainless steel strips of m 680.60 680.06 678.44 678.44
60mm wide and 5mm thick.
4.19.05.02.05 MSE_MSR_FRP: with reinforcing element of Glass reinforced m 1,335.89 1,335.34 1,333.72 1,333.72
polymer/ fibre reinforced polymer/ polymeric strips of 60mm wide and
5mm thick.
4.19.05.02.06 MSE_GTR: With reinforcing elements of synthetic geogrids. sqm 320.20 319.65 318.03 318.03
4.19.05.02.07 MSE_HDGSR: With reinforcing elements of high yield ribbed/ kg 220.68 220.19 218.72 218.72
deformed steel reinforcement complying with BDS ISO 6935-2: 2006
and fully hot-dip Galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461: 1999 with minimum
coat thickness of 85 microns or 610 gm per meter squre surface.
Page 134
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.19.05.03 MSE_BF: Backfill with selected granular material in layers in cum 3,249.59 3,268.81 3,129.60 3,162.34
approaches of work over metal strip/synthetic geogrid/steel which is
to be retained by mechanically stabilized/ reinforced earth wall
including grading, placement and compaction complete as per
drawing, Technical specification and as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. The backfill material shall be clean, free draining, granular
with high friction and low cohesion having particle size not more than
100mm and angle of internal friction not less than 34 degree,
plasticity index shall not exceed 6 as determined by AASHTO T 90,
non-corrosive, coarse grained with not 10 per cent of particles
passing 75 micron sieve, free of shale or other soft, poor durability
particles, any deleterious matter, chlorides, salts, acids, alkalies,
mineral oil, fungus and microbes and pH shall be between 5.0 to
10.0 as determined by AASHTO T 289. The backfill material shall be
compacted for AASHTO T 236 to 95 percent of the maximum density
determined according to AASHTO T 99 method C or D and corrected
for oversized material according to AASHTO T 99, Note 9.
4.19.06 Jet Grouting: Execution of Jet grouted pile including mobilization &
demobilization of Jet Grouting Machine, cost of furnishing all
materials, labour and equipment necessary to complete the work,
cost of trial columns, coring, testing and disposal of waste materials.
Every completed jet grouted column/s shall be supported with Jet
Grout Pile Data. No separate payment shall be made for drilling
holes, washing/cleaning of holes, placing grout, labor, equipment,
processing, mixing, hooking-up to the hole, injecting grout, hole
closures, clearing up, cost of furnishing samples of grouting
materials, providing assistance for sampling including verification
testing, all of which shall be considered part of the Work of jet
grouting.
4.19.06.01 JGC_600: Diameter of Jet grouted column = 600mm m 3,158.02 3,154.77 3,142.72 3,142.72
4.19.06.02 JGC_800: Diameter of Jet grouted column = 800 mm m 5,639.77 5,634.00 5,612.49 5,612.49
4.19.07 Soil Nailing: Supply and installation of soil nail of specified diameter,
spacing and length as shown in drawings including setting-up, drilling
in soil or rock, galvanized re-bar, centralizers, grout injection (30 MPa
Concrete) as specified in specification. Works also include supply
and fix nail head and all necessary works for proper completion
including UPVC pipe as casing required for soil nailing work.
The constractor shall submit the Methodology for the installtion of
Soil Nail to the Engineer-in-charge for prior written approval (at least
7 days) before the commencement of works.
The constractor shall keep records for each soil nail installation and
submit one signed copy to the Engineer not later than next working
day after the soil nails have been installed. The record for each soil
nail shall include soil nail reference number, date/time of
commencement and completion of drilling and grouting, names of
supervisor and operators, the necessary drilling and grouting details
etc.
Only dry type drilling equipment shall be used to minimize slope
disturbance.
4.19.07.01 Diameter of Drill Hole: 100 mm, Diameter of Re-bar = 25mm (Grade m 1,549.92 1,547.52 1,539.43 1,539.43
500, conforming to BDS ISO 6935-2:2006)
4.19.09 Anchor Bar: Fixing anchor bars upto 28mm. dia to the founding level
at rock strata as per approved design including cost, conveyance &
all taxes of all materials and T&P required for the work but excluding
cost of TS rod & labour charges for bending, binding, tying the grills
& placing in position as per specification & direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
4.19.09.01 With G.I/MS pipe nos 876.83 875.46 869.66 869.66
Page 135
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4.19.10 Rock Drilling: Drilling hole of specified length and diameter (more
than 150mm diameter) below foundation bed at weathered rock/rock
strata in flat/slopping ground by special drilling equipment with
diamond drill bit including mobilization & demobilization of drilling
equipment, setting-up, drilling in rock as per drawing, specification &
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
The constractor shall submit the Methodology for the drilling holes in
rock to the Engineer-in-charge for prior written approval (at least 7
days) before the commencement of works.
4.19.10.01 RD_250: Diameter of Drill Hole: 250 mm m 20,107.53 20,087.22 20,005.99 20,005.99
4.19.10.02 RD_300: Diameter of Drill Hole: 300 mm m 22,997.48 22,974.26 22,881.38 22,881.38
Page 136
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 5 : Building Works

Section 01: General, Site Facilities & Safety
5.01.01 Erection and maintenance of semi permanent site office and removal
of the same after completion of work in accordance with the
conditions of contract. In addition to the office required for own use,
the contractor shall provide and maintain furnished site office for the
use of Engineer-in-charge and his staff. The site office must have
tiles floor, adequate foundation, brick walls, false ceiling of gypsum
board and all windows are to be glazed, shuttered and provided with
steel grill. Outside and inside wall surface are to be painted on
plaster acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge. The site office shall be
maintained in a secure condition by the contractor until the
completion of the contract and shall be provided with electricity,
water supply, wash rooms and sewerage facilities. All doors shall be
fitted with approved locks and windows shall be provided with
screen/blinds. Before construction the contractor shall submit plans
and drawings showing proposed details and location for the site
office, including foundations, access roads, shades, layout of
electrical and water supply and hard standings there for the approval
of Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge may require revision
of the plans prior to giving approval for construction. The contractor
shall also submit detailed proposed furniture, fittings and other items
of equipment and plant to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. These
items shall be of the standard quality suitable for site. The office,
complete with furnishings, fittings, access roads and hard standings
shall be ready for occupation by the Engineer-in-charge within 28
days of the date when the contractor first occupies the site. The
contractor shall provide day and night guards and an attendant for
the field office. At the end of the contract all materials, equipment and
plant, furniture, fittings recovered from dismantling the office and
removing access road will be the property of the contractor. No
interim payment shall be certified unless engineer’s office with
required facilities are constructed and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (This is a time related item; proportionate payment for this
item shall be made distributing in each bill on the basis of percentage
progress of the whole works under contract) [PWD 01.1]
5.01.01.1 Providing necessary facilities in construction site for maintaining site set 38,651.00 38,651.00 38,651.00 38,651.00
safety of 30 nos construction worker including safety helmet, safety
belt , apron, gumboot, goggles etc. [PWD 01.1.4.1]
5.01.01.2 Providing necessary facilities in construction site for maintaining site set 10,798.00 10,798.00 10,798.00 10,798.00
safety of 10 nos construction inspection team member including
safety helmet, safety goggles, safety shoe etc. [PWD 01.1.4.2]
5.01.02 Providing layout and carry over PWD bench-mark (BM) at site from sqm 33.00 32.00 30.00 30.00
nearby BM pillar, property lines, existing ground level (EGL),
formation ground level (FGL), highest flood levels (HFL), plinth levels
(PL), mean sea level (MSL), setting and marking all pillars, marker,
pegs etc. showing and maintaining reduced levels (RL’s) including
locating, establishing, protecting all public utilities within the premise
of work and finally all to be presented in black and white. [PWD 01.6]
5.01.03 Supplying, fitting, fixing, operating and maintenance of the
construction supervision lift (1000Kg capacity) for supervision of
building construction work during the entire construction period
including all necessary components like, steel frame, car, guide rails.
push button, driving motor, gear box, car door, travelling cable, RCC
base for steel frame, necessary connections with the building, electric
supply & electricity bill and dismantling the same after completion of
the building construction etc. all complete complying all safety factors
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (The construction
supervision lift shall be the contractor property after completion of
work). Number of month shall be calculated as 1/2 (half) of the initial
contract period or contract completion time whichever is less for new
construction and full contract period for vertical extension work. The
contractor must submit detail structural drawing of supporting frame
with foundation and lift specification prior to supply on site. [PWD
01.11]
Page 137
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.01.03.01 6th to 9th floor, hoisting speed 40 m/min [PWD 01.11.1] per 17,730.00 17,730.00 17,730.00 17,730.00
month
month
month
month
month
Section 02: Excavation, Filling & Site Development And Palisading
5.02.01 Earth work in excavation in all kinds of soil for foundation trenches
including layout, providing center lines, local bench-mark pillars,
levelling, ramming and preparing the base, fixing bamboo spikes and
marking layout with chalk powder, providing necessary tools and
plants, protecting and maintaining the trench dry etc., stacking,
cleaning the excavated earth at a safe distance out of the area
enclosed by the layout etc. all complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge, subject to submit method statement of carrying
out excavation work to the Engineer-in-charge for approval.
However, engineer’s approval shall not relieve the contractor of his
responsibilities and obligations under the contract. [PWD 02.1]
5.02.01.1 Layout and marking for earthwork in excavation in foundation sqm 19.00 19.00 18.00 18.00
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [Plinth area of the structure
shall be considered for measurement] [PWD 02.1.1]
5.02.01.2 Earthwork in excavation in foundation trenches up to 1.5 m depth cum 168.00 165.00 153.00 153.00
and maximum 10 m lead [PWD 02.1.2]
5.02.01.3 Added rate for each additional 0.5 meter depth exceeding 1.5 meter. cum 30.00 29.00 27.00 27.00
[PWD 02.1.3]
5.02.01.4 Added rate for each 1 m additional lead beyond 10 m. [PWD 02.1.4] cum 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
5.02.02 Bailing out of trapped water caused by inundation or rain, by pump hour 474.00 474.00 458.00 458.00
from foundation trenches. [PWD 02.2]
5.02.03 Supplying of straight and strong borrak bamboo posts of having meter 90.00 90.00 81.00 81.00
minimum 75 mm diameter althrough and driving the same vertically
in the ground up to required depth by any means shaping the top of
the post, all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 02.3]
5.02.04 Supplying of wooden ballah having an average diameter not less meter 604.00 598.00 571.00 571.00
than 150 mm (without barks) at one third distance from larger end
with a minimum end diameter of 100 mm for retaining purpose and
driving to a depth as per design and drawing by any method
including all arrangement for staging, hoisting, carrying etc. complete
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 02.4]
5.02.05 Palisading work by supplying of bitumen drum sheet walling tied with sqm 613.00 608.00 583.00 583.00
20 BWG G.I. wire fixing the same with already driven borrak bamboo
posts with half split borrak bamboo runners @ 450mm c/c
horizontally with iron nails, G.I wire etc. all complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of bamboo post).
[PWD 02.5]
5.02.06 Supplying and fitting-fixing horizontal bracing in palisading with half meter 226.00 224.00 216.00 216.00
split wooden ballah having an average diameter not less than 150
mm with a minimum end diameter of 100 mm @ 450 mm including
supply of iron nails, gazals etc. complete approved and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 02.6]
5.02.07.1 Shore protection work during excavation in foundation trenches up to sqm 712.00 706.00 673.00 673.00
1.5 m depth to protect loss due to damage of property by palisading
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [The rate is including the cost of
vertical post] [PWD 02.7.1]
Page 138
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.02.07.2 Shore protection work during excavation in foundation trenches sqm 1,043.00 1,045.00 992.00 992.00
beyond 1.5 m depth to protect loss due to damage of property by
palisading accepted by the Engineer-in-charge, [The rate is including
the cost of vertical post] [PWD 02.7.2]
5.02.08.1 Sand filling in foundation trenches and plinth with sand having cum 1,088.00 1,093.00 1,069.00 1,069.00
minimum F.M. 0.5 in 150 mm layers including leveling, watering and
compaction to achieve minimum dry density of 95% with optimum
moisture content (Modified proctor test) by ramming each layer up to
finished level as per design supplied by the design office only, all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 02.10.1]
5.02.08.2 Sand filling in foundation trenches and plinth with sand having cum 1,167.00 1,169.00 1,114.00 1,114.00
minimum F.M. 0.8 in 150 mm layers including leveling, watering and
5.02.08.3 Sand filling in foundation trenches and plinth with sand having min. cum 1,296.00 1,301.00 1,246.00 1,246.00
F.M. 1.2 in 150 mm in layers including leveling, watering and
5.02.08.4 Sand filling in foundation trenches and plinth with sand having min. cum 3,257.00 3,152.00 3,142.00 3,176.00
F.M. 2.2 in 150 mm layers including leveling, watering and
5.02.09 50 mm down graded picked jhama khoa consolidation in foundation cum 5,060.00 5,045.00 4,825.00 4,892.00
trenches by mixing the same with best quality local sand (F.M. 1.2) in
(2:1) (khoa: sand) proportion to achieve minimum dry density of 95%
with optimum moisture content (Modified proctor test) including
breaking and screening chips, laying and spreading in 150 mm
layers uniformly and compacting etc. all complete and accepted by
5.02.10 50 mm down graded picked jhama khoa consolidation in foundation cum 5,795.00 5,784.00 5,584.00 5,650.00
trenches by mixing in mixer machine with best quality local sand
(F.M. 1.2) and cement in (1:6:12) (cement: sand: khoa) proportion to
achieve minimum dry density of 95% with optimum moisture content
(Modified proctor test) including breaking and screening chips, laying
and spreading in150 mm layers uniformly and compacting etc. all
complete and accepted by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 02.12]
5.02.11 Earth filling in foundation trenches and plinth in 150 mm layer with cum 207.00 202.00 189.00 189.00
earth available within 90 m of the building site to achive minimum dry
density of 95% with optimum moisture content (Modified proctor test)
including carrying watering, leveling, dressing and compacting to a
specified percentage each layer up to finished level etc. all complete
and accepted by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 02.13]
5.02.12 Cleaning and disposing of excavated earth from the construction site cum 756.00 751.00 686.00 686.00
by truck or by any other means to a place within 30 km radius of the
city or town area including loading & unloading at both ends, leveling
and dressing the carried earth etc. complete and accepted by the
5.02.13 Earth filling in foundation trenches and plinth in 150 mm layers with cum 709.00 706.00 689.00 689.00
carted earth carried by truck or by any other means including loading
and unloading at both ends, leveling, watering and compacting to
achive minimum dry density of 95% with optimum moisture content
(modified proctor test) including local carriage each layer up to
finished level including cost of water and test (carried from beyond
300 m) etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge
[PWD 02.15]
Page 139
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.02.14 Site development/Improvement by carted earth or dredged sand,
sandy silt (free from any organic, foreign, environmental hazardous
substances) carried by head or truck or any other means including
cost of cutting or by dredging of sand, sandy silt, all; including local
carrying, placing the earth/sand, sandy silt in the designated area,
maintaining slopes, breaking lumps, levelling and dressing in layers
up to finished level etc. all complete as per direction and accepted by
the engineer in charge.
5.02.14.1 By other method/means than dredgeing. [PWD 02.16.1] cum 760.00 755.00 735.00 735.00
5.02.14.2 By dredging including necessary systems thereof. [PWD 02.16.2] cum 510.00 509.00 504.00 504.00
5.02.15 Mechanical compaction of earth beyond plinth area, required for pre- cum 222.00 219.00 208.00 208.00
approved specific engineering purpose in 150 mm layers including
levelling, watering and consolidation each layer with chain dozer,
grader, roller etc. to achieve minimum dry density of 95% with
optimum moisture content (modified proctor test) up to finished level
all complete and accepted by the engineer-in-charge subjected to
submission of the method statement. [PWD 02.17]
Section 03: Brick Soling, CC, DPC etc.
5.03.01 One layer brick flat soling in foundation or in floor with first sqm 518.00 515.00 492.00 500.00
class/picked jhama bricks (BDS 208) including preparation of bed
and filling the interstices with local sand, leveling etc. complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge [PWD 03.1.1]
5.03.02 Lean / blinding concrete (1:3:6) in foundation or in floor with cement,
sand (F.M. 1.2) and picked jhama brick chips including breaking of
chips, screening, mixing, laying, compacting to required level and
curing for at least 7 days including the supply of water, electricity,
costs of tools & plants and other charges etc. all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD
03.4]
5.03.02.1 Lean / blinding concrete in foundation (1:3:6) with cement, brick chips cum 7,833.00 7,817.00 7,586.00 7,652.00
and sand of F.M. 1.2 [PWD 03.4.1]
5.03.02.2 Lean / blinding concrete in floor (1:3:6) with cement, brick chips and cum 7,729.00 7,714.00 7,475.00 7,541.00
sand of F.M. 1.2 [PWD 03.4.2]
5.03.03 Mass concrete (1:2:4) in foundation or in floor with cement, sand
(F.M. 1.2) and picked jhama brick chips including breaking of chips,
screening, mixing, laying, compacting to required level and curing for
at least 7 days including the supply of water, electricity, costs of tools
& plants and other charges etc. all complete and accepted by
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD 03.5]
5.03.03.1 Mass concrete in foundation (1:2:4) with brick chips and local sand of cum 8,886.00 8,870.00 8,639.00 8,706.00
F.M. 1.2. [PWD 03.5.1]
5.03.03.2 Mass concrete in floor (1:2:4) with brick chips and local sand of F.M. cum 8,840.00 8,826.00 8,589.00 8,656.00
1.2. [PWD 03.5.2]
5.03.04 Damp proof course (DPC) (1:1.5:3) of cement concrete with cement,
sand and picked jhama brick chips or stone chips including breaking
of chips, screening, centering, shuttering, casting, curing and
finishing with a coat of bitumen including the supply of water,
electricity, costs of tools & plants and other charges etc. all complete
and accepted by Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD
03.6]
5.03.04.1 75 mm thick damp proof course (1:1.5:3) with cement, Sylhet sand sqm 1,528.00 1,525.00 1,452.00 1,466.00
(F.M. 2.2) and stone chips. [PWD 03.6.1]
5.03.04.2 150 mm thick damp proof course (1:1.5:3) with cement, Sylhet sand cum 15,629.00 15,627.00 14,939.00 15,122.00
(F.M. 2.2), stone chips and water-proofing admixture/agent approved
by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 03.6.2]
5.03.05 Supplying and laying of single layer polythene sheet weighing one sqm 47.00 47.00 46.00 46.00
kilogram per 6.5 square meter in floor or any where below cement
concrete complete in all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 03.7]
Page 140
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section 04: Brick Works, Fancy Screen Block Works
5.04.01 Brick works with first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar cum 7,529.00 7,501.00 7,181.00 7,276.00
(1:6) in foundation and plinth, filling the joints/interstices fully with
mortar, racking out the joints, cleaning and soaking the bricks at least
for 24 hours before use and curing at least for 7 days etc. all
complete including cost of water, electricity and other charges and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD
04.1)
5.04.02 Brick works of width one brick or one and a half brick length of first cum 8,174.00 8,136.00 7,776.00 7,872.00
class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:6) in
superstructure including raking out joints, filling the interstices with
mortar, cleaning and soaking the bricks at least for 24 hours before
use and washing of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at least for 7
days etc. all complete (measurement to given as 250 mm width for
one brick length and 375 mm for one brick and a half brick length)
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In
ground floor (PWD 04.2)
5.04.03 Brick works with first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar cum 8,419.00 8,383.00 8,027.00 8,122.00
(1:4) in exterior walls including filling the interstices with mortar,
raking out joints, cleaning and socking the bricks at least for 24 hours
before use and washing of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at
least for 7 days etc. all complete including cost of water, electricity
and other charges (measurement to given as 250 mm width for one
brick length and 375 mm for one brick and a half brick length)
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In
5.04.04 Exposed brick works (for exterior wall without outside plaster) with cum 9,197.00 9,159.00 8,766.00 8,871.00
special quality sorted out first class bricks, very carefully laid in
cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) in superstructure with uniform
width and depth of joints, true to vertical and horizontal lines
including raking out joints, scaffolding, soaking the bricks at least for
24 hours before use, washing and screening of sand, curing at least
for 7 days and high class flush pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
mortar (1:1) including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc
all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-
II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.4)
5.04.05 Exposed brick works (for exterior wall without outside plaster) with cum 9,436.00 9,397.00 9,214.00 9,214.00
automatic machine made first class bricks, very carefully laid in
including raking out joints, scaffolding, soaking the bricks at least for
24 hours before use, washing and screening of sand, curing at least
for 7 days and high class flush pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
mortar (1:1) including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc
5.04.06 Brick works with 10 holes machine made bricks of approved size cum 13,440.00 13,401.00 13,218.00 13,218.00
(241 mm x 114 mm x 70 mm) having uniform colour carefully laid in
including raking out joints, filling the interstices with mortar, cleaning
and soaking bricks at least for 24 hours before use and washing and
screening of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at least for 7 days
and pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) including cost
of water, electricity and other charges etc. complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD
BW 04.6)
Page 141
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.04.07 Brick work with 241 mm x 114 mm x 70 mm size machine made solid cum 10,782.00 10,746.00 10,569.00 10,569.00
klinker facing bricks having uniform colour carefully laid in cement
sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) in superstructure with uniform width and
depth of joints, true to vertical and horizontal lines including raking
out joints, filling the interstices with mortar, cleaning and soaking
bricks at least for 24 hours before use and washing and screening of
sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at least for 7 days and pointing
with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) including cost of water,
electricity and other charges etc. complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD
04.7)
5.04.08 Brick works with 241 mm x 114 mm x 70 mm size 10 hole machine cum 13,195.00 13,163.00 13,001.00 13,001.00
made rock-face or textured klinker facing bricks having uniform
colour carefully laid in cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) in
superstructure with uniform width and depth of joints, true to vertical
and horizontal lines including raking out joints, filling the interstices
with mortar, cleaning and soaking bricks at least for 24 hours before
use and washing and screening of sand, necessary scaffolding,
curing at least for 7 days and pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
mortar (1:2) including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc.
5.04.09 Brick works with 241 mm x 114 mm x 70 mm size 3 hole machine cum 15,165.00 15,123.00 14,964.00 14,967.00
made reinforced klinker facing bricks having uniform colour carefully
laid in cement sand (F.M.1.2) mortar (1:4) in superstructure with
uniform width and depth of joints, true to vertical and horizontal lines
including raking out joints, filling the interstices with mortar, cleaning
and soaking bricks at least for 24 hours before use and washing and
screening of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at least for 7 days
and pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) including cost
of water, electricity and other charges etc. all complete and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor
(PWD 04.9)
5.04.10 Added cost for each additional floor above ground floor for brick cum 179.00 175.00 162.00 162.00
works (item No.- 5.04.01 to 5.04.09) (PWD 04.10)
5.04.11 Added cost for brick-work for each additional meter (or part of meter) cum 226.00 224.00 212.00 212.00
free height of brick wall beyond 4 m from the respective floor in
auditorium, go-down, overhead water tank etc. as description of the
item No. 4.2 to 4.9 including cost of water, electricity and other
charges etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Added cost shall be incorporated in the estimate only when both
sides of wall is uninterruptedly free beyond 4.0 meter) (PWD 04.11)
5.04.12 Providing brick works for 200 mm x 100 mm facing in superstructure sqm 2,004.00 1,997.00 1,953.00 1,953.00
with 200 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm machine made klinker hard pressed
facing bricks of approved quality with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar
(1:4), including racking out joints, cutting the bricks to required size
wherever necessary including high class recessed pointing, cleaning
and soaking the bricks at least for 24 hours before use and washing
and screening of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at least for 7
days for all floors up to 4th floor including cost of water, electricity
and other charges etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (100x200 mm face should be placed for facing). (Cement:
CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.12)
5.04.13 Providing brick works for 200 mm x 50 mm facing in superstructure sqm 2,899.00 2,892.00 2,848.00 2,848.00
with 200 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm machine made hard pressed klinker
facing red or maroon strips of approved quality with 20 mm thick
cement sand (F.M.1.2) mortar (1:4), 10 mm thick cement mortar in
adjacent sides including racking out joints and cutting the bricks to
required sizes wherever necessary with high class recessed pointing,
cleaning and soaking the bricks for at least 24 hours before use and
washing of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing at least for 7 days for
all floors up to 4th floor including cost of water, electricity and other
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.13)
Page 142
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.04.14 Providing clay wall tile facing strips (water absorption ratio below
4.5%) in superstructure with machine made hard pressed klinker
facing strips of approved quality with 20 mm thick cement sand
(F.M.1.2) mortar (1:3) in adjacent side wall, column, drop wall etc.
and racking out joints, cutting to required sizes wherever necessary
with high class recessed pointing, cleaning and soaking at least for
24 hours before use washing and screening of sand and necessary
scaffoldings, curing at least 7 days including cost of water, electricity
and other charges etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor.(PWD 04.14)
5.04.14.1 With 200 mm x 62 mm x 16.51 mm red strip (PWD 04.14.1) sqm 2,627.00 2,619.00 2,574.00 2,574.00
5.04.14.2 With 200 mm x 62 mm x 12.7 mm beige strip (PWD 04.14.2) sqm 2,869.00 2,861.00 2,816.00 2,816.00
5.04.15 125 mm brick work with first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) sqm 1,160.00 1,155.00 1,103.00 1,116.00
mortar (1:6) and making bond with connected walls including
necessary scaffolding, raking out joints, cleaning and soaking the
bricks for at least 24 hours before use and washing of sand, curing at
least for 7 days in all floors including cost of water, electricity and
other charges etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD BW 04.15)
5.04.16 125 mm brick works with first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. sqm 1,185.00 1,180.00 1,129.00 1,142.00
1.2) mortar (1:4) and making bond with connected walls including
necessary scaffolding, raking out joints, cleaning and soaking the
bricks for at least 24 hours before use and washing of sand, curing at
least for 7 days in all floors including cost of water, electricity and
charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.16)
5.04.17 Exposed 125 mm thick pointing ornamental brick work with sorted sqm 1,449.00 1,443.00 1,379.00 1,394.00
out first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) and
making bond with connected walls including necessary scaffolding,
raking out joints, cleaning and soaking the bricks for at least 24 hours
before use and washing of sand, curing at least for 7 days in all floors
including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. all complete
5.04.18 Exposed 125 mm thick pointing ornamental brick work with automatic sqm 1,448.00 1,441.00 1,405.00 1,405.00
machine made first class bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar
(1:4) and making bond with connected walls including necessary
scaffolding, raking out joints, cleaning and soaking the bricks for at
least 24 hours before use and washing of sand, curing at least for 7
days in all floors including cost of water, electricity and other charges
etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement:
CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.18)
5.04.19 Providing 125 mm thick brick work in superstructure (partition walls) sqm 1,890.00 1,885.00 1,855.00 1,855.00
with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) with 10 hole machine made
ceramic bricks of approved size having uniform colour, carefully laid
in cement mortar of uniform width & depth of joints, true to vertical
and horizontal lines including racking out joints, filling the interstices
with same mortar, making bond with connected walls, cleaning,
soaking brick at least 24 hours and washing of sand, curing 7 days in
all floors, including cost of water, electricity and other charges
Page 143
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.04.20 Fancy screen work with different size hollow machine made design
blocks of uniform colour, carefully laid in cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
mortar (1:3) in all floors in wall with uniform mortar joints, true to
vertical and horizontal line including racking out joints, cleaning and
soaking the blocks for minimum 24 hours before use including
washing and screening of sand, scaffolding, curing etc. complete in
all respect including supply of all necessary materials, cost of water,
electricity and other charges accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD 04.20)
5.04.20.1 With design block size: 114 mm x 114 mm x 114 mm or equivalent sqm 4,556.00 4,545.00 4,490.00 4,490.00
volume & design. In ground floor (PWD 04.20.1)
volume & design. In ground floor (PWD 04.20.2)
5.04.20.3 With design block size: 152 mm x 152 mm x 102 mm or 152 mm x sqm 3,008.00 2,997.00 2,946.00 2,946.00
152 mm x 114 mm or equivalent volume and design. In ground floor
(PWD 04.20.3)
volume and design. In ground floor (PWD 04.20.4)
5.04.21 Added cost for each additional floor above ground floor for brick and sqm 29.00 29.00 26.00 26.00
screen block works (item No.- 4.12 to 4.20) [PWD 04.21]
5.04.22 Klinker paving brick works in floor or pavement with machine made
pressed bricks of approved quality with cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
mortar (1:4) on minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar
(1:4) including raking out joints, cutting the bricks to required size,
soaking the same for 24 hours before use wherever necessary
including high class flush pointing in cement mortar (1:2), cleaning,
curing at least for 7 days etc. including washing and screening of
sand, cost of water, electricity and other charges complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD
04.22)
5.04.22.1 100 mm thick flat brick pavement with 200 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm sqm 3,131.00 3,119.00 3,073.00 3,073.00
size klinker facing bricks. (PWD 04.22.1)
5.04.22.2 50 mm thick brick on edge pavement with 200 mm x 100 mm x 50 sqm 1,908.00 1,897.00 1,860.00 1,860.00
mm klinker paving bricks in 1:4 cement sand mortar having 200 mm x
100 mm face at top (PWD 04.22.2).
5.04.22.3 50 mm thick brick pavement with 200 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm klinker sqm 2,823.00 2,812.00 2,770.00 2,770.00
facing bricks. (PWD 04.22.3)
5.04.23 125 mm thick brick pavement or flooring with first class brick on edge sqm 1,397.00 1,387.00 1,324.00 1,337.00
with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) on minimum 12 mm thick
cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) including cutting the bricks as
per requirement, cleaning and racking out joints, finishing with flush
pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) and curing for at
least 7 days etc. including cost of water, washing and screening of
sand (F.M. 1.2), electricity and other charges complete and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD 04.23)
5.04.24 125 mm thick brick pavement/flooring with 10 hole machine made sqm 2,041.00 2,031.00 1,993.00 1,993.00
ceramic bricks with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) on minimum
12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) including cutting the
bricks as per requirement, cleaning and racking out joints, finishing
with flush pointing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) and
curing for at least 7 days etc. including cost of water, washing and
screening of sand (F.M. 1.2), electricity and other charges etc. all
II/B-M) (PWD 04.24)
Page 144
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.04.25 75 mm thick cement concrete (1:3:6) flooring with cement, best sqm 585.00 585.00 566.00 571.00
quality coarse sand and 19 mm down graded picked jhama brick
chips including breaking of chips, screening, mixing, laying,
compacting, washing and screening of sand (F.M 1.2) and curing at
least for 7 days etc. including cost of water, electricity and other
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD 04.25)
5.04.26 Supplying, fitting and fixing of approved quality 190 mm x 190 mm sqm 16,383.00 16,381.00 16,243.00 16,243.00
size glass bricks in round stair wall including all accessories &
charges, complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 22.21]
5.04.27 Supplying, fitting & fixing 50 mm thick rock or glass wool padding of sqm 4,352.00 4,328.00 4,292.00 4,292.00
approved quality and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD
22.22]
Section 05: Reinforced Cement Concrete (Rcc) Works With Shutter
5.05.01 RCC WORKS: 1:2:4 (measured on gross concrete section) (f'c = 19
MPa, minimum f'cr = 26 MPa in nominal mix 1:2:4), with brick-chips
(Sand of F.M. 1.2 and F.M. 2.2 in equal proportion) Reinforced
cement concrete works with minimum cement content relates to mix
ratio 1:2:4 having maximum water cement ratio = 0.45 and minimum
f'cr = 26 MPa, satisfying a specified compressive strength f'c= 19
MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of
Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM, cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-
I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I, best quality sand [50%
quantity of best local sand (F.M. 1.2) and 50% quantity of Sylhet
sand or coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2] and 20 mm down well
graded picked jhama brick chips conforming to ASTM C-33 including
conducting necessary tests, breaking chips and screening, making
and placing shutter in position maintaining true to plumb, making
shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position; mixing
in standard mixer machine with hopper fed by standard measuring
boxes, casting in forms, compacting by vibrator machine and curing
at least for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering after specified
time approved; including cost of water, electricity, other charges etc.
all complete, approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Rate is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of reinforcement and
its fabrication, placing, binding etc. and the cost of shuttering &
centering). (PWD 07.1)
5.05.01.01 Individual & combined footing, pile cap, raft/mat, floor slab and cum 8,673.00 8,643.00 8,449.00 8,521.00
foundation beam up to plinth level (PWD 07.1.1)
5.05.01.02 Pedestal, column, column capital, lift wall and wall up to ground floor cum 9,032.00 8,996.00 8,781.00 8,853.00
(PWD 07.1.2)
5.05.01.03 Floor / roof slab, T-beam, L-beam and rectangular beam, tie beam, cum 8,817.00 8,784.00 8,582.00 8,654.00
lintel, stair case slab and step etc. up to ground floor (PWD 07.1.3)
5.05.01.04 Cornice, railing, drop wall, louver, fins, sunshade, false ceiling, waffle cum 9,391.00 9,350.00 9,113.00 9,185.00
and ribbed floor slab etc. up to ground floor (PWD 07.1.4)
Page 145
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.02 RCC WORKS: 1:2:4 (measured on gross concrete section) (f 'c = 22
MPa, minimum f 'cr = 30.5 MPa in nominal mix 1:2:4), with stone
chips (100% sand of F.M. 2.2 )Reinforced cement concrete works
with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2:4 having
maximum water cement ratio = 0.40 and minimum f'cr = 30.5 MPa,
satisfying a specified compressive strength f'c = 22 MPa at 28 days
on standard cylinders as per standard practice of Code
ACI/BNBC/ASTM, cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I,
52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I, best quality Sylhet sand
or coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 20 mm down well graded
stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33 (Aggregate grading as per
table shown in technical specification), conducting necessary tests,
making and placing shutter in position maintaining true to plumb,
making shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position;
mixing in standard mixer machine with hopper fed by standard
measuring boxes, casting in forms, compacting by vibrator machine
and curing at least for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering after
specified time approved; including cost of water, electricity,other
charges etc. all complete, approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Rate is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding etc. and the cost of
shuttering & centering) (PWD 07.2.)
5.05.02.02 Pedestals, column, column capital, lift wall and RCC wall up to cum 13,863.00 14,023.00 12,671.00 13,056.00
ground floor (PWD 07.2.2)
lintel, stair case slab and steps etc. up to ground floor (PWD 07.2.3)
5.05.03 RCC WORKS: 1:1.5:3( measured on gross concrete section)(f'c =
25MPa, minimum f'cr = 33.5 MPa in nominal mix 1 : 1.5 : 3), with
stone chips (100% sand of F.M. 2.2)Reinforced cement concrete
works with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3
having maximum water cement ratio = 0.40 and minimum f'cr = 33.5
MPa, satisfying a specified compressive strength f’c = 25 MPa at 28
ACI/BNBC/ASTM, Cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I,
52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I, best quality Sylhet sand
or coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 20 mm down well graded
table shown in technical specification), conducting necessary tests,
making and placing shutter in position and maintaining true to plumb,
making shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position;
mixing with standard mixer machine with hopper, fed by standard
specified time approved; including cost of water, electricity, other
shuttering & centering) (PWD 07.3)
5.05.03.02 Pedestals, column, column capital, lift wall and RCC wall up to cum 14,201.00 14,353.00 13,060.00 13,427.00
lintel, stair case slab and steps etc. upto ground floor (PWD 07.3.3)
and ribbed floor slab etc. up to ground floor (PWD 073.4)
Page 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.04 RCC WORKS : 1:1.25:2.5 ( measured on gross concrete section)(f'c
= 32 MPa, minimum f'cr = 40.5 MPa in nominal mix 1 : 1.25 :
2.5)With Stone Chips and Admixture (Type-G) (100% sand of F.M.
2.2)Reinforced cement concrete works with minimum cement
content relates to mix ratio 1:1.25:2.5 having maximum water cement
ratio = 0.40 and minimum f'cr = 40.5 MPa, satisfying a specified
compressive strength f’c = 32 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders
as per standard practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM, Cement
conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa)/ ASTM-C
150 Type – I, and adding approved high range water reducing
admixture of complying specific type (generally be Type-G) under
ASTM-C 494, best quality coarse sand [Sylhet sand or coarse sand
of equivalent F.M. 2.2], 20 mm down well graded crushed stone
chips conforming to ASTM C-33 (Aggregate grading as per table
shown in technical specification), including conducting necessary
tests, screening sand through proper sieves, making and placing
shutter in position and maintaining true to plumb, making shutter
water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position; mixing with
standard mixer machine with hopper and fed by standard measuring
boxes, casting in forms, compacting by vibrator machine and curing
at least for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering after specified
time approved; including cost of water, electricity, other charges etc.
all complete, approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Doses of admixture to be fixed in consultation with design office)
(Rate is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of reinforcement and
its fabrication, placing, binding etc. and the cost of shuttering &
centering). (PWD 07.4)
5.05.04.02 Padestal, column, column capital, lift wall and RCC wall up to cum 14,503.00 14,648.00 13,399.00 13,753.00
5.05.05 RCC WORKS: 1:1:2 (measured on gross concrete section)(f'c = 40
MPa, minimum f'cr = 50 MPa in nominal mix 1 : 1 : 2) With stone
chips and admixture (Type-G)(100% sand of F.M. 2.2)Reinforced
cement concrete works with minimum cement content relates to mix
ratio 1:1:2 having minimum f'cr = 50 Mpa, satisfying a specified
compressive strength f’c = 40 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders
as per standard practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM, Cement
conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C
150 Type – I, and adding approved high range water reducing
admixture of complying specific type (generally be Type-G) under
ASTM-C 494, best quality coarse sand [Sylhet sand or coarse sand
of equivalent F.M. 2.2], 20 mm down well graded crushed stone
shown in technical specification), conducting necessary tests, making
and placing shutter in position and maintaining true to plumb, making
shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position; mixing
with standard mixer machine with hopper and fed by standard
specified time approved; including cost of water, electricity, other
charges etc. all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Doses of admixture to be fixed in consultation with design
office) (Rate is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of
shuttering & centering) (PWD 07.5)
5.05.05.01 Individual & combined footing, pile cap, raft/mat and foundation cum 14,624.00 14,768.00 13,599.00 13,935.00
beam up to plinth level (PWD 07.5.1)
5.05.05.02 Pedestal, column, column capital, lift wall and RCC wall upto ground cum 14,984.00 15,121.00 13,931.00 14,267.00
floor (PWD 07.5.2)
Page 147
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.06 Fair-faced RCC WORKS: 1:1.5:3 (measured on gross concrete
section)(f'c = 25 MPa, minimum f'cr = 33.5 MPa in nominal mix
1:1.5:3)(100% sand of F.M. 2.2) Cast-in-place fair-faced concrete
works with f'cr=33.5 Mpa and f'c=25 Mpa at 28 days on standard
cylinders by using 75% of OPC and 25% of white cement conforming
to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I,
best quality Sylhet sand or coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2, 20
mm down and well graded stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33
(Aggregate grading as per table shown in technical specification) at
mix ratio of 1:1.5:3, adding coloring pigment admixture (satisfying
ASTM C979) as per architectural design, conforming to the standard
practice of code ACI/BNBC/ASTM including conducting necessary
tests, screening sand and chips through proper sieves, washing,
making and placing shutter in position maintaining true to plumb,
making shutter water tight properly, placing reinforcement in position,
including pouring of concrete in form, compacting by vibrator
machine and curing at least for 28 days, removing centering-
shuttering after specified time approved; including cost of water,
electricity, other charges etc. all complete, approved and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding laboratory test fees, the
cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding etc. and the
cost of shuttering & centering) (PWD 07.6)
5.05.06.01 For column, wall, beam, slab, drop wall, cornice etc. up to ground cum 17,381.00 17,522.00 16,190.00 16,558.00
floor (PWD 07.6.1)
5.05.07.01 RCC WORKS: batch mix/machine mix with approved mix design, cum 14,992.00 15,158.00 13,923.00 14,290.00
well graded stone chips (100% sand of F.M. 2.2) and required
admixture :
Reinforced cement concrete works from batch mix/machine mix with
minimum cement content relates to approved mix ratio having
minimum f'cr = 33.5 MPa, satisfying a specified compressive strength
f’c = 25 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard
practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM,Cement conforming to BDS EN-
197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I,best quality
Sylhet sand or coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 20 mm down
wellgraded stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33 (Aggregate
grading as per table shown in technical specification), High-range
water reducing chemical admixture Type-G under ASTM C494
(Doses to be applied as per Manufacturer's Guideline), conducting
necessary tests, making and placing shutter in position and
maintaining true to plumb, making shutter water-tight properly,
placing reinforcement in position; using machine batched and
machine mixed concrete using cement content as per approved
design mix (minimum 385 kg/ cum), including pumping of concrete
using line pump or boom placer to site of laying, maintaining
allowable slump of 100mm to150mm, casting in forms, compacting
by vibrator machine and curing at least for 28 days, removing
centering-shuttering after specified time approved; including cost of
water, electricity, cost of all materials and other charges etc. all
complete, approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate
is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of reinforcement and its
fabrication, placing, binding etc. and the cost of shuttering &
centering). (Foundation to 4th
floor) Note: The mix design
shall be done from PWD testing laboratory or other recognized
laboratories and be consulted with concerned design office. (PWD
07.7.1)
Page 148
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.07.02 Reinforced cement concrete works from batch mix/machine mix with cum 15,372.00 15,532.00 14,341.00 14,695.00
f’c =32 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard
(Doses to be applied as per Manufacturer's Guideline) making and
placing shutter in position and maintaining true to plumb, making
shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position; using
machine batched and machine mixed concrete using cement content
as per approved design mix (minimum 445 kg/ cum), including
pumping of concrete using line pump or boom placer to site of laying,
maintaining allowable slump of 100mm to150mm, casting in forms,
compacting by vibrator machine and curing at least for 28 days,
removing centering-shuttering after specified time approved;
including cost of water, electricity,cost of all materials and other
shuttering & centering). (Foundation to 4th
07.7.2)
minimum f'cr = 50 MPa, satisfying a specified compressive strength f’
c =40 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice
of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM,Cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-
CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I,best quality Sylhet
sand or coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 20 mm down
water reducing chemical admixture Type-G under ASTM
C494(Doses to be applied as per Manufacturer's Guideline),
conducting necessary tests, making and placing shutter in position
and maintaining true to plumb, making shutter water-tight properly,
design mix (minimum 500 kg/ cum), including pumping of concrete
using line pump or boom placer to site of laying, maintaining
allowable slump of 100mm to150mm, casting in forms, compacting
by vibrator machine and curing at least for 28 days, removing
centering-shuttering after specified time approved; including cost of
water, electricity, cost of all materials and other charges etc. all
complete, approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate
is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of reinforcement and its
07.7.3)
Page 149
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
c =50 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice
of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM,Cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-
CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I,best quality Sylhet
(Doses to be applied as per Manufacturer's Guideline), conducting
necessary tests, making and placing shutter in position and
machine mixed concrete using cement content (minimum 500 kg/
cum) and micro silica (minimum 25 kg/ cum) as per approved design
mix, including pumping of concrete using line pump or boom placer
to site of laying, maintaining allowable slump of 100mm to150mm,
casting in forms, compacting by vibrator machine and curing at least
for 28 days, removing centering-shuttering after specified time
approved; including cost of water, electricity, cost of all materials and
other charges etc. all complete, approved and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding laboratory test fees, the cost
of reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding etc. and the cost
of shuttering & centering). (Foundation to 4th floor)
Note: The mix design shall be done from PWD testing laboratory or
other recognized laboratories and be consulted with concerned
design office. (PWD 07.7.4)
5.05.08.01 RCC WORKS: from Ready-Mix Concrete plant with approved mix cum 14,267.00 14,434.00 13,199.00 13,566.00
design, well graded stone chips (100% sand of F.M. 2.2) and
required admixture
: Reinforced
cement concrete works from Ready-Mix concrete with minimum
cement content relates to approved mix ratio having minimum f'cr =
33.5 MPa, satisfying a specified compressive strength f’c = 25 MPa
at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of Code
ACI/BNBC/ASTM,Cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I,
52.5N (52.5 MPa) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I,best quality Sylhet sand or
coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 20 mm down wellgraded
table shown in apppendix), High-range water reducing chemical
admixture Type-G under ASTM C494(Doses to be applied as per
Manufacturer's Guideline) making and placing shutter in position and
design mix (minimum 385 kg/ cum), carrying to the site of laying
using Transit Mixer (considering setting time of concrete from plant to
the site), including pumping of concrete using line pump or boom
placer to site of laying, maintaining allowable slump of 100mm
to150mm (measured at site), casting in forms, compacting by vibrator
electricity, cost of all materials and other charges etc. all complete,
approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding laboratory test fees, the cost of reinforcement and its
07.8.1
Page 150
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.08.02 Reinforced cement concrete works from Ready-Mix concrete with cum 14,647.00 14,808.00 13,617.00 13,971.00
f’c = 32 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard
07.8.2)
c = 40 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard
C494(Doses to be applied as per Manufacturer's Guideline) making
and placing shutter in position and maintaining true to plumb, making
shutter water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position; using
machine batched and machine mixed concrete using cement content
as per approved design mix (minimum 500 kg/ cum), carrying to the
site of laying using Transit Mixer (considering setting time of concrete
from plant to the site), including pumping of concrete using line pump
or boom placer to site of laying, maintaining allowable slump of
100mm to150mm (measured at site), casting in forms, compacting by
vibrator machine and curing at least for 28 days, removing centering-
07.8.3)
Page 151
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
c = 50 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard
machine mixed concrete using cement content (minimum 500 kg/
cum) and micro silica (minimum 25 kg/ cum) as per approved design
mix, carrying to the site of laying using Transit Mixer (considering
setting time of concrete from plant to the site), including pumping of
concrete using line pump or boom placer to site of laying, maintaining
allowable slump of 100mm to150mm (measured at site), casting in
forms, compacting by vibrator machine and curing at least for 28
days, removing centering-shuttering after specified time approved;
including cost of water, electricity, cost of all materials and other
shuttering & centering). (Foundation to 4th floor) Note: The mix
design shall be done from PWD testing laboratory or other
recognized laboratories and be consulted with concerned design
office. (PWD 07.8.4)
5.05.08.05 Reinforced cement concrete works for thick mat foundation from cum 14,234.00 14,397.00 13,189.00 13,548.00
Ready-Mix concrete with minimum cement content relates to
approved mix ratio having minimum f'cr = 33.5 MPa, satisfying a
specified compressive strength f’c = 25 MPa at 28 days on standard
cylinders as per standard practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM,Cement
conforming to CEM-II/B-M 42.5N (42.5MPa), best quality Sylhet
electricity,cost of all materials and other charges etc. all complete,
centering). (Foundation: MAT)
Page 152
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.08.06 Reinforced cement concrete works for thick mat foundation from cum 14,603.00 14,759.00 13,597.00 13,943.00
Ready-Mix concrete with minimum cement content relates to
approved mix ratio having minimum f'cr = 40.5 MPa, satisfying a
specified compressive strength f’c = 32 MPa at 28 days on standard
cylinders as per standard practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM,Cement
conforming to CEM-II/B-M 42.5N (42.5MPa), best quality Sylhet
centering). (Foundation: MAT)
5.05.09 RCC WORKS : 1:1.25:2.5 ( measured on gross concrete section)(f'c
= 30 MPa, minimum f'cr = 38.5 MPa in nominal mix 1 : 1.25 : 2.5)
With Stone Chips and Admixture (100% sand of F.M. 2.2) For Saline
Zone :Reinforced cement concrete works with minimum cement
content relates to mix ratio 1:1.25:2.5 having minimum f'cr = 38.5
MPa, satisfying a specified compressive strength f’c = 30 MPa at 28
ACI/BNBC/ASTM, Cement conforming to CEM-II/B-M 42.5N
(42.5MPa), and adding approved high range water reducing
admixture of complying specific type (generally be Type-G or F)
under ASTM-C 494, best quality coarse sand [Sylhet sand or coarse
sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2], 20 mm down well graded crushed stone
shown in technical specification), including conducting necessary
tests, screening sand through proper sieves, making and placing
shutter in position and maintaining true to plumb, making shutter
water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position; mixing with
standard mixer machine with hopper and fed by standard measuring
boxes or in batching plant, casting in forms, compacting by vibrator
electricity, other charges etc. all complete, approved and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Doses of admixture to be fixed in
consultation with design office) (Rate is excluding laboratory test
fees, the cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, placing, binding
etc. and the cost of shuttering & centering) (PWD 07.9)
5.05.09.02 Padestal, column, column capital, lift wall and RCC wall up to cum 15,174.00 15,320.00 14,071.00 14,425.00
Page 153
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.10.01 Added rate for RCC works/fair-faced concrete works (materials, cum 340.00 335.00 312.00 312.00
consumables and laying/placing concrete) in column, column capital,
lift wall & wall, T- beam, L-beam, rectangular beams, floor / roof slab,
cantilever slab, waffle slab and drop panels where the free height of
the structure exceeds 4 meter (rate is considered for each additional
meter height) (PWD 07.10)
5.05.10.02 Added rate for RCC work/fair-faced work in additional floor: concrete cum 93.00 93.00 93.00 93.00
(PWD 07.11.1)
5.05.10.03 Added rate for RCC work in additional floor: concrete (concrete from
batching or Ready-Mix Plant) (PWD 07.11.2)
5.05.10.04 Add for each cum of concrete from 5th floor to 14th floor: (PWD cum 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00
07.11.2.1)
5.05.10.05 Add for each cum of concrete above 15th floor:(PWD 07.11.2.2) cum 47.00 47.00 47.00 47.00
5.05.11 FORM WORK (Steel) :Centering and shuttering, including strutting,
propping etc. (The formwork must be rigid enough both in and out of
plane, to make the concrete surface true to the designed shape and
size by using necessary MS sheets of minimum 16 BWG, angles of
minimum size 40 mm x 40 mm x 5 mm, flat bars etc.) and removal of
form for: (PWD 07.12)
5.05.11.01 Individual and combined footing (PWD 07.12.1) sqm 582.00 579.00 568.00 568.00
5.05.11.02 In raft/mat/floor slab up to plinth level (PWD 07.12.2) sqm 587.00 584.00 571.00 571.00
5.05.11.03 Foundation beam (PWD 07.12.3) sqm 493.00 492.00 486.00 486.00
5.05.11.04 Pedestal, column, column capital, lift wall and wall up to ground floor sqm 522.00 521.00 517.00 517.00
(PWD 07.12.4)
5.05.11.05 Tie beam and lintel: ground floor (PWD 07.12.5) sqm 543.00 541.00 535.00 535.00
5.05.11.06 T-beam, L-beam and rectangular beam etc up to ground floor (PWD sqm 574.00 573.00 569.00 569.00
07.12.6)
5.05.11.07 Floor and roof slab up to ground floor (PWD 07.12.7) sqm 597.00 596.00 590.00 590.00
5.05.11.08 Cornice, railing, drop walls, louver, fins etc.: ground floor (PWD sqm 487.00 486.00 479.00 479.00
.07.12.8)
5.05.11.09 Sunshade, false ceiling: ground floor (PWD 07.12.9) sqm 541.00 540.00 534.00 534.00
5.05.11.10 Stair case slab and steps up to ground floor (PWD 07.12.10) sqm 551.00 550.00 546.00 546.00
5.05.11.11 Waffle or ribbed floor upto ground floor (PWD 07.12.11) sqm 720.00 719.00 713.00 713.00
5.05.11.12 Arches, domes, vaults up to 8m span (for single use) (PWD sqm 2,145.00 2,144.00 2,139.00 2,139.00
07.12.12.1)
5.05.11.13 Arches, domes, vaults up to 8 m span (for 2-times use) (PWD sqm 1,501.00 1,501.00 1,498.00 1,498.00
07.12.12.2)
5.05.11.14 Arches, domes, vaults up to 8 m span (for 3-times use) (PWD sqm 1,073.00 1,072.00 1,070.00 1,070.00
07.12.12.3)
5.05.11.15 Arches, domes, vaults up to 8 m span (for more than 3-times use) sqm 751.00 751.00 749.00 749.00
(PWD 07.12.12.4)
5.05.11.16 Added rate for arches, domes, vaults exceeding 8 m span (PWD sqm 537.00 536.00 535.00 535.00
07.13)
5.05.11.17 Added rate for shuttering in circular work (PWD 07.14) sqm 115.00 115.00 114.00 114.00
5.05.11.18 Added rate for additional height in centering, shuttering where ever sqm 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00
required with adequate bracing, propping etc. over a height of 4.0 m,
for every additional height of 1 meter or part thereof. (PWD 07.15)
5.05.11.19 Added rate for formwork/shuttering in additional floor (PWD 07.16) sqm 18.00 18.00 16.00 16.00
5.05.12.01 Formwork for making ‘fair-faced’ surface of the concrete as per sqm 1,110.00 1,108.00 1,104.00 1,104.00
design, drawing and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (The formwork
must be rigid enough both in and out of plane, to make the concrete
surface true to the designed shape and size by using necessary MS
sheets of minimum 10 BWG, angles of minimum size 50 mm x 50
mm x 6 mm, flat bars, formwork releasing agent etc.) (PWD 07.17)
Page 154
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.13 FORMWORK (Wooden) for boundary wall, gate, centry post etc.
Centering and shuttering, including strutting, propping etc. and
removal of form for: (PWD 07.18)
5.05.13.01 Individual and combined footings (PWD 07.18.1) sqm 523.00 520.00 502.00 502.00
5.05.13.02 Foundation beam (PWD 07.18.2) sqm 475.00 474.00 458.00 458.00
5.05.13.03 Padestals, column, wall (PWD 07.18.3) sqm 526.00 525.00 508.00 508.00
5.05.13.04 Tie beam & lintels (PWD 07.18.4) sqm 521.00 520.00 502.00 502.00
5.05.13.05 T-beam, L-beam and rectangular beam (PWD 07.18.5) sqm 508.00 507.00 490.00 490.00
5.05.13.06 Floor & roof slab (PWD 07.18.6) sqm 561.00 557.00 552.00 552.00
5.05.13.07 Cornice, railing, drop wall, louver, fins etc. (PWD 07.18.7) sqm 459.00 458.00 445.00 445.00
5.05.13.08 Sunshade, false ceiling (PWD 07.18.9) sqm 471.00 471.00 459.00 459.00
5.05.13.09 Stair case slab and steps (PWD 07.18.9) sqm 457.00 457.00 445.00 445.00
5.05.14 Supply and use of specified type chemical admixture delivered from
an authorized local agent or manufacturer, complying with the ASTM
C-494 requirements; conforming the current compliance of the
admixture to specification requirements like physical properties,
uniformity and equivalence in composition etc.; performance (water
content, fresh concrete setting time and compressive strength)
requirements, delivered in sealed water-tight containers confirming
plainly marked product name & type under this specification, net
weight and /or volume, manufacturing and expiry date, non
aggressiveness to environment, aggregates and metals in concrete
etc. and mixing the admixture in non pre-stressed cement concrete
mixture in the field in accordance with manufacturers
contractor and approved by the Engineer. (Use of admixture is
subjected to prior approval of design office) (PWD .07.19)
5.05.14.01 Supply and use of water reducing chemical admixture in concrete, liter 205.00 204.00 203.00 203.00
complying ASTM C-494 Type – A of approved brand / origin /
manufacturer and supplied by only manufacturer's authorised dealer
with certificate of origin. The admixture is to reduce quantity of mixing
water required for normal workability and to maintain low water-
cement (W/C) ratio, for improved concrete quality assurance. (PWD
07.19.1)
5.05.14.02 Supply and use of retarding chemical admixture in concrete, liter 209.00 209.00 209.00 209.00
complying ASTM C-494 Type - B of approved
etc.(PWD 07.19.2)
5.05.14.03 Supply and use of accelerating chemical admixture in concrete, liter 147.00 147.00 147.00 147.00
complying ASTM C-494 Type - C of approved
accelerate the setting time and early strength gain of concrete. (PWD
07.19.3)
Page 155
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.14.04 Supply and use of water-reducing and retarding chemical admixture liter 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - D of approved
consistency, i.e. low water-cement (W/C) ratio and intend to retard
setting time of concrete, specially for layered, thick laid concrete etc.
(PWD 07.19.4)
5.05.14.05 Supply and use of water-reducing and accelerating chemical liter 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00
admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - E of approved
consistency, i.e. low water-cement (W/C) ratio and intend to
accelerate setting time of concrete, and early strength gain in
concrete etc. (PWD 07.19.5)
5.05.14.06 Supply and use of water-reducing high range chemical admixture in liter 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - F of approved
concrete) and for higher strength of concrete. (PWD 07.19.6)
5.05.14.07 Supply and use of water-reducing high range and retarding chemical liter 202.00 202.00 202.00 202.00
admixture in concrete, complying ASTM C-494 Type - G of approved
concrete) and for higher strength of concrete and intend to retard
setting time of concrete. (PWD 07.19.7)
5.05.14.08 Supply and use of best quality pliable, cold applied pre-formed self
adhesive rubberized/ bituminous water proofing membrane of
approved brand / origin / manufacturer from an authorized local
agent or manufacturer having minimum thickness 1.5 mm, lined with
2 ply cross laminated high density polyethylene film performances
and properties all conforming to ASTM standards and laying, placing,
fixing on made up firm and dry surfaces free from hollows, sharp
protrusions, contaminates etc. laid over-lap by at least 75 mm along
the edges and 125 mm at ends ensuring good initial bond with the
surfaces all complete under the strict accordance with the
manufacturer recommendations and instructions providing all safety
provisions in all respects and accepted by the Engineer. (supplied by
only manufacturer's authorised dealer with certificate of origin) under
following specification: Backing(HDPE) thickness minimum
0.10mmMembrane thickness minimum 1.40mmTotal
thickness minimum 1.50mmCold
flexibility greater than (-)200C: ASTM
D146Pliability: "No crack" tested in ASTM
D146Tensile strength (film only) min 3.50 MPa(35000kN/m2)
testing in ASTM D882Tensile strength (composite) at least
2.40 MPa or N/mm2Elongation (composite) min
300%Cycling over crack at (-) 320C No effect 100 cycles ASTM
C836-89aPuncture resistance greater than 240N
ASTM E 154-88Resistance to hydrostatic head at least 50m
ASTM D5385Tear resistance min 4.0 MPa
(N/mm2)Adhesion to primed concrete min 4.0 N/mm : ASTM
D1000Water vapor transmission Less than 0.10g/m2 per
hour : ASTM E96Water absorption in 24 hour Less than
0.33% ASTM D570Heat stability (+) 900CEnvironmental
complience to conform: ASTM D543 (PWD 07.20)
5.05.14.08.1 Water-proofing membrane on external surface of primed vertical or sqm 1,085.00 1,082.00 1,069.00 1,069.00
inclined wall /on plastered and primed back-wall and concrete cast
against membrane. (Excluding cost of back fill/brick wall on
back/plaster when membrane laid on back-wall and concrete cast
against membrane which to be paid as per corresponding items in
this schedule) (PWD 07.20.1)
Page 156
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.05.14.08.2 Water-proofing membrane on made up surface below the floor or sqm 895.00 893.00 886.00 886.00
below the horizontal surfaces with temporary protective cover using
polystyrene/38 mm thick sand-cement mortar in 4:1 /or by equally
effective alternative. (Rate is excluding the cost of protective cover
which to be paid as per corresponding items in this schedule) (PWD
07.20.2)
5.05.14.08.3 Water-proofing membrane on the floor or on the horizontal surfaces sqm 930.00 929.00 921.00 921.00
with permanent protective cover & wearing coarse. (Rate is excluding
the cost of protective cover and wearing coarse which to be paid as
per corresponding items in this schedule) (PWD 07.20.3)
5.05.14.09 Supply of polymer based curing compound as per ASTM C 309 or sqm 218.00 215.00 206.00 206.00
BS 7542-1992 standard and apply by stirring & spraying with
motorized sprayers over the surface of fresh concrete free from
surface water and avoiding bleeding of concrete maintaining the
spray nozzle approximately 450 mm away from the concrete surface
with passed back and forth to ensure complete coverage confirming
the pump pressure for fine spray and keeping the concrete surface
undisturbed until it has sufficient strength to bear surface loads [The
suitability of motorized sprayer should be ensured by an application
trial] ensuring adequate ventilation to avoid inhalation of vapors and
contact with skin and eyes all complete and accepted by Engineer-in-
charge. (PWD 07.21)
5.05.14.10 Supply of epoxy bonding agent following ASTM C881 / C881M - 14 sqm 1,088.00 1,083.00 1,068.00 1,068.00
or any international acceptable standard and apply over the old
concrete surface after making free of standing water, removal of dust,
laitance, grease, curing compounds, impregnations, waxes and any
other contaminants to achieve optimum bonding in between fresh
and old concrete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD
07.22)
5.05.14.11 Supply of best quality salt guard coating on concrete surface sqm 47.00 46.00 45.00 45.00
following ASTM B117 delivered from authorized local agent of the
manufacturer in a sealed container and apply by a firm experienced
in applying salt guard coating or workers trained and approved by
manufacturer to wall and ceiling in 2 coats elapsing specified time for
drying/ recoating including cleaning and sand papering making the
surface free from loose and efflorescence, flaky materials, dirt,
grease, wax, polish, scraping all chalked and scaled materials,
applying the paint by brush/spray following manufacturer's written
instructions and necessary scaffolding etc. all complete and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge (PWD 07.23)
5.05.14.12 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 0.45mm thick foreign made celulloid sqm 175.00 174.00 172.00 172.00
paper for fair face form works to add extra smoothness in surface
applying in shutter top with liquid glue etc of celluloid paper and other
materials, electricity, accessories, labour for installation, scaffolding,
screws, nails etc. all complete as per design, approved and accepted
by the engineer in charge. (PWD 07.24)
Section 06: M.S. Fabrication And Joints In Rc Works
5.06.01 Supplying, fabrication and fixing to detail as per design : ribbed or
deformed bar reinforcement (excluding laboratory test fees) for
Reinforced concrete, produced and marked in accordance with BDS
ISO 6935-2:2016 (or standard subsequently released from BSTI)
including straightening and cleaning rust, if any, bending and binding
in position with supply of G.I. wires,conducting necessary laboratory
tests etc. (excluding splices or laps) complete in all respect and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Measurement shall be
recorded only on standard mass per unit length of bars, while dia of
bars exceeds its standard) . (PWD 08.1)
Page 157
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.06.01.01 Grade 300 (B300DWR: complying BDS ISO 6935-2:2016 / ASTM kg 91.00 91.00 90.00 90.00
A615) ribbed or deformed bar produced and marked according to
Bangladesh standard, with minimum yield strength, fy (ReH)= 300
MPa but fy not exceeding 350 MPa and whatever is the actual yield
strength within allowable limit as per BNBC/ ACI 318, the ratio of
ultimate tensile strength fu to yield strength fy, shall be at least 1.25
and minimum elongation after fracture and minimum total elongation
at maximum force is 17% and 8% respectively : up to ground floor .
(PWD 08.1.11)
5.06.01.02 Grade 400 (B400DWR / B420DWR: complying BDS ISO 6935- kg 100.00 100.00 99.00 99.00
2:2016 / ASTM A615) ribbed or deformed bar produced and marked
according to Bangladesh standard, with minimum yield strength, fy
(ReH)= 400 MPa but fy not exceeding 480 MPa and whatever is the
actual yield strength within allowable limit as per BNBC/ ACI 318, the
ratio of ultimate tensile strength fu to yield strength fy, shall be at
least 1.25 and minimum elongation after fracture and minimum total
elongation at maximum force is 17% and 8% respectively : up to
ground floor. . (PWD 08.1.2)
5.06.01.03 Grade 500 (B500DWR: complying BDS ISO 6935-2:2016 / ASTM kg 95.00 95.00 94.00 94.00
A615) ribbed or deformed bar produced and marked according to
Bangladesh standard, with minimum yield strength, fy (ReH)= 500
MPa and whatever is the yield strength within allowable limit as per
BNBC/ ACI 318, the ratio of ultimate tensile strength fu to actual yield
strength fy, shall be at least 1.25 and minimum elongation after
fracture and minimum total elongation at maximum force is 17% and
8% respectively : up to ground floor.(To be used for pile work, earth
retaining wall, boundary wall, water reservoir & other structures as
per instruction of concerned design CHAPTER) . (PWD 08.1.3)
5.06.01.04 Added rate for M.S. Fabrication work in additional floor above ground kg 0.67 0.66 0.61 0.61
floor . (PWD 08.2)
5.06.02 Added rate for M.S. Fabrication work in additional floor above ground
floor Supplying and fixing of upset
forging parallel thread rebar Couplers (excluding laboratory test fees)
conforming to ACI-318 on “Building Code Requirements for
Structural Concrete” and ISO: 15835 on “Steels for the reinforcement
of concrete — Reinforcement couplers for mechanical splices of bars”
to ribbed or deformed bars of Grade 400 (B400DWR / B420DWR :
complying BDS ISO 6935-2:2016), in splicing main rebars of
structural members satisfying the condition that splice shall develop
at least 1.25 times greater of yield strength (fy) than that of the
connecting rebars in tension and compression including threading,
enlargement at connection by forging, protecting the prepared
reinforcement bars and related operations as required to complete
the works per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Minimum 0.5% of the
total coupled rebars are to be tested for quality assurance.. (PWD
08.3)
5.06.02.01 Thread Coupler for 20 mm diameter Bar . (PWD 08.3.1) each 319.00 319.00 316.00 316.00
5.06.03 Supplying and fixing of cold extrusion mechanical rebar Couplers
(excluding laboratory test fees) conforming to ACI-318 on “Building
Code Requirements for Structural Concrete” and and ISO: 15835 on “
Steels for the reinforcement of concrete — Reinforcement couplers
for mechanical splices of bars” to ribbed or deformed bars of Grade
400 (B400DWR / B420DWR : conforming BDS ISO 6935-2:2016), in
splicing main rebars of structural members satisfying the condition
that splice shall develop at least 1.25 times greater of yield strength
(fy) than that of the connecting rebars in tension and compression
including related operations as required to complete the works as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Minimum 1.0% of the total coupled
rebars are to be tested for quality assurance. . (PWD 08.4)
5.06.03.01 Press Coupler for 16 mm diameter Bar (minimum Length: 100 mm, each 378.00 377.00 374.00 374.00
maximum Inner diameter: 21 mm, minimum Thickness: 4.5 mm) .
(PWD 08.4.1)
Page 158
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
maximum Inner diameter: 25 mm, minimum Thickness: 5.5 mm) .
(PWD 08.4.2)
maximum Inner diameter: 28 mm, minimum Thickness: 6 mm). (PWD
08.4.3)
maximum Inner diameter: 31 mm, minimum Thickness: 7 mm) .
(PWD 08.4.4)
5.06.03.05 Press Coupler for 32 mm diameter Bar (minimum Length: 192 mm, each 1,443.00 1,441.00 1,436.00 1,436.00
maximum Inner diameter: 38 mm, minimum Thickness: 9 mm) .
(PWD 08.4.5)
5.06.03.06 installation of water stopper at movable and immovable RCC green
joints as per following specification.. (PWD 08.5)
5.06.04.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing ribbed PVC water stopper with non m 1,022.00 1,018.00 994.00 994.00
centre bulb of width approx. 250 mm and approx 9 mm thick for
immovable (non working) RCC joints, having minimum tensile
strength of 8.27MPa (approx. 1200 psi) min ultimate elongation
350%, approximate hardness 50, minimum tear resistance 0.0175
kN/mm (100 lbs/inch) at RCC construction green joints in basements,
approved and in consultation with design office, providing 38 mm x
62 mm wooden batten at the top and bottom of water stopper,
holding in position and keeping the water stopper in true horizontal or
vertical by appropriate means as where necessary etc; all complete
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.. (PWD 08.5.1)
5.06.05.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing ribbed PVC water stopper with centre m 1,106.00 1,103.00 1,078.00 1,078.00
bulb of width approx. 250 mm and approx 9 mm thick for immovable
(non working) RCC joints, having minimum tensile of strength 8.27
MPa (approx. 1200 psi) minimum ultimate elongation 350%,
approximate hardness 50, minimum tear resistance 0.0175 kN/mm
(100 lbs/inch) at RCC construction green joints in basements,
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. . (PWD 08.5.2)
5.06.06.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing 250 mm wide 16 SWG Steel Sheet water m 375.00 374.00 370.00 370.00
stopper in RCC construction joint holding in position and keeping the
water stopper in true horizontal or vertical by appropriate means as
where necessary etc; all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.. (PWD 08.6)
5.06.07.01 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing Expansion Joint for gap m 7,765.00 7,757.00 7,714.00 7,714.00
upto 100mm with 125mmx50mmx6mm and 75mmx50mmx6mm
galvanized MS angle and 8mm thick galvanized MS plate etc. all
complete as per drawing, design and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. . (PWD 08.7.1)
more than 100mm up to 150mm with 150mmx50mmx6mm and
100mmx50mmx6mm galvanized MS angle and 8mm thick
galvanized MS plate etc. all complete as per drawing, design and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. . (PWD 08.7.2)
more than 150mm up to 200mm with 175mmx50mmx6mm and
125mmx50mmx6mm galvanized MS angle and 8mm thick
galvanized MS plate etc. all complete as per drawing, design and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 08.7.3)
Section 07 : Wood Works In Door And Window Frame, Roof Truss And Railings
5.07.01 Supplying and making door and window frames (Chowkat) for all
floors in/c wall side grove cutting, moulding by CNC machine or any
other means with matured seasoned wood of required size including
painting two coats of coal tar to the surface in contact with wall, fitting
and fixing in position etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. (All sizes of wood are finished). [PWD 11.1]
Page 159
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.07.01.1 Frame made from seasoned Mehgoni wood (Chemically treated)
[PWD 11.1.1]
5.07.01.1.1 Upto Size 0'-2.5" x 0'-6" (finished) [PWD 11.1.1.1] cum 135,509.00 135,148.00 132,944.00 132,944.00
5.07.01.1.2 Size greater than 0'-2.5" x 0'-6" and upto 0'-2.5" x 0'-11" (finished) cum 118,023.00 117,823.00 116,579.00 116,579.00
[PWD 11.1.1.2]
5.07.01.2 Frame made from seasoned Garjan/Jam/Local Sal Wood [PWD
11.1.2]
[PWD 11.1.2.2]
5.07.01.3 Frame made from seasoned Chattogram Silkarai /Azobe / Okan
Loha Kath [PWD 11.1.3]
[PWD 11.1.3.2]
5.07.01.4 Frame made from seasoned Local Manjuree / Jarul [PWD 11.1.4]
[PWD 11.1.4.2]
5.07.01.5 Frame made from seasoned Chattogram Teak [PWD 11.1.5]
[PWD 11.1.5.2]
5.07.01.6 Frame made from seasoned Myanmar(Burma) Teak [PWD 11.1.6]
[PWD 11.1.6.2]
5.07.01.7 Frame made from seasoned Jessore & Other Local Teak [PWD
11.1.7]
[PWD 11.1.7.2]
5.07.08.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. flat bar clamp of 225 mm x 38 mm x each 123.00 122.00 117.00 117.00
6 mm size having bifurcated ends to door and window frames with
necessary screws including cutting grooves in chowkat if necessary
and encasing inside the wall with cement concrete (1:2:4) etc, all
5.07.08.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. flat bar clamp of 150 mm x 38 mm x each 131.00 130.00 126.00 126.00
6 mm size having bifurcated ends to door and window frames with
necessary rowel plug, screws etc. including cutting grooves in
chowkat if necessary etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. [PWD 11.2.2]
5.07.09.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing double leaf door frame for all floors made m 731.00 730.00 720.00 720.00
with 38mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle fitted with 150 mm long 6
nos. iron clamps of same size M.S. angle (with one end bifurcated)
with the vertical members of the frame, fixing the frame in wall with
cement concrete (1:2:4), mending good the damages, fixing 6 Nos. of
100 mm long iron hinges with the vertical members of the frame all
complete including making holes in walls, cutting, sizing, welding,
fabricating, carrying from work-shop to site and local carriage, curing
etc. all complete as per plan and drawing and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 11.3.1]
Page 160
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.07.09.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing single leaf door frame for all floors made m 707.00 707.00 696.00 696.00
with 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle, fixing 125 mm long 6 nos.
iron clamps of same size (with one end bifurcated) with the vertical
members of the frame, fixing the frame in wall with cement concrete
(1:2:4), mending good the damages, fixing 4 nos. 100 mm size iron
hinges with the vertical members of the frame, all complete including
making holes in walls, cutting, sizing, welding, fabricating, carriage
from workshop to site including local carriage, curing etc. as per plan
and drawing etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in–
5.07.10 Supplying matured seasoned wood and making roof truss of any size
with wall plates as per design including supplying, fabricating and
hoisting, scaffolding, fitting and fixing in position with bolts, nuts,
painting two coats of coal tar etc. all complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in–charge. (All sizes of wood are finished). [PWD 11.4]
5.07.10.1 Garjan / Jam/ Local Sal wood [PWD 11.4.1] cum 125,547.00 120,889.00 126,617.00 126,617.00
5.07.10.2 Mehgoni [PWD 11.4.2] cum 116,447.00 116,339.00 115,243.00 115,243.00
5.07.10.3 Silkarai /Chickrashi [PWD 11.4.3] cum 139,197.00 139,088.00 137,992.00 137,992.00
5.07.11 Supplying and making hand rail for stair case with matured seasoned
wood includingnecessary grove cutting, moulding by CNC machine
or any other means with proper corner, finishing as per design, fitting
and fixing in position in all floors etc. all complete and accepted by
5.07.11.1 Mehgoni wood stair rail [PWD 11.5.1] cum 121,568.00 121,377.00 119,180.00 119,180.00
5.07.11.2 Chattogram Silkarai / Chikrashi wood stair rail [PWD 11.5.2] cum 144,317.00 144,126.00 141,929.00 141,929.00
5.07.11.3 Chattogram Teak wood stair rail [PWD 11.5.3] cum 230,766.00 226,024.00 237,432.00 237,432.00
5.07.11.4 Myanmar(Burma) Teak wood stair rail [PWD 11.5.4] cum 353,613.00 348,872.00 355,775.00 355,775.00
5.07.11.5 Jessore & other Local Teak wood stair rail [PWD 11.5.5] cum 167,067.00 166,876.00 164,678.00 164,678.00
Section 08 : Door-Window Shutter & Fly Proof Wire-Net Shutter, Upvc Door
5.08.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 38 mm thick well matured seasoned
(moisture content should be between 12% to 16%) solid wood single
leaf door shutter having stile section 100m x 38mm, top rail section
125mm x 38mm, lock rail section 100mm x 38mm and bottom rail
section 225mm x 38mm (made from minimum 250mm wide plank)
with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm long
tower bolt, 12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos 150mm long
handle, hinged cleats and buffer blocks. All complete in all floors and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood are finished)
[PWD 12.1]
5.08.01.1 Kathal (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.1.1.1] sqm 9,042.00 9,011.00 8,824.00 8,824.00
5.08.01.2 Kathal (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.1.1.2] sqm 9,410.00 9,380.00 9,192.00 9,192.00
5.08.01.3 Gamari (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.1.2.1] sqm 7,927.00 7,674.00 7,932.00 7,932.00
5.08.01.4 Gamari (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.1.2.2] sqm 8,296.00 8,042.00 8,301.00 8,301.00
5.08.01.5 Chattogram Teak (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.13.1] sqm 13,499.00 13,246.00 13,725.00 13,725.00
5.08.01.6 Chattogram Teak ( Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.1.3.2] sqm 13,867.00 13,614.00 14,093.00 14,093.00
5.08.01.7 Myanmar(Burma) Teak (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.1.4.1] sqm 19,516.00 19,263.00 19,521.00 19,521.00
5.08.01.8 Myanmar(Burma) Teak (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.1.4.2] sqm 19,885.00 19,631.00 19,890.00 19,890.00
Page 161
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing 38 mm thick well matured seasoned
(moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden ornamental
special design (both sides) single panel flush door shutter having
stile, top rail and lock rail section 125 x 38mm and bottom rail section
225mm x 38mm (made from minimum 250mm wide plank) with 4nos
100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm long tower bolt,
12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos 150mm long handle, hinged
cleats and buffer blocks. All complete in all floors and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood are finished) [PWD 12.2]
5.08.02.1 Chattogram Teak (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.2.1.1] sqm 15,685.00 15,410.00 15,797.00 15,797.00
5.08.02.2 Chattogram Teak (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.2.1.2] sqm 15,271.00 15,002.00 15,448.00 15,448.00
5.08.03 Supplying, fitting and fixing 38mm thick well matured seasoned
(moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden double leaf
panel door shutters having stile and top rail section 100mm x 38mm,
lock rail section 125mm x 38mm and bottom rail section 225mm x
38mm, panelling 38mm thick both sides raised (made from minimum
250mm wide plank) with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm
dia 250mm long tower bolt, 12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos
150mm long handle, hinged cleats and buffer blocks. All complete in
all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood
are finished) [PWD 12.3]
5.08.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing 38mm thick well matured seasoned
(moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden double leaf
panel door shutters with 1/4th glazed and 3/4th wooden panel having
stile and top rail section 100mm x 38mm, lock rail section 125mm x
38mm, and bottom rail section 225mm x 38mm, panelling 38mm
thick both sides raised (made from minimum 250mm wide plank)
with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm long
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood are finished)
[PWD 12.4]
Page 162
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden grooved
single panel flush door shutter having stile, top rail and horizontal
panel section 100mm x 38mm and bottom rail section 250mm x
38mm (made from min250mm wide plank) including keeping 6mm x
12mm even groove all around and minimum 12mm grooved lap to
each panel with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia
250mm long tower bolt, 12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos
are finished) [PWD 12.5]
5.08.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing 36 mm thick factory made solid wooden
door shutter from a reputed manufacturer having manufacturer's
warranty made of chemically treated (pressure treatment method)
timber (moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) having stile
125mm x 36mm, top and bottom rail 140mm x 36mm and horizontal
rail 120mm x 36mm including keeping 5mm x 8mm even groove all
around with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm
long tower bolt, 12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos 150mm
long handle, hinged cleats and buffer blocks. All complete in all floors
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Price includes cost of
polishing)(All sizes of wood are finished) [PWD 12.6]
5.08.06.1 Commercial solid wooden door (Normal Polish) With SS Fittings sqm 8,127.00 8,121.00 8,078.00 8,078.00
[PWD 12.6.1]
5.08.06.2 Commercial solid wooden door (Normal Polish) With Brass Fittings sqm 8,457.00 8,450.00 8,408.00 8,408.00
[PWD 12.6.2]
5.08.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing 36 mm thick factory made solid wooden
door shutter (moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) from a
reputed manufacturer with manufacturer's warranty having stile
150mm x 36mm, top rail 125mm x 36mm, bottom rail 225mm x
36mm with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm
long tower bolt, 12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos 150mm
long handle, hinged cleats and buffer blocks. All complete in all floors
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood are
finished) [PWD 12.7]
5.08.07.3 Mahogany (Chemically treated by Pressure treatment method) (SS sqm 10,138.00 10,132.00 10,089.00 10,089.00
Fittings) [PWD 12.7.2.1]
5.08.07.4 Mahogany (Chemically treated by Pressure treatment method) sqm 10,467.00 10,461.00 10,419.00 10,419.00
(Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.7.2.2]
5.08.07.5 Beech Wood (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.7.3.1] sqm 18,806.00 18,799.00 18,757.00 18,757.00
5.08.07.6 Beech Wood (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.7.3.2] sqm 19,135.00 19,128.00 19,086.00 19,086.00
5.08.07.7 Added Cost for both side Ultra Violet (UV) Lacquer Polish (One side sqm 4,623.00 4,623.00 4,623.00 4,623.00
of door area to be used for measurement) [PWD 12.7.4]
Page 163
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 40mm thick Wood Plastic Composite
(WPC) door shutter (minimum inner wall thickness 6mm and hinge
side wall thickness 15mm) having door frame section 150mm x
62mm weighing 16.7kg/sqm with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm thick
hinge, 1 no round lock, 2nos 150mm long handle, hinged cleats and
carrying the same to the site and local carriage etc. All complete in all
floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 12.8]
5.08.08.1 Door Size 6'9' x 2'6'' [PWD 12.8.1] each 17,698.00 17,695.00 17,667.00 17,667.00
5.08.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing 36 mm thick and having density 400
kg/cum solid particle board single leaf flush door shutter for all floors
for internal use made of well matured mechanical seasoned Rubber
(Malaysian timber) or other approved wooden frame having 1.2mm
thick veneer pasted on each side by mechanical process with 4nos
100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm long tower bolt,
12mm dia 200mm long socket bolt, 2nos 150mm long handle, hinged
cleats and buffer blocks. All complete in all floors and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood are finished) [PWD 12.9]
5.08.09.01 Myanmar(Burma) Teak veneered (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.9.1.1] sqm 5,529.00 5,526.00 5,504.00 5,504.00
5.08.09.02 Myanmar(Burma) Teak veneered (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.9.1.2] sqm 5,858.00 5,855.00 5,834.00 5,834.00
5.08.09.03 Champ veneered (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.9.2.1] sqm 4,208.00 4,205.00 4,184.00 4,184.00
5.08.09.04 Champ veneered (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.9.2.2] sqm 4,538.00 4,534.00 4,513.00 4,513.00
5.08.09.05 Chapalish veneered (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.9.3.1] sqm 4,208.00 4,205.00 4,184.00 4,184.00
5.08.09.06 Chapalish veneered (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.9.3.2] sqm 4,538.00 4,534.00 4,513.00 4,513.00
5.08.09.07 Garjan veneered (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.9.4.1] sqm 4,367.00 4,363.00 4,342.00 4,342.00
5.08.09.08 Garjan veneered (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.9.4.2] sqm 4,696.00 4,693.00 4,672.00 4,672.00
5.08.09.09 For Formica laminated Door (Commercial Lipping) (SS Fittings) sqm 6,003.00 6,000.00 5,979.00 5,979.00
[PWD 12.9.5.1]
5.08.09.10 For Formica laminated Door (Commercial Lipping) (Brass Fittings) sqm 6,333.00 6,329.00 6,308.00 6,308.00
[PWD 12.9.5.2]
5.08.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing well matured seasoned (moisture
content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden fixed louver shutter
having 62 mm x 125 mm frame and inner horizontal wooden louver
150 mm x 25 mm (minimum 250 mm wide plank) size spaced @ 50
mm c/c fixed with frame in grooves with 4nos 100mm long, 3mm
thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm long tower bolt, 12mm dia 200mm
long socket bolt, 2nos 150mm long handle, hinged cleats and buffer
blocks. All complete in all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (All sizes of wood are finished). [PWD 12.10]
5.08.10.1 Gamari [PWD 12.10.1] sqm 11,567.00 11,101.00 11,816.00 11,816.00
5.08.10.2 Chapalish [PWD 12.10.2] sqm 13,334.00 12,868.00 13,583.00 13,583.00

5.08.10.3 Chattogram Teak[PWD 12.10.3] sqm 22,610.00 22,145.00 23,297.00 23,297.00
5.08.10.4 Myanmar(Burma) Teak[PWD 12.10.4] sqm 34,537.00 34,072.00 34,786.00 34,786.00
5.08.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing well matured seasoned (moisture content
should be between 12 to 16%) wooden glazed ventilator louver
shutter having outer frame section 62 mm x 125 mm with 62 mm x
125 mm vertical divider with inner 50mm x 38mm shutter and with 3
Nos. horizontal 38 mm x 38 mm sash bar in each part (minimum 250
mm wide plank) and inner horizontal glazed louver of size 150 mm x
5mm fixed in frame @ 154 mm c/c by cutting grooves in the frame
with 4nos. 100mm long, 3mm thick hinge, 12mm dia 250mm long
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(All sizes of wood are finished).
[PWD 12.11]
Page 164
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.11.1 Gamari [PWD 12.11.1] sqm 7,906.00 7,626.00 8,014.00 8,014.00
5.08.11.2 Chapalish [PWD 12.11.2] sqm 8,946.00 8,666.00 9,054.00 9,054.00
5.08.11.3 Chattogram Teak [PWD 12.11.3] sqm 14,404.00 14,123.00 14,769.00 14,769.00
5.08.11.4 Myanmar(Burma) Teak [PWD 12.11.4] sqm 21,421.00 21,141.00 21,529.00 21,529.00
5.08.12 Supplying fitting and fixing 38 mm thick well matured seasoned
(moisture content should be betwen 12 to 16%) wooden double leaf
glazed door shutters having stiles and rails section 150 mm x 38 mm
(made from minimum 250 mm wide plank) and 5 mm glass panes
fitted and fixed with wooden batten, putty and nails, 8nos 100mm
long, 3mm thick hinge, 4nos 12mm dia 250mm long tower bolt, 4nos
are finished). [PWD 12.12]
5.08.12.3 Silkarai (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.12.2.1] sqm 6,586.00 6,569.00 6,440.00 6,440.00
5.08.12.4 Silkarai (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.12.2.2] sqm 7,142.00 7,125.00 6,996.00 6,996.00
(moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden glazed
window shutters having horizontal and vertical sections of 87 mm x
38 mm and sash bar 38 mm x 38 mm (made from minimum 250 mm
wide plank) fitted with 3 mm glass panes with putty and nails and
provided with 6nos 75mm long hinges, 2nos 150mm tower bolt, 2
nos handle and 2nos 225mm catch hooks. All complete in all floors
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (All sizes of wood are
finished). [PWD 12.13]
5.08.13.07 Chapalish (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.13.4.1] sqm 7,605.00 7,433.00 7,570.00 7,570.00
5.08.13.08 Chapalish (Brass Fittings)[PWD 12.13.4.2] sqm 8,395.00 8,223.00 8,360.00 8,360.00
(moisture content should be between 12 to 16%) wooden window
shutters one third glazed and two third raised paneling on both sides
having horizontal and vertical sections of 87 mm x 38 mm and sash
bars 38 mm x 38 mm (made from minimum 250 mm wide plank)
fitted with 3 mm glass panes with putty and nails and provided with
6nos 75mm long hinges, 2nos 150mm tower bolt, 2 nos 100mm long
handle and 2nos 225mm long catch hooks, All complete in all floors
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (All sizes of wood are
finished). [PWD 12.14]
Page 165
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.14.07 Chapalish (SS Fittings) [PWD 12.14.4.1] sqm 11,120.00 10,819.00 11,143.00 11,143.00
5.08.14.08 Chapalish (Brass Fittings) [PWD 12.14.4.2] sqm 11,966.00 11,665.00 11,989.00 11,989.00
5.08.15.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing steel glazed window shutters for all floors sqm 6,768.00 6,768.00 6,759.00 6,760.00
with frames as per design having 25 mm x 25 mm x 5 mm angle
section for Chowkat and shutters and 50 mm x 25 mm x 5 mm T-
section used for vertical member and 25 mm x 5 mm F.I. bar for
making box (combining with angle) and 25 mm x 19 mm x 5 mm T-
section used for glass divider including all charges for welding,
riveting etc. including cost of supplying all essential fittings like iron
hinges, plate handle, pin-stopper, adjustable cleat and clamps
including supplying, fitting, fixing 3 mm glass panes by pucca putty,
for fittig and fixing the frame, making necessary holes in brick walls
and R.C.C works and fitting with C.C. (1:2:4) and mending good the
damages including all cost of carriage, workshop charges, electricity
and labour for fittings, fixing, curing etc. all complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.(Rate is excluding the costs of painting).
[PWD 12.15.1]
5.08.15.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. door shutters made with 38 mm x 38 sqm 7,632.00 7,597.00 7,380.00 7,380.00
mm x 6 mm angle outer frame, inner member 25 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar,
cladding with 16 BWG M.S. sheet, 04 nos 75 mm long hinge, 02 nos.
locking arrangement with 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle
chowkat including all charges for welding, riveting etc. including cost
of supplying all essential fittings like iron hinges, socket bolts,
clamps, for fittig and fixing the frame, making necessary holes in
brick walls and R.C.C works and fitting with C.C. (1:2:4) and mending
good the damages including all cost of carriage, workshop charges,
electricity and labour for fittings, fixing, curing etc. all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Rate is excluding the costs of
painting). [PWD 12.15.2]
5.08.16 Supplying, fitting and fixing steel glazed window shutters for all floors
with frames as per design having 19mm x 19mm x 19mm x 3mm Z-
section in frame and 19mm x 3mm F.I. bar for making T-section for
horizontal dividers of shutters and 25mm x 3mm F.I. bar for middle
vertical members of frame including all cost of charges for fabrication
and manufacture by welding, riveting, etc. Supplying all essential
fittings like 2 nos stopper handle, 300mm long 3 or 2 nos adjustable
iron cleats, 6 or 4 nos 50mm long iron pin hinges, 150mm long 4 nos
clamps including supplying, fitting, fixing 3mm glass panes by pucca
putty, for fitting and fixing frame making necessary holes in brick and
R.C.C. wall or member as necessary filling with C.C. (1:2:4) and
mending good the damages including all cost of carriage, electricity,
workshop charges and labour for fitting, fixing, etc. all complete as
per drawing and design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Rate is excluding the costs of painting) [PWD 12.16]
5.08.16.1 With provision for fan-light by providing necessary additional sqm 4,401.00 4,401.00 4,392.00 4,394.00
materials, 03 nos adjustable 300 mm long iron cleats and 6 nos 50
mm long iron pin hinges (total wt of grill without glass panes is min
28.13 kg for 15 sft) [PWD 12.16.1]
5.08.16.2 Without provision for fan-light by providing 02 nos adjustable 300 mm sqm 4,113.00 4,112.00 4,104.00 4,105.00
long iron cleats and 4 nos 50 mm long iron pin hinges (total wt of grill
without glass panes is min 24.84 kg for 15 sft) [PWD 12.16.2]
Page 166
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.17 Manufacturing, supplying fitting and fixing of fixed glazed frame for all sqm 4,045.00 4,045.00 4,034.00 4,036.00
floors with outer member of 19mm x 19mm x 19mm x 3mm Z-section
and vertical and horizontal dividers of 19mm x 19mm x 3mm T-
section including all cost of fabrication and welding, supplying and
fixing of 19mm x 19mm x 3mm angle clamps of 150mm long (with
one end bifurcated) of required Nos with the frame, fixing the frame
in wall with (1:2:4) cement concrete in the hole for clamp after
making necessary grooves, supplying and fixing of 3mm glass panes
with pucca putty, mending good all damages, painting iron face with
two coats of synthetic enamel paint over a coat of anti-corrosive
priming of approved colour and quality etc. cost of electricity,
workshop charges, carriage etc. all complete as per drawing and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [Rate is excluding the cost of
painting](Scope of work of this item is in staircase and over partition
wall etc.) [PWD 12.17]
5.08.18 Supplying, fitting and fixing 25 mm thick wooden double leaf fly proof
wire mesh window shutters for all floors with 75 mm x 25 mm vertical
and horizontal stile and sash bar of 38 mm x 25 mm section provided
with 24 B.W.G. G.I wire mesh netting of 20 mm mesh fitted and fixed
with shutter by 12 mm x 12 mm wooden bit, screws, nails, etc.
including supply of all necessary fittings such as 2 Nos 150 mm long
tower and socket bolt of best quality 4 Nos 75mm long hinges, 2 Nos
150 mm long catch hook and 2 Nos. 100 mm long handle including
fitting and fixing the same in position with frame with supply of
necessary screws, nails, etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge.(All sizes of wood are finished) [PWD 12.18]
5.08.19 Supplying, fitting and fixing of well matured wooden louver shutter
(Chattogram Teak) having 75.50 mm x 38 mm size all around frame
and inner horizontal wooden louver blade 65 mm x 20 mm spaced @
38 mm c/c, fitted and fixed with 2 nos hinges, 1 no handle and 2 nos
magnetic catch. All complete in all floors and accepted by the
5.08.19.1 With SS Fittings [PWD 12.19.1] sqm 16,629.00 16,331.00 16,846.00 16,846.00
5.08.19.2 With Brass Fittings [PWD 12.19.2] sqm 16,919.00 16,621.00 17,136.00 17,136.00
5.08.20 Supplying, fitting and fixing hydraulic door closer (big size) of
approved quality including all necessary tools and accessories etc. all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 12.20]
5.08.20.1 Standard Quality [PWD 12.20.1] each 2,684.00 2,682.00 2,666.00 2,666.00
5.08.21 Supplying, fitting and fixing mortice door lock with lever handle of
approved quality including all necessary tools and accessories etc. all
complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
12.21]
5.08.21.1 Standard Quality each 1,242.00 1,239.00 1,212.00 1,212.00
5.08.22 Supplying, fitting and fixing rim/round door lock of approved quality
including all necessary tools and accessories etc. all complete and
5.08.22.1 Standard Quality [PWD 12.22.1] each 1,058.00 1,055.00 1,028.00 1,028.00
5.08.23 Supplying, fitting and fixing best quality heavy type 19 mm dia and
300 mm long hasp bolt including cutting grooves in door shutter and
frames, screws etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
5.08.23.1 SS Hasp Bolt [PWD 12.23.1] each 344.00 344.00 337.00 337.00
Page 167
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.23.2 Brass Hasp Bolt [PWD 12.23.2] each 552.00 552.00 546.00 546.00
5.08.24 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality magnetic door holder of
approved quality including all necessary tools and accessories all
5.08.24.1 Standard Quality [PWD 12.24.1] each 374.00 373.00 362.00 362.00
5.08.25 Supplying, fitting and fixing approved best quality foreign made each 614.00 611.00 589.00 589.00
stainless steel/brass door viewer/eye viewer from 12 mm to 20 mm
diameter with adjustable thickness suitable for fitting from 37 mm to
50 mm thick door shutter in/c all necessary work as per direction and
5.08.27 Supplying, fitting and fixing of the best quality any sizes uPVC sqm 3,774.00 3,774.00 3,774.00 3,774.00
plastic door shutter with frame having specific gravity of 1.35 - 1.45,
panel wall thickness 1.7 mm-2.2 mm, shutter/panel thickness 37.5
mm & weighing 17.25 kg/m2 and other physical, chemical, thermal,
fire resistivity properties etc. as per BSTI approved manufacturer
standards and ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards of different sizes uPVC
plastic door shutter with uPVC plastic frame (frame size:150mm x
62.50mm) fitting - fixing in brick wall/ R.C.C wall with at least 3 Nos.
SS hinges by min 64 Nos. Ø 3.17 mm and 3.97 mm 12.7 mm long
rivets, 12 nos. 25.4 mm SS screws, Ø 9.38 mm, 150 mm long SS
tower bolts 2 nos., 146 mm SS handle by rivet 6 Nos., G.I inner joint,
234.95 mm x 127 mm clamp, 76.2 mm x 57.15 mm, 6 Nos. GI
clamp, 2 nos. outer GI joint clamp making necessary grooves and
mending good the damages, finishing, curing, carrying the same to
the site and local carriage etc. complete in all respect and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.12]
5.08.28 Supplying, fitting and fixing of the best quality any size uPVC plastic sqm 6,867.00 6,852.00 6,791.00 6,791.00
door shutter with frame having specific gravity of 1.35 - 1.45, panel
wall thickness 2.4 mm-2.76 mm, shutter/panel thickness 37.5 mm &
weighing 27.00 kg/m2 and other physical, chemical, thermal, fire
resistivity properties etc. as per BSTI approved manufacturer
standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards and cosmic /Foam
/aristocrat or equivalent standards of different sizes uPVC plastic
door shutter with uPVC plastic frame (frame size:150mm x
62.50mm) fitting - fixing in brick wall/ R.C.C wall with at least 3 Nos.
SS hinges by min 64 Nos. Ø 3.17 mm and 3.97 mm 12.7 mm long
rivets, 24 nos. 25.4 mm SS screws, Ø 9.38 mm, 150 mm long SS
tower bolts 2 nos., 146 mm SS handle by rivet ,6 Nos. GI clamp, 6
Nos. G.I inner joint, 234.95 mm x 127 mm clamp, 76.2 mm x 57.15
mm, including making necessary grooves and mending good the
damages, finishing, curing, local carriage etc . complete in all respect
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.13]
5.08.29 Supplying, fitting & fixing of uPVC plastic or glass partition in plastic
frame fabricated by 70 mm x 50 mm x 2 mm T and 50 mm x 40 mm x
2 mm / 50 mm x 30 mm x 2 mm L-sections, providing partition with
156 mm x 25 mm uPVC hollow section having wall thickness of 2.5
mm / partition with 5 mm thick glass. physical, chemical, thermal, fire
resistivity properties etc of the materials as per BSTI approved
manufacturer standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards, fitted and
fixed in brick wall or R.C.C wall with 6 nos. GI clamps, 4 nos. inner
joint GI clamps, 2 nos. outer GI joint clamps, 16 nos. rivets, making
necessary grooves and mending good the damages, finishing,
curing, carriage etc complete in all respect and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.14]
5.08.29.1 With partition of uPVC hollow section [PWD 22.14.1] sqm 2,793.00 2,786.00 2,742.00 2,742.00
5.08.29.2 With 5 mm glass [PWD 22.14.2] sqm 2,664.00 2,660.00 2,630.00 2,630.00
5.08.30 Supplying, fitting & fixing of uPVC Profile for door, window and fixed m 618.00 633.00 617.00 617.00
partition frames applications having specific gravity of 1.36-1.43, and
BSTI approved manufacturer standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS
standards including all accessories, fittings with 6 nos. steel clamps
complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge.[PWD 22.15]
Page 168
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.31 Supplying, fitting & fixing of swing door shutter made of low density
free foam (LDFF) sheet having standard size 1200 mm x 3200 mm.
Physical properties: density: 0.55-0.68 g/cm3, weighing 1.3 kg/sft,
providing new sash (100 mm), sliding glass bead, rubber, screws, 75
mm hinges 4 Nos., 100 mm tower bolt 2 Nos., 150 mm handle 2 nos.
etc. including all accessories complete in all respect as per drawing
5.08.31.1 1950 mm x 750 mm size 8 mm thick uPVC swing door shutter [PWD each 11,098.00 11,261.00 11,034.00 11,034.00
22.16.1]
22.16.2]
22.16.3]
5.08.32 Supplying, fitting & fixing of plastic wall paneling with 3 mm sheet, sqm 1,359.00 1,353.00 1,309.00 1,309.00
weighing 0.188 kg/sft, fitting and mending good the damages,
carriage to the site including glass bead, partition frame, rubber, 5
mm clear glass fitted and fixed with screws, steel clamp etc all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.17]
5.08.33 Supplying, fitting & fixing of uPVC profile fixed partition with 5 mm sqm 3,752.00 3,792.00 3,715.00 3,715.00
clear glass, weighing 1.032 kg/sft, fitting and mending good the
damages, carriage etc. complete in all respect and accepted by the
5.08.34 Manufacturing supplying, fitting and fixing of single leaf louver door sqm 24,635.00 24,619.00 24,469.00 24,469.00
shutter made with 16 gauge thick 50 mm x 50 mm SS hollow box as
outer frame, 16 gauge thick 50 mm x 38 mm SS hollow box as
pannel frame and 18 gauge thick 50 mm x 12 mm SS hollow box as
louver with 150 mm long 12 mm dia SS handle, 300 mm long 20 mm
dia ss hasp bolt, 100 mm hings etc, comple in all respect and
accepted by the Engineering-in charge.[PWD 22.23]
5.08.35 Supplying, fitting & fixing of uPVC profile sliding window having gross
weight of 14.00 kg/sqm (including 5 mm glass) fitting and mending
good the damages, carries etc complete in all respect accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.19]
5.08.35.1 uPVC sliding window with 5 mm glass (1200 mm x 1200 mm size) sqm 5,681.00 5,705.00 5,601.00 5,601.00
[PWD 22.19.1]
5.08.35.2 uPVC sliding window without glass (1200 mm x 1200 mm size) sqm 4,802.00 4,826.00 4,722.00 4,722.00
[PWD 22.19.2]
5.08.36 Supplying, making, fitting & fixing of R.C.C. door/window frame of m 504.00 501.00 485.00 485.00
155 mm x 65 mm which is made by using M.S. rod (fy = 400 MPa)
fabrication work with 24 BWG G.I. wire, steel formworks with
minimum cement concrete relates mix ratio (1:2:4) having minimum
f'cr = 27 MPa & satisfying a specified compressive strength, f'c= 22
MPa at 28 days and cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I,
52.5N (52.5MPa)/ ASTM-C 150 type–1, best quality 50% quantity of
local sand (F.M. 1.2) and 50% quantity of coarse sand (F.M. 2.2), 6
mm down well graded stone chips, screening, making, placing in
position, making shutter/formworks water-tight properly, jute hassian,
polythene sheet, placing of 100 mm long welded iron hinges with 6
mm dia M.S. rod clamp in position and mixing with mixer machine,
casting in forms, compacting properly and curing at least for 21 days,
removing shuttering and demoulding etc. all complete including the
cost of water, electricity and other charges as per design, drawing
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Considering cross section
of the frame 153 mm x 64 mm). [PWD 22.25]
Page 169
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.08.37 Supply & installation of fire rated door complete & accepted by the sqm 49,059.00 49,059.00 49,059.00 49,059.00
Engineer-in-charge with the following specification: Standard(s) for
safety : UL Certified, NFPA 80 standard, ANSI / UL 10C: Positive
pressure of fire tests of door assemblies. ANSI / UL 10B: Fire tests of
door assemblies. UL Subject 63: Outline of investigation for fire
frames. Shutter materials: Mild steel. Fire resistivity (Door & frame):
Two hours. Fire resistivity (accessories): Three hours (panic bar, pul
handle, ceramic fibre tape for sealing smoke, hinge, bolt and screw,
mortice lock, door closer, Door frame: 2 vertical fire resisting jamb
and 1 fire resisting horizontal jamb made with single rabbet hollow
steel chanel frame made of 2.3 mm imported cold rolled mild steel
sheet. Four SS hinges (size: 112 mm x 100 mm x 3.4mm) are used
on each leaf screwd with frame, Door leaf: Door leaf faces consists of
1.6 mm thick imported cold rolled MS sheet attached together using
interlocking mechanism and tack welding which is filled with imported
100kg/m3 rock wool cake. Stiffeners should be used inside to
strengthen structure. Vision Panel: Made of UL certified 5 mm glass.
It has clear vision area of 150 mm x 100 mm. Its frame is mae of 1.6
mm imported cold rolled MS sheet and SS pop rivet used for fixing.
Ceramic fibre tape is used for sealing smoke. Internal insulation:
Rock wool. Surface treatment: All MS sheets are chemically treated
coated with zinc phosphate before assembly in highly equipped
chemical treatment plant. All chemicals are imported. Paint Finish:
Epoxy powder coated paint finish and curing in temperature
controlled gas oven. [PWD
22.26]
Section 09 : Ci Sheet Roofing And Fiber Glass Sheet Roofing Works

5.09.01.01 Supply and fixing of galvanized anchor bolts of variable dia for rigid kg 192.00 192.00 192.00 192.00
frame conforming to ASTM F1554 Grade 55, Galvanized to A153,
Class C or equivalent with minimum yield strength of 380 MPa,
manual of steel construction by American Institute of Steel
Construction (AISC) etc. including the cost of washer & bolts,
material testing etc. all complete as per drawing, specification and
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.1)
5.09.01.02 Supply, fabrication and installation of built-up sections i.e. columns, kg 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00
beams, rafters, bracings, struts etc. (up to level-4) from steel plates
conforming to ASTM A572, with a minimum yield strength of 345
MPa, including the cost of testing of plates, applicaton of red/grey-
oxide primer etc. all complete as per drawing, specification and
direction of Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.2)
5.09.01.03 Supply, fabrication and installation of built-up sections i.e. columns, kg 134.00 134.00 134.00 134.00
beams, rafters, bracings, struts etc (up to level-4) from steel plates
conforming to ASTM A36, with a minimum yield strength of 250 MPa,
including the cost of testing of plates, application of red/grey-oxide
primer etc. all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of
Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.3)
5.09.01.04 Supply, fabrication and installation of hot-rolled sections (W, H, I- kg 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00
shape etc.) for columns, beams, rafters, bracings etc. (up to level-4)
5.09.01.05 Supply, fabrication and installation of hot rolled structural grade steel kg 200.00 200.00 200.00 200.00
pipe and tube of any thickness conforming to ASTM A283 with a
minimum yield strength of 275 MPa, including the cost of testing,
application of red/grey-oxide primer etc. (up to level-4) all complete
as per drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD 10.5)
5.09.01.06 Supply, fabrication and installation of hot rolled structural grade steel kg 129.00 129.00 129.00 129.00
channel and angle in roof truss or any form of structure of any
thickness conforming to ASTM A36 with a minimum yield strength of
250 MPa, including the cost of testing, application of red/grey-oxide
primer etc. (up to level-4) all complete as per drawing, specification
and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.6)
Page 170
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.09.01.07 Supply and fabrication of built-up sections for shore piles from steel kg 68.00 68.00 68.00 68.00
plates conforming to ASTM A36, with a minimum yield strength of
250 MPa, including the cost of testing of plates, application of
red/grey-oxide primer etc. all complete as per drawing, specification
and direction of Engineer-in-charge (Salvage materials shall be the
contractors property after completion of the work, rate is excluding
the cost of driving and taking out). (PWD 10.7)
5.09.01.08 Supply and fabrication of hot rolled structural grade steel Sections of kg 53.00 53.00 53.00 53.00
any thickness conforming to ASTM A36 with a minimum yield
strength of 250 MPa for shore piling , including the cost of testing ,
application of red/grey-oxide primer etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge( Salvage materials
shall be the contractors property after completion of work, rate is
excluding the cost of driving and taking out). (PWD 10.8)
5.09.01.09 Supply ,fabrication, installation and de-installation of built-up sections kg 88.00 88.00 88.00 88.00
for shore pile bracing at any level basement work from steel plates
Engineer-in-charge( Salvage materials shall be the contractors
property after completion of work). (PWD 10.9)
5.09.01.10 Supply ,fabrication, installation and de-installation of built-up sections kg 89.00 89.00 89.00 89.00
for shore pile bracing at any level basement work from steel plates
conforming to ASTM A572, with a minimum yield strength of 345
MPa, including the cost of testing of plates, application of red/grey-
oxide primer etc. all complete as per drawing, specification and
direction of Engineer-in-charge( Salvage materials shall be the
contractors property after completion of work). (PWD 10.10)
5.09.01.11 Supply and fixing of connection bolts of variable diameter with nut kg 361.00 361.00 361.00 361.00
and washer according to "ASTM A325 Type 1 or equivalent” with Fu
=720 Mpa, including the cost of testing of bolts, all complete as per
drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. (PWD
10.11)
5.09.01.12 Supply and fixing of connection bolts of variable diameter with nut kg 324.00 324.00 324.00 324.00
and washer according to "ASTM A307 Type A or equivalent” with Fu
=414 Mpa, including the cost of testing of bolts, all complete as per
drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. (PWD
10.12)
5.09.01.13 Supply and installation of GI purlin & girt of any size (up to level-4) kg 164.00 163.00 164.00 164.00
conforming to "ASTM A653" grade 45, with a minimum yield strength
of 310 MPa, including the cost of testing of materials, all complete as
per drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD 10.13)
5.09.01.14 Supply and fixing of sag rod (up to level-4) conforming to grade 40, kg 139.00 139.00 139.00 139.00
with a minimum yield strength of 275 MPa, including the cost of
making threads, nuts and washers, red oxide primer etc. all complete
as per drawing, specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD 10.14)
5.09.01.15 Supply and fixing of cable/wire bracing conforming to "ASTM A475" m 223.00 223.00 223.00 223.00
with a minimum yield strength of 1193 MPa, with I-bolt and hill side
washer, all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of
5.09.01.16 Supplying and fixing of shear stud of variable dia conforming to kg 169.00 169.00 169.00 169.00
ASTM A108 or equivalent with minimum yield strength of 275 MPa,
including the cost testing, welding etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.16)
5.09.01.17 Supply and installation of 0.70 mm thick galvanized decking panel kg 186.00 186.00 186.00 186.00
according to ASTM A653, with minimum yield strength of 345 MPa,
including all necessry accessories (sheeting screws with washers,
sealants etc.), testing of materials etc. all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.17)
Page 171
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.09.01.18 Supply, fabrication and installation of 6 mm thick Chequer Plate kg 196.00 196.00 196.00 196.00
conforming to ASTM A572, with minimum yield strength of 345 MPa
(up to level-4), including all necessry accessories ,testing of materials
etc. all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of
5.09.01.19 Supply and installation of 0.47 mm thick zinc alum color coated kg 200.00 200.00 200.00 200.00
profile sheet from local source/China with minimum waranty period of
5 years after installation for roof, wall, caping, flashing, trimming,
gutter etc. (up to level-4) conforming to ASTM A792, Grade: 80,
AZ150 gm/m2, including the cost of necessary accessories (sheeting
screws with washers, silicon sealant etc.), testing of materials etc. all
complete as per drawing specification and direction of Engineer-in-
charge. (PWD 10.19)
5.09.01.20 Supply and installation of 0.47 mm thick zinc alum color coated kg 322.00 322.00 322.00 322.00
profile sheet of durability class 2 with minimum warranty period of 10
years of durability, for roof, wall, caping, flashing, trimming, gutter etc.
conforming to ASTM A792, Grade: 80, AZ150 gm/m2, including the
cost of necessary accessories (sheeting screws with washers, silicon
sealant etc.), testing of materials etc. all complete as per drawing
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge (supplier has to
produce papers to proof the source of material). (PWD 10.20)
5.09.01.21 Supply and installation of 0.457 mm thick corrugated galvanized iron sqm 578.00 577.00 569.00 569.00
sheet (Bangladesh made) having min weight 63-65 kg per bundle (2'-
6" width, 70 – 72 rft long) fitted and fixed on M.S. sections with 'J'
hook or wooden purlin with screws, limpet washers and putty etc. (up
to level-4) all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD 10.21)
5.09.01.22 0.27 mm thick galvanized iron plain sheet ridging with 300 mm lap on
either side fitted and fixed with galvanized bolts and nuts etc. all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.22)
5.09.01.22.1 Galvanized (PWD 10.22.1) m 472.00 471.00 459.00 459.00
5.09.01.22.2 Colored (PWD 10.22.2) m 523.00 522.00 510.00 510.00
5.09.01.23 Supply and installation of 2.0 mm thick fiber glass sheet (transparent sqm 1,437.00 1,436.00 1,428.00 1,428.00
sheet) for roof, wall etc. on M.S. purlin, angle etc. with 'J' hook or
screws with washer and putty, all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge (up to level-4).
(PWD 10.23)
5.09.01.24 1.5 mm thick plain fiberglass sheet ridging with 300 mm lap on either m 875.00 874.00 862.00 862.00
side fitted and fixed with galvanized bolts and nuts etc. all complete
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.24)
5.09.01.25 Supply and installation of double bubble foil insulation at wall and sqm 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00
roof of nominal thickness of 8 mm conforming to Class A in
accordance with the ASTM-E84-09 fire test standard, including the
cost of lapping, costape, adhesive and necessary accessories, all
charge. (PWD 10.25)
5.09.01.26 Premium Synthetic Enamel paint of approved best quality and colour kg 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
delivered from authorized local agent of the manufacturer(Berger
robbialac supergloss synthetic enamel/Elite lucky seven/ Asian
apcolipe premium paint or equivalent brand) in a sealed container,
having highly water resistant, high bondibilty, flexiblity property; using
specified brand thinner applying to metallic surface by spray in two
coats over single coat anti-corrosive coating including cleaning
drying, making free from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and
scaled materials, all complete in all floors accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. (payment shall be made on strucutral steel weight basis)
(PWD 10.26)
Page 172
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.09.01.27 Supply and application of Epoxy based corrosion protection paint to kg 26.00 26.00 26.00 26.00
the surface of the structural steel members conforming to SA 2.5; the
corrosion class shall be -C3 in accordance with BS EN ISO 12944-2
and durability class in accordance with BS EN ISO 12944-5; the
Steel members to be shot blasted inside the enclosed shot blasting
chamber, final coat paint must be applied on site after installation,
including the cost of primer, testing and necessaey accessories, all
charge. (PWD 10.27)
5.09.01.28 Supply and pouring of non-shrink grout to steel column bases cum 147,568.00 147,568.00 147,568.00 147,568.00
conforming to ASTM C 109 having compressive strength not less
than 45 MPa, including the cost of shutter and necessary
accessories, all complete as per drawing, specification and direction
of Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 10.28)
5.09.01.29 Saftey Canopy: Supplying temporary safety canopy around sqm 2,421.00 2,416.00 2,398.00 2,398.00
construction work place where public safety is likely to be
endangered due to construction activities; which shall be made of
truss system of steel sections (main frame) at 1800 mm c/c with
purlins @ 750 mm c/c, making flooring system by corrugated
galvanized iron sheets of thickness 0.45 mm, laying wire mesh net
on iron sheets, providing continuous gutter along the edges of the
building with downpipe @ 6000 mm c/c, including fitting and fixing in
position providing necessary anchors, cables, wires, ties etc. by
standard anchoring and welding, nut-bolts etc, all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (PWD 10.29)
5.09.01.30 Safety net with G.I Wire: Supply, fabrication, installation and taking sqm 1,515.00 1,502.00 1,482.00 1,482.00
out temporary horizontal safety net around construction work place
where public safety is likely to be endangered due to construction
activities; which shall be made of Chain link net with 24 BWG wire
fitted at 15'-0'' height horizontally of the outer periphery of the
building with 75mmx40mmx5mm MS Chanel post and purlin,20mm
MS Rod and 40mmx40mmx6mm MS Angle as ties etc. by standard
anchoring and welding, nut-bolts etc, all complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge( Salvage materials shall be the contractors
property after completion of work.) (PWD 10.30)
5.09.01.31 Safety shed over drive way : Supply, fabrication, installation and sqm 1,638.00 1,631.00 1,603.00 1,603.00
taking out temporary horizontal safety shed over the drive way
around construction work place where public safety is likely to be
endangered due to construction activities; which shall be made of
0.27 mm thick galvanized iron plain sheet fitted at 15'-0'' height
horizontally over the drive way or path way at the outer periphery of
the building with 75mm x 40mm x 5 mm M.S Chanel post and
purlin,20mm MS Rod and 40mmx40mmx6mm MS Angle as ties etc.
by standard anchoring and welding, nut-bolts etc, all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge( Salvage materials shall be the
contractors property after completion of work.) (PWD 10.31)
5.09.01.32 Scaffolding for outside netting of building: Supplying, fitting & fixing sqm 348.00 348.00 348.00 348.00
scaffolding for outside netting of building with single layer 38 mm dia
MS pipe connected each other with minimum 4'-0" centre to centre
both direction with 38 mm dia swivel clamp,including fitting and fixing
in position providing necessary anchors, wires, ties etc. all complete
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost
of netting) (PWD 10.32)
5.09.01.33 Saftey net: Supplying temporary safety net (hessian cloth) around sqm 51.00 51.00 50.00 50.00
construction work place (along the height of the building) where
public safety is likely to be endangered due to construction activities;
which shall be supported using scaffolding around the building for
brick work/ plaster; including fitting and fixing in position providing
necessary anchors, wires, ties etc. all complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of scaffolding)
(PWD 10.33)
Page 173
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.09.01.34 Supply, fabrication, installation and taking out of 1.2 m hight temprary sqm 380.00 380.00 380.00 380.00
safety fencing at diffrent floor during construction work around the
outer periphery of building or around the punch in the floor slab for
safety of the worker during construction, which shall be made of
10mm dia MS Rod @ 450mm C/C both way welded at each point
togather with a 12mm Dia MS Rod as top rail drilled anchored to the
floor and sides as necessary all complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge( Salvage materials shall be the contractors
property after completion of work.). (PWD 10.34)
5.09.01.35 Providing bearing joints fixed or free with 250 mm x 375 mm x 10 mm each 2,942.00 2,934.00 2,903.00 2,903.00
M.S. (Grade - A36) plate fitted in the truss angles with 16 mm
diameter M.S. rod counter sunk rivets, welded and anchored to 250 x
375 x 10 mm. M.S. plate by two Nos. 19 mm dia M.S. “U” rod
embedded in the bed of the lintel around the reinforcement, cleaning
and greasing the joints for all floors etc. all complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge (PWD 10.35)
5.09.01.36 Galvanization: Galvanization of finished structural steel built-up and kg 71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00
hot rolled finished materials of any shape and size (average
thickness not more than 8 mm) conforming to the requirement of the
corrosion class C3 and Galvanization shall be performed in
accordance with ASTM A123 all complete as per drawing,
specification and direction of engineer in charge (PWD 10.36)
5.09.01.37 Additional Erection and installation charge for items 10.2~10.6 and
10.18 shall be 2% of the gross item rate for every four floor above
level-4 (PWD 10.37)
Section 10 : Window Grill, Verandah Grill & Netting
5.10.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing window grills made of 16 mm dia M.S. sqm 2,610.00 2,608.00 2,589.00 2,589.00
rod @ 100 mm c/c fitted with 3 (three) nos. horizontal M.S. flat bar
(38 mm x 6 mm) including fabrication, welding, riveting, cost of
electricity, workshop charges, carriage, fixing with clamps in
wall/RCC member for all floors, finished with anti-corrosive painting
(Red-Oxide) etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Total weight per sqm should be approx. 19 kg and add or deduct @
Tk. 100.00 for each kg/sqm excess or less respectively) [PWD 13.1]
5.10.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing window grills of any design made of 20 sqm 1,959.00 1,957.00 1,932.00 1,932.00
mm x 3 mm mild steel section @ 100 mm c/c with outer frame of 25
mm x 6 mm F.I. bar including fabrication, welding, cost of electricity
workshop charges, carriage, cutting grooves, mending good the
damages, tools and plants, finished with anti-corrosive painting (Red-
Oxide) etc complete for all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Total weight per sqm should be approx 10.00 kg. and add
or deduct @ Tk. 100.00 for each kg/sqm excess or less respectively)
[PWD 13.2]
5.10.03.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing window grills of any design made with 20 sqm 2,075.00 2,072.00 2,048.00 2,048.00
mm x 5 mm F.I. bar @ 100 mm c/c as inner and outer section;
including fabricating, welding, cost of electricity and tools and plants,
finished with anti-corrosive painting (Red-Oxide), carriage, cutting
grooves, mending good the damages etc. complete for all floors
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Total weight per sqm should
be approx. 11 kg. and add or deduct. @ Tk. 100.00 for each kg/sqm
excess or less respectively) [PWD 13.3.1]
5.10.03.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing window grills of any design made with 20 sqm 1,903.00 1,900.00 1,875.00 1,875.00
mm x 5 mm F.I. bar @ 100 mm c/c as inner members but no outer
frame;including fabrication, welding, cost of electricity, workshop
charges, carriage, cutting grooves, mending good the damages, tools
and plants, finished with anti-corrosive painting (Red-Oxide) etc.
complete for all floors accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Total
weight per sqm should be approx. 9 kg and add or deduct. @ Tk.
100.00 for each kg/sqm excess or less respectively) [PWD 13.3.2]
Page 174
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.10.04.1 Supplying, fitting, fixing window grills of any design made with 25 mm sqm 2,798.00 2,796.00 2,771.00 2,771.00
x 6 mm F.I. bar @ 100 mm c/c as both outer and inner
section;including fabrication, welding, cost of electricity workshop
weight per sqm should be approx. 19 kg and add or deduct @ Tk.
x 6 mm F.I. bar @ 100 mm c/c as inner section but no outer frame;
including fabrication, welding, cost of electricity workshop charges,
labour charges for fitting and fixing grills in position, local carriage
charges, cutting grooves, mending good the damages, tools and
plants, finished with anti-corrosive painting (Red-oxide) etc.
weight per sqm should be approx 16 kg and add or deduct @ Tk.
x 6 mm F.I. bar as outer frame and 20 mm x 5 mm F.I. inner
member @ 100 mm c/c; including fabrication, welding, cost of
electricity workshop charges, labour charges for fitting and fixing grills
in position, local carriage charges, cutting grooves, mending good
the damages, tools and plants, finished with anti-corrosive painting
(Red-Oxide) etc. complete for all floors accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Total weight per sqm should be approx 12 kg and add or
deduct @ Tk. 100.00 for each kg/sqm excess or less respectively)
[PWD 13.4.3]
5.10.05.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing window grill made of 10 mm x 10 mm sqm 2,683.00 2,679.00 2,649.00 2,649.00
M.S. solid bar @ 100mm c/c with outer frame of 38 mm x 6mm F.I.
bar and 25 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar for clamp as per design including
fabrication, welding, cost of electricity workshop charges, carriage,
cutting grooves, mending good the damages, tools and plants,
finished with anti-corrosive painting (Red-Oxide) etc. complete for all
floors approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Total
5.10.05.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing window grill made of 12 mm x 12 mm sqm 2,825.00 2,822.00 2,792.00 2,792.00
M.S. solid bar @ 100mm c/c with outer frame of 38 mm x 6mm F.I.
bar and 25 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar for clamp as per design including
fabrication, welding, cost of electricity workshop charges, labour
charges for fitting and fixing grills in position, local carriage charges,
cutting grooves, mending good the damages, tools and plants,
finished with anti-corrosive painting (Red-Oxide) etc. complete for all
floors approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Total
5.10.05.3 Supply, fitting & fixing window grills made of 10 mm x 10 mm M.S. sqm 2,270.00 2,268.00 2,247.00 2,247.00
solid bar @ 100 mm c/c with 25 x 6 mm F.I. Bar for Clamp and no
outer frame;including fabrication, welding, cost of electricity workshop
5.10.05.4 Supply, fitting & fixing window grills made of 12 mm x 12 mm M.S. sqm 2,400.00 2,398.00 2,378.00 2,378.00
solid bar @100 mm c/c as inner members but no outer frame, with
25 x 6 mm F.I. Bar for Clamp;including fabrication, welding, cost of
electricity workshop charges, carriage, cutting grooves, mending
good the damages, tools and plants, finished with anti-corrosive
painting (Red-Oxide) etc. all complete for all floors accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Total weight per sqm should be approx 15 kg
and add or deduct @ Tk. 100.00 for each kg/sqm excess or less
respectively) [PWD 13.5.4]
Page 175
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.10.05.5 Supply, fitting & fixing window grills made of 12 mm x 12 mm sqm 3,361.00 3,359.00 3,339.00 3,339.00
stainless steel (SS) bar with wall thickness 1.5 mm @ 100 mm c/c as
inner frame but no outer frame; including fabrication, welding, cost of
electricity workshop charges, carriage, cutting grooves, mending
good the damages, tools and plants, clamps and other necessary
accesories for fitting, fixings grills in position, polishing etc. complete
for all floors accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 13.5.5]
5.10.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing veranda grill made of 10 mm dia M.S. rod sqm 2,474.00 2,472.00 2,453.00 2,453.00
provided @ 100 mm c/c in any position both ways as per design with
outside frame 25 mm x 25 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle including
fabricating, welding in each point, painting a coat of anti-corrosive
painting (Red-Oxide), including cost of electricity, tools and plants,
workshop charges, carriage of the same including cutting groves in
the R.C.C. or brick work, mending good the damages with C.C.
(1:1.5:3) etc. complete for all floors accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Total weight per sqm should be aprox. 17 kg and add or
[PWD 13.6]
5.10.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing verandah grill made of 10 mm dia M.S. sqm 2,781.00 2,779.00 2,761.00 2,761.00
rod provided @ 75 mm c/c in any position both ways as per design
with outside frame of 25 mm x 25 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle and F.I. bar
clamps including fabricating, welding in each point , painting a coat of
anti-corrosive painting (Red-Oxide), including cost of electricity, tools
and plants, workshop charges, carriage of the same including cutting
groves in the R.C.C. or brick work, mending good the damages with
C.C. (1:1.5:3) etc, all complete for all floors accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. (Total weight per sqm should be aprox. 21 kg and add or
[PWD 13.7]
5.10.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing MS verandah grill as per design and sqm 4,736.00 4,734.00 4,714.00 4,714.00
shape with 75 mm x 50 mm MS box with 3 mm wall thickness middle
rail (horizontal), one pair 50 mm x 25 mm MS hollow box with 3 mm
wall thickness @ 750 mm c/c vertical and 12 mm x 12 mm MS solid
bar @ 75 mm c/c horizontal and providing approx. 750 mm x 750 mm
imergency exit with proper locking arrangement (if necessary) as per
required measurement including cutting grooves in wall up to 150
mm depth and mending good the damages with C.C. (1:1.5:3),
finished with anti-corrosive paint (Red-Oxide painting) etc. complete
as per drawing and design and accepted by the Engineer. [PWD
13.8]
5.10.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing MS verandah grill as per design and sqm 4,626.00 4,624.00 4,607.00 4,607.00
shape with 75 mm x 50 mm MS box with 3mm wall thickness middle
rail (horizontal), 50 mm x 25 mm vertical rail with 3mm wall
thickness @ approx. 750 mm c/c , 25x25 mm MS box with 2 mm
wall thickness horizontally @100mm c/c as per required
measurement including cutting grooves in wall up to 150 mm depth
and mending good the damages with C.C. (1:1.5:3), finished with
anti-corrosive paint (Red-Oxide painting) etc. complete as per
drawing and design and accepted by the Engineer. [PWD 13.9]
5.10.10 Supplying, fitting, fixing Jail patern M.S window grill made of 25 mm sqm 9,574.00 9,568.00 9,524.00 9,526.00
dia M.S Plain Rod @ 75 mm C/C fitted and fixed with M.S Angle
frame 65 mm x 65 mm x 6 mm size placed 5 Nos. Horizontally and 2
Nos. Vertically including fabricating, welding, drilling, cutting and
riveting the F.I bar and M.S angle clamp 10 Nos. including making
holes in RCC Cloumn/Brick wall, fixing the clamps and mending
good the damages with C.C (1:1.5:3), i finished with anti-corrosive
paint (Red-Oxide painting) etc. all complete as per direction by
Engineer-in-Charge. [PWD 13.10]
Page 176
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.10.11 Supplying, fitting, fixing Jail patern M.S Verandah grill made of 20 sqm 5,831.00 5,828.00 5,805.00 5,807.00
mm dia M.S Plain Rod @ 100 mm C/C fitted and fixed with M.S
Angle frame 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm size placed 5 Nos. Horizontally
and 2 Nos. Vertically including fabricating, welding, drilling, cutting
and riveting the F.I bar and M.S angle clamp 10 Nos. including
making holes in RCC Cloumn/Brick wall fixing the clamps and
mending good the damaged with C.C (1:1.5:3), finished with anti-
corrosive paint (Red-Oxide painting) etc. all complete as per direction
by Engineer-in-Charge. [PWD 13.11]
5.10.12 Supplying, Fitting, Fixing Jail patern M.S grill door made of 25mm sqm 12,696.00 12,689.00 12,635.00 12,637.00
dia M.S Plain Rod @ 75 mm C/C fitted and fixed with M.S Angle
frame 65 mm x 65 mm x 6 mm size 7 Nos. placed Horizontally and 2
Nos. Vertically providing 25 mm dia M.S rod of 1200 mm long and 38
thick M.S plate up to a size of 1’-6”x1’-0” for locking arrangement, 38
mm dia G.I pipe of 1’-0” long for locking ) including fabricating,
welding, drilling, cutting and riveting the F.I bar and M.S angle clamp
8 Nos. including making holes in wall fixing the clamps and mending
good the damaged with C.C (1:1.5:3) including anticorrosive paint
etc. all complete as per direction by the Engineer-in-Charge. [PWD
13.12]
5.10.13 Supplying, Fitting, Fixing Steel window shutter with frames top sqm 9,332.00 9,316.00 9,253.00 9,254.00
portion ventilation (2’-6”) and bottom portion (3’-8”) outer frame of
the window made with 38mm x 38mm x 6mm M.S Angle and middle
vertical member of frame made with 38mm x 38mm x 6mm M.S- T
and shutter frame made of M.S Angle of same section, ventilation
portion paired with 1.5 mm thick M.S sheet fixed @ 38mm C/C (20
Nos.) and bottom 3’-8” panel portion divided into 3 equal panes with
1.50 mm thick M.S sheet,including fabricating, welding, reveting,
provided with necessary fittings like 12mm dia 150mm long socket
bolt, 300mm long 25mm x 6mm size F.I bar adjustable cleats,
125mm long 50mm x 50mm x 6mm size M.S angle handle , 300mm
long M.S angle clamp (8 Nos. hinge) including making holes in wall
for fixing the clamps and mending good the damages with C.C
(1:1.5:3) and a cot of anticorrosive paint etc. all complete as per
direction by the Engineer-in-Charge. [PWD 13.13]
5.10.14 Supplying, fitting and fixing of steel iron rack made of 50 mm x 50 sqm 11,247.00 11,072.00 10,809.00 10,809.00
mm x 6.35 mm vertical and horizontal angle post, welding 63.5 mm x
6.35 mm F.I. bar placed horizontally as bracing for the posts, 38 mm
x 6.35 mm cross F.I. bars welded with vertical post, 7.81 mm thick
M.S plate welded as cup shape at the bottom of post, supplying and
fitting rivets, charge for welding, drilling, carrying, cutting,
straightening in required sizes etc complete in all respect as per
drawing, design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD
22.11]
Section 11: Aluminium Door, Window Frame & Glass Works
5.11.01 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium swing door with spandrel as
per the U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s Association
(AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014 having 1.5 mm
thick wall frame (size 101.60 mm, 44.45 mm), 2.0 mm mm thick
shutter side (size 54 mm, 46 mm), 0.99 mm thick door glass bit (size
16.54 mm, 15.49 mm, 0.115 kg/m), 1.8 mm thick clousure section
(size 101.60 mm, 42.93 mm),1.5 mm thick 106.60 mm clousure
cover (0.392 kg/m), 4 mm thick floor bottom (size 101.60 mm, 12.70
mm, 1 kg/m), 1.8 mm thick shutter bottom (size 82.6 mm, 43.99 mm,
0.60 kg/m), 1.8 mm thick shutter top (size 51 mm, 43.99 mm, 1.88
kg/m) and 2.3 mm to 4.01 mm thick handle (size 101.60 mm, 38.10
mm, 25.40 mm short, 1.35 kg/m), 1.5 mm thick 31.75 mm shutter
divider(0.535 kg/m), 1.5 mm thick 7.14 mm spandrel section of all
aluminum members will be anodized to aluminium
bronze/silver/ss/black colour with a coat not less than 15 micrones in
thickness or powder coated to any colour with a coat not less than 25
micrones in thickness and density of 4 mg per square cm etc.
including all accessories like swing door clousure, swing door lock,
swing door mohiar, labour charge, fabrication, fitting fixing in position,
carriage and electricity charge keeping provision for fitting 5/6 mm
thick glass including neoprene sealant etc. complete in all respect as
per drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 14.1]
Page 177
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.01.1 Anodized to bronze colour [PWD 14.1.1] sqm 8,300.00 8,289.00 8,228.00 8,228.00
5.11.01.2 Powder coated to any colour [PWD 14.1.2] sqm 9,159.00 9,149.00 9,088.00 9,088.00
5.11.02 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium swing door as per the U.S.
Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s Association (AAMA)
standard specification and BDS 1879:2014 having 1.5 mm thick wall
frame (size 101.60 mm, 44.45 mm, 83.21 mm), 2.0 mm thick shutter
side (size 54 mm, 46 mm), 0.99 mm thick door glass bit (size 16.54
mm, 15.49 mm, 0.115 kg/m), 1.8 mm thick clousure section (size
101.60 mm, 42.93 mm),1.5 mm thick 106.60 mm clousure cover
(0.392 kg/m), 4 mm thick floor bottom (size 101.60 mm, 12.70 mm, 1
kg/m), 1.8 mm thick shutter bottom (size 82.6 mm, 43.99 mm, 0.60
kg/m), 1.8 mm thick shutter top (size 51 mm, 43.99 mm, 1.88 kg/m)
and 2.3 mm to 4.01 mm thick handle (size 101.60 mm, 38.10 mm,
25.40 mm short, 1.35 kg/m) section of all aluminum members will be
anodized to aluminium bronze/silver/ss/black colour with a coat not
less than 15 micrones in thickness or powder coated to any colour
with a coat not less than 25 micrones in thickness and density of 4
mg per square cm etc. including all accessories like swing door
clousure, swing door lock, swing door mohiar, labour charge,
fabrication, fitting fixing in position, carriage and electricity charge
keeping provision for fitting 5 mm thick glass including neoprene
sealant etc. complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by
5.11.02.1 Anodized to any colour [PWD 14.2.1] sqm 7,588.00 7,580.00 7,527.00 7,527.00
5.11.03 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium composite swing doors with
fixed partition as per the U. S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’
s Association (AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014
having 1.5 mm thick wall frame (size 101.60, 44.45 mm, 0.86 kg/m),
1.8 mm thick shutter side (size 54 mm, 46 mm, 1.2 kg/m ), 0.99 mm
thick door glass bit (size 16.54 mm, 14. 49 mm, 0.115 kg/m), 1.8 mm
thick closure section (size 101.54 mm, 42.93 mm, 1.20 kg/m), 1.5
thick closure cover (101.60 mm, 0.45 kg/m), 4 mm thick floor bottom
(size 101.60 mm, 12.70 mm, 1 kg/m), 1.8 mm thick shutter bottom
(size 86.60 mm, 43.99 mm , 0.60 kg/m), 1.8 mm thick shutter top
(size 51 mm, 43.99 mm, 1.88 kg/m) 2.3mm to 4.01mm thick handle
(short) (size 101.60 mm, 38.10 mm, 25.40 mm, 1.35 kg/m), minimum
1.2 mm thick top and side (size 101.60 mm, 44.45 mm, 0.934 kg/m),
minimum 1.2 mm thick bottom (size 101.35 mm, 44.45 mm, 0.734
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick bottom cover (44.32 mm, 19.61mm,
0.333 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick grouve cover (size 83.21 mm,
16.00 mm, 0.485 kg/m), 0.99 mm thick fixed glass protector (size
39.09 mm, 14.81 mm, 0.188 kg/m), 0.99 mm thick fixed glass
protector bit (size 15.75 mm, 14.81 mm, 0.13 kg/m) section of all
aluminum members will be anodized to aluminium
micrones in thickness and density of 4 mg per square cm etc. (Total
weight min 69.699 kg) keeping provision for 5 mm of glass panes
with cost including all accessories like swing door clouser, swing door
lock , swing door mohair, flush bolt , bolts and nuts including
sealants, labour charge for fitting , fixing by angles, screws, mohiar,
washer, machinery, cost of fabrication, making the grooves, mending
good the damages, electricity etc. complete in all respect as per
drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 14.3]
Page 178
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium sliding doors as per the U.S.
standard specification and BDS 1879:2014 having minimum 1.2 mm
thick outer bottom (size 75.50 mm, 17.79 mm, 0.47 kg/m), minimum
1.2 mm thick outer top (size 75.50 mm, 28.50 mm, 0.705 kg/m)
,minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter top (size 33 mm, 26.80 mm, 0.42
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm shutter bottom (size 60 mm, 24 mm, 0.589
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick outer side(size 75.50 mm, 19.90 mm,
0.52 kg/m),minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter lock (size 49.20 mm, 25.80
mm, 0.543 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick inter lock (size 34.40 mm,
32.13 mm, 0.562 kg/m) sections all aluminum members will be
mg per square cm etc. including all accessories like handle, sliding
door key lock , sliding door wheel, sliding door mohiar, sliding door
neoprene, bolts and nuts including sealants, keeping provision for
fitting 5mm thick glass including labour charge for fitting of
accessories, making grooves and mending good damages, carriage,
and electricity complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge.Size up to: 2100 mm x 2100 mm [PWD
14.4]
5.11.05 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium sliding doors with mosquito
mesh as per the U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s
Association (AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014
having minimum 1.2 mm thick outer bottom (size 95 mm, 22.39 mm,
0.476 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick outer top (size 95.00 mm, 28.50
mm, 0.749 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter top (size 33 mm,
26.80 mm, 0.42 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm shutter bottom (size 60 mm,
24.40mm, 0.589 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick outer side(size 95.00
mm, 19.50 mm, 0.591kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter lock (size
49.20 mm, 25.80 mm, 0.543 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick inter lock
(size 34.40 mm, 32.13 mm 0.562 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick
shutter divider (size 31.75 mm, 0.535 kg/m) sections all aluminum
members will be anodized to aluminium bronze/silver/ss/black colour
with a coat not less than 15 micrones in thickness or powder coated
to any colour with a coat not less than 25 micrones in thickness and
density of 4 mg per square cm etc. including all accessories like
handle, sliding door key lock , sliding door wheel, sliding door
mohiar, sliding door neoprene, bolts and nuts including sealants,
keeping provision for fitting 5mm thick glass including labour charge
for fitting of accessories, making grooves and mending good
damages, carriage, and electricity complete in all respect as per
drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.Size up to: 2100
mm x 2100 mm" [PWD 14.5]
Page 179
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium sliding doors with spandrel
as per the U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s Association
(AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014 having minimum
1.2 mm thick outer bottom (size 75.50 mm, 17.79 mm, 0.605 kg/m),
minimum 1.2 mm thick outer top (size 75.50 mm, 28.50 mm, 0.705
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter top (size 33 mm, 26.80 mm,
0.42 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter bottom (size 60 mm, 24
mm, 0.589 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick outer side(size 75.50 mm,
19.90 mm, 0.52 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter lock (size
49.20 mm, 25.80 mm, 0.543 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick inter lock
(size 34.40 mm, 32.13 mm, 0.562 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick
shutter divider (size 31.75 mm, 0.535 kg/m) and minimum 1.5 mm
thick spandrel (7.14 mm) sections all aluminium members will be
mg per square cm etc. including all accessories like sliding door key
lock, sliding door whee , sliding door mohiar, sliding door neoprene,
bolts and nuts including sealants, keeping provision for fitting 5mm
thick glass including labour charge for fitting of accessories, making
grooves and mending good damages, carriage, and electricity
in-charge. Size up to: 1800 mm x 2100 mm [PWD 14.6]
5.11.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium sliding window as per the
U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s Association (AAMA)
thick outer bottom (size 75.50 mm, 32mm,0.605 kg/m ), minimum 1.2
mm thick outer top (size 75.50 mm, 28.50 mm0.705 kg/m), minimum
1.2 mm thick shutter top (size 33 mm.26.80 mm,0.42 kg/m), minimum
1.2 mm thick shutter bottom (size 60mm, 24.40 mm,0.589 kg/m),
minimum 1.2 mm thick outer side (size 75.50 mm,19.90 mm,0.52
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter lock (size 49.20 mm 25.80
mm,0.543 kg/m) and minimum 1.2 mm thick inter lock (size 34.40
mm, 32.13 mm,0.562 kg/m) sections all aluminium members will be
mg per square cm etc. including all accessories like sliding door key
lock, sliding door wheel, sliding door mohiar, sliding door neoprene,
bolts and nuts including sealants, keeping provision for fitting 5 mm
complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by the
5.11.07.1 Size up to: 1500 mm x 1400 mm. [PWD 14.7.1]
5.11.07.1.1 Anodized to any colour [PWD 14.7.1.1] sqm 3,814.00 3,807.00 3,764.00 3,764.00
5.11.07.1.2 Powder coated to any colour [PWD 14.7.1.2] sqm 4,583.00 4,576.00 4,534.00 4,534.00
5.11.07.2 Size up to: 900 mm x 1400 mm [PWD 14.7.2]
Page 180
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium sliding window with
mosquito mesh as per the U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’
s Association (AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014
having minimum 1.2 mm thick outer bottom (95.00 mm, 38.00 mm
outer bottom,0.72 kg/m ), minimum 1.2 mm thick outer top (95.00
mm, 28.5 mm outer top, 0.75 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter
top (size 33 mm.26.80 mm,0.42 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter
bottom (size 60mm, 24.40 mm,0.589 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick
outer side (95.00 mm, 19.50 mm outer side ,0.591 kg/m), minimum
1.2 mm thick shutter lock (size 49.20 mm 25.80 mm,0.543 kg/m) and
minimum 1.2 mm thick inter lock (size 34.40 mm, 32.13 mm,0.562
kg/m) sections all aluminium members will be anodized to aluminium
including all accessories like sliding door key lock, sliding door wheel,
sliding door mohiar, sliding door neoprene, bolts and nuts including
sealants, keeping provision for fitting 5 mm thick glass including
labour charge for fitting of accessories, making grooves and mending
good damages, carriage, and electricity complete in all respect as
per drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 14.8]


5.11.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing of equal diamension frame(EDF) section

aluminium sliding window with mosquito mesh as per the U.S.
standard specification and BDS 1879:2014 having 1.5 mm thick
outer bottom (size 91.50 mm, 38.00 mm), 1.5 mm thick outer top
(size 91.00 mm, 28.70 mm), 1.5 mm thick shutter top (size 65.00
mm, 27.30 mm), 1.5 mm thick shutter bottom (size 72.20 mm, 24.65
mm), 1.5 mm thick outer side (size 91.50 mm, 28.50 mm), 1.5 mm
thick shutter lock (size 65.30 mm, 26.00 mm), 1.5 mm thick shutter
inter lock (size 55.20 mm, 26.00 mm), 1.5 mm thick mesh section
(size 55.20 mm, 13.20 mm), all aluminium members will be anodized
to aluminium bronze/silver/ss/black colour with a coat not less than
15 micrones in thickness or powder coated to any colour with a coat
not less than 25 micrones in thickness and density of 4 mg per
square cm etc. including all accessories like sliding door key lock,
sliding door wheel, sliding door mohiar, sliding door neoprene, bolts
and nuts including sealants, keeping provision for fitting fiber mesh
including labour charge for fitting of accessories, making grooves and
mending good damages, carriage, and electricity complete in all
respect as per drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 14.9]

Page 181
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.09.9.3 Size up to: 762 mm x 610 mm [PWD 14.9.3]

5.11.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium fixed composite window as
1.2 mm thick outer bottom (size 75.50 mm, 32 mm, 0.605 kg/m),
minimum 1.2 mm thick outer top (size 75.50mm, 28.50 mm, 0.705
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter top (size 33 mm, 26.80 mm,
0.42 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter bottom (size 60 mm, 24.40
mm, 0.589 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick outer side (size 75.50 mm,
19.90 mm, 0.52 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick shutter lock (size
49.20 mm, 25.80 mm,0.543 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick inter lock
(size 34.40 mm, 32.13 mm,0.562 kg/m ), minimum 1.2 mm thick
bottom cover (size 17.40 mm, 31.78 mm, 0.25 kg/m), minimum 1.2
mm thick fixed bottom (size 76.20 mm, 38.10 mm, 0.640 kg/m),
minimum 1.2 mm thick grouve cover ( size 57.15 mm, 15.88 mm,
0.362 kg/m) and minimum 1.2 mm thick top and side (size 76.20 mm,
38.10 mm, 0.769 kg/m) sections all aluminium members will be
mg per square cm etc.including all accessories like sliding door key
lock, sliding door wheel, sliding door mohiar, sliding door neoprene,
bolts and nuts including sealants, keeping provision for fitting 5 mm
in-charge.Size up to: 1500 mm x 2100 mm. [PWD 14.10]
5.11.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium top hung/casement
windows as per the U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s
Association (AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014
having 1.5 mm thick casement outer (size 38.86 mm, 36.36 mm,
0.395kg/m), 1.9 mm thick casement shutter (size 47.62 mm, 28.57
mm, 0.692 kg/m), and 1.245 mm thick shutter glass clip (size 15.87
mm, 27 mm, 0.188 kg/m) sections of all aluminium members will be
less than 1.5 micrones in thickness or powder coated to any colour
mg per square cm etc.including all accessories 4-bar hinge,
casement handle, bolts and nuts keeping provision for fitting 5 mm
in-charge. [PWD 14.11]
Page 182
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.12 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium corrugated curtain wall as
1.2 mm thick bottom cover (size 17.40 mm 31.78 mm, 0.250 kg/m),
minimum 1.2 mm thick fixed bottom (size 76.20 m 38.10 mm, 0.640
kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick grouve cover(size 57.15 mm, 15.80
mm 0.362 kg/m), minimum 1.2 mm thick top and side (size 76.2 mm,
57.15 mm, 0.769 kg/m) and 1.5 mm thick spandrel (7.14 mm)
sections of will be anodized to aluminium bronze/silver/ss/black
colour with a coat not less than 15 micrones in thickness or powder
coated to any colour with a coat not less than 25 micrones in
thickness and density of 4 mg per square cm etc. including all
accessories like rivet, screws fixed neoprene etc. complete in all
[PWD 14.12]
5.11.12.1.2 Powder coated to any colour [PWD 14.12.1.2 sqm 8,604.00 8,600.00 8,559.00 8,559.00
5.11.13 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium fixed fan light as per the U.S.
thick fixed bottom (size 76.2 mm, 38.10 mm, 0.640 kg/m), minimum
1.2 mm thick (17.40 mm, 31.78 mm bottom cover 0.250 kg/m) and
minimum 1.2 mm thick grouve cover (size 57.15mm, 15.80 mm,
0.362 kg/m) and minimum 1.2 mm thick top and side section (76.20
mm, 16 mm, 38.10 mm, 0.769 kg/m) fixed with above mentioned
frames and all aluminium members will be anodized to aluminium
including all accessories, neoprene, sealant, nut and bolt etc.
5.11.14 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium fixed louver as per the U.S.
thick wall frame (size 76.20 mm, 38.10 mm, 0.564 kg/m),1.5 mm
thick louver (size 55.02 mm, 37.39 mm, 0.281 kg/m) and minimum
1.2 mm thick louver outer section (size 39.67 mm, 15.06 mm) and
inner inclined aluminium louver section fixed with above mentioned
frame and all aluminium members will be anodized to aluminium
including all accessories, neoprene, sealant, nuts and bolts etc.
Page 183
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.15 Supplying, fitting, fixing of aluminium sliding fly proof Netting shutter
as per the U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s Association
(AAMA) standard specification and BDS 1879:2014 having 2.0 mm
thick outer frame (size 38mm x 38mm), minimum 1.2 mm thick
mosquito net shutter frame mesh section (42.2 mm x13.2mm). All
aluminium members will be anodized to aluminium
including all accessories like wheel, sealent, rubber, bolts and nuts
keeping provision for fitting fiber mesh including labour charge for
fitting of accessories, making grooves and mending good damages,
carriage, and electricity, all complete in all respect as per drawing
5.11.16 Supplying, fitting and fixing in Aluminium door frames, windows,
partitions and curtain wall distortion free glass of approved quality
and shade including cost of fitting fixing all necessary accessories
etc. complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by the
5.11.16.01 5 mm thick tinted glass [PWD 14.16.1.1.1] sqm 1,492.00 1,489.00 1,473.00 1,473.00
5.11.16.02 5 mm thick tinted tempered glass [PWD 14.16.1.1.2] sqm 2,394.00 2,390.00 2,374.00 2,374.00
5.11.16.03 5 mm thick clear glass [PWD 14.16.1.2.1] sqm 1,229.00 1,225.00 1,209.00 1,209.00
5.11.16.04 5 mm thick clear tempered glass [PWD 14.16.1.2.2] sqm 2,491.00 2,487.00 2,471.00 2,471.00
5.11.16.05 5 mm thick ambushed glass [PWD 14.16.1.3] sqm 1,215.00 1,211.00 1,195.00 1,195.00
5.11.16.06 5 mm thick reflective glass [PWD 14.16.1.4.1] sqm 1,659.00 1,655.00 1,639.00 1,639.00
5.11.16.07 5 mm reflective tempered glass [PWD 14.16.1.4.2] sqm 2,879.00 2,875.00 2,859.00 2,859.00
5.11.16.08 6 mm thick clear glass [PWD 14.16.2.1.1] sqm 1,492.00 1,489.00 1,473.00 1,473.00
5.11.16.09 6 mm thick clear tempered glass [PWD 14.16.2.1.2] sqm 2,879.00 2,875.00 2,859.00 2,859.00
5.11.16.10 6 mm thick ambushed glass [PWD 14.16.2.2] sqm 2,602.00 2,598.00 2,582.00 2,582.00
5.11.16.11 6 mm thick reflecting glass [PWD 14.16.2.3.1] sqm 1,839.00 1,835.00 1,819.00 1,819.00
5.11.16.12 6 mm thick reflecting tempered glass [PWD 14.16.2.3.2] sqm 2,838.00 2,834.00 2,818.00 2,818.00
5.11.16.13 8 mm thick clear glass [PWD 14.16.3.1] sqm 2,120.00 2,115.00 2,093.00 2,093.00
5.11.16.14 8 mm thick clear tempered glass [PWD 14.16.3.2] sqm 3,853.00 3,848.00 3,827.00 3,827.00
5.11.16.19 13.52mm (6mm tempered glass+1.52mm PVB lamination+6mm sqm 9,080.00 9,071.00 9,034.00 9,034.00
tempered glass) foreign made tempered lamination glass [PWD
14.16.6.1]
5.11.16.20 13.52 mm(6mm low-E glass+1.52mm PVB lamination+6mm glass) sqm 11,369.00 11,359.00 11,322.00 11,322.00
foreign made tempered lamination glass [PWD 14.16.6.2]
5.11.16.21 17.52 mm (8mm tempered glass+1.52mm PVB lamination+8mm sqm 11,065.00 11,052.00 11,002.00 11,002.00
tempered glass) foreign made tempered double glazing glass [PWD
14.16.7.1]
5.11.16.22 17.52 mm(8mm tempered Low-E glass+1.52mm PVB sqm 12,452.00 12,439.00 12,389.00 12,389.00
lamination+8mm clear tempered glass) foreign made tempered
double glazing glass [PWD 14.16.7.2]
Page 184
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.16.23 24mm (6mm tempered glass+12mm argon gas filled gap+6mm sqm 7,977.00 7,964.00 7,911.00 7,911.00
tempered glass) foreign made tempered double glazing glass [PWD
14.16.8.1]
5.11.16.24 24 mm(6mm clear tempered Low-E glass+12mm argon gas filled sqm 9,226.00 9,212.00 9,160.00 9,160.00
gap+6mm clear tempered glass) foreign made tempered double
glazing glass [PWD 14.16.8.2]
5.11.17 Supplying, fabrication and Installation of approved colour 4 mm thick sqm 13,051.00 13,048.00 12,994.00 12,994.00
Fire Rated Aluminium Composite Panel
(Alucobond/Alcopanel/Alpolic or equivalent) of 0.5 mm thick
aluminum skin cover both side with 3 coat PVDF on the front face
panel sheet and non-combustible mineral filled core/ aluminum
hydroxide filled (fr) core, skin cover sheet in Peralumam -100,
ENAW -5005 (AlMg1)on the both side(Total weigt.7.60kg/sqm), as
per US Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer's Association (AAMA)
in column, beam and wall surface providing with 44 mm x 44 mm x
1.5 mm aluminum section including supply of necessary hardwares,
consumables, scaffolding etc fitted with necessary accessories like
rivet, screw, rowel bolt etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing
and direction of the Engineer-in-charge [PWD 14.17]
5.11.18 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium curtain wall with aluminium sqm 13,410.00 13,404.00 13,320.00 13,320.00
top hung/casement windows as per the US Architectural Aluminium
Manufacturer's Association (AAMA) standard specification and BDS
1879:2014 having 134mm , 70mm, 3.5mm curtain wall sub-mullim
outer and inner frame,3.0 mm thick casement shutter (size 58.40
mm, 37.20 mm,57.40 mm ) 1.2 mm thick shutter glass strips, all
aluminium member will be powder coated with coat not less than 1.5
micron in thickness including all accessories 4 bar hinge casement
handle, 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm aluminium angle, steel rowel bolt,
screws , rivets norton tape masking tape, structural sealant, gum
bracket rod etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing and
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 14.18]
5.11.19 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium curtain wall with aluminium sqm 10,815.00 10,803.00 10,696.00 10,696.00
top hung/casement windows as per the US Architectural Aluminium
1879:2014 having 100 mm , 50mm, 2mm curtain wall sub-mullim
outer and inner frame, 3.0 mm thick casement shutter (size 58.40
mm, 37.20 mm,57.40 mm ), 1.2 mm thick shutter glass strips, all
5.11.20 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium curtain wall and aluminium sqm 9,378.00 9,366.00 9,259.00 9,259.00
top hung/casement windows ad per the US Architectural Aluminium
1879:2014 having 50 mm , 50 mm, 2 mm curtain wall sub-mullim
outer and inner frame,3.0 mm thick casement shutter (size 58.40
mm, 37.20 mm,57.40 mm ) ,1.2 mm thick shutter glass strips, all
Page 185
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.21 Supplying, fitting and fixing of aluminium curtain wall along with 10 sqm 11,770.00 11,764.00 11,694.00 11,694.00
mm thick clear tempered glass as per the US Architectural aluminium
Manufacturer's Association (AAMA) Standard Specification and BDS
1879:2014 having 115 mm , 64 mm, 3 mm curtain wall sub-mullim
outer and inner frame, 3.0 mm thick casement shutter (size 58.40
mm, 37.20 mm,57.40 mm ) ,1.2 mm thick shutter glass strips, all
handle, 50 m x 50mm x 6m aluminium angle, steel rowel bolt, screws
, rivets norton tape masking tape, structural sealant, gum bracket rod
etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing and direction of the
5.11.22 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 12 mm thick clear tempered glass wall sqm 21,510.00 21,500.00 21,414.00 21,414.00
upto 3.0 m height with vertical fin glass support of same thickness
and support shall be at least 1.2 m c/c fixed properly with glass by
silicon glue with supply and fittings of all required accessories such
as SS u channel, nut bolts, aluminium angle, steel rowel bolt, screws
, rivets norton tape masking tape, structural sealant, gum bracket rod
etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing and direction of the
Engineer-in- charge. [PWD 14.22]
5.11.23 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 12 mm thick tempered glass wall from sqm 22,108.00 22,103.00 22,042.00 22,042.00
3.0 m to 6.0 m height with spider point fixing joint and vertical fin
glass support of same thickness, support shall be at least 1.2 m c/c
fixed properly with main glass by silicon glue with supply and fittings
of all required accessories such as SS u chennel, nut bolts,
aluminium angle, steel rowel bolt, screws , rivets norton tape
masking tape, structural sealant, gum bracket rod etc. all complete in
all respect as per drawing and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 14.23]
5.11.24 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 12 mm thick clear tempered glass wall sqm 22,488.00 22,485.00 22,428.00 22,428.00
from 6.0 m to 8.2 m height with spider point fixing joint and vertical/
horizontal fin glass support of double thickness, support shall be at
least 2 m c/c fixed properly with main glass by silicon glue with
supply and fittings of all required accessories such as SS u chennel,
nut bolts, aluminium angle, steel rowel bolt, screws , rivets norton
tape masking tape, structural sealant, gum bracket rod etc. all
complete in all respect as per drawing and direction of the Engineer-
5.11.25 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium box fixed louver as per the
U.S. Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer’s Association (AAMA)
standard specification having 50mm x 25 mm, 1.5 mm thick outer
section and horizantally @ 75 mm c/c fixed with above mentined
frame and all aluminium members will be anodized to aluminium with
a coat not less than 15 micron in thickness and density of 4 mg per
square cm etc. including all accessories, neoprene, sealant, nuts
and bolts etc. complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by
the Engineer.[PWD 14.25]
5.11.26 Supplying fitting and fixing of aluminium ventilation louver as per the
U.S Architectural Aluminium Manufacturer's Association ( AAMA)
standard specification having 38 mmx 38mm, 2 mm thick outer
frame, 39.67 mm x15.06 mm louver outer of minimum 1.2 mm thick
and horizontal louver 55.02 mm x 37.39 mm of 1.50 mm thick @ 25
mm c/c fixed with above mentioned frame and aluminium members
will be Powder coated colour etc. including all accessories,
neoprene, sealant, nuts and bolts etc. complete in all respect as per
drawing and accepted by the Engineer. [PWD 14.26]
Page 186
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.11.27 Supplying, fitting and fixing special quality 10 mm thick clear sqm 10,956.00 10,934.00 10,845.00 10,845.00
tempered glass digital Honour board including all accessories, heavy
type 6 nos. SS clamping devices/SS knob, digital print name plate
including making hole etc. complete in all respect as per drawing and
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.27]
Section 12 : Cement Plaster, Fair-Face Plaster And Pointing Works
cement to both inner-and outer surface of wall, finishing the corner
and edges including washing of sand, cleaning the surface, curing at
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) ground floor.
[PWD 15.1.1]
cement to outer surface of wall, finishing the corner and edges
including washing of sand, cleaning the surface, curing at least for 7
days, cost of water, electricity, scaffolding and other charges etc. all
in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) ground floor. [PWD 15.1.2]
5.12.03 Minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) plaster with neat sqm 362.00 360.00 340.00 340.00
cement finishing to plinth wall with cement (1:4) up to 150 mm below
ground level including washing of sand, finishing the edges and
corners and curing at least for 7 days, cost of water, electricity,
scaffolding and other charges etc. all complete in all respect as per
drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-
M) ground floor. [PWD 15.2]
5.12.04 Minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) plaster with neat sqm 373.00 371.00 351.00 351.00
cement finishing to dado with cement (1:4) up to 150 mm including
washing of sand, finishing the edges and corners and curing at least
for 7 days, cost of water, electricity, scaffolding and other charges
etc. all complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) ground floor. [PWD 15.3]
5.12.05 Minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) plaster (1:6) having sqm 291.00 289.00 273.00 273.00
with fresh cement to both inner and outer surface of wall, finishing
the edges and corners including washing of sand, cleaning the
surface, curing at least for 7 days, cost of water, electricity,
M) ground floor.[PWD 15.4]
cement to ceiling, R.C.C. columns, beams, surface of stair case,
sunshades, cornices, railings, drop wall, louvers, fins and finishing
the corners and edges including washing of sand, cleaning the
cement to ceiling, R.C.C. columns, beams, surface of stair case,
sunshades, cornices, railings, drop wall, louvers, fins and finishing
the corners and edges including washing of sand, cleaning the
5.12.08 Flush pointing to brick wall with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) sqm 196.00 194.00 182.00 182.00
with cement including raking out the joints, curing at least for 7 days,
cost of water, electricity, scaffolding and other charges etc. all
in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) ground floor.[PWD 15.7]
Page 187
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.12.09 Rule pointing to brick wall with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) sqm 233.00 231.00 217.00 217.00
with fresh cement and raking out the joints, curing at least for 7 days,
cost of water, electricity, scaffolding and other charges etc. all
in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) ground floor. [PWD 15.8]
5.12.10 Raised or tack pointing work to brick wall with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) sqm 609.00 600.00 565.00 565.00
mortar (1:2) with fresh cement of minimum 12 mm x 20 mm in size
including raking out the joints and necessary scaffolding, curing at
least for 7 days, cleaning each and every brick, cutting the bricks with
pumice stone where necessary etc. all complete in all floors, cost of
water, electricity, scaffolding and other charges etc. all complete in all
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) ground floor. [PWD 15.9]
5.12.11 Providing drip course or nosing at the edge of sunshade or cornice m 170.00 169.00 157.00 157.00
with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:2) with fresh cement, curing at
by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 15.10]
5.12.12 Minimum 10 mm thick fair face plaster using premix cement plaster sqm 2,047.00 2,040.00 1,991.00 1,991.00
(CP2 LGT/Stucco base premix or equivalent); initial background
should be 19 mm rough cement plaster (1:4); then after passing 7
days curing time surface of newly constructed rough plaster should
be throughly cleaned using a stiff brush to remove any dust, loose
particles, wood pieces, mould oil etc, then the backgound needs to
be throughly neutralized by applying potable water; Mixing premix
cement plaster with water at water/powder ratio according to the
specification of the manufacturer to form paste and apply on rough
plaster surface; powder for making paste must be mixed with potable
water only; apply the paste on the rough plaster surface by trowel to
get smooth and shiny surface and cure the finished plaster suface for
2-3 days(3-4 times daily); finally water repellent coating to protect
concrete surface; all complete with necessary scaffolding etc.
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Rate is excluding the cost of 19
mm thick rough cement plaster and water repellent paint) Ground
Floor [PWD 15.12]
5.12.13 Making groove in fair face plaster on outside wall upto 50 mm X 6 m 55.00 55.00 53.00 53.00
mm size including scaffolding, curing etc. complete as per drawing
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 15.13.1]
5.12.14 Making groove in fair face plaster on outside wall upto 38 mm X 6 m 67.00 67.00 64.00 64.00
mm size including scaffolding, curing etc. complete as per drawing
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 15.13.2]
5.12.15 Minimum 1mm thick fair face coating using Master Emaco N 303 sqm 1,509.00 1,508.00 1,496.00 1,496.00
Rendroc FC/Top Crete 220 or equivalent product micro toping skim
coat, a high performance single component polymer fortified, colored,
cementitious micro topping that can be applied on a variety of
horizontal and vertical plaster surfaces; initially background should
be thoroughly cleaned using a stiff brush to remove any dust, loose
particles, mould oil etc.; then the background needs to be thoroughly
neutralized by applying potable water ; The ratio of fair face coating
and water is 1.5:1 to 2:1 or as required for workability ; powder will be
mixed with potable water in a drum by blending machine; the mixture
can be spread to any horizontal and vertical plaster surface using
trowel to get smooth and shiny surface; all complete with necessary
scaffolding etc. accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding the cost of 19 mm thick rough cement plaster)Ground
floor. [PWD 15.14]
5.12.16 Minimum 12mm thick cement sand (F.M-1.2) water proof, damp sqm 645.00 643.00 626.00 626.00
proof, dry and breathable plaster (1:4) with water proof Izonil Cement
(STN-EN -1015-11 , Compressive Strength 34 MPa ,Max depth of
water penetration into hardened plaster is < 1 mm) or equivalent
compound to wall surface, finishing the corner and edges including
washing of sand, cleaning the surface, scaffolding and curing at least
for 3 days, cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. all
complete in all respect as per drawing and accepted by the Engineer
–in-charge. (Izonil Cement/equivalent compound: Water proof, damp
proof, dry and breathable cement). [PWD 15.15.1]
Page 188
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
water penetration into hardened plaster is < 1 mm) /equivalent
proof, dry and breathable cement).[PWD 15.15.2]
5.12.18 Added rate for plaster and all types of pointing for additional floor sqm 15.00 14.00 13.00 13.00
above ground floor [PWD 15.16]
5.12.19 Pre-cast ventilators of minimum 25 mm thick of any design with sqm 2,895.00 2,879.00 2,702.00 2,702.00
cement sand (F.M.1.2) mortar (1:4) fitted and fixed in position,
finishing with cement sand (F.M. 1.2) plaster (1:6) including
necessary scaffolding and curing, in all floors accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD 15.17]
5.12.20 75 mm x 75 mm cornice of brick masonry in cement sand (F.M. 1.2) m 267.00 264.00 247.00 247.00
mortar (1:6) having minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
plaster (1:6) including scaffolding and curing at least for 7 days in all
floors accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M)
[PWD 15.18]
5.12.21 Supplying, fitting, fixing of broken and sharp glass 19 mm to 32 mm sqm 301.00 300.00 294.00 294.00
height, av. 19 mm width placed at a distance approximately 25 mm
center to center, embedding the same to 12 mm to 19 mm thick
cement plaster with neat cement finishing including necessary
scaffolding approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD 15.19]
5.12.22 Supply and application of 19mm thick (9.5 mm X 2 layer) water proof, sqm 1,236.00 1,233.00 1,215.00 1,215.00
damp proof, dry and breathable plaster on roof slab/ underground
water reservoir/ overhead water reservoir/ basement/retaining wall
with water proof, damp proof, dry and breathable Izonil cement
(STN-EN -1015-11 , compressive strength 34 MPa ,max depth of
water penetration into hardened plaster is < 1 mm) or equivalent
compound in a proportion of 1:2.4 (Izonil cement or equivalent
compound 1: sand 2.4) after cement grouting on existing concrete
surface including finishing the corner and edges, washing sand,
cleaning the surface scaffolding and curing at least 3 days etc. all
completed in all respects as per direction of Engineering-in-charge.
Above mentioned plaster includes glass fiber mesh of 10 mm X 10
mm grid and weight 110 gm/sqm placed in between two layers.
[PWD 17.3]
5.12.23 Average 100 mm thick finished lime terracing with 20 mm down
graded first class brick chips (khoa), surki from 1st class bricks and
minimum lime content 500 kg per 2.83 cubic meter (stone lime
brought at site, not being powdered in open air and to be slaked in
presence of engineer-in-charge and to be measured in volume three
days after slaking for using in the mix) in the proportion 7:2:2 (brick
chips : surki : lime) including preparation of the mix on the ground by
making a suitable platform under proper polythene cover. Cutting the
mix twice daily with limewater (1:10) at least for 7 days until the mix
attain desirable consistency. Laying the mix in proper slope, beating
the same with standard ‘koppa’ for minimum 7 days to gain maximum
consolidation, making ghoondy and neat finishing with lime Surki
mortar (1:2) and curing for 21 days providing polythene cover after
each day work and cleaning etc. complete in all respect accepted by
5.12.23.1 1st Floor [PWD 17.4.1] cum 17,763.00 17,639.00 16,882.00 16,977.00
5.12.23.2 Add for each additional floor above ground floor [PWD 17.4.1.1] cum 119.00 117.00 108.00 108.00
5.12.24 Making groove in plaster on outside wall upto 50 mm X 6 mm size m 29.00 29.00 27.00 27.00
including scaffolding, curing etc. complete as per drawing and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 15.11.1]
Page 189
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.12.25 Making groove in plaster on outside wall upto 38 mm X 6 mm size m 45.00 44.00 42.00 42.00
including scaffolding, curing etc. complete as per drawing and
Section 13 : Patent Stone In Flooring
5.13.01 25 mm thick artificial patent stone (1:2:4) flooring with cement, best sqm 486.00 481.00 461.00 463.00
quality coarse sand (50% quantity of Sylhet sand or coarse sand of
equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 50% best quality local sand of FM 1.2) and
12 mm down well graded brick chips including breaking chips,
screening, laying the concrete in alternate panels, compacting and
finishing the top with neat cement and curing at least for 7 days in all
floors including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. all
II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD BW 04.26)
12 mm down well graded brick chips including breaking chips,
screening, laying the concrete in alternate panels, compacting and
finishing the top with neat cement and curing at least for 7 days in all
floors including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. all
II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD BW 04.27)
12 mm down well graded stone chips, laying the concrete in alternate
panels, compacting and finishing the top with neat cement and curing
at least for 7 days in all floors including cost of water, electricity and
charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.28)
charge. Cement: (CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD 04.29)
5.13.05 25 mm thick artificial patent stone (1:1.5:3) flooring with cement, best sqm 584.00 581.00 550.00 555.00
charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD BW 04.30)
5.13.06 38 mm thick artificial patent stone (1:1.5:3) flooring with cement, best sqm 741.00 738.00 700.00 707.00
charge.(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD BW 04.31)
5.13.07 Added cost for each additional floor above ground floor for patent sqm 25.00 25.00 23.00 23.00
stone works. (PWD BW 04.32)
Page 190
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section 14 : Mosaic Works
5.14.01 10 mm thick finished and 12.5 mm laying thickness cast in situ
mosaic work on floor with one part of 10 mm machine crushed well
graded dust free and properly washed marble chips and one part of
mixture containing white cement / grey cement including preparation
of mix and laying the same over minimum 25 mm thick artificial
patent stone flooring with brick chips (1:2:4) including making
suitable panel, compacting, curing at least for 7 days, cutting with
pumice stone (No. 40, No. 80, No.120) /cutting with mosaic cutting
machine and finishing with minar stone and spreading oxalic acid
including breaking of brick chips, screening, washing mosaic chips
and supply of all necessary materials and water, electricity and other
charges in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-I/OPC) (PWD BW 05.1)
5.14.01.1 With Indian chips and glass strip using 100% white sqm 2,150.00 2,135.00 2,074.00 2,076.00
cement In ground floor
5.14.01.2 With Indian chips and glass strip using 100% grey sqm 1,838.00 1,823.00 1,762.00 1,764.00
cement In ground floor
5.14.01.3 With Pakistani chips and glass strip using 100% white cement In sqm 2,183.00 2,168.00 2,107.00 2,109.00
ground floor
5.14.01.4 With Pakistani chips without glass strip using 100% grey cement In sqm 1,589.00 1,575.00 1,523.00 1,525.00
ground floor
5.14.01.5 With Indian chips without glass strip using 100% grey cement In sqm 1,556.00 1,542.00 1,490.00 1,491.00
ground floor
5.14.01.6 With Pakistani chips without glass strip using 100% white cement In sqm 1,901.00 1,887.00 1,835.00 1,837.00
ground floor
5.14.02 12 mm thick finished and laying thickness 14.5 mm cast in situ
mosaic work on floor with one part of 10 mm machine crushed well
mixture containing 100% white cement including preparation of mix
and laying the same over minimum 25 mm thick artificial patent stone
flooring with brick-chips (1:2:4) including making suitable panel,
compacting, curing at least for 7 days, cutting with pumice stone (No.
40, No. 80, No. 120)/ cutting with mosaic cutting machine and
finishing with minar stone including breaking of brick chips,
screening, spreading oxalic acid, washing of mosaic chips and
supply of all necessary materials and water, electricity and other
charges in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-I/OPC). [PWD 05.2]
5.14.02.1 With Indian chips and glass stripIn ground floor sqm 2,239.00 2,225.00 2,163.00 2,165.00
5.14.02.2 With Pakistani chips and glass stripIn ground floor sqm 2,276.00 2,262.00 2,200.00 2,202.00
5.14.02.3 With Indian chips without glass stripIn ground floor sqm 1,957.00 1,943.00 1,891.00 1,893.00
5.14.02.4 With Pakistani chips without glass stripIn ground floor sqm 1,994.00 1,980.00 1,928.00 1,930.00
5.14.03 10 mm thick finished and laying thickness 12.5 mm silver grey cast in
situ mosaic work on floor with one part of 10 mm machine crushed
well graded, dust free and properly washed marble chips and one
part of mixture containing white cement and grey cement in
proportion (1:1) including preparation of mix and laying the same
over minimum 25 mm thick artificial patent stone flooring with brick-
chips (1:2:4) including making suitable panel, compacting, curing at
least for 7 days, cutting with pumice stone (No. 40, No. 80, No. 120)
and finishing with minar stone including breaking of brick chips,
screening, washing of mosaic chips and supply of all necessary
materials including water, electricity and other charges in all respect
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Cement: CEM-I/OPC)
[PWD 05.3]
5.14.03.1 With Indian chips and glass sqm 1,994.00 1,979.00 1,918.00 1,920.00
strip
In ground floor
Page 191
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.14.03.2 With Pakistani chips and glass sqm 2,027.00 2,012.00 1,951.00 1,953.00
strip
In ground floor
5.14.03.3 With Indian chips without glass sqm 1,712.00 1,698.00 1,646.00 1,647.00
strip
In ground floor
5.14.03.4 With Pakistani chips without glass sqm 1,745.00 1,731.00 1,679.00 1,680.00
strip
In ground floor
well graded dust free and properly washed marble chips and one
proportion (1:1) including preparation of mix and laying the same
over minimum 25 mm thick artificial patent stone flooring with brick-
chips (1:2:4) including making suitable panels, compacting, curing at
least for 7 days, cutting with pumice stone (No. 40. No. 80, No. 120)
and finishing with minar stone including breaking of brick chips,
materials and water, electricity and other charges in all respect and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-I/OPC) [PWD
05.4]
5.14.04.1 With Indian chips and glass sqm 2,064.00 2,050.00 1,988.00 1,990.00
strip
In ground floor
5.14.04.2 With Pakistani chips and glass sqm 2,101.00 2,087.00 2,025.00 2,027.00
strip
In ground floor
5.14.04.3 With Indian chips without glass sqm 1,782.00 1,769.00 1,716.00 1,718.00
strip
In ground floor
5.14.04.4 With Pakistani chips without glass sqm 1,819.00 1,805.00 1,753.00 1,755.00
strip In
ground floor
5.14.05 10 mm thick finished and laying thickness 12.5 mm cast in situ
mosaic work in wall with one part of 10 mm machine crushed well
mixture containing 100% white cement including preparation of mix
and laying the same on 12 mm thick cement plaster (1:4) to wall
including compacting, curing at least for 7 days, cutting with pumice
stone (No. 40, No. 80, No. 120), finishing the corners and edges and
also finishing with minar stone and supplying all necessary materials
including water, electricity and other charges in all respect and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-I/OPC)
5.14.05.1 With Indian sqm 2,205.00 2,172.00 2,096.00 2,096.00
chips
In ground floor
5.14.05.2 With Pakistani sqm 2,238.00 2,205.00 2,129.00 2,129.00
chips
In ground floor
situ mosaic work in wall with one part of 10 mm machine crushed
proportion (1:1) including preparation of mix. and laying the same on
12 mm thick cement plaster (1:4) to wall including compacting, curing
at least for 7 days, cutting with pumice stone (No. 40, No. 80, No
120) including finishing the corners and edges and also finishing with
minar stone and supplying all necessary materials and water,
electricity and other charges in all respect and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-I/OPC). [PWD 05.6]
Page 192
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.14.06.1 With Indian sqm 2,049.00 2,016.00 1,940.00 1,940.00
chips
In ground floor
5.14.06.2 With Pakistani sqm 2,082.00 2,049.00 1,973.00 1,973.00
chips
In ground floor
5.14.06.3 With Indian chips using 100% grey sqm 1,893.00 1,860.00 1,784.00 1,784.00
cement In
ground floor
5.14.07 10 mm thick finished laying in 12.5 mm thickness coloured cast in
situ mosaic work in floor with one part of 10 mm machine crushed
part of mixture containing white and grey cement in proportion (9:1)
and necessary quantity of approved colouring materials including
preparation of mix and laying the same over min 25 mm thick artificial
patent stone flooring with brick-chips (1:2:4) including making
suitable panel, compacting, curing at least for 7 days, cutting with
pumice stone (No. 40, No. 80, No. 120) and finishing with Minar
stone including breaking of brick chips, screening, washing of mosaic
chips and supply of all necessary materials and water, electricity and
other charges in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-I/OPC) [PWD 05.7]
5.14.08 12 mm thick finished and laying thickness 14 mm coloured cast in
proportion (9:1) and necessary quantity of approved colouring
materials including preparation of mix and laying the same over
minimum 25 mm thick artificial patent stone flooring with brick-chips
(1:2:4) including making suitable panel, compacting, curing at least
for 7 days, cutting with pumice stone (No. 40, No. 80, No. 120) and
finishing with minar stone including breaking of brick chips,
materials and water, electricity and other charges in all respect and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-I/OPC). [PWD
05.8]
5.14.09 10 mm thick finished and laying thickness 12.5 mm coloured cast in
situ mosaic work in walls with one part of 10 mm machine crushed
proportion (9:1) and necessary quantity of approved colouring
materials including preparation of mix and laying the same on 12 mm
thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) plaster (1:4) to walls including pressing,
curing at least for 7 days, cutting with pumice stone (No. 40, No. 80,
No. 120) including finishing the corners and edges and also finishing
with minar stone and supply of all necessary materials etc. and
water, electricity and other charges complete in all respect and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-I/OPC). [PWD
05.9]
5.14.09.1 With Indian chipsIn ground floor sqm 2,290.00 2,256.00 2,181.00 2,181.00
5.14.09.2 With Pakistani chipsIn ground floor sqm 2,323.00 2,289.00 2,214.00 2,214.00
Page 193
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.14.10 200 mm x 200 mm x 20 mm mosaic terrazzo tiles flooring having 10
mm thick finished mosaic top with one part of 10 mm machine
crushed well graded dust free and properly washed marble chips and
one part of mixture containing white cement and grey cement in 9:1
proportion pressed on 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2 and 2.5
by 50% each) mortar (1:2) base including preparing the base;
finally, setting the tiles on 40 mm thick cement sand (F.M.1.2 and 2.5
by 50% each) mortar (1:3) including compacting, cutting with pumice
stone (No. 40, No. 80, No. 120) and finishing the corners and edges
and also finishing with minar stone including screening, washing
mosaic chips and supply of all necessary materials etc. and water,
electricity and other charges complete in all respect and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-I/OPC). [PWD 05.10]
5.14.10.1 200 mm x 200 mm x 20 mm (finished) mosaic terrazzo tiles flooring sqm 1,934.00 1,925.00 1,884.00 1,884.00
with Indian chips In ground floor
5.14.10.2 200 mm x 200 mm x 20 mm (finished) mosaic terrazzo tiles flooring sqm 1,966.00 1,956.00 1,915.00 1,916.00
with Pakistani chips In ground floor
5.14.11 Added cost for mosaic and terrazzo tiles work above ground floor sqm 18.00 18.00 17.00 17.00
(item no.- 05.1 to 05.10).
Section 15: Tiles, Marble And Granite Stone Works
5.15.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made GP(Gress Porcellanto) -
glazed or unglazed homogeneous floor tiles complying BDS ISO
13006: 2015, water absorption ≤ 0.5%, modulus of rupture (MOR) ≥
27 N/mm2, irrespective of color &/or design, with 20 mm thick cement
sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) base and raking out the joints with white
cement including cutting and laying the tiles in proper way and
finishing with care etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In ground floor (PWD 06.1)
5.15.01.1 GP (homogeneous) 300 mm x 300 mm floor tiles sqm 1,328.00 1,321.00 1,295.00 1,295.00
5.15.01.6 GP (homogeneous) 305 mm x 305 mm high traffic floor tiles sqm 1,425.00 1,418.00 1,392.00 1,392.00
5.15.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made mirror polished
homogeneous floor tiles complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015, water
absorption ≤ 0.5%, modulus of rupture (MOR) ≥ 27 N/mm2,
irrespective of color &/or design, with 20 mm thick cement sand (F.M.
1.2) mortar (1:4) base and raking out the joints with white cement
including cutting and laying the tiles in proper way and finishing with
care etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor (PWD BW 06.2)
5.15.02.1 GP (mirror polished) 400 mm x 400 mm floor tiles sqm 1,633.00 1,626.00 1,600.00 1,600.00
5.15.02.7 GP Mirror Polished (Double Charge) 600 mm x 600 mm floor tiles sqm 2,174.00 2,167.00 2,141.00 2,141.00
Page 194
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.15.03 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made homogeneous matt
finished/ rustic floor tiles complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015, water
5.15.03.1 Matt or rustic floor tiles of size 400 mm x 400 mm and below sqm 1,703.00 1,696.00 1,670.00 1,670.00
5.15.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing foreign made polished pocelain/ mirror
polished homogeneous floor tiles complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015,
water absorption ≤ 0.5%, modulus of rupture (MOR) ≥ 35 N/mm2,
5.15.04.1 Polish pocelain/ mirror polished 600 mm x 600 mm floor tiles sqm 2,576.00 2,569.00 2,543.00 2,543.00
5.15.04.2 Polished pocelain/ mirror polished 800 mm x 800 mm floor tiles sqm 2,854.00 2,847.00 2,821.00 2,821.00
5.15.05 Supplying, fitting and fixing foreign made homogeneous matt

finished/ rustic floor tiles complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015, water
5.15.05.1 Matt or rustic floor tiles of size 600 mm x 600 mm sqm 2,993.00 2,985.00 2,959.00 2,959.00
5.15.05.2 Matt or rustic floor tiles of size 600 mm x 900 mm sqm 4,934.00 4,927.00 4,901.00 4,901.00
5.15.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made glazed wall tiles complying
BDS ISO 13006: 2015, irrespective of color &/or design, with 20 mm
thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:3) base and raking out the
joints with white cement including cutting, laying and hire charge of
machine and finishing with care etc. including cost of water, electricity
and other charges complete in all respect and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In ground floor (PWD
BW 06.6)
5.15.06.1 Wall tiles less than, equal or equivalent to 250 mm x 330 mm in sizes sqm 1,333.00 1,324.00 1,288.00 1,288.00
5.15.06.2 Wall tiles more than 250 mm x 330 mm & less than or equal to 250 sqm 1,569.00 1,560.00 1,523.00 1,523.00
mm x 400 mm in sizes
5.15.06.3 Wall tiles more than 250 mm x 400 mm & less than or equal to 300 sqm 1,846.00 1,837.00 1,801.00 1,801.00
mm x 600 mm in sizes
5.15.06.4 Wall tiles less than, equal or equivalent to 250 mm x 750 mm in sizes sqm 1,929.00 1,920.00 1,884.00 1,884.00
5.15.06.5 Decor wall tiles of any size sqm 2,096.00 2,087.00 2,050.00 2,050.00
5.15.06.6 Border wall tiles of any size sqm 4,411.00 4,403.00 4,366.00 4,366.00
Page 195
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.15.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made rustic or matt finished wall
tiles complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015, irrespective of color &/or
design, with 20 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:3) base
and raking out the joints with white cement including cutting, laying
and hire charge of machine and finishing with care etc. including
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In
ground floor (PWD BW 06.7)
5.15.07.1 Matt or rustic wall tiles less than or equal to 300 mm x 600 mm size sqm 1,943.00 1,934.00 1,898.00 1,898.00
5.15.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing foreign made glazed wall tiles complying
BDS ISO 13006: 2015, irrespective of color &/or design, with 20 mm
thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:3) base and raking out the
joints with white cement including cutting, laying and hire charge of
machine and finishing with care etc. including water, electricity and
other charges complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In ground floor (PWD BW 06.8)
5.15.08.1 Glazed wall tiles 300 mm x 600 mm in sizes along with maching floor sqm 2,886.00 2,877.00 2,841.00 2,841.00
tiles, decor and border (if any)
5.15.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing foreign made rustic or matt finished wall
tiles complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015, irrespective of color &/or
design, with 20 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:3) base
and raking out the joints with white cement including cutting, laying
and hire charge of machine and finishing with care etc. including
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In
ground floor (PWD BW 06.9)
5.15.09.1 Matt or rustic wall tiles 300 mm x 600 mm in sizes along with sqm 2,886.00 2,877.00 2,841.00 2,841.00
matching floor tiles, decor and border titles (if any)
5.15.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made GP homogeneous stair
tiles having non skidding offsets, complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015,
5.15.10.1 Glazed stair tiles having size of width 250 mm to 300 mm and length sqm 1,439.00 1,432.00 1,406.00 1,406.00
300 mm
5.15.10.2 Glazed stair tiles having size of width 250 mm to 300 mm and length sqm 1,841.00 1,834.00 1,808.00 1,808.00
325 mm to 600 mm
5.15.10.3 Glazed stair tiles (Double Charge) having size of width 300 mm and sqm 2,382.00 2,375.00 2,349.00 2,349.00
length 600 mm
5.15.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made rustic or matt finished stair
tiles having non-skidding offsets complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015,
including cutting, laying and hire charge of machine and finishing
with care etc. including water, electricity and other charges complete
in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Cement:
CEM-II/B-M). In ground floor (PWD BW 06.11)
5.15.11.1 Rustic stair tiles of size 300 mm x 600 mm sqm 1,744.00 1,737.00 1,711.00 1,711.00
5.15.12 Supplying, fitting and fixing foreign made GP homogeneous stair tiles
having non skidding offsets, complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015, water
5.15.12.1 Glazed stair tiles of size 300 mm x 600 mm sqm 2,022.00 2,015.00 1,989.00 1,989.00
Page 196
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.15.13 Supplying, fitting and fixing foreign made rustic or matt finished stair
tiles having non-skidding offsets complying BDS ISO 13006: 2015,
5.15.13.1 Rustic stair tiles of size 300 mm x 600 mm sqm 1,814.00 1,807.00 1,780.00 1,780.00
5.15.14 Supplying, fitting and fixing country made floor tiles complying BDS
ISO 13006: 2015, water absorption ≤ 0.5%, modulus of rupture
(MOR) ≥ 27 N/mm2, irrespective of color &/or design, with adhesives
in full thickness of tiles, filler/tiles grout including cutting, shaping,
placing in proper level etc. all complete and accepted by the
Engineer in charge. In ground floor (PWD BW 06.14)
5.15.14.01 GP glazed / unglazed homogenous floor tiles (400 mm x 400 mm) sqm 1,589.00 1,583.00 1,552.00 1,552.00
5.15.14.02 GP glazed / unglazed homogenous floor tiles (300 mm x 300 mm) sqm 1,450.00 1,444.00 1,414.00 1,414.00
5.15.14.03 GP Mirror Polished floor tiles (300 mm x 300 mm) sqm 1,520.00 1,513.00 1,483.00 1,483.00
5.15.15 Supplying, fitting and fixing 20mm to 25mm thick machine made
cement pavement tiles having minimum compressive strength of 27
MPa, irrespective of color &/or design, with 20 mm thick cement sand
(F.M. 1.2) mortar (1:4) base and making the joints carefully in true
straight line including cutting, laying and hire charge of machine and
finishing with care etc. including water, electricity and other charges
complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In ground floor (PWD BW 06.15)
5.15.15.1 Pavement tiles of size 300 mm x 300 mm [PWD 06.15.1] sqm 1,190.00 1,183.00 1,156.00 1,156.00
5.15.16 Supplying, fitting and fixing machine made clay roof tiles with ridge
tiles on RCC inclined slab, irrespective of color &/or design, water
absorption capacity <6% with 20 mm thick cement sand (F.M. 1.2)
mortar (1:3) base and making the joints carefully in true straight line
5.15.16.01 Roof tiles of size 100 mm x 200 mm or equivalent (red colour) sqm 2,960.00 2,950.00 2,900.00 2,900.00
5.15.16.02 Roof tiles of size 125 mm x 170 mm to 200 mm x 200 mm or sqm 3,360.00 3,350.00 3,300.00 3,300.00
equivalent (red colour)
5.15.16.03 Roof tiles of size 160 mm x 268 mm or equivalent (red colour) sqm 3,086.00 3,076.00 3,026.00 3,026.00
5.15.16.04 Roof tiles of size 225 mm x 300 mm or larger (red colour) sqm 3,170.00 3,159.00 3,110.00 3,110.00
5.15.16.05 Flower shaped roof tiles of size 175 mm x 175 mm or equivalent (red sqm 4,032.00 4,022.00 3,972.00 3,972.00
colour)
5.15.16.06 Roof tiles of size 100 mm x 200 mm or equivalent (beige colour) sqm 2,934.00 2,923.00 2,874.00 2,874.00
5.15.16.07 Roof tiles of size 125 mm x170 mm to 200 mm x 200 mm or sqm 3,489.00 3,478.00 3,429.00 3,429.00
equivalent (beige colour)
5.15.16.08 Roof tiles of size 225 mm x 300 mm or larger (beige colour) sqm 3,419.00 3,409.00 3,359.00 3,359.00
Page 197
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.15.16.09 Flower shaped roof tiles of size 175 mm x 175 mm or equivalent sqm 4,196.00 4,185.00 4,136.00 4,136.00
(beige colour)
5.15.16.10 Roof tiles of size 125 mm x 170 mm to 200 mm x 200 mm or sqm 3,489.00 3,478.00 3,429.00 3,429.00
equivalent (grey or black colour)
5.15.16.11 Flower shaped roof tiles of size 175 mm x 175 mm or equivalent sqm 4,556.00 4,546.00 4,496.00 4,496.00
(grey or black colour)
5.15.17 Marble stone flooring with Indian standard quality (Bansowara/ Indian
grey/ Indian pink or equivalent) marble stone of approved quality
complying accepted National/ International standards, texture and
size with 25 mm thick cement sand (50% F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2)
mortar (1:2) including placing cement slurry below the stone, cutting
the marble stone to desired size, grinding and finishing the edges,
setting in position in proper level, filling the gaps with white cement
and colouring pigments including supplying all necessary
equipments/materials and finishing the top by pumice stone and
necessary auxiliary materials and water, electricity and other charges
complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer in
charge.(Cement: CEM-II/B-M). (PWD BW 06.17)
5.15.17.1 18 mm thick marble stone sqm 7,946.00 7,938.00 7,842.00 7,843.00
flooring In
ground floor
flooring In
ground floor
5.15.18 Marble stone flooring with Indian superior quality marble stone of
approved quality complying accepted National/ International
standards, texture and size with 25 mm thick cement sand (50% F.M.
1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including placing cement slurry
below the stone, cutting the marble stone to desired size, grinding
and finishing the edges, setting in position in proper level, filling the
gaps with white cement and colouring pigments including supplying
all necessary equipments/materials and finishing the top by pumice
stone and necessary auxiliary materials and water, electricity and
other charges complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer
in charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD BW 06.18)
flooring In
ground floor
flooring In
ground floor
5.15.19.1 Supplying and setting 12 mm thick Indian standard quality sqm 6,897.00 6,890.00 6,794.00 6,795.00
(Bansowara/ Indian grey/ Indian pink or equivalent) marble stone of
approved quality complying accepted National/ International
standards, texture and size on wall with 12 mm thick cement sand
(50% F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including cutting and
grinding the marble stone slab/tile, setting in position keeping
horizontal and vertical alignment correct, filling the joints with white
cement, cutting and grinding the top surface, finishing etc including
ground floor (PWD BW 06.19.1)
5.15.19.2 Supplying and setting 12 mm thick Indian superior quality marble sqm 7,294.00 7,286.00 7,191.00 7,191.00
stone of approved quality complying accepted National/ International
grinding the marble stone slab/tile, setting in position keeping
horizontal and vertical alignment correct, filling the joints with white
cement, cutting and grinding the top surface, finishing etc including
ground floor (PWD BW 06.19.2)
Page 198
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.15.20.1 Marble stone flooring with 18mm thick Italian or equivalent marble sqm 10,455.00 10,447.00 10,352.00 10,352.00
standards, texture and size over 25 mm thick cement sand (50%
F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including. placing cement
slurry below the stone, cutting the marble stone to desired size,
grinding and finishing the edges, setting in position in proper level,
filling the gaps with white cement and colouring pigments including
supplying all necessary equipments/materials and finishing the top by
pumice stone and necessary auxiliary materials and water, electricity
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). In ground floor.(PWD
BW 06.20.1)
5.15.20.2 Supplying and setting 12 mm thick Italian or equivalent quality marble sqm 9,803.00 9,795.00 9,700.00 9,700.00
stone on wall of approved quality complying accepted National/
International standards, texture and size on wall with 12 mm thick
cement sand (50% F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including
cutting and grinding the marble stone slab/tile, setting in position
keeping horizontal and vertical alignment correct, filling the joints with
white cement, cutting and grinding the top surface, finishing etc
including water, electricity and other charges complete in all respect
ground floor .(PWD BW 06.20.2)
5.15.21 Labour cost for making moulding in marble stone as per architectural
drawing including cutting, grinding, finishing, supplying necessary
equipment etc. complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer
in Charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M). .(PWD BW 06.21)
5.15.21.1 18 mm thick marble stone m 475.00 473.00 454.00 454.00
5.15.22 Granite stone flooring with 18mm thick Indian or equivalent granite sqm 9,134.00 9,126.00 9,031.00 9,031.00
standards, texture and size over 25 mm thick cement sand (50%
F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including. placing cement
slurry below the stone, cutting the granite stone to desired size,
grinding and finishing the edges, setting in position in proper level.
filling the gaps with white cement and colouring pigments including
supplying all necessary equipments/materials and finishing the top by
pumice stone and necessary auxiliary materials and water, electricity
Engineer-in-charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) In ground floor .(PWD
BW 06.22)
5.15.23 Granite stone flooring with 18mm thick Italian or equivalent origin sqm 10,455.00 10,447.00 10,352.00 10,352.00
granite stone of approved quality complying accepted National/
International standards, texture and size over 25 mm thick cement
sand (50% F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including. placing
cement slurry below the stone, cutting the granite stone to desired
size, grinding and finishing the edges, setting in position in proper
level, filling the gaps with white cement and colouring pigments
including supplying all necessary equipments/materials and finishing
the top by pumice stone and necessary auxiliary materials and water,
BW 06.23)
5.15.24 Supplying and setting 12 mm thick Indian or equivalent granite stone sqm 7,162.00 7,154.00 7,059.00 7,059.00
of approved quality complying accepted National/ International
grinding the granite stone slab, setting in position keeping horizontal
and vertical alignment correct, filling the joints with white cement,
cutting and grinding the top surface, finishing etc including water,
BW 06.24)
Page 199
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.15.25 Supplying and setting 12 mm thick Italian or equivalent granite stone sqm 8,482.00 8,475.00 8,379.00 8,380.00
of approved quality complying accepted National/ International
grinding the granite stone slab, setting in position keeping horizontal
and vertical alignment correct, filling the joints with white cement,
cutting and grinding the top surface, finishing etc including water,
BW 06.25)
5.15.26 Kota stone flooring of approved quality complying accepted National/
International standards, texture and size with 25 mm thick cement
sand (50% F.M. 1.2 and 50% F.M 2.2) mortar (1:2) including placing
cement slurry below the stone, cutting the marble stone to desired
size, grinding and finishing the edges, setting in position in proper
level, filling the gaps with white cement and colouring pigments
including supplying all necessary equipments/materials and finishing
the top by pumice stone and necessary auxiliary materials and water,
the Engineer in charge. (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) (PWD BW 06.26)
5.15.26.1 14-22 mm thick Kota stone sqm 4,819.00 4,814.00 4,748.00 4,749.00
flooring In ground floor
5.15.27 Added rate for each additional floor above ground floor for tiles works sqm 15.00 14.00 13.00 13.00
(PWD BW 06.27)
5.15.28 Added rate for each additional floor above ground floor for marble sqm 25.00 25.00 23.00 23.00
and granite stone works (PWD BW 06.28)
Section 16 : Painting And Polishing
5.16.01 Exterior standard acrylic emulsion paint of approved best quality and sqm 274.00 273.00 261.00 261.00
color having water resisting properties and resistance properties
against fungi, fading & flaking delivered from authorized local agent
of the manufacturer in a sealed container; applying to exterior
surface with surface preparation including cleaning, drying, making
free from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled
materials, fungus, mending good the surface defects using sand
paper and necessary scaffolding; applying necessary exterior sealer
of specified brand on prepared surface; then applying necessary
exterior putty of specified brand for levelling, spot filling, crack filling
and cutting by sand paper/zero water paper; finally applying 2 coats
of exterior emulsion paint spreading by brush/roller/spray &
necessary scaffolding etc. upto desired finishing, elapsing specified
time for drying or recoating; all complete in all floors and accepted by
the Engineer-incharge. [PWD 16.1.1]
5.16.02 Exterior premium acrylic emulsion paint of approved best quality and sqm 298.00 297.00 286.00 286.00
color with high performance against dirt picking tendency and
efflorosence resistence properties along with water resisting
properties and resistance properties against fungi, fading and flaking
from authorized local agent of the manufacturer in a sealed
container; applying to exterior surface with surface preparation
including cleaning drying, making free from dirt, grease, wax,
removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus, mending good
the surface defects using sand paper and necessary scaffolding;
applying necessary exterior sealer of specified brand on prepared
surface; then applying necessary exterior putty of specified brand for
levelling, spot filling, crack filling and cutting by sand paper/zero
water paper; finally applying 2 coats of exterior emulsion paint
spreading by brush/roller/spray & necessary scaffolding etc. upto
desired finishing, elapsing specified time for drying or recoating; all
complete in all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
16.1.2]
Page 200
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.16.03.1 Interior standard acrylic emulsion paint (plastic or matt finish) of sqm 258.00 257.00 245.00 245.00
approved best quality and colour delivered from authorized local
agent of the manufacturer in a sealed container; applying to interior
wall and ceiling with surface preparation including cleaning drying,
making free from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled
paper and necessary scaffolding; applying necessary interior sealer
interior putty of specified brand for levelling, spot filling, crack filling
of interior emulsion paint spreading by brush/roller/spray & necessary
scaffolding etc. upto desired finishing, elapsing specified time for
drying or recoating; all complete in all floors and accepted by the
Engineer-incharge. [PWD 16.2.1]
5.16.03.2 Interior premium acrylic emulsion painting (silky finish) of approved sqm 283.00 282.00 270.00 270.00
best quality and colour delivered from authorized local agent of the
manufacturer in a sealed container; applying to interior wall and
ceiling with surface preparation including cleaning drying, making
free from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled
Engineer-in-charge [PWD 16.2.2]
5.16.03.3 Interior super premium acrylic emulsion painting (odorless) of sqm 314.00 313.00 301.00 301.00
approved best quality and colour delivered from authorized local
agent of the manufacturer in a sealed container; applying to interior
wall and ceiling with surface preparation including cleaning drying,
making free from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled
and cutting by sand paper/zero water paper, finally applying 2 coats
drying or recoating; all complete in all floors accepted by the
5.16.04.1 Standard synthetic enamel paint of approved best quality and colour sqm 229.00 228.00 216.00 216.00
delivered from authorized local agent of the manufacturer in a sealed
container, having high water resistance, high bondibility, flexibility
property; using specified brand thinner applying to metallic or
wooden surface by brass/roller/spray in 2 coats over single coat anti-
corrosive coating including cleaning, drying, making free from dirt,
grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, all complete
in all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 16.3.1]
5.16.04.2 Premium synthetic enamel paint of approved best quality and colour sqm 238.00 237.00 225.00 225.00
container, having high water resistance, high bondibility, flexiblity
property; using specified brand thinner applying to metallic or
wooden surface by brass/roller/spray in two coats over single coat
anti-corrosive coating including cleaning, drying, making free from
dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, all
16.3.2]
Page 201
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.16.05 Interior design paint of approved best quality and colour delivered sqm 861.00 856.00 819.00 819.00
container; applying to interior wall and ceiling with surface
preparation including cleaning drying, making free from dirt, grease,
wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus, mending
good the surface defects using sand paper and necessary
scaffolding; applying necessary interior sealer of specified brand on
prepared surface; then applying necessary interior putty of specified
brand for levelling, spot filling, crack filling and cutting by sand
paper/zero water paper; applying 3 coats of interior design paint; 1st
coat on prepared suface , then applying 1 design coat on the 1st coat
and finally applying 1 protection coat on the design coat for
protecting the design spreading by brush/roller/spray & necessary
Engineer-incharge. [PWD 16.4]
5.16.06 Textured paint of approved best quality and colour delivered from sqm 752.00 749.00 730.00 730.00
authorized local agent of the manufacturer in a sealed container;
applying to interior wall and ceiling including surface preparation
removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus if required must be
treated with fungicidal solution, mending good the surface defects
using sand paper and necessary scaffolding; applying necessary
sealer of specified brand on prepared surface; then applying
necessary interior putty of specified brand for levelling, spot filling,
crack filling and cutting by sand paper/zero water paper; applying 3
coats of texture paint; 1st coat on prepared suface , then applying 1
texture coat on the 1st coat and finally applying 1 top coat on the
texture coat upto desired finishing by brush/roller/spray etc. with
necessary scaffolding ; all complete in all floors and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge [PWD 16.5]
5.16.07 Chlorinated rubber paint of approved quality and colour delivered sqm 380.00 378.00 364.00 364.00
container; surface preparation including cleaning, drying, making free
from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials,
fungus (if required must be treated with fungicidal solution) flaking
paints, washing the surface with soap water/caustic soda, mending
good the surface defects, smoothening the surface by putty, sand
papering the surface; applying to concrete surfaces and walls in
three coats by brush/roller/spray etc. upto desired finishing, elapsing
specified time for drying and re-coating; with necessary scaffolding all
16.6]
5.16.08.1 Epoxy enamel paint of approved quality and colour delivered from sqm 461.00 459.00 441.00 441.00
surface preparation including cleaning, drying, making free from dirt,
grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus (if
required must be treated with fungicidal solution) flaking paints,
washing the surface with soap water/caustic soda, mending good the
surface defects, smoothening the surface by putty, sand papering the
surface; applying to Interior concrete surfaces and walls in three
coats by brush/roller/spray etc. upto desired finishing;elapsing
specified time for drying and recoating; with necessary scaffolding all
complete in all floors and accepted by the Engineerin- charge. [PWD
16.7.1]
5.16.08.2 Epoxy enamel paint of approved quality and colour delivered from sqm 452.00 450.00 433.00 433.00
grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus (if
required must be treated with fungicidal solution) flaking paints,
washing the surface with soap water/caustic soda, mending good the
surface defects, smoothening the surface by putty, sand papering the
surface; applying to Exterior concrete surfaces and walls in three
coats by brush/roller/spray etc. upto desired finishing;elapsing
specified time for drying and recoating; with necessary scaffolding all
complete in all floors and accepted by the Engineerin- charge. [PWD
16.7.2]
Page 202
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.16.09.1 Silicon based water repellent of approved quality delivered from sqm 257.00 256.00 244.00 244.00
grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus,
mending good the surface defects using sand paper and necessary
scaffolding; applying 3 coats of silicon based water repellent on
exposed brick surface/fair face surface spreading by
brush/roller/spray & necessary scaffolding etc. upto desired finishing,
elapsing specified time for drying or recoating; all complete in all
floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge [PWD 16.8.1]
5.16.09.2 Solvent based water repellent of approved quality delivered from sqm 449.00 447.00 433.00 433.00
grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus,
mending good the surface defects using sand paper and necessary
scaffolding; applying 3 coats of silicon based water repellent on
exposed brick surface/fair face surface spreading by
brush/roller/spray & necessary scaffolding etc. upto desired finishing,
elapsing specified time for drying or recoating; all complete in all
floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge [PWD 16.8.2]
5.16.10.1 Standard French polishing to Wooden board surface by three coats sqm 432.00 429.00 407.00 407.00
over a coat of priming including putty, cleaning, finishing and
polishing with sand paper etc. all complete in all floors and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 16.9.1]
5.16.10.2 Premium French polishing to door and window frames, shutter and sqm 519.00 515.00 487.00 487.00
any other wooden surface by three coats over a coat of priming
including putty, cleaning, finishing and polishing with sand paper etc.
all complete in all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 16.9.2]
5.16.11 Wood varnishing of approved quality and colour delivered from
authorized local agent of the manufacturer in a sealed container
using brand specified thinner to door and window frame and shutter
in three coats, applied with brush including cleaning oil, grease, dirt,
making dry, sand papering, if required washing with weak detergent
solution, stripping out the colour straps, finishing the surface, etc. all
16.10.0]
5.16.11.1 Yacht [PWD 16.10.1] sqm 208.00 206.00 196.00 196.00
5.16.11.2 Egg-shell [PWD 16.10.2] sqm 210.00 209.00 198.00 198.00
5.16.11.3 Matt [PWD 16.10.3] sqm 211.00 209.00 199.00 199.00

5.16.12 Approved best quality and colour synthetic polyvinyl distemper sqm 213.00 212.00 202.00 202.00
container, applying to wall and ceiling with surface preparation
removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus, mending good
the surface defects using sand paper and necessary scaffolding;
applying 1 coat of interior sealer of specified brand on prepared
surface; then applying 1 coat of interior putty of specified brand for
levelling, spot filling, crack filling and cutting by sand paper/zero
water paper; finally applying 2 coats of synthetic polyvinyl distemper
spreading by brush/roller/spray & necessary scaffolding etc. upto
desired finishing, elapsing specified time for drying or recoating; all
16.11]
Page 203
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.16.13 White washing by three coats, lime mixture prepared at least 12 sqm 25.00 24.00 23.00 23.00
hours before use, slacking stone lime, supplying of gums, blue,
stirring thoroughly, removing the floating materials from the mixer,
surface cleaning to free from all foreign materials before application
of each coat, applying one vertical and one horizontal wash for each
coat and successive coat is to be applied after drying up of previous
coat including hair brass, providing necessary scaffolding and
cleaning plinth, floors, doors, windows, portions and ventilators by
washing, rubbing, oiling if necessary after white wash for all floors
including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. complete in
all respect in all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 16.12]
5.16.14 Colour wash with yellow orchard/any other colour pigment by two sqm 28.00 28.00 27.00 27.00
coats over a prime coat of white wash, lime mixture prepared at least
12 hours before use, slacking stone lime, supplying of gums, blue,
stirring thoroughly, removing the floating materials from the mixer,
surface cleaning to free from all foreign materials before application
of each coat, applying one vertical and one horizontal wash for each
coat and successive coat is to be applied after drying up of previous
coat including hair brass, providing necessary scaffolding and
cleaning plinth, floors, doors, windows, portions and ventilators by
washing, rubbing, oiling if necessary after white wash for all floors
including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. complete in
all respect in all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 16.13]
5.16.15 Application of 02 coats of self leveling epoxy compound (3 mm thick) sqm 1,979.00 1,976.00 1,962.00 1,962.00
as base coat & finishing coat over a single layer of screet coat
(primer) for making smooth floor surface; all chemicals delivered from
authorized local agent of the manufacturer in sealed container;
materials having high water resistence, high bondibility, flexibility
property; applying by applicator machine after being mixed by force
action mixer elapsing time for drying; surface preparation including
surface cleaning from dust, oil or dirt, preparing underlying surface
having minimum moisture content, smoothening, finishing & polishing
by grinding machine & necessary tools, repairing significant
ups/downs in floor before application with sacaffolding, testing
charges etc. all complete in all floors approved & accepted by the
(primer) for making smooth hygienic floor surface; all chemicals
delivered from authorized local agent of the manufacturer in sealed
container; materials having high water resistence, high bondibility,
flexibility property; applying by applicator machine after being mixed
by force action mixer elapsing time for drying; surface preparation
including surface cleaning from dust, oil or dirt, preparing underlying
surface having minimum moisture content, smoothening, finishing &
polishing by grinding machine & necessary tools, repairing significant
(primer) for making smooth floor surface; all chemicals delivered from
authorized local agent of the manufacturer in sealed container;
materials having high water resistence, high bondibility, flexibility
property; applying by applicator machine after being mixed by force
action mixer elapsing time for drying; surface preparation including
surface cleaning from dust, oil or dirt, preparing underlying surface
having minimum moisture content, smoothening, finishing & polishing
by grinding machine & necessary tools, repairing significant
Page 204
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.16.18 Standard Doco paint with approved best quality and colour sqm 2,099.00 2,096.00 2,059.00 2,059.00
delivered from authorized local agent of the manufacturer in a
sealed container, having high water resistance, high bondibility,
flexibility property; using specified brand thinner applying to metallic
or wooden surface by brass/roller/spray machine in 2 coats over
single coat primer coating including cleaning, drying, making free
from dirt, grease, wax, removing all chalked and scaled materials, all
16.15]
5.16.19 Lacquer Polish (China or equivalent) of Standard design of wooden sqm 2,143.00 2,135.00 2,064.00 2,064.00
surface Top coat, Thinner,Clear sealer, Color pigment etc. complete
container, including paint spray machine etc.including surface
cleaning from dust, oil or dirt, smoothening, finishing and polishing
with sand paper and necessary tools, scaffolding, es etc. all
complete in all floors approved and accepted by the Engineer. [PWD
16.16]
5.16.20 Providing painting top of the road surface as road marking in two sqm 490.00 486.00 457.00 457.00
coats with approved best quality and colour of synthetic enamel
approved quality of paint from authorized local agent of the
manufacturer in a sealed container having highly water resistant,
high bondability, flexible, using specific brand thinner applied by
brass/ roller or others over a coat of priming elapsing time for drying
including surface cleaning from dust, oil or dirt, smoothening,
finishing necessary tools etc. all complete in approved and accepted
by the Engineer. [PWD 16.17.1]
5.16.21 Providing painting top of the road surface as road marking in two sqm 1,000.00 996.00 967.00 967.00
coats with approved best quality and colour of Florocent paint,
approved quality of paint from authorized local agent of the
manufacturer in a sealed container having highly water resistant,
high bondability, flexible, using specific brand thinner applied by
brass/ roller or others over a coat of priming elapsing time for drying
including surface cleaning from dust, oil or dirt, smoothening,
finishing necessary tools etc. all complete in approved and accepted
by the Engineer. [PWD 16.17.2]
5.16.22 Supply and application of non-toxic two components acrylic polymer sqm 781.00 776.00 766.00 766.00
modified cementitious coating of minimum 1.5 mm thickness for
water proofing of roof/ roof garden/ swimmimg pool which consists of
powder and liquid acrylic emulsion; under a protective cover of
plaster/ cement concrete/ tiles etc. as per standard specification and
protective cover) [PWD 17.1.1]
5.16.23 Supply and application of waterproofing treatment to roofs and
terraces using three coats of acrylic based fiber reinforced
elastomeric liquid water proofing membrane conforming to relevant
ASTM standards product available in market. Surface preparation
shall include cleaning, drying, making free from dirt, grease, wax,
removing all chalked and scaled materials, fungus , mending the
surface defects using sandpaper, filling cracks using suitable Crack
Seal as necessary. First coat shall be diluted by 30% water and used
as self-priming coat for the following two coats, achieving force
coverage of 10sft/ltr. Incase of greater surface area, fiber mesh can
be used in between the priming coat and second coat, followed by
two more coats for better durability. All shall be completed as per
manufacturer’s specifications & recommendations and accepted by
the Engineer in charge. [PWD 17.1.2]
5.16.23.1 Rate for cover area less than or equal to 500 sqm( without glass fiber sqm 1,080.00 1,076.00 1,066.00 1,066.00
mesh) [PWD 17.1.2.1]
5.16.23.2 Rate for cover area greter than 500 sqm( with glass fiber mesh of sqm 1,204.00 1,199.00 1,188.00 1,188.00
10 mm X 10 mm grid and weight 110 gm/sqm placed in between first
two layers) [PWD 17.1.2.2]
5.16.24 Preparation and making gravel pack for roof top gardening with
supply of 25 mm down graded pea gravels including sieving,
washing, compacting etc. complete as per standard specification and
Page 205
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.16.24.1 Ground floor [PWD 17.2] cum 5,053.00 5,034.00 4,597.00 4,597.00
Section 17 : False Ceiling, Wall Paneling & Acoustic Items

5.17.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing plain Particle board ceiling (Drop/Plain) sqm 2,832.00 2,776.00 2,764.00 2,764.00
(complying unit wt 499 to 550 kg/m3, bending strength 0.35 N/mm2,
max swelling 8%, moisture content not more than 10%), of 12 mm
thick with best quality and well seasoned Garjan wood frame of
section 50 mm x 38 mm at 600 mm x 600 mm in grid suspended
from ceiling or roof or beam by 12 SWG double ply G.I. wire fixed to
the ceiling by rowel plug, screws, hooks, nails etc, maintaining
straight lines and desired finished level at bottom face including
vertical strut as required, cutting holes in slabs or beams by electric
drill machine and mending good the damages, if any during
execution of the work, including the provisions of lighting
arrangement, also including cost and carriage of all materials,
accessories, labour for installation, electricity charge, scaffolding,
screws, nails, with best quality and approved colour etc. All
complete, as per drawing design and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. All sizes of wood are finished. All Garjan wood frames must
be protected from termites, cockroach and other insects.
Measurement will be taken as per finished surface area. The brick/
RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of
polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.1.1]
5.17.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Melamine/ Plain gypsum/ veneered
board false ceiling (Drop/Plain) laminated by mechanical hot press
milk white PVC membrane, framing by aluminium/ powder coated
aluminium T-bar of any colour and of natural anodized finish
suspended in 600 mm x 600 mm grid from ceiling by 12 SWG double
ply wire, fixed to the ceiling by rowel plug, screws, hooks, nails etc.,
maintaining straight lines and desired finished level at bottom face
including vertical wooden strut as required, making holes in slabs or
beams by electric drill machine and mending good the damages, if
any during execution of the work, including the provisions of lighting
arrangement, also including cost of all materials, electricity,
accessories, scaffoldings, labour for installation, screws, nails, etc. all
charge. Measurement will be taken as per finished surface area
(Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type where
necessary). [PWD 18.1.2]
5.17.02.1 12 mm thick melamine board ceiling [PWD 18.1.2.1] sqm 1,998.00 1,993.00 1,949.00 1,949.00
5.17.02.2 8 mm thick melamine board ceiling [PWD 18.1.2.2] 1,586.00 1,581.00 1,536.00 1,536.00
5.17.02.3 9 mm thick plain gypsum board ceiling [PWD 18.1.2.3] sqm 2,272.00 2,266.00 2,219.00 2,219.00
5.17.02.4 12 mm thick plain gypsum board ceiling [PWD 18.1.2.4] 2,351.00 2,346.00 2,298.00 2,298.00
5.17.02.5 12 mm thick veneered board ceiling [PWD 18.1.2.5] sqm 3,143.00 3,124.00 3,018.00 3,018.00
5.17.03 Supplying, fitting & fixing of 12 mm thick BT ply board/ garjan ply
board ceiling (Drop/Plain) screwed up with best quality and well
seasoned 50 mm x 38 mm Garjon Wooden Frame at 600mm x 600
mm in grid suspended from ceiling roof or beam by 12 SWG double
ply G.I wire fixed to the ceiling by M.S clumps, screws, hooks, nails
etc. maintaining straight lines and desired finished level at bottom
face including vertical strut as required, cutting holes in slabs or
arrangement, also including cost and carriage of all materials,
accessories, installation, electricity charge, scaffolding, labour for
installation with and necessary hardware all complete, as per
drawing design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. All sizes of
wood are finished. All Garjan wood frames must be protected from
termites, cockroach and other insects. Measurement will be taken as
per finished surface area. The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and
damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type).
[PWD 18.1.3]
Page 206
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.03.1 12 mm thick BT Ply board ceiling [PWD 18.1.3.1] sqm 3,064.00 3,018.00 3,054.00 3,054.00
5.17.03.2 12 mm thick Garjan Ply board ceiling [PWD 18.1.3.2] sqm 2,525.00 2,479.00 2,515.00 2,515.00
5.17.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing 12 mm thick plain fire rated gypsum sqm 2,764.00 2,748.00 2,704.00 2,704.00
board ceiling (Drop/Plain) (size 1200mm x2400mm), framing by
aluminium/ powder coated aluminium any colour T-bar of natural
anodized finish suspended in 600 mm x 600 mm grid from ceiling by
12 SWG double ply wire, fixed to the ceiling by rowel plug, screws,
hooks, nails etc., maintaining straight lines and desired finished level
at bottom face including vertical wooden strut as required, making
holes in slabs or beams by electric drill machine and mending good
the damages, if any during execution of the work, including making
provisions for lighting arrangement, also including cost of all
materials, electricity, accessories, scaffoldings, labour for installation,
screws, nails, etc. All complete as per drawing, design and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will be taken as per
finished surface area.[PWD 18.1.4]
5.17.05 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Perforated gypsum board false ceiling
(Drop/Plain), framing by aluminium/ powder coated aluminium any
colour T-bar of natural anodized finish suspended in (600 mm x 600
mm)/ (600 mm x 1200 mm) grid from ceiling by 12 SWG double ply
wire, fixed to the ceiling by rowel plug, screws, hooks, nails etc.,
arrangement, also including cost of all materials, electricity,
charge. Measurement will be taken as per finished surface
area.[PWD 18.1.5]
5.17.05.1 9 mm thick perforated gypsum board ceiling (600 mm x 600 mm grid) sqm 2,311.00 2,306.00 2,259.00 2,259.00
[PWD 18.1.5.1]
5.17.05.2 8 mm thick perforated gypsum board ceiling (600 mm x 600 mm grid) sqm 2,193.00 2,187.00 2,140.00 2,140.00
[PWD 18.1.5.2]
5.17.05.3 8 mm thick perforated gypsum board ceiling (600 mm x 1200 mm sqm 2,309.00 2,304.00 2,256.00 2,256.00
grid) [PWD 18.1.5.3]
5.17.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality PVC board false ceiling
(Drop/Plain) of size 600 mm x 600 mm of approved design,
minimumn PVC content of 35%, framing by aluminium/ powder
coated aluminium T-bar of any colour and of natural anodized finish
suspended in 600 mm x 600 mm grid from ceiling by 12 SWG double
ply wire, fixed to the ceiling by rowel plug, screws, hooks, nails etc.,
arrangement,also including cost of all materials, electricity,
charge. Measurement will be taken as per finished surface area.
[PWD 18.1.6]
5.17.06.1 6 mm thick PVC board false ceiling [PWD 18.1.6.1] sqm 2,490.00 2,470.00 2,424.00 2,424.00
5.17.06.2 8 mm thick PVC board ceiling [PWD 18.1.6.2] sqm 2,622.00 2,602.00 2,556.00 2,556.00
Page 207
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 0.6 mm thick best quality solid sqm 3,241.00 3,225.00 3,188.00 3,188.00
aluminium metal board false ceiling (drop/ plain) of size 600 mm x
600 mm, powder coated of approved design, framing by aluminium
T-bar of natural anodized finish suspended in 600 mm x 600 mm
grid from ceiling by 12 SWG double ply wire, fixed to the ceiling by
rowel plug, screws, hooks, nails etc., maintaining straight lines and
desired finished level at bottom face including vertical wooden strut
as required, making holes in slabs or beams by electric drill machine
and mending good the damages, if any during execution of the work,
including the provisions of lighting arrangement, also including cost
of all materials, electricity, accessories, scaffoldings, labour for
installation, screws, nails, etc. all complete as per drawing, design
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will be taken
as per finished surface area. [PWD 18.1.7]
5.17.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 0.6 mm thick best quality perforated sqm 2,937.00 2,922.00 2,885.00 2,885.00
aluminium metal board (including tissue/ fabric) false ceiling
(Drop/Plain) of size 600 mm x 600 mm, powder coated of approved
design, inner side is coverd by black tissue/ fabric to protect the hole
from air circulation, framing by aluminium/ powder coated aluminium
T-bar of any colour and of natural anodized finish suspended in 600
mm x 600 mm grid from ceiling by 12 SWG double ply wire, fixed to
the ceiling by rowel plug, screws, hooks, nails etc., maintaining
straight lines and desired finished level at bottom face including
vertical wooden strut as required, making holes in slabs or beams by
electric drill machine and mending good the damages, if any during
execution of the work, including the provisions of lighting
arrangement,also including cost of all materials, electricity,
charge. Measurement will be taken as per finished surface area.
[PWD 18.1.8]
5.17.09 Supplying, fitting & fixing of designed seamless false ceiling sqm 3,410.00 3,389.00 3,330.00 3,330.00
(Drop/Plain) with 6 mm thick fiber cement board, framing by furring
channel (38mm x 12.5 mm x 0.5 mm) G. I. angle (19 mm x 19 mm x
0.5 mm) suspended in 600 mm x 600 mm grid from ceiling using G.I
fitting angle, locking clips etc. including cost of all materials,
electricity, accessories, scaffoldings, labour for installation, screws,
nails etc. all complete as per drawing, design and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will be taken as per finished
surface area. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any
type). [PWD 18.1.9]
5.17.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing 12 mm thick burma teak (BT) veneered
board/ ply board/ particle board in walling with best quality and well
seasoned garjan wood frame of section of 50 mm x 25 mm at 600
mm x 600 mm in grid, including grove where necessary, fitted and
fixed to wall by plugs, nails, screws etc. maintaining leveled and
finished exposed faces including. making holes in wall and mending
good the damages, if any during execution of the work, including the
provisions of lighting arrangement, also including cost and carriage of
all materials, electricity, accessories, labour for installation,
scaffolding, screws, nails etc. All complete as per design, approved
sample and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. All sizes of wood
are finished. All Garjan wood frames must be protected from
[PWD 18.2.1]
5.17.10.1 12 mm thick Myanmar(Burma) teak (BT) veneered board in walling sqm 2,721.00 2,689.00 2,667.00 2,667.00
[PWD 18.2.1.1]
5.17.10.2 12 mm thick BT ply board walling [PWD 18.2.1.2] sqm 3,098.00 3,088.00 3,032.00 3,032.00
5.17.10.3 12 mm thick particle board walling [PWD 18.2.1.3] sqm 2,347.00 2,308.00 2,277.00 2,277.00
Page 208
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.11 Supply fitting and fixing of 0.8 mm HPL sheet lamination (one surface sqm 4,324.00 4,284.00 4,239.00 4,239.00
only) over 12mm thick MDF board wall panneling with best quality
and well seasoned garjan wood frame of section 38 mm x 38mm at
600mmx 600mm in grid, including grove where necessary, fitted and
fixed to wall by royal plugs, nails, screws etc. maintaining leveled and
finished exposed faces including. making holes in wall and mending
good the damages, if any during execution of the work, including the
provisions of lighting arrangement, also including cost and carriage of
all materials, electricity, accessories, labour for installation,
scaffolding, screws, nails etc. All complete as per design, approved
sample and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (All sizes of wood
are finished). All Garjan wood frames must be protected from
damp-proof. [PWD 18.2.2]
5.17.12 Supplying, fitting and fixing best quality wall paper along with 12 mm sqm 3,477.00 3,474.00 3,464.00 3,464.00
thick PVC solid board in walling with furring chanel frame (38mm x
12.5 mm x 0.5 mm) at 600 mm x 600 mm in grid, including grove
where necessary, fitted and fixed to wall by plugs, nails, screws etc.
including treatment of inner surface with termite and damp proofing
agent maintaining leveled and finished exposed faces including
making holes in wall and mending good the damages, if any during
execution of the work, also including cost and carriage of wall paper
and other materials, electricity, accessories, labour for installation,
scaffolding, screws, nails etc. all complete as per design, approved
5.17.13 Supplying, fitting and fixing best quality wall paper on finished plaster sqm 1,144.00 1,140.00 1,134.00 1,134.00
surface including wall preparation cost and carriage of wall paper
and other materials, electricity, accessories, labour for installation,
scaffolding, screws, nails etc. all complete as per design, approved
5.17.14 Supplying, fitting and fixing of wooden louver in ceiling made of 12 sqm 7,179.00 7,173.00 7,159.00 7,159.00
mm Burma teak (BT) ply board, louver of any size and spacing
framing with MS "U" bar/ channel, fixed to the ceiling by thread rod,
nails, plugs, screws maintaining parallel louver with straight line/
desired finishing level at bottom face, necessary hardwares,
including making holes in slabs and/ beams by electric drill machine
and mending good the damages, if any during execution of the work,
also including cost of all materials, electricity, accessories,
scaffoldings, labour for installation etc. all complete as per drawing,
design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will
be taken as per finished surface area. All Garjan wood frames must
be protected from termites, cockroach and other insects. The brick/
RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of
5.17.15 Supplying fitting and fixing Ornamental design Louver in Ceiling with sqm 9,199.00 9,018.00 9,352.00 9,352.00
18mm Burma Teak (BT) Veneer board fitted in drop Ceiling with
garjan wood framing of size 50 mm x 50mm and 50 mm x 25 mm
and with 50 mm ctg. teak wood as longitudinal rib, 18mm BT
Veneerd board as cross rib of any spacing the design louver fixed in
drop ceiling wall by plugs, nails, screws, gum, etc. maintaining
leveled and finished exposed faces including, 18mm PVC edging,
making holes in wall including provisions for lighting arrangement
and mending good the damages, if any, during execution of the work
including all materials electricity, accessories, labour for installation,
Scafolding, etc. as per drawing design & approved sample and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will be taken as
per finished surface area. All Garjan wood frames must be protected
from termites, cockroach and other insects. The brick/ RCC surface
shall be dry and damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint
etc. of any type). [PWD 18.4.2]
Page 209
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.16 Supplying fitting and fixing of M.S. fixed louver made of 25mm x sqm 8,582.00 8,582.00 8,582.00 8,582.00
25mm x 5mm M.S. Angle as outer frame, 2mm thick 25mm x 18mm
MS sheet box section at 75mm c/c as internal horizontal member
fixing with outer frame including scafolding, royal bolt, anchoring,
welding, grinding, welder, helper and all accessories complete in all
(Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD
18.4.3]
5.17.17 Supplyig fitting fixing of louver wall panel made of 18 mm Burma teak sqm 6,728.00 6,687.00 6,725.00 6,725.00
(BT) veneered board of any size, including garjan wood frame of
section 50 mm x 38mm at 250 mm specing, fitted & fixed to wall by
nails, iron screw, 38mm brass screw, gum, glue etc., maintaining
vertical paralal louver and finished exposed faces, including making
holes in walls and mending good the damages, if any during
execution of the work, including provisions for lighting arrangement,
in/c groove cutting of any size, also including cost of carriage of all
materials, electricity, accessories, labour of instalation, scafolding etc.
all complete as per design, approved sample and excepted by the
Engineer -in- charge. Measurement will be taken as per finished
surface area. All Garjan wood frames must be protected from
termites, cockroach and other insects. The brick/ RCC surface shall
be dry and damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of
any type). [PWD 18.4.4]
5.17.18 Supplyig fitting fixing of louver wall panel made of 18 mm Burma teak sqm 7,785.00 7,744.00 7,782.00 7,782.00
(BT) veneered board of any size, including garjan wood frame of
section 50 mm x 38 mm at 250 mm spacing, fitted & fixed to wall by
nails, iron screw, 38mm brass screw, gum, glue etc., maintaining
vertical paralal louver and finished exposed faces, including making
holes in walls and mending good the damages, if any during
execution of the work, including provisions for lighting arrangement,
in/c groove cutting of any size, also including cost of carriage of all
materials, electricity, accessories, labour of instalation, scafolding,
including CNC jali cutting and boxes, punch, grooving, ornamental bit
or any type of special design of walling as per architectural
requierment etc. all complete as per design, approved sample and
excepted by the Engineer -in- charge. Measurement will be taken as
per finished surface area. All Garjan wood frames must be protected
from termites, cockroach and other insects. The brick/ RCC surface
etc. of any type). [PWD 18.4.5]
5.17.19 Supplying fitting and fixing of fixed glass louver with Aluminium sqm 16,400.00 16,394.00 16,370.00 16,370.00
hollow box as per the U.s Architectural Aluminium Fanufactures
Association (AAMA) Standard specification having 1.20 mm thick
wall frame (size 100 mm x 25mm) and 10mm thick, 100 mm wide
tempered glass louver section inner inclined glass louver section
fixed with above mentioned frame and all aluminium members will be
anodized to aluminium of any colour with a coat not less than 15
micron in thickness and density of 4mg per square cm etc. including
all accessories, neoprene, sealant, nuts and bolts etc. complete in all
[PWD 18.4.6]
5.17.20 Supplying fitting and fixing double leaf silding SS lovuer door shutter sqm 25,676.00 25,671.00 25,633.00 25,633.00
made with 16 BWG thick 50mm x 38mm SS hollow box as outer
frame, 18 BWG thick 50mm x 12mm SS hollow box as louver with 18
BWG thick 38mm x38mm SS V Channel for bottom rail, 25mm dia
SS solid bar, 18 BWG thick 62mm x 38mm SS U channel as top rail,
450 mm long 25mm dia SS handle, 75 mm SS wheel, 50 mm x 50
mm size 3 mm thick plate for locking arrangement with pad lock
including grooving, making hole all necessary accesories and
accepted by the Engineering -in-charge. (Rate is excluding cost of
Page 210
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.21 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Aluminium fins fixed vertically BDS sqm 21,093.00 21,089.00 21,073.00 21,073.00
1879 : 2014 having 1.2 mm thick wall frame (Size 125mmx 50mm
box section @ 75 mm c/c), fitted with 3 nos horizontal M.S. Angle (20
mm x 20 mm x 3 mm) will be anodized to aluminium of any colour
with a coat not less than 15 micrones in thickness or powder coated
to any colour with a coat not less than 25 micrones in thickness and
density of 4 mg per square cm etc. including all accessories, rawl
bolt,55 mm M6 royal bolt,screws, washer etc all complete and
accepted by engineer in charge. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/
paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.4.8]
5.17.22 Supply and making wooden skirting with well matured seasond wood
including necessary moulding with garjan wood frame of 50mm x
38mm, groove with proper corner, finishing as per design, fitting and
fixing in position by using all necessary accessories, royal plugs,
screws, including making holes by electric drill machine and mending
good the damages, if any during execution of the work, also including
cost of all materials, electricity, labour for installation in all floors etc.
all complete as per drawing, design and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. All Garjan wood frames must be protected from termites,
cockroach and other insects. The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and
[PWD 18.5.1]
5.17.22.1 12 mm thick Myanmar(Burma) Teak Wooden skirting [PWD 18.5.1.1] sqm 5,500.00 5,413.00 5,484.00 5,484.00
5.17.22.2 12 mm thick Ctg. Teak. Wooden skirting [PWD 18.5.1.2] sqm 4,171.00 4,084.00 4,196.00 4,196.00
5.17.23 Supply and making 25 mm thick wooden Design bit/ Moulding with
well matured seasond wood including necessary moulding/ groove
with proper corner, finishing as per design, fitting and fixing in
position by using all necessary accessories in all floors etc all
complete and accepted by engineer in charge. (Rate is excluding
cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.5.2]
5.17.23.1 Myanmar(Burma) Teak wooden Design bit/ Moulding [PWD 18.5.2.1] sqm 16,522.00 16,313.00 15,983.00 15,983.00
5.17.23.2 Ctg Teak wooden Design bit/Moulding [PWD 18.5.2.2] sqm 11,241.00 11,054.00 10,989.00 10,989.00
5.17.24 Supplying, fitting and fixing Wall Almirah with one side attires cabinet
including locker and another side shelf of Depth-1'-8" made by 18
mm B.T Veneered/ B.T. ply/ B.T marine ply board on 2.50"X2.50"
(Finished) Ctg. Teak Wooden Outer Frame, 1.50" x 1.50" (Finished)
Ctg. Teak wooden frame for shelf, 1.25" x 1.25" (Finished) Ctg. Teak
wooden edge bit around the shutter, backside covered by the 18mm
garjan Ply board, 2 nos standard handle for shutter & 3 nos standard
lock for shutter and drawer, 25mm SS pipe 1.5 mm thick and
including all necessary accessories for fitting & fixing all complete
and accepted by the engineer-in-charge. All Ctg. teak wood frames
must be protected from termites, cockroach and other insects. (Rate
is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.6.1]
5.17.24.1 Wall Almirah with one side attire cabinet including locker and another sqm 18,327.00 18,152.00 18,528.00 18,528.00
side shelf made of 18 mm B.T Veneered board [PWD 18.6.1.1]
side shelf made of 18 mm B.T ply board [PWD 18.6.1.2]
side shelf made of 18 mm B.T Marine ply board [PWD 18.6.1.3]
5.17.25 Supplying, fitting and fixing Wall Almirah with one side drawer and
Another side shelf of Depth-1'-8" made by 18 mm B.T Veneered/
B.T. ply/ B.T marine ply board on 2.50"X2.50" (Finished) Ctg. Teak
Wooden Outer Frame, 1.50" x 1.50" (Finished) Ctg. Teak wooden
frame for shelf, 1.5" x 1.5" (Finished) Ctg. Teak wooden edge bit
around the shutter, backside covered by the 18mm garjan Ply board,
2 nos standard handle for shutter & 4 nos standard lock for shutter
and drawer, and including all necessary accessories for fitting &
fixing all complete and accepted by the engineer-in-charge. All Ctg.
teak wood frames must be protected from termites, cockroach and
other insects. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any
type). [PWD 18.6.2]
Page 211
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.25.1 Wall Almirah with one side drawer and Another side shelf made of sqm 28,201.00 27,925.00 28,601.00 28,601.00
18 mm B.T Veneered board [PWD 18.6.2.1]
18 mm B.T ply board [PWD 18.6.2.2]
18 mm B.T Marine ply board [PWD 18.6.2.3]
5.17.26 Supplying, fitting and fixing 25mm Ctg. Teak wooden Cabinet of
size 8'-0'' x4'-9'' x1'-8'' (finished), 18mm BT veneered/ BT ply/ BT
marine ply board for shelf, 3'' (Finished) Ctg. Teak wood moulding
bit at bottom, and 1'' moulding bit at top and middle, backside
covered by the 18mm garjan Ply board, 12 nos standard handle for
shutter & 6 nos standared lock, and including screw, SS chain hinge,
nails, gums etc. and all necessary accessories for fitting and fixing all
complete and accepted by the engineer-in-charge. All Ctg. teak wood
frames must be protected from termites, cockroach and other insects.
(Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD
18.6.3]
5.17.26.1 wooden Cabinet with B.T. veneered board shutter [PWD 18.6.3.1] sqm 24,006.00 23,684.00 24,512.00 24,512.00
5.17.26.2 wooden Cabinet with B.T. ply board shutter [PWD 18.6.3.2] sqm 24,890.00 24,567.00 25,395.00 25,395.00
5.17.26.3 wooden Cabinet with B.T. marine ply shutter [PWD 18.6.3.3] sqm 26,025.00 25,703.00 26,531.00 26,531.00
5.17.27 Supplying, fitting and fixing Kitchen Cabinet (Below Counter) Depth-
1'-8" made by 18 mm B.T Veneered board/ B.T. ply board/ B.T.
Marine ply board/ HPL board on 2"X1.5" (Finished) Ctg. Teak
Wooden Frame, making 1" x 1" (Finished) Ctg. Teak edge bit around
the shutter and Shelf made of 12mm laminated vinyle board
including all necessary accessories for fitting & fixing all complete as
per design and the direction of the engineer-in-charge. All Ctg.teak
wood frames must be protected from termites, cockroach and other
insects. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type).
[PWD 18.6.4]
5.17.27.1 Kitchen Cabinet (Below Counter) made by 18 mm B.T Veneered sqm 11,157.00 11,060.00 11,115.00 11,115.00
board [PWD 18.6.4.1]
5.17.27.2 Kitchen Cabinet (Below Counter) made by 18 mm B.T Ply board sqm 11,771.00 11,674.00 11,729.00 11,729.00
[PWD 18.6.4.2]
5.17.27.3 Kitchen Cabinet (Below Counter) made by 18 mm B.T Marine Ply sqm 12,560.00 12,463.00 12,518.00 12,518.00
board [PWD 18.6.4.3]
5.17.27.4 Kitchen Cabinet (Below Counter) made by 18 mm HPL board [PWD sqm 15,805.00 15,708.00 15,763.00 15,763.00
18.6.4.4]
5.17.28 Supplying, fitting and fixing of tufted, textured loop/ cut and loop piled sqm 5,888.00 5,887.00 5,885.00 5,885.00
or similar Poly-Propylene (PP) fiber carpet tiles of custom color and
any pattern interface/ carpet Inter/ equivalent 50 cm x 50 cm or any
approved size, with 5 mm to 8 mm thickness (Made in Thailand/
China/ India/ Malayasia or equivalent quality product), of type 6.6
nylon Stain Repel / Stain Resist /soil protection property, including
antimicrobial protection and finished pile height of 3 mm to 4 mm,
with recycled glass/ cushion backing with synthetic binder and with
flammability property of radiant panel (ASTM E 648), fixing with
adhesives including cutting, placing in proper level etc. all complete
in all respect as finish schedule, drawing and direction of Engineer-in-
Charge. [PWD 18.7.1]
Page 212
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.29 Supply, Delivery and installation of Imported Fire retardant Wood sqm 8,854.00 8,813.00 8,796.00 8,796.00
Acoustic Panel (WAP) in walling WAP should be 15mm thick x
128mm high x 2440mm long made from Pine Wood granules,
Grooved and perforated as per selected pattern and color (in
melamine coated finish) including Non-Woven fabric inlay having of
NRC >0.75, the black non-woven fabric inlay, Galvanized steel keels
& clips. Panels will be fixed on 50 mm x 25mm Garjan wooden frame
spacing 750 mm to 800 mm as per drawing, approved architectural
and acoustic design (NRC > 0.75) and accepted by the Engineer in
charge.(Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or equivalent
quality product). All Garjan wood frames must be protected from
termites, cockroach and other insects. The brick/ RCC surface shall
be dry and damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of
any type if necessary). [PWD 18.7.2.1]
5.17.30 Supply, Delivery and Installation Custom Size Fabric Wrapped sqm 3,925.00 3,916.00 3,861.00 3,861.00
Acoustic Panel (FWAP) in walling as per design, made with
peripheral of 12mm Thick Commercial Veneer / MDF Boards of 50
mm height with back side of 5mm thick Garjan Plyboard and filled
with 50mm thick 100% Polyester insulation / Fiberglass Insulation of
NRC > 0.75. (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or
equivalent quality product). Wrapped fabric must be at least 600 -700
GSM in order to achieve desired Acoustic performance all complete
as per drawing and architectural and acoustic design (NRC > 0.75)
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. The brick/ RCC surface
etc. of any type if necessary). [PWD 18.7.2.2]
5.17.31 Supplying ,fitting and fixing of ACOUSTIC WALLING by 12mm thick sqm 8,895.00 8,832.00 8,840.00 8,840.00
B.T veneer board with best quality well seasoned garjan frame of
section 50 mm x 38 mm at 600mm x 600 mm in grid, all Garjan wood
frames must be protected from termites, cockroach and other insects,
fitted and fixed to wall by plugs, nails, screws, gums, etc. all
necessary accessories, including 50 mm imported GLASSWOOL
(density 16-20 kg/m3) (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or
equivalent quality product), heat, sound and noise reduction quality,
made of grade A1 incombustible materials with one side aluminium
foil quoted/ pasted) is attached with garjan frame with black/ grey
airtight fabric cloth bearded & jute hessian, cloth, garments jut
including making required number and sizes holes/ groove in B.T.
veneered board, scaffolding, mending good the damages, fitting and
fixing as per architectrual and acoustic design (NRC 0.60-0.75), etc.
all complete as per design, approved sample & accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and damp-
proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type if
necessary). (This item is for Hall room/ conference room/ meeting
room or similar purpose uses.) [PWD 18.7.2.3]
5.17.32 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 15mm thick Standard Acoustic panel sqm 12,310.00 12,240.00 12,285.00 12,285.00
for walling work for straight/curve area (Made in Thailand/ China/
India/ Malayasia or equivalent quality product) with high quality MDF
Board with finished top Melamine/Natural wooden veneer/HPL or
any other customized texture or colour finish with sound absorbing,
fire proof back felt fabric, board size 133mmx2440mm to 197mm
x2440mm, tongue and groove edge. Echo should be E1 standard,
Density 750-800 kg/m3, perforation range 7.5%-12.8%, NRC value
0.75-0.90, including substructure of garjan wooden framing 50mm x
38mm size @ 600mm grid both way; all Garjan wood frames must be
protected from termites, cockroach and other insects, backing with
acoustic lining materials of 50 mm thick Glass wool (density 16-20
kg/m3) (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or equivalent
quality product) with air tight fabric cover in/c heat stiching etc all
complete as per approved drawing and architectural and acoustic
design (NRC 0.75-0.90) and accepted by the Engineer in-charge.
The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (Rate is
excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type if necessary). [PWD
18.7.2.4]
Page 213
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.33 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 15mm thick Moisture proof Acoustic sqm 12,615.00 12,545.00 12,590.00 12,590.00
panel for walling work for straight/curve area (Made in Thailand/
China/ India/ Malaysia or equivalent quality product) with high quality
MDF Board with finished top Melamine/Natural wooden veneer/HPL
or any other customized texture or colour finish with sound
absorbing, fire proof back felt fabric, board size 133mmx2440mm to
197mm x2440mm, tongue and groove edge. Echo should be E1
standard, Density 750-800 kg/m3, perforation range 7.5%-12.8%,
NRC value 0.75-0.90, including substructure of garjan wooden
framing 50mm x 38mm size @ 600mm grid both way; all Garjan
insects, backing with acoustic lining materials of 50 mm thick Glass
wool (density 16-20 kg/m3) (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/
Malayasia or equivalent quality product) with air tight fabric cover in/c
heat stiching etc all complete as per approved drawing and
architectural and acoustic design (NRC 0.75-0.90) and accepted by
the Engineer in-charge. The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and
damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type if
necessary). [PWD 18.7.2.5]
5.17.34 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 15mm thick Fire Retardant Acoustic sqm 12,767.00 12,697.00 12,743.00 12,743.00
panel for walling work for straight/curve area (Made in Thailand/
China/ India/ Malayasia or equivalent quality product) with high
quality MDF Board with finished top Melamine/Natural wooden
veneer/HPL or any other customized texture or colour finish with
sound absorbing, fire proof back felt fabric, board size
133mmx2440mm to 197mm x2440mm, tongue and groove edge.
Panel materials should be incombustible, Echo should be E1
standard, Density 750-800 kg/m3, perforation range 7.5%-12.8%,
NRC value 0.75-0.90, including substructure of garjan wooden
framing 50mm x 38mm size @ 600mm grid both way; all Garjan
insects, backing with acoustic lining materials of 50 mm thick Glass
wool (density 16-20 kg/m3) (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/
Malayasia or equivalent quality product) with air tight fabric cover in/c
heat stiching etc all complete as per approved drawing and
architectural and acoustic design (NRC 0.75-0.90) and accepted by
the Engineer in-charge. The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and
damp-proof. (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type if
necessary). [PWD 18.7.2.6]
5.17.35 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 15mm thick Perforated/Micro sqm 12,462.00 12,392.00 12,438.00 12,438.00
perforated wooden acoustic panel for walling work, Straight/ Curve
(Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or equivalent quality
product) with high quality MDF Board with finished top
Melamine/Natural Wooden veneer/ Technology veneer/HPL or any
other customized texture or colour finish with sound absorbing, fire
proof back felt fabric, board size 1200mm x2400mm of incombustible
material, Echo should be E1 standard, density 750-800 kg/m3,
Perforation range 12%-13% (normal) / 1%-6.5% (micro), NRC value
0.75-0.90 including substructure of garjan wooden framing 50mm x
38mm size @ 600mm grid both way; all Garjan wood frames must be
protected from termites, cockroach and other insects, backing with
acoustic lining materials of 50 mm thick Glass wool (density 16-20
kg/m3) (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or equivalent
quality product) with air tight fabric cover in/c heat stiching etc all
complete as per approved drawing and architectural and acoustic
design (NRC 0.75-0.90) and accepted by the Engineer in-charge.
The brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (This item is for
Auditorium/ convention hall or similar purpose uses.) (Rate is
excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type if necessary). [PWD
18.7.2.7]
Page 214
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.36.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 15 mm thick Fire Retardent, heat sqm 2,166.00 2,154.00 2,126.00 2,126.00
Insulated, Acoustic Mineral fiber board (any colour) ceiling (drop/
plain/ straight/ curve) (Made in Thailand/ China/ India/ Malayasia or
equivalent quality product) with high grade mineral wool, surface
finish with white ultra vinyl latex paint, surface treatment-film coating,
anti-fungal & anti bacterial, humidity resistant greater than 90%, light
reflectivity more than 90%, NRC value 0.60- 0.90, density-290-315
kg/m3, size of board: 600mm x 600mm, of imcombustible materials,
framing by aluminium T-bar of natural anodized finish suspended in
600 mm x 600 mm grid from ceiling using butterfly hanger with
adjustable clip/ locking clips etc. including cost of all materials,
electricity, accessories, scaffoldings, labour for installation, screws,
nails, rivet etc. all complete as per drawing, architectural and acoustic
design (NRC 0.6-0.9) and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (This item is for acoustic
work in auditorium, Hall Room, Seminar Room etc.) (Rate is
excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.7.3.1]
5.17.36.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 15 mm thick Fire retardent, heat sqm 4,385.00 4,373.00 4,345.00 4,345.00
Insulated, Acoustic Mineral fiber board ceiling, (drop/ plain/ straight/
curve) (Made in UK/Germany/ Italy/ France or equivalent quality
product) with high grade mineral wool, surface finish with white ultra
vinyl latex paint, surface treatment-film coating, anti-fungal & anti
bacterial humidity resistant greater than 90%, light reflectivity more
than 90%, NRC value 0.60- 0.90, density-290-315 kg/m3, size of
board: 600mm x 600mm, of imcombustible materials, framing by
aluminium T-bar of natural anodized finish suspended in 600 mm x
600 mm grid from ceiling using butterfly hanger with adjustable clip/
locking clips etc. including cost of all materials, electricity,
accessories, scaffoldings, labour for installation, screws, nails, rivet
etc. all complete as per drawing, architectural and acoustic design
(NRC 0.6-0.9) and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (This item is for acoustic
work in auditorium, Hall Room, Seminar Room etc.) (Rate is
excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.7.3.2]
5.17.36.3 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 20mm thick Mineral Fiber Acoustic sqm 9,929.00 9,907.00 9,873.00 9,873.00
ceiling, (drop/ plain/ straight/ curve) (Made in UK/Germany/ Italy/
France or equivalent quality product) with high grade mineral wool,
surface finish with white ultra vinyl latex paint, surface treatment-film
coating, anti-fungal & anti bacterial humidity resistant greater than
90%, light reflectivity more than 90%, NRC value 0.90 -1.00,
medium density, size of board: 600mm x 600mm, fire rating B1
standard, framing with 600mm x 600 mm grid suspended from
ceiling using screw, nut, adjustable hanger hook, anchor, T-Grid,
Wall angle, Main runner, thread rod, 38mm carrier bracket,
connector, sleeve anchor, suspension bracket etc. all complete as
per drawing, architectural and acoustic design (NRC 0.9-1.0) and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will be taken as
damp-proof.(This item is for acoustic work in auditorium, Hall Room,
Seminar Room etc.) (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of
any type). [PWD 18.7.3.3]
Page 215
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.17.36.4 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 20mm thick Mineral Fiber Acoustic sqm 6,342.00 6,319.00 6,286.00 6,286.00
ceiling, (drop/ plain/ straight/ curve) (Made in
China/Malaysia/Thailand/India or equivalent quality product) with
high grade mineral wool, surface finish with white ultra vinyl latex
paint, surface treatment-film coating, anti-fungal & anti bacterial
humidity resistant greater than 90%, light reflectivity more than 90%,
NRC value 0.90 -1.00, medium density, size of board: 600mm x
600mm, fire rating B1 standard, framing with 600mm x 600 mm grid
suspended from ceiling using T-Grid, Wall angle, Main runner,
38mm carrier bracket, adjustable hanger hook, thread rod, anchor,
screw, nut, connector, sleeve anchor, suspension bracket etc. all
complete as per drawing architectural and acoustic design (NRC 0.9-
1.0) and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Measurement will be
taken as per finished surface area. The brick/ RCC surface shall be
dry and damp-proof.(This item is for acoustic work in auditorium, Hall
Room, Seminar Room etc.) (Rate is excluding cost of polish/ paint
etc. of any type). [PWD 18.7.3.4]
5.17.37 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Ply board C-section or box type work sqm 5,480.00 5,371.00 5,491.00 5,491.00
on wall/Ceiling. Using C-section of 150mm x 200mm x 150mm or
any size of thickness 18mm with facing 50mm, in/c substruction of
garjan wooden framing (50mm x 38mm @600mm c/c) and screwed,
for additional load suppport in/c special made full thread 8mm dia rod
fixed to the ceiling or roof or beam by rowel bolt, all complete as per
drawing, design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. All Garjan
insects. Measurement will be taken as per finished surface area. The
brick/ RCC surface shall be dry and damp-proof. (This item is for
acoustic work in auditorium, Hall Room, Seminar Room etc.) (Rate is
excluding cost of polish/ paint etc. of any type). [PWD 18.7.4]
5.17.38 Additional Rate of scaffolding for walling or ceiling work (from Item
no. 18.1 to 18.7) [PWD 18.8]
5.17.38.1 From 4m up to 6 m [PWD 18.8.1] sqm 132.00 132.00 132.00 132.00
5.17.38.2 Beyond 6m to above height [PWD 18.8.2] sqm 264.00 264.00 264.00 264.00
5.17.39 Supplying, fitting, fixing CNC Cutted facade work made of 5 mm(+- sqm 7,967.00 7,963.00 7,936.00 7,936.00
3%) thick MS Plate, pre-treated & painted with industrial paint/
powder coated glossy paint (thickness not less than 70 micron)
covered by water colour weather proof paint, supported by 50mm x
50 mm x 5mm MS angle at Top & Side of outer frame according to
drawing & design, fitted and fixed in wall/ RCC members with
necessary number of clamps, intermediate struts, royal bolt with
epoxy. Segments of MS plate will be smoothly joined by rivets or
welding, aligned and levelled. Cost is inclusive electricity, workshop
charges, loading - unloading, lifting, carrying and placing to the
required place & position etc. all complete as per approved design
and drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Upto a height
of 20m) [PWD 18.9]
5.17.40 Additional Rate of scaffolding for CNC Cutted facade work [PWD
18.10]
5.17.40.1 Above 20m and upto 30m [PWD 18.10.1] sqm 132.00 132.00 132.00 132.00
5.17.40.2 Beyound 30m [PWD 18.10.2] sqm 264.00 264.00 264.00 264.00
5.17.41 Supplying, fitting & fixing of plastic wood paneling in false ceiling with sqm 1,451.00 1,445.00 1,398.00 1,398.00
6 mm sheet, weighing 3.85 kg/sqm, fitting and mending good the
damages, carries etc complete in all respect and accepted by the
Page 216
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section 18 : Collapsible Gate, M.S. Gate, Rolling Shutter Etc.
5.18.01 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing S.S. collapsible gate of
any design and shape made of 25 mm x 25 mm x 3 mm S.S. angle
placed @ 112 mm c/c vertically and connecting the same with each
other by 25 mm x 3 mm S.S flat bar scissors 525 mm, 600 mm long
provided in 3 rows including cutting the different S.S. members to
required sizes, fabricating, welding, riveting with required size rivets,
providing required size wheels, pulling handles on both sides,
suitable locking arrangement, electrodes, grease and finally placing
the same in position in between 2 (two) nos. 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm
S.S. tee rail made by welding 2 nos. 50 mm x 6 mm S.S. flat bar
fitted and fixed at top and bottom with R.C.C. lintel/ roof slab, floors
and side wall with required nos. 150 mm to 225 mm long 38 mm x 6
mm S.S. flat bar clamps one end welded with the gate member and
the other end bifurcated and embedded in C.C. at the respective
point including cutting holes and mending good the damages by
pouring concrete (1:2:4) into the holes and finishing, both end
carriage, including polishing, greasing, electrodes, curing etc.
complete as per drawing and design and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge .[PWD 19.1.1]
5.18.01.1 for S.S. Grade A304 [PWD 19.1.1.1] sqm 19,345.00 19,327.00 19,203.00 19,203.00
5.18.02 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing S.S. collapsible gate of

any design and shape made of 20 mm x 20 mm x 3 mm S.S. angle
other by 20 mm x 3 mm S.S flat bar scissors 525 mm, 600 mm long
provided in 3 rows including cutting the different S.S. members to
S.S. tee rail made by welding 2 nos. 50 mm x 6 mm S.S. flat bar
and side wall with required Nos. 150 mm to 225 mm long 38 mm x 6
mm S.S. flat bar clamps one end welded with the gate member and
pouring concrete (1:2:4) into the holes and finishing, both end
carriage, including polishing, greasing, electrodes, curing etc.
complete as per drawing and design and accepted by the Engineer-
5.18.03 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. collapsible gate of sqm 5,982.00 5,963.00 5,829.00 5,830.00
any design and shape made of 25 mm x 25 mm x 3 mm M.S. angle
other by 25 mm x 3 mm M.S flat bar scissors 525 mm, 600 mm long
provided in 3 rows including cutting the different M.S. members to
the same in position in between 2 (two) Nos. 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm
M.S. tee rail made by welding 2 nos. 50 mm x 6 mm M.S. flat bar
and side wall with required nos. 150 mm to 225 mm long 38 mm x 6
mm M.S. flat bar clamps one end welded with the gate member and
pouring concrete (1:2:4) into the holes and finishing, etc. complete,
painting 2 (two) coats with approved best quality synthetic enamel
paint over a coat of anticorrosive painting, both end carriage,
including greasing, electrodes, curing etc. complete as per drawing
and design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding the cost of painting) [PWD 19.1.3]
Page 217
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.18.04 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. collapsible gate of sqm 5,171.00 5,152.00 5,018.00 5,018.00
any design and shape made of 20 mm x 20 mm x 3 mm M.S. angle
other by 20 mm x 3 mm M.S flat bar scissors 525 mm, 600 mm long
provided in 3 rows including cutting the different M.S. members to
M.S. tee rail made by welding 2 nos. 50 mm x 6 mm M.S. flat bar
fitted and fixed at top and bottom with R.C.C. lintel/roof slab, floors
and side wall with required Nos. 150 mm to 225 mm long 38 mm x 6
mm M.S. flat bar clamps one end welded with the gate member and
pouring concrete (1:2:4) into the holes and finishing, etc. complete,
painting 2 (two) coats with approved best quality synthetic enamel
paint over a coat of anticorrosive painting, both end carriage,
including greasing, electrodes, curing etc. complete as per drawing
excluding the cost of paint). [PWD 19.1.4]
5.18.05 Supplying, fitting, fixing, and installation of ordinary type M.S. gate sqm 6,667.00 6,646.00 6,495.00 6,496.00
(double leaf) of any design and shape with 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm
M.S. Angle outer frame having 16 mm dia M.S. rod placed vertically
@ 75 mm c/c. at bottom part and top part (200 mm long arrows) and
also placed horizontally at bottom for interconnection of 16 mm dia
M.S. rod placed vertically as per design, the top part covered with 18
BWG M.S. sheet and fixed with 4 nos. 38 mm x 6 mm F.I. bars
placed diagonally and 4 Nos. 38 mm x 6 mm F.I. bars placed
horizontally and vertically all passing through the center, providing
locking arrangements on 3 mm thick M.S. plate one for main gate
and one for minimum 600 mm x 1025 mm pocket gate with 38 mm x
38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle and 16 mm dia M.S. rod placed vertically
@ 75 mm c/c, providing 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle clamps
fitted and fixed with the outer frame of the main gate, the clamp being
embedded in R.C.C. or R.C.C. core pillar with cement concrete
(1:2:4) in masonry including cutting holes and mending good the
damages, finishing, curing etc. including riveting, welding as and
where necessary, painting two coats with approved quality of
synthetic enamel paint over a coat of priming of anti-corrosive paint
etc. all complete as per drawing, design and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of paint). [PWD
19.2.1]
5.18.06 Manufacturing, supplying and fitting-fixing security door with 25 mm sqm 13,269.00 13,215.00 12,903.00 12,905.00
dia M.S. rod and outer frame with 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm M.S.
angle including locking arrangement as per approved design and
drawing providing 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle clamps fitted
and fixed with the outer frame of the main gate, the clamp being
embedded in R.C.C. or R.C.C. core pillar with cement concrete
(1:2:4) in masonry including cutting holes and mending good the
damages, finishing, curing etc. including riveting, welding as and
where necessary, painting two coats with approved quality of
synthetic enamel paint over a coat of priming of anti-corrosive paint
etc. all complete as per drawing, design and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of paint). [PWD
19.2.2]
Page 218
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.18.07 Supplying, fitting, fixing, and installation of ordinary type M.S. security sqm 7,850.00 7,833.00 7,699.00 7,700.00
gate of any design and shape with 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm M.S.
angle outer frame and 02 (two) 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm angle placed
diagonally having 22 mm dia M.S. rod placed vertically @ 115 mm
c/c. and also 38 mm x 6 mm F.I bar placed horizontally, the bottom
part covered with 3 mm thick M.S. plate providing locking
arrangements on 3 mm thick M.S. plate providing heavy type clamps
fitted and fixed with the outer frame of the main gate, the clamp being
embedded in R.C.C. or R.C. core pillar with cement concrete (1:2:4)
in masonry including cutting holes and mending good the damages,
finishing, curing etc. including fabrication, riveting, welding as and
where necessary, painting 2 (two) coats with approved best quality
synthetic enamel paint over a coat of anticorrosive painting etc. all
charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of paint). [PWD 19.3]
5.18.08 Supplying, fitting, fixing and installation of ordinary type M.S. gate sqm 8,866.00 8,850.00 8,723.00 8,724.00
(double leaf) of any design and shape with 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm
M.S. angle box (made by welding 2 nos. 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm
angle) outer frame having 25 mm x 50 mm x 25 mm x 5 mm M.S.
channel (made by welding 2 nos. of channel) placed part diagonally
after cutting and shaping as per requirement, part horizontally @ 75
mm c/c, the two part of each leaf being separated by a vertical
member of 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. box and welded the each
ends of diagonal and horizontal members properly with the box
frame as per architectural drawing providing full locking arrangement
on 3 mm thick M.S. plates providing 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S.
angle clamps, fitting fixing with the outer frame of the gate, the clamp
being embedded in R.C.C. pillars with cement concrete (1:2:4)
including. cutting holes and mending good the damages, finishing,
curing and where necessary painting two coats with approved quality
of synthetic enamel paint over a coat of priming of anticorrosive paint
etc. all complete including making and providing 50 mm x 6 mm M.S.
rail and 38 mm wheel for smooth movement of the gate etc. all
charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of paint). [PWD 19.4]
5.18.09 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing G.I. pipe gate of any sqm 10,063.00 10,048.00 9,936.00 9,936.00
design and shape having 38 mm dia G.I. pipe outer frame and 19
mm dia. G.I. pipe vertical member placed @ 75 mm c/c by welding at
top and bottom of G.I. pipe frame, cutting the pipes in proper shape
and size including making semicircular band at the corners of the
outer frame without damaging the pipe, covering 50% of the gate
area with 18 BWG M.S. sheet, providing also two extra horizontal 38
mm dia G.I. pipes welded with vertical post, providing 6 nos. huskle
domney with R.C.C. or R.C.C core pillar with cement concrete (1:2:4)
in masonry including cutting holes, mending good the damages,
making provision for minimum 0.61 m x 1.4 m pocket gate having its
outer frame and inner vertical members made with 19 mm dia G.I.
pipe including necessary locking arrangements. Painting the gate
with 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel paint over a coat of anti-
corrosive priming, welding as and where necessary including
necessary locking arrangement and providing 2 Nos. 16 mm M.S.
socket bolts etc. all complete as per design and drawing and
painting) [PWD 19.5]
Page 219
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.18.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing of rolling shutter of any design and shape sqm 6,405.00 6,387.00 6,275.00 6,276.00
made of 24 SWG G.P. sheet unit minimum 69 mm width having 10
mm and 12 mm dia circular folding at ends, rolled in machine, locked
together properly to form rolling shutter, top of the shutter to be fitted
with circular spring box made of 26 BWG sheet, containing best
quality spring made in China, nutted with 38 mm G.I. pipe at one end
and the other end nutted to shutter including fitting the G.I. pipe
again with 375 mm x 300 mm x 6 mm pankha at ends with side guide
channel (side channel consist of 50 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm M.S. plate
with 2 mm x 19 mm x 3 mm F.I. bar, middle channel consist of 2 mm
x 150 mm x 6 mm M.S. plate with 2 mm x19 mm x 6 mm fixed to wall
or column with clamps embedded in R.C.C. part by cement concrete
(1:2:4) including cutting holes (minimum 3 mm x 25 mm x 6 mm)
mending the damages, finishing, curing, bottom end of shutter fitted
to folded G.P. sheet (min 125 mm width in two layers), which is again
fitted to 25 mm x 25 mm x 3 mm angle, providing handle with F.I. bar
25 mm x 6 mm and locking arrangement in both sides, painting two
coats with approved colour and brand of synthetic enamel paint over
a coat of priming etc. complete in all respect accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. [Rate is excluding the cost of painting] [PWD
19.6]
5.18.11 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting, fixing of ordinary type M.S. folding sqm 5,630.00 5,611.00 5,489.00 5,489.00
gate with 12mm x 12mm MS square solid bar and 25 mm x 25mm x
6 mm MS angle box frame and two nos outer side fixed box post
made with 40 mm x 40 mm x 6 mm angle at both ends attached to
column/wall side including locking arrangement providing 38 mm x
38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle clamps fitted and fixed with the outer
frame of the main gate, the clamp being embedded in R.C.C. or
R.C.C. core pillar with cement concrete (1:2:4) in masonry including
cutting holes and mending good the damages, finishing, curing etc.
including riveting, welding as and where necessary, painting two
coats with approved quality of synthetic enamel paint over a coat of
priming of anti-corrosive paint etc. all complete as per drawing,
design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding
the cost of paint) [PWD 19.7]
5.18.12 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing SS folding gate of any
design and shape made of 37 mm x 1.5 mm round pipe section as
vertical section spacing 450 mm c/c, 25 x 25 x1.5 mm box section
criss-cross connected with vertical section through 12 mm solid pipe
section, 12 mm x 38 mm x 1.5 mm rectangular SS section fitted &
fixed vertically & connected through 12 mm solid pipe section with
vertical section, placing required number of SS wheel, SS Handle,
SS Locking clamp etc, fitting-fixing the gate by cutting hole and
mending good the damages by pouring concrete(1:2:4) into the holes
and hoisting the gate in position with necessary carriage,electrodes,
curing, polishing, finishing, etc.complete as per drawing and design
5.18.12.1 for S.S. Grade A304 [PWD 19.8.1] sqm 17,043.00 17,029.00 16,911.00 16,913.00
5.18.13 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing SS Swing front gate of

any design and shape made of 50 mm x 50mm x 1.5 mm S.S. box
section as outer frame, 37mm x 37mm x 1.5 mm SS box section as
vertical section @ 100 mm c/c fitted with outer frame, 25 mm x 25
mm x 1.5 mm SS box section as horizontal section , 37 mm x 1.5 mm
SS round section fitted with vertical outer section for SS lettering, 25
mm dia SS solid round pipe, placing required number of solid hinges,
SS wheel, SS locking arrangement, hasp bolt, tower bolt etc, fitting-
fixing the gate by cutting hole and mending good the damages by
pouring concrete(1:2:4) into the holes and hoisting the gate in
position with necessary carriage,electrodes, curing, polishing,
finishing, etc.complete as per drawing and design and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge . [PWD 19.9]
Page 220
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.18.14 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing SS Sliding front gate of
any design and shape made of 50 mm x 50mm x 1.5 mm S.S. box
section as outer frame, 37mm x 37mm x 1.5 mm SS box section as
vertical section @ 100 mm c/c fitted with outer frame, 25 mm x 25
mm x 1.5 mm SS box section as horizontal section , 37 mm x 1.5 mm
SS round section fitted with vertical outer section for SS lettering, 25
mm dia SS solid round pipe & 3mm SS channel (62 mm x 62 mm)
placed at bottom & top respectively, placing required number of solid
hinges, SS wheel, SS locking arrangement, hasp bolt, tower bolt etc,
fitting-fixing the gate by cutting hole and mending good the damages
by pouring concrete(1:2:4) into the holes and hoisting the gate in
position with necessary carriage,electrodes, curing, polishing,
finishing, etc.complete as per drawing and design and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge . [PWD 19.10]
5.18.15 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing double leaf SS Main gate
made with 2mm thick 75mm x 75mm ss hollow box as outer frame,
1.5 mm thick 50mm X 25mm ss hollow box as inner frame with 1.5
mm thick, 19 mm x 19 mm SS hollow box for fencing @75mm c/c,
900 mm Long 25mm dia SS box handle, 350 mm long 20mm dia SS
hatch bolt, 150mm x 38mm hinge base plate, 50 mm x 8 mm S.S
plate for bottom rail, 75 mm dia SS wheel, 6 mm thick 12'' x 13'' box
SS 16 gauge plate for locking arangement, 100 mm x 10 mm dia
S.S. Rowel bolt, SS pad lock, fitting-fixing the gate by cutting hole
and mending good the damages by pouring concrete(1:2:4) into the
holes and hoisting the gate in position with necessary
carriage,electrodes, curing, polishing, finishing, etc.complete as per
drawing and design and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
19.10.3]
Section 19 : Stair & Verandah Railing And Stair Nosing

5.19.01 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing of stair railing of standard sqm 4,251.00 4,223.00 4,086.00 4,086.00
height of any design and shape with square box (2 nos.in each tread)
made by through welding of 2 nos. 19 mm x 19 mm x 3 mm M.S.
angle to provide hand-rail, engraving each box 150mm in the
concrete by 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm anchor plate at base, welding
38 mm x 6mm F.I. bar inclined plain with the top of the box to fit in
the grooved wooden rail by necessary screws including cutting
grooves in concrete, mending good the damages with cement
concrete (1:2:4), applying french polish of approved quality and
colour to wooden hand rail, 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved quality over an anti-corrosive prime coat etc. complete in all
respect for all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Exposed area excluding hand rail of railing will be considered for
measurement, rate is excluding the cost of wood for hand-rail and
cost of painting, polish). [PWD 20.1]
Page 221
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
height of any design and shape with square box (2 nos. box in each
tread) made by through welding of 2nos. 25 mm x 25 mm x 5 mm
M.S. angle, engraving each box 150 mm in the concrete by 50 mm x
50 mm x 6 mm anchor plate at base, welding 50 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar
in inclined plain with the top of the box fitted in the grooved wooden
rail and 2 Nos. 225 mm x25 mm finished section of wooden strip
fitted and fixed at mid height of railing at both side of M.S. angle box
in inclined plain parallel to the hand rail etc. fitted and fixed by
necessary screws, nails including cutting grooves in concrete,
mending good the damages with cement concrete (1:2:4), applying
french polish of approved quality and colour to wooden hand rail and
inclined wooden strip and painting to F.I bar and square box with 2
(two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality and colour
over an anti-corrosive prime coat etc. complete in all respect for all
floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area
excluding hand rail of railing will be considered for measurement,
rate is excluding the cost of wood for hand-rail, wooden strip and cost
of painting, polish). [PWD 20.2]
5.19.03 Supplying, fitting and fixing 12 mm dia of 2.65 mm thick G.I pipe stair
railing of standard height of any design and shape with 50 mm x 50
mm x 6 mm M.S. plate at the base of 12 mm dia G.I. Pipe and fitted
and fixed by welding. Placing the pipes vertically @ 250 mm c/c (1
nos. in each steps) 150 mm embedded into the R.C.C tread of stair
case after cutting grooves and mending good the damages with C.C.
and providing 38 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar on the top of G.I. pipe to
provide wooden hand rail of any design applying french polish of
approved quality and colour to wooden hand rail and painting with 2
(two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality and colour
rate is excluding the cost of wood for hand-rail and cost of painting,
polish). [PWD 20.3]
5.19.03.1 With the provision of hand rail of size: 150 mm x 62 mm (finished) sqm 2,887.00 2,873.00 2,792.00 2,792.00
[PWD 20.3.1]
5.19.03.2 With the provision of hand rail of size: 112 mm x 62 mm (finished) sqm 3,511.00 3,488.00 3,373.00 3,373.00
[PWD 20.3.2]
5.19.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 12 mm dia of 2.65 mm thick G.I pipe sqm 4,682.00 4,666.00 4,584.00 4,584.00
stair railing of standard height and design and shape with 50 mm x
50 mm x 6 mm M.S. plate at the base of 12 mm dia G.I. Pipe and
fitting & fixing by welding. Placing the pipes vertically @ 125 mm c/c
(2 nos. in each steps) 150 mm embedded into the R.C.C tread of
stair case after cutting grooves and mending good the damages with
C.C. and providing 40 mm dia of 3.20 mm thick G.I. pipe hand rail on
the top of vertical G.I. pipe, applying 2 (two) coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved quality and color over an anti-corrosive
prime coat etc. all complete in all respect for all floors and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area of railing will be
considered for measurement, rate is excluding the cost of paint).
[PWD 20.4.1]
5.19.05 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 12 mm dia of 2.65 mm thick G.I pipe sqm 5,073.00 5,054.00 4,955.00 4,955.00
stair railing of standard height and design and shape with 50 mm x
50 mm x 6 mm M.S. plate at the base of 12 mm dia G.I. Pipe and
fitting & fixing by welding. Placing the pipes vertically @ 125 mm c/c
(2 nos. in each steps) 150 mm embedded into the R.C.C tread of
stair case after cutting grooves and mending good the damages with
C.C. and providing 50 mm dia of 3.20 mm thick G.I. pipe hand rail on
the top of vertical G.I. pipe, applying 2 (two) coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved quality and color over an anti-corrosive
prime coat etc. all complete in all respect for all floors and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area of railing will be
considered for measurement, rate is excluding the cost of paint).
[PWD 20.4.2]
Page 222
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.19.06 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing of stair railing of standard
height of any design and shape with 75mm x 50mm x 3mm MS box
for hand rail and 03 nos vertical post of 75mm x 50mm x 3mm MS
box in each flight, welding the vertical post box with 100 mm x 100
mm x 6 mm anchor base plate and fixing with concrete of stair by
royal bolt, welding MS box or MS F.I bar of any shape and design
horizontally between the vertical post @ 125 mm c/c, applying 2
(two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality and color
over an anti-corrosive prime coat etc. finished in all respect for all
floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area of
railing will be considered for measurement, rate is excluding the cost
of painting). [PWD 20.5]
5.19.06.1 With F.I bar of size: 38 mm x 6 mm [PWD 20.5.1] sqm 5,100.00 5,078.00 4,959.00 4,959.00
5.19.06.2 With MS box of size: 20 mm x 20 mm of 1.5 mm wall thikness [PWD sqm 4,622.00 4,601.00 4,482.00 4,482.00
20.5.2]
height of any design and shape with 75 mm x 75 mm finished wood
for hand rail and vertical post, fitting with 02 Nos. frames (150 mm
space between the two frames and vertical wooden post) of 50 mm x
25 mm 1.5 mm MS box in each flight and welding 50 mm x 6 mm F.I.
bar horizontally in each frame @ 150 mm c/c, fixing the rail, post and
frames by necessary screws, nails, bolts with concrete of stair,
applying french polish of approved quality and colour to wooden
hand rail, 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality
rate is excluding the cost of wood for hand-rail and cost of painting,
polish). [PWD 20.6.1]
5.19.08 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing of stair railing of standard
height of any design and shape with 100mm x 50mm finished wood
for hand rail, 75mm x 50mm x 3mm MS box for vertical post (total 4
nos. post per flight) fitting by welding on 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm
anchor plate at base, welding MS box or MS F.I bar of any shape
and design horizontally between the vertical post @ 125 mm c/c,
welding 50 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar in inclined fitted in the grooved
wooden rail by necessary screws, nails, mending good the damages
with cement concrete (1:2:4), applying french polish of approved
quality and colour to wooden hand rail, 2 (two) coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved quality over an anti-corrosive prime coat
etc. complete in all respect for all floors and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area excluding hand rail of railing will
be considered for measurement, rate is excluding the cost of wood
for hand-rail and cost of painting, polish). [PWD 20.6.2]
5.19.08.1 With MS box of size: 38 mm x 12 mm of 1.5 mm wall thikness [PWD sqm 4,726.00 4,705.00 4,599.00 4,599.00
20.6.2.1]
5.19.08.2 With F.I bar of size: 38 mm x 6 mm [PWD 20.6.2.2] sqm 5,169.00 5,148.00 5,042.00 5,042.00
Page 223
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
for hand rail, fixing with 75mm x 38mm x 3mm MS box of 400mm
length which fitting between 2 nos. 75mm x 38mm x 3mm MS box
(total 3 nos. post per flight) welding on 150 mm x 150 mm x 6 mm
anchor plate at base, 01 no 75mm x 38mm x 3mm MS box (200 mm
space from top wooden rail) inclined with top and 01 no 75mm x
38mm x 3mm MS box (fitted with plain concrete surface of stair by
royal bolt) inclined with bottom, both welding with vertical post,
welding 1.5 mm thick 20mm dia MS pipe @ 125mm c/c horizontally
between the MS vertical post, welding 50 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar in
inclined fitted in the grooved wooden rail by necessary screws, nails,
mending good the damages with cement concrete (1:2:4), applying
french polish of approved quality and colour to wooden hand rail, 2
(two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality over an anti-
corrosive prime coat etc. complete in all respect for all floors and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area excluding hand
rail of railing will be considered for measurement, rate is excluding
the cost of wood for hand-rail and cost of painting, polish). [PWD
20.6.3]
for hand rail, fixed with 50mm x 25mm x 2mm SS box of 400mm
length which fitting between 2 nos. 50mm x 25mm x 2mm SS box
(total 3 nos. post per flight) welding on 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm
anchor plate at base, 01 no 50mm x 25mm x 2mm SS box (200 mm
space from wooden rail) inclined with top and 01 no 50mm x 25mm
x 2mm SS box (fitted with plain concrete surface of stair by royal bolt)
inclined with bottom, both welding with vertical post, welding 1.5 mm
thick 20mm dia SS pipe 125mm c/c horizontally between the SS
vertical post, welding 50 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar in inclined fitted in the
grooved wooden rail by necessary screws, nails, mending good the
damages with cement concrete (1:2:4) including polishing of SS box
and pipe, applying french polish of approved quality and colour to
wooden hand rail, 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved quality and color over an anti-corrosive prime coat etc.
complete in all respect for all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Exposed area excluding hand rail of railing will be
considered for measurement, rate is excluding the cost of wood for
hand-rail and cost of painting, polish of wood). [PWD 20.6.7]
5.19.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing stainless steel (SS) stair railing of sqm 7,786.00 7,770.00 7,690.00 7,690.00
standard height with 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for hand-rail, 2
mm thick 40 mm dia 5 nos vertical SS pipes in each flight, 1.5 mm
thick 20 mm dia 5 nos horizontal SS pipes as per drawing, design
including carrying, polishing, fabricating, welding and fixing with tread
by 25 mm long royal bolt etc.all complete and accepted by the
standard height with 2 mm thick 62 mm x 25 mm SS Box for hand-
rail fixing with 2 nos of consecutive SS vertical post of 2 mm thick 50
mm x 18 mm SS Box (4 nos vertical support in each flight, each
vertical support containing 2 nos of consecutive SS vertical box of
125 mm space) fixing with tread by 75 mm long royal bolt, welding
1.5 mm thick 38 mm x 12 mm 5 nos horizontal SS Box between
vertical support as per drawing, design including carrying, polishing,
fabricating, welding etc.all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
standard height with 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for hand-rail,
50mm x 6mm SS double plate SS newel post having SS pipe holder
at the top to provide hand rail and having SS knob between double
plate to hold the horizontal pipe (4 nos. post in each flight) fitting by
welding on 150 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS anchor plate at base, base
plate fitting with the tread by 50mm long royal bolt, 1.5 mm thick 20
mm dia 5 nos horizontal pipes fitting in the SS knob including
carrying, polishing fabricating etc. all complete and accepted by the
Page 224
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
standard height with 2 mm thick 62mm dia pipe for hand-rail, 2 mm
thick 50mm dia SS vertical post having pipe holder at the top to
provide hand rail and having SS knob to hold the horizontal pipe (4
nos. post in each flight) fitting by welding on 150 mm x 100 mm x 6
mm anchor plate at base, base plate fitting with the tread by 50 mm
long royal bolt, 1.5 mm thick 20 mm dia 8 nos horizontal pipes fitting
in the SS knob including carrying, polishing fabricating etc.all
5.19.15 Supplying, fitting and fixing 10 mm thick tempered glass railing in sqm 12,232.00 12,212.00 12,097.00 12,097.00
stair with 62 mm dia 2 mm thick SS pipe for hand rail, 04 nos 62 mm
x 50 mm x 2 mm SS vertical box post (having 4 nos. SS glass holder
and 1 no rail holder) in each flight fitting and fixing with 65 mm x 55
mm x 6 mm SS base plate including welding, bending, fabricating,
polishing all complete as per drawing, desing and specification etc in
all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 20.9.1]
stair of standard height with 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for hand-
rail, 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS vertical post (4 nos. post in each flight)
having 1 no. pipe holder at the top to provide top rail and 4 nos. SS
glass holder to fit the tempered glass, welding vertical post on 100
mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS base plate and fitting base plate with the
tread by 50mm long royal bolt including welding, bending, fabricating,
polishing all complete as per drawing, desing and specification etc in
all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 20.9.2]
rail, fixing rail with the glass by SS holder, fitting the tempered glass
with 150mm/200 mm long SS glass clamp (4 nos. clamp in each
flight), welding the SS glass clamp on 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS
base plate and fitting base plate with the tread by 50mm long royal
bolt including welding, bending, fabricating, polishing all complete as
per drawing, desing and specification etc in all respect and accepted
by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 20.9.3]
rail, 2 mm thick 50 mm x 25 mm SS vertical post (4 nos. post in each
flight) having 1 no. pipe holder at the top to provide top rail and 2
nos. SS glass holder to fit the tempered glass, welding vertical post
on 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS base plate and fitting base plate on
outer side of the tread by 75mm long royal bolt including welding,
bending, fabricating, polishing all complete as per drawing, desing
and specification etc in all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-
stair of standard height with 62mm dia finished wood with 10mm x
18mm groove for hand rail, fitting 150mm x 50mm finished wood
with 10mm x 50mm groove with the plain RCC surface at bottom by
50mm long royal bolt, 10 mm thick tempered glass fitting in the
groove between the hand rail and bottom wooden section by glass
protector bit/rubber gasket, silicon including carrying, fabricating etc.
all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding cost of wood and cost of polish). [PWD 20.10.1]
stair of standard height with 75 mm x 50 mm finished wood for hand
rail and vertical post of both sides of stair railing having 10mm x
38mm groove for fitting the tempered glass, 1.5mm thick 62 mm x 25
mm alluminium U channel fitting with the RCC plain surface at
bottom by 50mm long royal bolt,10 mm thick Tempered glass fitting
between the wooden groove and alluminium U channel through
glass protector bit/rubber gasket, silicon as per drawing, design
including carrying, fabricating etc. all complete and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding cost of wood and cost of
Page 225
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
stair of standard height with 75 mm x 50 mm finished wood for hand
rail and vertical post of both sides of stair tread, fixing the rail with the
tempered glass by SS holder, fitting the bottom edge of the tempered
glass with 1.5mm thick 38mm x 18 mm alluminium U channel and the
top edge of the tempered glass with 1.5 mm thick 12mm x 12 mm
alluminium U channel through glass protector bit/rubber gasket,
silicon and fixing with the tread of stair by 50mm long royal bolt, fitting
38 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar at the bottom of the grooved wooden hand
rail by necessary screws, nails including fitting, fixing,carrying,
fabricating etc. as per drawing, design all complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding cost of wood and cost of
stair of standard height with 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe or 2 mm
thick 62 mm x 38 mm SS box for hand rail and vertical post of both
sides of stair tread, fixing the rail with the tempered glass by SS
holder, fitting the bottom edge of the tempered glass with 1.5mm
thick 38mm x 18 mm alluminium U channel and the top edge of the
tempered glass with 1.5 mm thick 12mm x 12 mm alluminium U
channel through glass protector bit/rubber gasket, silicon and fixing
with the tread of stair by 50 mm long royal bolt, welding vertical post
on 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS base plate and fitting base plate
with the concrete of stair by 50mm long royal bolt including fitting,
fixing,carrying, fabricating, polishing etc. as per drawing, design all
5.19.23 Supplying, fitting and fixing stainless steel railing of standard height m 2,236.00 2,236.00 2,236.00 2,236.00
(approximately 225 mm above RCC or Brick wall) with 2 mm thick 62
mm dia SS pipe for hand-rail, 2 mm thick 40 mm dia vertical SS
pipes @ 1200 mm c/c fitting and fixing with 65 mm x 55 mm x 6 mm
SS base plate and fitting base plate with the surface by 50mm long
royal bolt including welding, bending, fabricating, polishing all
complete as per drawing, desing and specification etc all complete in
all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 20.11]
5.19.24.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing stainless steel railing on inner side of stair m 2,288.00 2,287.00 2,276.00 2,276.00
with 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for hand-rail (50mm space from
wall), fitting and fixing by a SS pipe holder @ 1200 mm c/c welding
with 65 mm x 55 mm x 6 mm SS base plate and fitting base plate on
RCC or Brick wall by SS Royel Bolt including welding, bending,
fabricating, polishing all complete as per drawing, desing and
specification etc all complete in all respect and accepted by Engineer-
5.19.24.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing MS railing on inner side of stair with 3 m 1,329.00 1,328.00 1,317.00 1,317.00
mm thick 62 mm x 38 mm MS box for hand-rail (50mm space from
wall), fitting and fixing by a MS box holder @ 1200 mm c/c welding
with 65 mm x 55 mm x 6 mm MS base plate and fitting base plate on
RCC or Brick wall by Royel Bolt including welding, bending,
fabricating, all complete as per drawing, desing and specification etc
all complete in all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 20.12.2]
5.19.24.3 Supplying, fitting and fixing 50 mm dia finished Wooden railing on m 2,262.00 2,245.00 2,258.00 2,258.00
inner side of stair (50mm space from wall), fitting both sides by 2 mm
thick 50 mm dia SS pipe caping one end of 250 mm length, fitting
and fixing by a SS holder @ 1200 mm c/c welding with 65 mm x 55
mm x 6 mm SS base plate and fitting base plate on RCC or Brick
wall by Royel Bolt including welding, bending, fabricating, all
complete as per drawing, desing and specification etc all complete in
all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-charge [PWD 20.12.3]
Page 226
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.19.25 Supplying, fitting and fixing SS Swimming Pool Ladder of 3000 mm x sqm 8,155.00 8,135.00 8,031.00 8,031.00
600 mm size in which outer frame of 2 mm thick 50 mm dia SS pipe
and horizontal bar for lower part (approximately 1800 mm) of 2 mm
thick 40 mm dia SS pipe @ 200 mm c/c and fitting and fixing the
whole with 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS base plate on both side
and fitting base plate on RCC or Brick wall by Royel Bolt including
welding, bending, fabricating, all complete as per drawing, desing
and specification etc all complete in all respect and accepted by
5.19.26.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing verandah railing with 2 mm thick 50 mm sqm 9,533.00 9,504.00 9,349.00 9,349.00
dia SS hand rail, 1.5 mm thick 20 mm dia 5 nos SS horizontal pipes,
2 mm thick 50 mm x 25 mm SS box vertical post @ 450 mm c/c.
Among the vertical box post, 5 nos box posts will be fitted with floor
bed by 65 mm x 55 mm x 6 mm SS plate, remaining SS box post will
be fitted and fixed with 50 mm x 25 mm x 2 mm SS horizontal box at
bottom (50 mm above from floor) including all fittings, fixtures,
polishing, carrying etc. all complete as per approved design and
drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 20.14.1]
5.19.26.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing verandah railing with 2 mm thick 62 mm sqm 10,685.00 10,671.00 10,595.00 10,595.00
dia SS hand rail, 1.5 mm thick 25 mm square SS box @150mm c/c
vertically, 2 mm thick 50 mm dia SS vertical post @ 900 mm c/c, 2
nos 1.5 mm thick 38mm x 38mm square SS box fitting horizontally at
125mm below from top rail and 125mm above from floor, vertical
box posts will be fitted with floor bed by 65 mm x 55 mm x 6 mm SS
plate including all fittings, fixtures, polishing, carrying etc. all complete
as per approved design and drawing and accepted by the Engineer-
5.19.26.3 Supplying, fitting and fixing verandah railing of standard height with sqm 12,001.00 11,988.00 11,918.00 11,918.00
2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for hand-rail, 2mm thick 75mm x
75mm SS square vertical post having pipe holder to provide hand rail
and SS knob for horizontal pipe @ 900mm c/c fitting by welding on
150 mm x 150 mm x 6 mm SS anchor plate at base, base plate fitting
with the floor by 50mm long royal bolt, 1.5 mm thick 25 mm dia 8 nos
horizontal SS pipes fitting with SS knob of vertical post including
carrying, polishing fabricating etc. all complete and accepted by the
2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for hand-rail, 2 mm thick 50mm dia
vertical SS post having pipe holder to provide hand rail and SS knob
for horizontal pipe @ 900mm c/c fitting by welding on 150 mm x 150
mm x 6 mm SS anchor plate at base, base plate fitting with the floor
by 50mm long royal bolt, 1.5 mm thick 25 mm dia 8 nos horizontal
SS pipes fitting with SS knob of vertical post including carrying,
polishing fabricating etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-
5.19.27.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing 10 mm thick tempered glass railing in sqm 11,949.00 11,937.00 11,867.00 11,867.00
verandah with 62mm dia 2 mm thick SS pipe for hand rail, 62 mm x
50 mm x 2 mm SS vertical box fitted with concrete slab by 100 mm x
55 mm x 6 mm SS plate @ 600 mm c/c and base plate fitting with the
floor by 50mm long royal bolt including all fittings, fixtures as per
drawing, desing and specification etc all complete in all respect and
accepted by Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 20.15.1]
verandah of standard height with 2 mm thick 62 mm dia SS pipe for
hand-rail, 2 mm thick 50 mm dia SS vertical post having pipe holder
to provide hand rail and SS glass holder @ 900mm c/c fitting by
welding on 100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS anchor plate at base, base
plate fitting with the floor by 50mm long royal bolt, 10 mm thick
Tempered glass fitting between the post through glass holder as per
drawing, design including carrying, polishing fabricating etc. all
Page 227
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
verandah of standard height with 1.5 mm thick 50mm x 15mm SS U
channel at top of rail, fitting the tempered glass with 150mm/200 mm
long SS glass clamp @ 900mm c/c, welding the SS glass clamp on
100 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm SS base plate and fitting base plate with
the floor by 50mm long royal bolt including welding, bending,
fabricating, polishing all complete as per drawing, desing and
specification etc in all respect and accepted by Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 20.15.3]
verandah of standard height with 3mm thick 50mm x 50mm square
MS box for hand rail, 3mm thick 75mm x 38mm mm MS vertical post
box @ 900 mm c/c fitting by welding on 150 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm
anchor plate at base, base plate fitting with the floor by 50mm long
royal bolt, fitting 10mm thick tempered glass between the vertical
post through glass holder, applying 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel
paint of approved quality over an anti-corrosive prime coat including
all other accessories and carrying, fabricating etc. all complete and
painting). [PWD 20.16]
3mm thick 75mm x 50mm MS box for vertical post box @ 900 mm
c/c fitting by welding on 150 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm anchor plate at
base, base plate fitting with the floor by 50mm long royal bolt, 3mm
thick 50mm x 38mm MS horizontal box fitting with the vertical post by
welding @ 150 mm c/c including all other accessories and carrying,
febrication, applying 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved quality over an anti-corrosive prime coat etc. complete in all
respect for all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Exposed area of railing will be considered for measurement, rate is
excluding the cost of painting). [PWD 20.17.1]
base, base plate fitting with the floor by 50mm long royal bolt, fitting
5mm thick 50mm x 50mm MS horizontal box with the vertical post by
welding at top of rail and 125mm above from the floor, 3mm thick
25mm x 25mm MS square box fitting by welding vertically @ 150 mm
c/c between the top and bottom rail including all other accessories
and carrying, febrication, applying 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel
paint of approved quality over an anti-corrosive prime coat etc.
complete in all respect for all floors and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Exposed area of railing will be considered for measurement,
rate is excluding the cost of painting). [PWD 20.17.2]
base, base plate fitting with the floor by 50mm long royal bolt, 5mm
thick 75mm x 50mm MS horizontal box fitting by welding with the
vertical post for hand rail, 2 nos. 5mm thick 50mm x 50mm MS
horizontal box fitting with the vertical post by welding 125 mm below
the top rail and 125 mm above the floor, 3mm thick 25mm x 25mm
MS square box fitting by welding vertically @ 150 mm c/c between
the 2 nos. 50mm x 50mm horizontal MS box including all other
accessories and carrying, febrication, applying 2 (two) coats of
synthetic enamel paint of approved quality over an anti-corrosive
prime coat etc. complete in all respect for all floors and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Exposed area of railing will be considered
for measurement, rate is excluding the cost of painting). [PWD
20.17.3]
5.19.29 Providing nosing to the nose of tread of stair including supplying 3
nos. of 75 mm long 12 mm x 3 mm F.I./SS bar clamps with bifurcated
ends in each treads including fitting and fixing with the angle by
welding and fitting and fixing the angle by cutting grooves in R.C.C,
fixing and finishing and the same with C.C. (1:2:4) etc. cost of
electricity and other charges all complete and accepted by the
Page 228
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.19.29.1 Providing 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle to the nosing of steps m 479.00 477.00 470.00 470.00
of staircase [PWD 20.18.1]
5.19.29.2 Providing nosing 32 mm x 32 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle to the nosing of m 421.00 420.00 413.00 413.00
steps of stair case. [PWD 20.18.2]
5.19.29.3 Providing 25 mm x 25 mm x 6 mm size M.S. angle to the nosing of m 365.00 363.00 356.00 356.00
stair case. [PWD 20.18.3]
5.19.29.4 Providing 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm brass angle to the nosing of steps m 1,518.00 1,516.00 1,509.00 1,509.00
of stair case [PWD 20.18.4]
5.19.29.5 Providing 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm S.S. angle to the nosing of steps m 1,475.00 1,474.00 1,467.00 1,467.00
of staircase [PWD 20.18.5]
5.19.29.6 Providing 32 mm x 32 mm x 6 mm S.S. angle to the nosing of steps m 1,179.00 1,178.00 1,171.00 1,171.00
of stair case [PWD 20.18.6]
5.19.29.7 Providing 25 mmx 25 m x 6 mm size S.S. angle to the nosing of stair m 1,116.00 1,114.00 1,107.00 1,107.00
case. [PWD 20.18.7]
5.19.30 Supplying, fitting & fixing of column guard made of 50 mm x 50 mm x m 630.00 628.00 617.00 617.00
6 mm M.S. angle around column & 50 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar for Tie at
the top including fitting and fixing with the angle by welding, fitting
and fixing the angle by cutting grooves in R.C.C, fixing and finishing
the same with C.C. (1:2:4) etc. cost of electricity and other charges
all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge [PWD 20.19]
5.19.31 Supplying, fitting & fixing of column guard made of 75 mm x 75 mm x m 1,824.00 1,823.00 1,812.00 1,812.00
3 mm S.S. angle at corner of column including supplying 3 Nos. of 75
mm long 12 mm x 3 mm SS bar clamp with bifurcated ends, fitting
and fixing with the angle by welding, fitting and fixing the angle by
cutting grooves in R.C.C, fixing and finishing the same with C.C.
(1:2:4) etc. cost of electricity and other charges all complete and
5.19.32 Supplying, fitting & fixing of column guard made of 50 mm x 50 mm x m 1,744.00 1,742.00 1,731.00 1,731.00
3 mm S.S. angle at corner of column including supplying 3 Nos. of 75
mm long 12 mm x 3 mm SS bar clamp with bifurcated ends, fitting
and fixing with the angle by welding, fitting and fixing the angle by
cutting grooves in R.C.C, fixing and finishing the same with C.C.
(1:2:4) etc. cost of electricity and other charges all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD PWD 20.20.2]
Section 20 : Grill Fencing And Barbed Wire Fencing
5.20.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing MS grill fencing of any design and shape sqm 2,615.00 2,602.00 2,522.00 2,522.00
in boundary wall with 31 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar @ 150 mm c/c placed
vertically after cutting as per required measurement. Welding the
said F.I. bar with 2 nos. horizontal 30 mm x 6 mm F.I. bar placed one
at top and another at bottom including embedding/fixing the
horizontal F.I. bar in position with cutting grooves in wall up to 150
mm depth and mending good the damages with C.C. (1:2:4),
finishing with two coats of painting with synthetic enamel paint over a
coat of anti-corrosive paint etc. complete as per drawing and design
of painting) [PWD 21.1]
5.20.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing MS grill fencing of any design and shape sqm 5,254.00 5,232.00 5,087.00 5,087.00
made with 19 mm x 19 mm x 3 mm box (box made with 2 nos.19
mm x 19 mm x 3 mm angle by continuous welding) placed vertically
@ 150 mm c/c and welding the said vertical boxes with two Nos.
horizontal 25 x 25 x 6 mm angle box (made with 2 Nos. 25 x 25 x 6
mm angle by welding), placing one at bottom and another at top and
again fitting & fixing by welding the said horizontal tube box with 38
mm x 38 mm x 6 mm angle box vertical post made with 2 nos. 38
mm x 38 mm x 6 mm angle by welding) provided @ 1800 mm c/c
including embedding the tube box post in brick R.C.C. pillar or core
wall up to 375 mm depth after cutting grooves in wall/pillar including
mending good the damages with C.C. (1:2:4) and finishing, curing, 2
coats of approved synthetic enamel paint over a coat of anti-
corrosive paint etc. all complete as per design, drawing and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of painting)
[PWD 21.2]
Page 229
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.20.03 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. grill fencing as per sqm 2,536.00 2,522.00 2,445.00 2,445.00
design with outer frames having 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. angle
and inner members having 10 mm dia M.S. rod placed @ 100 mm
c/c diagonally on both direction, welding each cris-cross end of rod
with corners of outer frame including cutting rods and size angles to
required shapes and size and setting the entire fence with the
previously installed box tube (box tube made with 2 nos. angle) post
including thorough and full welding the frame with the angle box
posts, painting 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint over a coat of anti-
corrosive priming etc. all complete as per drawing and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.(Rate is excluding the cost of paint) [PWD
21.3]
5.20.04 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing M.S. box tube (made with m 1,106.00 1,102.00 1,078.00 1,078.00
2 nos angle) post (bottom end bifurcated) made by thorough welding
of two Nos. 38 x 38 x 6 mm M.S. angle and vertically placing the post
into C.C. or R.C.C. foundation including cutting angle to required
shape and size including covering the top of the post with 6 mm thick
M.S. plate etc. all complete as per drawing and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.(Rate is excluding the cost of C.C./R.C.C.
foundation and paint) [PWD 21.4]
5.20.05 Providing barbed wire fencing with R.C.C (1:2:4) pillars @ 2.43 m sqm 157.00 156.00 154.00 154.00
c/c. and of section 100 mm x 100 mm at top and 150 mm x 150 mm
at bottom of 2.13 m total height (1.37 m above G.L. and 0.76 m
below G.L.) including 150 mm thick, 450 mm square spread footings
(pillars reinforced with 4 Nos. 10 mm dia main rod and 6 mm dia
stirrups @ 150 mm c/c, footing reinforced with 5 Nos. 10 mm dia rod
both ways) supplying, fitting and fixing 8 lines of barbed wire
horizontally (fixed with the post through 6 mm dia rods embedded in
to the post) and 2 lines diagonally from post to post with 12 BWG 2
ply barbed wire, with 4 points barbs @ at least 112 mm c/c including
6 mm thick (1:4) cement plaster up to 1500 mm length of the pillars
etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding the cost of concrete, reinforcement & plaster which is to be
paid as per corresponding items in the schedule) [PWD 21.5]
5.20.06 Providing barbed wire fencing with average 100 mm dia best quality sqm 279.00 278.00 275.00 275.00
local ballah post of 1.98 m total height (1.37 m above G.L. and min.
0.60 m embedded in the ground) placed at 1800 mm c/c with 9 nos.
horizontal lines and 2 nos. diagonal lines of 12 BWG 2 ply barbed
wire with 4 points barbs @ at least 112 mm c/c in each way of 1.8 m
including embedding the post tightly in ground and providing a
cement concrete base of 200 mm x 200 mm x 300 mm around ballah
at E.G.L, stretching the wires and fixing with the post with the help of
minimum 62 mm long G.I. nails including supply of all materials etc.
all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding the cost of ballah and its driving/fixing and concrete which
is to be paid as per corresponding items in the schedule) [PWD 21.6]
5.20.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing 12 BWG barbed wire (2 ply, 4 points) in sqm 961.00 953.00 933.00 933.00
fencing work @ 150 mm c/c in both horizontally and vertically,
supported by 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. L-shape angle post (300
mm embedded in R.C.C. or in brick work with a cement concrete
base of 75 mm x 75 mm x 300 mm) 600 mm vertical and 450 mm
inclined or as per requirement @ 2.4 m c/c including straightening,
binding the joints with 18 BWG wire, making holes in the angle etc.
including supplying all necessary materials complete in all respect
of paint, R.C.C /brick work or C.C. which is to be paid as per
corresponding items in the schedule). [PWD 21.7]
Page 230
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.20.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing 12 BWG barbed wire (2 ply, 4 points) in sqm 1,034.00 1,026.00 1,006.00 1,006.00
fencing work @ 150 mm c/c both horizontally and vertically,
supported by 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. Y-shape angle post (300
mm embedded in R.C.C. or in brick work with a cement concrete
base of 75 mm x 75 mm x 300 mm) 600 mm vertical and 450 mm
inclined or as per requirement @ 2.4 m c/c including straightening,
including supplying all necessary materials complete in all respect
of paint, R.C.C /brick work or C.C. which is to be paid as per
corresponding items in the schedule). [PWD 21.8]
5.20.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing 12 BWG barbed wire fencing in a circular m 2,436.00 2,430.00 2,382.00 2,382.00
shape of 600 mm dia and 100 mm pitch fitted with MS rod casing
(made by 8 nos. 10 mm dia plain bar in a circular pattern and placed
at equal interval ), 38 x 38 x 6 mm M.S. angle post (300 mm
embedded in R.C.C. or in brick work with a cement concrete base of
75 mm x 75 mm x 300 mm) and 600 mm vertical and 450 mm
inclined placed @ 3.0 m c/c including straightening, binding the joints
with 18 BWG wire, making holes in the angle etc. including supply of
all necessary materials complete in all respect and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of Painting). [PWD
21.9]
5.20.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing Fency grill in Boundary wall made of 10 sqm 4,124.00 4,119.00 4,082.00 4,082.00
mm dia M.S. rod provided @ 75 mm c/c in any position both ways as
per design with outside frame of 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm M.S. tube
and two inner frame made of 25 mm x 25 mm x 6 mm M.S. tube
including fabricating, welding in each point , painting 2 coats of
synthetic enamel paint over a coat of anti-corrosive priming including
cost of electricity, tools and plants, workshop charges, carriage of the
same including cutting groves in the R.C.C. or brick work, mending
good the damages with C.C. (1:2:4) etc, all complete for all floors
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [Rate is excluding the cost of
painting] [PWD 21.10]
5.20.11.1 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing S.S. grill fencing(Grade sqm 13,717.00 13,709.00 13,675.00 13,675.00
304) as per design in boundary wall with 50mm x 50mm x1.5mm
box horizontal section for top & bottom part & 25mmx1.5mm ss
round horizontal section @ 4" c/c between top & bottom which are
attached with 4 mm thichness ss base plate of required size & ss
royal bolt with side column/wall, 37 mm x 1.5 mm ss round vertical
section 3'-0" c/c section attched with bottom RCC section and top SS
vertical section with required welding, mending good the damages
with concrete(1:2:4) required polishing, finishing etc. all complete as
per drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 21.11.1]
5.20.11.2 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing S.S. grill fencing(Grade sqm 9,404.00 9,396.00 9,362.00 9,362.00
201) as per design in boundary wall with 50mm x 50mm x1.5mm
box horizontal section for top & bottom part & 25mmx1.5mm ss
round horizontal section @ 4" c/c between top & bottom which are
attached with 4 mm thichness ss base plate of required size & ss
royal bolt with side column/wall, 37 mm x 1.5 mm ss round vertical
section 3'-0" c/c section attched with bottom RCC section and top SS
vertical section with required welding, mending good the damages
with concrete(1:2:4) required polishing, finishing etc. all complete as
per drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 21.11.2]
5.20.12 Supplying, fitting and fixing fency grill in Boundary wall made of 38 sqm 2,943.00 2,938.00 2,912.00 2,912.00
mm x 38 mm x 6 mm M.S. tube vertical section @ 150 mm c/c and
19 mm x 19 mm x 3 mm M.S. Tube horizontal section @ 900 mm c/c
fabricating, welding in each point , including cost of electricity, tools
and plants, workshop charges, carriage of the same including cutting
groves in the R.C.C. or brick work, mending good the damages with
C.C. (1:2:4) etc, all complete for all floors accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of painting) [PWD 21.12]
Page 231
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.20.13 Supplying, fitting and fixing SS galvanized barbed wire (dia 2.5 mm)
fencing in a circular shape of 100 mm pitch fitted with SS rod casing
(made by 6 nos. 10 mm dia SS solid bar(304 grade) in a circular
pattern and placed at equal interval ), 38 x 38 x 6 mm S.S. angle(304
grade) Y-post 600 mm vertical and 450 mm inclined placed @ 1.5 m
c/c (300 mm embedded in R.C.C. or in brick work with a cement
concrete base of 75 mm x 75 mm x 300 mm) and including
straightening, binding the joints with 18 BWG wire, making holes in
the angle etc. including supply of all necessary materials complete in
all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 21.13]
5.20.13.1 600 mm circular dia [PWD 21.13.1] m 11,488.00 11,480.00 11,444.00 11,444.00
5.20.14 Supplying, fitting and fixing SS galvanized barbed wire(dia 2.5 mm)
fencing in a circular shape of 100 mm pitch fitted with SS rod casing
(made by 6 nos. 10 mm dia SS solid bar(201 grade) in a circular
pattern and placed at equal interval ), 38 x 38 x 6 mm S.S. angle(201
grade) Y- post 600 mm vertical and 450 mm inclined placed @ 1.5 m
c/c (225 mm embedded in R.C.C. or in brick work with a cement
concrete base of 75 mm x 75 mm x 225 mm) including straightening,
including supply of all necessary materials complete in all respect
5.20.15 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting and fixing steel grill fencing in sqm 4,330.00 4,319.00 4,272.00 4,272.00
boundary wall with 38 mm dia MS Pipe with thickness 6 mm placed
@ 150 mm c/c vertically and mending good the damages with C.C.
(1:2:4), finishing with two coats of painting with synthetic enamel
paint over a coat of anti-corrosive paint etc. complete as per drawing
excluding the cost of painting) [PWD 21.15]
5.20.16 Supplying, fitting and fixing of wooden wedge (12 mm base x 12 mm m 79.00 78.00 75.00 75.00
height) instead of putty for fixing glass panes with wooden frame by
nails or by any other approved method including the cost of
necessary wood (Garjan/ Jam/ Local sal), nails etc. all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. ( Rate is excluding the cost of
wooden frame, painting and 5 mm thick glass panes) [PWD 22.1]
5.20.17 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality of different dia foreign
made aluminium pipe curtain rail for door and window including
cutting and fitting-fixing as per required measurement and supplying
necessary screws, SS clamp, electric drill and rowel plug including
charge of electricity etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-
5.20.17.1 20 mm dia Aluminium pipe curtain rail [PWD 22.2.1] m 614.00 717.00 709.00 709.00
5.20.17.2 25 mm dia Aluminium pipe curtain rail [PWD 22.2.2] m 792.00 791.00 788.00 788.00
5.20.18 Supplying, fitting and fixing different dia best quality Stainless steel
(SS) pipe as curtain rail for door and windows including cutting and
fitting fixing as per required measurement and supplying heavy type
SS Clamps & 2 nos SS End Caps, necessary screws, electric drill
and rowel plug including charge of electricity etc. all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.3]
5.20.18.1 20 mm dia Stainless steel (SS) pipe with wall thickness 1.00 mm . m 563.00 563.00 559.00 559.00
[PWD 22.3.1]
[PWD 22.3.2]
[PWD 22.3.3]
Page 232
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.20.19 Supplying, fitting and fixing special quality 10 mm thick clear sqm 15,816.00 15,813.00 15,786.00 15,786.00
tempered glass door including all accessories, 1 set floor mounted
auto door closure, 2 nos. clamping devices, 1 set locking device, top
hinge and handle etc. complete in all respect as per drawing and
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 22.4]
5.20.20 Supplying, fitting and fixing best quality of different thick clear glass
partition with 44 mm, 44 mm, 1.5 mm aluminium box, protector bit
(single), protector bit (double),Silicon including all accessories etc. all
complete and as per drawing and direction of the Engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 22.5]
5.20.20.1 8 mm thick clear glass partition with aluminium box [PWD 22.5.1] sqm 2,999.00 2,988.00 2,942.00 2,942.00
5.20.20.2 10 mm thick clear glass partition with aluminium box [PWD 22.5.2] sqm 3,162.00 3,151.00 3,106.00 3,106.00
5.20.21 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Chattogram Teak wood strip (62 mm x m 915.00 900.00 879.00 879.00
25 mm x 20 mm) for fixing of aluminium curtain rails as per design
and drawing, fitting and fixing coat of priming etc. all complete and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Rate is excluding the cost of
polishing etc.) [PWD 22.6]
5.20.22 Supplying, fitting and fixing vertical venetian blinds made with glass sqm 2,029.00 2,029.00 2,029.00 2,029.00
fiber fabrics (foreign made) with supply of all the best quality
materials (foreign made) such as head rail (aluminium), end cap-set,
rod tilt, sigger (stopper), runner, spacer (link), handling cord, ball
chain, link chain, cord-weight weight-plate plastic washer, glass fiber
fabrics, and head cap-set etc. all complete and accepted by the
5.20.23 Supplying, fitting and fixing horizontal venetian blinds of 25 mm width sqm 1,567.00 1,568.00 1,567.00 1,567.00
made with aluminium foils/ strips (foreign made) with supply of all
materials (foreign made) such as head rail, bottom rail, rod tilt, head
cap, bottom cap, gear box, stick, support and cap, cord drum and
support, bracket, cord lock, cord equalizer, top holder, ladder, cord,
handling cord and aluminium foils etc. all complete and accepted by
5.20.24 Supplying, fitting and fixing of horizontal zebra blind made with sqm 3,455.00 3,456.00 3,455.00 3,455.00
polyester fabrics, synthetic net with 3 inch vinyl/upvc coated strips
(foreign made) with supply of all materials (foreign made) such as
head rail, bottom rail, rod tilt, head cap, bottom cap, gear box, stick,
support and cap, cord drum and support, bracket, cord lock, cord
equalizer, top holder, ladder, cord, handling cord and aluminium foils
etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
22.9]
5.20.25 Supplying, fitting and fixing of blackout/ translucent roller blind of sqm 2,844.00 2,807.00 2,807.00 2,807.00
PVC/ vinyl laminated fiberglass fabrics (foreign made) with supply of
all materials (foreign made) such as head rail (aluminium), end cap-
set, rod tilt, sigger (stopper), runner, spacer (link), handling cord, ball
chain, link chain, cord-weight weight-plate plastic washer, glass fiber
fabrics, and head cap-set etc. all complete and accepted by the
Section 21 : Concrete Solid And Hollow Blocks, Facing And Paving Stones Etc.
5.21.01 240 mm thick Concrete Solid Block wall works having minimum cum 8,859.00 8,835.00 8,722.00 8,722.00
compressive strength of 15 MPa and water absorption not greater
than 7% of size (240 x 114 x 70) mm, laying with specified mortar of
cement and sand in a ratio 1:5 (sand not less than F.M = 1.2) and
minimum thickness of 12 mm in foundation and plinth, filling the
joints/ interstices fully with mortar, racking out the joints and curing for
minimum 3 (three) days on mortar joints by jute /brush in wet,
followed by impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days curing
etc. all completed by the contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 30.1]
5.21.02 One layer of Concrete Solid Block Soling having minimum sqm 662.00 659.00 649.00 649.00
compressive strength of 15 MPa and water absorption not greater
than 7% of size (240 x 114 x 70) mm in ground floor/ foundation
including preparation of bed and filling the interstices with fine sand
(F.M.= 0.8), leveling etc. all completed by the contractor and
Page 233
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.21.03 240 mm thick Exterior Wall with Concrete Solid Block having
minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa and water absorption not
greater than 7% of size (240 x 114 x 70) mm, laying with specified
mortar of cement and sand in a ratio 1:5 (sand not less than F.M
=1.2) and minimum thickness of 12 mm, filling the interstices with
mortar and making bond with connecting walls /frames including
necessary scaffolding and curing for minimum 3 (three) days on
mortar joints by jute /brush in wet, followed by impervious /wet
covering for another 4 (four) days curing etc. all completed by
contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 30.3]
5.21.03.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.3.1] cum 8,967.00 8,944.00 8,830.00 8,830.00
5.21.03.2 Add for each addl. floor above ground floor [PWD 30.3.2] cum 73.00 73.00 73.00 73.00
5.21.04 114 mm thick Partition Wall with Concrete Solid Block having
contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 30.4]
5.21.04.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.4.1] sqm 1,236.00 1,231.00 1,208.00 1,208.00
5.21.04.2 Add for each addl. floor up above ground floor [PWD 30.4.2] sqm 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00
5.21.05 240 mm thick Exterior Wall with Concrete Hollow Block having
minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa of size (390 x 190 x 240)
mm, thickness of individual Block Shell should not be less than 32
mm, water absorption not more than 7%, laying with specified mortar
of cement and sand in a ratio 1:4 (sand not less than F.M =1.2) and
minimum thickness of 15 mm (9 mm for shell portion and 6 mm for
inside hollow portion), filling the interstices with mortar and making
bond with connecting walls /frames including necessary scaffolding
and curing for minimum 3 (three) days on mortar joints by jute /brush
in wet, followed by impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days
curing etc. all completed by contractor and accepted by the Engineer-
5.21.05.2 Add for each addl. floor up above ground floor [PWD 30.6] sqm 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00
5.21.06 112 mm thick Partition Wall with Concrete Hollow Block having
of cement and sand in a ratio 1:4 (sand not less than F.M =1.2)
5.21.06.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.6.1] sqm 1,015.00 1,011.00 988.00 988.00
Page 234
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.21.07 240 mm thick Exterior Wall with 3 Holes Concrete Hollow Block
having minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa and water
absorption not greater than 7% of size (240 x 114 x 70-3H) mm,
laying with specified mortar of cement and sand in a ratio 1:5 (sand
not less than F.M =1.2) and minimum thickness of 12 mm, filling the
interstices with mortar and making bond with connecting walls
/frames including necessary scaffolding and curing for minimum 3
(three) days on mortar joints by jute /brush in wet, followed by
impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days curing etc. all
completed by contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 30.7]
5.21.07.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.7.1] cum 7,202.00 7,189.00 7,112.00 7,112.00
5.21.07.2 Add for each addl. floor up above ground floor [PWD 30.7.2] cum 73.00 73.00 73.00 73.00
5.21.08 114 mm thick Partition Wall with 3 Holes Concrete Hollow Block
having minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa and water
absorption not greater than 7% of size (240 x 114 x 70-3H) mm,
laying with specified mortar of cement and sand in a ratio 1:5 (sand
not less than F.M =1.2) and minimum thickness of 12 mm, filling the
interstices with mortar and making bond with connecting walls
/frames including necessary scaffolding and curing for minimum 3
impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days curing etc. all
completed by contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 30.8]
5.21.09 240 mm thick Boundary Wall with Concrete Solid Block having cum 8,967.00 8,944.00 8,830.00 8,830.00
contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 30.9]
5.21.10 114 mm thick boundary wall with Concrete Solid block having sqm 1,236.00 1,231.00 1,208.00 1,208.00
mortar of cement and sand in a ratio 1:5 (sand not less than F.M=
1.2) and minimum thickness of 12 mm, filling the interstices with
5.21.11 240 mm thick Boundary Wall with Concrete Hollow Block having sqm 1,907.00 1,903.00 1,880.00 1,880.00
Page 235
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.21.12 112 mm thick Boundary Wall with Concrete Hollow Block having sqm 1,015.00 1,011.00 988.00 988.00
of cement and sand in a ratio 1:4 (sand not less than F.M =1.2)
5.21.13 240 mm thick Boundary Wall with 3 Holes Concrete Hollow Block cum 7,202.00 7,189.00 7,112.00 7,112.00
having minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa of size (240 x 114
x 70 -3H) mm, thickness of individual Block Shell should not be less
than 32 mm, water absorption not more than 7%, laying with
specified mortar of cement and sand in a ratio 1:4 (sand not less
than F.M =1.2) and minimum thickness of 15 mm (9 mm for shell
portion and 6 mm for inside hollow portion), filling the interstices with
5.21.14 114 mm thick Boundary Wall with 3 Holes Concrete Hollow Block sqm 1,115.00 1,112.00 1,088.00 1,088.00
having minimum compressive strength of 10 MPa of size (240 x 114
x 70 - 3H) mm, thickness of individual Block Shell should not be less
than 25 mm, water absorption not more than 7%, laying with
specified mortar of cement and sand in a ratio 1:4 (sand not less than
F.M =1.2) minimum thickness of 15 mm (9 mm for shell portion and 6
mm for inside hollow portion), filling the interstices with mortar and
making bond with connecting walls /frames including necessary
scaffolding and curing for minimum 3 (three) days on mortar joints by
jute /brush in wet, followed by impervious /wet covering for another 4
(four) days curing etc. all completed by contractor and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 30.14]
5.21.15 112 mm thick partition wall with sand cement hollow block wall
(SCHB) having compressive strength of not less than 10 MPa, size
(390 x 190 x 112) mm, thickness of individual Block shell should not
be less than 25 mm, water absorption not more than 7%, laying with
specified mortar (with admixture) of cement and sand in a ratio of not
less than 1:5 (sand not less than F.M = 1.2), filling the interstices with
mortar and making bond with connecting walls including necessary
scaffolding and curing for minimun 14 days on mortar joints by jute
/brush in wet, followed by impervious /wet covering for another 7
days including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. in all
completed by the contractor and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 30.15]
5.21.15.1 Ground Floor [PWD 30.15.1] sqm 862.00 858.00 835.00 835.00
5.21.15.2 Add for each additional floor above ground floor [PWD 30.15.2] sqm 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00
5.21.16 Minimum 10 mm thick cement plaster in cement : sand = 1:5 in
surface of external/internal wall with specified external/internal
plaster mix applied in two coats (first coat 6 mm and second coat 4
mm), finishing the corner and edge including washing of sand,
cleaning the surface, scaffolding and curing for minimun 3 (three)
days on mortar joints by jute/brush in wet, followed by impervious/wet
covering for another 4 (four) days etc. all complete etc. all complete
of grouting and reinforcement) [PWD 30.16]
5.21.16.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.16.1] sqm 286.00 284.00 266.00 266.00
Page 236
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.21.17 Supplying and placing of grey engraved cement concrete tiles (250
mm x 250 mm in size) having minimum thickness of 24 mm over 12
mm sand cement mortar (4:1) each at a distance of 6 mm apart and
filling the joints with cement sand mortar (1:4) including raking out
joints and cutting the tiles to required sizes wherever necessary with
high class recessed pointing, cleaning and washing of sand, curing
for minimun 3 (three) days on mortar joints by jute /brush in wet,
followed by impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days etc. all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 30.35.1]
5.21.17.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.35.1.1] sqm 958.00 955.00 941.00 941.00
5.21.17.2 Add for each additional floor above ground floor [PWD 30.35.1.2] sqm 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00
5.21.18 Supplying and placing of coloured engraved cement concrete tiles
(250 mm x 250 mm in size) having minimum thickness of 24 mm over
12 mm sand cement mortar (4:1) each at a distance of 6 mm apart
and filling the joints with cement sand mortar (1:4) including raking
out joints and cutting the tiles to required sizes wherever necessary
with high class recessed pointing, cleaning and washing of sand,
curing for min 3 (three) days on mortar joints by jute /brush in wet,
5.21.18.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.35.2.1] sqm 1,096.00 1,094.00 1,079.00 1,079.00
5.21.19 38 mm thick grey cladding work in facing on superstructure with 200
mm x 90 mm x 38 mm size concrete clad pested with 20 mm thick
cement mortar (1:4) to be placed at 6 mm apart, filling the interstices
with same mortar, raking out joints and cutting the clad to required
sizes wherever necessary with high class recessed pointing, cleaning
and washing of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing for minimum 3
impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days etc. all complete
5.21.20 38 mm thick coloured cladding work in facing on superstructure with

200 mm x 92 mm x 38 mm size concrete clad pested with 20 mm
thick cement mortar (1:4) to be placed at 6 mm apart, filling the
interstices with same mortar, raking out joints and cutting the clad to
cleaning and washing of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing for
5.21.21 50 mm thick grey cladding work in facing on superstructure with 400
mm x 100 mm x 50 mm size concrete clad pested with 20 mm thick
cement mortar (1:4) to be placed at 6 mm apart, filling the interstices
with same mortar, raking out joints and cutting the clad to required
sizes wherever necessary with high class recessed pointing, cleaning
and washing of sand, necessary scaffolding, curing for minimum 3
impervious /wet covering for another 4 (four) days etc. all complete
Page 237
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.21.22 50 mm thick coloured cladding work in facing on superstructure with
400 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm size concrete clad pested with 20 mm
thick cement mortar (1:4) to be placed at 6 mm apart, filling the
5.21.23 15 mm thick grey/coloured cladding work in facing on superstructure
with 420 mm x 330 mm x 15 mm size concrete clad pested with 20
mm thick cement mortar (1:4) to be placed at 6 mm apart, filling the
5.21.23.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.36.5.1] sqm 987.00 979.00 943.00 943.00
5.21.24 240 mm thick wall in super structure with Autoclaved Aerated
Concrete (AAC) Block of size (600 x 200 x 240 : L x H x W) mm
having Compressive Strength not less than 6 MPa, Nominal Dry
Density 850 kg/m3 and Drying Shrinkage not exceeding 0.02%
conforming BNBC-2020 (ASTM C1386), laying with specified mortar
minimum thickness of 10 mm, (or other binding materials which
comply with BNBC-2020) filling the interstices with mortar and
(four) days curing etc. all completed by the contractor and accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 30.37.1]
5.21.24.1 Ground floor [PWD 30.37.1.1] cum 5,962.00 5,943.00 5,853.00 5,853.00
5.21.25.1 Ground floor[PWD 30.37.2.1] cum 6,325.00 6,305.00 6,215.00 6,215.00
Page 238
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.21.26.2 Add for each additional floor above ground floor[PWD 30.37.3.2] cum 73.00 73.00 73.00 73.00
conforming BNBC-2020 (ASTM C1386), laying with approved
polymer modified adhesive mortar having water retention not less
than 75% & average compressive strength at 28 days, min 5.2 MPa
conforming ASTM C270, Splitting Tensile Strength not less than
(0.40 – 0.49 MPa) conforming ASTM C1660, maitaining W/p ratio
25% - 30% and jointing adhesive mortar layer thickness of (3 mm -4
mm), (or other binding materials which comply with BNBC-2020)
filling the interstices with mortar and making bond with connecting
walls /frames including necessary scaffolding, cutting and sizing AAC
blocks etc. all completed by the contractor and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 30.38.1]
Page 239
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section 22 : Ferrocement Works

5.22.01 25 mm thick ferrocement treatment work for water proofing on roof sqm 1,485.00 1,477.00 1,430.00 1,438.00
having minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2 cement
conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5MPa)/ASTM-C 150
type–1, and best quality coarse sand (F.M. 2.2) including, the supply
of all materials, cutting, binding of one layer of 20 BWG galvanized
wire mesh having minimum yield strength fy = 450 MPa & having 2
mesh per 25 mm in both ways, clear cover 12 mm at the middle of
the ferrocement lining, with washing of sand, chipping, cleaning the
surface, watering, grouting, casting, laying on proper level of roof top
or floor in panels (1.25 m x 1.25 m). Compaction including leveling,
curing at least for 21 days including cost of water, electricity, in all
respect as per drawing, design and accepted by the Engineer-in-
5.22.02 25 mm thick ferrocement treatment work for heat and water proofing sqm 1,875.00 1,865.00 1,816.00 1,824.00
on roof having minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2
cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N
(52.5MPa)/ASTM-C 150 type–1, and best quality coarse sand (F.M.
2.2) including, the supply of all materials, cutting, binding of one layer
of 20 BWG galvanized wire mesh having minimum yield strength fy =
450 Mpa & having 2 mesh per 25mm in both ways, clear cover
12mm at the middle of the ferrocement lining, applying 62 mm thick
EPS sheet having density 15 kg per cum, with washing of sand,
chipping, cleaning the surface, watering, grouting, casting, laying on
proper level of roof top or floor in panels (1.25 m x 1.25 m).
Compaction including leveling, curing at least for 21 days including
cost of water, electricity, in all respect as per drawing, design and
Section 23: Pile Works And Pile Test
5.23.01 Boring/drilling by wash or percussion method for cast in situ pile up to
the required depth and diameter with minimum 6 m long temporary
steel casing, true to vertical, providing bentonite slurry and
maintaining water level in the hole, washing the hole for at least 30
minutes, cleaning the bore hole and making the bore hole ready for
placing steel cage and concreting including hire charge of rig set with
winch machine, tripod stand, tremie pipe, cost of fuel, lubricant,
mobilization, demobilization, maintenance, spares, stand-byes,
insurance coverage, water, electricity and other charges all complete,
approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Before
commencing boring operation, contractor shall submit the method
statement of cast-in-situ pile work including sequence of boring and
casting, disposal of spoils to the Engineer-in-charge for approval.
However, Engineer’s approval shall not relieve the contractor of his
responsibilities and obligations under contract. . (PWD 09.1)
5.23.01.01 400 mm dia . (PWD 09.1.1) m 819.00 813.00 795.00 795.00
5.23.01.02 450 mm dia (PWD 09.1.2) m 1,041.00 1,034.00 1,011.00 1,011.00
Page 240
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.01.03 500 mm dia (PWD 09.1.3 m 1,221.00 1,213.00 1,186.00 1,186.00
5.23.01.04 550 mm dia (PWD 09.1.4) m 1,456.00 1,446.00 1,415.00 1,415.00
5.23.01.05 600 mm dia (PWD 09.1.5) m 1,679.00 1,668.00 1,632.00 1,632.00

5.23.02 Auger Boring/Rotary drilling for cast in situ pile up to the required
depth and diameter with minimum 6 m long temporary steel casing,
true to vertical, providing bentonite slurry and maintaining water level
in the hole, washing the hole for at least 30 minutes, cleaning the
bore-hole and making the borehole ready for placing steel cage and
concreting including hire charge of rig set , tremie pipe, cost of fuel,
lubricant, mobilization, demobilization, maintenance, spares, stand-
byes, insurance coverage, bentonite, water, electricity and other
charges etc. complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. Before commencing boring operation, contractor shall submit
the method statement of cast-in-situ pile work including sequence of
boring and casting, disposal of spoils to the Engineer-in-charge for
approval. However, Engineer’s approval shall not relieve the
contractor of his responsibilities and obligations under contract.
(PWD 09.2)
5.23.02.01 600 mm dia (PWD 09.2.1) m 3,866.00 3,861.00 3,844.00 3,844.00
5.23.02.02 750 mm dia (PWD 09.2.2) m 4,816.00 4,809.00 4,789.00 4,789.00

5.23.02.03 1000 mm dia (PWD 09.2.3) m 6,985.00 6,976.00 6,947.00 6,947.00
5.23.03.01 Removing of spoils / mud accumulated during boring for cast in situ cum 744.00 742.00 689.00 689.00
pile by wash boring from working site to a safe distance by contractor’
s own arrangement i.e. with container set in truck or on cart including
loading, unloading everything complete as per standard practice and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Quantity should be given three
times of solid volume of boring) (PWD 09.3)
5.23.04.01 Cast in situ pile with reinforced cement concrete works of high slump cum 15,715.00 15,879.00 14,519.00 14,909.00
by adding high range water reducing admixture (ASTM C494 Type A
or F) with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1 : 1.5 : 3
having minimum f'cr = 26 Mpa, and satisfying a specified
compressive strength f’c = 21 Mpa at 28 days on standard cylinders
as per standard practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM & cement
conforming to BDS EN-197-1- CEM -1,52.5 N / ASTM-C 150 Type –
I, best quality coarse sand [Sylhet sand or coarse sand of equivalent
F.M.2.2], 20 mm down well graded crushed stone chips conforming
to ASTM C-33, including breaking chips, screening through proper
sieves, making, placing re-bar cage in position, placing and removing
tri-pod as per requirement, pouring the concrete in bore-hole with the
help of a tremie pipe, maintaining the tremie pipe immersed in
concrete by at least 1 meter throughout the period of concreting,
maintaining required slump, etc. mixing the aggregates with standard
mixer machine with hopper, casting in forms, all complete including
water, electricity, testing of materials and concrete etc and other
charges as per design, drawing etc all complete approved and
reinforcement and its fabrication, binding, welding, placing and
admixture (approx doses 150 to 250 ml per bag of cement which is to
be fixed upon consultation with design office) (PWD 09.4)
5.23.05.01 Providing and making point welding at contact point of the spiral point 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
binders at reasonable intervals with the main reinforcements by
electric arc welding for construction of cast in situ bored pile carefully
with highly oxidized electrodes, making the points prominent and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Rate is inclusive of all materials
labour, tools and plants, electricity and all equipment). (PWD 09.5)
5.23.06.01 Providing and making welded splice over two sides of contact by m 483.00 483.00 483.00 483.00
welding of minimum 300 mm length at the lap of main reinforcement
in re-bar cage to be placed in bore-hole where necessary by electric
arc welding with highly oxidized electrodes making the joint
prominent all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Rate is inclusive of all materials labour, tools and plants, electricity
and all equipment). (PWD 09.6)
Page 241
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.07.01 Labour for breaking head of hardened cast in situ bored pile/pre-cast cum 3,595.00 3,518.00 3,274.00 3,274.00
head volume to be broken) (PWD 09.7)
5.23.08 Conducting static load test as per ASTM D1143 or equivalent
standard for the cast-in-situ/pre-cast pile providing required
scaffolding, bracing, jacks, pressure test gauge, loading unloading,
Kentledge and other plants and equipment including staging,
mobilization, demobilization, hire charge, gunny bags, sand and
filling sacs/gunny bags for loading, record readings and preparation
of results in standard forms and other incidental charges as per
standard practice and procedures including submission of load test
report, furnishing all graph and chart etc. complete in all respect
approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Minimum two
cyclic loading; one at service load and another cycle at double the
service load then to continue loading till failure of the pile). Before
commencing load test, contractor shall submit method statement for
conducting load test to the Engineer-in-charge for approval.
However, Engineer’s approval shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibilities and obligations under Contract. Load test and report
shall be conducted under the supervision of a professional
Geotechnical Engineer registered in BPERB or Geotechnical firm
registerd in PWD Boring and pouring logs / driving logs of piles and
method statement shall be the part of load test report. (PWD 09.8)
5.23.08.01 Mobilization & de-mobilization of testing equipment (PWD 09.8.1) per site 5,644.00 5,644.00 5,154.00 5,154.00
5.23.08.02 Calibration of pressure gauge (PWD 09.8.2) per site 6,626.00 6,626.00 6,626.00 6,626.00
5.23.08.03 For 50 tonne load (PWD 09.8.3)
5.23.08.03.1 For first test at one site for one testing set (PWD 09.8.3.1) per test 89,803.00 89,565.00 88,241.00 88,241.00
5.23.08.03.2 For 2nd & additional tests at same site for same testing set (PWD per test 80,823.00 80,608.00 79,417.00 79,417.00
09.8.3.2)
09.8.4.2)
09.8.5.2)
09.8.6.2)
09.8.7.2)
09.8.8.2)
Page 242
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
09.8.9.2)
09.8.10.2)
5.23.08.12 Rate for incremental loading (PWD 09.9)
5.23.08.12.1 For intermediate loading from 50 tonne to 100 tonne for each
additional tonne (PWD 09.9.1)
5.23.08.12.1.1 For first test at one site for one testing set (PWD 09.9.1.1) tonne 1,200.00 1,201.00 1,191.00 1,191.00
5.23.08.12.1.2 For 2nd & additional tests at same site for same testing set (PWD tonne 1,080.00 1,081.00 1,072.00 1,072.00
09.9.1.2)
5.23.08.13 For intermediate loading from 100 tonne to 150 tonne for each
additional tonne. (PWD 09.9.2)
5.23.08.13.1 For first test at one site for one testing set (PWD 09.9.2.1) tonne 1,173.00 1,174.00 1,166.00 1,166.00
5.23.08.13.2 For 2nd & additional tests at same site for same testing set (PWD tonne 1,055.00 1,056.00 1,049.00 1,049.00
09.9.2.2)
09.9.3.2)
09.9.4.2)
09.9.5.2)
09.9.6.2)
09.9.7.2)
Page 243
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.09.01 Pre-cast pile made in reinforced cement concrete with minimum cum 14,287.00 14,436.00 13,199.00 13,554.00
cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.25:2.5 having minimum f'cr =
38.5 Mpa, and satisfying specified compressive strength f’c = 30
Mpa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of
Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM & cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-
CEM-I (52.5 N) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I, best quality coarse sand
(F.M.2.2), 20 mm down well graded crushed stone chips conforming
to ASTM C-33, mixing in standard mixture machine and fed by
standard measuring boxes, including all related works like screening
through proper sieves, cleaning and washing, centering and placing
reinforcement cages in position, casting, compacting by vibrators and
tapered rods as where necessary, curing for 28 days etc. cost of
water, electricity and other charges, providing fitting and fixing pile
shoe in position, tools, plants & equipments, mobilization,
demobilization, labour, test of materials and concrete etc. all
complete as per design, drawing and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. (Rate is excluding the cost of reinforcement and its
fabrication, binding, welding and placing) (PWD 09.10)
5.23.10.01 Cost of bed preparation including one layer brick flat soling with first sqm 324.00 324.00 324.00 324.00
class/picked jhama bricks including preparation of bed and filling the
interstices with local sand, leveling etc. complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge, Minimum 12 mm thick cement sand (F.M.
1.2) plaster with neat cement finishing with cement (1:4) including
washing of sand, finishing the edges and corners and curing at least
for 7 days, cost of water, electricity, scaffolding and other charges
etc. all complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) and polythene as separator between
pile layers during casting concrete (PWD 09.11)
5.23.11.01 Centering and shuttering, including strutting, propping etc. (The sqm 409.00 409.00 398.00 398.00
formwork must be rigid enough both in and out of plane, to make the
concrete surface true to the designed shape and size by using
necessary MS sheets of minimum 18 BWG, angles of minimum size
1.5 x 1.5 x 3/16" for sides,angles of minimum size 1 x 1 x 3/16" for
frames , 1.5" x 3/16" flat bars etc.) and removal of form for precast
pile (The formwork is considered for two sides and front shuttering of
the pile) (PWD 09.12)
5.23.12.01 Pre-cast pile shoe making & supplying pre-fabricated frustum of each 3,218.00 3,187.00 3,064.00 3,064.00
square cone having four sides and a toe made of 6 mm thick ASTM
A36 complied MS steel plate jointed by line welding, 4 nos 12 mm
dia deformed MS bar jointed by line welding with MS plate along the
four edges of shoe aligning the corner main bar of the pile and 1-
12mm dia bar to fix with and perpendicular to shoe toe plate aligning
centre of pile, including cutting, shaping, sizing of MS plate and bar,
all complete as per design & drawing and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge (PWD 09.13)
5.23.13.01 Mobilization and demobilization of drop hammer type pre-cast pile per site 11,964.00 11,951.00 10,921.00 10,921.00
driving rig. (PWD 09.14)
5.23.14.01 Driving 250 mm x 250 mm size pre-cast pile with drop hammer type m 514.00 508.00 489.00 489.00
rig, and maintaining driving log in prescibed format Before
commencing driving operation, contractor shall submit method
statement for carrying out the driving operation including sequence of
driving to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. However, Engineer’s
approval shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities and
obligations under contract. (PWD 09.15)
5.23.15.01 Driving 300 mm x 300 mm to 350 mm x 350 mm size pre-cast pile m 817.00 809.00 778.00 778.00
with drop hammer type rig, and maintaining driving log in prescibed
format Before commencing driving operation, contractor shall submit
method statement for carrying out the driving operation including
sequence of driving to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. However,
Engineer’s approval shall not relieve the contractor of his
responsibilities and obligations under contract. (PWD 09.16)
5.23.16.01 Mobilization and demobilzation of automatic diesel hammer mounted per site 186,508.00 186,508.00 186,508.00 186,508.00
complete rig set. (PWD 09.17)
Page 244
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.17.01 Driving 250 mm x 250 mm size pre-cast pile by rig fitted with m 706.00 702.00 691.00 691.00
automatic diesel operated hammer. Before commencing driving
operation by rig fitted with automatic diesel operated hammer,
contractor shall submit method statement for carrying out the
operation including sequence of driving to the Engineer-in-charge for
approval. However, engineer’s approval shall not relieve the
(PWD 09.18)
5.23.18.01 Driving 300 mm x 300 mm & 350 mm x 350 mm size pre-cast pile by m 914.00 909.00 894.00 894.00
rig fitted with automatic diesel operated hammer. Before
commencing driving operation by rig fitted with automatic diesel
operated hammer, contractor shall submit method statement for
carrying out the operation including sequence of driving to the
Engineer-in-charge for approval. However, engineer’s approval shall
not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities and obligations under
contract. (PWD 09.19)
5.23.19.01 Driving 400 mm x 400 mm size pre-cast pile by rig fitted with m 1,036.00 1,030.00 1,013.00 1,013.00
(PWD 09.20)
5.23.20.01 Driving 450 mm x 450 mm size pre-cast pile by rig fitted with m 1,110.00 1,104.00 1,085.00 1,085.00
(PWD 09.9.21)
5.23.21 Pre-cast driven micro-pile with reinforced cement concrete works with
minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.25:2.5 having
minimum f'cr = 35 MPa, and satisfying a specified compressive
strength f’c = 30 MPa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per
standard practice of Code ACI/BNBC/ASTM & cement conforming to
BDS EN-197-1- CEM-I (32.5 to 52.5 N) / ASTM-C 150 Type – I, best
quality coarse sand (F.M.2.5) and 20 mm down well-graded crushed
stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33, mixing in standard mixture
machine with hopper and fed by standard measuring boxes,
including cost of breaking chips, screening through proper sieves,
cleaning and washing, centering and shuttering with M.S sheet, M.S
angle, F.I bar, nuts and bolts, preparation of bed, laying polythene,
placing of reinforcement cage, casting, compacting by vibrators and
tapered rods, curing for 28 days etc. including cost of water,
electricity and other charges as per standard practice or specified
method providing head cushion, all equipments including
mobilization, demobilization and hire charge of driving set,
champering, test of materials and concrete etc. including carrying all
complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding the cost of reinforcement and its fabrication, binding,
welding and placing) (PWD 09.22)
5.23.21.01 Casting of 180 mm x 180 mm x 7.6 m Pile with reinforced cement m 596.00 600.00 559.00 570.00
concrete (1:1.25:2.5) with stone chips (PWD 09.22.1)
5.23.21.02 Casting of 205 mm x 205 mm x 7.6 m Pile with reinforced cement m 745.00 750.00 697.00 711.00
concrete (1:1.25:2.5) with stone chips (PWD 09.22.2)
5.23.21.03 Driving of 180 mm x 180 mm x 7.6 m pre-cast pile (PWD 09.22.3) m 217.00 215.00 207.00 207.00
5.23.21.04 Driving of 205 mm x 205 mm x 7.6 m pre-cast pile (PWD 09.22.4) m 261.00 258.00 248.00 248.00
Page 245
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.22.01 Supply of Cold-Drawn Wire Pre-stressed Concrete (CWPC) micro- m 1,266.00 1,257.00 1,210.00 1,216.00
pile which is made by using cold drawn wire minimum cement
content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 cement conforming to BDS EN-
197-1-CEM-1, 52.5N (52.5MPa) / ASTM-C 150 type - 1, having
minimum f'cr = 35 MPa and satisfying specified compressive strength
f'c= 30 MPa at 28 days best quality coarse sand (F.M. 2.2), 20 mm
down well graded stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33, mixing in
standard mixture machine and fed by standard measuring boxes,
including cost of all kind of reinforcement BDS ISO 6935-2:2006
including strengthening and cleaning rust if any bending and binding
in position with supply of GI wires (24 BWG), centering and
shuttering with M.S. sheet, M.S. angle, F.I. bar, nuts and bolts,
preparation of bed, supplying & tensioning of cold drawn wire, laying
polythene, placing of reinforcement cage in position, casting,
compacting by vibrator and tapered rods, curing at least 28 days etc.
including cost of water, electricity and other charges, proving pile
shoe making with 20 BWG plane sheet, as per design and drawing
including an equipments mobilization, demobilization champering
edges if so including the cost of water electricity and other charges all
charge. (Excluding the cost of carrying and driving of pile). Maximum
length: Up to 7620mm (fixed size x-section: 180 mm x 180 mm)
(PWD 09.22.5)
5.23.23 PIT (Pile integrity test) : Conducting low strain dynamic testing of pile
as per ASTM D5882-The standard method for low-strain integrity
testing of pile by a qualified and approved PIT expert, preparing pile
heads and providing all relevant materials, equipment, experts,
labour, mobilization, demobilization, data acquisition and analysis,
preparation of results in standard forms and compiling final report
with recommendations on the tests etc. complete in all respect
approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Report shall
contain driving log / boring and pouring logs, graphs & statement on
"Callibration Pile" (pile that tested for its capacity and PIT done
eralier on it, at a place of known soil profiles), soil investigation
report. (Caliberation pile shall be made and tested first). Method
statement for conducting PIT shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval, and shall be the part of PIT report, However, Engineer's
approval shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities and
obligations under contract [PWD 09.23]
5.23.23.01 Mobilization and demobilization to site and PIT on12(twelve) piles or set 34,357.00 34,357.00 34,357.00 34,357.00
less
5.23.23.02 For PIT test of each additional pile after 12(Twelve) pile tested at per pile 1,472.00 1,472.00 1,472.00 1,472.00
same site
5.23.24 Pre-cast spliced pile jointing by supplying, fitting, fixing prefabricated
square shaped two steel caps made up by 6 mm thick ASTM A36
complied M.S plate, sides formed by bent in channel shape to have
only two line of joinery on faces, having min 50 mm dia hole on its
web; capping by min 12 mm thick ASTM A36 complied M.S plate
shaping the edges in 45°, having min 40 mm dia hole at centre to
pass 25 mm M.S bar 433 mm in length; jointed at channels root by
welding; caps fitted with 2 nos BDS ISO 6935-2009: B400 DWR
complied d20 U-bar 1244mm in length by welding, equidistant from
centre holes of cap and shall have min 75 mm clear from pile faces;
and finally, the system to be fitted in correct alignments on pile head
positions waiting for concreting; both the pile heads fitted with the
steel caps to be welded together through v-notches in field, while one
of the companion segment of piles drived in ground and other one
placed over it maintaining true verticality; all complete as per
direction and stepwise approval leading to final approval of Engineer-
in- charge. (PWD 09.24)
5.23.24.01 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :300 mm x 300 mm (PWD each 10,599.00 10,581.00 10,466.00 10,479.00
09.24.1)
5.23.24.02 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :350 mm x 350 mm (PWD 09.24.2) each 12,021.00 12,002.00 11,880.00 11,892.00
5.23.24.03 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :400 mm x 400 mm (PWD each 13,595.00 13,577.00 13,447.00 13,459.00
09.24.3)
Page 246
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.24.04 X-sec of pre cast pile segments :450 mm x 450 mm (PWD 09.24.4) each 13,951.00 13,934.00 13,807.00 13,819.00
5.23.24.05 Pile Driving by Hydraulic Static Pile Driver (PWD 09.25)
5.23.24.06 Mobilization and demobilzation of hydraulic static pile driver(Upto 320 per site 559,524.00 559,524.00 559,524.00 559,524.00
metric ton capacity) (PWD 09.25.1)
5.23.24.07 Mobilization and demobilzation of hydraulic static pile driver(321 per site 671,429.00 671,429.00 671,429.00 671,429.00
Metric Ton to 500 Metric Ton Capacity) (PWD 09.25.2)
5.23.25.01 Driving pre-cast pile of 300 mm x 300 mm to 350 mm x 350 mm X- m 886.00 885.00 883.00 883.00
section made with shoe/ without shoe by Hydraulic static pile driver of
upto 320 tonne (metric ton) capacity; arranged with necessary
cranes, power source, maintaining driving log and record of pressure
exerted on piles driven in to desired RL or capacity level ; complete
in all respect including handling of piles, dressing & leveling of site,
way making, surveying, layout setting etc ended with the submission
of pile driving report in three copies duly signed by professional
engineer and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 09.25.2.1)
5.23.25.02 Driving pre-cast pile of 400 mm x 400 mm X-section made with m 997.00 996.00 993.00 993.00
shoe/ without shoe by hydraulic static pile driver of approx. 321
tonne to 500 tonne (metric ton) capacity; arranged with necessary
cranes, power source, maintaining driving log and record of pressure
exerted on piles driven in to desired RL or capacity level ; complete
in all respect including handling of piles, dressing & leveling of site,
way making, surveying, layout setting etc ended with the submission
of pile driving report in three copies duly signed by professional
engineer and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 09.25.2.2)
5.23.25.03 Driving pre-cast pile of 450 mm x 450 mm X-section made with m 1,043.00 1,042.00 1,039.00 1,039.00
shoe/ without shoe by hydraulic static pile driver of approx. 500
tonne (metric ton) capacity; arranged with necessary cranes, power
source, maintaining driving log and record of pressure exerted on
piles driven in to desired RL or capacity level ; complete in all respect
including handling of piles, dressing & leveling of site, way making,
surveying, layout setting etc ended with the submission of pile
driving report in three copies duly signed by professional engineer
and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 09.25.2.3)
5.23.26.01 Mobilization and demobilization of Crane (crawler) and crane per site 149,206.00 149,206.00 149,206.00 149,206.00
mounted Vibratory Hammer complete rig set. (PWD 09.26)
5.23.27.01 Supplying U-shape hot rolled steel sheet pile of specified sections kg 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00
having chemical composition Phosphorus = 0.04% (Maximum),
Sulphur = 0.04% (Maximum), and mechanical properties Tensile
strength=> 490 N/mm2 ,Yield strength => 296 N/mm2, Elongation
=15% (Minimum) (according to ASTM Standards), as specified by
appropriate means to the construction site and stacking at proper
place including loading, unloading, local handling as per
specifications, including all taxes, freights, incidental charges etc.
complete as per direction of the Engineer -in-chargeU-shape, hot-
rolled steel sheet pile width = 400mm to 600mm: height => 100mm,
length = 12.0m, Thickness >= 10.5mm, Thickness >= 13.0mm
(±0.50mm), Thickness >= 15.5mm (±0.50mm), Thickness >=
17.0mm (±0.50mm)This rate excludes the cost of bed preparation.
Sheet piles have to be unloaded on a firm flat base. (Salvage
materials shall be the contractors property after completion of the
work, rate is excluding the cost of driving and taking out). (PWD
09.27)
5.23.28.01 Cutting (if necessary) charge of U-type Hot rolled steel sheet piles to each 372.00 372.00 358.00 358.00
design length and shape as per design and specification (thickness,
length and mechanical properties) and instruction by all complete as
per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD 09.28)
5.23.29.01 Jointing steel sheet piles (if necessary) of different thickness by each 495.00 493.00 476.00 476.00
welding along width (both sides) and along collars (outside) (i.e. at 4
points) to increase the length of pile as per requirement including
necessary modification of the ends to receive the weld, supply of
welding materials, equipments and other accessories as per
specification and direction of Engineer in charge. (PWD 09.29)
Page 247
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.23.30.01 Fabrication and construction of corner Joints in steel sheet piles each 225.00 225.00 221.00 221.00
including cutting, welding, shaping as per design and specification
and as per requirement including supply of necessary welding
materials, equipments and other accessories as per specification and
direction of Engineer in charge. (PWD 09.30)
5.23.31 Driving steel sheet piles (PWD 09.31)
5.23.31.01 Driving steel sheet piles (up to 6.0m depth) of various sections and sqm 1,109.00 1,115.00 1,109.00 1,109.00
weights in any type of soil by mechanical device (Crawler Crane
having 50 to 55 Ton capacity and Vibratory Hammer etc.) including
handling and placing in position, supply of all materials and
equipments related with driving of sheet piles, correcting leaning
beyond tolerance and other defects etc. all complete as per direction
of Engineer in charge (measurement will be taken on projected width
x height). (PWD 09.31.1)
5.23.31.02 Driving steel sheet piles (beyond 6.0m up to 9.0m depth) of various sqm 1,024.00 1,029.00 1,024.00 1,024.00
sections and weights in any type of soil by mechanical device
(Crawler Crane having 50 to 55 Ton capacity and Vibratory Hammer
etc.) including handling and placing in position, supply of all materials
and equipments related with driving of sheet piles, correcting leaning
5.23.31.03 Driving steel sheet piles (beyond 9.0m up to 12.0m depth) of various sqm 998.00 1,003.00 999.00 999.00
sections and weights in any type of soil by mechanical device
(Crawler Crane having 50 to 55 Ton capacity and Vibratory Hammer
etc.) including handling and placing in position, supply of all materials
and equipments related with driving of sheet piles, correcting leaning
5.23.32 Lifting steel sheet piles (PWD 09.32)
5.23.32.01 Lifting steel sheet piles (up to 6.0m depth) of any section and weights sqm 909.00 917.00 910.00 910.00
from any type of soil by mechanical device including supply of all
equipments etc., handling and placing in stacks etc. all complete as
per direction of Engineer in charge (measurement will be taken on
projected width x height). (PWD 09.32.1)
5.23.32.02 Lifting steel sheet piles (beyond 6.0m up to 9.0m depth) of any sqm 943.00 951.00 943.00 943.00
section and weights from any type of soil by mechanical device
including supply of all equipments etc., handling and placing in
stacks etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer in charge
(measurement will be taken on projected width x height). (PWD
09.32.2)
5.23.32.03 Lifting steel sheet piles (beyond 9.0m up to 12.0m depth) of any sqm 1,061.00 1,070.00 1,061.00 1,061.00
section and weights from any type of soil by mechanical device
including supply of all equipments etc., handling and placing in
stacks etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer in charge
(measurement will be taken on projected width x height). (PWD
09.32.3)
5.23.33.01 Mobilization & demobilization of joist driving rig (PWD 09.33) per site 9,473.00 9,473.00 9,473.00 9,473.00
5.23.34.01 Driving joist (up to 6.5m depth) of any sections and weights in any m 400.00 396.00 383.00 383.00
type of soil by mechanical device including handling and placing in
position, supply of all materials and equipments related with driving
of sheet piles, correcting leaning beyond tolerance and other defects
etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer in charge
(measurement will be taken on meter). (PWD 09.34)
Section 24 : Sub-Soil Investigation Works & Digital Survey
5.24.01 Percussion Method of Drilling, Mobilization and demobilization of site 14,702.00 14,585.00 14,252.00 14,252.00
boring equipment and man-power: at site (drilling rig comprising
drilling pipe, drop hammer, tripod, pulley, chain, wrange, sample
collection devices etc tools and plants; tripol for temporary camp,
necessary work-force etc) (Once for one site) [PWD 31.1]
Page 248
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.24.02 Percussion Method of Drilling, Sub - Soil investigation by 100 mm dia
percussion wash boring including collecting disturbed and
undisturbed soil samples in numbers as required for classification of
soil, conducting SPT using auto trip hammer, stratification of layers,
analysing physical parameters of soils like Atterberg limits, specific
gravity, gain size distribution(by wet seive, hydrometer if required) ,
ground water table location, direct shear test, unconfined
compression test, unit weight(dry/weight), natural moisture content ;
C - ф values and other strength parameters to ascertain bearing
capacity , skin friction, end bearings etc at every 1.5m intervel as per
respective national/international standards and entering all these
data & information in necessary tables & graphs and finally furnishing
them in the form of standard sub-soil investigation report with CD
containing video of sub-soil investigation operation of concerned site
duly signed by competent engineer & exploratory office.[PWD 31.2]
5.24.02.01 Bore hole depth from 0 to 20 m [PWD 31.2.1] per bore 33,871.00 33,722.00 33,259.00 33,259.00
hole
5.24.02.02 Additional charge for bore hole depth above 20.0 m and upto 30.0 m m 495.00 491.00 480.00 480.00
[PWD 31.2.2]
[PWD 31.2.3]
[PWD 31.2.4]
5.24.03 Percussion Method of Drilling, Sub-soil investigation by 100 mm dia
wash boring including collecting disturbed and undisturbed soil
samples in numbers as required for classification of soil, conducting
SPT using auto trip hammer, stratification of layers, and entering all
these data & information in necessary tables & graphs, furnishing
them in the form of standard sub-soil investigation report duly signed
by competent engineer & exploratory office.(Only after written advice
from concerned design division/circle) [PWD 31.3]
5.24.03.1 Bore hole depth from 0 to 20m [PWD 31.3.1] per bore 9,300.00 9,226.00 9,042.00 9,042.00
hole
[PWD 31.3.2]
[PWD 31.3.3]
[PWD 31.3.4]
5.24.03.5 Added cost per bore hole, if the same is under water by more than per bore 6,954.00 6,903.00 6,643.00 6,643.00
1.5 m in depth [PWD 31.4] hole
5.24.05 Rotary Method of Drilling, Mobilization and demobilization of boring site 25,785.00 25,785.00 25,785.00 25,785.00
equipment and man-power: at site (rotary hydraulic drilling rig
comprising mud pump, drilling pipe, auto trip hammer, pulley, chain,
wrange, sample collection devices (shelby tube, split spoon sampler)
etc tools and plants; tripol for temporary camp, necessary work-force
etc) (Once for one site) (Only after written advice from concerned
design division/circle) [PWD 31.5]
Page 249
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.24.06 Rotary Method of Drilling, Sub - Soil investigation by 100 mm dia
rotary wash boring and including collecting disturbed and
undisturbed soil samples in numbers as required for classification of
soil, conducting SPT using auto trip hammer, stratification of layers,
analysing physical parameters of soils like Atterberg limits, specific
gravity, gain size distribution(by wet seive, hydrometer if required) ,
ground water table location, direct shear test, unconfined
compression test, unit weight(dry/weight), natural moisture content ;
C - ф values and other strength parameters to ascertain bearing
capacity , skin friction, end bearings etc at every 1.5m intervel as per
respective national/international standards and entering all these
data & information in necessary tables & graphs and finally furnishing
them in the form of standard sub-soil investigation report with CD
containing video of sub-soil investigation operation of concerned site
duly signed by competent engineer & exploratory office. (Only after
written advice from concerned design division/circle) [PWD 31.6]
5.24.06.1 Bore hole depth from 0 to 20 m [PWD 31.6.1] per bore 52,846.00 52,846.00 52,846.00 52,846.00
hole
[PWD 31.6.2]
5.24.06.3 Additional charge for bore hole depth above 30.0 m and upto 40.0 m m 1,028.00 1,028.00 1,028.00 1,028.00
[PWD 31.6.3]
5.24.06.4 Additional charge for bore hole depth above 40.0 m and upto 50.0 m m 1,159.00 1,159.00 1,159.00 1,159.00
[PWD 31.6.4]
5.24.07 Mobilization of downehole siesmic testing equipments such as a per test 9,734.00 9,734.00 9,734.00 9,734.00
hammer weighing 10lb, a wooden Beam of L= 2.40m and B & t =
150mm, Receiver borehole pick with 3D geophones to measure the
velocity and travel time of P and S wave inside the borehole and
2nos. 1D Geophone to measure surface velocity of P and S wave.
Trigger: Sending signal to control unit to record First Arrival Time
(FAT) and velocity of P and S wave.Control and Processing Unit with
Laptop (Only after written advice from concerned design
division/circle) [PWD 31.7]
5.24.08 Downehole Siesmic Testing- The test is to be conducted in
accordance to ASTM D7400-08 to determine the interval velocities
(VS & VP) from arrival times of compression (P) and shear (S)
seismic waves which are generated near surface and travel down to
an array of vertically installed seismic sensors. This item includes the
necessary cost for entering all these data & information in necessary
tables & graphs and finally furnishing them in the form of standard
sub-soil investigation report with CD containing video of sub-soil
investigation operation of concerned site duly signed by competent
engineer & exploratory office. (Only after written advice from
concerned design division/circle) [PWD 31.8]
5.24.08.1 For first test [PWD 31.8.1] per test 125,541.00 125,541.00 125,541.00 125,541.00
5.24.08.2 For each consecutive test after first test [PWD 31.8.2] per test 113,283.00 113,283.00 113,283.00 113,283.00
Page 250
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.24.09 Conducting plate load test as per ASTM D1194 or equivalent
standard providing required arrangement of three circular steel plates
with minimum thickness of 25 mm and varying in diameter from 305
mm to 762 mm respectively or square steel bearing plates of
equivalent area for minimum 50 tons loading capacity of hydraulic or
mechanical jack assembly and applying load in 2 cycles with
maintainging time interval of each loading increment of not less than
15 minutes. Continue each test until a peak load is reached or until
the ratio of load increment to settlement increment reaches a
minimum, steady magnitude. If sufficient load is available, continue
the test until the total settlement reaches at least 10 percent of the
plate diameter, unless a well defined failure load is observed and all
other required materials, excavation, protection against collapse,
preparation of test pit, calibration of hydrauic jacks with pressure
guage (with an error not exceeding ± 2 % of the load increment used
) & dial gauges (an accuracy of at least 0.25 mm.) including plants
and equipment, platform for loading & unloading, mobilization,
demobilization, hire charge of load testing equipment (joist, jacks
and other necessary devices), gunny bags, filling with sand &
stiching gunny bags, execution of tests by engineer, data acquisition
and preparation of test results in standard forms and other incidental
charges as per standard practice and procedures including
submission of plate load test report, furnishing all graphs and charts
and with CD containing video of sub-soil investigation operation of
concerned site, all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.24.09.1 At least 03 no of tests must be conducted at one site. (Only after per test 90,549.00 90,288.00 88,908.00 88,908.00
written advice from concern design division/circle) [PWD 31.9]
5.24.09.2 Per test rate for conducting additional plate load test at the same site per test 28,520.00 28,222.00 27,101.00 27,101.00
after first 03(Three) tests. [PWD 31.9.1]
5.24.09.3 Additional charge per km (beyond 25 Km) outside Dhaka city (two km 193.00 193.00 193.00 193.00
ways)/any city for mobilization & demobilization [PWD 31.9.2]
5.24.10 Carrying out different tests on soil samples in BUET laboratory
collected from the sub-soil investigation site accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge. (Only after written advice from concern design
division/circle)[PWD 31.10]
5.24.10.1 Void ratio [PWD 31.10.1] set of test 7,700.00 7,700.00 7,700.00 7,700.00
5.24.10.2 Organic matter content [PWD 31.10.2] set of test 4,500.00 4,500.00 4,500.00 4,500.00
5.24.10.3 Permeability for cohesive soil [PWD 31.10.3] set of test 24,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00
5.24.10.4 Permeability non-cohesive soil [PWD 31.10.4] set of test 9,500.00 9,500.00 9,500.00 9,500.00
5.24.10.5 Consolidation test for cohesive soil [PWD 31.10.5] set of test 24,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00
5.24.10.6 Triaxial shear Test [PWD 31.10.6]
5.24.10.6.1 Consolidated undrained triaxial test with pore pressure for cohesive set of test 52,000.00 52,000.00 52,000.00 52,000.00
and non co-hesive soil [PWD 31.10.6.1]
5.24.10.6.2 Consolidated undrained triaxial test without pore pressure for set of test 46,000.00 46,000.00 46,000.00 46,000.00
cohesive soil [PWD 31.10.6.2]
5.24.10.6.3 Consolidated drained triaxial test [PWD 31.10.6.3] set of test 52,000.00 52,000.00 52,000.00 52,000.00
5.24.10.6.4 Unconsolidated undrained triaxial test without pore pressure[PWD set of test 24,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00
31.10.6.4]
5.24.10.7 One dimensional swelling / settlement potential of cohesive soil. set of test 10,000.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 10,000.00
[PWD 31.10.7]
5.24.10.8 Modified proctor compaction test [PWD 31.10.8] set of test 20,000.00 20,000.00 20,000.00 20,000.00
5.24.11 Detail digital topographic & physical feature survey, Mobilization and site 11,390.00 11,390.00 11,257.00 11,257.00
demobilization of survey equipment and man-power: survey
equipment comprising Total Station, RTK-GPS, level machine,
Prism with stand, Tripod and others necessary tools & plants, triple
for temporary camp and necessary work-force.[PWD 31.11.1]
Page 251
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.24.12 Detail digital topographic & physical feature survey, Detail digital acre 14,955.00 16,291.00 16,157.00 16,157.00
topographic & physical feature survey of project area. The survey will
cover the location and alignment of all topographic features inside
the project area such as: Boundary, roads, exposed surface drains,
walk ways, existing physical features such as trees, structures,
exposed utility network etc. Spot land levels of the project area will
be surveyed for contouring@ 5 m C/C. GPS should be used for
establishing co-ordinate of global axis-Latitude/Longitude. Total
station should be used for survey of spot level, detailed physical
features etc. Field data shall be processed in GIS or Auto CAD
Software. Finally layout map with all topographic and physical
features shall be prepared using Auto CAD Software. All data &
maps should be Submitted both in hard and soft format in 5(five)
copy. [PWD 31.11.2]
Section 25 : Chemical Admixture, Water-Proffing Membrane
5.25.01 Supplying anti-termite chemicals named DURS BAN 20 EC / sqm 337.00 337.00 336.00 336.00
equivalent and mixing the same with pure water in required
proportion (For DURSBAN 20 EC I Liter in 19 liters of pure water)
and spraying the emulsified mixture @ 5 liters per square meter of
soil surface by chemical sprayer or by any other means to the sides
and bottom of the foundation trench and over plinth filling or floor bed
5.25.02 Supplying anti termite chemicals named DURS BAN 20 EC / cum 2,490.00 2,485.00 2,478.00 2,478.00
and using the same emulsified water as mixing water in cement-sand
mortar of brick works in foundation and up to plinth and accepted by
5.25.03 Supplying anti-termite chemicals named DURS BAN 20 EC / sqm 504.00 503.00 502.00 502.00
and spraying the emulsified mixture with hand sprayer over both
outside and inside back fill in foundation trenches @ 7.50 liters per
sqm of the vertical surface area of the foundation wall accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (The maximum depth of the back fill to be
treated is 500 mm. and the measurement for depth should not be
given more than 500 mm) [PWD 29.3]
5.25.04 Anti-termite treatment in existing super structures by making hole 75.00 74.00 71.00 71.00
downwardly slanting holes at a required depth of 9" from the existing
finished F.L/G.L inside and outside the building and applying the
emulsion of anti termite chemicals, named DURS BAN 20 EC into
the holes preparing chemical solution mixing with water at the ratio of
chemical: water = 1:19 maintaining a dosage rate of 250 ml per hole
including supplying all materials and repairing the holes all complete
5.25.05 Trench treatment for protection against incoming termites to the m 344.00 341.00 334.00 334.00
establishment through underground by making trench around
existing building /structures at a required depth of 750 mm from
existing level including supplying anti-termite chemicals named
DURS BAN 20 EC / equivalent preparing the solution to be mixed
with water in the ratio of chemical: water = 1:19, applying the solution
into trench with the help of a chemical sprayer in three layers and
each layer follows a 250 mm thick back-fill in trench etc all complete
Page 252
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.25.06 Fumigation treatment (Pest Control) against mosquitoes, flies, bees, cum 47.00 47.00 45.00 45.00
cockroaches, spiders, silver fishes, lizards and other common pests
and insects in wooden walls, bricks walls, floors, doors and windows,
furniture fanlight, carpets, records, curtains, electrical conduits etc.
with the application of fumigants such as Syngeata or NEOCIDOL-60
EC or similar chemically equivalent govt. registered pest control
products preparing chemical solution mixing with water in the ratio of
chemical: water = 1:100, applying with the help of
electrically/mechanically operated jet fogging machine, swing fog,
dyna fog, pneumatic hand sprayer, knap sac hand sprayer in air-tight
position, after fumigation the surface will be kept remain at air-tight
condition at least for 3 (three) hours etc. complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (Volume of the room will be considered
towards measurement.) [PWD 29.6]
5.25.07 Anti termite treatment of all wooden doorframes, window frames, sqm 194.00 194.00 191.00 191.00
wood paneling etc. by using DURS BAN 20 EC / equivalent emulsion
in the ratio of 1 liter. DURS BAN 20 EC + 19 liters of Kerosene oil
suitable for wood, plywood, particle board, hard board etc. on both
surfaces by brush on both surfaces by brush-on-method etc.
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 29.7]
5.25.08 Anti-termite treatment of electric telephone wiring system by inserting board 326.00 322.00 317.00 317.00
a plugging materials (cotton, foam etc.) soaked in anti-termite
chemical DURS BAN 20 EC / equivalent to an electric switch board
point for all floors and spraying the emulsion (to be mixed at the ratio
of 1 liters DURS BAN 20 EC + 19 liter of water) to the casings and
grooving of electric wirings, telephone cables utility pipes etc. for all
floors etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
29.8]
5.25.09 Destruction of termite nest around an infested building, tree stumps each 2,532.00 2,511.00 2,467.00 2,467.00
in lawn with the treatment of DURS BAN 20 EC / equivalent by
excavation of soil in affected area up to a depth of 1.5 meter, mixing
the DURS BAN 20 EC / equivalent solution to be mixed with water in
1:19 ratio with the soil and laying the same in same place etc. all
complete as per direction including. cost of all materials and
chemicals etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 29.9]
Section 26 : Arboriculture Works
5.26.01 Labour charge for scraping lawn surface up to 38 mm depth by sqm 12.00 12.00 11.00 11.00
spade, picking up all sorts of brick bats, rubbish by suitable tools,
removing the same by head load or by any other means and stacking
the same to a safe distance beyond 300 m including supply of tools
and plants etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 25.1]
5.26.02 Preparation of ground to make ready for plantation by spading the sqm 24.00 23.00 21.00 21.00
ground to a depth of 150 mm to 230 mm beyond 38 mm deep
scrapped ground by spade, breaking earth clods to powder by
hammers, picking up all sorts of rubbish, unwanted grasses by
suitable tools, carrying and spreading the surplus earth into low lying
area including supply of tools and plants etc. all complete and
5.26.03 Leveling and dressing of lawn area to proper slope and grade by sqm 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00
spading the same including supplying tools and plants etc. all
5.26.04 Supply of best and approved quality alluvial loamy silty soil including cum 913.00 910.00 900.00 900.00
loading, unloading at both ends, properly stacking at site including
supply of tools and plants etc. all complete and accepted by the
5.26.05 Supply well decomposed cow dung carried by trucks or any other cum 1,703.00 1,702.00 1,649.00 1,649.00
means including loading, unloading at both ends, stacking the same
at site including supply of tools and plants etc. all complete and
Page 253
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.26.06 Labour charge for spreading the alluvial loamy silty soil from the cum 194.00 190.00 176.00 176.00
stacks at site on the lawn surface, leveling, dressing the same
including supply all necessary tools and plants etc. all complete and
5.26.07 Added rate for lifting alluvial loamy silty soil/ decomposed cow dung
work in additional floor: [PWD 25.7]
5.26.07.1 Add for each additional floor up to 5th floor [PWD 25.7.1] cum 83.00 82.00 76.00 76.00
5.26.07.2 Add for each additional floor from 6th floor to 9th floor [PWD 25.7.2] cum 119.00 117.00 108.00 108.00
5.26.07.3 Add for each additional floor for 10th floor & above [PWD cum 155.00 152.00 141.00 141.00
25.7.3]
5.26.08 Supply of lawn grass of approved quality by truck or by any other sqm 67.00 66.00 62.00 62.00
means, sorting the grass to proper size, washing the grass, dibbling
the grass 6 mm to 50 mm apart, irrigation of lawn area till the grass
grown at least for two months after plantation, weeding the
undesirable grass, mowing the lawn grass by lawn mower up to two
months after plantation, applying urea fertilizer on the lawn surface
@ 1 kg per 9.29 sqm including supply of tools and plants etc. all
5.26.09 Labour charge for mixing well decomposed cow dung with alluvial cum 175.00 172.00 159.00 159.00
loamy silty soil and excavated earth, removing the excess earth to
safe distance including supply of tools and plants etc. all complete
5.26.10 Supplying and providing, fitting & fixing bamboo jafry fencing by best sqm 550.00 550.00 535.00 535.00
quality muli bamboo split of 20 mm in width, having 75 mm x 75 mm
mesh placed diagonally doing framing a square shape in both ways
and both sides tightened with 2 x 4 Nos. same split horizontally and 2
x 6 Nos. same split vertically and with G.I wire fitted with Borrak
bamboo post of 100 mm dia and placed firmly in position at 1800 mm
apart including supply of tools and plants, digging hole and filling
back etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 25.10]
5.26.11 Supplying and providing, fitting & fixing muli bamboo tree guard of each 782.00 782.00 770.00 770.00
1200 mm length and 500 mm dia best quality muli bamboo split 20
mm in size having 75 mm x 75 mm a square holes with 20 mm wide
bamboo splits strengthen with 4 Nos. 20 mm wide bamboo split in
both sides tightened with G.I wire fitted with 3 Nos. 63 mm dia borrak
bamboo post of 1800 mm long of which 600 mm will be driven into
earth by digging hole followed by fill back including supply of tools
and plants all complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 25.11]
5.26.12 Earth work in excavation to make a pit of 600 x 600 x 450 mm each 170.00 169.00 164.00 164.00
(depth) for plantation, applying cow dung mixing with loamy silty soil
and excavated earth, planting the plants, tightened with 1800 mm
long borrak bamboo post with jute rope and filled up the hole with
mixed soil including supply of tools and plants all complete and
5.26.13 Spading for preparation of flower beds in pits up to 600 mm depth, re- sqm 567.00 562.00 534.00 534.00
molding, picking up and placing and removing the spaded earth to a
safe distance, mixing @ 1 cft well decomposed cow dung with 20%
loamy silty soil and 6 cft excavated soil and fill back the pit including
supply of tools and plants, all complete and accepted by the
5.26.14 Preparation of hedge beds by excavation of earth up to 300 mm sqm 280.00 278.00 264.00 264.00
depth, filling up the bed by a mixture of cow dung, loamy silty soil,
cutted earth @ 1 cft cow dung manure per 6 cft of cutted earth and
20% loamy silty soil including supply of tools and plant etc. all
5.26.15 Carrying of rubbish, taking up all sorts of bricks, brick-bats and cum 178.00 175.00 162.00 162.00
rubbish gravel chips, loading and unloading at both ends including
supply of tools and plants etc. all complete and accepted by the
Page 254
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.26.16 Supply and carrying of 12.20 m long 100 mm dia borrak bamboo at each 537.00 537.00 534.00 534.00
site, loading and unloading at both end, stacking the same at site
including supply of tools and plants etc. all complete and accepted
5.26.17 Supply and carrying of 7.62 m long 50 mm to 62.5 mm dia muli each 284.00 283.00 281.00 281.00
bamboo at site, loading and unloading at both end, stacking the
same at site including supply of tools and plants etc. all complete and
5.26.18 Supply and carrying of 4.5 h.p., 550 mm blade 4 stroke, finger trip 3 each 54,335.00 54,335.00 54,335.00 54,335.00
position height adjuster 200 mm x 38 mm star tread wheels grass
cutting (Power Lawn Mower Machine): YARDMAN No. 060A [PWD
25.18]
5.26.19 Supply and carrying of 6.5 h.p., 550 mm blade 4 stroke, finger trip 3 each 72,447.00 72,447.00 72,447.00 72,447.00
position height adjuster 200 mm x 38 mm star tread wheels grass
cutting (Power Lawn Mower Machine): YARDMAN No. 060A [PWD
25.19]
5.26.20 Supply and carrying of 22 h.p. 1150 mm cutting blade power riding each 591,082.00 591,044.00 590,890.00 590,890.00
lawn yardman mower machine made in USA. Model No.13 BT
793G678 or equivalent. [PWD 25.20]
5.26.21 Supply and carrying of 450 mm blade Hand Lawn Moar, Model each 15,093.00 15,093.00 15,093.00 15,093.00
No.1403-106(USA) [PWD 25.21]
Section 27: Repair Works
5.27.001 Stripping of unserviceable plaster including racking out joints, sqm 31.00 30.00 28.00 28.00
cleaning etc.[PWD 32.1]
5.27.002.1 Picking-up of unserviceable patent stone from floor and dado etc. sqm 47.00 45.00 43.00 43.00
and removal of debris to a safe distance. [PWD 32.2.1]
5.27.002.2 Picking-up of unserviceable tiles including bonding mortar from floor, sqm 61.00 60.00 56.00 56.00
walls and dado etc. and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD
32.2.2]
5.27.003 Picking up of damaged/unserviceable terraced (lime concrete) floor sqm 65.00 63.00 59.00 59.00
or roof etc. and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD 32.3]
5.27.004 Dismantling of unserviceable/damaged terraced roof including beam, sqm 164.00 161.00 153.00 153.00
column, borga & tiles etc. and removal of debris to a safe
distance.[PWD 32.4]
5.27.005.1.1 Dismantling of unserviceable/damaged brick works (with cement or cum 538.00 524.00 491.00 491.00
lime mortar) of thickness 250 mm in foundation and superstructure
and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD 32.5.1.1]
5.27.005.1.2 Dismantling of unserviceable/damaged brick works (with cement or sqm 62.00 61.00 57.00 57.00
lime mortar) of thickness 75/125 mm in foundation and
superstructure and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD
32.5.1.2]
5.27.005.2 Dismantling of plain concrete made of lime or cement and removal of cum 1,647.00 1,606.00 1,503.00 1,503.00
debris to a safe distance.[PWD 32.5.2]
5.27.005.3 Dismantling of brick flat soling and removal of debris to a safe sqm 18.00 17.00 16.00 16.00
distance and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD 32.5.3]
5.27.005.4 Dismantling of H.B.B. Brick soling and removal of debris to a safe sqm 24.00 23.00 21.00 21.00
distance and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD 32.5.4]
5.27.006.1.1 Dismantling of R.C.C. beam, lintel, column, drop wall, sun shade cum 3,928.00 3,841.00 3,612.00 3,612.00
from any height and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD
32.6.1.1]
5.27.006.1.2 Dismantling of R.C.C. Railing of any kind, jally brickwork, and hollow sqm 218.00 214.00 202.00 202.00
block wall from any height and removal of debris to a safe
distance.[PWD 32.6.1.2]
5.27.006.2 Dismantling of R.C.C. in roof slab and removal of debris to a safe cum 3,319.00 3,244.00 3,065.00 3,065.00
distance.[PWD 32.6.2]
5.27.006.3 Recovery of reinforcing bars and metals during dismantling of RCC quintal 552.00 540.00 503.00 503.00
including cleaning, making bundle, stacking or storing as per
direction of engineer in charge and removal of debris to a safe
distance.[PWD 32.6.3]
Page 255
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.006.4 Recovery of bricks during dismantling of brick works including nos 1.49 1.49 1.35 1.35
cleaning, stacking or storing etc. all complete as per direction of
engineer in charge and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD
32.6.4]
5.27.006.5 Recovery of bricks during dismantling of soling including cleaning, nos 0.99 0.98 0.91 0.91
stacking or storing all complete as per direction of engineer in charge
and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD 32.6.5]
5.27.006.6 Recovery of brick bats during dismantling of soling, brick works, HBB cum 250.00 245.00 227.00 227.00
etc. including cleaning, stacking or storing as per direction of
engineer in charge and removal of debris to a safe distance.[PWD
32.6.6]
5.27.007 Repairs to minor/fine (non-structural affecting aesthetic) cracks in m 42.00 41.00 38.00 38.00
brick walls, floor and roof etc.[PWD 32.7]
5.27.008.1 Cutting and polishing of old mosaic on wall with pumice stone sqm 100.00 98.00 92.00 92.00
etc.[PWD 32.8.1]
5.27.008.2 Cutting and polishing of old mosaic on floor with pumice stone and sqm 112.00 110.00 106.00 106.00
mosaic cutting machine etc.[PWD 32.8.2]
5.27.008.3 Cleaning and washing the mosaic floor etc.[PWD 32.8.3] sqm 20.00 19.00 18.00 18.00
5.27.008.4 Cleaning and refilling of wornout joints between glazed tiles, marble sqm 71.00 69.00 65.00 65.00
etc. in floor or walls.[PWD 32.8.4]
5.27.009 Repairing of terraced roof cracks by cutting in 'traphozoided' m 539.00 531.00 500.00 501.00
shape[PWD 32.9]
5.27.010 Taking out and relaying of old brick soling including replacement of sqm 128.00 127.00 119.00 120.00
10% brick[PWD 32.10]
5.27.011 Taking out and relaying of brick soling after redressing the sqm 85.00 84.00 78.00 78.00
surfaces[PWD 32.11]
5.27.012.1 Taking out of old brick on edge pavement and resetting (Herring sqm 210.00 208.00 196.00 197.00
bone bond) including replacement of 10% brick [PWD 32.12.1]
5.27.012.2 Taking out of old brick on edge pavement and restting Herring bone sqm 117.00 116.00 107.00 107.00
bond and redressing the surface[PWD 32.12.2]
5.27.013 Taking out of old roof tiles and ridges [PWD 32.13] sqm 67.00 65.00 61.00 61.00
5.27.014 Supplying and fitting-fixing of wind tie with M.S. Flat bar clamp [PWD m 565.00 562.00 550.00 550.00
32.14]
5.27.015 Supplying and fitting-fixing of J-hook including nuts, washers [PWD each 49.00 49.00 48.00 48.00
32.15]
5.27.016 Supplying and fitting-fixing of M.S. U-hook including nuts, washers each 64.00 64.00 63.00 63.00
[PWD 32.16]
5.27.017 Taking out of old & unserviceable wooden chowkat /door or window each 328.00 318.00 301.00 301.00
frame [PWD 32.17]
5.27.018 Taking out of old wooden chowkat/door or window frame and refitting each 1,058.00 1,042.00 972.00 972.00
and refixing after minor repair (excluding the cost of wood and M.S.
clamp) [PWD 32.18]
5.27.019 Taking out and refitting of wooden shutter after easing excluding the sqm 450.00 445.00 413.00 413.00
cost of wood [PWD 32.19]
5.27.020.1 Thorough repairs to wooden door and window Pannel shutter sqm 730.00 723.00 672.00 672.00
excluding the cost of wood [PWD 32.20.1]
5.27.020.2 Thorough repairs to wooden door and window Batten shutter sqm 677.00 671.00 626.00 626.00
5.27.020.3 Thorough repairs to wooden door and window Venetian shutter sqm 657.00 651.00 605.00 605.00
5.27.020.4 Thorough repairs to wooden door and window Glazed shutter sqm 627.00 622.00 578.00 578.00
excluding the cost of glass & wood [PWD 32.20.4]
5.27.021.1 Renewing of 3 mm glass panes in wooden frame including supply of sqm 1,024.00 1,020.00 1,000.00 1,000.00
glass [PWD 32.21.1]
5.27.021.2 Renewing of 3 mm glass panes in steel frame including supply of sqm 1,130.00 1,125.00 1,103.00 1,103.00
glass[PWD 32.21.2]
Page 256
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.022 Renewing of 5 mm glass panes including supply of glass [PWD sqm 1,348.00 1,344.00 1,329.00 1,329.00
32.22]
5.27.023 Cleaning and washing of glass panes including supply of necessary pane 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
fresh putty, pins etc.[PWD 32.23]
5.27.024.1 Replacing / renewing of fly proof wire net (with all new materials) the sqm 768.00 767.00 726.00 726.00
excluding cost of wood [PWD 32.24.1]
5.27.024.2 Replacing / renewing of synthetic fly proof net (with all new sqm 795.00 795.00 753.00 753.00
materials) the excluding cost of wood[PWD 32.24.2]
5.27.025 Renewing of fly proof wire netting (with old and new materials) the sqm 737.00 736.00 695.00 695.00
excluding cost of wood [PWD 32.25]
5.27.026 Renewing of 12 x 12 mm mesh wire netting the excluding cost of sqm 630.00 629.00 595.00 595.00
wood [PWD 32.26]
5.27.027 Taking out of hard board ceiling, walling [PWD 32.27] sqm 22.00 21.00 20.00 20.00
5.27.028 Renewing of hard board ceiling or walling excluding cost of wood sqm 657.00 656.00 628.00 628.00
[PWD 32.28]
5.27.029 Replacing of wooden cleat, making, finishing and fixing with chowkat each 80.00 79.00 79.00 79.00
by means of 40 mm hinge [PWD 32.29]
5.27.030 Replacing of cleat with brass hinge [PWD 32.30] each 89.00 88.00 87.00 87.00
5.27.031 Replacing of wooden buffer block[PWD 32.31] each 60.00 59.00 59.00 59.00
5.27.032 Replacig of wooden catcher block [PWD 32.32] each 88.00 87.00 88.00 88.00
5.27.033.1 Replacing of 75 mm long galvanized iron catch hook [PWD 32.33.1] each 17.00 17.00 16.00 16.00
5.27.034 Replacing of iron socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 100 mm long [PWD 32.34] each 30.00 30.00 29.00 29.00
5.27.035.1 Replacing of SS socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 100 mm long (SS) [PWD each 66.00 66.00 65.00 65.00
32.35.1]
5.27.035.2 Replacing of iron socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 150 mm long [PWD each 36.00 36.00 35.00 35.00
32.35.2]
5.27.035.3 Replacing of SS socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 150 mm long(SS) [PWD each 94.00 94.00 93.00 93.00
32.35.3]
5.27.035.4 Replacing of iron socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 200 mm long [PWD each 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00
32.35.4]
5.27.035.5 Replacing of SS socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 200 mm long(SS)[PWD each 118.00 118.00 117.00 117.00
32.35.5]
5.27.036.1 Replacing of brass socket bolt: 50 mm dia, 150 mm long[PWD each 170.00 170.00 170.00 170.00
32.36.1]
5.27.036.2 Replacing of brass socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 200 mm long [PWD each 217.00 217.00 216.00 216.00
32.36.2]
5.27.036.3 Replacing of brass socket bolt : 50 mm dia, 250 mm long [PWD each 266.00 266.00 265.00 265.00
32.36.3]
5.27.037.1 Replacing of 75 mm long iron hinge [PWD 32.37.1] each 52.00 52.00 51.00 51.00
5.27.037.2 Replacing of 100 mm long iron hinge [PWD 32.37.2] each 82.00 82.00 81.00 81.00
5.27.038.1 Replacing of 75 mm long brass hinge [PWD 32.38.1] each 164.00 164.00 163.00 163.00
5.27.038.2 Replacing of 100 mm long brass hinge [PWD 32.38.2] each 217.00 217.00 216.00 216.00
5.27.039.1 Replacing of 50 mm dia iron ring [PWD 32.39.1] each 32.00 32.00 31.00 31.00
5.27.039.2 Replacing of 50 mm dia brass ring [PWD 32.39.2] each 65.00 65.00 64.00 64.00
Page 257
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.040.1 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 25 x 25 mm expanded mesh metal net sqm 1,108.00 1,107.00 1,042.00 1,042.00
of wooden or steel frame (excluding the cost of wood or steel
sections and painting) [PWD 32.40.1]
5.27.040.2 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 25 x 25 mm expanded mesh metal net sqm 2,083.00 2,082.00 2,000.00 2,000.00
in F.I. Bar frame ( including the cost of F.I. Bar) [PWD 32.40.2]
5.27.041.1 Renewing of white washing: 1 coat [PWD 32.41.1] sqm 15.00 15.00 14.00 14.00
5.27.041.2 Renewing of white washing: 2 coats [PWD 32.41.2] sqm 22.00 22.00 20.00 20.00
5.27.042.1 Renewing of colour washing with yellow ochre: 1 coat [PWD 32.42.1] sqm 23.00 23.00 22.00 22.00
5.27.042.2 Renewing of colour washing with yellow ochre: 2 coats [PWD sqm 26.00 26.00 24.00 24.00
32.42.2]
5.27.043.1 Renewing of Exterior standard acrylic emulsion paint of approved sqm 153.00 152.00 144.00 144.00
brand and quality [PWD 32.43.1]
5.27.043.2 Renewing of Exterior premium acrylic emulsion paint of approved sqm 177.00 175.00 166.00 166.00
brand and quality [PWD 32.43.2]
5.27.044.1 Renewing of standard synthetic enamel paint to door-windows frame sqm 119.00 118.00 111.00 111.00
and shutter:1coats [PWD 32.44.1]
5.27.044.2 Renewing of premium synthetic enamel paint to door-windows frame sqm 123.00 122.00 115.00 115.00
and shutter: 1coats [PWD 32.44.2]
5.27.045.1 Renewing of standard synthetic enamel paint to door-windows frame sqm 183.00 181.00 170.00 170.00
and shutter: 2 coat [PWD 32.45.1]
5.27.045.2 Renewing of premium synthetic enamel paint to door-windows frame sqm 191.00 189.00 178.00 178.00
and shutter: 2coat [PWD 32.45.2]
5.27.046.1 Renewing of synthetic polyvinyl distemper : 1 coats [PWD 32.46.1] sqm 96.00 95.00 89.00 89.00
5.27.046.2 Renewing of synthetic polyvinyl distemper : 2 coat [PWD 32.46.2] sqm 138.00 137.00 128.00 128.00
5.27.047.1 Renewing of Interior standard acrylic emulsion paint (Plastic) to walls sqm 108.00 107.00 101.00 101.00
and ceiling: 1 coat [PWD 32.47.1]
5.27.047.2 Renewing of Interior Premium acrylic emulsion painting (silky finish)to sqm 124.00 124.00 117.00 117.00
walls and ceiling: 1 coat [PWD 32.47.2]
5.27.047.3 Renewing of Interior super premium acrylic emulsion painting sqm 144.00 143.00 137.00 137.00
(odorless) to walls and ceiling: 1 coat [PWD 32.47.3]
5.27.048.1 Renewing of Interior standard acrylic emulsion paint (Plastic) to walls sqm 155.00 154.00 145.00 145.00
and ceiling: 2 coat [PWD 32.48.1]
5.27.048.2 Renewing of Interior Premium acrylic emulsion painting (silky finish)to sqm 179.00 178.00 169.00 169.00
walls and ceiling: 2 coat [PWD 32.48.2]
5.27.048.3 Renewing of Interior super premium acrylic emulsion painting sqm 199.00 198.00 189.00 189.00
(odorless) to walls and ceiling 2 coat [PWD 32.48.3]
5.27.049 Washing of painted wall surface with suitable soap or any other sqm 36.00 35.00 33.00 33.00
detergent [PWD 32.49]
5.27.050.1 Renewing of chlorinated rubber paint: 1 coats [PWD 32.50.1] sqm 191.00 190.00 181.00 181.00
5.27.050.2 Renewing of chlorinated rubber paint: 2 coat[PWD 32.50.2] sqm 274.00 272.00 259.00 259.00
5.27.051.1 Renewing of french polishing: 1 coats [PWD 32.51.1] sqm 130.00 129.00 123.00 123.00
5.27.051.2 Renewing of french polishing: 2 coat [PWD 32.51.2] sqm 223.00 222.00 212.00 212.00
5.27.051.3 Providing of 2 coats laqure spray painting with spray machine to high sqm 181.00 180.00 174.00 174.00
decorative Teak or similar wooden furniture [PWD 32.51.3]
5.27.052.1 Renewing of painting with synthetic black enamel Paint to plinth and sqm 117.00 116.00 110.00 110.00
skirting :1 coats [PWD 32.52.1]
5.27.052.2 Renewing of painting with synthetic black enamel Paint to plinth and sqm 168.00 166.00 157.00 157.00
skirting :2 coat [PWD 32.52.2]
5.27.053 Renewing of painting to C.I. Roof with red corrugal paint: 2 coats sqm 162.00 161.00 152.00 152.00
[PWD 32.53]
5.27.054.1 Renewing earth oiling with solignum or equivalent materials: 1 coat sqm 97.00 96.00 90.00 90.00
[PWD 32.54.1]
Page 258
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.054.2 Renewing earth oiling with solignum or equivalent materials: 2 coat sqm 145.00 144.00 136.00 136.00
[PWD 32.54.2]
5.27.055.1 Renewing of wood varnishing with varnish (yacht) [PWD 32.55.1] sqm 116.00 116.00 110.00 110.00
5.27.055.2 Renewing of wood varnishing with varnish (egg-shell) [PWD 32.55.2] sqm 123.00 122.00 116.00 116.00
5.27.055.3 Renewing of wood varnishing with varnish (matt) [PWD 32.55.3] sqm 124.00 124.00 117.00 117.00
5.27.056 Scrapping of old paint from wood [PWD 32.56] sqm 47.00 46.00 43.00 43.00
5.27.057 Scrapping of old mosses from wall and roof [PWD 32.57] sqm 34.00 34.00 31.00 31.00
5.27.058 Renewing of painting to old 100 mm dia rain-water pipe [PWD 32.58] m 39.00 38.00 36.00 36.00
5.27.059 Renewing of painting to old 50mm dia G.I. Pipe: 1 coat [PWD 32.59] m 20.00 20.00 18.00 18.00
5.27.060 Stopping of roof leakage of C.I. sheet roof with putty [PWD 32.60] sqm 32.00 31.00 29.00 29.00
5.27.061 Labour for taking out C.I. sheet roofing [PWD 32.61] sqm 40.00 39.00 37.00 37.00
5.27.062 Labour for taking out and refitting of old G.I. Ridge/valley [PWD 32.62] m 160.00 158.00 147.00 147.00
5.27.063 Labour for C.I. Sheet roofing including supply of limpet, washer, sqm 127.00 124.00 115.00 115.00
screws, putty etc. [PWD 32.63]
5.27.064 Labour for C.I. Sheet walling including supply of limpet, washer, sqm 95.00 93.00 86.00 86.00
screws, putty etc.[PWD 32.64]
5.27.065 Labour for taking out barbed wire fencing [PWD 32.65] m 9.00 9.00 8.00 8.00
5.27.066 Labour charge for refitting of barbed wire fencing[PWD 32.66 m 19.00 19.00 18.00 18.00
5.27.067 Labour charge for tightening of old loose barbed wire fencing[PWD m 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
32.67]
5.27.068 Renewing, supplying and fitting-fixing of 300 mm long F.I. Clamp in each 107.00 107.00 103.00 104.00
CC (1:2:4)[PWD 32.68]
5.27.069 Renewing, supplying and fitting-fixing of 150 mm long F.I. Clamp in each 74.00 74.00 71.00 71.00
CC (1:2:4)[PWD 32.69]
5.27.070 Cutting jungles and shrub including removing and cleaning the sqm 7.00 7.00 6.00 6.00
spot/site[PWD 32.70]
5.27.071 Supplying of the following items related to ARBORICULTURE work
approved by the officer-in-charge[PWD 32.71]
5.27.071.01 200mm size earthen tub [PWD 32.71.1] each 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00
5.27.071.06 300 mm x 300 mm size earthen plate [PWD 32.71.6] each 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00
5.27.071.07 Supply of mustard oil-cake [PWD 32.71.7] kg 56.00 56.00 56.00 56.00
5.27.071.08 Supply of Bone mele [PWD 32.71.8] kg 55.00 55.00 55.00 55.00
5.27.071.09 Supply of steel spade [PWD 32.71.9] each 552.00 552.00 552.00 552.00
5.27.071.10 Supply of Urea fertilizer [PWD 32.71.10] kg 31.00 31.00 31.00 31.00
5.27.071.11 Supply of Murate of potash [PWD 32.71.11] kg 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00
5.27.071.12 Supply of T. S. P. [PWD 32.71.12] kg 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00

5.27.071.13 Supply of 5 liter capacity spray machine (plaotic) [PWD 32.71.13] each 2,209.00 2,209.00 2,209.00 2,209.00
5.27.071.14 Supply of 450 mm size Steel funna with wooden handle [PWD each 454.00 454.00 454.00 454.00
32.71.14]
5.27.071.15 Supply of 225 mm long hand hoe with wooden handle [PWD each 123.00 123.00 123.00 123.00
32.71.15]
5.27.071.16 Supply of standard steel hand trolly as per direction of officer-in- each 7,608.00 7,608.00 7,608.00 7,608.00
charge [PWD 32.71.16]
Page 259
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.071.17 Supply of China made or equivalent Hedge Scissors [PWD 32.71.17] each 1,472.00 1,472.00 1,472.00 1,472.00
5.27.071.18 Supply of 250 mm size China made or equivalent Secature [PWD each 798.00 798.00 798.00 798.00
32.71.18]
5.27.071.19 Supply of 2.5 gallon capacity 22 BWG G.I. Water cane [PWD each 429.00 429.00 429.00 429.00
32.71.19]
5.27.071.20 Supply of 350 mm size G.I. bucket [PWD 32.71.20] each 344.00 344.00 344.00 344.00
5.27.071.21 Supply of best quality 19 mm dia plastic hose pipe [PWD 32.71.21] each 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00
5.27.071.22 Supply of insecide perfecthion 40 EC 1 pics, 100ml bottle [PWD each 301.00 301.00 301.00 301.00
32.71.22]
5.27.071.23 Supply of Redomil gold 68WG (metalexil+mencojeb) 1 pack, 500gm each 1,012.00 1,012.00 1,012.00 1,012.00
pack [PWD 32.71.23]
5.27.071.24 Supply of Ripcord 400EC, 1 pics, 100ml bottle [PWD 32.71.24] each 270.00 270.00 270.00 270.00
5.27.071.25 Supply of Proclaim 5SG(emamectin benzoet) 1 box, (10 pack, each each 779.00 779.00 779.00 779.00
pack 10gm) [PWD 32.71.25]
5.27.071.26 Supply of Vertimec 018ECG (ebamectin) 1 pics, 50ml bottle [PWD each 147.00 147.00 147.00 147.00
32.71.26]
5.27.072 Painting to earthen tub: 2 coats over a prime coat [PWD 32.72]
5.27.072.1 200mm and 250mm size tub [PWD 32.72.1] each 22.00 22.00 20.00 20.00
5.27.072.2 300 mm, 350mm and 400 mm size tub [PWD 32.72.2] each 35.00 34.00 33.00 33.00
5.27.073.1 Levelling & dressing the compound or plant/flower bed as per sqm 9.00 9.00 8.00 8.00
direction of Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 32.73.1]
5.27.073.2 Lawn grass cutting, dressing, brooming and removing debris etc. as sqm 17.00 16.00 15.00 15.00
per direction of Officer in charge [PWD 32.73.2]
5.27.073.3 Spading, pulverizing soil lump etc. as per direction of Officer in sqm 6.00 6.00 5.00 5.00
charge [PWD 32.73.3]
5.27.074.1 Labour for picking-up and cleaning damaged bituminous road sqm 77.00 76.00 70.00 70.00
surface [PWD 32.74.1]
5.27.074.2 Repairing the potholes of the road by picking up and removing cum 30,553.00 30,410.00 28,681.00 29,068.00
damaged materials with stone chips [PWD 32.74.2]
5.27.075 Applying necessary coat of bitumenous aluminium paint seal-coat on sqm 106.00 105.00 101.00 101.00
top surface of newly laid roofing felt [PWD 32.75]
5.27.076.01 Supplying timber (unfinished) for repairing in wood works: cum 95,331.00 90,998.00 97,498.00 97,498.00
Garjan/Jam/local Sal [PWD 32.76.1]
5.27.076.02 Supplying timber (unfinished) for repairing in wood works: Jarul[PWD cum 77,998.00 77,998.00 77,998.00 77,998.00
32.76.2]
Shilkorai/Chickrashi[PWD 32.76.3]
5.27.076.04 Supplying timber (unfinished) for repairing in wood works: Teak cum 160,330.00 155,997.00 162,497.00 162,497.00
Chambal[PWD 32.76.4]
Chattogram Teak [PWD 32.76.5]
Kathal[PWD 32.76.6]
Gamari[PWD 32.76.7]
Chapalish[PWD 32.76.8]
Loha/Pyiankado[PWD 32.76.9]
Myanmar(Burma) teak[PWD 32.76.10]
5.27.076.11 Supplying timber (unfinished) for repairing in wood works: Ordinary cum 86,665.00 86,665.00 86,665.00 86,665.00
timber (Mehogoni)[PWD 32.76.11]
Page 260
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.077 Labour charge for cleaning, washing, brooming from all heights and cum 1,451.00 1,425.00 1,319.00 1,319.00
stacking of debris at a place beyond plinth area of the the site during
execution of repair works as per direction of the engineer-in-charge
.[PWD 32.77]
5.27.078 Cleaning, washing, brooming and taking away of debris from the site cum 808.00 798.00 757.00 757.00
during and or after the completion of the repair works in all heights by
truck or by any other means as per direction of the engineer-in-
charge. [PWD 32.78]
5.27.079 Repairing of steel grill/window frame and shutter/stair railing, veranda sqm 916.00 902.00 839.00 839.00
grill, rolling shutter excluding the cost of steel materials.[PWD 32.79]
5.27.080 Supply of steel materials for repairing work: [PWD 32.80]
5.27.080.01 40-grade deform bar[PWD 32.80.1] kg 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00
5.27.080.02 60-grade deform bar[PWD 32.80.2] kg 88.00 88.00 88.00 88.00

5.27.080.03 M.S. angle, T, and Z - section, Channel etc. [PWD 32.80.3] kg 86.00 86.00 86.00 86.00
5.27.080.04 M.S. plain bar, F.I. Bar [PWD 32.80.4] kg 86.00 86.00 86.00 86.00
5.27.080.05 M.S. sheet, plate used in repairing work[PWD 32.80.5] kg 94.00 94.00 94.00 94.00
5.27.080.06 38mm dia G.I. Pipe used in repairing work[PWD 32.80.6] m 705.00 705.00 705.00 705.00
5.27.080.08 20 mm dia G.I. Pipe used in repairing work[PWD 32.80.8] m 330.00 330.00 330.00 330.00
5.27.080.10 Spring for rolling shutter used in repairing work[PWD 32.80.10] m 72.00 72.00 72.00 72.00
5.27.080.11 Spring box for rolling shutter used in repairing work[PWD 32.80.11] each 160.00 160.00 160.00 160.00
5.27.081 Cleaning and mending good the damages surrounding the mouth of each 172.00 171.00 158.00 158.00
spout/rain water down pipe [PWD 32.81]
5.27.082 Cleaning rain water down pipe[PWD 32.82] m 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
5.27.083 Cleaning, renewing of drain and apron with cement concrete or m 232.00 231.00 219.00 220.00
cement mortar etc as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.[PWD
32.83]
5.27.084.1 Reexcavation of kutcha drain of 0.30 m width and average 0.6 m m 31.00 30.00 28.00 28.00
deep[PWD 32.84.1]
5.27.084.2 Reexcavation of kutcha drain of 0.61 m width and average 1.22 m m 125.00 123.00 114.00 114.00
deep[PWD 32.84.2]
5.27.085 Clearing chocked up masonry surface drain[PWD 32.85] m 31.00 31.00 29.00 29.00
5.27.086 Clearing silt from soak well up to1.4 m dia[PWD 32.86] each 2,098.00 2,096.00 1,963.00 1,963.00
5.27.087 Clearing sludges & night soil from septic tank removing to a safe
place/distance without affecting environment[PWD 32.87]
5.27.087.1 10 usser septic tank[PWD 32.87.1] each 2,393.00 2,380.00 2,270.00 2,270.00
5.27.087.2 20 user septic tank[PWD 32.87.2] each 3,374.00 3,362.00 3,190.00 3,190.00
5.27.087.7 Clearing sewege or similar hazardous substances & removing to a cum 1,687.00 1,681.00 1,595.00 1,595.00
safe place/ distances[PWD 32.87.7]
5.27.088 Clearing sludges & night soil from Inspection pit[PWD 32.88] each 525.00 524.00 491.00 491.00
5.27.089 Clearing sludges & night soil from RCC soil pipe & sewer line[PWD m 111.00 111.00 105.00 105.00
32.89]
5.27.090 Supplying, fitting-fixing of 400 gallon capacity ferro-cement water each 9,509.00 9,497.00 9,448.00 9,448.00
tank[PWD 32.90]
Page 261
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.091 Taking out 40 mm dia tube-well pipe and strainer up to 70 m m 120.00 119.00 110.00 110.00
depth[PWD 32.91]
5.27.092 Labour for re-sinking 40 mm dia tube-well pipe[PWD 32.92] m 327.00 323.00 300.00 300.00
5.27.093 Renewing Check Valve[PWD 32.93] each 1,000.00 996.00 982.00 982.00
5.27.094 Renewing of 40 mm dia best quality G.I. Socket[PWD 32.94] each 270.00 267.00 258.00 258.00
5.27.095 Taking out broken Long Pan[PWD 32.95] each 218.00 211.00 199.00 199.00
5.27.096 Taking out broken European type Commode[PWD 32.96] each 201.00 195.00 184.00 184.00
5.27.097 Providing 37 mm dia and 600 mm long PVC spout[PWD 32.97] each 253.00 250.00 239.00 239.00
5.27.098 Providing 25 mm dia and 450 mm long PVC spout[PWD 32.98] each 251.00 247.00 232.00 232.00
5.27.099 Supplying and fitting-fixing of plastic low-down including necessary each 1,899.00 1,893.00 1,841.00 1,841.00
internal and external fittings[PWD 32.99]
5.27.100 Supplying and fitting fixing of syphone for plastic low-down [PWD each 806.00 805.00 786.00 786.00
32.100]
5.27.101 250mm and above thick brick work (1:6) in old/unserviceable septic cum 8,404.00 8,362.00 7,982.00 8,077.00
tank[PWD 32.101]
5.27.102 125mm thick brick work (1:6) in old/unserviceable septic tank[PWD sqm 1,332.00 1,324.00 1,261.00 1,274.00
32.102]
5.27.103 12 mm plaster (1:4) with neat cement finishing in old/dilapitated sqm 479.00 471.00 446.00 446.00
septic tank[PWD 32.103]
5.27.104 Hire charge of welding set including welder cum fabricator and day 1,745.00 1,729.00 1,604.00 1,604.00
helper[PWD 32.104]
5.27.105 Hire charge of suspended scaffolding (gondula) made of rope[PWD day 429.00 427.00 417.00 417.00
32.105]
5.27.106 Per day rate for Aluminium fabricator (labour rate)[PWD 32.106] day 1,472.00 1,472.00 1,472.00 1,472.00
5.27.107 Supply of essential hard wares and consumables for repairing

aluminium door-widow frame and shutter, partition etc. [PWD 32.107]
5.27.107.01 Swing door clouser[PWD 32.107.1] each 3,926.00 3,926.00 3,926.00 3,926.00
5.27.107.02 Swing door lock[PWD 32.107.2] each 920.00 920.00 920.00 920.00
5.27.107.03 Swing door Mohiar[PWD 32.107.3] m 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

5.27.107.04 Fixed Neoprene[PWD 32.107.4] m 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00
5.27.107.05 Flush bolt[PWD 32.107.5] each 393.00 393.00 393.00 393.00
5.27.107.06 Sliding door /window key lock[PWD 32.107.6] each 245.00 245.00 245.00 245.00
5.27.107.07 Sliding door /window wheel[PWD 32.107.7] each 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00
5.27.107.08 Sliding door /window Mohiar[PWD 32.107.8] m 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
5.27.107.09 Sliding Neoprene[PWD 32.107.9] m 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00

5.27.107.10 Sealant[PWD 32.107.10] gm 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
5.27.107.11 Sliding door key lock (for window)[PWD 32.107.11] each 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00
5.27.107.12 4-bar hinge[PWD 32.107.12] each 920.00 920.00 920.00 920.00

5.27.107.13 Casement handle[PWD 32.107.13] each 309.00 309.00 309.00 309.00
5.27.107.14 Rivet for Aluminium work[PWD 32.107.14] each 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
5.27.107.15 Screws for Aluminium work[PWD 32.107.15] each 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50
5.27.108 Cleaning over head water reservior and removing the waste to safe gallon 1.00 0.98 0.94 0.94
place/ distance from building site without affecting the environment
etc. All completed as per direction of Engineer- in charge.[PWD
32.108]
Page 262
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.27.109 Cleaning under ground water reservior and removing the waste to gallon 0.86 0.85 0.83 0.83
safe place/ distance from building site without affecting the
environment etc. All completed as per direction of Engineer- in
charge. ( If water reservior tank capacity is more then 10,000 gallon
then unit price for additional gallon will be reduced by @ 25% of unit
price )[PWD 32.109]
5.27.110 Cleaning and removing inside rust from existing old GI pipe of m 4.10 4.10 3.90 3.90
different dia meter etc. All completed as per direction of Engineer- in
charge.[PWD 32.110]
5.27.111 Taking out old unserviceable MS window shutter/grill etc. All each 202.00 199.00 190.00 190.00
completed as per direction of Engineer- in charge.[PWD 32.111]
5.27.112 Taking out unserviceable old MS collapsible gate and refitting after each 2,587.00 2,550.00 2,430.00 2,432.00
minor repair (excluding cost of material) etc. All completed as per
direction of Engineer- in charge.[PWD 32.112]
5.27.113 Picking & uprooting unwanted tree, plants etc from building each 242.00 239.00 227.00 227.00
/structure and removing to safe distance from building/structure and
using chemicals to prevent further growing up. All completed as per
direction of Engineer- in charge.[PWD 32.113]
5.27.114 Sanitary blockage removal of Combi-closet, commode, Long Pan each 368.00 368.00 353.00 353.00
32.114]
5.27.115 Sanitary blockage removal of Basin, Sink, waste water down pipe each 160.00 160.00 153.00 153.00
32.115]
5.27.116 Writing & providing of name plate or Flat/Room numbering on each 1,497.00 1,497.00 1,491.00 1,491.00
Acrylic transparent sheet including fitting fixing etc. All completed as
per direction of Engineer- in charge.[PWD 32.116]
5.27.117 Hire charge of mechnical gondola for repair work of high rise building day 2,454.00 2,454.00 2,393.00 2,393.00
height above 20 meter etc. All completed as per direction of
Engineer- in charge.[PWD 32.117]
5.27.118 Taking out old unserviceable Aluminium Door/window frame and each 245.00 240.00 227.00 227.00
shutter etc. All completed as per direction of Engineer- in
charge.[PWD 32.118]
5.27.119 Supplying, laying, fitting & fixing best quality 225 mm dia (internal) m 1,425.00 1,423.00 1,408.00 1,410.00
machine made R.C.C. pipe over 100 mm thick cement concrete
(1:3:6) at base and sides including single brick flat soling and gasket
with cement mortar (1:4) joints, cutting and filling trenches up to
required depth including excavation of soil etc. all complete in all
respect as per type plan and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge
(average depth of trench is 1050 mm ). (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD
22.24.1]
5.27.120 Supplying, laying, fitting & fixing best quality 300 mm dia (internal) m 2,277.00 2,274.00 2,257.00 2,258.00
machine made R.C.C. pipe over 100 mm thick cement concrete
(1:3:6) at base and sides including single brick flat soling and gasket
with cement mortar (1:4) joints, cutting and filling trenches up to
required depth including excavation of soil etc. all complete in all
respect as per type plan and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge
(average depth of trench is 1050 mm).(Cement: CEM-II/B-M) [PWD
22.24.2]
5.27.121 Supplying, laying, fitting and fixing best quality 900 mm dia (internal) m 11,961.00 11,944.00 11,852.00 11,853.00
machine made R.C.C. pipe with socket over 100 mm thick cement
concrete (1:3:6) at base and sides including single layer brick flat
soling , cutting and filling trenches up to required depth including
excavation of soil etc. complete in all respect as per type plan and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Cement: CEM-II/B-M) . [Rate is
excluding cost of excavation, back-fill, materials for back-fill and
bedding] [PWD 22.24.3]
Page 263
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section 28 : Ferrocement Works
5.28.01 Supplying, fitting & fixing of pre-cast ferrocement roof panel which is
made by using vibration table & steel shutter with minimum cement
content relates to mix ratio 1:2 for flange having minimum
compressive strength 30 MPa (28 days standard cube strength) and
cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N
(52.5MPa)/ASTM-C150 type- 1, best quality coarse sand of
equivalent F.M. 2.2, 2 layers of 18 BWG galvanized/epoxy coated
wire mesh having minimum yield strength fy= 450 MPa & having 2
meshes per 25 mm and reinforced cement concrete works for rib with
minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 having minimum
f’cr = 30 MPa and satisfying a specified compressive strength f'c = 25
MPa, best quality coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 12 mm
down well graded stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33, supplying,
fabrication and fixing to details as per design, deformed bar
reinforcement BDS ISO 6935-2:2006, including straightening and
cleaning rust, if any, bending and binding in position with supply of
24 nos GI wires, remove the shuttering, lifting the panel to floor/roof
level, keeping on proper position, filling the interstices with cement
concrete (1:1.5:3), satisfying a specified compressive strength f'c =
25 MPa, stitching overlapped wire meshes with 18 BWG GI wire,
filling with mortar (1:2), casting of 25 mm thick as screeding (1:1.5:3)
using 6 mm down stone chips and M.S. rod (fy=400 MPa) with
fabrication over F.C. panel including the cost of reinforcement & wire
mesh, curing at least for 7 days including the cost of water, electricity
and other charges all complete as per design, drawing and accepted
5.28.01.1 For ground floor, span up to 3810 mm for floor/roof slab.[PWD 23.1.1] sqm 2,833.00 2,814.00 2,742.00 2,750.00
5.28.01.2 Add for each additional span length of 150 mm long direction (3810 sqm 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
mm<span ≤ 4800 mm) [PWD 23.1.2]
5.28.02 Supplying, fitting & fixing of 20 mm thick ferrocement folded plate

roof which is made by using vibration table & steel shutter with
minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2, having minimum
compressive strength of 30 MPa (28 days standard cube strength)
and cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N
(52.5MPa)/ASTM-C 150 type- 1, best quality coarse sand of
equivalent F.M. 2.2, 1 layer of 20 BWG galvanized/epoxy coated wire
mesh having minimum yield strength fy=450 MPa & having 2 meshes
per 25 mm, fabrication and fixing to details as per design, deformed
bar reinforcement BDS ISO 6935-2:2006, including straightening and
cleaning the rust, if any, bending and binding in position with supply
of 24 BWG GI wires, removing the shutter, lifting, keeping on proper
position, curing at least for 7 days including the cost of water,
electricity and other charges all complete as per design, drawing and
5.28.02.1 For ground floor, span up to 3810 mm [PWD 23.2.1] sqm 2,271.00 2,256.00 2,213.00 2,214.00
5.28.02.2 Add for each additional span length of 150 mm long direction (3810 sqm 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
mm < span ≤ 4800 mm) [PWD 23.2.2]
Page 264
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.28.03 Supplying, fitting & fixing of 20 mm thick ferrocement corrugated
sheet roof which is made by using vibration table & steel shutter with
minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2, having minimum
(52.5MPa)/ASTM-C 150 type-1, best quality coarse sand of
equivalent F.M. 2.2, 1 layer of 20 BWG galvanized/epoxy coated wire
mesh having minimum yield strength fy=450 Mpa & having 2
meshes per 25 mm and supplying, fabrication and fixing to details as
per design, deformed bar reinforcement BDS ISO 6935-2:2006
including straightening and cleaning rust, if any, bending and binding
in position with supply of 24 nos GI wires, removing the shutter, lifting
on ground floor roof, keeping on proper position, curing at least for 28
days including the cost of water, electricity and other charges all
charge. [PWD 23.3]
5.28.03.1 For ground floor, span up to 3810 mm for floor/roof slab. [PWD sqm 1,849.00 1,840.00 1,816.00 1,817.00
23.3.1]
5.28.04 Supplying, fitting & fixing of pre-cast Ferrocement L-Panel which is
made by using vibration table & steel shutter with minimum cement
content relates to mix ratio 1:2 for flange having minimum
(52.5MPa)/ASTM-C 150 type- 1, best quality coarse sand of
equivalent F.M. 2.2, 2 layers of 20 BWG galvanized/epoxy coated
wire mesh having minimum yield strength fy=450 Mpa & having 2
meshes per 25 mm and reinforced cement concrete works for rib with
minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:1.5:3 having minimum
f’cr = 30 MPa and satisfying a specified compressive strength f'c = 25
MPa, best quality coarse sand of equivalent F.M. 2.2 and 12 mm
down well graded stone chips conforming to ASTM C-33, supplying,
fabrication and fixing to details as per design, deformed bar
reinforcement BDS ISO 6935-2:2006 including straightening and
cleaning rust, if any, bending and binding in position, curing at least
for 28 days with supply of GI wires, remove the shuttering of
ferrocement L-panel, lifting the panel to floor/roof level, keeping on
proper position, the cost of water, electricity and other charges all
charge. [PWD 23.4]
5.28.04.1 For ground floor, span up to 3810 mm for floor/roof slab. [PWD sqm 1,612.00 1,605.00 1,572.00 1,576.00
23.4.1]
5.28.05 Supplying, making and fitting fixing of ferrocement door/window m 707.00 703.00 679.00 680.00
frame 155 mm x 65 mm which is made by using M.S. rod (fy = 400
MPa) fabrication work minimum cement content relates to mix ratio
1:2 cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5MPa)/
ASTM-C 150 type–1, coarse sand (F.M. 2.2), cutting, bending,
binding of one layer 20 BWG galvanized / epoxy coated wire mesh
having minimum yield strength fy=450 MPa & 12 mm c/c gap in both
directions with 24 BWG. G.I. wire, jute hassain, polythene sheet,
placing of 100 mm long welded iron hinges including 6 mm dia M.S.
rod clamp fittings, fixing in position, casting with neat cement finishing
demoulding and lean cement sand (1:8) cement, sand (F.M. 1:2) and
curing at least for 28 days etc. all complete including the cost of
water, electricity, testing and other charge as per design, drawing
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Considering x- section of
the frame is 153 mm x 64 mm). [PWD 23.5]
Page 265
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5.28.06 25mm thick cast-in-situ ferrocement wall with minimum cement sqm 2,066.00 2,050.00 2,003.00 2,004.00
content relates to mix ratio 1:2, cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-
CEM-I, 52.5N (52.5MPa)/ASTM-C 150 type–1, and best quality
coarse sand (F.M. 2.2) M.S. rod fabrication in accordance with BDS,
ISO 6935-2:2006 straighting and cleaning rust if any, bending and
binding in position with supply of 8 mm dia M.S. rod 250 mm c/c
vertically, 6 mm dia 250 mm c/c horizontally, 24 nos G.I. wire splices
laps etc. 2 layers of 20 BWG galvanized wire mesh having minimum
yield strength fy=450 Mpa & 2 mesh per 25 mm, casting and finishing
the both surfaces with cement sand (F.M.-1.2) mortar (1:3) and
curing at least for 21 days, including the cost of water, electricity and
other charges in all complete as per drawing, design and accepted
5.28.07 Supplying, fitting & fixing of 25 mm thick pre-cast ferrocement wall
panel with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio 1:2, cement
conforming to BDS EN-197-1-CEM-1, 52.5N (52.5MPa)/ ASTM-C
150 type–1 and best quality coarse sand (F.M. 2.2) and 2 layers of
20 BWG galvanized wire mesh having minimum yield strength
fy=450 Mpa & 2 mesh per 25 mm, including cutting, binding,
bending, with 24 B.W.G. G.I. wire, casting and finishing the both
surfaces with cement sand (F.M.-1.2) Mortar (1:3) and curing at least
for 21 days before lifting, fitting & fixing the Ferrocement plate in
proper position with making rib, supply of 8 mm dia M.S. rod 250 mm
c/c vertically, 6 mm dia 250 mm c/c horizontally fabrication in
accordance with BDS, ISD 6935-2.2006 straighting and cleaning rust
if any, bending and binding in position with supply of G.I. wire etc. the
cost of water, electricity and other charges, complete in all respect
5.28.07.1 Ground Floor [PWD 23.7.1] sqm 1,805.00 1,795.00 1,767.00 1,768.00
5.28.08 90 mm thick partition wall with ferrocement sandwich panel wall (cast
in situ) using mortar having compressive strength not less than 15.0
N/mm2 and fitting-fixing of EPS sheet size (3000 mm x 1200 mm x
63 mm),8 mm M.S. bar and its fabrication in both side with 20 BWG
galvanized wire mesh having minimum yield strength fy=450 Mpa &
2 mesh per 25 mm, in compliance with ASTM C129 fairly uniform
thickness and water absorption not more than 7% including
necessary scaffolding, cleaning and curing at least for 7 days
including cost of water, electricity and other charges etc. in all
complete accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD 23.8]
5.28.08.1 Ground Floor [PWD 23.8.1] sqm 2,400.00 2,386.00 2,344.00 2,345.00
5.28.09 40 mm ferro-cement slab on soil-cement stabilized sub-grade in sqm 1,394.00 1,386.00 1,369.00 1,370.00
ground floor etc. with minimum cement content relates to mix ratio
1:2 having minimum compressive strength of 30 MPa (28 days
standard cube strength) and cement conforming to BDS EN-197-1-
CEM-1, best quality coarse (F.M. 2.2) sand, 2 layer of 20 BWG
galvanized/epoxy coated wire mesh having minimum yield strength
fy=450 Mpa & having 2 mesh per 25 mm with minimum clear cover
12 mm both top & bottom, true to desired level, placing, compacting,
curing at least for 7 days in all floors including cost of water,
electricity and other charges etc. all complete and accepted by the
Page 266
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 6 : Small Scale Water Resources Development Works

Section-1: Earth Works
6.01.11 Earth filling work by Carried earth with specified soil in any type of cum 502.91 496.76 466.23 466.23
embankment including supplying, carrying, filling by throwing earth
in layers not more than 150mm in proper alignment, grade, camber
and side slope in all types of soil except rocky, and slushy including
benchingnot more than 30mm in vertical and 60mm in horizontal
steps along thesides while widening any embankment , etc. all
complete as per the directionof E-I-C. Earth shall be arranged by the
LCS from a distance beyond 200mfrom the end of right of the way.
(Payment will be made on compacted volume).
6.01.19 EWEx(M)Earthwork Excavation by Mechanical hydraulic Excavator cum 108.88 108.81 108.37 108.37
(Long Boon)/Dredger in roadway/canals/beels/ponds etc. with 0.90
cum bucket capacity, including cutting and loading in tippers or
disposing of all excavated materials at a safe distance designated by
the E-I-C, trimming bottom and side slopes, in accordance with
requirements of lines, grades and cross sections, leveling, dressing,
etc. all complete for an initial excavation depth of 3m and lead up to
20m, including cost of hire charges of Excavator/dredger and all
other machines, equipment, fuels, lubricants and wages of
operational staff etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
6.01.20 Earthwork in excavation of canals/Khals, ponds, drains etc. to lines,
grades and elevation for all types of slushy or organic soil as shown
in the drawings by dredging with appropriate local dredger, including
carrying and disposing all excavated materials at a safe distance
including levelling, dressing etc all complete including supplying all
necessary tools and equipments etc., all complete as per direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Rate is inclusive of cost of all materials, their
carriages, hire charges of dredger and all other machines, equipment
for excavating soil as per specification, fuels, lubricants, wages of
operational staff and all incidental charges in this connection, etc.
6.01.20.01 Initial distance within 300 m cum 170.41 170.12 169.36 169.36
6.01.20.02 Initial distance within 300 m - 600 m cum 197.48 197.20 196.44 196.44
6.01.20.03 Initial distance within 600 m - 1.0 km cum 246.22 245.94 245.18 245.18
6.01.20.04 Initial distance within 1.0 km - 2.0 km cum 300.38 300.10 299.33 299.33
6.01.21 Earth filling work in any type of embankment/pond/low lands with cum 150.23 150.17 149.73 149.73
specified soil by Mechanical Hydraulic Excavator, including carrying,
loading, unloading and filling in layers, proper alignment, grade,
camber, cross-sections and side slopes etc. all complete for all lift
and lead including cost of hire charges of Excavator and all other
Machines, equipment, fuels , lubricants and wages of operational
staff etc. all complete including cost of all materials, equipments and
labours as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.01.25 Removal and Disposal of surplus excavated soils from the
canal/khal/pond's site/premises up to a lead of specified distance
including cost of labour, equipment and machineries, including
loading & unloading at both ends, transportation, all other incidental
charges, leads, lifts etc. all complete as per instuction and approval
of the E-I-C. The surplus excavated material must be dumped at
suitable place outside of the site/premises with minimum traffic
disruption approved by E-I-C

Page 267
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.01.25.08 Distance Above 1500m cum 355.36 352.28 339.97 339.97
Section-2: Brick Works and Sand filling Works

6.02.02 First class brick work in cement mortar (1:4) in toe walls/ guide walls cum 8,867.72 8,847.07 8,513.64 8,613.58
with sand (minimum FM 1.5) and cement, cutting bricks to required
sizes, hoisting and watering, etc. complete including cost of all
materials all complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.02.04 Supplying and laying local coarse sand (minimum FM 1.5 ) in cum 3,124.17 3,148.41 3,083.80 3,083.80
bedding/filter layers below CC/brick blocks in bed and slopes
including preparation of surfaces, ramming, compacting, leveling etc.,
all complete as per design and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
(Payment will be made for compacted volume only.)
Section-3: Cement Concrete(C.C), Cement Plaster and Painting Works
6.03.01 Cement Concrete (C.C) work in foundation/blinding layer of hydraulic cum 10,049.38 10,011.51 9,709.52 9,773.20
structures with Portland cement, sand (minimum FM 1.80) and 1st
class/picked brick chips 20mm downgraded (LAA value not
exceeding 38), including shuttering, mixing by concrete mixer
machine, casting, laying, compacting and curing for the requisite
period, breaking of bricks into chips etc. all complete as per direction
of the Engineer-in-Charge. Cylinder crushing strength of concrete
should not be less than 17 MPa at 28 days of curing (Suggested mix
proportion 1:2:4). Additional quantity of cement to be added if
required to attain the strength.
6.03.05 Erection of 200mm wide water level gauge on 6mm thick plastering sqm 341.36 341.42 323.79 323.79
with Portland Composite Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N) and sand
(minimum FM 1.2) in proportion (1:4) on the body of hydraulic
structure on both country side and river side including preparing the
surface, curing including cutting the gauge marks including marking
the value in English & Bengali up to centimeter in small division
BWDB's RL value with respect to PWD datum and painting with
synthetic enamel paint etc. all complete as per specification and
6.03.06 Epoxy paint 2 coats of approved colour and specification over a sqm 513.78 513.39 477.46 477.46
priming coat to gate, hoisting device and embedded metal parts
including scraper, steel wire brush & emery paper etc. complete in all
respect as per direction of the Engineer in charge.
6.03.07 Painting of steel sheet piles, 2 coats of bitumen paint, including sqm 328.85 327.20 323.32 323.32
preparation of surface with sand paper, brush etc. including the cost
of all materials and labour etc. complete as per direction of the E-I-C
6.03.08 Painting of gauge on the body of structure with synthetic enamel sqm 95.09 95.09 92.64 92.64
paint etc. all complete as per specification & direction of E-I-C.
water penetration into hardened plaster is < 1 mm) /equivalent
proof, dry and breathable cement). [PWD 15.15.2]
Page 268
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-4: Reinforced Cement Concrete Works
f'cr = 28.5 Mpa and satisfying a compressive strength f'c = 20 Mpa at
30) conforming to ASTM C33 including screening chips through
proper sieves, cleaning, placing shutter in position, making shutter
water-tight properly, placing reinforcement in position, mixing in
standard mixture machine with hoper, fed by standard measuring
6.04.01.01 For bottom and approach slab of box culvert, regulator/ pipe sluice/ cum 14,903.05 15,002.28 13,854.44 14,163.35
Rubber Dam/ WRS of any height
6.04.01.02 For top slab, side walk, curb, wheel guard etc. of box culvert,
regulator/ pipe sluice/ Rubber Dam/ WRS
6.04.01.02.02 For each additional height 300mm beyond 5m cum 18,036.85 18,160.53 16,729.71 17,114.78
6.04.01.03 For diaphragm walls, wing walls, pier columns, abutments and other
vertical members of hydraulic structure
6.04.01.03.01 For Height Up to 5m cum 16,474.30 16,580.61 15,272.31 15,614.21
6.04.01.04 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing & rail post of hydraulic structures cum 20,981.51 21,050.21 19,428.45 19,815.34

cement content ralated to nominal mix ratio 1:1.5:3 and maximum
water cement ratio 0.4 achieving minimum required average
strength, f'cr = 33.5 Mpa and satisfying a compressive strength, f'c =
25 Mpa at 28 days on standard cylinders as per standard practice of
Code AASHTO/ ASTM and using cement conforming to BDS EN
197-1 : 2003 CEM-II 42.5N / ASTM C150 Type-1, with high range
water reducing admixture complying type A or F under ASTM C 494
(Doses of admixture to be fixed by the mix design), sand of minimum
FM 2.5 and 20mm down well graded crushed stone chips broken
from boulders (Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur,
LAA value not exceeding 30) conforming to ASTM C33 including
breaking chips, screening through proper sieves, cleaning, placing
shutters in position, making shutters water-tight properly, placing
reinforcement in position, mixing in standard mixture machine with
hoper, maintaining allowable slump of 50mm to 100mm, casting in
Page 269
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.04.02.01 For bottom and approach slab of box culvert, regulator/ pipe sluice/ cum 16,600.15 16,678.50 15,490.66 15,804.26
Rubber Dam/ WRS of any height
6.04.02.02 For top slab, side walk, curb, wheel guard etc. of box culvert,
regulator/ pipe sluice/ Rubber Dam/ WRS
6.04.02.03 For diaphragm walls, wing walls, pier columns, abutments and other
vertical members of hydraulic structure
6.04.02.03.01 Height up to 5 m cum 17,361.63 17,443.57 16,201.25 16,529.23
6.04.02.04 For cast-in-situ/ pre-cast railing and rail post of Hydraulic Structure cum 21,985.60 22,026.72 20,479.62 20,850.76
6.04.03 113mm thick brick bond concrete floor (1:2:4) with Portland cement, sqm 1,265.01 1,262.67 1,230.45 1,229.67
best quality coarse sand (minimum FM 2.2) and 10mm downgraded
crushed picked brick chips (LAA value not exceeding 38) screening,
mixing and laying the concrete between brick gaps (38mm) and
38mm thick over brick flat soling with compacting, and finishing the
top with neat cement , curing for required period etc. all complete as
per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Section-5: M.S Rod Fabrication, M.S Embeded Parts and M.S Works
6.05.02 Supply of MS work in plates, angles, channels, flat bars, Tees etc. kg 138.46 137.72 135.69 135.69
with minimum yield strength, fy (ReH) = 300 MPa, including
fabricating, machining, cutting, bending, welding, forging drilling,
riveting, embedding anchor bars, staging and fitting, fixing, local
handling etc including energy consumption etc. all complete as per
design, specification and direction of the Engineer-In-charge.
6.05.03 Manufacturing supplying and installation of M.S embedded parts kg 180.35 179.36 175.55 175.55
(minimum yield strength, fy (ReH) = 300 MPa) for flap/vertical lift gate
including fabricating, bending, welding, forging, drilling holes, welding
anchor bars, fitting, fixing etc. all complete with a prime coat of red
oxide where necessary as per design, specification and direction of
the Engineer in charge.
6.05.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position MS plates , nuts, bolts , MS
clamps u-straps etc. (minimum yield strength, fy (ReH) = 300 Mpa)
complete as per drawings specifications and directions of the
Engineer-in-charge.
6.05.04.01 100mm x 25mm x 6mm M.S Clamp twisted with four holes for fixing each 25.08 24.59 25.85 25.85
6.05.04.02 350mm x 25mm x 6mm M.S Clamp twisted with four holes for fixing each 50.96 50.47 49.73 49.73
Section-6: CC block, Gunny Bag, Geo-textile filter and Ferrocement Works

6.06.01 Manufacturing and supplying CC blocks with Portland Composite
Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N), sand (FM ≥ 1.5) and shingles (40mm
downgraded) to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder strength of 20
MPa (suggested mix proportion 1:2:4), including grading, washings
shingles, mixing, laying in forms, consolidating, curing for at least 21
days, including preparation of platform, shuttering and stacking in
measurable stacks etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineer
in Charge. (Steel shutter to be used)
6.06.01.01 Size: 500mm x 500mm x 300mm each 870.09 869.06 846.77 852.23
Page 270
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.06.02 Manufacturing and supplying Sand Cement blocks of different sizes
with Portland Composite Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N) and sand (
FM>=1.5) in 1:4 proportion, to attain a 28 day minimum strength of
3.5 N/mm2 including screening and washing sand, mixing, laying in
forms, compacting, curing for at least 14 days including preparation
of platform, shuttering (steel shutter to be used) etc. all complete as
per specification & direction of the Engineer in charge.
6.06.02.11 Manufacturing and supplying of hollow Cement Concrete Block of

dimension 450 mm x 450 mm with Portland Composit Cement
(CEM-II/AM 42.5N), Sand (F.M> 1.5) and Shingles (20mm down
graded, LAA value not exeeding 40) to attain a minimum 28 days
cylinder strength of 17.00 Mpa (suggested mix 1:2:4), including
grading, washing shingles, mixing, laying in forms, consolidating,
curing for a at least 28 days, including preparation of platform,
shuttering and staking in measurable stacks, cost of all materials,
labour, equipments and machinery, work at all leads and lifts, loading
& unloading, transportation and all other incidental charges etc. all
6.06.02.11.01 Size: 450 mm x 450 mm x 75 mm; Hole dia : 150 mm each 184.73 184.40 179.33 180.43
6.06.02.11.02 Size: 450 mm x 450 mm x 75 mm; Hole dia : 100 mm each 190.85 190.54 185.35 186.50
6.06.02.11.03 Size: 450 mm x 450 mm x 100mm; Hole dia: 150 mm each 231.07 230.87 224.96 226.41
6.06.02.11.04 Size: 450 mm x 450 mm x 100mm; Hole dia: 100 mm each 178.65 178.49 172.38 173.91
6.06.02.12 Manufacturing and supplying of Hollow Cement Concrete Blocks each

with necessary inter locking arrangement as per design of dimension
450 mm x 450 mm with Portland Composit Cement (CEM-II/AM
42.5N), sand (F.M> 1.5) and Shingles (20mm down graded, LAA
value not exceeding 40) to attain a minimum 28 days cylinder
strength of 17.00 Mpa (suggested mix 1:2:4), including grading,
washing shingles, mixing, laying in forms, consolidating, curing for a
at least 28 days, including preparation of platform, shuttering and
staking in measurable stacks, cost of all materials, labour,
equipments and machinery, work at all leads and lifts, loading &
unloading, transportation and all other incidental charges etc. all
6.06.02.12.01 Size: 450 mm x 450 mm x 75 mm; Hole dia: 150 mm each 190.93 190.40 185.02 186.12
6.06.03 Supplying brick block of size 380mmx380mmx300mm with 1st class each 1,279.22 1,279.13 1,259.01 1,262.95
brick in cement mortar (1:4) including curing for 28 days, etc.
complete as per drawing and direction of the E-I-C.
6.06.04 Manufacturing cast-in-situ brick blocks of size each 852.99 851.47 818.67 830.00
625mmx625mmx300mm with 1st class brick in cement mortar (1:4)
including curing for 28 days etc. complete as per drawing and
direction of the Engineer in charge.
6.06.11 Labour for filling empty gunny bags (75kg capacity) with caked
cement/brick bats/earth/sand including supply of gunny bags, filling
with material, sewing the mouth of bags with coir string and dumping
the same in position, struts etc. all complete as per direction of the
Engineer in charge.
6.06.11.01 Earth bag 120.60 119.38 113.17 113.17
6.06.11.02 Sand (F.M 0.50) bag 111.09 110.87 105.78 105.78
Page 271
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.06.11.03 Caked cement/Brick bats bag 158.11 156.88 151.96 151.96
6.06.13 Manufacturing and Supplying of 25mm thick pre-cast ferro cement sqm 1,643.06 1,627.77 1,580.85 1,581.45
sheet made of Portland Composite Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N) with
sand of FM=2.5 in proportion of 1:2 and wire mesh of 18 BWG wire
net double layer as per detail specification given in the
design/drawing including cost of all materials, formwork, curring for
28 days with clean water and fitting, fixing & laying in position with
Polythene sheet in the bottom and slopes of irrigation canal (as per
design) keeping provision of joint and casting the joint in-situ, of
specified length and width with mastic filler etc as per direction of
engineering in charge.
6.06.14 Supplying & dumping of sand filled geo-textile bags of different size
and capacity (fill volumn and weight when filled with dry sand/earth)
at the specified locations along the khal bank/embankment toe line
properly including supply of geo-textile fabric as per following
grading, sewing in accordance with the detailed drawing and
technical specifications, protecting the geo-textile bags from UV ray
or any other damages, filling with suitable soil/ sand and stitching
bags by hand sewing machine properly with plastic thread and
dumping the same in position etc. including cost of all materials,
labours, taxes, incidental charges etc. complete in all respect as per
approved drawing, specification and direction of E-I-C.
cum & Weight: 80 Kg, [Geo-Textile Grade: Grade-III-DF-40-2.3mm
thick]
2.3mm thick]
2.3mm thick]
3.0mm thick]
3.0mm thick]
3.0mm thick]
Section-7: Sheet pile, RCC pile, Bamboo pile Works and Driving
6.07.01 Supplying of U-Type Hot rolled Steel Sheet piles as per approved kg 118.84 118.84 118.84 118.84
design drawings and specifications (sections, thickness, lengths &
Mechanical properties). Before using the sheet pile supplied by the
contractor a written approval from Project Director must be taken. If
contactor's bid price is higher than the departmental supply rate, then
the departmental supply rate will be applicable. (Contractor's supply
will be applicable when departmental Supply is not possible. If
material is supplied by the Department then the contract cost of this
item shall be deducted from the contractor's bill. But the VAT & IT
shall be deducted the departmental supply rates of steel sheet piles).
6.07.02 DSSP: Driving U-type steel sheet pile of various sections and sqm 872.89 858.81 804.70 804.70
weights in any type of soil by monkey hammer including handling
and placing in position, staging and supplying of all equipment like
monkey hammer, pulley, rope, bamboo, bullah etc. including
correcting leaning beyond tolerance & other defects etc. complete as
per drawing and direction of the Engineer in charge (Measurement
will be taken on projected "width x driven depth" from lowest ground
level) up to 4.5m depth.
Page 272
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.07.03 ToSSP: Taking out u-type steel sheet piles of various sections and sqm 2,399.61 2,383.29 2,343.97 2,343.97
weights from any type of soil by mechanical device including
handling and placing in stacks etc. complete (measurement will be
taken on projected "width x embeded depth" including arranging all
equipment etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineer in
charge.
6.07.04 Carrying steel sheet piles of specified sections & length from LGED tonne-km 11.29 10.99 10.55 10.55
stack yard as specified by appropriate means to the construction site
and stacking at proper place including loading, unloading, local
handling as per design, drawing and specifications etc. all complete
(a) LGED stack-yard,Gazipur
6.07.05 Cutting charge of U-type Hot rolled steel sheet piles as per each 304.63 297.86 283.09 283.09
specification
(thickness, length and mechanical properties) and instruction by
6.07.06 Supplying and driving of 100mm thick RCC sheet piles with strength sqm 5,689.78 5,641.00 5,339.80 5,346.77
of 20.7 Mpa on 28days (suggested mix proportion 1:1.5:3), Portland
Composite Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N), coarse sand (FM>=1.8)
and 20mm downgraded 1st class/picked brick khoa including
watertight shuttering, mixing with mixer machine, casting, comp
acting with vibrator, curing etc. all complete, including breaking of
khoa fabricating steel face plates with interlocking bars/angles as per
drawings, specification and direction of the E-I-C. (Strength of
concrete shall be as specified for RCC piles in the drawings and
technical specification.) If the working mix proportion, to be
determined by trial mix prior to starting work, give required strength
richer than the normal mix proportion, additional cement as required
by the strength requirement shall be provided by the contractor at his
own cost. Form work/shuttering shall be as per specification and
shall produce smooth and even concrete surface (no plastering is
allowed), etc. all complete as per direction of E-I-C.
6.07.07 Reinforced cement concrete work in pre-cast RCC piles and pile cum 16,728.47 16,818.33 15,590.83 15,927.44
heads with Portland Composite Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N), sand
(minimum FM 2.50) and 20mm down well graded crushed stone
chips,(Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA value
not exceeding 30), including shuttering, mixing by concrete mixer
machine, casting, laying compacting, curing for the requisite period
etc. all complete as per design, drawing, specification and direction
of the E-I-C but excluding the cost of reinforcement. Strength of
concrete should not be less than 25 MPa (suggested mix proportion
1:1.5:3). Additional quantity of cement to be added if required to
attain at his own cost.
6.07.11 Boring and casting of RCC cast-in-situ piles up to the required depth
and dia with temporary steel casing in all types of soils including
staging, drilling, driving, bentonite circulation, placing of
reinforcement and placing concrete by termite casting method with
concrete with Portland Composite Cement (CEM II/A-M, 42.5N),
sand (minimum FM 2.50) and 20mm down graded crushed stone
chips,(Preferably stone chips from Madhyapara, Dinajpur, LAA value
not exceeding 30) to result minimum ultimate cylinder crushing
strength of 25MPa at 28 days (suggested mix proportion 1:1.5:3) with
allowable slump of 100mm to 150mm including cost of all materials,
labour, equipment and all incidental charges but excluding the cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, etc. all complete as per design,
drawing, specifications and of the Engineer-in-Charge. Additional
quantity of cement be added, if required to attain the afore-
mentioned concrete strength, by the contractor at his own costs.
6.07.11.01 Boring
6.07.11.01.01 450mm dia m 773.71 766.33 742.94 742.94
6.07.11.01.02 500mm dia m 967.14 957.91 928.68 928.68

6.07.11.01.03 600mm dia m 1,160.57 1,149.49 1,114.41 1,114.41
6.07.11.02 Concreting
Page 273
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.07.11.02.01 450mm dia cum 14,610.02 14,690.76 13,655.16 13,942.86
6.07.11.02.02 500mm dia cum 14,610.02 14,690.76 13,655.16 13,942.86
6.07.11.02.03 600mm dia cum 14,610.02 14,690.76 13,655.16 13,942.86

6.07.15 Supplying & laying in position packed straw bundles of 1m dia and bundle 256.32 255.39 251.70 251.70
1.25m long with struts etc. all complete as per direction of the
Engineer in charge.
6.07.16 Supplying & dumping brush wood in position compacted in bundles bundle 300.87 299.95 296.26 296.26
of 450mm dia including cross bamboo as directed including fitting
fixing struts etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineer in
charge.
6.07.17 Supplying, fitting and fixing 6 ply Nylon net (12mm opening) in sqm 381.15 379.18 371.31 371.31
position with burnt clay weight (length 4 inch dia 2 inch
solid/hollow/cylindrical) and fitting fixing 10mm dia to 12mm dia
Polyvinyl / Nylon rope in position as per design, drawings,
specifications and directions of the E-I-C.
6.07.18 Supplying and placing of 20mm Hessian cloth soaked with bitumen sqm 695.00 686.98 676.04 676.04
on top of sheet piles as per drawing, specification and direction of the
E-I-C.
6.07.19 Supplying, fitting and fixing 400mm dia and 500mm long drum with each 483.14 478.54 467.80 467.80
both end closed in position as per design drawings specifications and
directions of the E-I-C.
6.07.20 Shoring for slope protection of foundation trench, canal,
embankment, road, pond etc, as per design slopes, grades including
removal of spoils to a safe distance as per direction of E-I-C.
6.07.20.01 By bamboo post of 6.0m length, 60mm to 80mm dia, 250mm c/c and sqm 444.09 440.96 427.98 427.98
2m drive with diagonally woven tarja walling and average 70mm dia
half split bamboo batten @ 2.0m c/c fixed with nails etc.all complete.
6.07.20.02 By bamboo post of 6.0m length, 60mm to 80mm dia, 200mm c/c, sqm 587.21 584.08 571.11 571.11
driven 2.0m below ground, with drum shet walling and average
70mm dia half split bamboo batten @ 2.0m c/c fixed with nails etc.all
complete.
6.07.20.03 By local hard wood ballah post of 6.0m length, 125mm dia, 1.0m c/c, sqm 1,074.59 1,070.21 1,052.29 1,052.29
and 2.0m driven with 6.0m long bamboo of agarage 75mm dia, @
1.0, c/c and 2.0m dia drive with drum sheet walling and average
70mm dia half split bamboo betten @ 2.0m c/c fixed with nails etc.all
complete.
6.07.21 Construction of double row bamboo spur, with full length barrack m 1,196.84 1,172.22 1,135.30 1,135.30
bamboo, 60mm to 75mm dia and 3.0m to 4.5, long, 0.30m c/c, 1.5m
apart and single row runner with half split bamboo on both sides, of
each row, fixing with country nails, and 1.5, apart, double layers
cross tie at 3.0m interval and 1.5m apart, including 2.4m to 3.0m
driving of bamboo pins by monkey hammer, necessary staging etc.
complete with supply of all materials and as per drawing and
direction of Engineer in charge.
bamboo of average 60mm to 75mm dia and 4.5m to 6.0m long, at
0.30m c/c, two rows at 1.5m apart and stays with bamboo at 3.0m
apart on D/S side of spur and single row runner with half split
bamboo on both sides of each row and double layers cross tie at
3.0m interval, including 2.4m to 3.0, driving of bamboo pins by
monkey hammer, necessary staging etc. complete with supply of all
materials including local carriage within 150m and as per drawing
and direction of Engineer in Charge.
bamboo of average 75mm to 100mm dia, 7.5m to 11.0m long, at
0.3m c/c, two rows at 1.5m apart and stays with bamboo at 3.0m
apart on the D/S side of the spur and double row runner with half
split bamboo on both sides of each row, double layer cross tie at
3.0m interval, including 2.4m to 3.0m, driving of bamboo pins by
monkey hammer, necessary staging etc. complete with supply of all
materials including local carriage with 150m and as per drawing and
direction of Engineer in charge.
Page 274
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.07.24 Supplying of brush wood compacted in bundle not more than 75cm cum 614.01 605.81 572.98 572.98
dia and 180cm in length tied securely with coir string and dumping
the same in position etc. complete with supply of all materials and as
per direction of E-I-C.
Section-8: Gate Works of Hydraulic Structure
6.08.01 Manufacturing, supplying and installation of pedestal type lifting each 122,107.46 121,938.32 120,801.08 120,801.08
device for slide gate with 63mm dia threaded steel shaft, 146mm
outer dia bronze nut, thrust bearing, steel bevel gear etc. as per
approved design including supply of all components, labour with a
prime coat of red oxide where necessary etc. all complete as per
specification and direction of the Engineer in charge.
6.08.02 Manufacturing, supplying and installation of hand-wheel type lifting each 77,199.67 77,087.79 76,387.48 76,387.48
device for slide gate with 63mm dia steel shaft, 108mm outer dia
bronze nut taper roller bearing SKF-50216 etc. as per approved
design including supply of all components, labours with a prime coat
of red oxide etc. all complete as per specification and direction of the
Engineer in charge.
6.08.03 Manufacturing, supplying of M.S Vertical lift gate shutter of 8 mm
thick M.S skin plate and stiffener with minimum 75mmx75mmx10mm
M.S angle as frame, horizontal & vertical beam, 75mmx25mmx12mm
P-type rubber seal, fixed with 10mm diax63.5mm M.S counter shank
bolts with nuts and 40mmx10mm M.S strip as clamp drilled space
@150mm c/c, stem attachment with proper thread, nut cotter pin and
washer as per approved design including the cost of all materials of
proper grade and brand new with a prime coat of red oxide where
necessary as per specifications including fitting, fixing etc. all
complete as per drawing, specification and direction of the Engineer
in charge.
6.08.03.01 Size: 1.05m x 0.975m each 39,228.05 39,005.22 38,341.19 38,341.19
6.08.03.02 Size: 1.35m x 1.275m each 55,941.62 55,662.48 54,731.09 54,731.09

6.08.03.03 Size: 1.35m x 1.575m each 55,058.62 55,037.94 53,985.93 53,985.93
6.08.03.04 Size: 1.65m x 1.575m each 77,206.24 77,183.44 75,845.03 75,845.03
6.08.03.05 Size: 1.65m x 1.875m each 83,506.52 83,481.71 82,134.90 82,134.90

6.08.03.06 Size: 1.65m x 2.075m each 93,768.79 93,740.02 92,226.75 92,226.75
6.08.03.07 Size: 1.65m x 2.50m each 100,950.32 100,918.76 99,259.37 99,259.37
6.08.04 Manufacturing and supplying of M.S Flap gate shutter of 8mm thick
M.S skin plate and stiffener with minimum 75mmx75mmx10mm M.S
angle as frame, horizontal & vertical beams,100mmx45mmx16mm p-
type rubber seal, fixed with 10mm dia x63.5mm M.S counter sink and
hex nuts & bolts and 40mmx10mm M.S strip as clamp drilled spaces
@150mm c/c hinge assembled with gate and wall bracket, link arm of
19mm thick M.S plate, 4 nos. 25mm diax150mm stainless steel hinge
pin with proper thread, and nut, cotter pin and washer as per
approved design with a prime coat of red oxide where necessary etc.
all complete as per drawing specification and direction of the
Engineer in charge.
6.08.04.01 Size: 1.05m x 0.975m each 54,028.34 53,805.54 53,141.68 53,141.68
6.08.04.02 Size: 1.35m x 1.275m each 67,242.94 66,963.79 66,032.43 66,032.43

6.08.04.03 Size: 1.35m x 1.675m each 67,243.32 66,964.17 66,032.79 66,032.79
6.08.04.04 Size: 1.65m x 1.575m each 89,475.45 89,139.96 87,906.77 87,906.77
6.08.04.05 Size: 1.65m x 1.875m each 101,902.02 101,455.38 100,047.93 100,047.93

6.08.05 Labour charge for fitting and fixing of M.S vertical lift gate/flap gate
shutters of different size including making holes in concrete for
hooking arrangements with supply of necessary materials, tools and
other accessories required for fitting the same to regulator/sluice and
mending the damages with C.C (1:2:4), removing the spoils etc. all
complete as per direction of the Engineer in charge.
Page 275
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.08.05.01 Size: 1.05m x 0.975m each 12,946.28 12,749.35 12,330.88 12,330.88
6.08.05.02 Size: 1.35m x 1.275m each 12,946.28 12,749.35 12,330.88 12,330.88
6.08.05.03 Size: 1.35m x 1.675m each 12,946.28 12,749.35 12,330.88 12,330.88

6.08.05.04 Size: 1.65m x 1.575m each 15,109.43 14,863.27 14,370.95 14,370.95
6.08.05.05 Size: 1.65m x 1.875m each 15,109.43 14,863.27 14,370.95 14,370.95
6.08.05.06 Size 1.65mx2.075m each 16,717.12 16,444.69 15,900.04 15,900.04

6.08.06 Labour charge for removal of M.S Gates and Hoists from all types of
structures with all leads and lifts including hire charge of boat, chain
pulley, bamboo ropes, etc. and re-fixing the same in original level,
line and grade after painting (excluding the cost of painting) etc. all
complete as direction of the Engineer in charge.
6.08.06.01 Size 1.05m x 0.975m each 3,227.06 3,194.57 3,100.29 3,100.29
6.08.06.02 Size 1.35m x 1.275m each 3,227.06 3,194.57 3,100.29 3,100.29
6.08.06.03 Size 1.35m x 1.675m each 3,227.06 3,194.57 3,100.29 3,100.29

6.08.06.04 Size 1.65m x 1.575m each 3,705.48 3,666.09 3,551.63 3,551.63
6.08.06.05 Size 1.65m x 1.875m each 3,705.69 3,666.30 3,551.84 3,551.84
6.08.06.06 Size 1.65m x 2.075m each 4,133.92 4,087.89 3,953.00 3,953.00

6.08.07 Supplying fitting, fixing fall boards of different dimensions of pressure cum 127,238.84 126,797.11 125,152.89 125,152.89
treated Garjon or Sundari timber for Regulators, Sluices, Water
Retention Structures and similar hydraulic structures including fixing,
lifting hooks in position, making water tight, filling grooves, testing
etc. complete as per drawing and direction of the E-I-C.
6.08.09 Supplying fitting fixing of best quality P-type Rubber seal m 1,405.39 1,404.41 1,402.93 1,402.93
(W=75mm,T=12mm, B=25mm) for M.S Vertical Lift gate/ M.S Flap
gate with nut bolt including the cost of all materials where necessary
as per specification etc, all complete and direction of E-I-C.
6.08.10 Supplying fitting fixing of best quality U-type Rubber seal to provide m 1,443.52 1,442.04 1,439.82 1,439.82
bottom seal of M.S Vertical Lift gate with nut bolt including the cost of
all materials where necessary as per specification etc, all complete
and direction of E-I-C.
6.08.11 Manufacturing, supplying of MS Vertical Lift gate shutter made of 10
mm thick MS skin plate fitted and stiffener with minimum
100mmX100mmX10mm MS angle as frame, horizontal & vertical
beam, 75mmX25mmX 10mm/75mmX25mmX12mm P-type rubber
seal with 10mm dia hollow bulb and U-type rubber seal fixed with
10mm diaX63mm/10mm diaX63.5mm MS counter shank, bolts with
nuts and 40mmX6mm/ 40mmX10mm MS strip as clamp drilled
space @ 150mm c/c, stem attachment with proper thread, nut cotter
pin and washer as per approved design including the cost of all
materials of proper grade and brand new with a prime coat of red
oxide where necessary as per specification including fitting, fixing etc.
all complete as per approved design, specification and direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.08.11.01 Size 2.17 X 2.50m each 162,857.99 162,265.92 159,837.68 159,837.68
6.08.11.02 Size 2.67 X 2.50m each 216,501.44 215,947.97 213,315.71 213,315.71
6.08.11.03 Size 2.67 X 3.00m each 218,490.98 217,919.87 215,202.55 215,202.55
Section-9: M.S Pipe, GI pipe, RCC Pre-Cast Pipe, Gate Valve and Pipe Fitting Works
6.09.01 Supplying MS pipes of standard thickness including painting with
anticorrosive paint, laying in position and true to alignment, fitting,
fixing, joining by continuous welding etc. all complete as per
specifications in the drawings and as per direction of the Engineer in
charge.
6.09.01.1 Internal diameter: 150mm m 3,858.24 3,855.78 3,836.09 3,836.09
Page 276
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.09.01.4 Internal Diameter: 400mm (wall thickness 6mm) m 10,085.95 10,083.00 10,061.95 10,061.95
6.09.01.5 Internal Diameter: 450mm(wall thickness 6mm) m 13,790.06 13,786.74 13,761.13 13,761.13
6.09.01.6 Internal Diameter: 600mm(wall thickness 7mm) m 18,465.92 18,461.74 18,429.61 18,429.61
6.09.02 Providing GI Pipe including placing in position as per drawing &
including cost of all materials , their carrying & labour etc. all
complete as per direction of the Engineering -in-Charge.
6.09.02.1 38mm dia GI Pipe m 856.46 854.50 851.56 851.56
6.09.02.2 50mm dia GI Pipe m 924.45 922.49 919.55 919.55
6.09.03 Supplying, fitting and fixing silt extractor pipe of 100mm dia. 600mm each 2,726.21 2,726.21 2,701.67 2,701.67
long GI pipe and supply , fitting and fixing of 600mm dia brass stop
cork with GI pipe etc. as per drawing and direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
6.09.05 Supplying pre-cast RCC Pipes including colors of different dia
manufactured as per design manual including casting, curing, laying
in position, from finished type by steel form works as per the design
manual schedule all complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
6.09.05.1 600mm dia, 75mm thick m 2,962.39 2,959.06 2,915.48 2,925.54
6.09.05.2 900mm dia, 100mm thick m 5,024.57 5,021.83 4,954.36 4,974.47
6.09.05.3 1200mm dia, 100mm thick m 6,477.02 6,474.68 6,391.28 6,418.10

6.09.06 Supplying pre-cast RCC Pipes of different dia manufactured with
12mm down graded dust free stone chips (Suggested mix
ratio1:1.5:3 & f'c= 25 MPa), curing, laying in position, from finished
type by steel form works as per the design specifications all complete
as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.09.06.01 300mm internal dia, 50mm thick m 1,661.49 1,653.92 1,587.89 1,598.58
6.09.07 Supplying, fitting fixing and installation of 300mm dia Alfa valve as kg 6,821.00 6,821.00 6,821.00 6,821.00
per drawing, specification and direction the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.09.08 Supplying and Installation of different diameter Gate Valve
used in any pipe line system including different dia flange, dresser
rubber washer, nut, bolts, gasket, welding, fitting, fixing etc.
all complete as per drawing , specification and direction of the E-I-C.
6.09.08.01 500mm dia gate valve each 142,884.43 142,884.43 142,884.43 142,884.43
Page 277
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.09.09 Supplying, fitting, fixing and installation of Air vent pipe (250mm dia, each 11,720.75 11,684.46 11,303.46 11,391.65
25mm thick & 3000mm long CC pipe) for Water control structure,
mass concrete with pacca nacca as per drawing and direction of
Engineer-in-charge. Height of the vent pipe should be up to the
Hydraulic grade line.
6.09.10 Supplying and fitting, fixing of best quality accessories for the steel
pipe line.
6.09.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality accessories for the steel
pipe line as hand wheel along with stem shaft including fitting & fixing
at top slab with base plate.
6.09.11.1 Trash screen at inlet/outlet pipes (200-300mm dia) set 1,814.04 1,806.67 1,783.36 1,783.36
6.09.11.2 Trash screen for top cover of sump well (3000mm dia) set 20,246.24 20,239.00 20,218.02 20,218.02
6.09.13 Supplying and Installation of different diameter MS perforated Foot
Valve including painting with anticorrosive paint, laying in position
and true to the alignment. Fitting, fixing, joining by continuous
welding etc. all completes per specifiations in the drawing and
direction of the Engineering-in-Charge.
6.09.13.01 Internal Diameter:150mm each 7,092.55 7,090.09 7,040.24 7,040.24
6.09.13.02 Internal Diameter:200mm each 8,733.22 8,730.14 8,674.75 8,674.75

6.09.14 Supplying and Installation of different diameter of 90 degree Mala
bend MS pipe including painting with anticorrosive paint, laying in
position and true to the alignment. fitting, fixing, joining by continuous
welding and/or flange connection etc. all completes per specifiations
in the drawing and direction of the Engineering-in-Charge.
6.09.14.01 Internal Diameter:150mm (2.5mm thick) each 4,417.38 4,414.92 4,383.53 4,383.53
6.09.14.02 Internal Diameter:200mm (3.0mm thick) each 5,608.80 5,605.73 5,571.88 5,571.88
6.09.15 Supplying fitting & fixing of best quality M.S angle(65 kg) Chasis each 7,803.28 7,797.27 7,638.24 7,638.24
(2100mmx600mm) made of 75mmx75mmx6mm thick etc. all
complete as per direction of E-I-C.
6.09.16 Supply and installation of 450mm width cat ladder prepared with m 1,301.69 1,300.06 1,289.42 1,289.42
50mmx50mmx6mm MS Angle, 19mm dia MS rod @300mm c/c
welded to MS angle including supply of all materials, labours, tools
etc. all complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.09.17 Lifting the buried RCC pipes of different diameters from an average
depth of 1.0m below ground level using tripod mounted block and
tackle. Utmost care will be taken to avoid any damage to the pipes.
The pipes must be cleaned of extraneous matter that has accured on
the inside surfaces, raking where necessary. The joints must be
raked clean to removed all redundant sealant materials. This needs
to be carried out carefully to avoid damage to the pipe ends. Re-
laying the pipes in a downstream direction .all complete as per
design, specifications and direction of the Engineer-in- Charge.
6.09.17.01 Dia 300mm to dia 500mm each 584.64 575.40 538.48 538.48
6.09.17.02 Dia 550mm to dia 750mm each 769.26 756.95 707.72 707.72
6.09.17.03 Dia 750mm to dia 900mm each 1,000.03 984.65 923.11 923.11
Page 278
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.09.18 Supplying of MS T-Joint (600mmX450mmX450mm) including each 22,187.74 22,183.43 22,147.74 22,147.74
painting with anticorrosive paint, laying in position and true to the
alignment. Fitting, fixing, joining by continuous welding etc. all
completeas per specifiations in the drawing and direction of the
Engineering-in-Charge.
6.09.19 Supplying and Installation of different diameter of 45 degree Mala each 3,990.90 3,988.44 3,957.06 3,957.06
bend MS pipe including painting with anticorrosive paint, laying in
position and true to the alignment. fitting, fixing, joining by continuous
welding and/or flange connection etc. all completes per specifiations
in the drawing and direction of the Engineering-in-Charge.
Section-10: uPVC Pipe and pipe Fitting Works
6.10.01 Supplying and laying of uPVC pipes of different diameter and wall m
thickness for at least 3.25 bar (32.00 m head) working pressure in
accordance with ISO-4422 and ISO-4065, including placing in
position, connecting and leak proof O-ring jointing using best quality
elastomeric sealing gaskets, etc. completed including costs of all
materials, labors, etc and costs of testing for complete leak
proofness and repair and/or replacement of leaking joints , if any but
excluding costs of earthworks in trench cutting & filling as per design
drawings, specifications and as per Direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
6.10.01.01 For PVC Pipe: 160mm Dia, Wall Thickness 3.2mm m 717.81 717.81 717.81 717.81
6.10.01.02 For PVC Pipe:180mm Dia, Wall Thickness 3.6mm m 897.26 897.26 897.26 897.26
6.10.01.03 For PVC Pipe: 200mm Dia, Wall Thickness 4.0mm m 1,063.42 1,063.42 1,063.42 1,063.42
6.10.01.07 For PVC Pipe:315mm Dia, Wall Thickness 4.9mm m 2,725.02 2,725.02 2,725.02 2,725.02
6.10.01.08 For PVC Pipe:355mm Dia, Wall Thickness 5.6 m 3,422.88 3,422.88 3,422.88 3,422.88
mm
6.10.02 Supplying and Installation of uPVC pipe fittings like T-Joints, Bends each
& End Caps with leak proof O-ring jointing using best quality
elastomeric sealing gaskets etc, of different size and wall thickness in
accordance with ISO-4422 and ISO-4065, etc. completed including
costs of all materials & labors and costs of testing for complete leak
proofness and repair and/or replacement of leaking joints, if any, as
per design, drawings, specifications and Direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
6.10.02.01 For Bend Size:160mm Dia,wall thickness2.5mm&1.52m Length each 1,516.36 1,516.36 1,516.36 1,516.36
Page 279
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Charge.
6.10.03.01 For End Cap Size: 160mm dia, wall thickness 2mm &0.56m Length each 731.10 731.10 731.10 731.10
6.10.03.02 For End Cap Size:180mm dia, wall thickness 2.3mm &0.56m Length each 832.64 832.64 832.64 832.64
6.10.03.03 For End Cap Size: 200mm dia, wall thickness 2.5mm &0.56m Length each 920.65 920.65 920.65 920.65
6.10.03.04 For End Cap Size: 225mm dia, wall thickness 2.8mm &0.56m Length each 1,204.96 1,204.96 1,204.96 1,204.96
6.10.03.05 For End Cap Size:250mm dia, wall thickness 3.1mm &0.56m Length each 1,340.35 1,340.35 1,340.35 1,340.35
Charge.(Same for equal or Unequal)
6.10.04.01 For T-Joints: 160mmx160mmx160mm, Wall thickness 2.5mm&1.47 each 2,017.30 2,017.30 2,017.30 2,017.30
Length
Length
Length
Length
Length
Length
Length
Length
6.10.04.09 For T-Joints: 400mmx400mmx400mm, Wall thickness each 12,794.28 12,794.28 12,794.28 12,794.28
6.30mm&2.29Length
7.0mm&2.67Length
7.80mm&2.67Length
6.10.05 Supply of Fiber reinforced uPVC Lay-Flat hose pipe of different dia, m
wall thickness and weight/m including cost of carrying and storing in
a place as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge etc. all completed as
per specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Sample
to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before procurement.
Page 280
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.10.05.01 For 77mm dia pipe,Wall Thickness 1.36mm and weight 0.503 Kg /m m 188.76 188.76 188.76 188.76
6.10.05.02 For 103mm dia pipe,Wall Thickness 1.40mm and weight 0.664Kg /m m 256.55 256.55 256.55 256.55
6.10.05.03 For 153mm dia pipe,Wall Thickness 2.0mm and weight 1.06Kg /m m 445.31 445.31 445.31 445.31
6.10.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing ribbed PVC water stopper with centre m 1,106.00 1,103.00 1,078.00 1,078.00
bulb of width approx. 250 mm and approx 9 mm thick for immovable
(non working) RCC joints, having minimum tensile of strength 8.27
MPa (approx. 1200 psi) minimum ultimate elongation 350%,
approximate hardness 50, minimum tear resistance 0.0175 kN/mm
(100 lbs/inch) at RCC construction green joints in basements,
6.10.08 Supply Padlo brand of England/German/India kg 153.38 153.38 153.38 153.38
6.10.09 Supplying best quality PVC pipes, fitted and fixed in position with
sockets head and shoes, bends, clamps and nails etc. all complete in
all floors (Aziz / Lira / National / Polymer or equivalent water grade
PVC Pipe) as per direction of the E-I-C.
6.10.09.1 100mm (Inside dia) m 391.40 391.40 391.40 391.40
6.10.09.2 300mm (Inside dia) m 3,798.88 3,798.88 3,798.88 3,798.88

6.10.09.3 600mm (Inside dia) m 12,282.51 12,282.51 12,282.51 12,282.51
6.10.09.4 900mm (Inside dia) m 18,423.76 18,423.76 18,423.76 18,423.76
6.10.10 Supplying, laying, fitting-fixing of best quality HDPE pipes (RFL, m

Navana, National Polymer or equivalent) of different diameter
including joint, Tee, elbow, reducer and other accessories having PE-
100, PN 10 & SDR 17 and other physical, chemical, thermal, fire
resistivity properties etc. as per ISO 4427:2007 and BSTI approved
manufacturere standards ASTM/BS/ISO/IS standards with all
accessories approved and accepted by Engineer-in-Charge.
6.10.10.01 HDPE pipe:32mm outside dia m 1,120.61 1,120.61 1,120.61 1,120.61
6.10.10.02 HDPE pipe:40mm outside dia m 1,447.10 1,447.10 1,447.10 1,447.10
6.10.10.03 HDPE Pipe:50mm outside dia m 1,823.23 1,823.23 1,823.23 1,823.23

mm [PWD 26.41.1.1]

mm [PWD 26.41.1.2]
mm [PWD 26.41.1.3]
6.10.10.14 HDPE pipe of 250 mm outside dia with wall thickness 9.6 mm -10.7 m 6,065.00 6,046.00 5,973.00 5,973.00
mm [PWD 26.41.1.4]
Page 281
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section-11: Rubber Bag and Fitting Works

6.11.01 Supply of High Strength Synthetic Rubber Bag of different thickness
made of Polymide/Nylone fabric with 3 plies at site including all cost.
Rubber bag shall be Transported in a well protected container and
labeled stating list of items with width, length and other pertinent
information. Before Aging test the tensile strength (warp) should be
greater than 560 KN/M following ASTM D-412 testing method or 840
KN/M following GB-5572 (GB:National standard of China) standard,
immersion test required should be greater than 6 Kn per m following
ASTM D-751- 95 standard or GB-532 standard . Tensile Strength of
Rubber bag- After aging test( Air at 100ºc,4days)should be 80%of
before ageing test following ASTM D-573-88 WARP(Kn/M)= 80%
Tensile strength (warp) before aging test following ASTM D-
412,Elongation should be greater than 300%, Immersion Standard
used: ASTM D-751-95=6Kn/M, Abrasion Resistance sqm cm/1.61
km Measurement Rubber Layer 0.89 maximum Standard used
ASTM D- 963-97 a Hardness as different point Standard used ASTM
D-5963-97 a D- 240 (water at 70ºc, 4 days) should be greater than 4
KN/M following ASTM D- 51-96 or GB-532 standard used, all
manufacture's test reports should be submitted to the purchaser etc.
all complete as per design drawing and irection of Engineer-In-
Charge.
6.11.01.01 For 13mm Thick Rubber Bag sqm 25,382.77 25,382.77 25,382.77 25,382.77
6.11.01.04 For 10mm Thick Rubbar Bag sqm 23,045.95 23,045.95 23,045.95 23,045.95
6.11.02 Supply of High quality Rubber Base cover sheet (10mm-8mm sqm 2,490.47 2,490.47 2,490.47 2,490.47
thickness) in single ply at site etc all complete as per design drawing
specification and direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
6.11.03 Supply of Rubber Foam Sheet (Rubber Filler) at Site etc all sqm 6,319.15 6,319.15 6,319.15 6,319.15
complete as per design drawing and direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
Thickness: 10mm - 12mm
6.11.04 Supply and Installation of Protect Sheet at Site etc all complete as sqm 7,482.68 7,482.68 7,482.68 7,482.68
per design drawing and direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
6.11.05 Supply of Rubber Glue at Site etc all complete as per direction of kg 658.46 658.46 658.46 658.46
Engineer-In-Charge.
6.11.06 Supplying of 200mdia PVC pipe, 12mm thick used in the pipe m 3,653.05 3,653.05 3,653.05 3,653.05
system of filling and emptying of rubber bag including carrying and
supplying of all materials fitting, fixing, providing aica as required etc.
6.11.07 Supplying of flexible hose pipe (100mm dia) used for removing of m 894.65 894.65 894.65 894.65
sand from rubber dam bed including carrying and supplying of all
materials fitting, fixing, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
6.11.08 Supplying and installation of Water cap structure used in the pipe each 3,696.37 3,696.37 3,696.37 3,696.37
system of filling and emptying of rubber bag including carrying and
supplying of all materials, 16mm thick MS plate, MS rod, nuts, bolts,
200mm flank 10K, rubber washer, welding, fitting, fixing, all complete
6.11.09 Supplying and installation of 200mmX200mm MS pipe Tee joint each 11,221.06 11,221.06 11,221.06 11,221.06
used in the pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber bag
including carrying and supplying of all materials, 200mm MS Tee,
nuts, bolts, 200mm flanks 10K, rubber washer, welding, fitting, fixing,
Page 282
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.11.10 Supplying and installation of 200mm dia 90 degree MS bend used in each 5,458.89 5,458.89 5,458.89 5,458.89
the pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber bag including
carrying and supplying of all materials, 200mm dia. MS bend, nuts,
bolts, 200mm flanks 10K, rubber washer, welding, fitting, fixing, all
6.11.11 Supplying and installation of 200mm dia 45 degree MS bend used in each 3,032.72 3,032.72 3,032.72 3,032.72
carrying and supplying of all materials, 200mm dia. MS bend, nuts,
bolts, 200mm flanks 10K, rubber washer, welding, fitting, fixing, all
6.11.12 Supplying and installation of 200mm dia Flexible Pipe joint used in each 14,557.05 14,557.05 14,557.05 14,557.05
carrying and supplying of all materials, 200mm dia Flexible pipe joint,
nuts, bolts, 200mm flanks 10K, rubber washer, welding, fitting, fixing,
6.11.13 Supplying and installation of 200mm dia Dresser Pipe joint used in each 2,274.54 2,274.54 2,274.54 2,274.54
the
pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber bag including carrying
and
supplying of all materials, 200mm dia Dresser pipe, welding, fitting,
fixing, all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
6.11.14 Supplying and installation of 150mm-200mm dia Expansion Pipe each 1,819.63 1,819.63 1,819.63 1,819.63
joint used in the pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber bag
including carrying and supplying of all materials, 150mm-200mm dia
Reducer pipe , welding, fitting, fixing, all complete as per direction of
the E-I-C.
6.11.16 Supplying and installation of 200mm dia Non return check valve used each 12,092.27 12,092.27 12,092.27 12,092.27
in the pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber bag including
carrying and supplying of all materials, 200mm dia MS check valve ,
welding, fitting, fixing, all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
6.11.17 Supplying and installation of Holding bracket for 200mm dia.MS pipe each 365.65 365.65 365.65 365.65
used in the pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber bag
including carrying and supplying of all materials, 5mm thick flat bar,
Royal bolts fitting, fixing, all complete as per direction of E-I-C.
6.11.18 Supplying and installation of Steel fall board at the opening of Sump each 15,163.59 15,163.59 15,163.59 15,163.59
chamber used in the pipe system of filling and emptying of rubber
bag including carrying and supplying of all materials, steel fall board ,
fitting, fixing, all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
6.11.19 Supply, fitting & fixing of 600 mm dia C.I. man hole cover etc. all each 1,819.00 1,817.00 1,810.00 1,810.00
complete approved by the Engineer- in- charge. [PWD 26.69]
6.11.20 Supply of 25mm thick rubber channel cap m 267.43 267.43 267.43 267.43
( with fitting, fixing etc.--------- Engineer in charge)
6.11.21 Supply of 25mm thick rubber cork at the joining of each 35.84 35.84 35.84 35.84
steel sheet piles
( with fitting, fixing etc.--------- Engineer in charge)
6.11.23 Supplying and installing embedded metal in RCC structure including
placing, setting and aligning true to line level and position including
grinding to smooth edges, corners, welding in place including
supplying of all materials, tools, equipments and labour etc. complete
as per design drawings, specification of works and direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
6.11.23.01 Rubber bag anchoring platens and pads bolts, double nuts, split
washers, etc. in full sets.
6.11.23.01.1 Type A, B & C set 12,438.03 12,408.33 12,322.69 12,322.69
6.11.23.01.2 Type D & E set 9,402.99 9,373.30 9,287.65 9,287.65
Page 283
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.11.24 Fitting and fixing of the rubber bag in position with anchor bolts with m 15,092.43 14,807.76 13,742.70 13,742.70
pad & platens, washers, nuts etc. under the guidance of experts
including local handling and unloading from contractor's vehicles,
supply of labours, tools and equipment, chemicals (toluene, rubber
glue etc) as required, making adjustments in fitting and fixing, if
required after test filling of the dam seating gaps and slots by cement
grout/mortar etc. all complete as per drawings, specifications and
direction of the experts and E-I-C.
Section-12: Dismantling Works
6.12.04 Taking out of RCC according to design and drawing to rehabilitate of cum 9,766.48 9,735.71 9,643.40 9,643.40
existing structures like culverts, bridges, regulator, WRS, retaining
walls etc by mechanical means and sorting the crushed material,
disposal of unserviceable material and stackting the serviceable
material with all lifts and lead up to 1000 meters including scrapping
and removing concrete from MS rods, preparation and erection of
same properly after clearing, leveling and dressing the site and
clearing the river/canal bed, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-
I-C. Cost of conveying, loading, transportation of unserviceable
material accumulated during dismantling operation is included in this
unit rate. The unserviceable material must be disposed at a safe
place outside the site premises with minimum traffic disruption and
the procuring entity will not provide any environmentally safe place
for disposing the unserviceable materials.
Section-13: De-watering, Bailing out water, Ring Bundh and Miscellaneous Works
6.13.04 Bailing out water by 1 cusec diesel operated pump including hire LS 677.00 670.00 644.00 644.00
charge of pump, fuel, operator, spares and maintenance etc. all
complete and accepted by by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 02.19.1]
6.13.05 Providing cork sheet/polystyrine sheet in expansion joints of concrete
works including supply of all materials etc. complete as per direction
of Engineer in charge.
6.13.05.1 25mm thick sheet sqm 289.58 287.11 283.39 283.39
6.13.05.2 20mm thick sheet sqm 289.58 287.11 283.39 283.39
6.13.06 Filling of expansion joints upto a depth of 40mm with bitumen mixed
with coarse sand (FM>=2.5) in concrete works including supply of all
materials etc. complete as per specification and direction of Engineer
in charge.
6.13.06.1 25mm wide m 101.38 100.11 97.46 97.47
6.13.06.2 20mm wide m 81.15 80.13 78.01 78.02
6.13.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing 18mm thick marble Name plate at left sqm 9,287.65 8,490.86 8,317.24 8,317.24
hand wheel guard on each side, one in English and one in Bengali
including cost of materials, labour, form work, engraving neatly the
approved Sample given by the engineer etc. complete as per
drawings and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
6.13.10 Construction of sanitary latrine consists of inspection pit, well with CC each 9,905.51 9,833.65 9,497.44 9,536.70
ring, well cover, soil pipe and air vent pipe including cost of all
materials, labours, tools etc., all complete as per drawings, design
and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.13.11 Inscribing the name at O&M Shed with address and date of LS
registration with sand cement mortar (1:4) etc. all complete as per
direction of the E/C.
6.13.13 Temporary Latrine for LCS Members with bamboo post and jute each 1,400.48 1,394.32 1,369.71 1,369.71
bag/tarja wall etc. complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
6.13.15 Taking out the gauge from the gauge post including re-fixing to the each 174.24 171.78 161.97 161.97
post by supplying bolts and nuts or nails etc. all complete as per
Page 284
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.13.16 Supplying bamboo sounding rods 5m long and minimum 50mm each 715.16 715.16 684.48 684.48
external diameter with black and white painting at every alternative
meter with decimals in figuring etc. all complete as per direction of
the Engineer - in - charge.
6.13.17 Shifting of any gauge & de-fixing as per direction of the E-I-C. each 134.97 132.52 122.70 122.70
6.13.18 Erection of bamboo fencing around a gauge with full bamboo pieces each 7,902.86 7,830.10 7,720.04 7,720.04
3m to 4m long (75mm to 100mm dia) with 1m to 1.5m driven into the
ground and 50mm dia bamboo walling fitted and fixed with nails and
binding by wire and ropes (enclosure 1.22mx1.22m) etc. all complete
6.13.21 Supplying of first aid box for construction site, office, team travel used each 3,980.44 3,980.44 3,980.44 3,980.44
with emergency medical first aid kit in hand held pp tool box packing.
all complete in all respect as per approved specification and
6.13.22 Supplying of Best Quality Safety Jacket for construction works made each 1,705.90 1,705.90 1,705.90 1,705.90
of 100% polyester waterproof fabric, Fluorescent
yellow/orange/green/red/blue or Pantone color. all complete in all
respect as per approved specification and direction of the Engineer-
in-charge.
6.13.24 Supplying of Best Quality Safety Shoe of leather. all complete in all each 2,132.38 2,132.38 2,132.38 2,132.38
respect as per approved specification and direction of the Engineer-
in-charge.
6.13.25 Supplying of Best Quality Safety Helmate of ABS shell, tough, each 710.79 710.79 710.79 710.79
lightweight, durable. Available with four-point or six-point adjustable
suspension for shock-absorbing and rain through prevents water
from dropping down to the neck, reinforced ribs on top provides the
perfect impact protection. Slotted sides to accommodate accessories,
such as face shields, ear muffs. Chin Strap not included. all complete
in all respect as per approved specification and direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Section-14: Rubber Dam
6.14.01 Labour charge for unlocking old rubber bag from central floor of
rubber dam, including breaking of existing cement concrete,
removing bolts and washers carefully without any damage, cleaning
rubber bag & floor with appropriate means (by water spraying using
hose pipe), taking away the rubber bag and dismantled materials
from existing position safely to a suitable and safe distance, carrying,
all sorts of handling, stacking smoothly the same properly,
preparation and making artificial casing by angles where necessary,
including cost of all necessary accessories, their carriages, wages of
labour, technicians, incidental charges etc. all complete, approved
and accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.14.01.1 Placing on the river/khal bank or in the WMCA premises up to 5.0 km m 10,135.48 9,945.81 9,252.08 9,252.08
6.14.01.2 Placing other places for additional for each 1 km beyond 5 km m 10,642.25 10,443.10 9,714.68 9,714.68
6.14.02 Labour charge for repairing of rubber bag with suitable strong sqm 1,927.27 1,922.65 1,904.19 1,904.19
adhesive and 5 mm thick rubber sheet, including cleaning, washing
and drying the defective portion of bag, making scaffolding and
platform if necessary, clean off and remove waste and debris,
including cost of all necessary accessories, their carriages, wages of
labour, technicians, incidental charges etc. all complete, approved
and accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.14.03 Supplying, fitting, fixing and setting of 12mm thick rubber felt on steel sqm 3,337.34 3,336.97 3,336.11 3,336.11
sheet pile or any other specified location where necessary, including
cost of cleaning, washing, drying the surface and all necessary
accessories, their carriages, wages of labour, technicians and
incidental charges etc. all complete, approved and accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge
Page 285
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6.14.04 Supplying, fitting, fixing and setting of 25mm thick rubber felt on steel sqm 6,790.69 6,790.14 6,788.84 6,788.84
sheet pile or any other specified location where necessary, including
cost of cleaning, washing, drying the surface and all necessary
accessories, their carriages, wages of labour, technicians and
incidental charges etc. all complete, approved and accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
6.14.05 Carrying charge for old Rubber bag from Rubber dam site or from tonne-km 41.11 40.25 37.42 37.42
any other places to Upazila HQ or any other specified location by
truck or by any other means safely, including loading, unloading,
placing, stacking to a suitable place smoothly and safely without any
damage, including hire charge of vehicles, cranes, cost of all
necessary accessories, wages of labour, technicians and incidental
charges etc. all complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 286
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 7 : Sanitary, Water Supply & Gas Connection Works

7.01 Supplying, fitting and fixing of European type country made best
quality glazed porcelain combi closet (two piece), including plastic
seat cover with soft closing ,cistern system, water consumption 6
litre, siphon wash down/siphon jet single or dual flushinging system
which reduce water consumption, hygienic glaze in toilet bowl ,glaze
in inner waste line, round bowl, outlet range 280~305 mm.The
sanitary ware shall conform BDS1162:2014. The glaze shall be
thoroughly fused to body. The minimum thickness of body at any
section shall be 5 mm. When assembled together and when
examined from a distance of 60 cm, the outer surface shall not show
to the unaided eye, blemishes or defects in excess of those listed in
BDS standard. The mean value of water absorption shall not be
greater than 0.5% of the ware when dry. When tested with chemical
solutions (Acetic acid, Citric acid, Detergent, Hydrochloric acid,
Sodium hydroxide, Sodium stearate and Sulfuric acid of various
strength) as per BDS1162:2014 procedure, none of the test pieces
should suffer any loss of reflectivity on the glaze. There shall be no
crazing and no stain on the ware. The materials used for making
glaze shall not contain lead compound. In case of certain coloring
oxides used for making colored glaze, the lead content, if any, shall
not exceed 5 percent of the weight of the glaze materials. Appliances
shall be clearly and indelibly marked at a prominent place, visible
even after the appliances are installed with the following: a)
manufacturer’s name and/or registered trademark, b) the number of
Bangladesh standard and c) country of origin. Each product shall
also be marked with the BSTI Certification Mark.The fixure should
be placed in position preparing the base with cement concrete and
with wire mesh or rods if necessary, in all floors including making
holes wherever required and mending good the damages and fitting,
fixing, finishing, complete with all necessary fittings and connection
approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.01.1 Approx. 670~690 X 360~ 362 mm size, minimum 27.5 kg of weight; each 8,951.00 8,921.00 8,843.00 8,843.00
Equivalent to Stella:Victoria /Stella: Imola / RAK: Amy / RAK: Karla
or similar brand (PWD BW 26.01.1)
7.01.2 Approx. 665~ 704 X 360~ 390 mm size, minimum 31.00 kg of each 10,454.00 10,424.00 10,347.00 10,347.00
weight : Equivalent to CHARU :CM18/ CHARU: CM15 / Stella
:Marcela / RAK :Tampa / Stella: Marcela or similar brand (PWD BW
26.01.2)
7.01.3 Approx. 639~670 X 370 ~399 mm size, minimum 32.5 kg of weight, each 11,436.00 11,405.00 11,328.00 11,328.00
Equivalent to RAK :Orient Standard /Stella: Verso or similar brand
(PWD BW 26.01.3)
7.01.4 Approx. 670~670 X 350~390 mm size, minimum 25.2 kg of weight, each 13,252.00 13,221.00 13,144.00 13,144.00
Equivalent to COTTO :C1480 /COTTO: C13960 / RAK Series 600 or
similar brand (PWD BW 26.01.4)
7.01.5 Approx. 668~750 x 356 ~430 mm size, minimum 37 .0 kg of weight, each 15,857.00 15,826.00 15,749.00 15,749.00
Equivalent to COTTO :C1390/Stella:Isabella /RAK: Washington /
RAK: Jumairah or similar brand (PWD BW 26.01.5)
7.01.6 Approx. 700~725 X 360~ 380 mm size, minimum 34.1 kg of weight; each 17,816.00 17,786.00 17,709.00 17,709.00
Equivalent to COTTO - C1470 / RAK: Venic or similar brand (PWD
BW 26.01.6)
7.01.7 Approx. 702~ 750x 380~412 mm size, minimum 40.0 kg of weight, each 22,075.00 22,045.00 21,968.00 21,968.00
Equivalent to COTTO: C118 / RAK: Shino or similar brand (PWD BW
26.01.7)
7.01.8 Approx. 730~ 735x 430~440 mm size, minimum 42.0 kg of weight, each 24,810.00 24,780.00 24,703.00 24,703.00
Equivalent to COTTO: 109 / COTTO: 129 or similar brand (PWD
BW 26.01.8)
Page 287
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.02 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made European type special
quality combi closet (one piece) including inbuilt flushing unit, of
white color, including plastic seat cover with soft closing ,cistern
system, water consumption 6 litre, siphon jet single flushinging
system which reduce water consumption, hygienic glaze in toilet bowl
,glaze in inner waste line, round bowl, outlet range 280~305
mm.The sanitary ware shall conform BDS1162:2014. The glaze
shall be thoroughly fused to body. The minimum thickness of body at
any section shall be 5 mm. When assembled together and when
also be marked with the BSTI Certification Mark.The fixure should
be placed in position preparing the base with cement concrete and
with wire mesh or rods if necessary, in all floors including making
fixing, finishing, complete with all necessary fittings and connection
approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.02.1 Approx. 695~719 X 340~395 mm size, minimum 39.5 kg of weight; each 17,203.00 17,185.00 17,126.00 17,126.00
Equivalent to RAK :Metropolitan / Stella: Vivana or similar brand
(PWD BW 26.02.1)
Equivalent RAK: Oasis/Stella: Evana/ Stella: Marlina or equivalent
model (PWD BW 26.02.2)
Equivalent to COTTO - C1053 / COTTO: 1141 / CHARU: CM 950 /
RAK: Galaxy or similar brand (PWD BW 26.02.3)
7.02.4 Approx. 760~735 X 430~490 mm size, minimum 40 kg of weight, each 31,805.00 31,786.00 31,727.00 31,727.00
Equivalent to Stella: Viola / COTTO: C1026 or similar brand (PWD
BW 26.02.4)
Page 288
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.03 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made European type glazed
combi closet (Wall Hung) with concealed cistern, of any color
including plastic seat cover with soft closing, water consumption 6
litre, Wash Down Daul flushinging system which reduce water
consumption, hygienic glaze in toilet bowl, glaze in inner waste line,
round bowl, outlet range 225~230 mm.The sanitary ware shall
conform BDS1162:2014. The glaze shall be thoroughly fused to
body. The minimum thickness of body at any section shall be 5 mm.
When assembled together and when examined from a distance of 60
cm, the outer surface shall not show to the unaided eye, blemishes
or defects in excess of those listed in BDS standard. The mean value
of water absorption shall not be greater than 0.5% of the ware when
dry. When tested with chemical solutions (Acetic acid, Citric acid,
Detergent, Hydrochloric acid, Sodium hydroxide, Sodium stearate
and Sulfuric acid of various strength) as per BDS1162:2014
procedure, none of the test pieces should suffer any loss of
reflectivity on the glaze. There shall be no crazing and no stain on
the ware. The materials used for making glaze shall not contain lead
compound. In case of certain coloring oxides used for making
colored glaze, the lead content, if any, shall not exceed 5 percent of
the weight of the glaze materials. Appliances shall be clearly and
indelibly marked at a prominent place, visible even after the
appliances are installed with the following: a) manufacturer’s name
and/or registered trademark, b) the number of Bangladesh standard
and c) country of origin. Each product shall also be marked with the
BSTI Certification Mark.The fixure should be placed in position
preparing the base with cement concrete and with wire mesh or rods
if necessary, in all floors including making holes wherever required
and mending good the damages and fitting, fixing, finishing,
complete with all necessary fittings and connection approved and
accepted by the Engineer Engineer- in- charge.
7.03.1 Approx. 540 X 360 mm size, minimum 16.00 kg of weight (PWD BW each 22,234.00 22,215.00 22,157.00 22,157.00
26.03.1)
7.03.2 Approx. 570 X 375 mm size, minimum 22.00 kg of weight (PWD BW each 29,841.00 29,823.00 29,764.00 29,764.00
26.03.2)
7.03.3 Approx. 560 X 360 mm size, minimum 26 kg of weight (PWD BW each 39,167.00 39,148.00 39,090.00 39,090.00
26.03.3)
Page 289
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.04 Supplying, fitting and fixing of European type country made glazed each 26,412.00 26,393.00 26,335.00 26,335.00
combi closet (Flush Valve) including flush valve, of any color, Approx.
380 mm x 710 mm x 800 mm size, minimum 28.00 kg of weight,
excluding flush valve, including plastic seat cover with soft closing,
Siphon jet single flushing system which reduce water consumption,
hygienic glaze in toilet bowl, glaze in inner waste line, round bowl,
outlet range 305 mm.The sanitary ware shall conform
BDS1162:2014. The glaze shall be thoroughly fused to body. The
minimum thickness of body at any section shall be 5 mm. When
assembled together and when examined from a distance of 60 cm,
the outer surface shall not show to the unaided eye, blemishes or
defects in excess of those listed in BDS standard. The mean value of
water absorption shall not be greater than 0.5% of the ware when
BSTI Certification Mark.The fixure should be placed in position
preparing the base with cement concrete and with wire mesh or rods
if necessary, in all floors including making holes wherever required
and mending good the damages and fitting, fixing, finishing,
complete with all necessary fittings and connection approved and
accepted by the Engineer- in- charge. (PWD BW 26.04)
7.05 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made glazed vitreous standing
bowl urinal. The sanitary ware shall conform BDS1162:2014. The
glaze shall be thoroughly fused to body. The minimum thickness of
body at any section shall be 5 mm. When assembled together and
when examined from a distance of 60 cm, the outer surface shall not
show to the unaided eye, blemishes or defects in excess of those
listed in BDS standard. The mean value of water absorption shall not
be greater than 0.5% of the ware when dry. When tested with
chemical solutions (Acetic acid, Citric acid, Detergent, Hydrochloric
acid, Sodium hydroxide, Sodium stearate and Sulfuric acid of various
also be marked with the BSTI Certification Mark. The fixure should
be placed in position after making holes in walls and floors, providing
32 mm dia plastic waste pipe with brass coupling up to grading
below, 12 mm dia plastic connection pipe with brass coupling, 12 mm
dia brass stop cock including mending good the damages with
cement mortar (1:4) etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
Engineer- in- charge.
7.05.1 Approx. 330 X 355 X 445 mm size, minimum 10.0 kg of weight (PWD each 3,482.00 3,472.00 3,436.00 3,436.00
BW 26.05.1)
7.05.2 Approx. 300 X 370 X 510 mm size, minimum 11.0 kg of weight. each 4,286.00 4,276.00 4,240.00 4,240.00
(PWD BW 26.05.2)
7.05.3 Approx. 315 X 330 X 600 mm size, minimum 17.0 kg of weight. each 7,157.00 7,147.00 7,111.00 7,111.00
(PWD BW 26.05.3)
BW 26.05.4)
Page 290
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made glazed vitreous china flat each 3,310.00 3,298.00 3,252.00 3,252.00
or squatting urinal approx. 510 mm x 380 mm x 85 mm in size,
minimu 9.5 kg of weight. The sanitary ware shall conform
BSTI Certification Mark. The fixure should be placed in position with
flushing inlet fitted in cement mortar (1:4) with painted cast iron body:
one gallon capacity, automatic flushing cistern in each group etc.
including 12 mm brass controlling valve, 32 mm dia PVC flush pipe
with brass coupling, 12 mm dia plastic lead (connection) pipe
including mending good the damages with 1:4 cement mortar etc. all
complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge. (PWD
BW 26.06)
7.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Bangladesh pattern, long pan with foot-
rest.The sanitary ware shall conform BDS1162:2014. The glaze
be placed in position preparing the base of pan with cement mortar
(1:4) and with wire mesh or rods, if necessary in all floors including
making holes wherever required and mending good the damages
and fitting, fixing, finishing etc. complete with all necessary fittings
and connections approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.07.1 Approx. 520 X 406.4 X 223.52 mm size, minimum 10.0 kg of weight each 2,037.00 2,019.00 1,960.00 1,960.00
(PWD BW 26.07.1)
BW 26.07.2)
7.07.3 Approx. 554 X 439. X 249 mm size, minimum 12.5 kg of weight each 2,687.00 2,669.00 2,610.00 2,610.00
(PWD BW 26.07.3)
BW 26.07.4)
7.07.5 Approx. 540 X 470 X 290 mm size, minimum 16 kg of weight (PWD each 2,847.00 2,828.00 2,770.00 2,770.00
BW 26.07.5)
Page 291
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing of European type glazed porcelain low-
down. The sanitary ware shall conform BDS1162:2014. The glaze
also be marked with the BSTI Certification Mark. The fixure shoild be
placed on walls or directly over water closet by necessary
accessories, rowel plugs, making holes wherever required and
mending good the damages and fitting, fixing & finishing etc.
complete with all necessary fittings and connections approved and
accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.08.1 Approx. 365 X 185 X 325 mm size, minimum 10.00 kg of weight each 3,608.00 3,596.00 3,562.00 3,562.00
(PWD BW 26.08.1)
7.08.2 Approx. 490 X 190 X 345 mm size, minimum 11.00 kg of weight each 4,017.00 4,005.00 3,971.00 3,971.00
(PWD BW 26.08.2)
7.08.3 Approx. 490 X 190 X 350 mm size, minimum 14 kg of weight (PWD each 4,069.00 4,056.00 4,023.00 4,023.00
BW 26.08.3)
7.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing of plastic low-down of any color, on walls each 2,430.00 2,417.00 2,384.00 2,384.00
or directly over water closet with necessary accessories, making
fixing & finishing etc. complete with all necessary fittings and
connections approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
(PWD BW 26.09)
7.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing of flush valve for water closet on walls or
directly over water closet with necessary accessories, making holes
wherever required and mending good the damages and fitting, fixing
& finishing etc. all complete with all necessary fittings and
7.10.1 Flush valve (local) (PWD BW 26.10.1) each 14,638.00 14,629.00 14,602.00 14,602.00
7.10.2 Flush Valve (foreign) (PWD BW 26.10.2) each 24,485.00 24,475.00 24,448.00 24,448.00
7.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing of flush valve for urinal on walls or directly each 5,835.00 5,825.00 5,798.00 5,798.00
over water closet with necessary accessories,, rowel plugs, making
fixing & finishing etc. all complete with all necessary fittings and
(PWD BW 26.11)
Page 292
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.12 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made glazed vitreous W/H
wash basin excluding pedestal. The sanitary ware shall conform
heavy type C.I. Brackets. 30 mm dia PVC waste water pipe with
brass coupling (not exceeding 750 mm in length), basin waste with
chain plug including making holes in walls and floors and fitting with
wall, screws and mending good the damages, finishing etc. all
complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.12.01 Over Counter: Approx. 400X 200 mm, minimum weight 6.0 kg (PWD each 3,528.00 3,509.00 3,457.00 3,457.00
BW 26.12.1)
7.12.02 Over Counter: Approx. 445X 345 mm, minimum weight 7.0 kg (PWD each 3,810.00 3,792.00 3,739.00 3,739.00
BW 26.12.2)
7.12.03 Over Counter:Approx. 535X 435 mm, minimum weight 7.5 kg (PWD each 4,350.00 4,331.00 4,279.00 4,279.00
BW 26.12.3)
7.12.04 Over Counter: Approx. 560 X 475 mm size, minimum weight 10.0 kg each 4,448.00 4,430.00 4,377.00 4,377.00
(PWD BW 26.12.4)
7.12.05 Under Counter: Approx. 570 X 420 mm size, minimum weight 7.5 kg each 4,270.00 4,252.00 4,199.00 4,199.00
(PWD BW 26.12.5)
7.12.06 Under Counter: Approx. 515 X 365 mm size, minimum weight 9.5 kg each 5,890.00 5,871.00 5,819.00 5,819.00
(PWD BW 26.12.6)
7.12.07 Table Top: Approx. 400X 400 mm size, minimum weight 6.0 kg each 5,515.00 5,497.00 5,445.00 5,445.00
(PWD BW 26.12.7)
7.12.08 Table Top: Approx. 450X 450 mm size :minimum weight 10.0 kg each 6,546.00 6,528.00 6,476.00 6,476.00
(PWD BW 26.12.8)
7.12.09 Table Top: Approx. 480X 370 mm size, minimu weight 10.0 kg (PWD each 6,767.00 6,749.00 6,696.00 6,696.00
BW 26.12.9)
7.12.10 Table Top: Approx. 485X 380 mm size, minimum weight 11.0 kg each 7,884.00 7,865.00 7,813.00 7,813.00
(PWD BW 26.12.10)
7.12.11 Corner Basin: Approx. 540X 400 mm size, minimum weight 7.5 kg each 3,589.00 3,571.00 3,518.00 3,518.00
(PWD BW 26.12.11)
7.12.12 Corner Basin: Approx. 460X 390 mm size, minimu weight 15.0 kg each 4,522.00 4,503.00 4,451.00 4,451.00
(PWD BW 26.12.12)
Page 293
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.13 Supplying of country made glazed vitreous W/H wash basin of any
color including pedestal.The sanitary ware shall conform
7.13.01 Approx. 436 x 343 mm, minimum weight 14.8 kg (PWD BW 26.13.1) each 3,833.00 3,823.00 3,787.00 3,787.00
7.13.09 Approx. 584 x 437 mm, minimum weight 20 kg (PWD BW 26.13.9) each 4,834.00 4,825.00 4,788.00 4,788.00
7.13.10 Approx. 560 x 450 mm, minimum weight 22.8 kg (PWD BW each 4,902.00 4,892.00 4,856.00 4,856.00
26.13.10)
26.13.11)
26.13.13)
26.13.15)
26.13.17)
26.13.18)
26.13.19)
26.13.20)
Page 294
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
26.13.22)
7.14 Supplying of country made glazed vitreous W/H wash basin of any
color including semi-pedestal/ half pedestal. The sanitary ware shall
conform BDS1162:2014. The glaze shall be thoroughly fused to
body. The minimum thickness of body at any section shall be 5 mm.
When assembled together and when examined from a distance of 60
cm, the outer surface shall not show to the unaided eye, blemishes
or defects in excess of those listed in BDS standard. The mean value
of water absorption shall not be greater than 0.5% of the ware when
7.14.1 Approx. 510X 400 mm size, minimum weight 15 kg (PWD BW each 4,172.00 4,162.00 4,126.00 4,126.00
26.14.1)
7.14.2 Approx. 550X 440 mm size, minimum weight 17 kg (PWD BW each 6,405.00 6,395.00 6,359.00 6,359.00
26.14.2)
7.14.3 Approx. 600X 500 mm size, minimum weight 18.5 kg (PWD BW each 7,227.00 7,217.00 7,181.00 7,181.00
26.14.3)
7.14.4 Approx. 550 X 460 mm size, minimum weigh 20.0 kg (PWD BW each 7,399.00 7,389.00 7,353.00 7,353.00
26.14.4)
7.15 Supplying, fitting and fixing basin pedestal of Approx. size of 670 mm each 2,496.00 2,490.00 2,474.00 2,474.00
x 186 mm x 170 mm, any color with rowel plug and screws etc. all
BW 26.15)
Page 295
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.16 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made porcelain sink of any each 3,850.00 3,842.00 3,819.00 3,819.00
color, approx. 635 mm x 480 mm x195 mm size, 19.5 kg of weight.
(PWD BW 26.16)The sanitary ware shall conform BDS1162:2014.
The glaze shall be thoroughly fused to body. The minimum thickness
of body at any section shall be 5 mm. When assembled together and
when examined from a distance of 60 cm, the outer surface shall not
show to the unaided eye, blemishes or defects in excess of those
listed in BDS standard. The mean value of water absorption shall not
be greater than 0.5% of the ware when dry. When tested with
chemical solutions (Acetic acid, Citric acid, Detergent, Hydrochloric
acid, Sodium hydroxide, Sodium stearate and Sulfuric acid of various
be placed in position fitted and fixed with heavy type C.I. brackets,
12 mm dia C.P. bib cock, 40 mm dia C.P. chain plug. 40 mm dia.
C.P. waste, 32 mm dia PVC waste pipe with brass coupling (750 mm
length) including making holes in walls and floors and mending good
the damages with cement mortar (1:4) etc. all complete approved
and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.17 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality single bowl stainless steel
sink with heavy type CI steel brackets, 40 mm dia C.P. chain plug, 40
mm dia C.P. waste, 40 mm dia PVC waste pipe with brass coupling
(750 mm length) including making hole in walls and floors and
mending good the damages, finishing with 1:4 cement mortar etc. all
7.17.1 Approx. 508 X 406 mm size single bowl without sink tray (PWD BW each 3,587.00 3,579.00 3,556.00 3,556.00
26.17.1)
26.17.2)
26.17.3)
7.17.4 Approx. 762 X 457 mm size single boel with sink tray (PWD BW each 5,298.00 5,290.00 5,267.00 5,267.00
26.17.4)
7.17.5 Approx. 914 X 457 mm size single bowl with sink tray (PWD BW each 5,420.00 5,413.00 5,390.00 5,390.00
26.17.5)
7.17.6 Approx. 1016 X 508 mm size single bowl with sink tray (PWD BW each 6,392.00 6,384.00 6,361.00 6,361.00
26.17.6)
7.18 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality double bowl stainless steel
sink with heavy type CI or steel brackets, 12 mm dia C.P. chain plug,
40 mm dia C.P. waste, 40 mm dia PVC waste pipe with brass
coupling (750 mm length) including making hole in walls and floors
and mending good the damages, finishing etc. all complete approved
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.18.1 Approx. 1160 x 500 mm size double bowl with sink tray (Standard) each 8,486.00 8,477.00 8,446.00 8,446.00
(PWD BW 26.18.1)
7.18.2 Approx. 1160 x 500 mm size double bowl with sink tray (Super) each 12,167.00 12,158.00 12,127.00 12,127.00
(PWD BW 26.18.2)
7.18.3 Approx. 1160 x 500 mm size double bowl with sink tray (Special) each 17,689.00 17,679.00 17,649.00 17,649.00
(PWD BW 26.18.3)
7.19 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 5 mm thick unframed super quality
double coated mirror with all necessary fitting including making holes
in walls and mending good the damages with cement mortar (1:4)
etc. all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.19.1 Local Mirror, 5 mm thickness (PWD BW 26.19.1) sqm 2,590.00 2,572.00 2,510.00 2,510.00
Page 296
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.19.2 Belgium Mirror, 5 mm thickness (PWD BW 26.19.2) sqm 1,724.00 1,719.00 1,703.00 1,703.00
7.20 Supplying, fitting and fixing of super quality 600 mm x 125 mm each 1,830.00 1,825.00 1,808.00 1,808.00
coloured glass (plate) shelf having 5 mm thickness with fancy C.P.
brackets, screws and frames including making holes in walls and
mending good the damages with cement mortar (1:4) etc. all
BW 26.20)
7.21 Supplying, fitting and fixing of super quality 600 x 125 mm white each 1,032.00 1,027.00 1,010.00 1,010.00
glass (plate) shelf having 5 mm thickness with fancy C.P. brackets,
screws and frames including making holes in walls and mending
good the damages with cement mortar (1:4) etc. all complete
approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge. (PWD BW
26.21)
7.22 Supplying, fitting and fixing of country made best quality towel
rail/ring/shelf minimum 20 mm in dia with C.P. holder including
making holes in walls and mending good the damages with cement
mortar (1:4) etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
7.22.1 C.P. towel ring/ 450 mm long single towel rail (PWD BW 26.22.1) each 718.00 717.00 714.00 714.00
7.22.2 600 mm long C.P. single towel rail (PWD BW 26.22.2) each 718.00 717.00 714.00 714.00
7.22.3 600 mm long C.P. double towel rail (PWD BW 26.22.3) each 1,264.00 1,263.00 1,260.00 1,260.00
7.22.4 600 mm long C.P. towel shelf (PWD BW 26.22.4) each 1,646.00 1,645.00 1,641.00 1,641.00
7.23 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality toilet paper holder of
standard size including making holes in walls and mending good the
damages with cement mortar (1:4) etc. all complete approved and
7.23.1 PVC toilet paper holder (PWD BW 26.23.1) each 293.00 292.00 288.00 288.00
7.23.2 C.P iron bracket toilet paper holder (PWD BW 26.23.2) each 372.00 372.00 368.00 368.00
7.23.3 Porceain toilet paper holder (any color) (PWD BW 26.23.3) each 808.00 807.00 804.00 804.00
7.23.4 Stainless steel toilet paper holder (PWD BW 26.23.4) each 563.00 562.00 558.00 558.00
7.24 Supplying, fitting and fixing of standard size country made soap tray
including making holes in walls and mending good the damages with
cement mortar (1:4) etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
7.24.1 PVC soap tray (PWD BW 26.24.1) each 150.00 149.00 145.00 145.00
7.24.2 C.P. soap tray (PWD BW 26.24.2) each 236.00 235.00 231.00 231.00
7.24.3 Porcelain soap tray (any color) (PWD BW 26.24.3) each 420.00 419.00 415.00 415.00
7.24.4 Stainless steel soap tray (PWD BW 26.24.4) each 628.00 627.00 624.00 624.00
7.25 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Automatic sensor liquid soap dispenser
to hold and dispense up to min 600 ml of liquid and lotion soaps,
synthetic detergents and antibacterial soaps. Dispenser shall be
powered by batteries and shall operate automatically from IR sensor
that shall activate soap dispensing when hands are placed in sensor
zone. Sensor detection range shall be adjustable by owner.
Dispenser shall pump a drop volume of 0.8 ml to 1.0 ml of soap
during each activation. A tamper resistant soap level-viewing window
shall be provided. Unit shall have a swing open body secured with
side-mounted lock that is opened with special key provided, all
complete and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.25.1 Automatic liquid soap dispenser (local); standard quality (PWD BW each 1,633.00 1,626.00 1,611.00 1,611.00
26.25.1)
7.25.2 Automatic liquid soap dispenser (local): super quality (PWD BW each 3,835.00 3,828.00 3,814.00 3,814.00
26.25.2)
7.25.3 Automatic liquid soap dispenser (foreign): special quality (PWD BW each 7,795.00 7,788.00 7,773.00 7,773.00
26.25.3)
Page 297
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.26 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Push-Up type liquid soap dispenser to
dispense 16 oz (.47 liters) of soap, detergent or lotion. Unit shall be
fabricated of tamper resistant, chrome plated plastic, a translucent
white polyethylene soap container, and a corrosion resistant
dispensing valve which can provide no more than 5 lbs (22.2
Newtons) pressure and unit can be reloaded by unscrewing base
from bracket collar, inverting unit, and unscrewing soap container in
which soap will continue to feed properly until empty with a
continuously visible soap level etc. all complete approved and
7.26.1 Push-Up type liquid soap dispenser (local): standard quality (PWD each 1,347.00 1,340.00 1,325.00 1,325.00
BW 26.26.1)
7.26.2 Push-Up type liquid soap dispenser (local): super quality (PWD BW each 2,052.00 2,045.00 2,031.00 2,031.00
26.26.2)
7.26.3 Push-Up type liquid soap dispenser (foreign): suprior quality (PWD each 6,077.00 6,070.00 6,055.00 6,055.00
BW 26.26.3)
7.26.4 Push-Up type liquid soap dispenser (foreign): special quality (PWD each 8,825.00 8,819.00 8,804.00 8,804.00
BW 26.26.4)
7.27 Supplying, fitting and fixing of floor grating net in traps or in drains
including making holes in walls/floors and mending good the
accepted by the Engineer- in- charge. of following type
7.27.1 Approx. 50~75 mm dia stainless steel floor grating net (PWD BW each 185.00 183.00 180.00 180.00
26.27.1)
7.27.2 Approx. 100~125 mm dia stainless steel floor grating net (PWD BW each 326.00 325.00 321.00 321.00
26.27.2)
7.27.3 Approx. 50 mm x 50 mm stainless steel floor grating net (PWD BW each 185.00 183.00 180.00 180.00
26.27.3)
26.27.4)
26.27.5)
7.27.6 125 mm dia convex cast iron grating on rain water down pipe (roof each 553.00 552.00 550.00 550.00
top) (PWD BW 26.27.6)
7.28 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 100 mm floor drain with vertical outlet each 1,369.00 1,368.00 1,364.00 1,364.00
in traps including making holes in walls/floors and mending good the
accepted by the Engineer- in- charge. of following type. (PWD BW
26.28)
7.29 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality country made 12 mm bib
cock made from copper or copper alloy, chromium plated. The
faucet conforms BDS EN 200:2009. The faucet tap shall be free from
any leakage, permeation and other abnormalities. The water hammer
value shall be 1.47 Mpa or under. The faucet after it has been
operated 100000 times it shall be free from a seat- leakage and shall
satisfy the reverse flow preventing performance. The inside and
outside surfaces of the faucet shall be smooth and be free from
blowholes, fissures, remarkable flows or injurious defects. The
chromium plating on the faucet shall be of class 2 grade 1. The final
coating should be done with chromium of minimum 0.1 micron.The
faucet shall be made leak proof and fixing in position with selected
tape etc. , all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in-
charge.
7.29.1 Round headed CP Conceal Bib Cock short body each 1,172.00 1,169.00 1,161.00 1,161.00
(Essco/coaster/star/diamond/delux/deco/orbed/delin/triple/master/clas
sic headed or similar head) (PWD BW 26.29.1)
7.29.2 Lever CP Conceal Bib Cock long body with aerator each 1,172.00 1,169.00 1,161.00 1,161.00
(Oliver/spoon/delta/decent lever or similar)(PWD BW 26.29.2)
7.29.3 12 mm CP open Bib Cock (PWD BW 26.29.3) each 981.00 979.00 971.00 971.00
7.29.4 12 mm CP Two in One Bib Cock (PWD BW 26.29.4) each 1,847.00 1,844.00 1,836.00 1,836.00
Page 298
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.29.5 Elbow action CP Bib Cock (PWD BW 26.29.5) each 3,270.00 3,267.00 3,259.00 3,259.00
7.29.6 CP Push Cock (PWD BW 26.29.6) each 1,012.00 1,010.00 1,002.00 1,002.00
7.29.7 CP Leaf Cock (PWD BW 26.29.7) each 816.00 813.00 805.00 805.00
7.30 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality surface mounted or
conceal stop cock/angle stop cock (lever or round headed) with wall
flange chromium plated.The faucet conforms BDS EN 200:2009.
The faucet tap shall be free from any leakage, permeation and other
abnormalities. The water hammer value shall be 1.47 Mpa or under.
The faucet after it has been operated 100000 times it shall be free
from a seat- leakage and shall satisfy the reverse flow preventing
performance. The inside and outside surfaces of the faucet shall be
smooth and be free from blowholes, fissures, remarkable flows or
injurious defects. The chromium plating on the faucet shall be of
class 2 grade 1. The final coating should be done with chromium of
minimum 0.1 micron.The faucet shall be made leak proof and fixing
in position with selected tape etc. , all complete approved and
7.30.1 12 mm dia CP Concealed Stop Cock (PWD BW 26.30.1) each 1,153.00 1,151.00 1,143.00 1,143.00
7.30.4 CP angle stop cock (PWD BW 26.30.4) each 988.00 985.00 977.00 977.00
7.30.5 CP Two in One angle stop cock (PWD BW 26.30.5) each 1,264.00 1,261.00 1,253.00 1,253.00
7.31 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality pillar cock made from
copper or copper alloy, chromium plated materials.The faucet
conforms BDS EN 200:2009. The faucet tap shall be free from any
leakage, permeation and other abnormalities. The water hammer
tape etc. all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in-
charge.
7.31.1 CP Round headed fixed Pillar cock (PWD BW 26.31.1) each 1,540.00 1,537.00 1,529.00 1,529.00
7.31.2 CP Single lever pillar cock (PWD BW 26.31.2) each 1,540.00 1,537.00 1,529.00 1,529.00
7.31.3 CP Single lever pillar cock (High top 8") (PWD BW 26.31.3) each 3,069.00 3,066.00 3,058.00 3,058.00
7.31.4 CP Single lever pillar cock (High top 12") (PWD BW 26.31.4) each 4,050.00 4,048.00 4,040.00 4,040.00
7.31.5 CP Single lever movig pillar cock (PWD BW 26.31.5) each 1,891.00 1,888.00 1,880.00 1,880.00
7.31.6 CP Elbow action Pillar cock (PWD BW 26.31.6) each 3,270.00 3,267.00 3,259.00 3,259.00
7.31.7 CP One way Swan Cock (PWD BW 26.31.7) each 5,920.00 5,918.00 5,910.00 5,910.00
7.31.8 CP Two way Swan Cock (PWD BW 26.31.8) each 6,902.00 6,899.00 6,891.00 6,891.00
7.31.9 CP Three way Swan Cock (PWD BW 26.31.9) each 8,178.00 8,176.00 8,168.00 8,168.00
7.32 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality CP self closing pillar cock
without mixer (SensorType /Push Type) with necessary hardware
etc. complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.32.1 Sensor Type self closing pillar cock (PWD BW 26.32.1) each 9,224.00 9,220.00 9,208.00 9,208.00
7.32.2 Push Type Self closing pillar cock (PWD BW 26.32.2) each 1,366.00 1,362.00 1,350.00 1,350.00
Page 299
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.33 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality sink cock made from
copper or copper alloy, chromium plated.The faucet conforms BDS
EN 200:2009 . The faucet tap shall be free from any leakage,
permeation and other abnormalities. The water hammer value shall
be 1.47 Mpa or under. The faucet after it has been operated 100000
times it shall be free from a seat- leakage and shall satisfy the
reverse flow preventing performance. The inside and outside
surfaces of the faucet shall be smooth and be free from blowholes,
fissures, remarkable flows or injurious defects. The chromium plating
on the faucet shall be of class 2 grade 1. The final coating should be
done with chromium of minimum 0.1 micron.The faucet shall be
made leak proof and fixing in position with selected tape etc. , all
complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.33.1 12 mm CP concealed fixed sink cock (PWD BW 26.33.1) each 1,202.00 1,200.00 1,192.00 1,192.00
7.33.2 12 mm CP concealed super quality moving sink cock (PWD BW each 1,685.00 1,682.00 1,674.00 1,674.00
26.33.2)
7.33.3 12 mm CP concealed special moving sink cock (PWD BW 26.33.3) each 1,891.00 1,888.00 1,880.00 1,880.00
7.34 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality CP basin/sink mixerThe

faucet conforms BDS EN 200:2009. The faucet tap shall be free from
any leakage, permeation and other abnormalities. The water hammer
charge.
7.34.1 Single handlel/lever basin mixer (PWD BW 26.34.1) each 3,067.00 3,065.00 3,057.00 3,057.00
7.34.2 Fixed basin mixer (PWD BW 26.34.2) each 3,258.00 3,255.00 3,247.00 3,247.00
7.34.3 Moving basin mixer (PWD BW 26.34.3) each 3,319.00 3,317.00 3,308.00 3,308.00
7.34.4 Moving sink mixer (PWD BW 26.34.4) each 1,891.00 1,888.00 1,880.00 1,880.00
7.35 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality 20 mm CP shower

mixer.The faucet conforms BDS EN 200:2009. The faucet tap shall
be free from any leakage, permeation and other abnormalities. The
water hammer value shall be 1.47 Mpa or under. The faucet after it
has been operated 100000 times it shall be free from a seat- leakage
and shall satisfy the reverse flow preventing performance. The inside
and outside surfaces of the faucet shall be smooth and be free from
charge.
7.35.1 CP shower mixture including shower head only (PWD BW 26.35.1) each 5,763.00 5,761.00 5,753.00 5,753.00
7.35.2 CP shower mixture including shower head and faucet (PWD BW each 7,123.00 7,120.00 7,112.00 7,112.00
26.35.2)
Page 300
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.36 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality Bathtub mixer.The faucet
conforms BDS EN 200:2009. The faucet tap shall be free from any
leakage, permeation and other abnormalities. The water hammer
charge.
7.36.1 Bathtub mixer without hand shower (PWD BW 26.36.1) each 4,973.00 4,970.00 4,932.00 4,932.00
7.36.2 Bathtub mixer including hand shower (PWD BW 26.36.2) each 5,421.00 5,418.00 5,379.00 5,379.00
7.37 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality Single lever angle stop each 2,283.00 2,281.00 2,273.00 2,273.00
mixer.The faucet conforms BDS EN 200:2009. The faucet tap shall
be free from any leakage, permeation and other abnormalities. The
water hammer value shall be 1.47 Mpa or under. The faucet after it
has been operated 100000 times it shall be free from a seat- leakage
and shall satisfy the reverse flow preventing performance. The inside
and outside surfaces of the faucet shall be smooth and be free from
charge. (PWD BW 26.37)
7.38 Supplying and fitting-fixing Chromium plated (CP) Shower head. all
complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.38.1 Moving type 100 mm CP shower head (PWD BW 26.38.1) each 1,251.00 1,249.00 1,241.00 1,241.00
7.39 Supplying and fitting-fixing stainless steel hand / push shower for
ablution including holder etc. all complete approved and accepted by
the Engineer- in- charge.
7.39.1 Moving type hand shower (PWD BW 26.39.1) each 13,383.00 13,381.00 13,373.00 13,373.00
7.39.2 Moving type push shower (PWD BW 26.39.2) each 1,049.00 1,047.00 1,039.00 1,039.00
7.40 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 100 mm inside diameter & wall m 993.00 988.00 970.00 970.00
thickness 2.7 mm - 3.4 mm best quality uPVC rain water down pipe
fitting, fixed in position with head and shoes, bends, min.20 mm width
F.I. Bar clamp and nails, and including all accessories such as round
grating/domed roof grating, bands, sockets approved and accepted
by the Engineer- in- charge. (PWD BW 26.4)
7.41 Supplying, laying, fitting and fixing of best quality HDPE soil, waste
and ventilation pipe having PE-100 (Hydrostatic Strength for PE-100
is 5.0 MPa & 12.4 Mpa at 80°c & 20°c respectively according to ISO
4427:2007(E)), PN-6 (nominal pressure for PN-6 is 0.6 MPa
according to ISO 4427:2007(E) ) & SDR 26 for soil, waste and
ventilation pressure pipe having density 0.940 – 0.970 gm/cm3 and
BSTI approved manufacturer standards or ASTM/BS/ISO/IS
standards ,fitted and fixed in position with necessary joints and
fittings with all accesories complete approved and accepted by the
7.41.1 For underground including earth cutting & preperation of bed
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.1)
Page 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.2)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.3)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.4)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.5)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.6)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.7)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.8)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.9)
mm (PWD BW 26.41.1.10)
7.41.2 For in house system
7.41.2.1 HDPE pipe 110 mm outside dia with wall thickness 4.2 mm - 4.8 mm m 2,013.00 2,009.00 1,995.00 1,995.00
(PWD BW 26.41.2.1)
7.41.2.2 HDPE pipe 160 mm outside dia with wall thickness 6.2 mm -7.0 mm m 3,276.00 3,270.00 3,251.00 3,251.00
(PWD BW 26.41.2.2)
(PWD BW 26.41.2.3)
(PWD BW 26.41.2.4)
7.42 Supplying, fitting and fixing of G.I. pipe with all special fittings, such
as bends, elbows, sockets, reducing sockets, Tee, unions, jam-nuts
etc. including cutting trenches where necessary and fitting the same
with earth duly rammed and fixing in walls with holder bats and
making hole in floors, walls and consequent mending good the
damages etc. all complete in all respects approved and accepted by
7.42.1 12.5 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 2.65 mm, outside diameter m 441.00 439.00 432.00 432.00
hydraulic pressure. (PWD BW 26.42.1)
7.42.2 20 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 2.65 mm, outside diameter m 549.00 547.00 540.00 540.00
7.42.5 40 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 3.25 mm, outside diameter m 1,146.00 1,142.00 1,130.00 1,130.00
7.42.7 62-65 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 3.25 mm, outside m 2,396.00 2,386.00 2,356.00 2,356.00
kg/cm2 hydraulic pressure. (PWD BW 26.42.7)
7.42.8 75 -80 mm dia G.I. pipe with wall thickness 3.25 mm, outside m 2,607.00 2,597.00 2,565.00 2,565.00
kg/cm2 hydraulic pressure. (PWD BW 26.42.8)
Page 302
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.43 Supplying different inside dia best quality uPVC soil, waste and
ventilation pipe having specific gravity 1.35 - 1.45, wall thickness 2.5
mm - 3.0 mm, and other physical, chemical, themal, fire resistivity
properties etc. as per BSTI approved manufacturer standards or
ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards fitting and fixing in position with sockets,
bends, of uPVC Pipe with all accessories such as Round grating
/domed roof grating bands, sockets etc. approved and accepted by
7.43.1 50 mm inside dia wall thickness 2.5 mm - 3.0 mm (PWD BW 26.43.1) m 564.00 559.00 541.00 541.00
7.43.2 100 mm inside dia wall thickness 3.4- 4.0 mm (PWD BW 26.43.2) m 881.00 877.00 864.00 864.00
7.43.3 150 mm inside dia wall thickness 4.5 mm - 5.2 mm (PWD BW m 1,599.00 1,593.00 1,574.00 1,574.00
26.43.3)
7.44 Supplying and laying uPVC pipe for for underground including fitting,
fixing etc. all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in-
charge.
7.44.1 150 mm dia with wall thickness 4.5 mm - 6.6 mm uPVC pipe (PWD m 1,416.00 1,413.00 1,394.00 1,394.00
BW 26.44.1)
BW 26.44.2)
BW 26.44.3)
BW 26.44.4)
BW 26.44.5)
7.45 Supplying different inside dia best quality uPVC pressure pipe for
water supply having specific gravity 1.35 - 1.45, and other physical,
chemical, themal, fire resistivity properties etc. as per BSTI approved
manufacturer standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards fitted and
fixed in position with sockets, bends, with all accessories such as
Round grating/domed roof grating, bends, sockets etc. approved and
7.45.1 12 mm dia wall thickness 1.7 mm - 2.8 mm (PWD BW 26.45.1) m 168.00 166.00 159.00 159.00
7.46 Supplying different inside dia best quality CPVC pressure pipe for
water supply having specific gravity 1.35 - 1.45, and other physical,
chemical, thermal, fire resistivity properties etc. as per BSTI
approved manufacturer standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards
fitting and fixing in position with sockets, bends, with all accessories
such as round grating/domed roof grating, bends, sockets etc.
approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
Page 303
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.46.6 50 mm dia wall thickness 3.9 mm - 4.5 mm (PWD BW 26.46.6) m 1,485.00 1,482.00 1,473.00 1,473.00
7.47 Supplying, fitting and fixing of PP-R Pipe for water supply sustaining
minimum water pressure PN 20, fullfiling correspondingstandard
dimension ratio SDR meeting the perfomance & long-tem strength
requirements as per DIN 8077 /78 or ASTM F 2983 including
nipple, elbow, reducers, Tee, end cap, plug, socket etc as per
manufacturer instruction. all complete accepted by the Engineer- in-
charge.
7.47.1 12 mm dia, minimum wall thickness 2.8 mm (PWD BW 26.47.1) m 323.00 320.00 307.00 307.00
7.48 Supplying, fitting and laying of Pipes up to depth of invert dia R.C.C
pipe having 1.83 meter in length made of stone chips with 40 mm
cement joint including all fittings and specials like plain bend, Tees,
reducing sockets, junctions, door bends cowls, anti-siphon, gasket
and cement joints, making holes in walls and mending good the
damages etc. all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-
in- charge.
7.48.1 R.C.C pipe of 150 mm dia with thickness 40mm (PWD BW 26.48.1) m 1,093.00 1,088.00 1,072.00 1,072.00
7.49 Supplying, fitting and fixing of PP-R Union meeting the perfomance
& long-tem strength requirements of ASTM F 2389 in accordance
with the manufacturer’s specifications all complete accepted by the
7.49.1 12 mm PP-R Union (PWD BW 26.49.1) each 318.00 258.00 251.00 251.00
7.49.5 37 mm PP-R Union (PWD BW 26.49.5) each 1,041.00 735.00 717.00 717.00
7.49.6 50 mm PP-R Union (PWD BW 26.49.6) each 1,190.00 836.00 820.00 820.00
7.50 Supplying, fitting and fixing of PP-R Gate-Valve meeting the

perfomance & long-tem strength requirements of ASTM F 2389 in
accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications all complete
7.50.1 12 mm PP-R Gate-Valve (PWD BW 26.50.1) each 418.00 494.00 486.00 486.00
7.50.5 37 mm PP-R Gate-Valve (PWD BW 26.50.5) each 1,026.00 936.00 928.00 928.00
7.50.6 50 mm PP-R Gate-Valve (PWD BW 26.50.6) each 1,271.00 1,374.00 1,366.00 1,366.00
7.51 Supplying, fitting and fixing of G.I. Union with sealant etc. complete in
all respects approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
Page 304
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.51.1 12 mm dia G.I. Union (PWD BW 26.51.1) each 177.00 174.00 168.00 168.00
7.51.8 75 mm dia G.I. Union (PWD BW 26.51.8) each 1,157.00 1,151.00 1,128.00 1,128.00
7.51.9 100 mm dia G.I. Union (PWD BW 26.51.9) each 1,570.00 1,563.00 1,537.00 1,537.00
7.52 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality G.I. gate valve with sealant
etc. complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.52.1 12 mm brass gate valve (PWD BW 26.52.1) each 459.00 456.00 450.00 450.00
7.52.4 32 mm brass gate valve (PWD BW 26.52.4) each 1,046.00 1,042.00 1,031.00 1,031.00
7.53 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality G.I. globe valve, threaded
joint with sealant etc. complete approved and accepted by the
7.53.1 12 mm dia brass globe valve (PWD BW 26.53.1) each 508.00 506.00 499.00 499.00
7.53.4 32 mm dia brass globe valve (PWD BW 26.53.4) each 1,169.00 1,165.00 1,153.00 1,153.00
7.54 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality G.I. check valve, threaded
joint with sealant etc. complete approved and accepted by the
7.54.1 12 mm brass check valve (PWD BW 26.54.1) each 465.00 463.00 456.00 456.00
7.54.4 32 mm brass check valve (PWD BW 26.54.4) each 1,009.00 1,005.00 994.00 994.00
7.54.5 40 mm brass check valve (PWD BW 26.54.5) each 1,270.00 1,265.00 1,247.00 1,247.00
Page 305
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.55 Supplying, fitting and fixing of best quality G.I. float valve, threaded
joint Pit valve etc. complete approved and accepted by the Engineer-
in- charge.
7.55.1 12 mm brass float valve (PWD BW 26.55.1) each 423.00 420.00 414.00 414.00
7.55.4 32 mm brass float valve (PWD BW 26.55.4) each 1,024.00 1,020.00 1,009.00 1,009.00
7.55.5 40 mm brass float valve (PWD BW 26.55.5) each 1,316.00 1,311.00 1,293.00 1,293.00
7.56 Supplying different inside dia best quality uPVC clean out / trap
having specific gravity 1.35 -1.45 and other physical, chemical,
themal, fire resistivity properties etc. as per BSTI approved
manufacturer standards or ASTM, BS/ISO/IS standards, fitting and
fixing in position etc. complete approved and accepted by the
7.56.1 50 mm dia uPVC Y or T - Y Cleanout (PWD BW 26.56.1) each 354.00 351.00 343.00 343.00
7.56.2 50 mm dia uPVC ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap (PWD BW 26.56.2) each 693.00 690.00 677.00 677.00
7.56.3 100 mm dia uPVC Y or T - Y Cleanout (PWD BW 26.56.3) each 671.00 667.00 653.00 653.00
7.56.4 100 mm dia uPVC ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap (PWD BW 26.56.4) each 440.00 437.00 429.00 429.00
7.57 Suppy, fitting and fixing of Water pressure reducing valve to reduce
static and flowing pressures in water distribution systems and it shall
be a diaphragm/balanced piston type with integral stainless steel
strainer and a built-in bypass to relieve pressure build-up
downstream of the assembly. The valve shall be spring loaded to
open and shall be diaphragm actuated to close under pressure
conditions. The valve shall be suitable for supply pressure up to 400
psi and water temperatures from 33º to 180ºF. The valve’s internal
parts such as the cartridge assembly, strainer, diaphragm, and spring
shall be accessible for inspection, repair or replacement without
disconnecting the device from the pipeline. In addition, the valve shall
have a clean-out feature to allow for removal of the strainer and seat
disc without disturbing the pressure setting etc. all complete
7.57.01 12 mm dia water pressure reducing valve (MS) (PWD BW 26.57.1) each 2,535.00 2,532.00 2,524.00 2,524.00
7.57.09 19 mm dia water pressure reducing valve (Brass double net) (PWD each 4,039.00 4,036.00 4,028.00 4,028.00
BW 26.57.9)
BW 26.57.10)
BW 26.57.11)
BW 26.57.12)
7.58 Supplying, fitting and fixing of food graded plastic overhead water
reservoir /tank including all necessary fittings, hardware and
consumables etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
Page 306
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.58.1 1000 liter capacity (PWD BW 26.58.1) each 11,998.00 11,961.00 11,814.00 11,814.00
7.59 Supply and installation of food-graded plastic internal mini water tank
for the use in kitchen, bathroom and toilet for emergency storage and
supply of water manufactured from liner low density polyethylene
(ILDPE) roto-grade (ultra violet) stabilized which complies FDA
(Federal Department of Agriculture, USA) regulations 21 CFR 1277.
152, having food grade quality where no recycled material is used
carrying, lifting, fitting, fixing in position including supply of necessary
hardware, consumables, fittings etc. all complete approved and
7.60 Supply and installation of 400 gallon capacity ferro-cement water each 9,448.00 9,448.00 9,448.00 9,448.00
tank (HBRI made or equivalent ) including supply of hardware,
consumables, fittings etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
Engineer- in- Charge. (PWD BW 26.6)
7.61 Supplying, fitting and fixing of 12 mm dia connection pipe approved
7.61.1 450 mm long plastic flexible lead (connection) pipe (PWD BW each 112.00 111.00 108.00 108.00
26.61.1)
7.61.2 600 mm long plastic flexible lead (connection) pipe (PWD BW each 124.00 124.00 120.00 120.00
26.61.2)
7.61.3 450 mm long metal cover connection pipe (PWD BW 26.61.3) each 188.00 187.00 184.00 184.00
7.61.4 600 mm long metal cover connection pipe (PWD BW 26.61.4) each 222.00 222.00 218.00 218.00
7.62 Supplying, fitting, fixing of foreign made best quality Reverse
Osmosis Water Purifier (Kent/Unilever/Vapor water purifier or
equivalent brand) for purification of water by reverse osmosis system
to have potable water conforming WHO standard and Bangladesh
concentration parameters including installation charge, carriage,
sundries etc. complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in-
charge.
7.62.1 Water purification capacity: 10 L/hr, storage 6 litre; RO+MF (PWD each 18,577.00 18,577.00 18,577.00 18,577.00
BW 26.62.1)
7.62.2 Water purification capacity: 10~12 L/hr, digital display, storage each 32,528.00 32,528.00 32,528.00 32,528.00
minimum 9 litre, 7 stage purification; Ro+UV+MF (PWD BW 26.62.2)
7.62.3 Water purification capacity: 15 L/hr; storage 8 litre, RO+UF (PWD each 22,516.00 22,516.00 22,516.00 22,516.00
BW 26.62.3)
7.62.4 Water purification capacity: 20 L/hr, minimum storage 8 litre, 6 stage each 29,400.00 29,400.00 29,400.00 29,400.00
purification; RO+UV+MF (PWD BW 26.62.4)
7.62.5 Water purification capacity: 60 L/hr, at least 5 stage filtration RO each 94,481.00 94,481.00 94,481.00 94,481.00
purifier (PWD BW 26.62.5)
7.63 Supply, installation and commissioning of 50 liter capacity best each 4,601.00 4,601.00 4,601.00 4,601.00
quality ‘Water dispenser’ with container of approved brand/origin.
(PWD BW 26.63)
Page 307
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.64 Supply and Installation of Automatic Pressure and Flow Controller
having Maximum flow rate-80 Liter/min (minimum), Starting Flow
rate- 2-2.5 Liter/min, Maximum Switching current: 12 A. Maximum
total pressure 10 Bar and operating pressure should be 1-3.5 Bar.
Supported Motor voltage 230 V ± 5% 50 Hz AC supply. Having
pressure gauge of minimum 40mm dia (0-12 Bar) and inlet and outlet
size shall be 1 inch minimum and inline position threaded and
protection: IP-65 (minimum). Manufactured in EU/G7 countries as
per sample accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge.(For
Centrifugal Pump motor upto 2 HP)
7.64.1 Maximum flow rate-80 Liter/min (PWD BW 26.64.1) each 11,442.00 11,436.00 11,381.00 11,381.00
7.64.2 Maximum flow rate-200 Liter/min (PWD BW 26.64.2) each 17,454.00 17,448.00 17,393.00 17,393.00
7.65 Supplying, fitting and installation of automatic hand drier of high
speed, energy efficient, rapid drying, automatic sensor, adjustable
speed and sound control, adjustable heat control, electric hand dryer;
surface mounted or semi‐recessed which can eliminate over 99%
of airborne bacteria and particles as small as 0.3 microns with the
removable Super Filter System and it shall be powered by 220v AC
supply/ batteries and shall operate automatically from IR sensor that
shall activate it when hands are placed in sensor zone etc. all
complete accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.65.1 Automatic Hand drier Local (Standard quality) (PWD BW 26.65.1) each 5,804.00 5,796.00 5,785.00 5,785.00
7.65.2 Automatic Hand drier Local (Super quality) (PWD BW 26.65.2) each 7,031.00 7,024.00 7,012.00 7,012.00
7.65.3 Automatic Hand drier Local (Suprior quality) (PWD BW 26.65.3) each 8,871.00 8,864.00 8,853.00 8,853.00
7.65.4 Automatic Hand drier (Special quality) (PWD BW 26.65.4) each 14,025.00 14,018.00 14,007.00 14,007.00
7.66 Manufacturing, supplying, fitting & fixing of adjustable hanger made m 869.00 865.00 835.00 835.00
of 38 mm x 38 mm x 6 mm m.s. angle with 600 mm long 12 mm dia
nut-bolt for having pvc pipe from ceiling as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW 26.66)
7.67 Groove cutting in brick work and R.C.C work, including cost for
concealing of water distribution pipe work (12 mm and 20 mm dia) in
brick wall by cutting groove in wall, lintel, beam etc. by any means
carefully without damaging the structure and filling the grooves with
C.C (4:2:1) after laying of pipe including cost of scaffolding, finishing,
curing etc. all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in-
charge.
7.67.1 Groove size 40 mm x 40 mm (For laying 12 mm to 20 mm dia pipes) m 322.00 316.00 296.00 296.00
(PWD BW 26.67.1)
7.67.2 Groove size 75 mm x 75 mm (For 25 mm to 40 mm dia pipes) (PWD m 523.00 515.00 483.00 483.00
BW 26.67.2)
7.68 Punching or cutting hole of any diameter in RCC floor for sanitary each 202.00 198.00 185.00 185.00
works. (PWD BW 26.68)
7.69 Supply, fitting & fixing of 600 mm dia C.I. man hole cover etc. all each 1,819.00 1,817.00 1,810.00 1,810.00
complete approved by the Engineer- in- charge. (PWD BW 26.69)
7.70 Construction of masonry inspection pit with 250 mm thick brick work
in cement mortar (1:4) including necessary earth work, side filling and
one layer brick flat soling, 75 mm thick (1:3:6) base concrete for
making invert channel and 12 mm thick (1:2) cement plaster with
neat finishing etc. all complete up to a depth of 700 mm approved
7.70.1 Clear 450 mm x 450 mm and depth 450 mm to 600 mm, average each 4,022.00 4,001.00 3,825.00 3,867.00
525 mm for single 150 mm dia R.C.C. pipes and 400 mm PVC pipe.
(PWD BW 26.70.1)
750 mm for single 225 mm dia R.C.C. pipes and 400 mm PVC pipe.
(PWD BW 26.70.2)
7.70.3. Clear 600 x 600 mm and depth 750 mm to 900 mm, average 825 each 8,259.00 8,219.00 7,861.00 7,953.00
mm for single 300 mm dia R.C.C. pipes and 400 mm PVC pipe.
(PWD BW 26.70.3)
Page 308
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.70.4 Master-pit of Size: Clear 600 mm x 500 mm and average 750 mm each 3,934.00 3,915.00 3,758.00 3,796.00
depth for Septic tank. (PWD BW 26.70.4)
7.71 Construction and placement M.H. cover with locking/unlocking
arrangement including necessary earth work, side filling, shuttering,
curing, cement plaster (1:4) with neat finishing on edges and top etc.
all complete approved and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.71.1 900 mm x 900 mm x 75 mm R.C.C. pit cover (PWD BW 26.71.1) each 1,143.00 1,140.00 1,120.00 1,126.00
7.72 Construction and placing of R.C.C inspection pit cover (slab) with
supplying and provisions for placing, fitting, fixing 450 mm dia C.I.
man-hole cover with locking/un-locking arrangement including
concrete (1:2:4) with approx. 1% re-enforcement, necessary earth
cutting, or cleaning, side filling, curing etc. with minimum 12 mm
cement plaster (1:4) and neat cement finishing on edges and top all
complete and accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.
7.72.1 950 mm x 950 mm x 75 mm R.C.C. pit cover with 450 mm dia C.I. each 2,072.00 2,069.00 2,052.00 2,056.00
manhole cover. (PWD BW 26.72.1)
7.73 Construction of masonry inspection pits up to a depth of 700 mm with
250 mm thick brick work in cement mortar (1:4) including 100 mm
thick R.C.C. top slab (1:2:4) with 1% reinforcement, man-hole cover
with locking arrangement including necessary earth work, side filling
and one brick flat soling. 75 mm thick (1:3:6) base concrete for
making invert channel and 12 mm thick (1:2) cement plaster with
neat finishing etc. all complete approved and accepted by the
525 mm for single 150 mm dia R.C.C. pipes and 400 mm PVC pipe
with pit cover and 450 mm dia C.I. man-hole cover. (PWD BW
26.73.1)
750 mm for single 225 mm dia R.C.C. pipes and 400 mm PVC pipe
with pit cover and 450 mm dia C.I. man-hole cover. (PWD BW
26.73.2)
825 mm for single 300 mm dia R.C.C. pipes and 375 mm and 400
mm PVC pipe with pit cover and 450 mm dia C.I. man-hole cover.
(PWD BW 26.73.3)
7.74 Construction of septic tank of different sizes with walls of brick work
in cement mortar (1:6) having a lining of minimum 125 mm R.C.C
cast against the walls as per approved type plan over a brick flat
soling and 150 mm thick reinforced cement concrete flooring (1:2:4)
with 125 mm thick walls in partition and 12 mm thick cement plaster
(1:4) with N.C.F. to insides of walls on floor and all around outside
walls by 450 mm height at top including supplying, fitting and fixing of
two R.C.C. Tees and providing 450 mm dia water sealed heavy type
C.I. manhole cover with locking/unlocking arrangement and 100 mm
thick R.C.C (1:2:4) top slab, including centering, shuttering,
fabricating, casting and curing etc. complete up to required depth
including necessary earth work in excavation and shoring, bailing out
water and side filling including the cost of all materials, operations
and incidental charges. etc. all complete as per type plan approved
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Rate is including cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, binding and placing).
7.74.1 For 200 users (PWD BW 26.74.1) each 281,709.00 280,592.00 273,206.00 275,259.00
Page 309
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.75 Construction of non electric Eco STP of different sizes (as per detail
drawing attached in annexure) with 250 mm walls of brick work in
cement mortar (1:4) having a brick flat soling and 125 mm thick
reinforced cement concrete flooring (1:2:4) with 125 mm thick walls
(1:4) in partition and flush pointing (1:2) on inside wall surface and 12
mm thick cement plaster (1:4) with N.C.F. on floor and slab surface
including supplying, fitting and fixing of upvc pipes & Tees and
providing 450 mm dia water sealed heavy type C.I. manhole cover
with locking/unlocking arrangement and 100 mm thick R.C.C (1:2:4)
top slab, including centering, shuttering, fabricating, casting and
curing etc. complete up to required depth including necessary earth
work in excavation and shoring, bailing out water and side filling,
dressing, inside cleaning, cow dung or old septic tank liquied for
charging/start up including the cost of all materials, operations and
incidental charges. etc. all complete as per type plan approved and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Rate is including cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, binding and placing).
7.75.1 500 users (PWD BW 26.75.1) each 608,660.00 608,660.00 608,660.00 608,660.00
7.75.2 300 users (PWD BW 26.75.2) each 466,520.00 466,520.00 466,520.00 466,520.00
7.76 Construction of soak well of different sizes (as per detail drawing
attached in annexure) (medium and large sizes) with 250 mm thick
solid brick work and 250 mm honey comb brick work with cement
mortar (1:6) as per design over R.C.C. (1:2:4) well curb with 1%
reinforcement up to the depth as per drawing with 450 mm dia water
sealed heavy type. C.I. manhole cover with locking arrangement,
filling the well up to the required depth with graded khoa including
supplying and fabricating M.S. rod, casting, curing including
necessary earth work in excavation, side filling and bailing out water
including cost of all materials etc. all complete as per drawing, design
approved and accepted by the (Rate is including cost of
reinforcement and its fabrication, binding and placing) Engineer- in-
charge.
7.76.1 200 users (PWD BW 26.76.1) each 130,097.00 130,097.00 130,097.00 130,097.00
7.76.2 100 users (PWD BW 26.76.2) each 116,983.00 116,983.00 116,983.00 116,983.00
7.76.3 50 users (PWD BW 26.76.3) each 104,808.00 104,808.00 104,808.00 104,808.00
Page 310
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.77 Purification of supplied raw water using Mobile Water Desalination
Plant which includes mobilization, demobilization, necessary
maintenance of all associated electromechanical machines, tank,
membrane, micron filter, sand tube, gravel tube, manganese tube,
activated carbon tube, resin tube, anti-scalant, salt tube and any
other related instruments as and when required. This rate also
includes cost of energy, laboratory testing to conform following
specification and as per the direction of Engineer in charge.Water in
outlet must conform the following indicators and levels: A. 1) pH- 6.5
to 8.5, 2) Iron as Fe ≤0.3 mg/l, 3) Arsenic≤0.05mg/l, 4) Total
Hardness as CaCO3 - 5 - 25 mg/l, 5) Chloride as CL- 500 mg/l, 6)
Sulfate as SO42-≤2000mg/l, 7) Alkali equivalent sodium oxide ≤
1500 mg/l, 8) Sugars ≤100mg/l, 9)Phosphates as P2O5 ≤100mg/l,
10)Nitrates as NO3-≤500mg/, 11) Lead asPb+ ≤100mg/, 12) Zinc as
Zn2+ ≤100 mg/l, 13) Salinity≤1000ppm/l,B. Setting time and
strength test: The initial setting time obtained on paste samples
made with the water shall not be less than 1 hr and not differ by more
than 25% from the initial setting time obtained on specimens made
with distilled or de-ionized water.The final setting time obtained on
paste samples made with the water shall not be less than 10 hr and
not differ by more than 25% from the final setting time obtained on
specimens made with distilled or de-ionized water.The mean
compressive strength at 7 days and 28 days of the concrete or
mortar specimens prepared with water shall be at least 90% of the
mean compressive strength of corresponding specimens prepared
with distilled or de-ionized water.C. To determine the value of
aforementioned indicators, test shall be carried out following ISO
29581-1, ISO 7890-1, BDS ISO 12439:2011 (ISO 12439:2010). D.
Supplier shall be responsible for all kind of maintenance and
providing spare parts untill the completion of service.E. The authority
or engineer in charge reserves the right to select the
materials/goods/ machineries to be used in the plant
7.77.1 Consumption Quantity: 50,000 to 100,000 liter (PWD BW 26.77.1) liter 2.45 2.45 2.45 2.45
7.77.2 Consumption Quantity: 100,000 to 500,000 liter (PWD BW 26.77.2) liter 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15
7.77.3 Consumption Quantity: 500,000 to 10,000,000 liter (PWD BW liter 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84
26.77.3)
7.77.4 Consumption Quantity: 10,00,000 to 50,000,000 liter (PWD BW liter 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54
26.77.4)
7.77.5 Consumption Quantity: 50,000,000 liter and above (PWD BW liter 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23
26.77.5)
7.78 Pipe line installation: Installation of 50 psi, APl, 5L, Grade-B, ERW
Natural pipe line for supplying Titas Gas including, supplying, fitting,
fixing and laying different sizes M.S. pipes with necessary tape and
primer including cutting trenches (450 mm x 910 mm) in all kinds of
soil, cleaning, cutting, applying coal-tar, wrapping the pipes, marking
the pipeline with 200mm X 200mm demarcation plate (C.C./ M.S.
plate) @ 15m interval and back filling the trenches, excavating earth
including. leveling, dressing and removing excess earth in all respect
as per specification of Titas Gas T and D Co. Ltd. and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. [Rate is excluding the cost of welding and
back filling with sand at the bottom by 300 mm in thickness
(compacted)](Pipes manufactured by National Tubes Limited under
Steel & Engineeing Corporation, Ministry of Industries, Government
of Bangladesh shall be given priority)
7.78.1 100 mm ND (114.30 mm O.D) M.S pipe, weight of min 14.4 kg/m, m 4,135.00 4,129.00 4,113.00 4,113.00
standard test pressure 176 kg/ m2, wall thickness of min 5.4 mm
(PWD BW 28.1.1)
7.78.2 75 mm N.D (88.90 mm O.D) M.S pipe, weight of min 10.1 kg/m, m 2,356.00 2,351.00 2,334.00 2,334.00
(PWD BW 28.1.2)
7.78.3 50 mm N.D. (60.30 mm O.D) M.S pipe, weight of min 6.17 kg/m, m 1,422.00 1,416.00 1,400.00 1,400.00
(PWD BW 28.1.3)
Page 311
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.78.4 25 mm N.D. (33.80 mm O.D) M.S pipe weight of min 3.84 kg/m, m 849.00 843.00 827.00 827.00
(PWD BW 28.1.4)
7.78.5 20 mm N.D. (27.20 mm O.D) M.S pipe weight of min 1.90 kg/m, m 667.00 661.00 644.00 644.00
(PWD BW 28.1.5)
7.79 Providing Butt welded joints with pipes to Tees, Elbows, Saddles,
end caps etc above or below ground including. cutting and V-leveling
in each end of the pipe, grinding by machine etc. complete as per
specification of Titas Gas T and D C Ltd. and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.
7.79.1 75 mm N.D (88.90 mm O.D)-6.95 mm (PWD BW 28.2.1) each 280.00 280.00 280.00 280.00
7.79.2 50 mm N.D (60.30 mm O.D)-5.15 mm (PWD BW 28.2.2) each 240.00 240.00 240.00 240.00
7.79.3 25.mm N.D (33.40 mm O.D)-4.2mm (PWD BW 28.2.3) each 187.00 187.00 187.00 187.00
7.79.4 20 mm N.D (26.70 mm O.D)-3.35mm (PWD BW 28.2.4) each 160.00 160.00 160.00 160.00
7.80 Supplying, fitting and fixing the following materials including carriage
to the work site from Titas Gas Store as per specification of Titas Gas
(T and D) Co. Ltd. and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Rate is
excluding the cost of welding)
7.80.01 50 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (N.D) equal tee (PWD BW 28.3.1) each 315.00 314.00 314.00 314.00
7.80.02 50 mm x 50 mm x 25 mm (N.D) reducing tee (PWD BW 28.3.2) each 513.00 513.00 512.00 512.00
7.80.03 25 mm x 25 mm x 25 mm (N.D) equal tee (PWD BW 28.3.3) each 182.00 181.00 180.00 180.00
7.80.04 50 mm x 90º elbow (PWD BW 28.3.4) each 255.00 255.00 254.00 254.00
7.80.05 25 mm x 90º elbow (PWD BW 28.3.5) each 215.00 215.00 214.00 214.00
7.80.06 50 mm x 25 mm 45º elbow (PWD BW 28.3.6) each 117.00 117.00 116.00 116.00
7.80.07 50 mm x 25 mm reducer. (PWD BW 28.3.7) each 135.00 135.00 134.00 134.00

7.80.08 20 mm plug, socket (PWD BW 28.3.8) each 529.00 528.00 527.00 527.00
7.80.09 50mm X 20 mm saddle (PWD BW 28.3.9) each 435.00 435.00 434.00 434.00
7.80.10 50 mm dia end cap (PWD BW 28.3.10) each 104.00 104.00 103.00 103.00
7.80.11 25 mm dia end cap (PWD BW 28.3.11) each 113.00 113.00 112.00 112.00
7.81 Supplying, welding, fitting and fixing of different size valve tee/
service tee to connect the pipe line with the Titas Gas Main pipe line
etc. all complete in all respect as per specification of Titas Gas T and
D Co. Ltd. approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.81.1 50 mm x 50 mm Valve Tee (50 mm and above 50 mm low pressure each 16,799.00 16,737.00 16,489.00 16,489.00
line) Sch 40 (PWD BW 28.4.1)
7.81.2 50 mm x 25 mm Valve Tee (PWD BW 28.4.2) each 3,071.00 3,024.00 2,837.00 2,837.00
7.81.3 25 mm x 25 mm Service Tee (PWD BW 28.4.3) each 6,976.00 6,936.00 6,776.00 6,776.00
7.81.4 50 mm x 25 mm Service Tee (PWD BW 28.4.4) each 13,618.00 13,565.00 13,351.00 13,351.00
7.82 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position different dia I/F (Insulated each 7,190.00 7,130.00 6,889.00 6,889.00
Flange) etc. all complete in all respect as per specification of Titas
Gas T and D Co. Ltd. approved and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge. 50 mm N.D. (60.30 mm O.D) Insulation Flange. (PWD BW
28.5)
7.83 Construction of 1520 mm x 1520 mm x 1370 mm (depth) water-tight each 121,986.00 121,708.00 119,730.00 119,912.00
valve pit, enclosed by 250 mm thick brick wall in 1:6, plastered on
each face in 1:4 with net cement finishing, having a 75 mm thick C.C
(1:3:6) bed upon a layer of brick flat soling, over laid by 38 mm thick
patent stone flooring including standard M.S. sheet valve pit cover as
per drawing and specification of Titas Gas T and D Co. Ltd. etc. all
complete in all respect and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 28.6)
Page 312
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.84 Supplying, fitting and fixing of ball valve class 150 RF including
supplying of 2 Nos. flange along with necessary nuts and bolts,
welding the flange etc. all complete in all respect as per specification
of Titas Gas T and D Co. Ltd. approved and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.
7.84.1 50 mm ball valve class 150 RF. 2" dia (PWD BW 28.7.1) each 18,713.00 18,616.00 18,229.00 18,229.00
7.84.2 25 mm ball valve class 150 RF.1" dia (PWD BW 28.7.2) each 14,479.00 14,382.00 13,995.00 13,995.00
7.85 Riser Pipe line installation: Installation of 2 psi, APl, 5L, Grade-B,
ERW Natural pipe line for supplying Titas Gas including, supplying,
fitting, fixing and laying different sizes M.S. pipes with necessary tape
and painting in all respect as per specification of Titas Gas T and D
Co. Ltd. and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. [Rate is excluding
the cost of welding and tee, elbow socket etc fittings ](Pipes
manufactured by National Tubes Limited under Steel & Engineeing
Corporation, Ministry of Industries, Government of Bangladesh shall
be given priority)
7.85.1 12 mm N.D. with wall thickness 2 mm (PWD BW 28.8.1) each 319.00 318.00 312.00 312.00
7.85.2 20 mm N.D.with wall thickness 2.35 mm (PWD BW 28.8.2) each 387.00 385.00 379.00 379.00
7.86 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position different dia one-way brass
stop cock (best quality and heavy type) etc. complete in all respect as
per specification of Titas Gas T and D Co. Ltd. approved and
7.86.1 12 mm x 6 mm N.D. (PWD BW 28.9.1) each 404.00 403.00 401.00 401.00
7.86.2 20 mm x 20 mm N.D. (PWD BW 28.9.2) each 729.00 728.00 723.00 723.00
7.87 Cutting of permanent pucca (rigid/flexible) road and mending good
the damages etc. all complete in all respect and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.
7.87.1 Bituminous Road (PWD BW 28.10.1) sqm 1,356.00 1,331.00 1,232.00 1,232.00
7.87.2 R.C.C. Road (PWD BW 28.10.2) sqm 2,027.00 1,991.00 1,843.00 1,843.00
7.88 Testing and purging of the house line properly as per specifications m 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00
Titas Gas T and D Co. Ltd. and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 28.11)
7.89 Supplying and installation the complete LP Gas Reticulated System
for highrise buildings (Upto 40 unit 20 storied) with Storage facility
(45 KG POL Valve cylinders/Bulk Tank) with isolation and safety
valve, pressure gauges, LPG transfer hose, Seamless MS pipe
network, LPG Regulator (1st Stage and 2nd Stage), Household LP
Gas meter, Safety fittings & accessories, system design,
documentation, supervision and commissioning etc. (as per standard
of department of Explosive and NFPA-58) all complete and accepted
by engineer in charge.
7.89.1 Cylinder heading line for multistoried Building with 40 unit apartment, set 1,159,540.00 1,159,540.00 1,159,540.00 1,159,540.00
2X10 Nos cylinder Heading line, 45 Kg LP Gas Cylinder Bank Vapor
Off Take (VOT) System with MS Seamless SCH 40 pipes. (min. dia
25 mm), Flanze Type MS 150 class ball valve, Pressure Gauge (100
mm dia) liquid type (range: 0-20 Bar), Bleed Valve, Safety Relief
Valve (LPG Type, Relief at 14.6 Bar)), LP Gas pigtal, Ball valve and
necessary fittings suitable for LP Gas as per standard of department
of Explosive and NFPA-58), Supply, Installation of Medium pressure
main distribution pipeline, MS Seamless (Sch-40) 50 mm dia pipe
upto 100 meter length, Flanze Type MS Valve 150 Class Dia 50
mm, Sch 40 MS 50 mm TEE , Sch 40 MS 50 mm Elbow, 150 Class
50 mm MS Flanze , Painting, Pipe support with MS Clamp, First
Stage Regulator ; Brand: REGO / FISHER / CAVAGNA or similar
from USA or EU, MS Seamless SCH 40 pipes, Flanze Type MS 150
class ball valve, Pressure Gauge (100 mm dia) liquid type (range: 0-
20 Bar), Bleed Valve, Safety Relief Valve (LPG Type, Relief at 14.6
Bar) etc. as per requirement all complete, approved and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (All the welding joints must be TIG
welded)(Rate is excluding the cost of shed, perimeter fencing and
RCC floor). (PWD BW 28.12.1)
Page 313
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7.89.2 Reduction cost per unit below 40 unit connection for all necessary each 10,000.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 10,000.00
arrangement including heading line. (PWD BW 28.12.2)
7.89.3 Additional cost per apartment upto 100 apartment for all necessary each 9,203.00 9,203.00 9,203.00 9,203.00
arrangement including heading line. (PWD BW 28.12.3)
7.89.4 Supplying and installation of 45 Kg LP Gas empty cylinder cylinder each 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00
[Water capacity: 108 litre; design code: DOT, Service pressure 17
Kgs/cm2, test pressure 34 Kgs/cm2, Steel grade SG295 or equiv.],
certified by Department of Explosives. (PWD BW 28.12.4)
7.90 Supplying and instalation of LP Gas Prepaid meter with smart each 24,541.00 24,541.00 24,541.00 24,541.00
recharging system. (Smart card for recharge gas, Meter connection,
Second Stage Regulator, Gas meter header with individual valves
(MS 150 class) in both ends of meter and other fittings etc. all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW 28.13)
Page 314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 8 : Electrical Works

8.01 THREE PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOAITD (TPDB)
Providing and fixing three phase distribution board (TPDB)
[concealed /surface] having the following components and
specifications: IFig:4 3]
l. Steel board : Approximate size 36"x30"x6"MS sheet:l8SWC with
hinged type door and locking arrangement dulypainted with powder
coating with epoxy polyester resin on all surfaces of board (gray / off-
white) etc. In front side there will be tempered thick fiberglass of
minimum 8 mm thickness will rubber gaskets to observe the
insidearrangement.
2. Copper bar : size l2"xl"x6 mm(4 No's) and 6"xl"x5mm(l No)
mounted on insulator at both ends. Capacity: 200-300A
3. 1 no. TPMCCB (main control) and following nos. TPMCCB for
feeders.TPMCCB's are Manufactured / Assembled and tested in
accordance withIEC / VDE / NEMA / BS / JIS along with relevant
BDS IEC standard Minimum breaking capacity 10-16 l(A with thermal
over current and instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release
4. Loop Cable: From phase bar to TPMCCB (circuit & power) Cable
Size: As required compatible will circuit breaker with TPMCCBs
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge[PWD-4.3]
8.01.1 l00A TPDBIncoming: lxl00A TPMCCB (10 KA)Outgoing: 6xl0-20A each 64,228.00 64,283.00 64,276.00 64,276.00
TPMCCB (10 KA)[PWD-4.3.1]
8.01.2 I50A TPDBIncoming: lxl50A TPMCCB (16 KA)Outgoing: 8xl0-30A each 83,917.00 83,916.00 83,909.00 83,909.00
TPMCCB (10 KA)[PWD-4.3.2]
8.01.3 200A TPDBIncoming: 1 x200A TPMCCB ( l6 KA)Outgoing: l0xl0- each 106,004.00 106,003.00 105,996.00 105,996.00
30A TPMCCB (10 KA)[PWD-4.3.3]
8.02.1 SINCLE PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARD (SPDB)
Providing and fixing single phase distribution board (SPDB)
[concealed / surface having the following components and
specifications: [Fig : 4.2]
1. Steel board: Approximate size: 20"x l5"x4" MS sheet : I8SWG with
hinged type door and locking arrangement duly painted with powder
coating with epoxy polyester resin on all surfaces of board (gray / off-
white) etc. In front side there will be tempered thick fiber glass of
minimum 8 mm thickness with rubber gaskets to observe the
insidearrangeme.
2. Copper bar: Approximate size: l0"x l"x 3mm (2 nos) and 6"x 1" x
3mm, ( 1 no) mounted on insulator at both ends. capacity: 60- 100A .
3. 1 No. DPMCB (main control) and following nos. SPMCB, DPMCB
and SPMCB Manufactured / Assembled and tested in accordance
with relevant BDS IEC 60898-t:2016 and IEC / VDE / NEMA / BS /
JIS standard. Minimum breaking capacity 6/10 KA with thermal over
current and instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release.
4. Loop Cable [from phase.bar to SPMCB (circuit & power)]
Size: lC- I x2.5 sq mm (BYM) with DPMCB and SPMCB accepted
/approved by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD-4.2]
8.02.1.1 6-way SPDBIncoming: lx40A DPMCB (6 KA)Outgoing: 6x5-l0A each 12,829.00 12,828.00 12,823.00 12,823.00
SPMCB (6 KA)[PWD-4.2.1]
8.02.1.2 8-way SPDBIncoming: 1x50A DPMCB (10 KA)Outgoing: 8x5-10A each 14,179.00 14,177.00 14,172.00 14,172.00
SPMCB (10 KA)[PWD-4.2.2]
8.02.1.3 10-way SPDBIncoming: 1x60A/63A DPMCB (10 KA)Outgoing: each 16,571.00 16,570.00 16,565.00 16,565.00
10x5-10A SPMCB (10 KA)[PWD-4.2.3]
8.02.2 Supplying and fixing of almirah type 18 SWG metal board of depth sqm 17,553.00 17,552.00 17,547.00 17,547.00
228mm (6") duly painted with powder coating with epoxy polyester
resin on all surfaces of board (gray / off-white) having built in push
type / suitable locking arrangement including metal bridges of
suitable size for fixing of all electrical control devices complete with
suitable anchoring arrangement in wall / column and keeping
provision for cable inlets and exits as required (only front surface of
the board will be considered for measurement) accepted/approved
by the Engineer-in-charge.With water tight arrangement.[PWD-4.9.2]
8.03 ENERGY METER
Page 315
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.03.1 Providing & fixing 230V, 50Hz, single phase, 10 – 40 Amps electric each 1,681.00 1,681.00 1,679.00 1,679.00
energy meter (KWH meter) steel body with glass cover on prepared
board inconformity with BDS IEC standard accepted/approved by
engineer in charge.[PWD-21.22.1]
8.03.2 Providing & fixing 230 V, 50 Hz, single phase 10-40 Ampere each 2,172.00 2,172.00 2,169.00 2,169.00
electronics digital energy meter (KWH meter) steel body with glass
cover on prepared board inconformity with BDS IEC standard. [PWD-
21.22.2
8.03.3 Providing & fixing 415V + 10%, 50Hz three phase electronics digital
energy meter (KWH meter) steel body with glass cover on prepared
board inconformity with BDS IEC standard. [PWD-21.22.3
8.03.3.1 10-100 Amps (Single Tariff ) [PWD-21.22.3.1] each 6,589.00 6,589.00 6,587.00 6,587.00
8.03.3.2 10-100 Amps (Double Tariff ) [PWD-21.22.3.2] each 8,430.00 8,430.00 8,427.00 8,427.00
8.04.1 Circuit Breaker (SPMCB)

Providing & fixing on a prepared board 250 volt grade following
single pole miniature circuit breaker (SPMCBs) having minimum
breaking capacity 6-KA / I0 KA with thermal over-current and
instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release provision as per
BDS IEC and IEC / VDE / NEMA / BS / JIS standard.SPMCBs
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD-4.4.1]
8.04.1.1 5 – 40 Amps (minimum 6 KA) MCB[PWD-4.4.1.1] each 780.00 780.00 779.00 779.00
8.04.1.2 60/63 Amps (minimum 10 KA) MCB[PWD-4.4.1.2] each 964.00 964.00 963.00 963.00
8.04.2.1 5 - 60 Amps. [PWD-4.5.1.1] each 4,030.00 4,030.00 4,028.00 4,028.00
8.04.3 TPMCCB
Providing & fixing on a prepared board 500 volt grade following triple-
pole molded case circuit breaker (TPMCCB) with thermal over-
current and instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release
provision, Manufactured / Assembled and tested in accordance with
IEC / VDE / NEMA / BS / JIS along with relevant BDS IEC
standard.TPMCCBs accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD-4.6.1]
8.04.3.1 15 - 100 Amps. (Minimum 10-KA) [PWD-4.6.1] each 7,466.00 7,466.00 7,464.00 7,464.00
8.04.3.2 120 - 200 Amps. (Minimum 16-KA) [PWD-4.6.2] each 8,816.00 8,816.00 8,813.00 8,813.00
8.05.01 CANNEL POINT WTRING (BYM)(WITHOUT SWITCH)
Surface channel wiring for the following point looping at the switch
board with earth Terminal with 1C-2x1.5 sqmm PVC insulated and
sheathed stranded cable (BYM) and lC- lx1.5 sqmm PVC insulated
ECC(BYA) (Green / Yellow bi-colour) including circuit wiring(From
SDB to Switch Board) with lC-2x25 sqmrn PVC insulated and
sheathed stranded cable (BYM) & lC-2x2 5 sqmm PVC insulated
ECC(BYA) Green & Yellow bi-colour through minimum 1 mm thick
PVC channel complete with l8 SWG GP sheet / PVC switch board
(preferably concealed) with3mm thick ebonite sheet cover, circular
box, without Switch, fixing materials, otheraccessories elc. as
required and mending the damages good. All electrical contactsshall
be of brass /copper connected through connector or soldering (no
twistingshall be allowed) and cables shall be manufactured ans
tested according to IEC / BS/VDE standard along with relevant BDS
standard as per detailed specificationmentioned Annexure-l. The
work shall be carried out as per direction & approvalof the Engineer
In Charge.[PWD-1.1]
8.05.01.1 Light point/Exhaust / Wall bracket fan point [PWD-1.1.2.1] point 1,097.00 1,092.00 10,172.00 1,072.00
8.05.01.2 Fan point [PWD-1.1.2.2] point 1,097.00 1,092.00 10,172.00 1,072.00

8.05.01.3 Call bell point with gang bell push [PWD-1.1.2.3] point 1,128.00 1,122.00 1,103.00 1,103.00
Page 316
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.02 SUFACE CONDUIT POINT WIRING (BYA) (WITHOUT SWITCH)
Surface conduit wiring for following point looping at the switch board
with earth terminal with lC-2x1.5 sqmm PVC insulated cable (BYA) &
lC-2x1.5 sqmm PVC insulated ECC (BYA) (Green / Yellow bicolour)
including circuit wiring (From SDB to Switch Board) with lC-2x2.5
sqmm PVC insulated cable (BYA) & lC- 2x2.5 sqmm PVC insulated
ECC (BYA) Green / Yellow bi-colour through PVC conduit (one
conduit from switch board to common point on ceiling is considered
to draw 3 pair of cable ) of reputed manufacturer of minimum 25 mm
inner dia with 1.5mm wall thickness complete with l8 SWG GP sheet
/ PVC switch board and pull box (preferably concealed) with 3 mm
thick ebonite sheet cover, without switch, fixing materials. Other
accessories etc. as required including mending the damages good.
All electrical contacts shall be of brass / copper connected through
connector or soldering (no twisting shall be allowed) and cables shall
be manufactured and Tested according to IEC / BS / VDE standards
along with relevant BDS standard as per detailed specification
mentioned in Annexure- I . The work shall be carried out as per
direction & approval of the Engineer in Charge.[PWD-1.3]
8.05.02.1 Light point/Exhaust/Wall bracket fan point [PWD-1.32.1] point 1,093.00 1,089.00 1,067.00 1,067.00
8.05.02.3 Call bell point with bell push [PWD-1.3.2.3] point 1,165.00 1,160.00 1,139.00 1,139.00
8.05.03 CONCEALED CONDUIT POINT WIRING (BYA)(WITHOUT
SWITCH)
Concealed conduit wiring for following point looping at the switch
board with earth terminal with lC-2x1.5 sqmm PVC insulated cable
(BYA) & lC-2x1.5 sqmm PVC insulated ECC(BYA) Green / Yellow bi-
colour including circuit wiring (From SDB to Switchboard) with lC-
2x2.5 sqmm PVC insulated cable (BYA) & lC-2x2.5 sqmm PVC
insulated ECC (BYA) (Creen / Yellow bi-colour) through PVC conduit
(one conduit from switch board to common point on ceiling is
considered to draw 3 pair of cable) of reputed manufacturer of
minimum 25 mm dia & 1.7 mm wall thickness complete with l8 SWG
GP sheet / PVC switch board pull box with 3mm thick ebonite sheet
cover, fixing materials etc.(without switch) as required including
mending the damages good. All electrical contacts shall be of brass /
copper connected through connector or soldering (no twisting shall
be allowed) and cables shall be manufactured and tested according
to IEC / BS / VDE standard along with relevant BDS standard as per
detailed specification mentioned in Annexure- l. The work shall be
carried out as per direction & approval of the Engineer In
Charge.[PWD-1.7]
8.05.03.1 Light point/Exhaust or Wall bracket fan point [PWD-1.7.2.1] point 1,160.00 1,155.00 1,130.00 1,130.00
8.05.03.3 Call bell point with bell push [PWD-1.7.2.3] point 1,232.00 1,227.00 1,201.00 1,201.00
8.05.04 SURFACE CONDUIT POINT WIRING (BYM) (WITHOUT SWITCH)
Surface conduit wiring with the following PVC insulated and
sheathed cable (BYM) & Green / Yellow bi-colour PVC insulated
ECC wire (BYA) through PVC conduit of reputed manufacturer
complete with 18 SWG GP sheet pull box with 3 mm thick ebonite
sheet cover, fixing materials, other accessories etc. as required
including mending the damages good. All electrical contacts shall be
of brass / copper connected through connector or soldering (no
twisting shall be allowed) and cables shall be manufactured and
tested according to IEC / BS / VDE standards along with
relevantBDS standard as per detailed specification mentioned in
Annexure-1. The work shall be carried out as per direction &
approval of the Engineer In Charge.
Cable manufacturer(s) must have valid type test certificate (within
last seven years) from internationally accredited laboratory (like
CPRI, KEMA etc.) accepted / approved by the Engineer In
Charge.[PWD-1.10.2]
Page 317
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.04.1 1C-2x1.5 sqmm (BYM) cable with 1.5 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire m 192.00 191.00 189.00 189.00
through PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 20 mm having wall thickness
of 1.5 mm
8.05.04.2 1C-2x2.5sqmm (BYM) cable with 2.5 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 261.00 260.00 257.00 257.00
PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 25 mm having wall thickness of 1.7
mm
8.05.04.3 1C-2x4.0 sqmm (BYM) cable with 4 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 338.00 338.00 335.00 335.00
mm
8.05.04.4 1C-2x6.0 sqmm (BYM) cable with 6 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 436.00 435.00 433.00 433.00
mm
8.05.05 SURFACE WIRING (BYA) (THROUGH PVC CONDUIT)
Surface conduit wiring with the following PVC insulated cable (BYA)
& PVC insulated Green / Yellow bi-colour ECC wire (BYA) through
PVC conduit of reputed manufacturer complete with 18 SWG GP
sheet pull box with 3mm thick ebonite sheet cover, fixing materials,
other accessories etc. including mending the damages good as
required. All electrical contacts shall be of brass / copper connected
through connector or soldering (no twisting shall be allowed) and
cables shall be manufactured and tested according to IEC / BS /
VDE standards along with relevant BDS standard as per detailed
specification mentioned in Annexure-1. The work shall be carried out
as per direction & approval of the Engineer In Charge.
Charge[PWD-1.11.2]
8.05.05.1 1C-2x1.5sqmm (BYA) cable with 1.5sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 171.00 171.00 168.00 168.00
mm
mm
8.05.05.3 1C-2x4.0 sqmm (BYA) cable with 4 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 320.00 319.00 316.00 316.00
mm
mm
8.05.05.5 1C-2x10 sqmm (BYA) cable with 10 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 658.00 657.00 654.00 654.00
mm
8.05.05.6 1C-2x16 sqmm (BYA) cable with 16 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 1,005.00 1,004.00 1,001.00 1,001.00
mm
8.05.06 SURFACE WIRING (NYY) (THROUGH PVC CONDUIT)
Surface conduit wiring with the following PVC insulated and
sheathed stranded cable (NYY) / XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed
stranded cable (2XY) & PVC insulated Green / Yellow bi-colour ECC
wire (BYA) through PVC conduit of reputed manufacturer complete
with fixing materials, other accessories etc. as required including
to IEC / BS / VDE standards along with relevant BDS standard as
per detailed specification mentioned in Annexure-1. The work shall
be carried out as per direction & approval of the Engineer In Charge.
Charge[PWD-1.14.2]
Page 318
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.06.01 1C-4x2.5sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 2.5 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 484.00 483.00 479.00 479.00
mm
8.05.06.02 1C-4x4sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 4 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 624.00 622.00 619.00 619.00
mm
8.05.06.03 1C-4x6sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 6 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 814.00 813.00 810.00 810.00
mm
8.05.06.04 1C-4x10sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 10 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 1,204.00 1,203.00 1,198.00 1,198.00
mm
mm
mm
mm
PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 65 mm having wall thickness of 3
mm.
PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 65 mm having wall thickness of 3 mm
mm
8.05.06.14 1C-4x240sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 120 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire m 19,351.00 19,349.00 19,340.00 19,340.00
through PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 125 mm having wall
thickness of 3.4 mm
thickness of 3.4 mm
thickness of 3.4 mm
thickness of 4.5 mm
thickness of 5.3 mm
Page 319
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.07 CONCEALED WIRING (BYA)
Concealed conduit wiring with the following PVC insulated stranded
cable (BYA) & PVC insulated Green / Yellow bi-colour ECC wire
(BYA) through PVC conduit of reputed manufacturer complete with
18 SWG GP sheet pull box with 3mm thick ebonite sheet cover,
fixing materials, other accessories etc. as required including mending
the damages good. All electrical contacts shall be of brass / copper
connected through connector or soldering (no twisting shall be
allowed) and cables shall be manufactured and tested according to
IEC / BS / VDE standards along with relevant BDS standard as per
detailed specification mentioned in Annexure-1. The work shall be
carried out as per direction & approval of the Engineer In Charge.
Charge[PWD-1.16.2]
mm
mm
mm
mm
8.05.07.5 1C-2x10 sqmm (BYA) cable with 10 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 683.00 681.00 674.00 674.00
mm
8.05.07.6 1C-2x16 sqmm (BYA) cable with 16 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 1,010.00 1,008.00 1,002.00 1,002.00
mm
8.05.08 CONCEALED WIRING (NYY) (THROUGH PVC CONDUIT)
Concealed conduit wiring with the following PVC insulated and
sheathed stranded cable (NYY) / XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed
stranded cable (2XY) & PVC insulated Green / Yellow bi-colour ECC
wire (BYA) through PVC conduit of reputed manufacturer complete
with fixing materials other accessories etc. as required including
to IEC / BS / VDE standards along with relevant BDS standard as
per detailed specification mentioned in Annexure-1. The work shall
be carried out as per direction & approval of the Engineer In Charge.
Charge[PWD-1.17.2]
8.05.08.01 1C-4x2.5 sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 2.5 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 528.00 526.00 519.00 519.00
mm.
8.05.08.02 1C-4x4 sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 4 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 667.00 665.00 658.00 658.00
mm
8.05.08.03 1C-4x6 sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 6 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 913.00 911.00 904.00 904.00
mm.
8.05.08.04 1C-4x10 sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 10 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 1,255.00 1,253.00 1,246.00 1,246.00
mm.
Page 320
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.08.05 1C-4x16 sqmm (NYY / 2XY) with 16 sqmm (BYA) ECC wire through m 1,838.00 1,836.00 1,828.00 1,828.00
mm.
8.05.09 Providing & laying of following sizes HT (11KV) PVC insulated,
sheathed, screened & armoured cable (NYSEYFGbY) / HT (11KV)
armoured XLPE Cable : All electrical contacts shall be of brass /
copper connected through connector or soldering ( no twisting shall
to IEC / BS / VDE along with relevant BDS standard as per detailed
specification mentioned in Annexure-1. The work shall be carried out
as per direction / approval / acceptance of the Engineer In Charge.In
kutcha ground by cutting 45.70 cm width x 91.40 cm depth trench
with necessary brick or tile protection and mending the damages
good by refilling trench with proper compaction.In pucca floor
through required size of PVC pipe cutting trench of necessary size
and mending good the damages with one layer 1st class flat brick
soling,75 mm thick (1:2:4) cc work with neat cement finishing etc.In
pucca ground / road through required size of PVC pipe by cutting
45.70cm width x 91.40 cm depth trench mending good the damages
by earth refilling with proper compaction providing 50 mm thick
compacted premix bituminous carpeting over one layer of 1st class
flat brick soling and 75 mm thick compacted water bound macadam
of khoa of brick.
Charge.[PWD-1.20.2]
8.05.09.1 3Cx25 sqmm XLPE cableIn pucca ground / pucca road through 75 m 3,833.00 3,829.00 3,813.00 3,814.00
mm PVC pipe having wall thickness of 3 mm.
8.05.09.2 3C x 35 sqmm cableIn pucca ground / pucca road through 100 mm m 4,695.00 4,691.00 4,675.00 4,676.00
PVC pipe having wall thickness of 3.4 mm.
8.05.09.3 3C x 50 sqmm cableIn pucca ground / pucca road through 100 mm m 5,579.00 5,574.00 5,559.00 5,560.00
PVC pipe having wall thickness of 3.4 mm.
8.05.09.4 3C x 70 sqmm XLPE cableIn pucca ground / pucca road through m 6,889.00 6,885.00 6,869.00 6,870.00
100 mm PVC pipe having wall thickness of 3.4 mm.
8.05.10 TELECOMMUNICATION CABLE
Supplying and drawing of following sizes PVC insulated & sheathed
twisted pair telecommunication cables having dia of each core is 0.6
mm through prelaid pipes.
CPRI, KEMA etc.) approved / accepted by the Engineer In
Charge.[PWD-1.21.1]
8.05.10.01 1C-2x0.282 sqmm (1 pair) m 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00
8.05.10.02 1C-4x0.282 sqmm (2 pair) m 34.00 34.00 34.00 34.00
8.05.10.03 1C-6x0.282 sqmm (3 pair) m 48.00 48.00 48.00 48.00

8.05.10.04 1C-8x0.282 sqmm (4 pair) m 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00
8.05.10.05 1C-10x0.282 sqmm (5 pair) m 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00
8.05.10.06 1C-12x0.282 sqmm (6 pair) m 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00

8.05.10.07 1C-16x0.282 sqmm (8 pair) m 121.00 121.00 121.00 121.00
8.05.10.08 1C-20x0.282 sqmm (10 pair) m 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00
Page 321
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.10.09 1C-40x0.282 sqmm (20 pair) m 280.00 280.00 280.00 280.00
8.05.10.10 1C-100x0.282 sqmm (50 pair) m 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
8.05.11 CO-AXIAL CABLE

Supplying & drawing of following sizes PVC insulated & sheathed 75
ohm impedance co-axial cables through prelaid pipes.
CPRI, KEMA etc.) ) approved/accepted by the Engineer In
Charge.[PWD-1.22.1]
8.05.11.1 4/C m 49.00 49.00 49.00 49.00
8.05.11.2 5/C m 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00
8.05.11.3 6/C m 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00
8.05.12 Overhead ASC

Providing and drawing following PVC insulated aluminum stranded
conductor in overhead line at proper sag complete with necessary GI
binding wire as required as per BDS 1036.
Cable manufacturer(s) must have valid test certificate from
internationally accredited laboratory (like CPRI, KEMA etc.) accepted
/ approved by the engineer [PWD-3.11.2]
8.05.12.1 IC-25 sq.mm (GNAT) m 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00
8.05.12.2 IC-50 sq.mm (ANT) m 117.00 117.00 117.00 117.00
8.05.12.3 IC-75 sq.mm (EARWIG) m 206.00 206.00 206.00 206.00
8.05.12.4 IC-100 sq.mm (WASP) m 212.00 212.00 212.00 212.00

8.05.13 GALVANIZED CABLE TRAY
Supply, fitting and fixing galvanized cable tray made of 18 SWG (1.2
mm) MS Sheet evenly perforated with 7 mm width Capsule hole
punch with self-Hanging Facility at top, joint clamp, including
fabricating cost of electricity, tools and plants, workshop charges,
carriage of the same, cutting groves in the RCC or brick work,
mending good the damages with CC (1:2:4), etc. complete for all
floors accepted by the engineer.[PWD-4.33]
8.05.13.1 100x50 mm without cover m 1,411.00 1,411.00 1,411.00 1,411.00

8.05.14 GALVANIZED CABLE LADDERS
Supply, fitting and fixing of Galvanized cable ladders made of 14
SWG (2 mm) MS Sheet with rungs spaced of 300 mm centers,
100x25mm side rail with multiple formation to protect from torsion
and bending with full loading capacity with self-Hanging Facility at
top and bottom, joint clamp, including fabricating cost of electricity,
tools and plants, workshop charges, carriage of the same, cutting
groves in the RCC or brick work, mending good the damages with
CC (1:2:4), etc. complete for all floors accepted by the
engineer.[PWD-4.34]
8.05.14.1 300x100 mm m 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00
8.05.14.2 400x100 mm m 4,908.00 4,908.00 4,908.00 4,908.00

8.05.14.3 600x100 mm m 6,013.00 6,013.00 6,013.00 6,013.00
8.05.14.4 900x100 mm m 7,608.00 7,608.00 7,608.00 7,608.00
Page 322
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.05.15 BUSBAR TRUNKING SYSTEM
Supply and fixing bus bar trunking system (800 A and above) both
feeder and plugging having the following specification :-
Rated operation voltage 1000V 3-phase, 5 wire .
All bus-bar trunking products and fixing ( straight length, elbow, tees,
flanged ends, cable tap box and circuit breaker etc.) shall be in
accordance with IEC61439 ; 2012 or UL 857 and from the same
manufacturer as per bus bar trunking system.
Short circuit rating : 800 A - 1000 A ( 40-60 KA/sec)
2500 A - 4000 A ( 165 -220 KA/sec)
Housing: Constructed of code gauge steel and aluminum to reduce
hysteresis and eddy current losses. It shall be totally enclosed non
ventilated and anticorrosive ability.
Bus bar: Hard drawn silver plated high conductivity copper of 99.9%
purity.Bus-bar insulation :Class B or class F rated polyester film. (no
epoxy insulati)
Joint: Bus bar trunking joint shall be of the one-bolt type and shall be
possible to remove any joint connection assembly to allow electrical
isolation of bus bar trunking length.
Indoor feeder and plug-in trunking shall be hanged 3 meters
horizontally and 4.88 meters vertically spacing.
Line to line voltage drop shall not exceed 4% when connected at full
load.
Temperature rise at any point of the bus bar trunking enclosure shall
no exceed 550C.
Bus bar trunking system with flange, elbow, plug in points and fixing
supports.[PWD-4.8.1]
8.05.15.1 800 A m 137,610.00 137,610.00 137,607.00 137,607.00
8.05.15.2 1000 A m 142,518.00 142,518.00 142,516.00 142,516.00

8.05.15.3 1250 A m 146,199.00 146,199.00 146,197.00 146,197.00
8.05.15.4 1600 A m 153,561.00 153,561.00 153,559.00 153,559.00
8.05.15.5 2000 A m 191,600.00 191,600.00 191,597.00 191,597.00

8.06.1 UNIVERSAL COMBINED SWITCH SOCKET OUTLET
(SURFACE/CONCEALED TYPE)
Providing & fixing 250 volt single phase universal combined switch
socket outlet (surface / concealed type) Manufactured/ Assembled
and tested in accordance with IEC / VDE / NEMA / BS / JIS along
with relevant BDS IEC standards mounted on required size 18 SWG
galvanized plain sheet board / plastic board (self-extinguishing 650
degree centigrade) of 76.2 mm. (3") depth. Sample to be approved
by the Engineer-in-charge.Manufacturer shall have certificate of
standard which they follow.
Made in HONGKONG / MALAYSIA / SINGAPORE / S KOREA /
THAILAND [PWD-4.11.1.1]
8.06.1.1 13 / 15 / 16 / 20 Amps. each 942.00 942.00 942.00 942.00
8.06.1.2 5 - 10 Amps. each 715.00 715.00 715.00 715.00
8.06.2 GANG SWITCH
Providing & fixing 250 volts. 5 / 6 amps (minimum) concealed type
following switch / switch socket Manufactured / Assembled and
tested in accordance with IEC / VDE / NEMA / BS / JIS along with
relevant BDS IEC standards mounted on required size 18 SWG
galvanized plain sheet / PVC board (Self-extinguishing 650 Degree
Centigrade) of 76.2 mm (3") depth. All electrical contacts shall be of
brass / copper.
MADE IN HONGKONG / MALAYSIA / SINGAPORE / S KOREA /
THAILAND [PWD- 4.12.2]
8.06.2.01 One gang switch each 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00
8.06.2.02 Two gang switch each 375.00 375.00 375.00 375.00
8.06.2.03 Three gang switch each 514.00 514.00 514.00 514.00

8.06.2.04 Four gang switch each 763.00 763.00 763.00 763.00
Page 323
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.06.2.05 One gang switch & one 5/10 Amps. 2-pin socket combined. each 512.00 511.00 511.00 511.00
8.06.2.06 Fan regulator( gang type) each 1,187.00 1,186.00 1,186.00 1,186.00
8.06.2.07 Call bell push( gang type) each 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00
8.06.2.08 Telephone socket( gang type) each 609.00 608.00 608.00 608.00
8.06.2.09 TV socket ( gang type) each 609.00 608.00 608.00 608.00
8.06.5.12 20 AMP DP Switch each 930.00 929.00 929.00 929.00

8.06.5.13 Data/ Internet Socket each 1,096.00 1,095.00 1,095.00 1,095.00
8.07.1 EARTHING
Earthing the electrical installation with 40 mm (1.5") dia G.I. pipe
(earth electrode) having 6.35 mm. dia hole across the pipe at 305
mm. interval securely bonded by soldering with 2 nos. of No-2 SWG
HDBC earth leads (at the top of the electrode) with its protection by
20 mm. (3/4") dia G.I. pipe up-to plinth level run at a depth of 609.6
mm (2 ft) below G.L up-to main board to be earthed including
necessary connecting copper sockets, bolts, nuts, etc. complete for
maintaining earth resistance within 1 ohm. [PWD- 4.19]
8.07.1.01 Depth of bottom of main electrode at 12954 mm. (42.5 ft) from GL & set 29,449.00 29,449.00 29,449.00 29,449.00
length of electrode 12192 mm. (40 ft). [PWD- 4.19.2]
8.07.1.02 Depth of bottom of main electrode at 37338 mm. (122.5 ft) from GL set 51,536.00 51,536.00 51,536.00 51,536.00
& length of electrode 36576 mm. (120 ft). [PWD- 4.19.6]
8.07.2 LIGHTNING ARRESTER
8.07.2.1 LIGHTNING ARRESTER (Up to 6-storied building) set 7,568.00 7,567.00 7,562.00 7,562.00
Providing & fixing 25.4 mm (1") dia 457 mm (1.5 ft) long solid copper
rod with 6.6 mm thick 150 mm x 150 mm copper made base with
sharp end top, fixed on the top of 2.0"( 2.5 - 3 mm thick ) dia 10' long
GI pole by necessary accessories . The pole shall fixed on
parapet wall with necessary CC work and other accessories for
arresting lightning as per plan (enclosed) and as per direction of the
Engineer. [Fig : 4.21] [PWD-4.21.1]
8.07.2.2 Providing & drawing no-2 HDBC wire through 12.7 mm. (½") dia G.I. m 1,133.00 1,133.00 1,132.00 1,132.00
pipe including fitting, fixing the G.I. pipe in wall or column complete
as required. [PWD-4.21.2]
8.07.3 LIGHTNING ARRESTER(Above 6-storied building) (Item no :
4.22.1 - 4.22.9) [PWD-4.22]
8.07.3.1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning early streamer each 310,443.00 310,443.00 310,443.00 310,443.00
Emission Air Terminal (ESEAT)/ Collection Volume Method
(CVM) as per IEEE 998-2012 or equivalent product having the
following technical specification -
(i)Withstand Peak Lightning Current : 100 KA
(ii)Weather condition of work : Material of lightning Air Terminal
should be able to work in any environmental condition. So,
material of Air Terminal should be stainless steel.
(iii)Dimension of the air terminal :Minimum length : 220
mm25mm dia solid rod at the bottom of the Air Terminal
having M20 male thread to fix on mast.
(iv)Certified advance Time : Maximum 60µ second with a
current peak higher than 100 KA.
(v)Material of the Air Terminal : Stainless steel
(vi)Weight : 2.25 – 4.00 kg.
(vii)Radius of protection : 90 – 100 meter at 5 meter heig from
the Plan
(viii)Product certification and standards: System should compliant to
UL-96 (lightning protection component) (standard of
safety)(ix)Manufactured / Assembled and made in : USA / FRANCE
/ AUSTRALIA or EU countries.[PWD-4.22.1]
Page 324
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.07.3.2 Supply and installation of insulated Air Terminal mast of the each 17,884.00 17,884.00 17,884.00 17,884.00
following specificati-
Made of stainless steel (Type : 316)
Length : 2300 mm
Dia : 30mm
The mast shall be fixed on the top of the GI tower with SS nuts bolts,
clamps as per sample approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD-
4.22.2]
8.07.3.3 Supply and installation of lightning event counter of the following each 49,389.00 49,389.00 49,389.00 49,389.00
technical specification -
Register capacity : 0-999 mechanical counting without external
power supply (LCD display)
The down conductor shall pass the hole of the counter and the same
shall be fixed vertically at any point. [PWD-4.22.3]
8.07.3.4 Supply and installation of earth test box with the following each 1,503.00 1,503.00 1,503.00 1,503.00
arrangement inside it.
Test Joint : (79mm x 50mm x 20mm) made of copper.30mm x 2mm
and dia 8mm, line coupling made of copper.[PWD-4.22.4]
8.07.3.5 Supply and drawing of copper made down conductor having dia 12.7 m 2,261.00 2,261.00 2,261.00 2,261.00
mm or copper strip (30mmx2mm) with fixing holder on vertical and
horizontal surface. The fixing shall have 40mm to 50mm length or
height and will be placed 3 nos per meter as per direction and
sample approved by the Engineer-in-charge .[PWD-4.22.5]
8.07.3.6 Construction of GI tower with the following specification - each 13,252.00 13,252.00 13,252.00 13,252.00
GI Pole: Dia 3'', Length: 15' (L-10', D-3''; L-5', D- 2'' ) duly painted
with powder coating with epoxy polyester resin .
There will be minimum three Guy-wire for erection of the pole
properly. The base of the pole and guy will be installed by CC on the
roof-top and the size will be as required to hold the pole at any
circumstances.[PWD-4.22.6]
8.07.3.7 Construction of earthing ( 2 nos.) for the lightning arrester as per job 153,381.00 153,381.00 153,381.00 153,381.00
instruction and enclosed diagram ( Fig : 4.21) and as per direction of
the Engineer in the following way- (i)Soil digging : Size –
3000mmx400mmx400mm (2 nos.)
(ii)Construction of pit by brick and RCC slab on it. On the top of the
slab there will be a hole and a pit cover made by cast iron will be
fixed on it.
(iii)Size of the pit : (600mmx600mmx600mm) (2 nos.)
(iv)Copper plate : (300mmx150mmx15mm) (2 nos.)Copper plate will
be fixed with the electrode (copper rod or copper strip) by necessary
fixing materials made of copper.
(v) Copper electrode (12.7mm dia copper rod or copper strip
(30mmx2mm)Length of the copper rod or strip : minimum 3000mm
(10+10) = 20 meter.(vi)Ground enhancing materials (40 + 40) =

80 kg.(2 Nos. of earthing is considered 1 set)[PWD-4.22.7]
8.07.3.8 Surge protection device (SPD) for protection of over-head line set 54,297.00 54,297.00 54,297.00 54,297.00
connected to LT line.Capacity : 50 KA 4-pole with wiring and SPD
box.Made in GERMANY / AUSTRALIA / SPAIN or product of EU
countries. [PWD-4.22.8]
8.07.3.9 Supply and installation of Aviation light fittings with LED Lamp, day each 10,829.00 10,829.00 10,829.00 10,829.00
light sensor, wiring by 1C-2x1.5 sq.mm cable (NYY) with ECC as per
instruction and sample approved by the Engineer-in-charge.The
Aviation Light fitting shall be fixed on GI pipe (GI Bracket) with
necessary fixing materials shown in the fig - 4.22, below the Air
Terminal. [PWD-4.22.9]
8.07.5 Construction of earthing inspection pit inside measurement 600 mm x each 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00
600 mm with 250 mm thick brick in cement mortar (1:4) with 100mm
thick RCC top slab (1:2:4) with 1% re-enforcement 450 mm dia water
sealed CI man-hole cover with locking arrangement including
necessary earth works, site filling and one brick flat soling 75 mm
thick (1:3:6) base concrete for making inlet channel & 12mm thick
(1:2) cement plaster with neat finishing etc. all complete up to a
depth of .75 meter. [PWD-4.20]
Page 325
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.08.1 PVC PIPE
Providing & laying of following PVC pipe (best quality PVC pipe of
reputed manufacturer) embedded in wall / column / ceiling / floor etc.
with all accessories, 18 SWG GP sheet pull box with 3 mm thick
ebonite sheet cover, fixing materials etc. as required including
mending the damages good. [PWD-1.25]
8.08.1.1 Minimum inner dia 12 mm & minimum wall thickness 1.5 mm. m 33.00 33.00 33.00 33.00
8.09.1 CEILLING FAN
Supplying & fixing AC capacitor type ceiling fan (without regulator) of
following specifications and sizes complete with minimum 305 mm (1
ft) long and 0.75 -1.0" dia, 2.3 mm thickness MS pipe down rod,
tempered cast aluminum blades, 2.5 µf 400V AC capacitor, canopy,
double Z ball bearing, best quality silicon sheet core, best quality
copper made super enamel wire, aluminum alloyed casting body /
metal body having safety pin with powder coated heat / docu paint as
required as per BDS 818 etc. connecting PVC wire complete as
required.Rated voltage : 230 voltsRated frequency : 50 HzRated
speed : 300 rpm ± 5 %Service value : Minimum 3.5 m3 / min /
wattTemperature rise : Maximum 55ºCClass of Insulation :
Minimum ENoise level : Maximum 60 dB at a distance of 1
meter.Input power : Maximum 70 watt.[PWD-21.1]
8.09.1.1 1442 mm. (56") Sweep each 3,730.00 3,727.00 3,714.00 3,714.00
8.09.1.2 1220 mm. (48") Sweep each 3,497.00 3,493.00 3,481.00 3,481.00
8.09.1.4 Providing & fixing box type fan clamp made of 25.4 mm. x 6.35 mm. each 172.00 172.00 171.00 171.00
(1"x ¼") MS flat bar using a 12 mm. dia MS rod having at least 750
mm clearance around and shall be placed above the MS rod mesh of
the roof slab including necessary bolts, nuts etc. as required as per
sample approved by the Engineer.[PWD-21.4.1]
8.09.1.5 Providing & fixing U type fan clamp made of 12 mm. dia MS rod each 135.00 135.00 134.00 134.00
having at least 750 mm clearance around and shall be placed above
the MS rod mesh of the roof slab including necessary bolts, nuts etc.
as required as per sample approved by the Engineer.[pwd-21.4.2]
8.09.2 EXHAUST FAN
Providing and fixing of following axial flow AC capacitor type wall
mounted exhaust fan complete with blade, steel frame standard wall
louver shutter, PVC insulated connecting wire etc. complete as
required including cutting wall and mending good the damages as
per direction of the Engineer.[PWD-21.2]
8.09.2.1 8" Exhaust fan plastic body (foreign made accepted / approved by each 1,337.00 1,333.00 1,317.00 1,317.00
the Engineer).
the Engineer).
the Engineer).
8.09.3 FAN REPAIRING
Full-re-winding the fan by required size of super enameled copper
wire, ampere tube, cotton tape, leatheroid paper including heating,
varnishing, testing etc. complete as required (dismantle wires shall
be taken by the contractor).[PWD-21.7]
8.09.3.1 56" AC ceiling fan each 1,288.00 1,287.00 1,283.00 1,283.00
8.09.3.3 CAPACITOR FOR FAN each 160.00 158.00 155.00 155.00
Supply & installation of the following size fan capacitor (foreign made
or equivalent brand accepted / approved by the Engineer).2.8 / 3.5
µF[PWD-21.11.2]
Page 326
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.01 Fancy Saucer Light each 945.00 945.00 942.00 942.00
Providing & fixing of the fancy saucer light fitting(except lamp) with
brass holder, earth terminal, necessary wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm
stranded PVC insulated flexible FR cable. The fittings shall be
suitable for use of LED lamp and complete sample to be accepted /
approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).
Light source 7W LED Bulb
Material: SS/MS Sheet, GlassSize: D-215mm mm
Gloria Cat No-GCLF-692 Energy+ EPSL-90
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-SL-04
Asha Cat No. ACS-P 2816
Crescent-CMP-23or equivalent [PWD-6.5.1.5]
8.10.02 BRACKET LIGHT FITTINGS (Except Lamp) each 945.00 945.00 942.00 942.00
Providing & fixing of the fancy bracket light Fittingswith carrier, brass
holder, earth terminal, necessary wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm stranded
PVC insulated flexible FR cable etc. The fittings shall be suitable for
use of LED lamp and complete sample to be accepted / approved by
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Light source: 1x9W
LED Bulb
Material: SS pipe (Size-30*30mm, thick- 1.2mm) & SS Sheet body,
Alu Sheet, MS Sheet, Glass.L-100mm, H-220mm, P-1mm
GLORIA cat. no. GWBL-2505-2861 Energy+ Cat No EPWL-300
Cosmo Cat No-BDTCLGWB-01
Asha Cat No-ACS-BS-1221 G57
Crescent-CB-1802/1or equivale.[PWD-6.2.1.1]
8.10.03 BATHROOM LIGHT FITTING(EXCEPT LAMP) each 945.00 945.00 942.00 942.00
Providing & fixing of the bath-room light Fittings consisting of
oxidized or golden or chromium plated brass base with carrier, brass
holder , earth terminal, necessary wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm stranded
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Light sour 9W LED
Bulb
Material: SS Sheet, SS/Brass pipe (Dia-10mm), Aluminium Sheet,
GlassL-350mm B-120mm P-mm
GLORIA cat. no. GBB-959-2105-FREnergy+ Cat no-EPML-100
Cosmo Cat No-BDTCL-MLF-01
Asha Cat No. ACS-BB 2802 TTG
Crescent-CB-476/9-644/9Watt: 9W LED Bulb or equivalent.[PWD-
6.4.1.1]
8.10.04 PENDENT LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 2,172.00 2,172.00 2,169.00 2,169.00
Providing & fixing of the fancy pendent light Fittingswith carrier, brass
PVC insulated flexible FR cable etc (except lamp) of the following
manufacturer's model & catalogue number. The fittings shall be
Material : Aluminium Sheet body, SS. Pipe (Dia-12mm), Brass Aloy,
MS Sheet Base. Total : Dia-440mm, Height-550mm
GLORIA cat. no. GHBL-1169Energy+ Cat No-EPHL-280
Cosmo Cat No-BDTCL-HL-03
Asha Cat No-ACS-CP 228,
Crescent-CML- 527 or equivale.[PWD-6.1.1.3]
8.10.05 FOOT LIGHT FITTINGS(EXCEPT LAMP) each 1,528.00 1,528.00 1,525.00 1,525.00
Providing & fixing the stair light Fittings with earth terminal, necessary
wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm stranded PVC insulated flexible FR cable
etc. The fittings shall be suitable for use of LED lamp and complete
sample to be accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2
years warranty).
Material: Aluminium Alloy Glass/ Polycarbonate
Energy+ cat no-EPSTL-13024ADEX AD SHY8
Asha Cat No. ACS-F 245or equivalent.[PWD-6.13.1.2]
Page 327
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.06 TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS each 644.00 644.00 642.00 642.00
Providing & fixing the 4' x 40 watt tube light Fittingswith superior
quality electronic driver of one year guarantee, holder, necessary
wiring with 2 X 0.4 sq. mm PVC insulated (stranded) flexible FR wire,
earth terminal etc. (except lamp). The fittings shall be suitable for use
of LED lamp and complete sample to be accepted / approved by the
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Light source 20T-8 tube
Material: MS SheetL-1235mm B-50mm P-mm
Gloria cat no-GTF(LED)751x1x20W Energy + EPIL-430
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-TLF-02
Asha Cat no-ACS -335x1x40W
Crescent-CTLS-7x1x40 Watt
or equivelent[PWD-6.6.1.1]
8.10.07 FLOOD LIGHT FITTINGS each 12,482.00 12,482.00 12,479.00 12,479.00
Providing & fixing the Metal halide flood light Fittingsconsisting of
black / gray coloured die-cast Aluminium body, housing for control
gear, polished Aluminium reflector, 4 mm toughened heatproof glass,
universal mounting for ceiling, wall or surface, hinged front glass for
in position lamp replacement, cable entry gland, U-shaped bracket
for pole mounting, brass holder, ballast (Phillips/ Harmonics /GE),
ignitor, capacitor, necessary wiring with FR cable suitable for use
with metal halide lamp, earth terminal etc. complete with metal halide
lamp (Phillips /Harmonics/GE). Complete sample to be accepted /
Gloria Cat No-GMHL-741x1x400W
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-HL-03
Asha Cat No. ACS-M 41 (MAT) 400W or equivalent.[PWD-6.9.1.2]
8.10.08 Providing & fixing of the fancy saucer light fitting(except lamp) with each 976.00 976.00 973.00 973.00
Material: Aluminium Alloy (thick-2.5mm), Alu reflector, GlassSize:

Dia-85mmGloria Cat no- GCDL-322, 5WEnergy+ EPCSL-
6053Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-CSL-01 (5W)Adex-AD SLM 5W
830/840Asha Cat No. ACS-LS 1501Pasha Cat No
PECS008001/7W or equivalent.[PWD-6.5.2.6]
8.10.09 Providing & fixing of the fancy pendent light Fittingswith carrier, brass each 2,417.00 2,417.00 2,415.00 2,415.00
approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Light
source15W LED Bulb, Material: Alu. Sheet body, SS. Pipe (Dia-
12mm), MS Sheet .Total : Dia-350mm, Height-750mm
Gloria cat no- GHPL-1177
Energy+ EPHL-28037,
Asha Cat No. ACS-CP 1342or equivalent.[PWD-6.1.1.4]
8.10.10 Tube light holder [PWD-6.24.1]
8.10.10.1 two (2) nos in set each 200.00 200.00 198.00 198.00
8.10.10.2 L-Type each 212.00 212.00 210.00 210.00
8.10.10.3 Round type each 215.00 215.00 212.00 212.00
Page 328
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.11 SINGLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS each 993.00 993.00 990.00 990.00
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty)Light source 20W T LED
tube
Material: MS Sheet, Design Acrylic (thick-2.5mm)L-1240mmB-60mm
H-106mm
Gloria cat no-GTF(LED)755x1x20WEnergy + EPIL-43002Cosmo
cat no-BDTCL-TLF-03Asha Cat No. ACS-TLS 317x1x40WCrescent-
CTLS-68x1x40 Wattor equivalent.[PWD-6.6.1.2]
8.10.12 DOUBLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS ((LUVER TYPE) each 2,233.00 2,233.00 2,231.00 2,231.00
Supply & fixing of pendent LED light fittings of following
Specifications:Luminous efficacy: i)For Spot/Bracket LED Light
Fittings: 80 lm/W (min),ii)For Panel/Tube Light Fittings: 100 lm/W
(min)Power Factor: minimum 0.95Colour Rendering Index(Ra) :i)
For Residential building Ra≥80ii) For office and other types of
buildings 70≤Ra<85Driver: Should be of IEC standard such as
MEANWELL/OSRAM/ENERGY+/SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) or equivalent,
LED chips :EPISTAR / OSRAM / SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) / CREE /

BRIDGELUX or equivalent.Colour temperature: 3500K-6500K
(Warm-White),Model & sample to be accepted / approved by the
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).
Material: MS Sheet, Plastic CoverL-1200mm
GLORIA cat. no. GTF-789 Energy+-EPHL-28062 Cosmo Cat No-
BDTCL-TLF-01,Asha Cat No. ACS-LTLS 3096x2x18W, or
equivalent.[PWD-6.1.2.1]
8.10.13 FLOOD LIGHT FITTINGS (HALOGEN) each 1,988.00 1,988.00 1,985.00 1,985.00
Providing & fixing the halogen flood light Fittings consisting of
Aluminium sheet body of min. breadth 410mm & height 300mm,
anodized Aluminium reflector, heat proof glass cover, polished
holder, earth terminal necessary wiring with FR cable suitable for use
with 1500 watt lamp etc. (except lamp). Complete sample to be
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years
warranty).
Gloria Cat No-GLFL 709x1x1500W
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCLHL-01
Asha cat No-ACS-M-41- 400-wor equivalent.[PWD-6.9.2.1]
8.10.14 EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) set 920.00 920.00 918.00 918.00
Supply & fixing of LED sign of the following features and model with
all necessary elements such as drivers, chips etc. complete model
and sample shall be approved by the Engineer.Exit light
Gloria cat no-GEXT 54, 3W
ENERGY + model no- (green / red) EPES - 34001 (3 W) ( green) &
EPES - 34005 (3 W) (red)Cosmo cat no-SE-01Asha Exit Light 3W-
Asha Cat No. ACS SIGN 001or equivalent.[PWD-6.15.1]
8.10.15 CELLING CONCEALED LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 976.00 976.00 973.00 973.00
Supply & fixing spot/Panel LED light fittings of following
specifications:Luminous efficacy: i)For Spot/Bracket LED Light
MEANWELL/OSRAM/ENERGY+/SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) or equivalent

BRIDGELUX or equivalent.Colour temperature : 3500K-6500K
(Warm-White) Model & sample to be accepted / approved by the
Dia-85mmGloria Cat no- GCDL-322, 5WEnergy+ EPCSL-
6053Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-CSL-01 (5W)Adex-AD SLM 5W
830/840Asha Cat No. ACS-LS 1501Pasha Cat No PECS0080 or
equivalent.[PWD-6.5.2.6]
Page 329
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.16 CELLING CONCEALED LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 1,988.00 1,988.00 1,985.00 1,985.00

Material: Aluminium Alloy (thick-3mm), Alu reflector, GlassSize: D-
75mm H-110mm
Gloria Cat no- GSDL-519, 10W
Energy+ cat no-EPSDL-5004
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-SDL-02
Asha Cat no-ACS LS-1568 (15/24 w)or equivalent. [PWD-6.5.2.6]
8.10.17 GARDEN & GATE LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 3,399.00 3,398.00 3,394.00 3,394.00
Providing & fixing the garden / gate light Fittings with frosted fancy
glass cover, brass holder, earth terminal, necessary wiring with 2 x
0.4 sq.mm stranded PVC insulated flexible FR cable ,and ingress
protection (IP 55) and polished brass base suitable for Fittings with
38.1 mm. dia G.I pipe post. The fittings shall be suitable for use of
LED lamp and complete sample to be accepted / approved by the
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty). Watt: 15W LED bulb,
Voltage: AC165-265V,With Dia: 470 mm & Height :300 mm
Material: Aluminium alloy, Brass Pipe, MS sheet painted with epoxy
powder paint & acrylicCast Aluminium thickness : minimum 5 mm
Gloria cat no- GGL-307
Energy+EPGL-16039
Cosmo Cat No. BDTCL- GDL-12
Asha Cat No. ACS-GL 2740
Crescent-CGL-2017 BLKor similar product of SUNKO, ANNYESHA,
FLOS or equivalent[PWD- 6.7.2.6]
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty). With Dia-305mm,Heighi-
615mm
Material: Cast Aluminium, MS Sheet and GlassCast Aluminium
thickness: minimum 5mm
Gloria Cat no-GGL-160
Energy+EPGL-16010
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-GDL-01Asha cat no-ACS GL-2948-NET
Crescent-CGL-49 (N)or similar product of SUNKO, ANNYESHA,
FLOS or equivale [PWD- 6.7.1.1]
8.10.19 Street Light (Except Lamp) each 1,472.00 1,471.00 1,468.00 1,468.00
Providing & fixing the water tight street light Fittingswith clear acrylic
sheet semicircular shade, brass holder, earth terminal necessary
wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm stranded PVC insulated flexible FR cable
and ingress protection (IP 65) & mountable on 38.1 mm (1.5") dia G.I
pipe bracket, suitable for LED lamp (except lamp). The fittings shall
be suitable for use of LED lamp and complete sample to be
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years
warranty).
GLORIA cat. no. GRL-703(Net)
ENERGY+ model no - EPBL 23036
Cosmo BDTCL-STLF-01
Crescent-CST-1008 (N)
Asha cat No-ACS-RL-2984-Nor equivalent.[PWD- 6.8.1.1]
Page 330
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.20 DOUBLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS each 2,963.00 2,963.00 2,961.00 2,961.00
Material: MS sheet, Aluminium reflectorL-1213 mm B-300 mm, H-
80mm
Gloria cat no- GTF (LED)-805x2x20 w
Energy+EPLS-3018
Asha Cat ACS-TLS 339x2x20W (4') LED
Crescent-CTLS - 5027or equivalent. [PWD- 6.6.1.16]
8.10.21 GARDEN & GATE LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 1,135.00 1,134.00 1,130.00 1,130.00
Supply & fixing LED garden & gate light fittings of following
specifications:Luminous efficacy: 80 lm/w(minimum), Power Factor:
minimum 0.95Colour Rendering Index(Ra) :i) For Residential
building Ra≥80ii) For office and other types of buildings 70≤
Ra<85Driver: Should be of IEC standard such as

Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Watt: 15W LED bulb,
Voltage: AC165-265V, with dia : 230 mm and height :610 mm
Material: Aluminium alloy & MS sheet painted with epoxy powder
paint & glassCast Aluminium thickness : minimum 5 mm
Gloria cat no- GGL (LED) -375
Energy+EPGL-16035
Cosmo BDTCL-GDL-01
Asha Cat No. ACS-GL 1706
Crescent-CGL-86or similar product of SUNKO, ANNYESHA, FLOS
or equivalent [PWD- 6.7.2.2]
8.10.22 GI POLE(25') Each 16,550.00 16,550.00 16,550.00 16,550.00
Providing following seamless GI pole fabricated with GI pipe
complete with GI sockets, MS. base plate, top cover, necessary
welding as required:-Total length-25’; Dia-4”; Length-20’; Thickness-
4mmDia-3”; Length-5’; Base plate-1.5’×1.5’×0.25”[PWD- 3.2.4]
8.10.23 GI POLE(30') Each 29,213.00 29,213.00 29,213.00 29,213.00
Providing following seamless GI pole fabricated with GI pipe
complete with GI sockets, MS. base plate, top cover, necessary
welding as required:-Total length-30’; Dia-6”; Length-20’; Thickness-
4mmDia-4”; Length-10’; Base plate-2’×2’×.25”[PWD- 3.2.3]
8.10.24 STREET LIGHT FITTINGS (SODIUM/MHL) set 6,881.00 6,881.00 6,879.00 6,879.00
Providing & fixing of the street light Fittingswith high pressure sodium
lamp consisting of epoxy powder coated grey colour Aluminium die-
casting body, high purity anodized Aluminium reflector, terminal
resistant tempered frosted glass cover, high pressure sodium lamp,
E-40 / E-27 holder, Ignitor, mfd capacitor, control gear, earth
terminal, necessary wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm stranded PVC
insulated flexible FR cable & mountable on 38.1 mm (1.5") dia G.I
pipe bracket etc. complete. (with lamp) as per sample accepted /
approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Gloria
Cat. No: GLST.1214, MHL ENERGY + model no- EPSTL - 18002/1
x E40 MHL Cosmo-BDTCL-MSTL-01 Asha Cat No. ACS-LSL 2344
MHLCrescent-CST 2022or equivalent products of
SUNKO/Annyesha/SHWASH/Crescent or equivalent foreign made
400W. [PWD- 6.8.2.3]
Page 331
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.25 CEILING MOUNTED SAUCER LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 1,313.00 1,313.00 1,310.00 1,310.00
Light source 12W LED BulbMaterial: MS Sheet, Brass Alloy , Opel

Acrylic (thick-2.5mm)Size: D-350mm L-120mmGLORIA cat. no.
GCF- 801X1''X32W opel Energy+ EPSL-9018Cosmo cat no-
BDTCL-SL-02 Adex-AD-SCL /20W 830/840/865 Asha Cat No.
ACS-TLS 415 EX20WCrescent-CML-42(32W R/T)or equivalent
(except lamp).[PWD- 6.5.1.2]
8.10.26 CEILING MOUNTED SAUCER LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 1,190.00 1,190.00 1,188.00 1,188.00
Light source 7W LED BulbMaterial: MS Sheet, Brass aloy,

GlassSize: D-313mm H-126mmGloria cat no- GCLF-640 LED/CFL-7
wEnergy+ EPSL-9023Asha Cat No. ACS-P 3652Crescent-CPM-
423-P-BLKor equivalent.[PWD- 6.5.1.8]
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Light source: 1x9W
LED BulbMaterial: SS pipe (Size-30*30mm, thick- 1.2mm) & SS
Sheet body, Alu Sheet, MS Sheet, Glass.L-100mm, H-220mm, P-
120mm
GLORIA cat. no. GWBL-2505-2861
Energy+ Cat No EPWL-30003
Cosmo Cat No-BDTCLGWB-01
Asha Cat No-ACS-BS-1221 G57
Crescent-CB-1802/1or equivalent.[PWD-6.2.1.1]
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Light source 9W LED
Bulb
Material: Brass/SS pipe (Dia-10mm), SS Sheet, Alu. Sheet, GlassH-
222mm B-185mm P-90mm
Gloria- GWB-2759-2420
Cosmo Cat No-BDTCL-GWB-11
Crescent-CB-565-970 BR
Asha Cat No. ACS-BS 3231 or equivalent [PWD-6.2.1.9]
Page 332
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.29 BATHROOM LIGHT FITTING(EXCEPT LAMP) each 740.00 740.00 737.00 737.00
Providing & fixing of the bath-room light Fittings consisting of
oxidized or golden or chromium plated brass base with carrier, brass
holder , earth terminal, necessary wiring with 2 x 0.4 sq.mm stranded
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Providing & fixing of
1 x 2'-0" tube light Fittingsmade of 22 SWG sheet steel rust proof
powder coated base & designed perspex sheet cover each of
minimum length 640 mm (breadth of Fittings70mm), holder, earth
insulated flexible FR cable etc. complete set (except lamp) as per
sample accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years
warranty).
GLORIA cat. no. GTF-755 x1x10 W
Energy+ Cat no-EPML-10039
Cosmo Cat No-BDTCL-MLF-02Adex-AD-TUL- 10W 830/840/865
Asha Cat No. ACS-TLS 317x1x10W
Crescent-CBBI -1008 LD Slor equivalent.[PWD-6.4.1.2]
8.10.30 PENDENT LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP)
source: 15W LED Bulb
Material: Alu. Sheet body, SS Pipe (Dia-12mm), MS Sheet Base.
Total : Dia-295mm, H-750mm

Gloria cat no- GLHL-1185
Energy+-EPHL-28061
Asha Cat No. ACS-CP 1312Crescent-CML-42 or equivalent.[PWD-
6.1.1.7]
8.10.31 PENDENT LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 1,681.00 1,681.00 1,679.00 1,679.00
source: 15W LED Bulb,
Material: Alu. Sheet body, MS Sheet Base. Total : Dia-275mm,
Height-750mm
Gloria cat no- GHPL-1178
Energy+ EPHL-28060
Asha Cat No. ACS-CP 1344
Crescent-CMLI-C101881 1 (A)or equivalent. [PWD-6.1.1.6]
8.10.32 SINGLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS each 1,804.00 1,804.00 1,801.00 1,801.00
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty)Light source 20W LED T-
8 tube
Material: MS Sheet, PC Cover & Plastic GrillL-1340mm B-104mm H-
55mm
Gloria cat no-GTF(LED)892x 1x 20 w
Energy + EPIL-4305
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-TLF-06
Asha Cat No. ACS-TLS 307x1x40W
Crescent-CTLS-225x1x40 Wattor equivalent.[PWD-6.6.1.5]
Page 333
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.33 SINGLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS each 1,387.00 1,387.00 1,384.00 1,384.00
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty)Light source 20W LED T-
8 tube
Material: MS Sheet, Alu SheetL-1582mm B-80mm H-85
Gloria cat no-GTF-875x 1x 20 W
Energy+EPIL-43004
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-TLF-10
Asha Cat no-ACS –TLS-1199
Crescent-CTLS-94x2x40 Wattor equivalent.[PWD-6.6.1.8]
8.10.34 SINGLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS(LED) each 2,190.00 2,190.00 2,188.00 2,188.00
Supply & fixing LED tube & panel light fittings of following
specifications:Luminous efficacy: 100 lm/W(minimum)Power
Factor: minimum 0.95Colour Rendering Index(Ra) :i) For
Residential building Ra≥80ii) For office and other types of buildings
70≤Ra<85Driver : MEANWELL/OSRAM / ENERGY+/
SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) or equivalent IEC standard, LED chips
:EPISTAR / OSRAM / SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) / CREE / BRIDGELUX or
equivalent.Colour temperature : 3500K-6500K (Warm-White) Model
& sample to be accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with
2 years warranty).Light source 20W LED T-8 tube
Material: MS Sheet, PC/ABS Cover & GrillL-1340mm B-165mm H-
55mm
Gloria cat no- GTF (LED)-892x2x20 w
Energy+EPLE-43003
Asha Cat No. ACS-TLS 307x2x18W (4')
Crescent-CTLS 225or equivalent.[PWD-6.6.2.7]
8.10.35 SINGLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS each 644.00 644.00 642.00 642.00
Providing & fixing the 4' x 40 watt tube light Fittings with superior
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty)Light sourceT-8 LED tube
Material: MS Sheet
Gloria cat no- GTF (LED)-973x2x20 W
Energy+EPTL-43001
Asha Cat No. ACS-TLS 362x2x20W (4') LEDor equivalent [PWD-
6.6.1.10]
8.10.36 DOUBLE TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS ((LUVER TYPE) each 1,859.00 1,859.00 1,857.00 1,857.00
Material: MS Sheet, Aluminium reflector, L-1210 mm B-195 mm, H-
70mm
Gloria cat no- GTF (LED)-945x2x18 W T-5
Energy+EPTL-1033
Asha Cat No. ACS-TLS 1379x1x20W (4') LED
Crescent-CTLS-5041-40 W SURFor equivalent.[PWD-6.6.1.13]
Page 334
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.37 FLOOD LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 3,644.00 3,644.00 3,642.00 3,642.00
Supply & fixing LED flood light fittings of following
specifications:Luminous efficacy: 100lm/w(minimum), Power Factor:
minimum 0.95Colour Rendering Index(Ra) :70≤Ra<85Driver:
Should be of IEC standard such as

(Warm-White)
Material: Aluminium Alloy Aluminium reflector, Heat proof
glass/PolycarbonateModel & sample to be accepted / approved by
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).50W
Gloria Cat no-GLFL-914
Energy+ cat no-EPFDL-17001 -(50W)
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-LFDL-01Adex-AD FLE 50W830
Asha cat No-ACS-LFL-2155- (50 W)
Pasha Cat no PE FLL0005054/50W or equivalent.[PWD-6.9.3.1]

(Warm-White)
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).100 W
Energy+ cat no-EPFDL-17001 (100 W)
Asha cat No-ACS-LFL-2155- (100 W)or equivalent. [PWD-6.9.3.2]

(Warm-White) Material: Aluminium Alloy Aluminium reflector, Heat
proof glass/PolycarbonateModel & sample to be accepted /
approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).10 W
Energy+ cat no-EPFDL-17001
Asha cat No-ACS-LFL-2156- (150 w)or equivalent. [PWD-6.9.3.3]
Page 335
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(Warm-White)
the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).200 W
ENERGY + model no - EPFDL- 17011/ 200 W
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-BFDL-03Adex-AD FLE 200W865
Asha Cat no-ACS-LFL-2160 (200 watt)
Crescent cat no-CFLD-024-200 Wor equivalent. [PWD-6.9.3.4]

Material: Alu Sheet/Aloy, MS Sheet, Acrylic, Aluminium reflector
Gloria-GCDL-603
Energy+ EPCSL-6012(single)
Cosmo Cat No. BDTCL- CSL-06
Asha Cat No. ACS-LS 1523 (1)or equivalent.9W[PWD- 6.5.2.16.1]

115*115mm
GLORIA cat. no.- GCDL-332 (9 W )
Energy + EPCSL-6071
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-CSL-03 (9W)Adex-AD SLM 8W 830/840
Asha Cat No. ACS-LS 1596or equivalent. [PWD- 6.5.2.7]
Page 336
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.43 CELLING CONCEALED SPOT LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 1,528.00 1,528.00 1,525.00 1,525.00
specifications:Luminous efficacy:
i)For Spot/Bracket LED Light Fittings: 80 lm/W (min),
ii)For Panel/Tube Light Fittings: 100 lm/W (min)Power Factor:

Material: Aluminium Alloy Acrylic , Aluminium reflector
GLORIA Cat No GCDL 389
Energy+ EPCSL-6072
Cosmo Cat No. BDTCL- CSL-05
Asha Cat No. ACS-LS 1512 (2) or equivalent.2x6W[PWD-
6.5.2.15.1]

Voltage: AC165-265VWith Dia: 210 mm & Height :475 mm
Material: Aluminium alloy, MS sheet painted with epoxy powder paint
& acrylicCast Aluminium thickness : minimum 5 mm
Gloria cat no- GGL-307
Energy+EPGL-16041
Asha-ACS-GL-9307
Crescent-CGL -74 LED: 15Wor similar product of SUNKO,
ANNYESHA, FLOS or equivalent[PWD-6.7.2.8]

Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Watt: 7W , Voltage:
AC85-265V,
Material: Aluminium alloy + AcrylicWith Dia: 95 mm & Height :450
mm (Acrylic Height: 95 mm minimum)Cast Aluminium thickness :
minimum 3mm
Gloria cat no- GGDL-316
Energy+EPGL-24017
Cosmo-BDTCL-LBL-01
Asha ACS-LGL-2723or similar product of SUNKO, ANNYESHA,
FLOS or equivalent [PWD- 6.7.2.9]
Page 337
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Watt: 7W , Voltage:
AC85-265V,
Material: Aluminium alloy, Acrylic, SS Pipe With Dia: 110 mm &
Height :600 mmCast Aluminium thickness : minimum 3mm
Gloria-GGDL-312 (S) 6W
Energy+EPGL-16009
Asha ACS-BL-902 Cast Aluminium
Crescent-CGL-4120 B WH-S or equivalent . [PWD- 6.7.2.10]

Voltage: AC165-265V,
Material: Aluminum alloy painted with epoxy powder paint, Acrylic.H-
800mm, Dia-210mmCast Aluminum thickness : minimum 6mm
Energy+EPGL-24034
Cosmo BDTCL-LBL-11

Voltage: AC165-265V,
Material: Aluminum alloy painted with epoxy powder paint, Acrylic.H-
800mm, Dia-210mmCast Aluminum thickness : minimum 6mm
Energy+EPGL-24034
Cosmo BDTCL-LBL-11
Page 338
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty). With Dia-235 mm,Height-
900 m
Material: Cast Aluminium, Acrylic ,MS PipeCast Aluminium
thickness: minimum 5mm MS Pipe dia: 2.5" & thickness: minimum 2
mm
Gloria Cat no-GBL-263
Energy+EPGL-2429
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-GDL-03
Asha cat no-ACS BL-2954
Crescent-CGL-36 or similar product of SUNKO, ANNYESHA, FLOS
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty). With Dia-293 mm,Height-
940mm
Material: Cast Aluminium, Acrylic ,MS PipeCast Aluminium
thickness: minimum 5mm MS Pipe dia: 2.5" & thickness: minimum
2mm
Gloria Cat no-GBL-284
Energy+EPGL-16034
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-GDL-03
Asha cat no-ACS BL-9307
Crescent-CGL-74or similar product of SUNKO, ANNYESHA, FLOS
8.10.51 WATER TIGHT LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 865.00 865.00 863.00 863.00
Providing & fixing the water tight light Fittingsof following
manufacturers model & catalogue number suitable U-type glass
cover (minimum total height of Fittings310mm), G.I wire net guard,
stranded PVC insulated flexible FR cable etc. complete. suitable for
LED lamp (except lamp) as per sample accepted / approved by the
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty). Light source 9W LED
Bulb
Gloria Cat no-GLOD-1439
Energy + EPSL 23001
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-WSL-07
Asha Cat No. ACS-BF WT 261or equivalent. [PWD- 6.10.1.3]
8.10.52 WATER TIGHT LIGHT FITTINGS (EXCEPT LAMP) each 1,384.00 1,384.00 1,382.00 1,382.00
Providing & fixing the water tight light Fittingsof following
manufacturers model & catalogue number suitable U-type glass
cover (minimum total height of Fittings310mm), G.I wire net guard,
stranded PVC insulated flexible FR cable etc. complete. suitable for
LED lamp (except lamp) as per sample accepted / approved by the
Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty). Material: Aluminium
Alloy Aluminium Sheet, MS sheet, GI wire, Glass
Gloria Cat no-GWT-706
Asha Cat No. ACS-BF WT 520 NET
Crescent-CML-26or equivalent . [PWD- 6.10.1.2]
Page 339
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.53 STREET LIGHT FITTINGS (SODIUM/MHL) each 6,871.00 6,870.00 6,867.00 6,867.00
Providing & fixing of the street light Fittingswith high pressure sodium
lamp consisting of epoxy powder coated grey colour Aluminium die-
casting body, high purity anodized Aluminium reflector, terminal
resistant tempered frosted glass cover, high pressure sodium lamp,
E-40 / E-27 holder, Ignitor, mfd capacitor, control gear, earth
insulated flexible FR cable & mountable on 38.1 mm (1.5") dia G.I
pipe bracket etc. complete. (with lamp) as per sample accepted /
Gloria Cat no: GLST.1217,
ENERGY+ model no - EPSTL 23025
Cosmo BDTCL-MSTL-02
Crescent-CST- 1010-150
Asha Cat No. ACS-RL 3747 (CFL)150W or equivalent. [PWD-
6.8.2.1]
8.10.54 STREET LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 11,349.00 11,348.00 11,344.00 11,344.00
Supply & fixing LED street light fittings of following
MEANWELL/OSRAM/ENERGY+/SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) or
equivalent.LED chips :EPISTAR / OSRAM / SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) /
CREE / BRIDGELUX or equivalent.Colour temperature : 3500K-
6500K (Warm-White)
Material: Aluminium aloyModel & sample to be accepted / approved
by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).
GLORIA cat No- GLST. 1205
Energy+ EPSTL-18001
Cosmo BDTCL-LSTL-02Cosmo BDTCL-LSTL-03
Asha Cat No. ACS-LSL 2343
Muspana Cat No MPSL100DLor equivalent products of
SUNKO/Annyesha/SHWASH/Crescent or equivalent foreign
made.150 W[PWD- 6.8.3.1.2]
8.10.55 STREET LIGHT FITTINGS (LED)( With Daylight sensor) each 31,781.00 31,779.00 31,776.00 31,776.00
6500K (Warm-White) Material: Aluminium aloyModel & sample to
be accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years
warranty).(Daylight sensor)
Gloria Cat. No: GLST.1249
Energy+ EPSTL-18008
Muspana Cat N0 MPSL250W MLDor equivalent SUNKO/
Annyesha/ SHWASH/ Crescent or equivalent foreign made product
of 250W.[PWD- 6.8.3.2]
Page 340
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.56 STREET LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) ( With Daylight sensor) each 18,153.00 18,152.00 18,148.00 18,148.00
6500K (Warm-White) Material: Aluminium aloyModel & sample to
be accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years
warranty).
Gloria Cat. No: GLST.12 24
Energy+ EPSTL-18011
Cosmo Cat No. BDTCL- LSTLSMD-01
Muspana Cat No MPSL50/100/150/200MLor equivalent products of
SUNKO/Annyesha/SHWASH/Crescent or equivalent foreign
made.200W[PWD- 6.8.3.4]
8.10.57 PANEL LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 3,239.00 3,239.00 3,237.00 3,237.00
2 years warranty).Square panel Material: Aluminium Alloy Acrylic
Gloria Cat no-CPL-703
Energy+EPLLED-2001/2002
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-LPL-01
Asha Cat no-ACS-LTLS-1651
Adex Cat no-ADPLS-36 W 840
Megaman-MQL1030Walton: WLED-PL-ECOPasha Cat No- PE-
606060/48Wor equivalent.48 W[PWD- 6.6.2.2.2]
8.10.58 TUBE PANEL LIGHT FITTINGS (LED) each 1,620.00 1,620.00 1,617.00 1,617.00
2 years warranty).Square panel Material: Aluminium Alloy ABS
Plastic
GLORIA cat No- GTF (LED). 774
Energy+EPTL-1023
Cosmo Cat no-BDTCL-LE-xTS-01
Adex -AD BL 840
Asha Cat no-ACS –LTLS-1635
Megaman-MXL2027 or equivalent.
4' x 36 W[PWD- 6.6.2.1.4]
Page 341
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.10.59 ROUND PANEL LIGHT FITTINGS (Round panel LED)

Engineer-in-charge (with 2 years warranty).Round panel (surface
type) Material: Alu Aloy, Acrylic
Gloria Cat No-GSDL-513
Energy + cat No-EPPLLED-2006
Cosmo cat no-BDTCL-LSRPL-01
Adex-AD SDL 830/840/865
Asha Cat no- ACS LPL-1451
Megaman-MXTL1013-Y
Walton WLED-DSPLR-200-UL or equivalent. [PWD- 6.5.2.1]
8.10.59.1 12 W, Approximate Dia -165 mm each 945.00 945.00 942.00 942.00
8.10.59.2 18 W, Approximate Dia -218 mm each 1,068.00 1,068.00 1,065.00 1,065.00
8.10.59.3 24 W, Approximate Dia - 297 mm each 1,350.00 1,350.00 1,347.00 1,347.00
8.11 LED BULBS & TUBE LAMPS

Supply & fixing of the following LED bulbs & tube lamps
manufacturers by OSRAM / SIGNIFY(PHILIPS) / ENERGYPAC /
CBE / CORONA / HAVELLS / GE / EDISION / EASTERN / PRODIP
/ MEP / METRO /Megaman/ Walton/ HARMONICS / SUPERSTAR/
TRANSTEC / ENERGY+ / Gloria / Adex / PASHA / SQ / Click /
COSMO or equivalent brand accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-
charge (with 2 years warranty).[PWD-6.20]
8.11.01 3 watt LED bulb 153.00 153.00 153.00 153.00
8.11.02 5 watt LED bulb 160.00 160.00 160.00 160.00
8.11.03 7 watt LED bulb 209.00 209.00 209.00 209.00
8.11.04 9 watt LED bulb 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00

8.11.05 12 watt LED bulb 294.00 294.00 294.00 294.00
8.11.06 15 watt LED bulb 319.00 319.00 319.00 319.00
8.11.07 18 watt LED bulb 380.00 380.00 380.00 380.00

8.11.08 20 watt LED bulb 405.00 405.00 405.00 405.00
8.11.09 30 watt LED bulb 699.00 699.00 699.00 699.00
8.11.10 600 mm / 2'- 9 / 10 watt-T5 AC LED tube Lamp 393.00 393.00 393.00 393.00
8.11.14 4'(18W) 25 mm LED Tube Light 405.00 405.00 405.00 405.00
8.11.15 2'(9W) 25mm LED Tube Light 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00
Page 342
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.12 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP MOTOR SETSINGLE STAGE ( SINGLE
PHASE )(For lower capacity/smaller household requirement)
Providing of single stage 2800-2900 RPM monoblock type
Centrifugal water pump motor set ( reservoir to overhead tank)
manufactured according to relevant BDS standard and ISO
9906:2012, GRADE 3B/ DIN/ NEMA/ IEC/ BS/ VDE/ JIS/CEI 2-3/
CSA/ GS/ SONCAP/ ROHS & ISO 9001 (Quality) ISO 14001
(Environment and Safety) standard of following capacity suitable for
operation at single phase, 230 V ± 5 %, 50 Hz AC having insulation:
B & protection: IPX4 (minimum) & CE certified . Country of
Manufacture: Bangladesh/ China/ Vietnam/ Malaysia as per sample
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD-5.1]
8.12.1 HP- 0.5Discharge (liter/min)- 10-80Head (meter)- 22-14Suction dia set 6,424.00 6,424.00 6,424.00 6,424.00
(mm)- 25Delivery dia (mm)- 25[PWD-5.1.1]
8.12.1.1 HP-1Discharge (liter/min)- 10-100Head (meter)- 35-16Suction dia set 12,945.00 12,945.00 12,945.00 12,945.00
8.12.1.2 HP-1.5Discharge (liter/min)- 10-120Head (meter)- 39-20Suction dia set 17,915.00 17,915.00 17,915.00 17,915.00
8.12.1.3 HP-1.5Discharge (liter/min)- 50-220Head (meter)- 36-23Suction dia set 20,614.00 20,614.00 20,614.00 20,614.00
(mm)- 50Delivery dia (mm)- 50
8.12.1.7 HP-5.5Discharge (liter/min)- 100-417Head (meter)- 45-27Suction set 95,832.00 95,832.00 95,832.00 95,832.00
dia (mm)- 50Delivery dia (mm)- 32
8.12.2 SINGLE STAGE (THREE PHASE)
Providing of single stage 2800-2900 RPM centrifugal water pump
motor set monoblock type (reservoir to overhead tank) manufactured
according to relevant BDS standard and ISO 9906:2012, GRADE
3B / DIN / NEMA / IEC / BS / VDE / JIS & ISO 9001:2015 standard.
CE certified / UL listed of following capacity suitable for operation at
3- phase, 400 V ± 5 % 50 Hz AC having Insulation: Class F &
Protection: IPX5 (minimum) manufactured by company having
minimum 30 years of manufacturing experience in their own
industry.Country of Manufacture: EU Countries/ USA/ Japan/UK, as
per sample accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge.[PWD-
5.3]
8.12.3 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MOTOR SET(for deep tube well)
Providing of following capacity multistage Bore-well Submersible
water Pump Motor set manufactured according to relevant BDS
standard and ISO 9906:2012, Grade 3B / DIN / NEMA / IEC / BS /
VDE / JIS & ISO 9001:2015 standard. CE certified / UL listed
comprising of 2900 RPM, single/ three phase submersible
rewindable type (oil / water cooled ) motor having insulation : Class F
& Protection : IP68 (minimum), suitable for operation at 230 /400 V ±
5% , 50 Hz AC supply, non-return valve with 10 meters long marine
cable (total required length of marine cable including this 10 meters
shall be in a single length) etc. complete in all respect manufactured
by company having minimum 30 years of manufacturing
experience.Country of Manufacture: EU Countries/ USA/ Japan/UK,
in their own industry as per sample accepted / approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.[PWD-5.7]
8.12.4.1 HP-1Discharge (liter/min)- 13-53Head (meter)- 81-35Tube-well dia set 70,555.00 70,555.00 70,555.00 70,555.00
(mm)- 100Delivery dia (mm)- 31.25[PWD-5.7].3
8.12.4.2 HP-1.5Discharge (liter/min)- 10-58Head (meter)- 104-30Tube-well set 74,850.00 74,850.00 74,850.00 74,850.00
dia (mm)- 100Delivery dia (mm)- 31.25[PWD-5.7.5]
8.12.4.3 HP-2Discharge (liter/min)- 40-200Head (meter)- 58-21Tube-well set 151,663.00 151,663.00 151,663.00 151,663.00
dia (mm)- 150Delivery dia (mm)- 31.25[PWD-5.7.6]
Page 343
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8.13 WATER HEATER / GEYSER
Providing & installation of following capacity electrically operated
water heater containing blue diamond inner tank made of minimum
14 SWG, magnesium anode rod , non- magnetic rust proof
galvanized steel & outer jacket, body made of minimum 22 SWG
mild steel sheet & 20 mm polyurethane thermal insulation with
automatic thermostatic switch with suitable wattage range of
stainless steel Incoloy 800 glass line immersion heating element ,

thermal cut-out , on-off indicating lamp, Earth Leakage Circuit
Breaker (ELCB), safety valve 0.8 MPa, inlet and outlet water
connection pipe including fixing accessories all complete as required
with adequate safety measures in conformity with codes and
specification of international standards. Suitable for use in tropical
country like BANGLADESH. Model and sample to be approved by
competent authority.[PWD-21.16]
8.13.1 45 liter / hr. (1000 ~ 1500 watt) wall mounting type.[PWD-21.16.2] each 9,939.00 9,931.00 9,897.00 9,897.00
8.13.2 65 liter / hr. (1500 ~ 2000 watt) wall mounting type.[]PWD-21.16.3 each 11,166.00 11,158.00 11,124.00 11,124.00
Page 344
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 9 : Termite Treatment Works

9.01 Supplying anti termite chemicals such as Heptachlor-40 WP or sqm 25.05 24.68 24.12 24.12
equivalent Govt. registered approved chemicals and mixing the same
with pure water in required proportion (For-Heptachlor-40 WP-1 Kg.
of Heptachlor powder in 79 litres of pure water and for other
chemicals, mixed according to manufacturer’s specification) and
spraying the emulsified mixture @5 litres per square metre of soil
surface by hand spray or by any other means to the sides and
bottom of the foundation trench and over plinth filling or floor bed etc.
9.02 Extra cost for supplying anti termite chemicals and mixing the same cum 264.10 259.63 252.92 252.92
with pure water as per specification in item No. 9.1 and using the
same emulsified water as mixing water in Cement Sand mortar of 1st
class brick works (1:6) in foundation & upto plinth etc. all complete as
per direction of the E-I-C
9.03 Supplying anti termite chemicals and mixing the same with pure sqm 48.59 48.09 47.35 47.35
water as per specification in item No. 9.1 and spraying the emulsified
mixture over both outside and inside back fill in foundation trenches
@15 litres per sq. m. of the vertical surface area of the foundation
wall etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (The maximum
depth of the back fill to be treated is 500mm and the measurement
for depth should not be given more than 500mm).
9.04 Anti-termite treatment in existing structures by making holes at a each 76.67 75.30 71.05 71.05
required depth of 225mm from the existing finished FL/GL inside and
outside the building and applying anti termite chemicals, such as
Heptachlor 40 WP or Dursbane 20 EC or Pyrifox 20 EC or equivalent
Govt. registered approved chemicals into the holes preparing
chemical solution mix with water at the ratio of chemical: water 1:40
maintaining a dosage rate of 25 ml per hole including supplying all
materials and making and repairing the holes etc. all complete as per
9.05 Trench treatment for protection against incoming termites to the m 180.87 177.01 165.95 165.95
establishment through underground by making trench around
existing building/structures at a required depth of 0.76m from existing
level supplying anti termite chemicals such as Heptachlor 40 WP or
Pyrifox 20 EC or Dursbane 20 EC or Dieldrin or equivalent Govt.
registered approved chemicals preparing solution mix with water at
the ratio of chemical: water 1:40, applying the solution into trench
with the help of a chemical sprayer in three layers and phases
including earth filling in trench etc. all complete as per direction of the
E-I-C.
9.06 Fumigation treatment (Pest Control) against mosquitoes, flies, bees, cum 11.70 11.69 11.66 11.66
cockroaches, spiders, silver fishes, lizards and other common pests
and insects in wooden walls, brick walls, floors, doors and windows,
furniture fanlight, carpets, records, curtains, electrical conduits etc.
with the application of fumigants such as DDVP-100 EC, or
DENCAVAPON-100 EC, or NEOCIDOL-60 EC or similar chemically
equivalent govt. registered pest control products, preparing chemical
solution mix with water at the ratio of chemical: water 1:100 applying
with the help of electrically operated jet fogging machine, swing fog,
Dina fog, pneumatic hand sprayer, knap sak hand sprayer at air tight
position etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. After
fumigation the surface will remain at air tight position at least for 3
(three) hours (Volume of the room will be considered towards
measurement).
9.07.01 Treatment of all wooden door frames, window frames, wood paneling sqm 114.27 113.80 111.94 111.94
etc. by using TIMBERIN (an oil-based wood treatment formulation
suitable for wood, plywood, partex, hard board etc.) on both surfaces
by brush-on-method etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C..
Page 345
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9.07.02 Treatment of wooden fittings irrespective of infestation status, all each 248.23 247.24 243.30 243.30
wooden fittings like door/window frames, wall cabinets etc. to be
treated by injecting 100 ml Dursban/pyrifos, 4% solution of ZOEC
formulation per drill hole in between walls and frames etc. all
complete as per direction of the E-I-C. Each door/window/cabinet will
require 10 Nos. drill hole treatment. If the door/window is
proportionately larger no drill hole treatment may be required. Drill bit
to be used is 5mm dia and hole to be made should have a depth of
75mm to 100mm.
9.08 Treatment of electric system by inserting a plucking materials (cotton, each 616.86 608.54 575.27 575.27
foam etc.) soaked in oil based anti-termite chemical TIMDERIN to a
electric switch board point for all floors etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C..
9.09 Treatment of infested walls of old building (generally the thickness of sqm 1,112.63 1,110.06 1,099.78 1,099.78
wall 375mm to above) by using chemical (1:40) Dursban
ZOEC/pyrifos ZOEC solution, including drilling holes in walls
(15mmx150mm) with heavy-duty drilling machine, making and
applying the solution to holes as per direction etc. all complete for all
floors as per direction of the E-I-C.
9.10 Destruction of termite nest around an infested building, tree stumps each 1,603.45 1,590.14 1,536.94 1,536.94
in lawn with the treatment of Heptachlor by excavation soil in affected
area upto a depth of 1.5 metre, mixing the Heptachlor with the soil
and laying the same in same place etc. all complete as per direction
of the E-I-C.
9.11 Chemical for Anti-termite treatment : Supplying and applying kg 2,268.38 2,268.14 2,267.77 2,267.77
specified type of chemicals such as Pestearthy or equivalent best
quality, confirming the current chemical specification requirements
like physical properties, uniformity & equivalence in composition etc.
for treatment of Anti-termite inside (Floor) of building & outside
(Barrier) of building :
a. Inside (Floor) of building : At first fill the floor with sand and soil.
Then spread Pestearthy equally on the surface of the floor. 1 kg
Pestearthy spread 300 sft of coverage area.
b.Outside (Barrier) of building : Dig the canal in the soil outside and
attached to the external wall and make a surrounding canal of
600mm wide and 600mm deep. Spread Pestaerthy equally on the
bottom layer of the canal. Fill up half of the canal with soil or sand.
Then spread Pestearthy as 2nd layer the half-filled canal by the
same way.After that fill up the 3/4 of the canal with soil or sand and
spread Pestearthy as 3rd or final layer on the surface and fill the rest
part of the canal with sand, soil, cement concrete etc. Pestearthy 1
kg spread surrounding canal of 3 layers by 12.20m or doges
mentioned in the manufacturer's brochures and strictly following the
recommendation and instruction, providing safety provision in all
respect etc. All complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
Page 346
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 10 : Tube Well Works

10.01 Note: Tender for test & observation well must be called before main set 7,853.00 7,853.00 7,853.00 7,853.00
production well. Tender for main production well will then be called
on the basis of required data obtained from the test well.
Requirements of water must be the guiding factor for dimensioning
the main well.SINKING OF 38 mm DIA TEST AND OBSERVATION
WELL: Mobilization of test boring or observation well: Transportation
of materials, equipments, tools and plants and boring rig to work site.
Construction of derrick and dismantling the same. Cleaning the site
after completion of the work accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 27.1)
10.02 SINKING OF 38 mm DIA TEST AND OBSERVATION WELL: Boring
by using 100 mm dia cutter and 40 mm dia heavy type G.I pipe (wall
thickness 2.9 mm, outside diameter min 47.8 mm, weight 3.517
kg/m, capable to withstand 50 kg/cm2 pressure) and other
equipments capable of drilling up to a depth of 500 meter by water jet
system through all sorts of soil strata providing protection of caving
by supplying necessary casing pipe. Collection of soil samples at
every 3 meter interval and at every change of soil strata and
preserving them in a controlled environment for analysis and
laboratory test. Finally, withdrawal of boring and casing pipes etc.
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
10.02.1 From 0.0 m to 50 m = 50 m (PWD BW 27.2.1) m 196.00 196.00 196.00 196.00
10.02.2 Above 50 m to 100 m = 50 m (PWD BW 27.2.2) m 226.00 226.00 226.00 226.00

10.02.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.2.6) m 395.00 395.00 395.00 395.00
10.03 Installation of tube-well fixture for observation well: Supplying and
lowering of 40/38 mm inside dia best quality uPVC pressure tube
well pipe (specific gravity 1.35 - 1.45, wall thickness 2.5 mm - 3.0 mm
capable to withstand a minimum hydrostatic pressure of 170 psi for 1
hr). Fitting and fixing in position with all accessories, uPVC sand trap
of length 3.00m with uPVC strainer of desired slot installing in or at
mid depth of the most suitable water bearing strata, 38 mm dia, best
quality G.I. pipe of length 1.52 m with M.S. welded flat bar welded on
each side to prevent from rotation up to desired depth, fitting, fixing
the best quality no. 6 C.I. head hand-pump etc including the cost of
solvent cement, socket adapter, filling medium sand up to 18.00 m
above strainer and the remaining portion with available soil from
boring etc. complete as per standard specification and accepted by
10.03.1 Fitting & fixing of no. 6 Hand-pump set including all necessary set 3,460.00 3,455.00 3,436.00 3,436.00
accessories etc (PWD BW 27.3.1)
10.03.2 Supplying and fitting 38/40 mm dia heavy type G.I pipe conforming to m 1,017.00 1,013.00 997.00 997.00
standard BS-1387 & BDS-1031, having chemical composition (in%)
carbon 0.17-0.25, manganese 0.95-1.20, sulphur 0.060 max,
phosphorous 0.060 max, tensile properties: miminum yield strength
188 MPa, minimum tensile strength 313 MPa and marking for a)
manufacturer b) material c) wall thickness d) nominal outside dia e)
intended use etc. on the body of the pipe having wall thickness 2.9
mm, weight 3.517 kg/m capable to withstand 50 kg/cm2 hydraulic
pressure (PWD BW 27.3.2)
10.03.3 38/40 mm dia water grade uPVC pipe having wall thickness 2.5 mm - m 220.00 219.00 215.00 215.00
3.00 mm (PWD BW 27.3.3)
10.03.4 38/40 mm dia water grade uPVC strainer having wall thickness 2.5 m 291.00 289.00 282.00 282.00
mm -3.00 mm (PWD BW 27.3.4)
10.03.5 38/40 mm dia uPVC socket adapter (PWD BW 27.3.5) each 132.00 131.00 129.00 129.00
10.03.6 Best quality 38 mm dia uPVC cap (PWD BW 27.3.6) each 107.00 107.00 104.00 104.00
Page 347
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.03.7 Supplying, fitting & fixing tube-well log describing technical each 5,006.00 5,006.00 5,006.00 5,006.00
information of the tube-well (PWD BW 27.3.7)
10.03.8 Filling the top 0.6 meter of the bore hole around the top pipe with each 60.00 60.00 58.00 59.00
sanitary seal of 1:2:4 (Cement: 1.2 FM sand: 20 mm downgraded
brick chips) concrete (PWD BW 27.3.8)
10.04 Complete development of the tube well to obtain sand and turbidity
free water at a satisfactory yield confirmed by tests as per
specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. Water sample
must be taken from 3 separate aquifers from three tube-wells
10.04.1 Wells up to 200 meter depth
10.04.1.1 For 1 No. test tube-well (PWD BW 27.4.1.1) each 8,835.00 8,835.00 8,835.00 8,835.00
10.04.1.2 For 2 Nos. test tube-wells (PWD BW 27.4.1.2) each 13,253.00 13,253.00 13,253.00 13,253.00
10.04.1.3 For 3 Nos. test tube-wells (PWD BW 27.4.1.3) each 17,670.00 17,670.00 17,670.00 17,670.00
10.04.2 Wells beyond 200 meter depth
10.04.2.1 For 1 No. test tube-well (PWD BW 27.4.2.1) m 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00
10.04.2.2 For 2 Nos. test tube-wells (PWD BW 27.4.2.2) m 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00
10.04.2.3 For 3 Nos. test tube-wells (PWD BW 27.4.2.3) m 102.00 102.00 102.00 102.00
10.05 Furnishing design of a production well by testing of water and soil

samples from test bores up to 350 m depth collecting samples of
water from the best suitable aquifer, filling in sterilized air-tight glass
bottles having no air space inside; collecting soil (sand, solids etc) at
every 3 m interval and at each change of soil strata from the bores,
arranging them in the cell of a box in an orderly manner. Carrying out
test of water for (1) pH, (2) CO2 (3) Chloride, (4) Fluoride, (5) Iron,
(6) Manganese, (7) Nitrate-Nitrogen, (8)Total alkalinity, (9) Total
hardness, (10) Arsenic, (11) Turbidity, followed by test reports along
with Bangladesh Standards of potable water and (12) sieve analysis
on soils throughout a bore, leading to ascertain the best suitable
sustained aquifers, depths and slot sizes of strainer, types and dia of
tube well for specific yield, thickness of shrouding around strainer,
fineness modulus of shrouding materials, mechanical units (pumps,
compressor) for testing and operation of the tube well, maintaining
test bore functional till tube well installation, testing etc. is finished,
finally filling and sealing the left over test bore permanently, including
carrying water and soil samples under direct responsibility of
Engineer-in-charge to BRTC, BUET or other reputed laboratory,
approved by the authority, submitting the report and design details all
complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge and maintaining
the mobilized tools and plants at site till satisfactory test results are
found (if not, next test bore may be executed with the approval of
concern S.E. / Design Office)Total No. of test on water: 11 types of
test x 1 test bore x one set sample (3 specimen) = 11 Nos. test
(each specimen 1.5 liter of water)Sieve analysis: min 9 Nos. Sample
x one test x One bore = 9 Nos. test (Samples are of 1 kg dry wt.
each)There are about 55 (fifty-five) tests for potable water quality
standard according to Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules-
12 (Schedule-3), 1997, under ECA 1995 of Ministry of Environment
and Forest. Therefore, additional test/ tests on water or sieve
analysis of soil if required, other than the above specified 12 (twelve)
tests, may be carried out for public interest as per direction of the
design engineer on actual payment including profit, VAT and all other
charges.
10.05.1 Furnishing design considering 1 No. test bore (PWD BW 27.5.1) LS 37,670.00 37,670.00 37,670.00 37,670.00
10.05.2 Furnishing design considering 2 Nos. test bores (PWD BW 27.5.2) LS 73,267.00 73,267.00 73,267.00 73,267.00
10.05.3 Furnishing design considering 3 Nos. test bores (PWD BW 27.5.3) LS 109,901.00 109,901.00 109,901.00 109,901.00
10.06 Disinfections of the well by using minimum 3 kg of bleaching powder each 454.00 454.00 454.00 454.00
of 33% strength or any other disinfectant as per standard
specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW
27.6)
Page 348
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.07 Mobilization: Preparation for installation of tube-well and
transportation of complete boring equipments, labour and materials
to the work site and remove the materials after completion of the
works. Installation of drilling rig and accessories, making
arrangements for electricity, water, labour shed, site office and
stores, digging mud pit etc, leveling, dressing and clearing of the site
as per original condition and a testing for discharge using minimum
1000 liter water tub etc. all complete as per specifications and
10.07.1 For Tube-wells up to 100 meter depth (PWD BW 27.7.1) set 47,977.00 47,977.00 47,977.00 47,977.00
10.07.2 For Tube-wells up to 200 meter depth (PWD BW 27.7.2) set 51,404.00 51,404.00 51,404.00 51,404.00
10.07.3 For Tube-wells beyond 200 meter depth (PWD BW 27.7.3) set 54,831.00 54,831.00 54,831.00 54,831.00
10.08 Preparation and making gravel pack around the tube well fixtures cum 5,484.00 5,468.00 4,987.00 4,987.00
with supply of designed graded pea gravels free from any substance
harmful to pipe and health confirmed by test (Passing through #10
mesh and retained on #40 mesh) including sieving, washing etc.
complete as per standard specification and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.(The rate is inclusive of the cost of extra amount
required for caving and extra depth below the tube well fixtures,
shrouding should not be more than 15 m above the strainer and
measurement should be allowed from bottom of the tube-well fixture
to top of the gravel pack) (PWD BW 27.8)
10.09 Making a sanitary seal up to a minimum depth of 6 meter from G.L. cum 9,527.00 9,479.00 9,294.00 9,366.00
or as specified including the supply of approved quality of cement,
sand and khoa (12 mm down graded) in a ratio of (1:1:5:3) as per
standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 27.9)
10.10 Boring: Execution of 325 mm dia boring through all sorts of strata by
reverse circulation or any other approved method (Method other than
reverse circulation is to be applied only for wells deeper than 152
meter). Boring for 325 mm dia vertical hole up to designed depth and
collection of soil samples at every 3 meter interval or as required and
at every change in soil stratum including sinking and with drawing
necessary casing pipe and all necessary arrangements complete as
per specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Measurement will be allowed from E.G.L. to bottom of the blind pipe
and the rate is inclusive of the cost of extra depth or of further boring
required due to caving and siltation)
10.10.2 From 50 m to 100 m = 50 m (PWD BW 27.10.2) m 1,101.00 1,101.00 1,101.00 1,101.00
10.10.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.10.6) m 1,925.00 1,925.00 1,925.00 1,925.00
10.11 Supplying the following tube well fixtures and pipes having density
1350 kg/m3, opacity 0.2% of visible light as per ISO 7686, minimum
required strength 25 MPa conforming to BDS-1:2013, 4.4.1, 4.4.2 at
working site as per standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge. Note : Pipe size (Wall Thickness) will be chosen as per
table page no: )
10.11.2.1 50 mm dia water grade (Class D) uPVC blind pipe/sand trap of wall m 263.00 263.00 259.00 259.00
thickness 3.1 mm to 3.7 mm (PWD BW 27.11.2.1)
10.11.2.2 50 mm dia water grade (Class E) uPVC blind pipe/sand trap of wall m 331.00 330.00 327.00 327.00
10.11.3.1 50 mm dia strainer of any slot as per design made with grade(Class m 353.00 351.00 341.00 341.00
D) uPVC pipe of wall thickness 3.1 mm to 3.7 mm (PWD BW
27.11.3.1)
Page 349
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.11.3.2 50 mm dia strainer of any slot as per design made with grade(Class m 421.00 418.00 409.00 409.00
E) uPVC pipe of wall thickness 3.9 mm to 4.5 mm (PWD BW
27.11.3.2)
10.11.4 Best quality 50 mm x 125 mm dia uPVC Reducer (PWD BW 27.11.4) m 1,096.00 1,095.00 1,091.00 1,091.00
10.11.5.1 125mm dia water grade (Class D) uPVC housing pipe of wall m 1,283.00 1,282.00 1,279.00 1,279.00
thickness 7.3 to 8.4mm (PWD BW 27.11.5.1)
10.11.5.2 125mm dia water grade (Class E) uPVC housing pipe of wall m 1,517.00 1,516.00 1,512.00 1,512.00
thickness 9.0 to 10.4mm (PWD BW 27.11.5.2)
10.11.6 Supplying centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved each 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
design (PWD BW 27.11.6)
10.12 Complete installation of 50 mm dia uPVC tube well fixtures such as m 105.00 103.00 99.00 99.00
expanded top or furnishing pipe, reducer, tube well pipes, strainer,
blind pipe, pipe cap etc. fitting and fixing with best quality PVC
solution, iron screws and PVC tape, sockets and placing in position
with proper size M.S. centralizer @ 3.0 meter c/c in strainer portion
including blind pipe etc. complete as per standard practice and
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW 27.12)
10.13 Complete development of the tube well by air compressor and pump
of suitable capacity by alternate surging and pumping or any
specified method until satisfactory yield is achieved in sand and
turbid free water confirmed by laboratory test using necessary
quantity of cologne and conducting step drawn-down test before and
after the development as per specification and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.(Development should be started within 24 hours
of completion of shrouding)
10.13.1 Wells up to 200 m depth (PWD BW 27.13.1) each 31,289.00 31,289.00 31,289.00 31,289.00
10.13.2 Wells beyond 200 m depth (PWD BW 27.13.2) each 39,633.00 39,633.00 39,633.00 39,633.00
10.14 Pumping test of the well by designed turbine/submersible pump with hour 873.00 871.00 859.00 859.00
supply of testing equipments for pressure/ velocity/ discharge etc.
and all materials for 72 hours including yield drawn and recovery test
etc. complete as per specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-
10.15 Disinfections of the well including supply of sufficient quantity of each 1,644.00 1,644.00 1,644.00 1,644.00
bleaching powder (33% strength) to obtain chlorinated water having
150 ppm free chlorine in the well complete as per standard
specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW
27.15)
10.16 Filling of the borehole around the tube well from top of the shrouding m 45.00 44.00 41.00 41.00
up to the bottom of sanitary seal by withdrawn selected soil or by
local clay free from any substances harmful to pipes and health as
per standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 27.16)
10.17 Protective top cover: Supplying and fitting fixing of best quality 150 each 5,325.00 5,313.00 5,264.00 5,264.00
mm dia 4 mm thick MS. Pipe 1.0 m (3'-4") long one end blocked with
200 mm dia 4 mm thick M.S. plate and other end minimum 300 mm
(1'-0") embedded in sanitary seal for protection of uPVC Housing
Pipe as per standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-
at every change in soil stratum including sinking and withdrawing
10.18.1 From 0.0 m to 50 m = 50 m (PWD BW 27.18.1) m 1,043.00 1,043.00 1,043.00 1,043.00
10.18.2 From 50 m to100 m = 50 m (PWD BW 27.18.2) m 1,199.00 1,199.00 1,199.00 1,199.00
Page 350
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.18.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.18.6) m 2,098.00 2,098.00 2,098.00 2,098.00
required strength 25 MPa conforming to BDS-1:2013, 4.4.1, 4.4.2 at
working site as per standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge.
10.19.2.1 75 mm dia water grade(Class D) uPVC blind pipe/sand trap of wall m 523.00 522.00 518.00 518.00
10.19.2.2 75 mm dia water grade(Class E ) uPVC blind pipe/sand trap of wall m 659.00 658.00 654.00 654.00
10.19.3.1 75 mm dia strainer of any slot as per design made with water grade m 604.00 601.00 591.00 591.00
(Class D) uPVC pipe of wall thickness 4.6 mm to 5.3 mm (PWD BW
27.19.3.1)
10.19.3.2 75 mm dia strainer of any slot as per design made with water grade m 740.00 737.00 728.00 728.00
(Class E) uPVC pipe of wall thickness 5.7 mm to 6.6 mm (PWD
BW 27.19.3.2)
10.19.4 Best quality 75 mm x 150 mm dia uPVC Reducer (PWD BW 27.19.4) each 1,571.00 1,570.00 1,566.00 1,566.00
10.19.5.1 150 mm dia water grade(Class D) uPVC housing pipe having wall m 2,114.00 2,113.00 2,109.00 2,109.00
10.19.5.2 150 mm dia water grade(Class E) uPVC housing pipe having wall m 2,576.00 2,575.00 2,571.00 2,571.00
10.19.6 Supplying of centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved m 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
10.20 Complete installation of 75 mm dia uPVC tube-well fixtures such as m 112.00 110.00 107.00 107.00
expanded top pipes, reducer, tube-well pipes, strainer, blind pipe,
pipe cap etc fitting and fixing with best quality uPVC solution, iron
screws and uPVC tape and placing in position with proper size M.S.
centralizer @ 3 meter c/c .in strainer portion including blind pipe etc.
complete as per standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-in-
10.21 Complete development of the well by suitable air compressor and
pump of suitable capacity by alternate surging and pumping untill
satisfactory yield, sand free water and the turbidity condition is
reached using necessary quantity of calgon and conducting step
draw down test before and after the development as per specification
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (Development should be
started within 24 hours of completion of shrouding)
10.22 Pumping test of the well by designed turbine/submersible pump with hour 1,070.00 1,068.00 1,055.00 1,055.00
etc. complete as per specification and accepted by the Engineer.
(PWD BW 27.22)
bleaching powder (33% strength) chlorinated water having 150 ppm
available free chlorine complete as per standard specification and
10.24 Filling of the bore-hole around the tube well from top of the shrouding m 54.00 53.00 50.00 50.00
up to the bottom of sanitary seal by withdrawn selected soil or local
clay free from any substances harmful to pipes and health as per
(PWD BW 27.24)
Page 351
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.25 Protective top cover: Supplying and fitting fixing best quality 200 mm each 7,147.00 7,129.00 7,055.00 7,055.00
dia 4 mm thick M.S. pipe 1.0 m (3'-4") long, one end blocked with
250 mm dia 4 mm thick M.S. plate and other end minimum 300 mm
(1'-0) embedded in sanitary seal for protection of uPVC housing pipe
as per standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-
10.26 Boring: Execution of 400 mm dia of boring through all sorts of strata
by reverse circulation or any other approved method (Method other
than reverse circulation is to be applied only for wells deeper than
152 meter) Boring for 400 mm dia vertical hole up to designed depth
and collection of soil samples at every 3 meter interval or as required
and at every change in soil stratum including sinking and withdrawing
10.26.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.26.6) m 2,197.00 2,197.00 2,197.00 2,197.00
required strength 25 MPa conforming to BDS-1878:2014, 4.4.1, 4.4.2
at working site as per standard practice and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.
10.27.2.1 100 mm dia water grade (Class D) uPVC blind pipe/ sand trap having m 706.00 705.00 701.00 701.00
wall thickness 6.0 mm to 6.9 mm (PWD BW 27.27.2.1)
10.27.2.2 100 mm dia water grade (Class E) uPVC blind pipe/ sand trap having m 1,025.00 1,024.00 1,020.00 1,020.00
10.27.3.1 100 mm dia strainer of any slot as per design made with water m 787.00 784.00 774.00 774.00
grade(Class D) uPVC pipe having wall thickness 6.0 mm to 6.9 mm
(PWD BW 27.27.3.1)
10.27.3.2 100 mm dia strainer of any slot as per design made with water m 1,106.00 1,103.00 1,093.00 1,093.00
grade(Class E) uPVC pipe having wall thickness 7.3 mm to 8.4 mm
(PWD BW 27.27.3.2)
10.27.4 Best quality 100 mm x 200 mm dia uPVC reducer (PWD BW 27.27.4) each 2,324.00 2,323.00 2,319.00 2,319.00
10.27.5.1 200 mm dia water grade (Class D ) uPVC housing pipe having wall m 3,180.00 3,179.00 3,176.00 3,176.00
10.27.5.2 200 mm dia water grade( Class E ) uPVC hjousing pipe having wall m 3,826.00 3,825.00 3,821.00 3,821.00
expanded top pipes,. reducer, tube-well pipes, strainer, blind pipe,
pipe cap etc. fitting and fixing with best quality PVC solution, iron
centralizer @ 3 meter c/c. in strainer portion including blind pipe etc.
Page 352
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.29 Complete development of the tube-well by air compressor and pump
of suitable capacity by alternate surging and pumping until
satisfactory yield of sand free water and the turbidity condition is
available free chlorine etc. complete as per standard specification
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW 27.31)
10.32 Filling of the borehole around the tube-well from top of the shrouding m 61.00 60.00 56.00 56.00
(PWD BW 27.32)
10.33 Protective top cover: Supplying and fitting fixing best quality 250 mm each 11,741.00 11,711.00 11,588.00 11,588.00
dia 4 mm thick M.S. pipe, 1.0 m (3'-4") long one, end blocked with
300 mm dia 4 mm thick M.S. plate and other end minimum 300 (1'-
0") embedded in sanitary seal for protection of uPVC Housing pipe
as per standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-
at every change in soil stratum including sinking and withdrawing

10.34.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.34.6) m 2,764.00 2,764.00 2,764.00 2,764.00
required strength 25 MPa conforming to BDS-1878:2014, 4.4.1, 4.4.2
at working site as per standard practice and accepted by the
Engineer-in-charge.
10.35.1 Best quality 150 mm dia uPVC cap for blind pipe/ sand trap. (PWD each 1,144.00 1,143.00 1,139.00 1,139.00
BW 27.35.1)
10.35.2.1 150 mm dia water grade(Class D) uPVC blind pipe/ sand trap having m 1,816.00 1,815.00 1,811.00 1,811.00
10.35.2.2 150 mm dia water grade(Class E) uPVC blind pipe/ sand trap having m 2,212.00 2,211.00 2,207.00 2,207.00
Page 353
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
grade(Class D) uPVC pipe of wall thickness 8.8 to 10.2 mm (PWD
BW 27.35.3.1)
grade(Class E) uPVC pipe of wall thickness 10.8 to 12.5 mm (PWD
BW 27.35.3.2)
10.35.4.1 Best quality 150 mm x 200 mm dia uPVC Reducer (PWD BW each 2,531.00 2,530.00 2,525.00 2,525.00
27.35.4.1)
10.35.4.2 Best quality 150 mm x 250 mm dia uPVC Reducer (PWD BW each 3,749.00 3,747.00 3,742.00 3,742.00
27.35.4.2)
10.35.5.1 200 mm dia water grade(Class D) uPVC housing pipe of wall m 3,180.00 3,179.00 3,176.00 3,176.00
10.35.5.2 200 mm dia water grade(Class E) uPVC housing pipe of wall m 3,826.00 3,825.00 3,821.00 3,821.00
thickness12.6 mm to 14.8 mm (PWD BW 27.35.5.2)
10.35.5.3 250 mm dia water grade(Class D) uPVC housing pipe of wall m 4,410.00 4,409.00 4,405.00 4,405.00
10.35.5.4 250 mm dia water grade(Class E) uPVC housing pipe of wall m 5,870.00 5,869.00 5,865.00 5,865.00
10.35.6 Supplying of centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved m 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
pipe cap etc. fitting and fixing with best quality uPVC solution, iron
centralizer @ 3 meter c/c in strainer portion including blind pipe etc.
10.37 Complete development of the tube well by suitable air compressor
and pump of suitable capacity by alternate surging and pumping until
clay as free from any substances harmful to pipes and health per
(PWD BW 27.40)
10.41 Protective top cover: Supplying fitting and fixing of best quality 250 each 10,956.00 10,925.00 10,803.00 10,803.00
mm dia 4 mm thick M.S. pipe 1.0 m (3'-4") long one end blocked with
300 dia 4 mm thick M.S. plate and other end minimum 300 (1'-0")
embedded in sanitary seal for protection of uPVC Housing pipe as
per standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 27.41)
Page 354
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
meter) for boring 600 mm dia vertical hole up to designed depth and
collection of soil samples at every 3 meter interval and at every
change of formation including sinking and withdrawing necessary
casing pipe and all necessary arrangements complete as per
specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.(Measurement
will be allowed from G.L. to bottom of the blind pipe and the rate is
inclusive of the cost of extra depth of boring required for caving and
siltation)
10.42.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.42.6) m 2,764.00 2,764.00 2,764.00 2,764.00
10.43 Supplying the following tube well fixtures and pipes conforming to
intended use etc. on the body of the pipe at working site as per
standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
10.43.1 150 mm dia M.S. cap 6 mm thick for blind pipe/sand trap (PWD BW each 1,551.00 1,550.00 1,546.00 1,546.00
27.43.1)
10.43.2 150 mm dia G.I. Pipe having wall thickness 5.4 mm, weight 21.2 m 3,788.00 3,785.00 3,773.00 3,773.00
kg/m can withstand 50 kg/ cm2 hydraulic pressure for blind pipe/sand
trap (PWD BW 27.43.2)
10.43.3 150 mm dia strainer of slot opening as per design including tagging 4
Nos. 12 mm dia M.S. rod continuously.
10.43.3.1 Stainless steel strainer of continuous slot having weight 28.84 kg per m 18,358.00 18,356.00 18,346.00 18,346.00
meter. (PWD BW 27.43.3.1)
10.43.3.2 2.50 mm thick stainless steel Bridge type strainer. (PWD BW m 13,947.00 13,944.00 13,935.00 13,935.00
27.43.3.2)
10.43.4 150 mm x 300 mm dia M.S. reducer of minimum thickness of 6 mm. each 3,307.00 3,301.00 3,276.00 3,276.00
(PWD BW 27.43.4)
10.43.5 300 mm dia 6 mm minimum thick M.S. housing pipe (Seamless) m 10,460.00 10,454.00 10,430.00 10,430.00
(PWD BW 27.43.5)
10.43.6 Centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved design. each 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
(PWD BW 27.43.6)
10.43.7 350 mm dia M.S. cap having 6 mm thick for housing pipe covering. each 3,509.00 3,495.00 3,436.00 3,436.00
(PWD BW 27.43.7)
10.44 Complete installation of 150 mm dia deep tube-well fixtures such as m 805.00 790.00 732.00 732.00
pipe cap etc. fitting and fixing socket, welding and additional welding
with fibre and placing in position with proper size M.S. centralizer @
3 meter c/c in strainer portion including. blind pipe etc. complete as
per standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 27.44)
Page 355
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(PWD BW 27.48)
reverse circulation or any other approved method (Method other
than reverse circulation is to be applied only for wells deeper than
152 meter). For boring 800 mm dia vertical hole up to designed
depth and collection of soil samples at every 3 meter interval and at
every change of formation including sinking and withdrawing
per specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-
charge.(Measurement will be allowed form G.L. to bottom of the
blind pipe and the rate is required for caving and siltation)

10.49.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.49.6) m 3,110.00 3,110.00 3,110.00 3,110.00
10.50 Supplying the following tube-well fixtures and pipes conforming to
10.50.1 200 mm dia M.S. cap 6mm thick for blind pipe/ sand strap (PWD BW each 1,968.00 1,967.00 1,963.00 1,963.00
27.50.1)
10.50.2 200 mm dia 6 mm thick tube well pipe and blank G.I. pipe of wt. m 7,776.00 7,773.00 7,761.00 7,761.00
33.45 kg per meter can withstand minimum 700 psi hydraulic
pressure. (PWD BW 27.50.2)
10.50.3 200 mm dia strainer of slot opening as per design including tagging 4 m
10.50.3.1 200 mm dia stainless steel strainer of continuous slot having 38.36 m 21,948.00 21,945.00 21,933.00 21,933.00
kg per meter. (PWD BW 27.50.3.1)
10.50.3.2 200 mm dia 2.5 mm thick stainless steel bridge type strainer (PWD m 14,587.00 14,584.00 14,572.00 14,572.00
BW 27.50.3.2)
10.50.4 200 mm x 400 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. reducer. (PWD BW 27.50.4) each 3,374.00 3,369.00 3,350.00 3,350.00
10.50.5 400 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. housing pipe (Seamless) (PWD BW m 14,510.00 14,503.00 14,479.00 14,479.00
27.50.5)
10.50.6 Centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved design (PWD each 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
BW 27.50.6)
Page 356
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.50.7 450 mm dia M.S. cap of 6 mm thick for housing pipe covering. (PWD each 785.00 773.00 724.00 724.00
BW 27.50.7)
10.51 Complete installation of 200 mm dia deep tube well fixtures such as m 879.00 863.00 799.00 799.00
expanded top pipes, reducer, and tube well pipes, strainer, blind
pipe. pipe cap etc. Fitting and fixing socket, welding and additional
welding with fibre and placing in position with proper size M.S.
centralizer @ 3 meter c/c in strainer position including blind pipe etc.
started within 24 hours of completion of shrouding).
available free chlorine complete as per standard specification and
(PWD BW 27.55)
specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(Measurement will be allowed from G.L. to bottom of the blind pipe

and the rate is inclusive of the cost of extra depth of boring required
for caving and siltation)
10.56.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.56.6) m 1,925.00 1,925.00 1,925.00 1,925.00

10.57.1 150 mm dia 6mm thick M.S. cap for blind pipe/ sand trap. (PWD BW each 1,551.00 1,550.00 1,546.00 1,546.00
27.57.1)
Page 357
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.57.2 50 mm dia 4.85 mm thick tube well pipe and blank G.I. pipe (PWD m 1,175.00 1,172.00 1,160.00 1,160.00
BW 27.57.2)
10.57.3 50 mm dia strainer of slot opening as per design including tagging 4 m
10.57.3.1 50 mm dia stainless steel strainer of continuous slot having 28.84 kg m 7,388.00 7,386.00 7,376.00 7,376.00
per meter. (PWD BW 27.57.3.1)
BW 27.57.3.2)
10.57.4 50 mm x 150 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. reducer. (PWD BW 27.57.4) each 1,350.00 1,344.00 1,319.00 1,319.00
10.57.5 150 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. housing pipe (Seamless). (PWD BW m 5,061.00 5,055.00 5,031.00 5,031.00
27.57.5)
10.57.6 Centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved design. each 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
(PWD BW 27.57.6)
10.57.7 150 mm dia M.S. cap of 6 mm thick for housing pipe covering. (PWD each 2,307.00 2,292.00 2,233.00 2,233.00
BW 27.57.7)
3 meter c/c in strainer portion including. blind pipe etc. complete as
per standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (PWD
BW 27.58)
10.59 Compete development of the tube well by suitable air compressor
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Development should be
(PWD BW 27.62)

Page 358
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10.63.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.63.6) m 2,098.00 2,098.00 2,098.00 2,098.00
10.64.1 150 mm dia 6mm thick M.S. cap for blind pipe/ sand trap. (PWD BW each 1,398.00 1,397.00 1,394.00 1,394.00
27.64.1)
10.64.2 75 mm dia 4.85 mm thick tube well pipe and blank G.I. pipe (PWD m 1,729.00 1,728.00 1,724.00 1,724.00
BW 27.64.2)
10.64.3.1 75 mm dia stainless steel strainer of continuous slot having 28.84 kg m 9,966.00 9,963.00 9,951.00 9,951.00
per meter. (PWD BW 27.64.3.1)
BW 27.64.3.2)
10.64.4 75 mm x 150 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. reducer. (PWD BW 27.64.4) m 1,350.00 1,344.00 1,319.00 1,319.00
10.64.6 150 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. housing pipe (Seamless) (PWD BW m 5,061.00 5,055.00 5,031.00 5,031.00
27.64.6)
10.64.7 Centralizer made with 12 mm dia M.S. rod of approved design (PWD each 500.00 497.00 487.00 487.00
BW 27.64.7)
10.64.8 150 mm dia M.S. cap of 6 mm thick for housing pipe covering. (PWD m 2,307.00 2,292.00 2,233.00 2,233.00
BW 27.64.8)
3 meter c/c in strainer portion including blind pipe etc. complete as
per standard practice and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
(PWD BW 27.65)
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge(Development should be
started within 24 hours of completion of shrouding).
Page 359
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(PWD BW 27.69)

10.70.6 Beyond 250 m (PWD BW 27.70.6) m 2,197.00 2,197.00 2,197.00 2,197.00

10.71.1 Supplying 150 mm dia 6mm thick M.S. cap for blind pipe/ sand trap. each 1,551.00 1,550.00 1,546.00 1,546.00
(PWD BW 27.71.1)
10.71.2 Supplying 100 mm dia 6 mm thick tube well pipe and blank G.I. pipe m 2,596.00 2,593.00 2,581.00 2,581.00
(PWD BW 27.71.2)
10.71.3.1 Supplying 100 mm dia stainless steel strainer of continuous slot m 11,042.00 11,042.00 11,041.00 11,041.00
having 28.84 kg per meter. (PWD BW 27.71.3.1)
10.71.3.2 Supplying 100 mm dia 2.5 mm thick stainless steel bridge type m 8,550.00 8,547.00 8,535.00 8,535.00
strainer (PWD BW 27.71.3.2)
10.71.4 Supplying 100 mm x 200 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. reducer. (PWD each 1,620.00 1,615.00 1,595.00 1,595.00
BW 27.71.4)
10.71.5 Supplying 200 mm dia 6 mm thick M.S. housing pipe (Seamless) m 5,258.00 5,252.00 5,227.00 5,227.00
(PWD BW 27.71.5)
10.71.7 Supplying 200 mm dia M.S. cap of 6 mm thick for housing pipe each 2,773.00 2,773.00 2,712.00 2,712.00
covering. (PWD BW 27.71.7)
expanded top pipes, reducer, and tube-well pipes, strainer, blind
pipe, pipe cap etc. fitting and fixing socket, welding and additional
welding with fibre and placing in position with proper size M.S.
centralizer @ 3 meter c/c in strainer portion including blind pipe etc.
charge (PWD BW 27.72)
Page 360
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (Development should be
charge (PWD BW 27.74)
and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge (PWD BW 27.75)
standard specification and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge
(PWD BW 27.76)
10.77 Supplying and sinking of 40 mm dia water grade uPVC tube well
pipe having wall thickness 2.5 mm to 3.0 mm including trial boring
and with all necessary fittings as required etc. all complete and
10.77.1 40 mm dia pipe up to 60 m depth (PWD BW 27.77.1) m 278.00 274.00 258.00 258.00
10.77.2 40 mm dia pipe beyond 60 m depth (PWD BW 27.77.2) m 493.00 487.00 463.00 463.00
10.78 Supplying and sinking of 3 m long uPVC strainer with all necessary each 702.00 698.00 683.00 683.00
fittings as required etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-
10.79 Supplying, fitting and fixing of No. 6 pump for 40 mm dia tube well each 4,167.00 4,167.00 4,167.00 4,167.00
with all necessary fittings including 0.61 m long 40 mm dia G.I. Pipe
etc. all complete as per accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD
BW 27.79)
10.80 Construction of platform of size 1.4 m x 1.0 m and outlet drain up to1 each 6,160.00 6,139.00 5,894.00 5,944.00
meter long, as per drawing with 75 mm thick cement concrete of f'c
min 17 MPa with brick chips and cement content relates to 1:2:4,
over a brick flat soling and providing 125 mm x 75mm brick band in
1:6 all around, including finished with 12 mm thick cement plaster in
1:4 followd by neat cement finishing all complete and accepted by
the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW 27.80)
10.81 Supplying and sinking uPVC, tube well pipe, uPVC strainer including
trial boring with all necessary fittings as required etc. all complete and
10.81.1 50 mm dia water grade uPVC pipe having wall thickness 2.5 mm to 3 m 584.00 580.00 564.00 564.00
mm (PWD BW 27.81.1)
10.81.2 40 mm dia water grade uPVC pipe having wall thickness 2.5 mm to 3 m 382.00 378.00 362.00 362.00
mm (PWD BW 27.81.2)
10.81.3 40 mm dia uPVC strainer 3.0 m long (PWD BW 27.81.3) each 702.00 698.00 683.00 683.00
10.82 Supplying, fitting and fixing of deep set tube well pump (Hand set) each 8,248.00 8,224.00 8,126.00 8,126.00
with all necessary fittings as required such as No. 6 pump, 50 mm
dia G.I. pipe 0.61 m long, 50 mm x 40 mm reducing socket, 40 mm
dia pipe Nipple 1.22 m long cylinder, tie foot ball, tie plunger, 3 Nos.
10 mm dia sockets, 4 Nos. 10mm dia nuts, 5 Nos. end threaded 10
mm dia M.S. rod 3 m long, necessary quantity of solution and tape
etc. complete and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. (PWD BW
27.82)
Page 361
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 11 : Furniture and Fixtures

11.01 Supply of furniture for Primary School
11.01.01 Supplying High Bench (Size : 1.125mx0.35mx0.6m) with top made of each 4,061.68 4,061.68 4,061.68 4,061.68
best quality seasoned wood (well matured and sapless) like Jack
wood, Silkarai, Gamari and Chittagong Teak. Legs and structures be
made of steel angle in box form, welded (12mm weld length @
50mm c/c all through angle box), cold bended and formed round
corners. Exposed faces of all iron components shall be painted and
finished with 2 coats of best quality prior approved enamel paint over
a coat of priming and wood surfaces to be varnished with best quality
varnish in 3 coats, fabrication of steel angle box, finishing,
assembling of all components, providing best quality PVC stoppers,
fixing with requisite numbers and sizes of nuts and bolts and packing,
etc all complete as shown in the drawing (if provided) and as per
direction of the E-I-C. (Rate is inclusive of delivering the furniture at
the selected school).
11.01.02 Supplying Low Bench (Size : 1.35mx0.25mx0.375m) with top made each 3,655.51 3,655.51 3,655.51 3,655.51
of best quality seasoned wood (well matured and sapless) like Jack
wood, Silkarai, Gamari and Chittagong Teak. Legs and structures be
made of steel angle in box form, welded (12mm weld length @
50mm c/c all through angle box), cold bended and formed round
corners. Exposed faces of all iron components shall be painted and
finished with 2 coats of best quality prior approved enamel paint over
a coat of priming and wood surfaces to be varnished with best quality
varnish in 3 coats, fabrication of steel angle box, finishing,
11.01.03 Supplying Teacher’s Table (Size : 0.675mx0.375mx0.763m) with top each 5,009.40 5,009.40 5,009.40 5,009.40
made of best quality seasoned wood (well matured and sapless) like
Jack wood, Silkarai, Gamari and Chittagong Teak. Legs and
structures be made of steel angle in box form, welded (12mm weld
length @ 50mm c/c all through angle box), cold bended and formed
round corners. Exposed faces of all iron components shall be painted
and finished with 2 coats of best quality prior approved enamel paint
over a coat of priming and wood surfaces to be varnished with best
quality varnish in 3 coats, fabrication of steel angle box, finishing,
11.01.04 Supplying Teacher’s Chair (Size : 0.45mx0.4mx0.425m) with back each 5,009.40 5,009.40 5,009.40 5,009.40
and seat made of best quality seasoned wood (well matured and
sapless) like Jack wood, Silkarai, Gamari and Chittagong Teak. Legs
and structures be made of steel angle in box form, welded (12mm
weld length @ 50mm c/c all through angle box), cold bended and
formed round corners. Exposed faces of all iron components shall be
painted and finished with 2 coats of best quality prior approved
enamel paint over a coat of priming and wood surfaces to be
varnished with best quality varnish in 3 coats, fabrication of steel
angle box, finishing, assembling of all components, providing best
quality PVC stoppers, fixing with requisite numbers and sizes of nuts
and bolts and packing, etc all complete as shown in the drawing (if
provided) and as per direction of the E-I-C. (Rate is inclusive of
delivering the furniture at the selected school).
11.01.05 Supplying Steel Almirah (Size : 1.8mx0.9mx0.675m) with required each 26,116.57 26,116.57 26,116.57 26,116.57
number of drawers, made of 18 BWG MS sheet at front and two
parallel sides and 20 BWG MS sheet at back side as per approved
design and specification in/c superior quality painting with synthetic
best quality prior approvedenamel paint in/c welding, plane surfacing,
denting points, fitting and fixing standard lock with two sets of keys
and also lock in drawers etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-
C. (Rate is inclusive of delivering the furniture at the selected school).
Page 362
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.01.06 Supply of High, Low combined Bench with Book shelf for Primary set 11,261.92 11,261.92 11,261.92 11,261.92
School:
(A). High Bench with Book shelf: Size : 1.450m-(L) x
0.425m(W)x0.730m(H) with plastic top wall thickness 5mm with side
wall 25mm height, wall thickness 5mm, Plastic frame weight 5000
gm, Vertical Ribs 25 nos, Horizontal Ribs 7 nos ,Rib height 12mm
and thickness 4mm, Plastic top rib sunk size: 6 to 8mm dia for
provided screw 38mm dia @ 180mm c/c long direction and 75mm c/c
short direction fitted with steel frame size: 1.435m x0.372m x0.713m
made of 25mm MS square box , Steel frame for footing bracing
made of 38mm MS Square box with same materials, Book shelf
fitted with 150mm below top frame with same materials and 5mm
guide Rod 15 nos at back side and 2 nos each at left and right side
welded with 25mm x 25mmx 2mm MS Angle as shown in drawing,
Stopper should be anchored by raised thread.
(B). Low Bench: Size : 1.395m-(L)x0.305m(W)x0.380m(H) with
plastic top wall thickness 5mm with side wall 25mm height, wall
thickness 5mm, Plastic frame weight 3000 gm, Vertical Ribs 21 nos,
Horizontal Ribs 7 nos, Rib height 12mm and thickness 4mm, Plastic
top rib sunk size 6 to 8mm dia for provided screw 38mm dia @
180mm c/c long direction and 75mm c/c short direction fitted with
steel frame size: 1.325m x0.270m x0.363m made of 25mm MS
square box. Steel frame for footing bracing made of 38mm MS
Square box, Stopper should be anchored by raised thread as shown
in the drawing (if provided) including cost of fabricating, cutting,
welding, painting etc. all Complete as per the drawing and direction
of the E-I-C. (Rate is inclusive of delivering the furniture at the
selected school). BUET test: Physical strength, Breaking strength of
Polypropylene impact co Polymer Plastic frame: i) Hardness, Rock
well, ii) Tensile strength
High and Low Bench for every 1000 nos set/pair or part there of one
test for each type of comprising average of 2 (Two) sample. all
complete
11.01.07 Teacher Table: each 7,754.11 7,754.11 7,754.11 7,754.11
Supply Primary school teachers Table as per below specification
Table top Raw materials :-Polypropylene Impact Copolymer Plastic
Size : - 838mm(L) x 533mm(W) x 775m
Table Top: Dimen 838mm(L) x 533mm(W) x 25mm(T)
Colour: Deep blue, Brick Red, Black, Orange
Plastic Top Weight : 5000gm
Steel tube Specification 25mm x 25mm x1.2mm
Steel frame Dimension 785mm(L) x 470mm(W) x 750mm
Drawer: Two drawer fixed right side, made by high quality 12mm
melamine laminated board with two side covered by 12mm laminated
board and Back side covered by 3mm thick ply wood.
Size:300mmx300mm
Other Manufacturing and Supplying teachers table will be made of
non-toxic Polypropylene impact Copolymer Plastic and Legs are
structure made of ms Round tube -25mm x 1.2mm(22x1.2mm),
welded ( 0.5” weld length @ 2” c/c continuously through the MS
tube), cold bended & formed strictly as per drawing. The frame of
table must be cleaned in 07(seven) stage tank with phosphate
chemical method pure along with polyester powder coating for pre-
head at 230ºC for 22 minutes in heat heaven for curing the paint.
Finishing including assembling of all components and best quality
PVC stoppers necessary number and type of nuts and bolts and
packing shall be used as shown in the design. Bottom of legs will be
provided with PVC cap/shoe as per drawing.
Plastic frame top installation : The Polypropylene Impact Copolymer
plastic frame top will be tied with MS steel frame (25mm X 378MM
and thick1.2mm ) by 1 micron electroplated (No-16) X 4 and 50mm
star head Countersunk screw at a distance 75 and 180mm c/c.
BUET test: Physical strength, Breaking strength of Polypropylene
impact co Polymer Plastic frame: i) Hardness, Rock well, ii) Tensile
strength
All complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
Page 363
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.01.08 Teacher Chair: each 2,092.38 2,092.38 2,092.38 2,092.38
Size 550mm(L)x515mm(W)x850m (H)
Chair seat Raw materials :- Polypropylene Impact copolymer
Chair top Specific on 465mm(L)x480mm(W)x425m (H)
Plastic weight 174 Chair colour Deep blue, Brick red, black, Or
Steel tu, Specification Round tube -25mm x 1.2mm, Steel frame
Dimension 550mm(L) x 515mm(W) x 47
Manufacturing & Supplying teacher chair made of Polypropylene
Impact Copolymer Plastic and Legs are structure made of MS
Round tube -25mm x 1.2mm (22x1.2 mm), welded (0.5’’ weld
length@2 `` C/C continuously through the MS tube), cold bended &
formed strictly as per drawing. The frame of chair must be cleaned in
07 (seven) stage tank with phosphate chemical method pure along
with polyester powder coating for pre-head at 230ºc for 22 minutes
in heat oven for curing the paint to make the permanent of color of
steel frame.
Finishing including assembling of all components and best quality
PVC stoppers necessary number and type of nuts and bolts and
packing shall be used as shown in the same must be supplied and
get approval from Upazila Engineer/Executive Engineer before
manufacturing of the lot. Bottom of legs will be provided with PVC
cap/shoe as per drawing BUET test: Physical strength, Breaking
strength of Polypropylene impact co Polymer Plastic frame: i)
Hardness, Rock well, ii) Tensile strength
All complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
11.02 Washing, cleaning and polishing with French polish, in/c small
repairs as necessary, etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
11.02.01 Armed chair each 396.01 383.71 365.24 365.24
11.02.02 Armless chair each 322.16 312.32 297.55 297.55
11.02.03 Easy chair (caned) each 331.09 321.24 306.47 306.47

11.02.04 Easy chair (canvassed) each 331.09 321.24 306.47 306.47
11.02.05 Table (big) each 487.71 472.94 450.78 450.78
11.02.06 Table (small) each 404.94 392.63 374.17 374.17

11.02.07 Dressing Table each 827.72 803.10 766.18 766.18
11.02.08 Sofa Set each 1,375.43 1,338.51 1,283.12 1,283.12
11.02.09 Cot each 1,190.81 1,160.04 1,113.88 1,113.88

11.02.10 Almirah each 1,375.43 1,338.51 1,283.12 1,283.12
11.02.11 Meat Safe each 827.72 803.10 766.18 766.18
11.02.12 Cupboard each 827.72 803.10 766.18 766.18

11.02.13 Sideboard, whatnot, rack, cloth stand each 422.78 410.48 392.01 392.01
11.03 Supplying best quality Cot (Size:2.13mx1.07m) made of best quality each 20,985.32 20,985.32 20,985.32 20,985.32
well matured, fully seasoned jack wood (timber should be sapless)
in/c superior quality varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all
complete as per design (if provided) and direction of the E-I-C. (This
item includes all fittings, fixings and delivering the furniture at the
instructed place).
11.04 Supplying ordinary Table (Size:1.08mx0.76m) made of best quality each 12,185.03 12,185.03 12,185.03 12,185.03
well matured, fully seasoned jack wood (timber should be sapless)
in/c superior quality varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all
instructed place).
11.05 Supplying best quality Tea Table of standard size made of best each 4,061.68 4,061.68 4,061.68 4,061.68
quality well matured, fully seasoned jack wood (timber should be
sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing/French polishing and
finishing, etc. all complete as per design (if provided) and direction of
the E-I-C. (This item includes all fittings, fixings and delivering the
furniture at the instructed place).
Page 364
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.06 Supplying best quality Secretariat Table (Size: 1.52m each 27,077.84 27,077.84 27,077.84 27,077.84
x1.07mx0.76m) made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned
Chittagong Teak wood (timber should be sapless) in/c superior
quality varnishing/French polishing, best quality rexin topping and
finishing, etc. all complete as per design (if provided) and direction of
11.07 Supplying official Table made of best quality imported 18mm thick
scrach proof and termite proof Laminated Melamine Board (LB) with
edge covering. Three side covered in same board in black /beech
colour and one side opened i/c table top covered with smooth
finishing Laminated Melamine Board (LB) etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all fittings, fixings and
delivering the furniture at the instructed place).
11.07.01 Official Table LB (Size : 1600LX850WX 750Hmm) (Navana of each 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11
FTL0560/ Otobi/Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTL0562 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.07.03 Official Table LB (Size : 1600LX800WX 750Hmm (Navana of each 10,831.14 10,831.14 10,831.14 10,831.14
FTL0561/ Otobi / Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTL0563/Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTM0560/Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTM0562/Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.07.07 Official Table LB (Size : 1400LX750W X 750Hmm) (Navana of each 9,231.08 9,231.08 9,231.08 9,231.08
FTM0561 /Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTM0563 /Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTN0560/Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.07.10 Official Table LB (Size : 1200lLX750WX 750Hmm) (Navana of each 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68
FTN0562/Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.07.11 Official Table LB (Size : 1200LX700WX 750Hmm) (Otobi of each 18,708.32 18,708.32 18,708.32 18,708.32
TPOP001LB/Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.07.12 Official Table LB (Size : 1200LX 700WX 750Hmm) (Navana of each 10,831.14 10,831.14 10,831.14 10,831.14
FTN0561 /Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.07.13 Official Table LB (Size : 1200lLX700WX 750Hmm) (Navana of each 7,754.11 7,754.11 7,754.11 7,754.11
FTN0563 /Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
FTS0563/Otobi/Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08 Supplying Senior officials Table made of best quality imported
18mm thick scrach proof and termite proof Laminated Melamine
Board (LB) with edge covering. Three side covered in same board in
black /beech colour and one side opened i/c table top covered with
smooth finishing termite proof Laminated Melamine Board (LB) etc.
all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all
fittings, fixings and delivering the furniture at the instructed place).
11.08.01 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1800LX1800W X 750Hmm) (Otobi of each 45,047.68 45,047.68 45,047.68 45,047.68
TMOP008LB /Navana/i/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.08.02 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1800LX800W X750Hmm) (Otobi of each 41,601.41 41,601.41 41,601.41 41,601.41
TMOP004LB /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
quality)
Page 365
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
quality)
11.08.05 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1800LX1000W X 750Hmm) (Navana each 24,616.22 24,616.22 24,616.22 24,616.22
of FTM0552 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.06 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1800LX900WX 750Hmm) (Navana of each 13,292.76 13,292.76 13,292.76 13,292.76
FTM0550LB /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.07 Senior Official Table LB (Size : 1650LX800WX 750Hmm) (Navana each 39,385.95 39,385.95 39,385.95 39,385.95
of FTM6001 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.08 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1600LX900WX 750Hmm) (Otobi of each 25,847.03 25,847.03 25,847.03 25,847.03
TEOP005LB /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.09 Senior Official Table LB(Size :1600LX850WX 750Hmm) (Navana of each 15,262.05 15,262.05 15,262.05 15,262.05
FTM0553 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.10 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1600LX750W X750Hmm) (Navana of each 33,724.22 33,724.22 33,724.22 33,724.22
FTM6002 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.11 Senior Official Table LB (Size : 1600lLX750W X 750Hmm) (Otobi of each 16,739.03 16,739.03 16,739.03 16,739.03
TEOP022LB /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.08.12 Senior Official Table LB (Size : 1400LX750W X 750Hmm) (Navana each 24,246.97 24,246.97 24,246.97 24,246.97
of TEOP012LB /Otobi//Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.08.13 Senior Official Table LB (Size :1400LX750W X 750Hmm) (Otobi of each 18,708.32 18,708.32 18,708.32 18,708.32
TPOP001LB /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.09 Supplying Senior officials Table made of best quality imported
Engineering wood/Melamine MDF (Medium Density Fiber) board of
black /beech or any other approved colour with edge covering. Three
sides covered in same board i/c cross legs fixing with any other
means of wood/metal and one side opened. Table top covered with
smooth finishing Engineering wood/MDF (Medium Density Fiber)
with front side foreign black lather etc. all complete as per direction of
the E-I-C. (This item includes all fittings fixings and delivering the
furniture at the instructed place)
11.09.01 Senior Official Table MDF/EW (Size :2438LX1907WX750Hmm) each 104,495.84 104,495.84 104,495.84 104,495.84
(Otobi of TMOP016WD /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent
best quality) with drawer unit
11.09.03 Senior officials Table-MDF/EW (Size: 1800Lx2175Wx750H mm) each 75,330.54 75,330.54 75,330.54 75,330.54
(Hatil of HPL-500-125-2-1-67 /Navana/Otobi/Akther/Brothers or
equivalent best quality) with drawer unit
(Navana of FTM1303 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality) with drawer unit
(Hatil of HPL-500-128-2-1-88 /Navana/Otobi/Akther/Brothers or
11.09.06 Senior Official Table MDF (Size :1800LX900WX750Hmm) (Navana each 49,232.43 49,232.43 49,232.43 49,232.43
of FTM1301LB /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.09.08 Senior Official Table MDF/EW (Size :1800LX1830WX 750Hmm) each 33,231.89 33,231.89 33,231.89 33,231.89
(Otobi of TMOP022LB/ Navana/Hatil/Akther /Brothers or equivalent
best quality)
(Navana of FTM1304 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
Page 366
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.10 Supplying Drawer unit made of best quality imported 18mm thick
scrach proof and termite proof Laminated Melamine Board (LB) with
edge covering of standard (beech/Black) Colour & size, three drawer
in high quality imported PVC handle with Center lock. Inside
constructed rollers with bearings for smooth operation of sliding
drawer etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item
includes all fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at the instructed
place)
11.10.01 Three Drawer unit with wheel (size : 400Wx470Dx705H) (Navana of each 7,631.03 7,631.03 7,631.03 7,631.03
FDZ0610 /Otobi/Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.10.02 Three Drawer unit without wheel (size : 400Wx470Dx650H) (Navana each 7,200.24 7,200.24 7,200.24 7,200.24
of FDZ0611/ Otobi /Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.10.03 Three Drawer unit without wheel (size : 400Wx470Dx650H) (Navana each 7,015.62 7,015.62 7,015.62 7,015.62
11.10.04 Three Drawer unit with wheel (size : 400Wx470Dx705H) (Navana of each 7,261.78 7,261.78 7,261.78 7,261.78
FDZ0619/ Otobi /Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.10.05 Two Drawer unit with wheel (size : 400Wx470Dx705H) (Navana of each 5,538.65 5,538.65 5,538.65 5,538.65
FDZ0617/ Otobi /Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.10.06 Two Drawer unit without wheel (size : 400Wx470Dx650H) (Navana each 5,292.49 5,292.49 5,292.49 5,292.49
11.11 Supplying Conference Table made of best quality imported 18mm
thick scrach proof and termite proof Laminated Melamine Board (LB)
frame with standard size leg and 25mm thick scrach proof and
termite proof Laminated Melamine Board (LB) top i/c edge covering
of black /beech colour etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
(This item includes all fittings, fixings and delivering the furniture at
the instructed place).
11.11.01 Conference Table- Corner LB (size: 625Lx625Wx750Hmm) each 5,538.65 5,538.65 5,538.65 5,538.65
(Navana of FCM 0580 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent
best quality)
11.11.02 Conference Table- Short Middle LB (size: 600Lx600Wx750Hmm) each 5,538.65 5,538.65 5,538.65 5,538.65
(Navana of FCM 0581/ Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent
best quality)
11.11.03 Conference Table- Long Middle LB (size: 1200Lx600Wx750Hmm) each 8,246.43 8,246.43 8,246.43 8,246.43
(Navana of FCM 0582 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
quality)
quality)
11.11.06 Conference Table- (size: 3000Lx1200Wx760Hmm) of Otobi Of each
TCOP022LB (Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.12 Supplying best quality Dressing Table as per approved design, made each 15,569.76 15,569.76 15,569.76 15,569.76
of best quality well matured, fully seasoned Chittagong Teak wood
(timber should be sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing/French
polishing and finishing to all wood surfaces, providing best quality
Belgium Mirror (Size:1.08mx0.41m) etc. all complete and direction of
11.13 Supplying Dining Table (Size:1.83mx0.96mx0.76m) made of best each 27,077.84 27,077.84 27,077.84 27,077.84
quality well matured, fully seasoned Chittagong Teak wood (timber
should be sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing/ French polishing
and finishing, etc. all complete as per design (if provided) and
Page 367
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.14 Supplying cushioned Chair as per approved design and direction, each 8,123.35 8,123.35 8,123.35 8,123.35
made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned Chittagong Teak
wood (timber should be sapless) in/c superior quality
varnishing/French polishing and finishing, best quality high tempered
spring and cushion in sit, back and handle etc. all complete as per
11.15 Supplying Swivel Chair of official standard with handle or without
handle of special size of zinc phosphate coated oven backed powder
paint finish milds steel structure, Chrome plated polymer cast leg with
5 nos castors (wheels). High quality PVC handles. Fully revolving
and back tilt facility of high or medium or low back. Hydraulically
height adjustable mechanism. Foam cushioning seat and back
pasted on imported ply wood and covered by foreign Fabric or
Rexene and all surface are black colour coat finish etc all complete
as per design and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes
11.15.01 Swivel Chair without handle (Navana of FCJ 2262 each 6,769.46 6,769.46 6,769.46 6,769.46
/Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.02 Swivel Chair without handle (Otobi of CSEP154 /Navana/i/Hatil/ each 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68
Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.03 Swivel Chair without handle (Otobi of CSEP009 / each 8,000.27 8,000.27 8,000.27 8,000.27
Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.04 Swivel Chair normal back with handle (Otobi of CSEP002 each 10,215.73 10,215.73 10,215.73 10,215.73
/Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.05 Swivel Chair normal back with handle (Navana of FCJ 2261 /Otobi/ each 8,000.27 8,000.27 8,000.27 8,000.27
Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.06 Swivel Chair medium back with handle (Otobi of CSSP001/CSEP061 each 13,169.68 13,169.68 13,169.68 13,169.68
/Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.07 Swivel Chair medium back with handle (Navana of FCM 2211 each 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11
/Otobi/Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.08 Swivel Chair medium back with handle (Navana of FCN 2209/2210 each 13,415.84 13,415.84 13,415.84 13,415.84
/Otobi/Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.09 Swivel Chair medium back with handle (Navana of FCM each 13,785.08 13,785.08 13,785.08 13,785.08
2209/2210/Otobi/Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.10 Swivel Chair high back with handle (Otobi of CSSP002/003 each 13,785.08 13,785.08 13,785.08 13,785.08
/Navana/Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.11 Swivel Chair high back with handle (Navana of FCH each 15,631.30 15,631.30 15,631.30 15,631.30
2209/Otobi/Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.12 Swivel Chair high back with handle (semi-executive type) (Otobi of each 19,692.97 19,692.97 19,692.97 19,692.97
CSPP004 / Navana /Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.13 Swivel Chair high back with handle (semi-executive type) (Navana of each 16,246.70 16,246.70 16,246.70 16,246.70
FCM 2215/FCH 2208/FCH 2214 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or
equivalent best quality)
11.15.14 Swivel Chair high back with handle (executive type) (Navana of FCH each 38,524.38 38,524.38 38,524.38 38,524.38
2200 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.15 Swivel Chair high back with handle (executive type) (Otobi of each 38,770.54 38,770.54 38,770.54 38,770.54
CSPP002 /Navana/ Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.15.16 Swivel Chair high back with handle (executive type) each
(CSPP005/CSPP006 of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or
11.15.17 Swivel Chair high back with handle (semi-excutive type) (CSEP085 each
of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.16 Supplying of Easy Chair of standard size with plastic cone of each 14,769.73 14,769.73 14,769.73 14,769.73
standard size, made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned jack
wood (timber should be sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing or
French polishing and finishing, etc. all complete as per design (if
provided) etc. all complete as per design and direction of the E-I-C.
(This item includes delivering the furniture at the instructed place).
Page 368
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.17 Supplying best quality armed ChairJack wood (wooden sit and back) each 7,446.41 7,446.41 7,446.41 7,446.41
of standard size, made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned
jack wood (timber should be sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing/
French polishing and finishing, etc. all complete as per design (if
provided) and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the
11.18 Supplying best quality armed Visitor Chair of official standard special
size of zinc phosphate coated oven backed powder paint finish
stainless steel tube body of 4 legs with two arm made by Stainless
Steel tube or pre approved materials . Foam cushioning seat and
back pasted on imported ply wood and covered by foreign Fabric or
Rexene and all surface are black colour coat finish etc all complete
11.18.01 Armed chair standard normal (Otobi of CFVE003 / Navana/Hatil/ each 4,307.84 4,307.84 4,307.84 4,307.84
Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.02 Armed chair standard normal (Navana of FCF 2305 /CFVP011 / each 5,713.42 5,713.42 5,713.42 5,713.42
Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.03 Armed chair standard normal (Navana of FCF 2313 / Otobi/ Hatil/ each 5,661.73 5,661.73 5,661.73 5,661.73
Akther /Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.04 Armed chair standard medium (Navana of FCF 2303/2304 /Otobi/ each 6,154.05 6,154.05 6,154.05 6,154.05
Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.05 Armed chair standard fancy light (Navana of FCF 2301/ Otobi each 6,498.68 6,498.68 6,498.68 6,498.68
CFVP005/Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.06 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Navana of FCF 2302 /Otobi/ each 7,631.03 7,631.03 7,631.03 7,631.03
11.18.07 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Otobiof CFVP006/007 /Navana/ each 8,000.27 8,000.27 8,000.27 8,000.27
11.18.08 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Navana of FCV 2207/CFVP008/ each 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89
Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.09 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Navana of FCV 2209/2210/ each 11,323.46 11,323.46 11,323.46 11,323.46
Otobi/Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.18.10 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Otobi of CFVP053 /Navana/ each 11,323.46 11,323.46 11,323.46 11,323.46
11.18.11 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Navana of FCV 2204 /Otobi/ each 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11
11.18.12 Armed chair standard fancy heavy (Otobi of CFVP012 /Navana/ each 13,292.76 13,292.76 13,292.76 13,292.76
11.19 Supplying best quality armless Chair (wooden sit and back) of each 676.95 676.95 676.95 676.95
standard size made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned jack
varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all complete as per
design (if provided) and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes
11.20 Supplying best quality armless Visitor Chair of official standard
special size of zinc phosphate coated oven backed powder paint
finish stainless steel tube body with 4 legs. Foam cushioning seat
and back pasted on imported ply wood and covered by foreign Fabric
/Rexene and all surface are black colour coat finish etc all complete
11.20.01 Armless chair standard normal (Otobi of CFVE002 /Navana/ Hatil/ each 2,707.78 2,707.78 2,707.78 2,707.78
11.20.02 Armless chair standard normal (Navana of FCF 2307 LR /Otobi/ each 3,077.03 3,077.03 3,077.03 3,077.03
11.20.03 Armless chair standard normal (Navana of FCF 2307 FF /Otobi/ each 3,384.73 3,384.73 3,384.73 3,384.73
11.20.04 Armless chair standard normal (Otobi of CFVE005/006 /Navana/ each 3,446.27 3,446.27 3,446.27 3,446.27
Page 369
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.20.05 Armless chair standard medium (Navana of FCF 2308 LR/ Otobi/ each 4,677.08 4,677.08 4,677.08 4,677.08
11.20.06 Armless chair standard medium (Navana of FCF 2308 FF /Otobi/ each 5,292.49 5,292.49 5,292.49 5,292.49
Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.20.07 Armless chair standard fancy light (Otobi of CFVP001 /Navana/ Hatil/ each 5,415.57 5,415.57 5,415.57 5,415.57
11.20.08 Armless chair standard fancy thick Plastic seat and back (Otobi of each 5,907.89 5,907.89 5,907.89 5,907.89
CFVP057 /Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.20.09 Armless chair sytandard fancy light (Otobi of CFVP010 /Navana/ each 6,400.22 6,400.22 6,400.22 6,400.22
11.20.10 Armless chair standard fancy light (Otobi of CFVP030 /Navana/ Hatil/ each 7,631.03 7,631.03 7,631.03 7,631.03
11.20.11 Armless chair standard fancy light (CFDP001 of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ each
11.20.12 Armless chair wooden light (FCF2310MG of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ each
11.21 Supplying Dress stand of standard size, made of best quality well each 3,692.43 3,692.43 3,692.43 3,692.43
matured, fully seasoned jack wood (timber should be sapless) in/c
superior quality varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all
instructed place).
11.22 Supplying Dress stand of standard size with coat rack on one side, each 3,815.51 3,815.51 3,815.51 3,815.51
made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned jack wood (timber
should be sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing/French polishing
and finishing, etc. all complete as per design (if provided) and
11.23 Supplying, fitting and fixing door and window palmate (150mm wide) m
in/c wooden frog and 25mm dia wooden rod with best quality well
matured, fully seasoned jack wood (timber should be sapless) in/c
superior quality varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all
instructed place).
11.24 Supplying Almirah without front glass (Size:1.52mx1.07mx0.46m) each 28,308.65 28,308.65 28,308.65 28,308.65
with 4 shelves, made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned
quality varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all complete as
per design (if provided) and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes
all fittings, fixings and delivering the furniture at the instructed place).
11.25 Supplying Almirah with front glass (Size:1.52mx1.07mx0.46m) with 4 each 28,924.05 28,924.05 28,924.05 28,924.05
shelves, made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned
quality varnishing/ French polishing and finishing, in/c glass front, etc.
all complete as per design (if provided) and direction of the E-I-C.
(This item includes all fittings, fixings and delivering the furniture at
the instructed place).
11.26 Supplying Steel Almirah (Size:1.83mx0.91mx0.61m) with required each 26,116.57 26,116.57 26,116.57 26,116.57
number of drawers, made of 18 BWG MS sheet at front and two
parallel sides and 20 BWG MS sheet at back side as per approved
design and specification in/c superior quality painting with synthetic
(BERGER/equivalent) enamel paint in/c welding, plane surfacing,
denting points, fitting and fixing standard lock with two sets of keys
and also lock in drawers etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-
C. (Rate is inclusive of delivering the furniture at the selected school).
Page 370
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.27 Supply of best quality Steel Almirah made of rivet less fully mig
welded 0.7 & 0.8 mm thick imported cold rolled mild steel. All surface
of Mild steel (MS) chemically de-rusted, zinc phosphate coated and
oven backed powder paint finish with high quality imported S type
handle with office lock. Inside constructed with one fixed shelf with
two nos. drawer and three nos. height adjustable shelves on MS slot.
Almirah to be stands on box type MS leg. All bands are created by
automatic banding machine and all surface are black colour coat
finish etc all complete as per design and direction of the E-I-C. (This
item includes delivering the furniture at the instructed place).
11.27.01 Steel Almirah 915Wx483Dx1929H mm size of Navana FAE4201/ each 33,231.89 33,231.89 33,231.89 33,231.89
Otobi/Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.28 Supplying Steel File Cabinet (Size:1.37m x0.46mx0.61m) with 4 each 17,857.83 17,857.83 17,857.83 17,857.83
drawers made of 18 BWG MS sheet as per approved design and
specification in/c superior quality painting with synthetic
(BERGER/equivalent) enamel paint, welding, plain surfacing, denting
points all finishing, fitting and fixing standard lock with two sets of
keys and also lock in drawers etc. all complete as per direction of the
E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the furniture at the instructed
place).
11.29 Supply of best quality Steel File Cabinet made of rivet less fully mig
welded 0.7 & 0.8 mm thick imported cold rolled mild steel. All surface
of Mild steel (MS) chemically de-rusted, zinc phosphate coated and
oven backed powder paint finish with high quality imported PVC
handle with Center lock. Inside constructed rollers with solid steel
bearings for smooth operation of sliding drawer. File Cabinet to be
stands on same flat bed. All bands are created by automatic banding
machine and all surface are black colour coat finish etc all complete
11.29.01 Steel File Cabinet 4 drawerof 476Dx620Wx 1390H mm size of Otobi each 28,553.58 28,553.58 28,553.58 28,553.58
FCOP003MS/ Navana/ Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.29.02 Steel File Cabinet 3 drawer of 476Dx620Wx 1070H mm size of each 21,107.17 21,107.17 21,107.17 21,107.17
Navana FCT 4230/Otobi/ Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.29.03 Steel File Cabinet 2 drawer of 476Dx620Wx 746H mm size of each 17,231.35 17,231.35 17,231.35 17,231.35
Navana FCD 4230/Otobi/ Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.30 Supplying Steel Chest of Drawer (Size:1.37m x1.22mx0.53m) with 4 each 29,365.92 29,365.92 29,365.92 29,365.92
shelves, made of 18 BWG MS sheet as per approved design and
specification in/c superior quality painting with synthetic
(BERGER/equivalent) enamel paint, welding, plain surfacing, denting
points all finishing, fitting and fixing standard lock with two sets of
keys and also lock in drawers etc. all complete as per direction of the
E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the furniture at the instructed
place).
11.31 Supplying Wooden Whatnot (Size:1.22mx0.38mx0.91m) with 3 each 7,138.70 7,138.70 7,138.70 7,138.70
shelves, made of best quality well matured, fully seasoned Jack
varnishing/French polishing and finishing, etc. all complete as per
design (if provided) and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all
fittings, fixings and delivering the furniture at the instructed place)..
11.32 Supplying Wooden Box (Size:1.22mx0.91mx0.76m) made of best each 4,307.84 4,307.84 4,307.84 4,307.84
quality well matured, fully seasoned Jack wood (timber should be
sapless) in/c superior quality varnishing/French polishing and
finishing, locking arrangement, etc all complete as per design (if
provided) and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the
Page 371
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.33 Supplying Multipurpose shelf of standard Colour & size of local best
quality, 16mm thick scrach proof and termite proof finished malamine
laminated wood particle board with in top, bottom, two short side and
shelf PVC edging i/c 4 nos shelvs, 3nos front side are covered by
3mm sliding glass on PVC channel and one no. shelf covered by
laminated board shutter with hinge, handle and tower bolt. Back side
covered by 5mm thick ply wood. Fully knowed down system by using
Housing, Dowels, T-nut, JRN nut, wood pin etc all complete as per
design and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the
11.33.01 Multipurpose shelf beech colour (size :1200Lx 400Dx1800Hmm) each 16,883.03 16,883.03 16,883.03 16,883.03
(Navana of HSM 0380 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.33.02 Multipurpose shelf beech colour (size 800Lx 400Dx1800Hmm) each 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11
quality)
quality)
quality)
11.33.05 Multipurpose shelf beech colour (size : 600Lx 350Dx1800Hmm) each 10,338.81 10,338.81 10,338.81 10,338.81
quality)
11.33.06 Multipurpose shelf beech colour (size : 1200Lx 400Wx1800Hmm) each
(MSCP005LB WDDP005LB of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers
or equivalent best quality)
11.33.07 Multipurpose shelf beech colour (size : 800Lx 400Wx1800Hmm) each
(MSCP004LB of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent
best quality)
11.34 Supplying Computer table of standard Colour & size of local best
quality, made by 16mm thick scrach proof and termite proof finished
malamine laminated wood particle board with PVC edging i/c CPU,
UPS, Monitor, Printer & Mouse etc. placing arrangement and
attached keyboard tray slided by channel and wheel etc all complete
11.34.01 Computer Table (size :1200Lx600Dx7 50Hmm) (Otobi of each 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11 12,308.11
TEOB002LB /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.34.02 Computer Table (size :1100Lx600Dx 750Hmm) (Otobi of each 13,227.52 13,227.52 13,227.52 13,227.52
TCCP001LB /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.34.03 Computer Table (size :910Lx450Dx 750Hmm) (Otobi of SROP007LB each 9,846.49 9,846.49 9,846.49 9,846.49
/Navana/Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.34.04 Computer Table (size 1000Lx500Dx 750Hmm) (Navana of FTC each 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68
0661 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.34.07 Computer Table (size 600Lx480Dx750Hmm) (Navana of FTC 0660 each 5,169.41 5,169.41 5,169.41 5,169.41
/Otobi/Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.35 Supplying Side Rack of standard Colour & size of local best quality
made by 16mm thick scrach proof and termite proof Laminated
Melamine Board (LB) with PVC edging i/c interior side 1 no. shelf
and front side two nos. sliding shutter of same materials on PVC
channel with hinge, handle, lock and tower bolt. Top and two side
covered by Laminated Melamine Board (LB) and back side covered
by 5mm thick ply wood i/c all body black /beech colour. etc all
complete as per design and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes
Page 372
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.35.01 Side Rack : 900Wx400Dx750H mm size of Navana FCB each 8,307.97 8,307.97 8,307.97 8,307.97
0651/Otobi/ Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.35.02 Side Rack : 750Wx400Dx750H mm size of Navana FCB 0652/Otobi/ each 7,446.41 7,446.41 7,446.41 7,446.41
Hatil/Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.36 Supplying Slotted Angle Rack. of best quality fully knock down
system steel open rack, structure made of 2mm thick mild steel
angle. 5 nos. height adjustable shelves are made of 0.7 & 0.8mm
thick mild steel. All surface of mild steel zinc phosphate coated and
oven backed powder paint of black colour etc all complete as per
design and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the
11.36.01 Slotted Angle Rack (size : 1200Lx600Dx 1800H mm size) (Otobi of each 29,785.62 29,785.62 29,785.62 29,785.62
SROP002MS /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.36.02 Slotted Angle Rack (size : 1145Lx300Dx 1830H mm size) (Navana of each 18,831.41 18,831.41 18,831.41 18,831.41
FRS 4251 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.37 Supplying Class Room Chair made of best quality MS box tube
frame of standard thickness and size in black or any other approved
colour with right side folding handle for writing purpose made with
local best quality malamine board and same MS box tube frame.
Seat and back made with same malamine board fitted with MS box
tube with smooth finishing etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-
C. (This item includes all fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at
the instructed place)
11.37.01 Class Room Chair with bottom metal netting basket (Navana of FCC each 10,092.65 10,092.65 10,092.65 10,092.65
2353 /Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.37.02 Class Room Chair with bottom metal netting basket (Hatil of HPL- each 6,769.46 6,769.46 6,769.46 6,769.46
508-203-10-1-00 / Navana/ Otobi/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.37.03 Class Room Chair seat and back foam covering without basket each 5,415.57 5,415.57 5,415.57 5,415.57
(Navana of FCC 2351/Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.37.04 Class Room Chair without basket (Navana of FCC 2352 / Otobi/ each 5,169.41 5,169.41 5,169.41 5,169.41
11.38.01 Supplying three seated group chair made by best quality Mild Steel
frame of standard size and thickness of smooth painted surface with
Stailess steel box handle of standard size and thickness. Seat and
back made by Mild Steel sheet with standard colour coating and
smooth finishing etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This
item includes all fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at the
instructed place)
11.38.01.01 MS three seated group chair (size :1430Lx 700W X890Hmm) each 21,231.49 21,231.49 21,231.49 21,231.49
(Navana of FCT 4274 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
frame of standard size and thickness of smooth painted surface
without handle. Seat and back made by high strength thick plstic
sheet with smooth finishing and standard colour etc. all complete as
per direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all fittings fixings and
delivering the furniture at the instructed place)
11.38.02.01 Plastic three seated group chair (size :1430-1320Lx700-500WX890- each 18,216.00 18,216.00 18,216.00 18,216.00
800Hmm) (Otobi of CFWP007 /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or
11.38.02.02 Plastic three seated group chair (size :1430-1320Lx700-500WX890- each 15,077.43 15,077.43 15,077.43 15,077.43
800Hmm) (Otobi of CFWP003 /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or
11.38.02.03 Plastic three seated group chair with MS box seat and back frame each 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89
(size :1430-1320Lx700-500WX890-800Hmm) (Otobi of CFWP004 /
Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best quality) with
drawer unit
Page 373
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
frame of standard size and thickness of smooth painted surface
without handle. Seat and back made by standard thick and size
Mehogini wood with smooth finishing and polishing fitted with ms box
frame of standard size and thickness of smooth painted surface etc.
all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all
fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at the instructed place)
11.38.03.01 Wooden three seated group chair (size :1320Lx500WX800Hmm) each 13,292.76 13,292.76 13,292.76 13,292.76
(Navana of FCT 4270 /Otobi/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.39 Supplying Laminated board Bed of standard size made of best
quality imported 18mm thick scrach proof and termite proof
Laminated Melamine Board (LB) with edge covering of standard
thickness with head board, leg board and two nos side rail in same
standard thick and size fitted in rust proof clamp-screw and bed slats
series of wooden batten and wood tex board, with best quality double
or single mattress as in requiremenrts (excluding cost of mattress)
etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all
fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at the instructed place)
11.39.01 Single Bed 2036Lx1080Wx750Hmm size (Otobi of BSDB003LB each 18,216.00 18,216.00 18,216.00 18,216.00
/Navana/Hatil/Akther /Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.39.02 Double Bed 2042Lx1540Wx845Hmm size (Otobi of BDDB019LB each 24,616.22 24,616.22 24,616.22 24,616.22
11.39.03 Double Bed 2050Lx1668Wx700Hmm size (Otobi of BDDB007LB each 26,831.68 26,831.68 26,831.68 26,831.68
11.40 Supplying Wooden Bed of standard size made of best quality well
mature full seasoned termite proof Chittagong Teak wood of
standard thickness with head board, leg board and two nos side rail
in same standard thick and size wood of superior quality natural fiber
polishing and finishing fitted in rust proof clamp-screw and bed slats
series of wooden batten and wood tex board, with best quality
double or single mattress as in requiremenrts (excluding cost of
mattress) etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item
place)
11.40.01 Single Bed 2036Lx1080Wx750Hmm size (Otobi of BSDP009WD each 39,755.19 39,755.19 39,755.19 39,755.19
11.40.02 Double Bed 2050Lx1540Wx800Hmm size (Otobi of BDDP050WD each 43,693.78 43,693.78 43,693.78 43,693.78
11.40.03 Double Bed 2084Lx1600Wx1050Hmm size (Otobi of BDDP089WD each 63,017.51 63,017.51 63,017.51 63,017.51
/Navana/Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.40.04 Double Bed 2084Lx1600Wx1050Hmm size (Akther of AFL-BED- each 71,387.03 71,387.03 71,387.03 71,387.03
150 /Otobi/Navana/ Hatil/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.40.05 Double Bed 2084Lx1540Wx1050Hmm size (Akther of AFL-BED-150 each 65,232.97 65,232.97 65,232.97 65,232.97
/Otobi/Navana/ Hatil/ Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.41 Supplying single or double best quality Compressed mattress
covered with PVC bag or febric of Foreign colour and size as per
requirements with standard thickness etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C (This item includes all fittings fixings and
delivering the the instructed place).
11.41.01 Single mattress 2000mmx1000mm size with minimum 100mm thick each 13,538.92 13,538.92 13,538.92 13,538.92
of approved best quality
11.41.02 Single mattress 2000mmx1000mm size with minimum 200mm thick each 20,308.38 20,308.38 20,308.38 20,308.38
11.41.03 Double mattress 2000mmx1600mm size with minimum 100mm thick each 18,462.16 18,462.16 18,462.16 18,462.16
11.41.04 Double mattress 2000mmx1600mm size with minimum 200mm thick each 24,000.81 24,000.81 24,000.81 24,000.81
Page 374
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.42 Supplying Sofa set of single or double or tripple seated as in
requirement of standard size and colour made by wooden body
covered with thick compressed foam and foreign rexin or foreign
febric of approved colour and design etc. all complete as per
direction of the E-I-C (This item includes all fittings fixings and
delivering at the instructed place).
11.42.01 Single seated Sofa (Otobi of SSCP006FR each 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89
11.42.02 Single seated Sofa (Otobi of SSCP012LR each 22,154.59 22,154.59 22,154.59 22,154.59
11.42.03 Single seated Sofa (Otobi of SSCP094FF each 32,001.08 32,001.08 32,001.08 32,001.08
11.42.04 Double seated Sofa (Otobi of SDCP006FR each 19,692.97 19,692.97 19,692.97 19,692.97
11.42.05 Double seated Sofa (Otobi of STCP007LR each 49,232.43 49,232.43 49,232.43 49,232.43
11.42.06 Double seated Sofa (Otobi of SDCP047FF each 51,694.05 51,694.05 51,694.05 51,694.05
11.43 Supplying Sofa set of single or double or tripple seated as in
requirement of standard size and design made by best quality well
mature full seasoned termite proof Chittagong Teak wood of
standard thickness and size of superior quality natural fiber polishing
and finishing with thick compressed foam and foreign rexene or
foreign fabric cover of approved colour and design etc. all complete
as per direction of the E-I-C (This item includes all fittings fixings and
delivering at the instructed place).
11.43.01 Wooden Single seated Sofa (Otobi of SDCE003FF /Navana/ Hatil/ each 18,462.16 18,462.16 18,462.16 18,462.16
11.43.02 Wooden Double seated Sofa (Otobi of SSCE009FF /Navana/ Hatil/ each 30,154.86 30,154.86 30,154.86 30,154.86
11.44 Supplying Center Table of standard size and design made by best
quality well mature full seasoned termite proof Chittagong Teak
wood of standard thickness and size with four legs and frames made
with same wood of superior quality natural fiber polishing and
finishing etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C (This item
includes all fittings fixings and delivering at the instructed place). .
11.44.01 Wooden Center Table (Otobi of CTCE008WD /Navana/ Hatil/ each 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68 8,615.68
11.44.02 Wooden Center Table (Otobi of CTCE009WD /Navana/ Hatil/ each 9,846.49 9,846.49 9,846.49 9,846.49
11.44.03 Wooden Center Table (Otobi of CTCP049WD /Navana/ Hatil/ each 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89 10,461.89
11.45 Supplying Wooden Dining Table set of standard size made of best
quality well mature full seasoned termite proof Chittagong Teak
wood of standard thickness with four legs and frame in same
standard thick and size wood of superior quality natural fiber
polishing and finishing with 6mm thick glass top finishing smooth and
rounded edge of glass etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
(This item includes all fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at
11.45.01 Wooden Dining Table (size : 1524Lx915W x 750H) (Otobi of each 34,462.70 34,462.70 34,462.70 34,462.70
TDDP018WD /Navana/Hatil/ Akther/ Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.45.02 Wooden Dining Table (size : 1650Lx950W x 750H) (Otobi of each 37,908.97 37,908.97 37,908.97 37,908.97
TDDP049WD /Navana/Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.45.03 Wooden Dining Table (size : 1520Lx912Wx 744H) (Otobi of each 40,001.35 40,001.35 40,001.35 40,001.35
TDDP012MF /Navana/Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
Page 375
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.45.04 Wooden Dining Table (size : 1650-1524Lx 950-915Wx750-744H) each 73,848.65 73,848.65 73,848.65 73,848.65
(Akther of AFL-DNT/DNC-119 /Hatil/Otobi/Navana/i/Brothers or
11.46 Supplying Laminated board Dining Table of standard size made of
best quality imported 18mm thick scrach proof and termite proof
Laminated Melamine Board (LB) with edge covering. Of standard
thickness and design with four legs and frame in best quality well
mature full seasoned termite proof wooden frame of standard thick
and size materials etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C.
(This item includes all fittings fixings and delivering the furniture at
11.46.01 Round shaped Dining Table (size : 1600LX910Wx730Hmm) (Otobi each 16,000.54 16,000.54 16,000.54 16,000.54
of TDDP001LB /Navana/Hatil/ Akther / Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.46.02 Round Table- (size: 1200Lx1200Wx 725Hmm) TCOP015LB of each
Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.47 Supplying wooden Dining Chair of standard size made of best quality
well mature full seasoned termite proof Mhogini wood of standard
thickness with four legs, frame in same standard thick and size wood
of superior quality natural fiber polishing and finishing with minimum
thick foam covered by rexene or Fabric finishing smooth all complete
as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes all fittings fixings and
delivering the furniture at the instructed place)
11.47.01 Wooden Dining Chair (size : 596LX586W x 1025Hmm) (Otobi of each 6,769.46 6,769.46 6,769.46 6,769.46
CFDP013LR /Navana/ Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
CFDP049WD /Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
FCDB002FR /Navana/ Hatil/ Akther /Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.47.04 Wooden Dining Chair (size : 410LX475W x 895Hmm) (Akther of each 17,477.51 17,477.51 17,477.51 17,477.51
AFL-DNT/DNC-119 /Hatil/Otobi/Navana/Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.48 Supplying Wooden Wardrobe of standard size made of best quality
well mature full seasoned termite proof Chittagong Teak wood of
standard thickness with drawer and box as per requirements. Drawer
run through smoothly of best quality wheel and channel or runner.
Three sides, top and bottom covered with same wood and back side
covered by 5mm thick ply wood. Furniture should be superior quality
natural fiber polishing and finishing and use best quality handle, lock
and key etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item
place)
11.48.01 4 Drawer Wooden Wardrobe (size: 830Lx515Wx1220Hmm) (Otobi each 41,847.57 41,847.57 41,847.57 41,847.57
of CDDP018ED /Navana/Hatil/Akther /Brothers or equivalent best
quality)
11.48.02 2 Drawer and bottom side box Wooden Wardrobe (size: each 36,924.32 36,924.32 36,924.32 36,924.32
830Lx515Wx1220Hmm) (Otobi of WDDP011ED/EDDP010WD
/Navana/ Hatil/Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.49 Supplying Laminated Melamine Board (LB) Wardrobe of standard
size made of best quality imported 18mm thick scrach proof and
termite proof Laminated Melamine Board (LB) with edge covering
with drawer and box as per requirements. Drawer run through
smoothly of best quality wheel and channel or runner. Three sides,
top and bottom covered with same wood and back side covered by
5mm thick ply wood. Furniture should be use best quality handle,
lock and key etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item
place)
Page 376
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.49.01 4 Drawer and right side box Laminated Melamine Board (LB) each 30,770.27 30,770.27 30,770.27 30,770.27
Wardrobe (size: 1210L x 525W x1214Hmm) (Otobi of WDDP005LB
/ Navana/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.49.02 4 Drawer Laminated Melamine Board (LB) Wardrobe (size: each 18,462.16 18,462.16 18,462.16 18,462.16
806Lx503Wx1006Hmm) (Otobi of CDDB002KLB / Navana/ Hatil/
Akther / Brothers or equivalent best quality)
11.50 Supplying best quality Auditorium fixed Chair standard special size
of zinc phosphate coated oven backed powder paint finish casting
Iron of 4 legs with two arm made in twin chair. Arm covered by
wooden top or pre approved materials. Foam cushioning seat and
back pasted on imported ply wood or woodtex and covered by
foreign Fabric or Rexene fine finishing etc all complete as per design
and direction of the E-I-C. (This item includes delivering the furniture
at the instructed place and price for one seat).
11.50.01 Auditorium fixed Chair (CFAP003 of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ each
11.50.02 Auditorium fixed Chair (FCA 2412 of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ each
11.50.03 Auditorium fixed Chair (FCA2413 of Otobi/ Navana/ Hatil/ each
11.51 Supplying MS Bed of standard size made of best quality mild steel
round tube leg (minimum 38mm diameter and 1.2mm thick) and
rectangular box tube (minimum 50mmx25mmx1.2mm) framing of
standard thickness with zink phosphate coated electro-static epoxy
powder oven backed paint finishing with head, leg and two nos side
rail in same standard thick and size and fitted in rust proof clamp-
screw and bed slats 16mm thick garjon ply wood board fitted over
19mmx19mm x1.2mm MS box tube framing with removal mosquito
net stands option and extra two nos verticale support best quality
double or single mattress as in requiremenrts (excluding the cost of
mattress) etc. all complete as per direction of the E-I-C. (This item
place)
11.51.01 Single size MS Bed of L2130xW915XH750mm size of of Navana/ each
Otobi/ Hatil/ Akther/Brothers or equivalent best quality)
Page 377
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 12 : Electro-Mechanical Works

12.01 WINDOW TYPE AIR-COOLERSupply, Installation, Testing &
Commissioning window type air-cooler with remote control of
following cooling capacity based on indoor temperature 27°-30°C DB
/ 19.5°-22°C WB and outdoor temperature 35°-40°C DB at high fan
speed condition suitable for installation & operation in tropicalized
country like Bangladesh & as per detailed specifications & standard
as mentioned below : -(1). Type : Window type(2).Compressor :
Hermitically sealed reciprocating / rotary compressor.
(3)Refrigerant : Internationally accepted & recommended gas (CFC

free)(4). Blower motor : Well Balanced propeller type direct driven
centrifugal type blower fan for condenser & evaporator with
regulator(5). Power supply : 200-250V, single phase, 50 Hz. AC
supply (6). Condensing pipe : Made of copper.(7). EER
Minimum 8.5 COP Minimum 2.5 ( W/W )(8 ) Other features :
(8.1).Fancy & adjustable air circular louver. (8.2)
Removable & washable filter. (8.3) Thermostat
control switch. (8.4)Fresh air intake
arrangement .Standard : Major component shall be manufactured as
per relevant international standard & code. Documents
:Manufacturing company shall have the following certificate.(1).
ISO-9001.(2). CE Certification / UL Listing.Warranty : The bidder
should provide the guaranty of compressor for at least 2 years & free
service with spares for 2 years from the date of commissioning & it
should be obtained from the air cooler selling agency. [PWD 7.1]
12.01.01 Any brand manufactured or assembled in JAPAN / MALAYSIA /
SOUTH KOREA / TAIWAN / THAILAND / USA / EU countries
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge. in accordance with
fulfillment of the above specifications and having relevant certificates
as mentioned. [PWD 7.1.1]
12.01.01.01 17001 - 18000 BTU/HR capacity [PWD 7.1.1.1] each 90,219.00 90,152.00 89,902.00 89,902.00
12.01.01.02 22501 - 24000 BTU/HR capacity [PWD 7.1.1.2] each 106,170.00 106,104.00 105,854.00 105,854.00
Page 378
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.02 SPLIT TYPE AIR-COOLER Supply, installation, testing &
commissioning of split type air-cooler with inverter comprising
condensing and evaporating units having following cooling capacity
based on indoor temperature 27º-30ºC DB / 19.5º-22ºC WB and
outdoor temperature 35º-40ºC DB at high fan speed condition
suitable for installation & operation in tropicalized country like
Bangladesh & as per detailed specifications & standard as
mentioned below : OUTDOOR UNIT / CONDENSING UNIT (1).
Type : Compact weather proof outdoor type condensing unit(2).
Compressor : Hermitically sealed reciprocating / rotary
compressor.(3). Refrigerant : Internationally accepted &
recommended and most commonly used gas (CFC free)(4). Blower
motor : Well balanced type direct driven centrifugal type blower
fan(5). Power supply : (5.1). 200-250 V, single phase, 50 Hz. AC
supply [up to 30000 BTU/HR](5.2). 380-440 V 3-phase, 50 Hz. AC
supply [above 30000 BTU/HR] (6). Condensing pipe / coil : Made of
copper7). EER/COP : For upto 60000 BTU/HR EER should be
minimum 9.23 (BTU/HR)/WATT and COP Should be minimum
2.70 (W/W) For above 60000 BTU/HR EER should be minimum
10.5 (BTU/HR)/WATT and COP should be minimum=3.08
(W/W)(8). Others features : (8.1). Well balanced in all respect having
interlock with the fan coil unit.(8.2). Compressor dully equipped
with vibration isolator, thermostatic & overload controls, magnetic
contactors and all other standard accessories complete. (8.3).
Refrigerant copper pipe [From outdoor to indoor unit] with
thermal insulation, refrigerant charging arrangement etc.[
Minm length10 mtr.](8.4). Reqd. size PVC insulated & sheathed
cable with ECC through water grade PVC pipe from outdoor
to indoor unit.(8.5) Sound level : maximum 65 dB(A) at 1 meter
INDOOR UNIT / FAN COIL UNIT Features : (1). Direct expansion
system fan coil unit with well balanced direct driven centrifugal type
fan.(2). Fancy & adjustable air circulating louver grill, removable &
washable type filter .(3). Condensing water drain out PVC flexible
pipe with necessary insulation(4). Thermostatic switch and remote
control switch.(5). Sound level : maximum 44 dB(A) at 1
meterStandard : Major component shall be manufactured as per
relevant international standard & code. Documents :Manufacturing
company shall have the following certificate :(1). ISO-9001.(2). CE
Certification / UL Listing.Warranty : The bidder should provide the
guaranty of compressor for at least 2 years & free service with spares
for 2 years from the date of commissioning & it should be obtained
from the air cooler selling agency.Any brand manufactured or
assembled in JAPAN / MALAYSIA / SOUTH KOREA / TAIWAN /
THAILAND / USA / EU countries accepted / approved by the
engineer in accordance with fulfillment of the above specifications
and having relevant certificates as mentioned. [PWD 7.2]
12.02.01 Capacity : 17000-18000 BTU/HR; Wall mounted [PWD 7.2.1.2.1] each 109,852.00 109,653.00 108,902.00 108,902.00
12.02.04 Capacity : 34000-36000 BTU/HR; Ceiling suspended [PWD 7.2.2.2.1] each 221,513.00 221,314.00 220,563.00 220,563.00
12.02.07 Capacity : 28000-30000 BTU/HR; Cassette Type [PWD 7.2.1.3.4] each 188,383.00 188,140.00 187,222.00 187,222.00
12.03 HT (11 KV) SWITCHGEAR [PWD 2.1]
Page 379
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.03.01 Supply of 11 KV, 3-phase, 50 Hz. indoor type, high tension
switchgear complete with Load Break Switch (LBS), 800 A hard-
drawn electrolytic copper bus-bars, I No. 0-15 KV range digital
voltmeter & I no. digital ammeter of adequate ranges both with
selector switch. I no. of panel heater with auto thermostat control
switch, manual ON & OFF push button switch and indicators
including foilowing components such as LBS. HR.C fuse, CT, PT
shall be manufactured & tested as per NEMA VDE IEC JIS BS
Standards along with relevant BDS standard assembled locally in 14
SWG sheet steel clad, dust & vermin proof, free standing, floor
mounting, epoxy resin powder coat painted cabinet as per relevant
IEC standards and as per accepted approved by the Engineer in-
charge. Panel board is provided with capacitive information level and
all types of danger sign. All doors of panel board are connected by
ECC with earthing bus
bar.
In case of 630 KVA or above capacity sub-station, the
switchgear panel shall have to be furnished with audible alarm &
auxiliary relays for sensing signals from buchholz relay and operation
of HT switchgear.CT Ratio (to be chosen as per capacity):For 100-
150 KVA transformer 10/5Fer 200-250 KVA transformer 15/5For
300-315 KVA transformer 20/5For 400 KVA transformer 25/5For
500 KVA transformer 30/5With withdrawable type VCB (vacuum
circuit breaker)1 Set of 11KV, 630 Amps (36KA), 3-phase, 50 Hz,
trolley mounted fully withdrawable type Vacuum Circuit Breaker
complete with motor operated spring charged stored energy
mechanism for auto tripping at 12 / 24 / 48 / 110 volts D.C (without
battery).2 Nos. 11 KV, cast resin insulated, dry type; double pole PT
having ratio 11/0.11, burden 50VA, class 0.5 for metering &
protection. 3 Nos. 11 KV cast resin insulated, dry type, double core
CT of adequate current ratio (compatible with the transformer
capacity), burden 10-15 VA, first core of class 0.5 M5 for metering
and second core of class 10P10 for protection.1 No of Triple pole
solid-state microprocessor control IDMT relay with 2 elements of over
current and short circuit protection and one for earth fault
protection.1 No. 415V, 6A (10KA) TPMCB for PT secondary
protection. [PWD 2.1.1]
12.03.02 With LBS (Load Break each 403,085.00 403,085.00 403,085.00 403,085.00
Switch) 1 Set of 11
KV, 630 A (36KA), 50 Hz, triple pole, manually operated off load
isolator interlocked with earth
switch. 1 Set of 11 KV.
630A (36KA). 50 Hz, spring charged, stored energy mechanism triple
pole load break switch (LBS) complete with 3 no's of 11 KV HR.C
fuse of suitable Amps. (25KA) with spring operated striker pin
plunger for automatic tripping activated by any of the thr.ee fuses
blow-up.2 Nos. of 11 KV, double pole, cast resin insulated, dry type
Potential transformer (P.T.) having ratio 11/0.11. 50VA, class 0.5 for
metering.3 Nos. of 11 KV, cast resin insulated, dry type, single core
Current transformer (C.T.) having adequate current ratio (compatible
with the transformer capacity) burden 10-15VA of class 0.5 M5 for
metering1 No of 415V, 6A (10 KA), 50 Hz. TPMCB for PT
secondary protection.Assembled by the valid ISO-9001 certified
company having test certificate (within at least 5 years) according to
relevant IEC standards from BUET/RUET/CUET/KUET/DUET/MIST.
[PWD 2.1.1.1]
Page 380
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.04 OIL TYPE
TRANSFORMER
Supply of
following oil-immersed, natural air cooled, 3-phase, 50-Hz,
11KV/0.415 KV & 0.24 KV indoor/outdoor type distribution
transformer of DYN11 vector group complete with two windings of
high conductivity copper having basic impulse insulation level 75 KV
dielectric strength 28 KV (for 1 min), HT & LV porcelain bushings,
manual 5 position (0, -2.5%, 5%) standard tap changer, conservator.
thermometer, oil inlet & outlet valves, oil level indicator, dehydrating
breather, lifting lugs, earthing terminals, wheel, rating and diagram
nameplate etc. including painting, suitable for operation at 40°C
ambient temperature with maximum temperature rise 60°C, locally
manufactured and tested as per NEMA / VDE IEC/BS standards
along with BDS IEC 60076,PART 1: 2016 as per accepted/approved
by the Engineer-in charge. [PWD 2.1.4]
12.04.01 (a) Capacity : 150 KVA(b) No load loss : 350 watts (maximum)(c) each 481,896.00 481,896.00 481,896.00 481,896.00
Full load loss :2400 watts
(maximum) (d) Percentage
Impedance : 4% @±10% at
75'C
Manufactured by the valid ISO-9001 certitied
company haying testcenificate (within 5 years) for the required or
higher capacity oftransformer according to relevanl IEC standards
from BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.3.1]
12.04.02 (a) Capacity : 200 KVA(b) No load loss : 500 watts (maxinum)(c) each 560,781.00 560,781.00 560,781.00 560,781.00
Full load loss: 2800 wans (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
4% @±10% at
75'C
Manufactured by the valid ISO-9001 certified
company having testcertificate (within 5 years) for the required or
higher capacity oftransformer according to relevant IEC standards
fiom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD 2.1.4.4.1]
12.04.03 (a) Capacity : 250 KVA(b) No load loss : 750 watts (maximum)(c ) each 649,526.00 649,526.00 649,526.00 649,526.00
Full load loss : 4900 watls (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
4% @±10% at
75'C
Manufactured by the valid ISO-9001 cenified
higher capacity oftransformer according to relevant IEC standards
from BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD 2.1.4.5.1]
12.04.04 (a) Capacity :300/315 KVA(b) No load loss : 800watts (maximum)(c) each 748,131.00 748,131.00 748,131.00 748,131.00
Full load loss: 5000 wans (maxinlum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
4% @±10% at
75'C
company having testcertificate (within 5 years) for thc required or
higher capacity oftransformer according to relevant IUC standards
fiom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD 2.1.4.6.1]
12.04.05 (a) Capacity : 400 KVA(b) No load loss : 850 waus (maximum)(c) each 927,472.00 927,472.00 927,472.00 927,472.00
Full load loss : 5200 watts (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
4% @±10% at
75'C
Manufactured by the valid ISO-9001 cenified
higher capacity oftransformer according to relevanl IEC standards
fiom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/MIST. [PWD 2.1.4.7.1]
Page 381
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.04.06 (a) Capacity : 500 KVA(b) No load loss : 1000 watts (maximum)(c) each 1,069,358.00 1,069,358.00 1,069,358.00 1,069,358.00
Full load loss : 5800 watts (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
4% @±10% at
75'C
Manufactured by the valid ISO-9001
certil'jed company having testcenificate (within 5 years) for the
required or higher capacity oftransformer according to relevant IEC
standards liom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.8.2]
12.04.07 (a) Capacity: 600 / 630 KVA with buchholz relay.(b) No load loss : each 1,301,745.00 1,301,745.00 1,301,745.00 1,301,745.00
1200 watts (maximum)(c) Full load loss : 7500 watts (maximum)(d)
Percentage Impedance : 4% @±10% at
75'C
certified company having testcenificate (within 5 years) for the
standards from BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.9.2]
12.04.08 (a) Capacity: 800 KVA with buchholz relay.(b) No load loss : 1400 each 1,683,793.00 1,683,793.00 1,683,793.00 1,683,793.00
watts (maximum)(c) Full load loss:9000 wans (maximum)(d)
75'C
certified company having testcenificate (within 5 years) for the
standards ftom BtiET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.10.2]
12.04.09 (a) Capacity: 1000 KVA with buchholz relat.(b) No load loss : 1800 each 1,923,736.00 1,923,736.00 1,923,736.00 1,923,736.00
watts (maxinrum)(c) Full load loss : 12000 wans (maximum)(d)
75'C
certified comPany having testcertificate (within 5 years) for the
required or higher caPacity oftransformer according to releYant IEC
standards fiom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.11.2]
watts (maximum)(c) Full load loss : 15000 watrs (maximum)(d)
75'C
company having testcenificate (within 5 years) for the required or
higher capacity oftransformer according lo relevant IEC standards
fiom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST, [PWD 2.1.4.12.2]
12.04.11 (a) Capacity: 1500 / 1600 KVA with buchholz relay.(b) No load loss : each 2,749,785.00 2,749,785.00 2,749,785.00 2,749,785.00
2200 wans (maximum)(c) Full load loss : 18000 watts (maximum)(d)
75'C
cenified company having restcertificate (within 5 years) for the
standards fiom BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET iDUETl MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.13.2]
wans (maximum)(c) Full load loss:20000 wans (maximum)(d)
75'C
certified company having testcertificate (within 5 years) for the
standards from BUET /RUET/CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD
2.1.4.14.2]
Page 382
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.05 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER Supply of following dry type cast
resin, natural air cooled.3-phase,50H2, I I KV / 0.415 KV & 0.24 KV
indoor type distribution transformerof DYNI I vector group having
basic impulse insulation level 75 KV'HV & LV bushings, manual 5
position standard tap changer, completewith two windings of high
conductivity aluminum foil with insulationmaterial in class H, earthing
terminals, temperature sensor withthermometer, thermostat
controlled blower fan (ifrequired), lifting lugs,data plate etc. complete
as required wilh maximum 60oC temperaturerise and suitable for
operation at 40'C ambienl lemperature, at 75'C fullload loss &
i[rpedance condition manulactured & type tested as perNEMA / IEC
/ VDE / BS / JIS standard along with BDS IEC 60076,PART l: 2016
standards as per approval / acceptance by the Engineerin-charge.
[PWD 2.1.5]
12.05.01 (a) Capacity : 800 KVA(b) No load loss : I700 watts (maximum)(c) each 2,232,001.00 2,232,001.00 2,232,001.00 2,232,001.00
Full load loss:7600 waus (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
5% @±10% at 75'C [PWD 2.1.5.1]
12.05.02 (a) Capacity : 1000 KVA(b) No load loss : 2000 watls (maximum)(c) each 3,019,766.00 3,019,766.00 3,019,766.00 3,019,766.00
Full load loss: 8700 watts (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
5% @±10% at 75'C [PWD 2.1.5.2]
12.05.03 (a) Capacity : 1250 KVA(b) No load loss : 2300 watts (maximum)(c) each 3,510,586.00 3,510,586.00 3,510,586.00 3,510,586.00
Full load loss: 10500 watts (maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
5% @±10% at 75'C [PWD 2.1.5.3]
12.05.04 (a) Capacity: 1500 / 1600 KVA.(b) No load loss : 2800 watts each 3,991,896.00 3,991,896.00 3,991,896.00 3,991,896.00
(maximum)(c) Full load loss : 13500 watts (maximum)(d)
Percentage Impedance : 6% @±10% at 75'C [PWD 2.1.5.4]
12.05.05 (a) Capacity: 2000 KVA(b) No load loss: 3500 watts (Maximum)(c) each 6,092,396.00 6,092,396.00 6,092,396.00 6,092,396.00
Full load loss: 16000 watts (Maximum)(d) Percentage Impedance :
6% @±10% at 75'C [PWD 2.1.5.5]
12.06 LT SWITCHGEARSupply of 415 V, 3-phase, 50 Hz, indoor type low
tension switch-gear of following specification complete with digital
voltmeter (0-500V) & ammeter of adequate rating both with selector
switch, indicating lamps for ON-OFF and following components
(components such as TPMCCBs shall be manufactured according to
NEMA / VDE / IEC / JIS / BS standards along with relevant BDS
standard shall have type test certificate (within 5 years) according to
relevant IEC Standard) assembled locally in 14 SWG sheet steel
metal clad, dust & vermin proof, free standing, floor mounting, epoxy
resin powder coat painted cabinet as per relevant IEC standards and
as per accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Panel board
is provided with capacitive information level and all types of danger
sign. All doors of panel board are connected by ECC with earthing
bus bar. Assembled by the valid ISO-9001 certified company having
test certificate (within at least five years) according to relevant IEC
standards from BUET /RUET/ CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST.circuit
Breaker equivalent accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.[PWD 2.1.7]
12.06.01 For 150 KVA TransformerINCOMING1 Set- 415V, 300A TP&NE each 219,948.00 219,948.00 219,948.00 219,948.00
hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar. 1 No. - 415V, 250A
(36KA), adjustable type TPMCCB for main control with thermal
overload & instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release.3
Nos. - 415V, 250/5 ratio current transformer with suitable accuracy &
burden.OUTGOING2 Nos. - 415V, 150/160A (25KA), adjustable
type TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electromagnetic short-circuit release (one for PFI control). 1 Nos. -
415V, 100A (16KA), TPMCCB with thermal overload &
instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release 1 Nos. - 415V,
60/63A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal over load & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short-circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 30 / 32A (16KA)
TPMCCB with thermal over load & instantaneous electromagnetic
short-circuit release. [PWD 2.1.7.2]
Page 383
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.06.02 For 200 KVA transformer:INCOMING 1 Set- 415V, 400 amps. each 260,748.00 260,748.00 260,748.00 260,748.00
TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar 1 No. - 415V, 300 /
320 Amps (36KA), adjustable type TPMCCB for main control with
thermal overload & instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit
release. 3 no.s-415V, 300/5 ratio current transformer with suitable
accuracy & burden..OUTGOING OUTGOING 1 No. - 415V, 200A
(36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal overload &
instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release (for PFI control).
1 No. - 415V, 150/160 (25KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal

overload & instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release 2
Nos. - 415V, 100A (25KA) TPMCCB with thermal over current &
instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release.1 No. - 415V,
60/63A (16KA), TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electromagnetic short-circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 30/32A (16KA)
TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous electromagnetic
short-circuit release. [PWD 2.1.7.3]
12.06.03 For 250 KVA transformer :INCOMING1 Set- 415V, 500 amps. each 307,376.00 307,376.00 307,376.00 307,376.00
TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar. 1 No. - 400 Amps
overload & instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. 3
burden.OUTGOING1 No. - 415V, 250A (36KA) adjustable type
TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous electro-magnetic
short-circuit & release (for PFI control).2 Nos. - 415V, 150 / 160A
instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit & release.2 Nos. - 415V,
100A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electromagnetic short-circuit & release.1 No. - 415V, 60 / 63A
(16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electromagnetic short-circuit & release.1 No. - 415V, 30/32A (16KA)
short-circuit & release. [PWD 2.1.7.4]
12.06.04 For 300 / 315 KVA transformer :INCOMING1 Set - 415V, 600 amps each 339,432.00 339,432.00 339,432.00 339,432.00
TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 500
Amps (36KA), adjustable type TPMCCB for main control with thermal
burden.OUTGOING 1 No. - 415V, 300A (36KA) adjustable type
short circuit release (For PFI Control). 1 No. - 415V, 250A (36KA)
adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release.1 No. - 415V, 200A (36KA)
electro-magnetic short circuit release.1 No. - 415V, 150 / 160A
instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V,
60/63A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 30 / 32A (16KA)
short circuit release. [PWD 2.1.7.5]
Page 384
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.06.05 For 400 KVA transformer:INCOMING 1 Set - 415V, 800A TP&NE each 423,945.00 423,945.00 423,945.00 423,945.00
hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 600 / 630A
No's. - 415V, 600/5 ratio current transformer with suitable accuracy &
burden.OUTGOING 1No. - 415V, 400A (36KA) adjustable type
short circuit release (for PFI Control). 1 No. - 415V, 250A (36KA)
electro-magnetic short circuit release.2 Nos. - 415V, 200A (36KA)
electro-magnetic short circuit release.1 No. - 415V, 150 / 160A
(25KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous electro-
magnetic short circuit release1 No. - 415V, 60 / 63A (16KA)
short circuit release1 No. - 415V, 30 / 32A (16KA) TPMCCB with
thermal overload & instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit
release [PWD 2.1.7.6]
12.06.06 For 500 KVA transformer:INCOMING1 Set - 415V, 1000 amps each 578,063.00 578,063.00 578,063.00 578,063.00
TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 800
Amps (50KA), adjustable type TPMCCB for main control with thermal
burden.OUTGOING1 No.-415V, 500 Amps (36KA), adjustable type
TPMCCB for main control with thermal overload & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release (for PFI control).2 Nos. - 415V,
250A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal overload &
instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. 2 Nos. - 415V,
150 / 160A (25KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal overload &
60 / 63A (16KA) 415V TPMCCB with thermal overload &
instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. [PWD 2.1.7.7]
12.06.07 For 600 / 630 KVA transformer:INCOMING1 Set - 415V, 1200A, each 762,549.00 762,549.00 762,549.00 762,549.00
TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 1000A
(65KA), adjustable type ACB for main control with thermal overload &
instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. 3 No's - 415V,
1000/5 ratio current transformer with suitable accuracy &
burden.OUTGOING1 No. - 415V, 600A (36KA) adjustable type
short circuit release (for PFI control). 3 Nos. - 415V, 250A (36KA)
electro-magnetic short circuit release. 2 Nos. - 415V, 200A (36KA)
electro-magnetic short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 150/160A
Page 385
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.06.08 For 800 KVA transformer:INCOMING1 Set - 415V, 1500 amps each 875,622.00 875,622.00 875,622.00 875,622.00
TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar. 1 No. - 415V,
1200/1250 Amps (65KA), adjustable type ACB for main control with
release.3 Nos. - 415V, 1200/5 ratio current transformer with suitable
accuracy & burden.OUTGOING1 No. - 415V, 800A (50KA)
adjustable type TPMCCB with instantaneous electro-magnetic short
circuit release (for PFI control). 2 Nos. - 415V, 300 / 320A (36KA)
adjustable type TPMCCB with instantaneous electro-magnetic short
circuit release. 4 Nos. - 415V, 250A (36KA) adjustable type
short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 150/160A (25KA) adjustable type
short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 30 / 32A (16KA) TPMCCB with
release. [PWD 2.1.7.9]
12.06.09 For 1000 KVA transformer:INCOMING1 Set- 415V, 1800 TP & NE each 1,359,508.00 1,359,508.00 1,359,508.00 1,359,508.00
hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 1600A (65KA),
adjustable type ACB for main control overload & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release. 3 Nos. - 415V, 1600 / 5 ratio
current transformer with suitable accuracy & burden.OUTGOING1
No. - 415V, 1000A (65 KA) adjustable type ACB with thermal
overload & instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release (for
PFI control). 2 Nos. - 415V, 300 / 320A (36KA) adjustable type
short circuit release. 6 Nos. - 415V, 250A (36KA) adjustable type
short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 100A (16KA) adjustable type
short circuit release. 1 No. - 415V, 30 / 32A (16KA) TPMCCB with
release. [PWD 2.1.7.10]
12.06.10 For 1250 KVA transformer:INCOMING1 Set- 415V, 2500A TP & NE each 1,543,995.00 1,543,995.00 1,543,995.00 1,543,995.00
hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 2000A (65KA),
adjustable type ACB for main control overload & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release.3 Nos. - 415V, 2000 / 5 ratio
current transformer with suitable accuracy & burden.OUTGOING1
No. - 415V, 1250A (65KA) adjustable type ACB with instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release. (For PFI control). 1 No. -
415V, 400A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal overload
& instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. 3 Nos. -
415V, 300 /320A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal
Nos. - 415V, 250A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal
No. - 415V, 80A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload &
30 / 32A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload & instantaneous
electro-magnetic short circuit release. [PWD 2.1.7.11]
Page 386
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.06.11 For 1500 / 1600 KVA Transformer:INCOMING1 Set - 415V, 3000 each 1,740,384.00 1,740,384.00 1,740,384.00 1,740,384.00
amps TP&NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar. 1 No. - 415V,
2200A (65KA), adjustable type ACB for main control with thermal
Nos. - 415V, 2500/5 ratio current transformer with suitable accuracy
& burden.OUTGOING1 No. - 415V, 1600A (65KA) adjustable type
ACB with instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release (for
PFI control).1 No. - 415V, 600A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB
with instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release.2 Nos. -
415V, 300/320A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal
No. - 415V, 250A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal
No. - 415V, 30/32A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload &
12.06.12 For 2000 KVA transformer:INCOMING1 Set. - 415V, 3200A TP & each 2,365,259.00 2,365,259.00 2,365,259.00 2,365,259.00
NE hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar. 1 No. - 415V, 3000A
(65KA), adjustable type ACB for main control with thermal overload &
instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. 3 Nos. - 415V,
3000 / 5 ratio current transformer with suitable accuracy &
burden.OUTGOING :1 No. - 415V, 2000A (65KA) adjustable type
ACB with instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release. (for
PFI control). 2 Nos. - 415V, 600A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB
with instantaneous electro-magnetic short circuit release.4 Nos. -
415V, 300/320A (36KA) adjustable type TPMCCB with thermal
No. - 415V, 30/32A (16KA) TPMCCB with thermal overload &
instantaneous electromagnetic short circuit release. [PWD 2.1.7.13]
12.07 POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT PANEL (PFI):Supply of
following 415 volt, 3 phase, 50 Hz power factor improvement panel
complete with TP bus bars and earth block, microprocessor
controlled auto power factor correction relay with digital PF reading
display, capacitor bank, contactor, fuse, ON indicators for every
stage of capacitor bank (except directly connected one) etc. shall be
manufactured & tested as per NEMA / VDE / IEC / JIS / BS
standards along with relevant BDS standard assembled locally in 16
SWG sheet steel clad dust & vermin proof, free standing, floor
mounting, epoxy resin powder coat painted cabinet as per relevant
IEC standards and as per accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. Assembled by the valid ISO-9001 certified company having
test certificate (within five years) according to relevant IEC standards
from BUET /RUET/ CUET / KUET /DUET/ MIST. [PWD 2.1.8]
12.07.01 For 150 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 90 KVAR ):3 Nos. - 415V, each 195,407.00 195,407.00 195,407.00 195,407.00
200A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 2.5
KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in / separate
discharge coil for connection directly with line through fuse. 1 No. -
415V, 2.5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in /
separate discharge resistor. 1 No. - 415V, 5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power
capacitor bank with built in/separate discharge resistor. 1 No. -
415V, 5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in/separate
discharge resistor. 6 Nos. - 415V, 12.5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power
capacitor bank with built in/separate discharge resistor. 3 Nos. -
415V, 10 A 50 Hz TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty.6 Nos. -
415V, 20 A 50 Hz TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 9 Nos. -
415V, 10 A HR.C fuse with base. 18 Nos. - 415V, 25 A HR.C fuse
with base. [PWD 2.1.8.2]
Page 387
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
separate discharge resistor. 1 No. - 415V, 5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power
capacitor bank with built-in discharge resistor. 3 Nos. - 415V, 10
KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in discharge
resistor. 4 Nos. - 415V, 20 KVAR 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank
with built in discharge resistor. 2 Nos. - 415V, 10A 50 Hz TP
magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 3 Nos. - 415V, 16A 50 Hz TP
magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 4 Nos. - 415V, 32A 50 Hz TP
magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 9 Nos. - 415V, 10A HR.C fuses
with base. 9 Nos. 415V, 20A HR.C fuses with base.12 Nos. - 415V,
40A HR.C fuses with base. [PWD 2.1.8.3]
12.07.03 For 250 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 150 KVAR):3 Nos. - 415V, each 271,178.00 271,178.00 271,178.00 271,178.00
separate discharge resistor. 2 Nos. - 415V, 10 KVAR, 50 Hz TP
power capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge
resistor. 4 Nos. -
power capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge resistor. 7
Nos. - 415V, 20 A 50 Hz auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty.
3 Nos. - 415V, 40 A 50 Hz auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3

duty.24 Nos. - 415V, 25 A HR.C fuse with base.9 Nos. - 415V, 50 A
HR.C fuse with base [PWD 2.1.8.4]
12.07.04 For 300 / 315 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 187.5 KVAR ):3 each 317,806.00 317,806.00 317,806.00 317,806.00
No's- 415V, 400A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. -
415V, 2.5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in/
separate discharge coil for connection directly with line through fuse.
1 No. - 415V, 2.5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in

/ separate discharge resistor. 1 No. - 415V, 5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP
power capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge resistor.4
Nos. - 415V, 10 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in /
separate discharge resistor.3 Nos. - 415V, 12.5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP
power capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge resistor.4
separate discharge resistor. 6 Nos. - 415V, 20A 50 Hz TP magnetic
contactor with AC3 duty. 7 Nos. - 415V, 40A 50 Hz TP magnetic
contactor with AC3 duty. 22 Nos. - 415V, 25A HR.C fuse with base.
20 Nos. - 415V, 50A HR.C fuse with base. [PWD 2.1.8.5]

separate discharge resistor3 Nos. - 415V, 5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power
capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge resistor.2 Nos. -
415V, 10 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in /
separate discharge resistor. 1 No. - 415V, 10 A 50 Hz auto TP
magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 4 Nos. - 415V, 16 A 50 Hz auto
TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty.5 Nos. - 415V, 40 A 50 Hz
auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 2 Nos. - 415V, 80 A 50
Hz auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 6 Nos. - 415V, 16 A
HR.C fuse with base.15 Nos. - 415V, 20 A HR.C fuse with base.12
Nos. - 415V, 50 A HR.C fuse with base.6 Nos. - 415V, 100 A HR.C
fuse with base. [PWD 2.1.8.6]
Page 388
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
600A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar. . 1 No. - 415V, 2.5
separate discharge resistor.3 Nos. - 415V, 5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power
capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge
resistor. 3 Nos. - 415V, 10 KVAR, 50 Hz
TP power capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge resistor. 4
separate discharge resistor. 3 Nos. - 415V, 50 KVAR, 50 Hz
TP power capacitor bank with built in / separate discharge resistor. 1
No. - 415V, 16 A 50 Hz TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 6
Nos. - 415V, 20 A 50 Hz TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 4
Nos. - 415V, 16 A HR.C fuse with
base. 12 Nos. - 415V, 25 A HR.C
fuse with base. 15 Nos. - 415V, 50 A HR.C fuse with base. 9 Nos. -
415V, 100 Amp HR.C fuse with base. [PWD 2.1.8.7]
12.07.07 For 600 / 630 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 375 KVAR ):4 Nos. - each 522,048.00 522,048.00 522,048.00 522,048.00
415V, 750A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 5
discharge coil for connection directly with line through fuse. 2 Nos. -
separate discharge resistor. 1 No. - 415V, 10 KVAR, 50 Hz TP
Nos. - 415V, 12.5 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in
/ separate discharge resistor. 3 Nos. - 415V, 25 KVAR, 50 Hz TP
separate discharge resistor.2 No. - 415V, 16 A 50 Hz auto TP
magnetic contactor with AC3 duty.3 No. - 415V, 20 A 50 Hz auto TP
magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 3 No. - 415V, 40 A 50 Hz auto
auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty.18 Nos. - 415V, 25 A
Nos. - 415V, 100 A HR.C fuse with base. [PWD 2.1.8.8]
900A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V, 25
separate discharge resistor. 1 No. - 415V, 100 KVAR, 50 Hz TP
Nos. - 415V, 40 A 50 Hz auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty.
1 Nos. - 415V, 10 A 50 Hz auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3

duty. 5 Nos. - 415V, 80 A 50 Hz auto TP magnetic contactor with
AC3 duty. 1 No. - 415V, 160 A 50 Hz auto TP magnetic contactor
with AC3 duty. 15 Nos. - 415V, 50 A HR.C fuse with base.3 Nos. -
415V, 10 A HR.C fuse with base.15 Nos. - 415V, 100 A HR.C fuse
with base.3 Nos. - 415V, 200 A HR.C fuse with base. [PWD 2.1.8.9]
Page 389
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.07.09 For 1000 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 600 KVAR ):3 Nos. - each 737,518.00 737,518.00 737,518.00 737,518.00
415V, 1200A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. - 415V,
25 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in / separate
Nos. - 415V, 100 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in
/ separate discharge resistor.3 Nos. - 415V, 40 A 50 Hz TP magnetic
contactor with AC3 duty. 4 Nos. - 415V, 80 A 50 Hz TP magnetic
contactor with AC3 duty. 3 Nos. - 415V, 160 A 50 Hz TP magnetic
contactor with AC3 duty. 12 Nos. - 415V, 50 A HR.C fuse with base.
12 Nos. - 415V, 100 A HR.C fuse with base. 9 Nos. - 415V, 200 A
HR.C fuse with base. [PWD 2.1.8.10]
12.07.10 For 1250 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 750 KVAR ):3 Nos. - each 945,809.00 945,809.00 945,809.00 945,809.00
/ separate discharge resistor. 3 Nos. - 415V, 40 A 50 Hz auto TP
TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 5 Nos. - 415V, 160 A 50 Hz
12.07.11 For 1500/1600 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 900/960 KVAR ):3 each 1,005,321.00 1,005,321.00 1,005,321.00 1,005,321.00
Nos. - 415V, 1800A hard drawn electrolytic copper bus bar.1 No. -
separate discharge coil for connection directly with line through fuse.
3 Nos.-415V, 25 KVAR, 50 Hz TP power capacitor bank with built in /

12.07.12 For 2000 KVA transformer ( PFI capacity - 1200 KVAR ):3 Nos. - each 1,225,515.00 1,225,515.00 1,225,515.00 1,225,515.00
TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 6 Nos. - 415V, 250 A 50 Hz
auto TP magnetic contactor with AC3 duty. 9 Nos. - 415V, 50 A
12.08 LIGHTNING ARRESTER & DROPOUT FUSE [PWD 2.1.10]
12.08.01 Supply of outdoor type11 KV, 50 Hz, 100A, (10 KA), 75 KV BIL set 19,019.00 19,019.00 19,019.00 19,019.00
lightning arrester complete with mounting accessories etc. Made in
BANGLADESH / BRAZIL or EU countries. (3 Nos. in a set). [PWD
2.1.10.1]
12.08.02 Supply of outdoor type 11KV, 50 Hz, 5KA (20 KA) dropout fuse set 25,154.00 25,154.00 25,154.00 25,154.00
complete with mounting accessories etc. Made in BANGLADESH /
BRAZIL or EU countries. (3 Nos. in a set). [PWD 2.1.10.2]
Page 390
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.08.03 IRON CHANNELProviding & fixing U-channel iron cross-arm of size m 1,104.00 1,104.00 1,104.00 1,104.00
38 mm x 76 mm x 38 mm x 6.35mm. (1.5" x 3" x 1.5" x 0.25") on
single pole / H-pole with the help of necessary clamps, nuts, bolts
etc. including making required no. of holes on the cross-arm for fixing
of drop out fuse, lightning arrester including two coats of superior
quality aluminum painting over required prime coat of anti-corrosive
red-oxide painting complete as required & as per instruction of the
12.09 INSTALLATIONInstallations, testing and commissioning of following
11 KV, 50 Hz. 3-phase, indoor type HT switchgear and HT Meter on
prepared foundation with the help of necessary tools, plants, skilled
labour & technician as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD
2.1.12]
12.09.01 Withdraw able Type Vacuum Circuit Breaker [PWD 2.1.12.2] job 14,725.00 14,460.00 13,458.00 13,458.00
12.10 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERInstallation, testing and
commissioning of following 11 KV/ 0.415KV transformer on prepared
platform on pole / CC foundation with the help of necessary tools &
plants, skilled labour & technician as per direction of the Engineer-in-
12.10.01 100-150 KVA 3 phase transformer on H. pole. [PWD 2.1.13.2.2] job 8,589.00 8,435.00 7,851.00 7,851.00
12.10.02 200-250 KVA 3 phase transformer on H. pole. [PWD 2.1.13.2.3] job 12,270.00 12,050.00 11,215.00 11,215.00
12.10.03 3 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing.(min 6 feet
heightmade of MS angle/flat bar with duly painted) [PWD 2.1.13.3]
12.10.03.01 I00- 150 KVA 3 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing.. job 29,670.00 27,598.00 25,687.00 25,687.00
[PWD 2.1.13.3.2]
12.10.03.02 200-315 KVA 3 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing. job 35,088.00 34,457.00 32,071.00 32,071.00
[PWD 2.1.13.3.3]
12.10.03.03 400-630KV43 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing. job 41,628.00 40,879.00 38,048.00 38,048.00
[PWD 2.1.13.3.4]
12.10.03.04 800- I000KVA 3 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing. job 51,145.00 50,244.00 46,747.00 46,747.00
[PWD 2.1.13.3.5]
12.10.03.05 1250- 1600 KVA3 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing. job 67,866.00 66,645.00 62,030.00 62,030.00
[PWD 2.1.13.3.6]
12.10.03.06 2000 KVA 3 phase transformer on CC pad with proper fencing. job 70,494.00 69,225.00 64,431.00 64,431.00
[PWD 2.1.13.3.7]
12.11 INSTALLATION TESTING,COMMISSIONING OF LT
SWITCHGEAR/PFI PLANTInstallation, testing and commissioning
of 415V, 3-phase, 50 Hz indoor type LT switchgear/ PFI panel
suitable for following capacity transformer on prepared CC
foundation with the help of necessary tools & plants, skilled labour &
technician as per direction of the Engineer-in charge [PWD 2.1.14]
12.11.01 For 100- 150 KVA transformer [PWD 2.1.14.1] job 4,908.00 4,820.00 4,486.00 4,486.00
12.11.02 For 200-400KVA transformer [PWD 2.1.14.2] job 6,749.00 6,627.00 6,168.00 6,168.00
12.11.03 For 500-600 KVA transformer [PWD 2.1.14.3] job 7,976.00 7,832.00 7,290.00 7,290.00
12.11.06 For 2000 KVA transformer [PWD 2.1.14.6] job 15,338.00 15,062.00 14,019.00 14,019.00
12.12 INSTALLATION OF DROP OUT FUSE/
LIGHTNINGARRESTERInstallation of HT drop out fuse/ lightning
arrester on prepared U channel cross-arm on single H-pole with
necessary fixing materials complete as per instruction of the
12.12.01 Drop out fuse. [PWD 2.1.15.1] job 1,227.00 1,205.00 1,122.00 1,122.00
12.12.02 Lightning arrester. [PWD 2.1.15.2] job 1,227.00 1,205.00 1,122.00 1,122.00
Page 391
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.13 SPARES FOR SUBSTATION EQUIPMENTSupplying of the
following components / equipment's suitable for use at
11/0.415/0.240 KV substation & power supply system, manufactured
and tested in accordance with NEMA IEC/ VDE BS/JIS standards
along with BDS standard accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-
12.13.01 11KV, 3 -phase,50Hz HT LBS unit.630 A,20KA. [PWD 2.1.18.1] each 322,714.00 322,714.00 322,714.00 322,714.00
12.13.02 11KV, 50H2, 50VA, 11 / 0.11 ratio cast resin insulated each 37,425.00 37,425.00 37,425.00 37,425.00
potentialtransformer (PT) class 0.5. [PWD 2.1.18.3]
12.13.03 11KV, 50H2, 10-15VA adequate ratio, double core cast resin each 37,425.00 37,425.00 37,425.00 37,425.00
insulatedcurrent transformer (CT). [PWD 2.1.18.4]
12.13.04 11KV, 50H2, 15VA, adequate ratio, single core cast resin each 31,290.00 31,290.00 31,290.00 31,290.00
insulatedcurrent transformer (CT). [PWD 2.1.18.5]
12.13.05 Microprocessor controlled three-phase 50Hz IDMT relay for each 86,507.00 86,507.00 86,507.00 86,507.00
11KVswitchgear. [PWD 2.1.18.6]
12.13.06 11KV, porcelain bushing (for transformer capacity up to 2MVA). each 3,436.00 3,436.00 3,436.00 3,436.00
[PWD 2.1.18.7]
12.13.07 500V, porcelain bushing (for transformer capacity up to 2 MVA). each 3,436.00 3,436.00 3,436.00 3,436.00
[PWD 2.1.18.8]
12.13.08 Thermostat controlled panel heater for 11 KV, 50Hz switchgear. each 9,939.00 9,939.00 9,939.00 9,939.00
[PWD 2.1.18.9]
12.13.09 Buchholz relay for 11 / 0.415 & 0.24KV 3 - phase, 50 Hz transformer each 61,475.00 61,475.00 61,475.00 61,475.00
[PWD 2.1.18.10]
12.13.10 CAPACITOR BANK415V, 50H2, 3 phase, capacitor bank of
following capaciry :- [PWD 2.1.19]
12.13.10.01 5KVAR [PWD 2.1.19.2] each 5,031.00 5,031.00 5,031.00 5,031.00
12.13.10.02 7.5KVAR [PWD 2.1.19.3] each 7,485.00 7,485.00 7,485.00 7,485.00
12.13.10.03 10KVAR [PWD 2.1.19.4] each 9,589.00 9,589.00 9,589.00 9,589.00

12.13.10.04 12.5KVAR [PWD 2.1.19.5] each 9,939.00 9,939.00 9,939.00 9,939.00
12.13.10.05 20KVAR [PWD 2.1.19.6] each 17,694.00 17,694.00 17,694.00 17,694.00
12.13.10.06 25KVAR [PWD 2.1.19.7] each 18,528.00 18,528.00 18,528.00 18,528.00

12.13.11 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION RELAY [PWD 2.1.20]
12.13.11.01 PFC relay 6 stages [PWD 2.1.20.1] each 19,694.00 19,694.00 19,694.00 19,694.00
12.13.11.02 PFC relay 9 stages [PWD 2.1.20.2] each 24,602.00 24,602.00 24,602.00 24,602.00
12.13.12 Oil level indicator for 11/0.415 & .024 KV transformer. [PWD 2.1.21] each 6,197.00 6,197.00 6,197.00 6,197.00
12.13.13 Silica Gel Breather conlainer for transformer. [PWD 2.1.22] each 3,742.00 3,742.00 3,742.00 3,742.00
12.13.14 Silica Gel for Transformer breather. [PWD 2.1.23] each 1,153.00 1,153.00 1,153.00 1,153.00
12.13.15 TRANSFORMER OIL [PWD 2.1.24] each 325.00 325.00 325.00 325.00
12.13.16 CAPACITY CONTOL CIRCUIT BREAKER FEEDER UNITSupplying
of 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz following capacity control circuit breaker
feeder unit as per following specification with thermal over current &
instantaneous electromagnetic short-circuit release manufactured
and tested as per NEMA / IEC / VDE / BS / JIS along with relevant
BDS standards (adjustable type above 100A rating) for sub-station
L.T panel. Rated operating voltage : 220-690 V.Rated insulation
voltage : 690 volt.Rated impulse withstand voltage : 6KV.Utilization
category : A or Baccepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
[PWD 2.12.27]
12.13.16.01 30A / 32A (16KA) TPMCCB …………………………………. [PWD each 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00
2.1.27.1]
12.13.16.02 40A(16KA) TPMCCB ……………………………………….. [PWD each 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00
2.1.27.2]
Page 392
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.13.16.03 50A (16KA) TPMCCB ……………………………………….. [PWD each 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00
2.1.27.3]
12.13.16.04 60A / 63A (16KA) TPMCCB …………………………………. [PWD each 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00 8,393.00
2.1.27.4]
12.13.16.05 80A (16KA) TPMCCB ……………………………………….. [PWD each 8,479.00 8,479.00 8,479.00 8,479.00
2.1.27.5]
12.13.16.06 100A (16KA) TPMCCB ……………………………………… [PWD each 8,479.00 8,479.00 8,479.00 8,479.00
2.1.27.6]
12.13.16.07 150/160A (25KA) TPMCCB …………………………………. [PWD each 12,945.00 12,945.00 12,945.00 12,945.00
2.1.27.8]
12.13.16.08 200A (36KA) TPMCCB …………………………………….. [PWD each 21,105.00 21,105.00 21,105.00 21,105.00
2.1.27.9]
12.13.16.09 250A (36KA) TPMCCB ………………………………………. [PWD each 24,627.00 24,627.00 24,627.00 24,627.00
2.1.27.10]
12.13.16.10 300A / 320A (36KA) TPMCCB ……………………………… [PWD each 47,303.00 47,303.00 47,303.00 47,303.00
2.1.27.11]
2.1.27.12]
2.1.27.13]
12.13.16.13 600A / 630A (36KA) TPMCCB ……………………………….. [PWD each 54,432.00 54,432.00 54,432.00 54,432.00
2.1.27.14]
2.1.27.15]
12.13.16.15 1000A (50KA )TPMCCB …………………………………….. [PWD each 97,121.00 97,121.00 97,121.00 97,121.00
2.1.27.16]
12.13.16.16 1200A / 1250A (65KA) ACB ………………………………….. [PWD each 352,286.00 352,286.00 352,286.00 352,286.00
2.1.27.18]
12.13.16.17 1600A (65KA) ACB ………………………………………….. [PWD each 399,527.00 399,527.00 399,527.00 399,527.00
2.1.27.19]
12.13.16.18 2000A (65KA) ACB …………………………………………… [PWD each 438,179.00 438,179.00 438,179.00 438,179.00
2.1.27.20]
12.13.16.19 2500A (65KA) ACB ……………………………………………. [PWD each 532,662.00 532,662.00 532,662.00 532,662.00
2.1.27.21]
12.13.16.20 3000/3200A (65KA) ACB………………………………………. [PWD each 661,502.00 661,502.00 661,502.00 661,502.00
2.1.27.22]
12.14 AVRSupply, installation, testing & commissioning of following 415V,
3-phase, 50Hz electronically controlled, automatic voltage
stabilizer/regulator locally assembled in metallic painted cabinet
suitable for input voltage range 300 - 460V, output stepless
continuous voltage 400V ± 3%, correction speed 20V/sec.
(minimum) complete with phase failure and spike & surge-fluctuation
voltage protection, auto shut off at high & low voltage with auto reset
system, overload & instantaneous short circuit protection by MCCB &
relay, transient suppression circuit, ON-OFF-TRIP indicators,
voltmeter & ammeter, bypass circuit etc.Assembled by AEG/
MICRO/ NAVANA/ RAHIMAFROOZ / GREEN POWER/ GIGA
POWER/ JUST POWER or equivalent accepted/approved by the
Engineer. [PWD 8.6]
12.14.01 15 KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.2] each 93,103.00 93,103.00 93,103.00 93,103.00
12.14.02 20 KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.3] each 108,508.00 108,508.00 108,508.00 108,508.00
12.14.03 30KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.4] each 126,421.00 126,421.00 126,421.00 126,421.00
12.14.04 40KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.5] each 177,893.00 177,893.00 177,893.00 177,893.00
12.14.05 50KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.6] each 230,466.00 230,466.00 230,466.00 230,466.00
12.14.06 60KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.7] each 238,047.00 238,047.00 238,047.00 238,047.00
12.14.07 75KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.8] each 308,592.00 308,592.00 308,592.00 308,592.00
Page 393
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.14.08 100KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.9] each 458,279.00 458,279.00 458,279.00 458,279.00
12.14.09 150KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.10] each 550,887.00 550,887.00 550,887.00 550,887.00
12.14.10 200KVA AVR [PWD 8.6.11] each 668,615.00 668,615.00 668,615.00 668,615.00
12.15 THREE PHASE GENERATOR WITH ATS AND SOUND
ATTENUATED ACOUSTICALLY TREATED CANOPY(Maximum
sound level : 75 dBA at 7m distance in the generator room).Supply
of 400V-415V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 50 Hz. air / water cooled, floor
mounted, indoor type following continuous capacity (prime power)
electric generating set with ATS and sound attenuated acoustically
treated canopy (Maximum sound level : 75 dBA at 7m distance in the
generator room) suitable for tropicalized country complete with four
stroke,1500 rpm, diesel engine with all standard accessories viz.
12/24 volt DC battery & auto battery charger with ammeter, radiator
assembly, oil & fuel pump, auto speed governor, air cleaner, fuel &
oil tank, level & oil pressure gauge, RPM & hour meter, start & stop
switch, exhaust silencer (to keep standard emission level), mounting
spring and vibration isolator (to keep very minimum vibration in the
room), mounting steel base frame etc. including safety & protection
device viz. auto shut off with indicators for overload, over & under
voltage, high temperature, low oil pressure, over speed, low fuel level
etc. coupled with brush less, self excited alternator having control
panel with auto voltage regulator, voltmeter & ammeter with selector
switch, frequency meter,compatible with standard building
management system.TPMCCB of required rating for overload &
instantaneous short circuit release, auto start and auto charge over
to load within 10 sec during normal power failure and stop & auto
change over to normal supply within 5 minutes after resolution of
normal power supply, indicator for 3 phase indicator for ON-OFF-
TRIP etc. including maintenance tools, 3 sets of detailed technical
catalogues & maintenance manual. Manufactured, assembled and
tested in accordance with NEMA / IEC / VDE / JIS standards along
with relevant BDS IEC standard (subject to satisfy standard test and
approved by PWD)
12.15.01 (USA / UK / JAPAN / EU COUNTRIES)The generating set shall be
assembled & tested in USA / UK / JAPAN / EU countries. The major
components like engine shall be of Perkins / Deutz / Cummins /
Mitsubishi / Volvo / Kohler / Yanmar brand and alternator shall be of
Stamford / Mecc Alte Spa / Leroy Somer / Kohler brand. The engine,
alternator, ATS, canopy shall also be manufactured and tested as
per relevant standards in USA / UK / JAPAN / EU countries &
accepted / approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 2.2.3.1]
12.15.01.01 30 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.3] each 1,648,503.00 1,648,503.00 1,648,503.00 1,648,503.00
12.15.01.02 40 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.4] each 1,769,379.00 1,769,379.00 1,769,379.00 1,769,379.00
12.15.01.03 60 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.5] each 1,970,431.00 1,970,431.00 1,970,431.00 1,970,431.00

12.15.01.04 80 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.6] each 2,217,093.00 2,217,093.00 2,217,093.00 2,217,093.00
12.15.01.05 100 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.7] each 2,419,985.00 2,419,985.00 2,419,985.00 2,419,985.00
12.15.01.06 150 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.8] each 3,344,456.00 3,344,456.00 3,344,456.00 3,344,456.00
12.15.01.07 200 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.9] each 4,108,576.00 4,108,576.00 4,108,576.00 4,108,576.00
12.15.01.08 250KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.10] each 4,830,154.00 4,830,154.00 4,830,154.00 4,830,154.00
12.15.01.09 300 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.11] each 5,794,712.00 5,794,712.00 5,794,712.00 5,794,712.00
12.15.01.10 400 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.12] each 7,164,478.00 7,164,478.00 7,164,478.00 7,164,478.00
12.15.01.11 500 KVA [PWD 2.2.3.1.13] each 8,044,530.00 8,044,530.00 8,044,530.00 8,044,530.00
Page 394
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.17 INSTALLATION Installation, testing & commissioning of following
electric generator on prepared CC pad with the help of necessary T
& P, skilled labour, technician, Engineer-in-charge including 2 hrs. / 5
day trial run operation by skilled operator with supply of necessary
fuel & lubricant as per manufacturers instruction manual and in
accordance with relevant IEC / NEMA / VDE / JIS standards so that
vibration transfer rate to foundation shall be almost zero. [PWD 2.2.5]
12.17.01 30KVA – 80 KVA manual/auto/auto with soundproof acoustically each 31,314.00 30,751.00 28,621.00 28,621.00
treated canopy generating set. [PWD 2.2.5.2]
12.17.02 100KVA – 150 KVA manual/auto/auto with soundproof acoustically each 42,652.00 41,884.00 38,985.00 38,985.00
treated canopy/mobile generating set with soundproof acoustically
treated canopy. [PWD 2.2.5.3]
12.17.03 200 KVA – 300 KVA manual/auto/auto with sound-proof acoustically each 46,297.00 45,463.00 42,315.00 42,315.00
12.17.04 400 KVA – 500 KVA manual/auto/auto with soundproof acoustically each 97,992.00 96,229.00 89,565.00 89,565.00
12.18 Supply of following lift complete with car, BMS compatible control
panel, traction machine(permanent magnet synchronous motor type),
gearless, oil free, steel suspension ropes, safety devices, guide rails,
push buttons, with other necessary accessories etc. complete
including counter weight as required, suitable for installation & use in
tropical country like Bangladesh (considering ambient temperature
from 00C to 460C and relative humidity from 40% to 98%) & as per
detailed specifications and standards as mentioned below
herewith:Brand & country of origin (Type A) :
KONE (Finland), MITSUBISHI (Japan), OTIS (USA / Japan /

France), Schindler (Switzerland ), TKE (Germany), FUJITEC
(Japan), HITACHI (Japan) or equivalent product; provided the lift
manufacturing company shall have multi-continental manufacturing
plant and shall have lift manufacturing capability for speed 10 m / sec
(minimum), regular production with Polyurethane coated steel belt /
ultra rope & Regenerative drive technology. Besides, it shall have lift
manufacturing experience for a period of not less than 65 years in
it's particular manufacturing plant where proposed brand of lift will be
manufactured .The proposed brand of lift shall be manufactured and
tested in FINLAND / FRANCE / GERMANY / JAPAN /
SWITZERLAND / UK / USA, complying all other detailed
specifications and standards stated in the item.The proposed lift
manufacturing company shall have it's own testing tower at factory
premises and R&D(Research and development) wing/centre .
Besides, it manufactures major components like PMS (Permanent
Magnet synchronous) type gearless motor, Polyurethane coated
steel belt & Regenerative drive , controller , inverter , motherboard ,
Door Inverter & all PCBs ( Printed Circuit Boards) in its own factory .
[PWD 8.1]
12.18.01 Passenger Lift [PWD 8.1.1.1]
12.18.01.01 630kg [PWD 8.1.1.1.1] each 4,885,511.00 4,885,511.00 4,885,511.00 4,885,511.00
12.18.01.02 800kg [PWD 8.1.1.1.8] each 5,932,632.00 5,932,632.00 5,932,632.00 5,932,632.00

12.18.01.03 1000kg [PWD 8.1.1.1.15] each 6,857,730.00 6,857,730.00 6,857,730.00 6,857,730.00
12.18.01.04 1250kg [PWD 8.1.1.1.22] each 7,837,405.00 7,837,405.00 7,837,405.00 7,837,405.00
12.18.01.06 1600kg [PWD 8.1.3.1.29] each 8,817,081.00 8,817,081.00 8,817,081.00 8,817,081.00

12.18.02 Bed / Stretcher Lift [PWD 8.1.1.2]
12.18.02.01 1250kg [PWD 8.1.1.2.8] each 7,837,405.00 7,837,405.00 7,837,405.00 7,837,405.00
12.18.02.02 1600kg [PWD 8.1.1.2.15] each 8,817,081.00 8,817,081.00 8,817,081.00 8,817,081.00
Page 395
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.18.03 Cargo//Goods/Service Lift:The Cargo/Goods/Service Lift shall have
the following features -i)Designed and manufactured in accordance
with requirements of Lifts Directive 95/16/CE, throughout the
accomplishment of Harmonized Norm EN 81-2 and the Directive of
Electromagnetic Compatibility 89/336/CEE. ii) Test Certificate CE
Type ATI/LD-VB/M012/99 (institution registered 0053), as MODEL
LIFT [PWD 8.1.1.5]
12.18.03.01 2000kg [PWD 8.1.3.5.2] each 11,394,559.00 11,394,559.00 11,394,559.00 11,394,559.00
12.18.03.02 2500 kg [PWD 8.1.3.5.3] each 13,407,080.00 13,407,080.00 13,407,080.00 13,407,080.00
12.19 LIFT INSTALLATIONInstallation, testing and commissioning of the

above lift including supplying of necessary fixing materials,
Architrave & transom : Stainless Sheet steel mirror/hairline finish
architrave covering the door entrances sides and transom covering
the top about 400mm for main entry & Narrow architrave
Mirror/Hairline finish for typical floor. Stainless steel (Steel grade :
SUS 304/441) mirror/Hairline finish Transom Panel shall be provided
at main entry.Architrave for Ground Floor :Made of hairline or
mirror polished stainless steel (Steel grade : SUS
304/441).Architrave for typical floor :Narrow jamb made of
hairline or mirror polished stainless steel of minimum 50mm x
50mm size.Transom for Ground Floor : Made of hairline or mirror
polished stainless steel as per width of door entrance top, shaft
lighting with wirings, additional works on base foundation (if
necessary) for machineries and painting of all parts and initial
lubrication shall be carried out as per BSEN-81 /EN-81:21(Lift
Directive 95/16/EC)/DIN/ VDE/ ANSI /ASME A17.1/ JIS . For ride
quality measurement, ISO 18738/5 is to be followed (noise in car at
it's highest speed not more than 60 dBA, maximum horizontal
vibration at car platform at highest speed shall be 20dBA, maximum
vertical vibration at car platform at highest speed shall be 30dBA).
The supplier / Installer shall provide quality check certification from
mother company/Principal and shall carry out 16 hours per day trial
run operation for 30 (thirty) days before handing over the lift to the
competent authority. All electrical and civil works mending good the
damages in connection with installation of the lift shall be carried out
in accordance with the provision of the Bangladesh National Building
code, latest Bangladesh Electricity Rules, Regulations & PWD
specification. All non-current carrying metallic enclosure of electrical
materials/equipment viz. electric motor frames, control panel, other
metallic cases, door, call and control button, car switch, limit switch,
junction boxes & similar electric fittings shall be properly connected to
the earthing system. All the works in this regard shall conform to
general standards, codes and specifications of PWD. The bidder
shall ensure to use steel scaffolding items (preferably) avoiding
bamboo, barricade, lifeloine, safety shoes, Helmets, Gloves, Goggles
and all the safety measure as per international safety codes for the
workers, supervisors and others during the installation period. (For
Passenger/Bed/Panorama/ Fire Fighters' Lift) [PWD 8.3]
12.19.01 For 630 kg. - 1000 kg. capacity (Upto 3-stop) [PWD 8.3.1] job 94,715.00 93,010.00 86,569.00 86,569.00
12.19.02 For 1250 kg. - 1500/1600 kg. capacity (Upto 3-stop) [PWD 8.3.2] job 110,826.00 108,832.00 101,295.00 101,295.00
12.19.03 Next per stop (up to 10 stops) job 19,004.00 18,662.00 17,370.00 17,370.00
12.20 Microphone [PWD 16.16]
12.20.01 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of vocal/ dynamic each 16,749.00 16,747.00 16,738.00 16,738.00
microphone of following technical specification or equivalent-
Characteristics: Dynamic, Polar pattern: supercardioid/

cardioid,Frequency Response 80Hz~13 kHz, Output impedance
500-600ohm.CE Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin: USA, UK,
Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical country like
Bangladesh.Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in
Page 396
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.20.02 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of large diaphragm each 36,259.00 36,257.00 36,248.00 36,248.00
cardioid condenser microphone of following technical specification or
equivalent- Polar pattern : cardioid Frequency Response 20Hz~20
kHz,Bass Cut Filter: 80-300 Hz, 12 dB/octave SNR; 75-85dB CE
Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin: USA, UK, Japan, EU
Countries; suitable for use in tropical country like Bangladesh.Model
& sample to be approved by the Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.16.3]
12.20.03 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Wireless each 58,837.00 58,835.00 58,826.00 58,826.00
Microphones (Tie Clip Type) of following technical specification or
equivalent- suitable for 1 transmitter, Preset with 16 selectable UHF
channel, RF frequency range :700MHz-750MHz or any suitable
carrier frequency range ,Channel 16, Frequency Response: 50Hz-
18KHz, operating range 100m. CE Certified/UL ListedCountry of
Origin: USA, UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical
country like Bangladesh.Model & sample to be approved by the
Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.16.5]
12.20.04 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Wireless each 67,672.00 67,669.00 67,661.00 67,661.00
Microphones (Hand Held Type) of following technical specification or
equivalent- suitable for 1 transmitter, Preset with 16 selectable UHF
channel, RF frequency range :600 MHz-750MHz or any suitable
carrier frequency range ,Channel 16, Frequency Response: 50Hz-
18KHz, operating range 100m. CE Certified/UL ListedCountry of
Origin: USA, UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical
Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.16.4]
12.21 Mixing Console
12.21.01 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 16 channel mixing each 198,905.00 198,860.00 198,694.00 198,694.00
console of following technical specification or equivalent-Input
Channels: 16 channels , stereo channels:2 Output Channels:
minimum Stereo Out: 2, Monitor Out: 1, Aux Send: 4, Group Out: 2
Bus: 9 (minimum)Frequency Response : 22Hz - 20KHzPhantom

Power Voltage +48 VHigh Pass Filter :80-100Hz, 12-18dB per
octaveLevel Meter : 12 -segment LED meterPower Requirements
AC 100-240 V, 50 HzCE Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin: USA,
UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical country like
12.21.02 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24 channel mixing each 274,982.00 274,937.00 274,771.00 274,771.00
console of following technical specification or equivalent-Input
Channels: 24 channels , stereo channels:4 Output Channels:
minimum Stereo Out: 2, Monitor Out: 1, Aux Send: 4, Group Out: 4
Bus: 9 (minimum)Frequency Response : 22Hz - 20KHzPhantom

Power Voltage +48 VHigh Pass Filter :80-100Hz, 12-18dB per
octaveLevel Meter : 12 -segment LED meterPower Requirements
AC 100-240 V, 50 HzCE Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin: USA,
UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical country like
12.22 Mixer Amplifier
12.22.01 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of mixers-amplifier of each 151,540.00 151,496.00 151,329.00 151,329.00
following technical specification or equivalent-input : minimum
8power output:2 x 40W RMSinput sensitivity: 4ohm/8ohmpower
supply:100-240 Vac , 50 HzCE Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin:
USA, UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical country
like Bangladesh.Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in
Page 397
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.23 Ceiling SpeakerSupply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
Professional heavy duty, ceiling mounted speaker ideal for airports,
lounges, convention centers, corporate boardrooms, hotels /
hospitality, houses of worship,museums offices, of patois, spaces
schools, theaters and theme parks, superior sound quantity, wide
dispersion and smooth off-axis coverage of following technical
specification or equivalent- Frequency range (nominal): 85Hz to 18
KHz. (±3db). Nominal impedance: 8Ω Nominal sensitivity(1w, 2m) :
90dB SPLComponents : LF & HF driver.CE Certified/UL
ListedCountry of Origin: USA, UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for
use in tropical country like Bangladesh.Model & sample to be
approved by the Engineer in charge.
12.23.01 6W-12W [PWD 16.9.2] each 10,737.00 10,732.00 10,716.00 10,716.00
12.24 Line Array Speaker System
12.24.01 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of dual driver Two- each 791,078.00 791,056.00 790,973.00 790,973.00
Way Line Array type Main Auditorium Speaker including accessories
of following technical specification or equivalent-Frequency
Response: 87Hz-15.3 kHzLong term / Continuous power- LF: 600W-
800W, HF: 50W-150W Program- LF: 1200W-1600W, HF: 100W-
260WShort term/ Peak power- LF: 2400W-3200W, HF: 200W-
500WNominal Impedance: 8-16 ohm,Calculated Maximum SPL @
1 m- LF: 128-135dB , HF: 132-139dB.Coverage Pattern: At least
100° H x 10° VCE Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin: USA, UK,
Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical country like
12.25 Stage Monitor Speaker
12.25.01 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 2 way Stage each 187,984.00 187,962.00 187,878.00 187,878.00
Monitor Speaker including accessories of following technical
specification or equivalent-Frequency Response: 70Hz-
16KHzSystem power- Long term / Continuous power: 250W-300W,
Program: 500W-600W, Short term/ Peak power: 1000W-1200W
Nominal Impedance: 4-8 ohm,Calculated Maximum SPL @ 1 m:

122-131dB.Coverage Pattern: At least 90° H x 50° VCE
& sample to be approved by the Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.5.1]
12.26 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Audio equalizers of each 61,966.00 61,960.00 61,934.00 61,934.00
following technical specification or equivalent-• Constant Q filters •
Switchable 6dB / 12dB fader range • Switchable bypass with LED
indicator • Four LED output level meter plus input clip indicator •
Input gain adjustable between -6 dB and +6dB. • Built in soft limit
helps prevent overloads that damage speakers.• XLR / 1 / 4” TRS
balanced / unbalanced inputs/outputs • Ground lift switch quickly
solves earth loop and external noise issues Balanced 20k ohm,
unbalanced 10k ohm, > +21dBu balanced or unbalanced, > 40dB,
typically > 5dB at 1kHz, Impedance-balanced / unbalanced, RF
filtered, balanced 100 ohm, unbalanced 50 ohm, > +21dBu balanced
/ unbalanced into 2k ohm or greater, 20Hz to 20kHz, +0.5 /-1dB, <
10Hz to > 50kHz, +0.5 /-3dB, signal to noise : 90dB, THD + noise : <
0.004%.CE Certified/UL ListedCountry of Origin: USA, UK, Japan,
EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical country like
charge. [PWD 16.19]
12.27 Supplying and Fixing of Floor type microphone stand complete with each 6,749.00 6,743.00 6,717.00 6,717.00
arms and mic holder. Foreign. Complete with required accessories
and in conformity to specified codes & specification of international
standards.Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in
charge. [PWD 16.22]
12.28 Supplying and Fixing of Table type microphone stand complete with each 5,767.00 5,761.00 5,735.00 5,735.00
arms and mic holder. Foreign. Complete with required accessories
and in conformity to specified codes & specification of international
standards. Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in
charge. [PWD 16.23]
Page 398
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.29 Supplying and Fixing of Sound junction box for stage floor, one box set 4,908.00 4,908.00 4,908.00 4,908.00
containing of 5 socket outlet for the system (Local Custom Made).
[PWD 16.27]
12.30 Supplying and Fixing of Best quality foreign made cables suitable for
connection of microphone & speaker. [PWD 16.28]
12.30.01 Microphone cables, 23 AWG (copper made twin core shielded , PVC m 160.00 160.00 160.00 160.00
Jacket, Cross linked PE Insulation, Dielectric strength: minimum 500
Vac ) [PWD 16.28.1]
12.31 Supply and fixing of Line Array rigging accessories with the features lot 330,567.00 330,561.00 330,535.00 330,535.00
of Flying Bar for Line Array Subwoofer, 4Nos.of Joint bar for
hanging Line array speaker with subwoofer and locally fabricated MS
frame for security purpose to hookup from main ceiling including
necessary rowel bolt with supporting chain Lever(suitable for 4
unit).Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in charge.
[PWD 16.3]
12.32 Column SpeakerSupply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
Column / wall speaker ideal for airports, lounges, convention centers,
corporate boardrooms, hotels / hospitality, houses of worship,
museums offices, of patois, spaces schools, theaters and theme
parks, superior sound quantity, wide dispersion and smooth off-axis
overage, superior sound quality, wide dispersion and smooth off axis
coverage, fast and easy installation of following technical
specification or equivalent- Line voltage : 70V / 100V Sensitivity :
>85dB. Frequency response: 150Hz-15KHz. Enclosure material :
Plastic Line Dispersion angle : 100°.CE Certified/UL Listed Country
of Origin: USA, UK, Japan, EU Countries; suitable for use in tropical
Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.10]
12.32.01 10W - 15W [PWD 16.10.1] each 18,099.00 18,094.00 18,078.00 18,078.00
12.32.02 16W - 20W [PWD 16.10.2] each 21,780.00 21,775.00 21,759.00 21,759.00
12.32.03 21W - 30W [PWD 16.10.3] each 24,234.00 24,229.00 24,213.00 24,213.00
12.33 Ceiling SpeakerSupply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of
Professional heavy duty, ceiling mounted speaker ideal for airports,
lounges, convention centers, corporate boardrooms, hotels /
hospitality, houses of worship,museums offices, of patois, spaces
schools, theaters and theme parks, superior sound quantity, wide
dispersion and smooth off-axis coverage of following technical
specification or equivalent- Frequency range (nominal): 85Hz to 18
KHz. (±3db). Nominal impedance: 8Ω Nominal sensitivity(1w, 2m) :
90dB SPLComponents : LF & HF driver.CE Certified/UL
approved by the Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.9]
12.33.01 6W-12W [PWD 16.9.2] each 10,737.00 10,732.00 10,716.00 10,716.00
12.34 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Digital Signal each 301,240.00 301,234.00 301,209.00 301,209.00
Processors (DSP) based Digital loudspeaker management system
of following technical specification or equivalent-Frequency
Response (±0.5dB): 20Hz - 20KHzA/D D/A Converter :24-bit S/N
Ratio: >105dBNumber of input: minimum 2Number of output:
minimum 6PC connections: USB, RS485 CE Certified/UL
approved by the Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.31]
Page 399
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.35 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Audio multi effect each 68,101.00 68,095.00 68,069.00 68,069.00
processor of following technical specification or equivalent- Wave-
adaptive virtual room reverb algorithms for natural reverb and delay.
Up to 7 adjustable parameters plus 2-band EQ per effect. 24-bit A / D
and D / A converters with 64 / 128-times oversampling. True stereo
processing for realistic channel separation in stereo image. 100
factory presets plus 100 user memory locations. Analog Audio
Performance: Frequency Response 10 Hz – 20kHz +0 dB/–0.5 dB.
THD+N <0.0019% 10Hz – 20kHz. Dynamic Range >109 dB (A-
weighted) A/A. Crosstalk typical <–80 dB 20Hz – 20kHz. Digital Input
and Output: Connectors Dual RCA (S/PDIF). Format S/PDIF 24-bit.
Sample Rate 44.1 or 48kHz. Processing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHz.
Frequency Response 10Hz to 22kHz ±0.5 dB @ 48kHz. CE
& sample to be approved by the Engineer in charge. [PWD 16.2]
12.36 PROFILE SPOT LIGHT [PWD 18.1]
12.36.01 Halogen VersionSupply and fixing of professional profile spot light

(halogen) of the following features of voltage rating : 230 V AC, 50
Hz, manual zooming system, natural convection cooling, housing in
extruded aluminum and steel plate body, scratch resistant epoxy
powder paint, projector can titled by +60 / - 45°.Country of origin :
EU/G7 Countries or their licensed manufacturing units located
globally complete with required accessories and in conformity to
specified codes & specification of international standards & CE / UL /
CSA certified & Suitable for use in tropical country like
BANGLADESH.Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer-in-
12.36.01.01 1000 W [PWD 18.1.1.2] each 96,078.00 96,062.00 96,004.00 96,004.00
12.37 FRESNEL SPOT LIGHT [PWD 18.2]

12.37.01 Halogen VersionSupplying, fitting and fixing of FR spot light
(halogen) of the following features of voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz,
manual zooming system, natural convection cooling, housing in
extruded aluminium and steel plate body, scratch resistant epoxy
power paint, projector can titled by +60 / - 45°.Country of origin :
EU/G7 Countries or their licensed manufacturing units located
globally complete with required accessories and in conformity to
CSA certified & Suitable for use in tropical country like
12.37.01.01 500 W [PWD 18.2.1.2] each 59,573.00 59,563.00 59,525.00 59,525.00
12.37.01.02 1000 W [PWD 18.2.1.1] each 64,481.00 64,472.00 64,434.00 64,434.00
12.38 FLOOD LIGHT [PWD 18.4]
12.38.01.01 Halogen VersionSupplying and fixing of flood light with halogen each 17,915.00 17,904.00 17,862.00 17,862.00
lamp of the following features of voltage 230 VAC, 50 Hz, symmetric
reflector of high purity aluminum hang able, electric cable complete
with color filter frame etc. complete with all other accessories as per
approval and direction of the Engineer.Country of origin : EU/G7
Countries or their licensed manufacturing units located globally
complete with required accessories and in conformity to specified
codes & specification of international standards & CE / UL / CSA
certified & Suitable for use in tropical country like
charge.500 W. [PWD 18.4.1]
12.39 CYCLOROMA LIGHT [PWD 18.5]
Page 400
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.39.01.01 Halogen VersionSupplying and fixing of Cyclorama Light (halogen) each 37,548.00 37,537.00 37,495.00 37,495.00
having incandescent lamp of the following features of voltage: 230 V
AC, 50Hz.Country of origin : EU/G7 Countries or their licensed
manufacturing units located globally complete with required
accessories and in conformity to specified codes & specification of
international standards & CE / UL / CSA certified & Suitable for use
in tropical country like BANGLADESH.Model & sample to be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. 1000W. [PWD 18.5.1]
12.40 PAR [PWD 18.6]
12.40.01 Halogen VersionSupplying and fixing PAR 64 Classic LUX is a each 23,191.00 23,174.00 23,107.00 23,107.00
projector for PAR64 lamp (halogen) with the features of with the
features of voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz. With classic shape with long
body, in 2 sections, with square filter frame and polish finishing, the
projector is fitted with a GX16 lamp socket, with PVC cable 3 X
1.5mm 21m and cable seal, front protection grill with dense grid
mesh. The top-quality ceramic bulb socket factures chromed
contracts for higher contract efficiency.Country of origin : EU/G7
charge.PAR 64 CAN (1000 W)[PWD 18.6.1]
12.41.01 SCANNER LIGHT Supply and fixing of scanner light with the each 98,900.00 98,878.00 98,795.00 98,795.00
features of DMX channels : 7 or 11 DMX, connectors : 3 - pin
XLRPan and tilt : 180° / 90°, colors : 8 + white, split colors,
continuous scroll at variable speeds gobos : 7 + open (5 metal + 2
glass), rotating, interchangeable, slot-n-lock, continuous scroll at
variable speeds, light source : 1 (white) 60 W (2.3 A), 50,000 hours
life expectancy, strobe rate: 0 to 35 Hz PWM, frequency : 1,200 Hz,
beam angle : 15°, IL luminance : 9,110 lux @ 2 m, power linking: 5
units @ 120 V; 10 units @ 230V input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 50
Hz (auto -ranging) power and current : 104 W, 1.5 A @ 120 V, 50 Hz
102W, 0.8 A @ 230 V, 50 Hz, gobo size : 23.9mm outside, 20.5 mm
image, 1 mm max thickness.Country of origin : EU/G7 Countries or
their licensed manufacturing units located globally complete with
required accessories and in conformity to specified codes &
specification of international standards & CE / UL / CSA certified &
Suitable for use in tropical country like BANGLADESH.Model &
sample to be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. 118 W. [PWD
18.7]
12.42 DIMMERSupply and Fixing of Dimmer with the specification of
Number of Dimmer Channels, Channel Output Rating 10 Amps,
Channel Output Connector Type, 4mm2 screw terminal, Two Power
Option, Option that allows each channel to be set to dimming or
direct mains power via relay, Channel MCB Breaking Capacity, 6,000
Amps, Channel MCB Type 1-pole MCB or optional 2-pole RCBO,
RCD Protection Option (Qty) (2), Power Switching Component, Triac,
Inductor Rise Time 200us, Channel Output Mimic LEDs (Qty) (24),
Number of Cooling Fans 2, Fan Cooling Control Variable, 50Hz
Frequency Auto-Select, 220V 3-phase Current (per phase) 80 Amps,
Chassis Style Wallmount installation dimmer with hinged front
door.Country of origin : EU/G7 Countries or their licensed
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 18.12]
12.42.01 12 Channel (rack mounted) [PWD 18.12.2] each 306,762.00 306,685.00 306,393.00 306,393.00
Page 401
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.43 LIGHT CONTROLLER Supplying and fixing of x- channel light
controller with the features of voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz. y-channel
models, recordable up and down fade times, multiple independent
chase speeds.Country of origin : EU/G7 Countries or their licensed
in tropical country like BANGLADESH.Complete with required
international standards & CE / UL / CSA certified.Model & sample to
be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 18.13]
12.43.01 24 Channelmax controlled channel, x=24, useable model channel, each 258,907.00 258,576.00 257,324.00 257,324.00
y= 12/24 [PWD 18.13.1]
12.44 LIGHT BATTEN (LOCAL)Supplying , Fabrication and fixing of a light each 40,623.00 40,512.00 40,095.00 40,095.00
batten to be suspended form ceiling with the following
specification:Box frame: made of Aluminum sheet 18 SWG box
frame size 16’ to 20’ long, 5” breadth 2” depth. Supporting horizontal
bars made of 1” dia 20’ length G.I pipe on top and bottom s of the
box frame to be linked with box framed by 6” X 1” 3/16” flat iron bar
at 4’ interval welding finishing etc. complete. Supplying & fixing
13A/15A3-pin socket, with 8 to 10 nos. socket in each frame. Having
the light batten with ceiling by 4 nos of ½” dia M.S rod with 4 nos M.S
hook at bottom of the rod at 6” vertical interval, the rod to be fixed
with ceiling by rowel plug and M.S plate with necessary, welding etc.
complete i/c enamel painting. LOCAL MADEModel & sample to be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 18.16]
12.45 COLOR GELATIN FILTERSupplying of Color Gelatin Filter of size each 1,459.00 1,457.00 1,448.00 1,448.00
24"x20" of various color in conformity to specified codes &
specification of international standard. Suitable for use in tropical
country like BANGLADESH.Model & sample to be approved by the
12.46 HALOGEN SPARE LAMP [PWD 18.17]
12.46.01 Quartz (Pin type)Supplying of Quartz halogen spare lamp (Pin Type
Lamp) in conformity to specified codes & specification of international
standard. Country of origin : EU/G7 Countries or their licensed
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 18.17.1]
12.46.01.01 500 W [PWD 18.17.1.3] each 5,892.00 5,891.00 5,887.00 5,887.00
12.46.01.02 1000 W [PWD 18.17.1.2] each 6,686.00 6,685.00 6,681.00 6,681.00

12.47 Tungsten Halogen LampSupplying of 1000W/500W tungsten
halogen spare lamp in conformity to specified codes & specification
of international standard. Country of origin : EU/G7 Countries or
their licensed manufacturing units located globally complete with
required accessories and in conformity to specified codes &
specification of international standards & CE / UL / CSA certified.&
Suitable for use in tropical country like BANGLADESH.Model &
sample to be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. [PWD 18.17.2]
12.47.01 500 W [PWD 18.17.2] each 1,097.00 1,096.00 1,092.00 1,092.00
12.47.02 1000 W [PWD 18.17.1] each 1,418.00 1,417.00 1,414.00 1,414.00
Page 402
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.48 DMX -512Supplying and fixing of LED DMX Light Controller with the each 445,050.00 444,719.00 443,468.00 443,468.00
features of DMX512/1990 , 512 CH output with isolated optical. Up to
30 fixtures to be connected with a max 32 channels each. Users can
allocate DMX channel to each intelligent fixture dynamically. The X/Y
channel of different intelligent Fixtures can be controlled by
modulation wheel. Up to 50 SHAPE generators. SHAPE track control
is provided to control such effects like circles, lines and shapes etc.
30 Chases up to 100 steps each. Trigger mode selectable:
synchrono, Auto, Manual speed. 6 chases, 30 scenes operated at
the same time. At most 30 intelligent Fixtures can be selected
simultaneously. Flash mem-card slot is provided. Each flash me-card
can record the whole data of controller. LCD display with backlight.
Power supply: AC 90-250 V /50 Hz.Country of origin : EU/G7
12.49 Monitor each 35,462.00 35,462.00 35,462.00 35,462.00
Supply and fixing of 32" Monitor of following technical specification

or equivalent:Screen Size : 32"Resolution :
1,366 x 768 or higherHDR (High Dynamic Range) : HDRHDR
10+ : SupportContrast Enhancer : YesAuto
Motion Plus : YesDolby Digital Plus : YesSound Output
(RMS) : 20WSpeaker Type : 2CHActive Noise
Reduction : YesAspect ratio : '4:3 /16:9Wide
Screen : YesSound Mirroring : YesWiFi
Direct : YesHDMI : 2 (with minimum 3
meter HDMI Cable)USB : 1Power Supply
: AC220-240V 50/60HzPower Consumption (Max) : 60 WAccepted/
Approved by the Engineer in Charge [PWD 15.6.3]
12.50 IP Camera & Accessories :Type -B [PWD 15.2]
12.50.01 8 Channel NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
(NVR)
Supply and fixing of 8 Channel NETWORK
VIDEO RECORDER (NVR) of following technical specification or
equivalent :IP Camera Input : 8 channelsNetwork
Bandwidth :Incoming-80 Mbps , Outgoing -80 Mbps or
aboveAudio Output : YesInterface : 1 HDMI,
1 VGAResolution : HDMI: 3840×2160, 1920×1080,
1280×1024, 1280×720 : VGA: 1920×1080,
1280×1024, 1280×720Decoding Capacity : 1ch@8MP 30fps,
4ch@1080P 30fps/2-ch@12 MP (20 fps)/4-ch@8 MP (25 fps)/8-
ch@4 MP (30 fps)compression :
Video:H.265+/H.265/H.264+/H.264/ Audio compression: G.711ulaw
/G.711alaw / G.722/ G.726Resolution
:8MP/6MP/5MP/4MP/3MP/1080P/ 720P/etc.Two-way Talk :
1-ch, RCASync Playback : 4 chSearch Mode : Time
/Date, MD and Exact Search : (accurate to
second)Playback Function : Play, Pause, Stop, Rewind, Fast
play, Slow Play, Next File, Previous File, Next Camera, Previous
Camera, Full Screen, Shuffle, Backup Selection, Digital
ZoomInterface : 1, RJ-45 10/100/1000 Mbps self-
adaptive Ethernet interfacePoE : 8 ports
(IEEE802.3at/af) Internal HDD : At
least 1 SATA interfaces Up to 10 TB capacity for each
HDD.USB : Front panel: 1 × USB 2.0; Rear panel:
1 × USB 3.0/USB 2.0Power Supply : Single, DC54V/ 100 to
240 VAC, 50 HzPower Consumption : NVR: ≤ 15 W (without
HDD) :PoE: ≤ 80W Certifications :
CE,FCCAccepted/ Approved by the Engineer in Charge [PWD
15.2.1]
Page 403
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.50.02 16 Channel NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER each 58,898.00 58,898.00 58,898.00 58,898.00
(NVR)
Supply and fixing of 16 Channel NETWORK
VIDEO RECORDER (NVR) of following technical specification or
equivalent :IP Camera Input :16 channelsNetwork Bandwidth
: Incoming-160 Mbps , Outgoing -96 Mbps or
aboveResolution : 8MP, 6MP, 5MP, 4MP, 3MP, 1080p,
1.3MP, 720p, etc.Decoding Capability : 2-ch@12 MP (20 fps)/4-
ch@8 MP (25 fps)/8-ch@4 MP (30 fps)/16-ch@1080p (30 fps)/ 8
channels@1080p (30 fps).Video Output : HDMI: 3840 ×
2160; 1920 × 1080; 1280 × 1024; 1280 × 720.
: VGA: 1920 × 1080; 1280 × 1024; 1280 × 720Video
compression :
H.265+/H.265/H.264+/H.264Audio : PCM/G.711A/
G.711U; /G.722/G.726Network Protocol : HTTP; HTTPS;
TCP/IP; IPv4/IPv6; SNMP; RTSP; SMTP; NTP; DHCP; DNS; DDNS;
FTP; etc.Playback Function : 1. Play; pause; stop; fast forward;
fast backward; rewind; play by frame. :2. Full
screen; backup (cut/file) ; partially enlarge; audio on/off.Audio
Input : 1 channel, RCA connectorAudio Output
: 1-ch, RCA HDD : 4 SATA
interfaces Up to 10 TB capacity for each diskAlarm Input
: 16 channelsAlarm Output : 4 channelsRS-
232 : 1 RS-232 RS-485 : 1 RS-485
USB : 1 front USB 2.0 port, 1 rear USB 3.0

portNetwork : 1 RJ-45 10/100/1000 Mbps self-
adaptive Ethernet portPoE : 16 ports
(IEEE802.3at/af)Power Supply : Single, 100V–240V AC,
50 HzPower Consumption : NVR: ≤ 20 W(without HDD) ≤ 150
W Supported standard IEEE 802.3 af/atOperating Temperature : -10
°C to 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)Operating Humidity : 10% to
90%Certifications : CE, FCCAccepted/ Approved by the
Engineer in Charge [PWD 15.2.2]
Page 404
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.51 Supply and fixing of 2 MP, Fixed-focal ,IP Bullet CAMERA (including each 9,816.00 9,816.00 9,816.00 9,816.00
lens, bracket, housing) of following technical specification or
equivalent :Image Sensor : 1/2.8" Progressive Scan
CMOSMax. Resolution : 1920 × 1080Scanning System :
Progressive Scan Electronic Shutter Speed : 1/3 s to 1/100,000
sMin. Illumination : Color: 0.005 Lux @ (F1.2/F1.6, AGC On) ,0
Lux withIRS/N Ratio : ≥ 52 dBIR Illumination Distance :
up to 80 mPan/Tilt/Rotation Range : Pan: 0° to 360°, tilt: 0° to 100°,
rotate: 0° to 360°Lens Type : Fixed-focalMount
Type : M12Focal Length : 3.6/4/6/8 mmMax.
Aperture : F1.6Field of View : 3.6~4 mm, horizontal
field of view: 86.4°-87°,6 mm, horizontal field of view: 52°~54°,8
mm, horizontal field of view: 41°~44°,Iris Type :
FixedSmart event : Line crossing /Tripwire detection,
intrusion detectionVideo Compression : H.265; H.264;Video Frame
Rate : main: 1920 × 1080 (1 fps–25/30 fps) sub (704 × 576, 640 ×
480, 640 × 360, 320 × 240 )(1 fps–25 fps).Stream Capability :
minimum 2 streams.Video Bit Rate : 12 kbps–6144 kbps or
aboveBLC : yesHLC :
yesWDR : 120 dBWhite Balance : adjustable by
client software or web browserNoise Reduction : 3D NRMotion
Detection : yesRegion of Interest (RoI) : Yes (2 areas-
minimum)Smart Illumination : yesImage Rotation :
0°/90°/180°/270° (Supports 90°/270° with 1080p resolution and
lower.)Mirror : yesPrivacy Masking : yesAudio
Compression : G.711a; G.711Mu; G.726Alarm Event : Motion
detection, video tampering alarm, exception (network disconnected,
IP address conflict, illegal login, HDD full, HDD error) intrusion
detection, line crossing /tripwire detection.Network :1 RJ45
10M/100M self-adaptive Ethernet port.Cyber Security : Password
protection, encryption, HTTPs, 802.1X authentication, IP address
filtering, Digest, WSSE etc.Protocol : TCP/IP, UDP, ICMP,
HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, DHCP, DNS, DDNS, RTP, RTSP, RTCP,
PPPoE, NTP, UPnP, SMTP,IGMP, 802.1X, IPv6, UDP, Bonjour,
etc.Interoperability : ONVIF (PROFILE S, PROFILE G, PROFILE
T).User/Host : minimum 20 usersStorage : FTP;
Micro SD card (support up to. 128 GB); NAS;
SFTP.Browser : IE, Chrome, FirefoxPower Supply : 12
VDC ± 25%, PoE(802.3 at /af )Power Consumption : 12.5 W
maxOperating Conditions : -30 °C to +60 °C (-22 °F to +140 °F),
Humidity 95% or less (non-condensing).Protection : IP
67Casing : MetalCertifications :
CE,UL,FCCAccepted/ Approved by the Engineer in Charge [PWD
15.2.4]
Page 405
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.52 Supply and fixing of 2 MP, Fixed-focal ,IP DOME Camera (including each 9,816.00 9,816.00 9,816.00 9,816.00
lens, bracket, housing) of following technical specification or
equivalent :Image Sensor : 1/2.8” or above ,2 Megapixel
(minimum) progressive CMOSMax.
Resolution : 1920 (H) ×1080 (V)Scanning System
: ProgressiveElectronic Shutter Speed : 1/3 s to 1/100,000 sMin.
Illumination : Color: minimum 0.005 Lux
@ (F1.2/F1.6, AGC ON), 0 Lux with
IRS/N Ratio : ≥ 52 dBIR Illumination Distance :
30 m or abovePan/Tilt/Rotation Range : Pan: 0° to 355° , tilt: 0°
to 65°, rotate: 0° to 355°Lens
Type : Fixed-focalMount Type :
M12Focal Length : 2.8/3.6/4/6mm Max.
Aperture : F1.6Field of View : 2.8 mm,
horizontal field of view: 106° or above;
3.6 mm, horizontal field of view: 87° or above ;
4 mm, horizontal field of view: 86.4° or

aboveIris Type : FixedSmart event
: Line crossing /Tripwire detection, intrusion
detectionVideo Compression :
H.265/H.264Video Frame Rate : Main :1920 × 1080 (1 fps-
25/30 fps) Sub:704 × 576 (1 fps-
25fps)/50Hz: 25fps (640 × 480)Stream
Capability : 2 streamsVideo Bit Rate : 32
kbps–6144 kbps/32 Kbps to 16 MbpsBLC :
YesHLC : Yes'WDR :
120dBWhite Balance : yesNoise
Reduction : 3D NRMotion Detection :
yesRegion of Interest(RoI) : yesSmart Illumination :
yesImage Rotation : yesPrivacy Masking :
yesAlarm Event : Motion detection, video tampering
alarm, exception (network
disconnected, IP address conflict,
illegal login, HDD full, HDD error)
intrusion detection, line crossing /tripwire
detectionNetwork :
1 RJ45 10M/100M self-adaptive Ethernet portCyber
Security : Password protection, encryption, , 802.1X
authentication, IP address filtering,

Digest, WSSE
etc.Protocol : "TCP/IP, UDP, ICMP, HTTP,
HTTPS, FTP, DHCP, DNS, DDNS,
RTP, RTSP, RTCP, PPPoE, NTP,
UPnP, SMTP,IGMP, 802.1X, IPv6,
UDP, Bonjour, etc."Interoperability : ONVIF (PROFILE
S, PROFILE G, PROFILE T)User/Host : at least
20Storage : Micro SD card (support min 128
GB); NAS;FTP Browser : IE, Chrome,
FirefoxPower Supply : 12V DC/PoE (802.3 at
/af)Operating Conditions : -30 °C to +60 °C (-22 °F to +140
°F), Humidity 95% or less (non-
condensing)Protection : "IP67,
IK10Casing : Camera body: metal, bubble:
plasticCertifications : CE,FCCAccepted/ Approved
by the Engineer in Charge [PWD 15.2.3]
12.53 STANDARD MASTER TELEPHONE SET16+24 button DSS
controlSupply & installation of standard master telephone set
including display, date, time & 16+24 button DSS control. Suitable for
use in tropical country like Bangladesh complete with required
international standards & CE / UL / CSA certified.Model & sample to
be approved by the competent authority. [PWD 17.2]
12.53.1 For use in 8+32 line system [PWD 17.2.2.1] each 9,289.00 9,289.00 9,286.00 9,286.00
Page 406
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.54 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE SET [PWD 17.3]
12.54.01 NORMAL USESupply, installation, testing & commissioning of single each 1,558.00 1,558.00 1,556.00 1,556.00
line telephone set for normal use with provision volume up+down,
redial, flash etc.. complete. Suitable for use in tropical country like
Bangladesh complete with required accessories and in conformity to
CSA certified. Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in
12.55 EXCLUSIVE USE [PWD 17.3.2]
12.55.01 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of single line telephone each 2,663.00 2,663.00 2,660.00 2,660.00
set for executive use with provision volume up+ down, redial, flash
etc.. including display with CID system (Min 30 Stations)
complete.Suitable for use in tropical country like Bangladesh
certified. Model & sample to be approved by the Engineer in charge.
[PWD 17.3.2.1]
12.56 MULTIMEDIA PROJECTORSupply, installation, testing, each 257,926.00 257,815.00 257,398.00 257,398.00
commissioning multimedia projector including all necessary
accessories & Warranty/Service Support of following technical
specification or equivalent:Projection Technology: RGB liquid crystal
shutter projection system (3LCD)Brightness: 5,000lm or
aboveConnectivity: Network: Wired LAN: RJ45 x 1Wireless :
OptionalAnalog Input : D-Sub 15Pin: 2 (1 Blue, 1 Black)Composite :
1DigitalInput : HDMI: 2HDBASET (RX): N/AOutput Terminal: D-
Sub 15Pin: 1 (Black)Audio Input : RCA (White/Red): 1Stereo Mini
Jack: 2Audio Output: StereoMini Jack: 1ControlUSB Type B: 1 (for
USB Display, Mouse, K/B, Control, Firmware Update, Copy OSD
Settings)Contrast Ratio: 15,000:1Screen Size (Projected Distance):
Zoom : Wide: 50” - 300” [1.46 - 8.95 m]Zoom: Tele: 50” -300” [2.43 -
14.79 m]Operating Temperature: Below 2,286m / 7,500ft: 5 - 40 °C
<41 - 104 °F> Above 2,286m / 7,500ft (w/ High Altitude Mode): 5 - 35
°C <41 - 95 °F>Sound Output: 16W Power Consumption: (220 -
240V)Lamp On (Normal/Eco) : 405W / 323WNetworked Standby
(maximum) Energy Saving: 2.41W / 0.31WFan Noise (Normal/Eco)
: 39dB / 29dBLCD: Size: 0.76” (D10, C2 Fine)Native Resolution:
WUXGA (1920 x 1200)Projection Lens: Type: Optical Zoom
(Manual) / Focus (Manual)F-Number: 1.5 - 2.0Focal Length : 23 -
38.4 mmZoom Ratio: 1 - 1.6Throw Ratio: 1.38 - 2.28 (Wide to
Tele)Lamp: Type: LampLife (Normal / Eco)*1: 5,000 / 10,000 hours
(Minimum)Suitable for use in tropical country like BANGLADESH.
Complete with required accessories and in conformity to specified
certified.Warranty : Minimum 1 Year Accepted/approved by the
engineer-in-charge. [PWD-10.3.1]
12.57 MULTIMEDIA SCREEN Supply, installation, testing, commissioning
multimedia projector screen including all necessary accessories &
Warranty/Service Support of following technical specification or
equivalent:[PWD-10.4]
12.57.1 5' x 5' Motorized/ Electric screen[PWD-10.4.1.3] each 8,099.00 8,097.00 8,094.00 8,094.00
12.57.2 6' x 6' Motorized/ Electric screen[PWD-10.4.2.3] each 9,326.00 9,324.00 9,321.00 9,321.00
12.57.3 10'x7.5'Motorized/ Electric screen (Motorized 150" Diagonal)[PWD- each 20,369.00 20,368.00 20,364.00 20,364.00
10.4.5.2]
12.58 SOLAR SYSTEM
Page 407
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.58.1 OFF- GRID SOLAR PANEL SYSTEM : Supplying, installation, kWp 176,910.00 176,910.00 176,910.00 176,910.00
testing & commissioning of following capacity solar system (off grid)
for 2 Hrs backup with required quantities of mono / poly crystalline
silicon solar PV modules, Solar suited Deep Cycle Lead Acid battery
(12V), with required size maximum power point tracking
(MPPT)/PWM charge-controller & inverter as per relevant
international standards & certification such as IEC / CE / UL as per
following specification to produce AC- 220V, 50Hz pure sine wave for
suitable use of all standard AC appliances with battery racks /
cabinet, solar PV mounting structure, combiner box, fuse box, meter
etc. system includes compatible solar cables, equipotential bonded
and earthed with the building earth electrode which is conventional
and / or chemical electrode system and all accessories as required
to complete the installation with one year free operation &
maintenance of the system which shall have the following
features:SOLAR PV MODULES/PANEL:I. Parameters for PV
Panel should be at Standard Test Condition of solar irradiance of
1000 W/m2, Cell Temperature of 25 degree Celsius and AM of
1.5g.II. II. Solar PV module / panel shall be inconformity with the
requirement of BDS IEC 61215, IEC 61730 (latest edition) along
with VDE/NEMA/JIS/BS standards. Certificate issued by the
internationally recognized authority such as CE / TUV /DNV or
equivalent certifying body shall have to be submitted by the bidder for
the above mentioned international standard. Manufacturing facility
should be ISO9001, ISO14001 quality management system
certified.III. III. Solar panels shall be installed pointing to the right
direction to capture most of the solar energy to transform it into
electricity with the facility to be adjusted from the horizontal to 12
degree in summer and to 35 degree in winter to get the maximum
efficiency and must face the true south in our country. For fixed panel
mounting system, the panels must be tilted (22.5 ± 1) degree with
horizontal and must face the true south in BANGLADESH.IV. The
average efficiency of PV module should be minimum 17%.V. The
complete PV module shall be diode protected at junction box to
protect reverse current. VI. Operating temperature range should be -
40 to 85 Degree Celsius. VII. Power de-rating allowed should be not
more than (-0.41%)/Degree CelsiusVIII. Panels should be
constructed with anti-reflective glass, anti Potential Induced
Degradation(PID), IEC 61701IX. Modules fitted with anodized
aluminum frames or, if without frame, two-glass modules.X.
Resistance to a maximum pressure load of 5400 Pa and vacuum of
2400 Pa (according to BDS IEC 61215)XI. Each module will be
provided with a clearly visible identifier bearing the name, the model
of the module and a visual identification or a serial number which
allows the traceability of the date of manufacture in accordance with
standard NF EN 50380XII. Each combiner box of PV module shall
be diode protected to ensure any back flow current to the PV array
and may have fuse of adequate ratings in DC positive line of the
PV array and wire terminals. The main combiner box shall have
lightning surge protective device of as per nominal voltage of the
combiner box both in positive and negative line in order to ensure the
bypass diode always function even in thunder storm. The fuse, if
exists, shall also have disconnection switch .The box shall be
completely water proof according to IP 68. XIII. Product warranty
against manufacturing defects : minimum 12 years and their
replacement during this period.XIV. Performance warranty: linear
degradation, minimum 98% at 1 year, then linear with minimum 90%
at 10 years, and 80% at 25 yearsSolar panel from
Sunpro/Vikram/Saronic/Suntech/ULICA/Canadian Solar/JA
Solar/Trina Solar/Longi or equivalent.CHARGE
CONTROLLER:MPPT / PWM (Pulse Wave Modulator) solar charge
controller shall be protected from: I)Overcharge protection
(adjustable)II)Over discharge protection (for DC load and less than
200 Wp system)III)Battery reverse current protectionIV)Overloading
protectionV)Temperature compensated chargingVI)Short circuit
protection VII)Reverse polarity connection protectionVIII)Lightning
induced surge current protectionPower consumption should be less
than 20 mw. The controller should be microprocessor controlled with
wide input range, cooling fan temperature compensation (-3 to 7mV /
Page 408
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
cell / Celsius), more than one-step charging to provide quick and safe
charging for battery, 7 modes timer control (on / off DC load)
selectable, automatic etc. as required.IX .Power conversion
efficiency: 90%INVERTER:The Inverter is specially designed for DC
to AC power which provides pure sine wave. Supplier is allowed to
use Off Grid Inverter for designing the system keeping in mind that,
utility grid cannot be used for battery charging, they may use battery
bank for reference input. The inverter(s) shall comply with the
following requirements:I. Adopt power frequency transformed, pure
sine wave output, adapt to different load.II. Excellent protection
design against output short circuit, working reliably.III. High inverting
efficiency, energy saving and environmental protection.IV. LCD +
LED display show the working status clearly.V. Design,
manufacturing, performance, testing, safety, quality and
environmental management shall be in accordance to the BDS IEC
62109/BS/VDE or equivalent international standards.VI. Should
conform to ISO 9001, 14001 & 45001 standard. VII. The Inverter
manufacturer shall have at least 05 (five) years of experience,
nominal input voltage: 24/48V DC, output : 220V AC, output
waveform : pure / modified sine wave, self consumption : less than 1
(one) watt, Efficiency : 97% or higher at operating load range from
10% to 100% rated load, Energy source : Priority to solar then
battery.VIII. The Inverter shall be protected from lightning induced
current by surge protective device of adequate rating both in DC and
AC side in parallel at the entry and exit terminal of the inverter. The
inverter shall also be protected for overload and over current
protection from both DC and AC side. IX. Frequency ranges: 50-60
Hz, Relative humidity: 0- 95%, non- condensing, Operating
temperature range: 0- 55°C, Cooling method: Natural Convention,
Topology -Transformerless , Noise - <30dB , Protection – IP65.X.
Brand: Solar Inverter from SAJ/Solis/Huawei or
equivalentBATTERY:Solar suited Deep Cycle Lead Acid
battery(12V)Compliance : ISO9001 & ROHS (Restriction of
Hazardous Substances) certified company.ENERGY
METER:Supplying and installation of energy meters with following
features: I.Single phase / three phase (as per requirement)II.
Energy meter to be provided to record the amount of solar energy
provided from the solar system. GENERAL
GUIDELINE/CRITERIA:I. The bidder shall examine the site before
the design of solar system & its componentsII. The bidder shall
have facilities and proper tools and machineries for installing, testing
& commissioning of solar panel. III. Adequate space & height shall
be provided in the rows of panels for easy air flow to avoid excessive
heat generation in the panel and to provide access for rain water
drainage and damage to protect from dirty water. Minimum air gap
between two panels shall be 25 mm.IV.All frames of the PV module,
combiner box, inverter etc. shall be equipotential bonded and
earthed with the building earth electrode which is conventional and /
or chemical electrode system with soil conductivity enhancing
material that the earth resistance must be less than 1 Ohm as per
related standard and code of practice.V. The solar panel mounting
shall be of galvanized iron or equivalent to ensure rust protection of
the installation. All nut bolts shall be of stainless steel (SS) or
galvanized mild steel (MS) materials.VI. After successful completion,
testing & commissioning of the whole system the contractor shall
have to train nominated person(s) of the user for a period of at least
2 days.VII. After completion of whole system and before handing
over the system to the concerned authority, the contractor must have
to provide minimum 30 days' satisfactory operation for performance
evaluation.VIII. Technical specification with catalogue of PV module,
inverter must be submitted with technical offer.IX. Only approved
cable shall be used for wiring.X. Sufficient AC and DC circuit
breakers shall be used to ensure proper safety of the system.[PWD-
12.1]
Page 409
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12.58.2 ON - GRID SOLAR PANEL SYSTEM :Supplying, installation, testing kWp 132,426.00 132,426.00 132,426.00 132,426.00
& commissioning of solar power system (on grid / grid tie) with
required quantities of mono / poly crystalline silicon solar PV
modules, inverter, energy meter, etc. as per following standards,
specifications and certification. The system will be able to produce
power for supplying to grid with required compatible solar cables (DC
cables) and all necessary accessories to complete the installation
providing one-year free operation & maintenance of the system.
Solar system shall have to comply following specification:SOLAR
PV MODULE/PANEL:SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLAR PANEL:I.
Parameters for PV Panel should be at Standard Test Condition of
solar irradiance of 1000 W/m2, Cell Temperature of 25 degree
Celsius and AM of 1.5g. II. Solar PV module / panel shall be
inconformity with the requirement of BDS IEC 61215, IEC 61730
(latest edition) along with VDE/NEMA/JIS/BS standards. Certificate
issued by the internationally recognized authority such as CE / TUV
/DNV or equivalent certifying body shall have to be submitted by the
bidder for the above mentioned international standard.
Manufacturing facility should be ISO9001, ISO14001 quality
management system certified.III. Solar panels shall be installed
pointing to the right direction to capture most of the solar energy to
transform it into electricity with the facility to be adjusted from the
horizontal to 12 degree in summer and to 35 degree in winter to get
the maximum efficiency and must face the true south in our country.
For fixed panel mounting system, the panels must be tilted (22.5 ± 1)
degree with horizontal and must face the true south in
BANGLADESH.IV. The average efficiency of PV module should be
minimum 17%.V. The complete PV module shall be diode protected
at junction box to protect reverse current. VI. Operating temperature
range should be -40 to 85 Degree Celsius.VII. Power de-rating
allowed should be not more than (-0.41%)/Degree Celsius VIII.
Panels should be constructed with anti-reflective glass,anti PID, IX.
Modules fitted with anodized aluminum frames or, if without frame,
two-glass modules.X. Resistance to a maximum pressure load of
5400 Pa and vacuum of 2400 Pa (according to BDS IEC 61215)XI.
Each module will be provided with a clearly visible identifier bearing
the name, the model of the module and a visual identification or a
serial number which allows the traceability of the date of manufacture
in accordance with standard NF EN 50380XII. Each combiner box of
PV module shall be diode protected to ensure any back flow current
to the PV array and may have fuse of adequate ratings in DC
positive line of the PV array and wire terminals. The main combiner
box shall have lightning surge protective device of as per nominal
voltage of the combiner box both in positive and negative line in
order to ensure the bypass diode always function even in thunder
storm. The fuse, if exists, shall also have disconnection switch .The
box shall be completely water proof according to IP 68.XIII. Product
warranty against manufacturing defects : minimum 12 years and their
replacement during this period XIV. Performance warranty: linear
degradation, minimum 98% at 1 year, then linear with minimum 90%
at 10 years, and 80% at 25 years.Solar panel from
Sunpro/Vikram/Saronic/Suntech/ULICA/Canadian Solar/JA
Solar/Trina Solar/Longi or equivalent.INVERTER:The inverter shall
be suitable for using on grid / grid tie solar panel. The inverter shall
have following features: I. Inverter type: grid tie.II. Built in MPPT
charge controller. III. AC grid voltage 230 ± 5% (single phase)/
415v ± 5% (three phase) ACIV. AC grid frequency: 50±4 HzV.
Power factor: cosθ = 1.VI. Operating temperature range: -25°C to
60°CVII. Relative humidity: 0- 95%, non- condensing VIII. Total
harmonic distortion : <3%IX. Efficiency: minimum 95% X. Noise
<40 dB at 1m distance XI. Internal power consumption: <1 W for 1
kWp inverterXII. Communication port: RS 485 / RS 232 shall have
the option to be incorporated with remote monitoring system.XIII.
Degree of protection: according to IP65 and IEC 60529.XIV. Shall
have integrated AC Short Circuit Current ProtectionXV. Shall have
built in Anti Islanding protectionXVI. Shall have protection against
abnormal voltage and abnormal frequency.XVII. Shall have lightning
induced current protection by surge protective device of adequate
rating both in DC and AC side in parallel at the entry and exit terminal
Page 410
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
of the inverter. Shall also have over load and over current protection
from both DC and AC side. XVIII. Compliance: ISO9001 & ROHS
(Restriction of Hazardous Substances) certified company. XIX.
Test result from BUET or Institute of Renewable Energy, Dhaka
University for key specification items of solar inverter (self-
consumption, efficiency, solar priority, dual mode with auto switching,
power factor) shall be provided.XX. Brand: Solar Inverter from
SAJ/Solis/Huawei or equivalentENERGY METER:Supplying and
installation of energy meters with following features: I. Single phase /
three phase (as per requirement)II. Energy meter to be provided to
record the amount of solar energy provided from the solar system.
OPERATION AND MONITORING:Following scopes should be

included:I. Remote monitoring (web / smart phone based) using
available technology such as GSM/GPRS/Ethernet etc. II. Local
monitoring using LCD/LED display and data logger.III. Field
programmabilityGENERAL GUIDELINES/CRITERIA:I.The bidder
shall examine the site before the design of solar system & its
componentsII.The bidder shall have facilities and proper tools and
machineries for installing, testing & commissioning of solar panel.
III.Adequate space & height shall be provided in the rows of panels

for easy air flow to avoid excessive heat generation in the panel and
to provide access for rain water drainage and damage to protect from
dirty water. Minimum air gap between two panels shall be 25
mm.IV.All frames of the PV module, combiner box, inverter etc. shall
be equipotential bonded and earthed with the building earth
electrode which is conventional and / or chemical electrode system
with soil conductivity enhancing material that the earth resistance
must be less than 1 Ohm as per related standard and code of
practice. V. The solar panel mounting shall be of galvanized iron or
equivalent to ensure rust protection of the installation. All nut bolts
shall be of stainless steel (SS) or galvanized mild steel (MS)
materials. VI. After successful completion, testing & commissioning
of the whole system the contractor shall have to train nominated
person(s) of the user for a period of at least 2 days.VII. After
completion of whole system and before handing over the system to
the concerned authority, the contractor must have to provide
minimum 30 days' satisfactory operation for performance
evaluation.VIII. Technical specification with catalogue of PV module,
inverter must be submitted with technical offer.IX. Only approved
cable shall be used for wiring.X. Sufficient AC and DC circuit
breakers shall be used to ensure proper safety of the system.[PWD-
12.2]
Page 411
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 14 : Environmental and Occupational Safety Works

Section-01: Work Safety Facility
14.01.01 First Aid Box: Supplying, equipping and maintaining adequate first- LS
aid box throughout the working period at worksite and site office, and
erect conspicuous notice boards directing where these are situated
and providing all requisite emergency medical first aid kits, including
complying with the government medical or labour requirements at all
times, and provide, equip and maintain necessary dressing kits
throughout the working period for attending minor injuries, etc. all
complete as per requirement and full satisfaction of Engineer-in-
charge. Payment will be made after 100% completion of the contract
successfully.
14.01.02 Drinking Water Facilities: Providing continuous adequate drinking LS
water supply at worksite and site office as well by installing
necessary tube-well/s where applicable or any other means
depending on local situation, also providing essential arrangement
for storing drinking water by supplying portable best quality water
tank equivalent to Gazi/Padma of adequate capacity depending on
the number of users, including supplying 1 (one) no. best quality
water filter of minimum capacity 30 liters with necessary kits, etc. all
complete as per satisfaction and direction of the Engineer-in-charge,
all relevant goods and equipment under this item shall be property of
the contractor and payment will be made after 100% completion of
the contract successfully.
14.01.03 Temporary Toilet Facilities: Providing at least two nos. portable LS
toilets or constructing temporary semi pucca toilets with two pit latrine
one for female worker and another for male worker at worksite and
workers accommodation site in a safe location, so that no adverse
impact will generate on the surrounding environment, including
providing requisite arrangement for water supplying etc. All complete
as per drawing, specification, direction and satisfaction of the
Section-02: Site Cleaning, Removal and Disposal
14.02.01 Site Cleaning, Removal and Disposal Activity: Cleaning and LS
maintaining at all times, keeping the construction area, storage
areas used, free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish,
with necessary arrangement for collecting at a central disposal area,
on a daily basis and disposing in a manner approved and
satisfaction by the Engineer, especially waste water and sewage
from office, residential and mobile camps shall be piped to soak
pits or other disposal areas, all used fuels, oils, other plant or
vehicle fluids, old tyres, tubes, other solid waste from household,
office, workshop, construction materials, etc. to be kept at safe
places and any spillages shall be cleaned up by either burning in
place or collecting the contaminated soils and burning them at the
central disposal area, including removing all waste, debris, rubbish,
unused materials, concrete forms and other like material, tools,
equipment, machinery and surplus/ unwanted materials buried or
cleaned up in a manner acceptable to the Engineer after completion
of work etc. all complete as per requirement and full satisfaction of
Engineer-in-charge. Payment will be made after 100% completion of
the contract successfully
14.02.02 Hazards and Hazardous Materials: Handling Storing and store LS
hazardous materials in accordance with the following requirements:
Hazardous materials shall be stored above flood level and at least 20
m from any watercourse; Hazardous liquid substances (e.g. petrol,
diesel, oils) shall be stored on top of sealed plastic sheets in a
secure, flat enclosed area. Bund walls shall be at least 25 cm high.
Page 412
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14.02.03 Waste Disposal Facilities: Providing, installing and maintaining at LS
least 2 (two) nos. waste collection bins one for organic waste and
other for inorganic waste of minimum capacity of 30liters with hinge
supported 450mm dia cover plate for opening, made of durable
plastic material at worksite, both bins will be kept in a safe and easily
accessible place, so that will easy to use and no adverse impact will
generate on the surrounding environment, including continuing the
full functioning of waste disposal(buried/incineration) in accordance
with the full satisfaction of the project manager throughout the
contract period, all complete as per drawing, specification and
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Entire relevant accessories and
arrangements under this item shall be property of the contractor and
payment will be made after 100% completion of the contract
successfully.
Section-03: Pollution Control
14.03.01 Control of Water Pollution: Providing necessary arrangement to LS
prevent entrance, or accidental spillage, solid matter, contaminants,
debris, garbage, cement, concrete, sanitary waste, oil, other
petroleum products, pollutants and wastewaters from aggregate
processing, concrete batching, or other construction operations into
streams, flowing or dry watercourses, lakes, and underground water
sources for ensuring water quality, including monitoring pH value,
dissolved oxygen (DO), biochemical oxygen demand (BOD),
chemical oxygen demand (COD), total dissolved solids (TDS), etc,
including concerned tests to be carried out three times (before,
during and end of physical work) from any laboratories approved by
PM, all complete as per requirement and full satisfaction of Engineer-
in-charge. Payment will be made after 100% completion of the
contract successfully.
14.03.02 Control of Air Pollution (Dust Suppression): Maintaining, carrying out LS
proper and efficient measures wherever and as often as necessary
to reduce dust nuisance, and to prevent dust which has originated
from contractor’s activities/ operations at the worksite and site office,
including sprinkling water on aggregates/unpaved roads at least
three times a day or more depending on the atmospheric conditions,
including keeping necessary covering/protection on stockpiled fine
aggregates to reduce dust nuisance during natural air blowing, all
complete like emission of dust into the atmosphere shall be
strictly controlled during manufacture, handling, storage of concrete,
road aggregates, and to be used such methods and equipment as
are necessary for collection and disposal, or prevention, of dust
during these operations means of eliminating atmospheric
discharges of dust as per requirement and carrying out air quality test
as PM10, PM25, SPM, NOx, Sox as per instruction of Engineer-in-
successfully.
14.03.03 Control of Soil Pollution: Providing appropriate controlling measures LS
to prevent entrance, or accidental spillage, solid matter,
contaminants, debris, garbage, cement, concrete, sanitary waste, oil,
other petroleum products and wastes into soil to avoid soil pollution
at worksite and to evade emission of high concentration of sediments
into wetlands, swampy areas and other particular sensitive areas, all
complete as per requirement and full satisfaction of Engineer-in-
Section-04: Work Site Maintenance and Management
14.04.01 Rehabilitation of ancillary sites Facilities: Rehabilitation of ancillary LS
sites Facilities including stockpile sites, brick crushing sites, borrow
areas, work force camps site office, etc. to the entire satisfaction of
the Engineer.
Page 413
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14.04.02 Traffic Management: Maintaining traffic management at worksite LS
from time of commencement of contractor’s activities to time of
completion activities, including ensuring that the road is safe for
users, providing a safe working area for those involved in work on
trafficked network and minimizing any disruption to smooth flow of
traffic (this includes providing necessary barricades, warning
signs/lights, guide signs, flagmen, maintaining diversion roads by
cutting, filling, constructing, etc. or by any other means) in
accordance with the full satisfaction of the Engineering-in-charge,
unless specified otherwise, including keeping provision for existing
traffic and pedestrian movements in such a way as to assure that a
single lane at least 3.0m wide is available for public traffic at all
times (including access to properties and local roads) affected by the
contractor’s activities shall be maintained at all times (day & night),
including removal of all temporary constructions on completion of the
activities, etc. all complete as per requirement and instruction of
14.04.03 Construction Machinery and Vehicles:Giving trial run of the trial LS
machinery and vehicles for ascertaining that their emissions and
noise levels conform to the standards stipulated by the GoB (ECR
1997). Contractor shall regularly maintain construction machinery
and vehicles so that emissions, vibrations and noise levels conform
to GoB's relevant standards. LGED staff shall ensure that Contractor
adheres to these requirements throughout the construction period.
Section-05: Personal Protection Safety
14.05.01 Personal Protection Equipment for Workers: Providing and LS
maintaining appropriate (safe design, fit and comfort) personal
protection equipment (PPE) to ensure the highest possible protection
for employees in establishing and maintaining a safe and healthful
working environment at workplace, including demonstrating,
providing training on proper understanding and development of skill
in the use of PPE, including supplying (i) best quality safety jacket for
construction workers made of 100% polyester waterproof fabric,
fluorescent yellow/orange/green/red/blue or pantone color, (ii)
suitable hand protection gloves for construction work of Flexible/
durable/ excellent puncture resistance working gloves with PVC palm
and T/C drill back, pasted cuff, palm liner and fit properly and be
reasonably comfortable to wear, (iii) appropriate foot protection
shoes having impact-resistant toes and heat-resistant soles that will
protect the feet against hot working surfaces, (iv) best quality safety
helmets of ABS shell, tough, lightweight, durable which will be able to
resist penetration by objects, absorb the shock of a blow and water-
resistant and slow burning with available four-six-point adjustable
suspension for shock-absorbing, slotted sides to accommodate
accessories, such as face shields, ear muffs
(v) suitable eye protection goggles to protect against specific
workplace hazards, fit properly and be reasonably comfortable to
wear, provide unrestricted vision and movement, including instructing
workers to wear strictly during working time and reviewing
periodically, updating, evaluating the effectiveness of PPE and
maintaining, replacing worn or damaged PPE etc. all complete as per
requirement and full satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Payment will
Page 414
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Chapter - 15 : Fire Detection & Protection System

15.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHER
15.01.1 DRY CHEMICAL POWDER TYPE
Supply & fixing of the following capacities multi purpose ABC dry
chemical powder stored pressure type with manometer system fire
extinguisher suitable for repeated use complete with wall bracket,
Nitrogen (N2) cartridge, easy refilling system etc. as per sample
accepted & approved by the Engineer in Charge.Mono Ammonium
Phosphate (minimum 40%) based ABC dry chemical agent & has a
moisture-proof, anti-caking properties. Working pressure : 12 BAR
minimum & Test pressure : 25 BAR minimum. Proper fire rating (as
per NFPA 10/BS/EN) according to the capacity of the extinguisher.
Manufacturer’s certificate shall have to be submitted if needed. Also
sample of the dry chemical powder will be tested by the proper
authority in Bangladesh if needed.
15.01.1.1 1 Kg. capacity. (PWD E/M 14.1.1.1) Each 1,142.00 1,142.00 1,139.00 1,139.00
15.01.2 CARBON-DI-OXIDE TYPE
Supply & fixing of the following capacities Carbon-di-Oxide stored
pressure type with manometer system fire extinguisher suitable for
repeated use complete with wall bracket, CO2 cartridge, easy
refilling system etc. as per sample accepted & approved by the
Engineer in Charge. Working pressure : 12 BAR minimum & Test
pressure : 25 BAR minimum. Proper fire rating (as per NFPA 10 / BS
/ EN) according to the capacity of the extinguisher. Manufacturer’s
certificate shall have to be submitted if needed. Also sample of the
Carbon-di-Oxide will be tested by the proper authority in Bangladesh
if needed.
15.01.3 FOAM TYPE
Supply & fixing the following capacity foam type with manometer
system fire extinguisher suitable for repeated use complete with wall
bracket, easy refilling system etc. as per sample accepted &
approved by the Engineer in Charge. Working pressure: 12 BAR
minimum & Test pressure : 25 BAR minimum. Proper fire rating (as
per NFPA 10 / BS / EN) according to the capacity of the extinguisher.
Manufacturer’s certificate shall have to be submitted if needed. Also
sample of the foam type extinguisher will be tested by the proper
authority in Bangladesh if needed.
15.01.3.1 9 Liter capacity. (PWD E/M 14.1.3.1) Each 3,756.00 3,755.00 3,751.00 3,751.00
15.01.4 ACCESSORIES OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Providing & fixing of the following parts of fire extinguisher as per
sample accepted/approved by the Engineer in Charge.
15.01.4.1 Trigger. (PWD E/M 14.1.4.1) Each 184.00 184.00 184.00 184.00
15.01.4.2 Hose pipe (PWD E/M 14.1.4.2) Each 344.00 344.00 344.00 344.00
15.01.4.3 Nipple with nozzle (PWD E/M 14.1.4.3) Each 135.00 135.00 135.00 135.00
15.01.4.4 Cartridge up to 6 Kg. (PWD E/M 14.1.4.4) Each 1,104.00 1,104.00 1,104.00 1,104.00
15.01.4.5 ABC powder. (PWD E/M 14.1.4.5) kg 196.00 196.00 196.00 196.00
15.01.4.6 Carbon-di-Oxide recharge (PWD E/M 14.1.4.6) kg 227.00 227.00 227.00 227.00
15.01.4.7 Foam (PWD E/M 14.1.4.7) liter 215.00 215.00 215.00 215.00
Page 415
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.01.5 FIRE BALL Each 1,841.00 1,841.00 1,841.00 1,841.00
Supply of 1.25 Kg Fireball with bracket filled with Non-Toxic Mono
Ammonium Phosphate of minimum 40 grade (fire class C). (PWD
E/M 14.1.5)
15.01.6 FIRE BLANKET Each 1,411.00 1,411.00 1,411.00 1,411.00
Supply and fixing of fire proof emergency Fire Blanket made of fire
glass cloth . Dimension of the blanket should be minimum 6' × 6' .
Working temperature is minimum 550⁰ C. (PWD E/M 14.1.6)
Page 416
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.02 FIRE WATER PUMP (Engine Driven) With Controller
Supply , installation , testing & commissioning of UL listed and FM

approv diesel engine driven fire pump complete with all related &
essential accessories including control panel, listed casing relief
valve and vacuum & pressure gauge at the suction and discharge
side of pump respectively. The manufacturing company must have
manufacturing experience of minimum 30 years . The pump shall be
designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 20 standard. Each
unit shall be UL listed and FM approved. It should be compatible
with BMS supported UL listed and FM approved control panel.
Type:
Pumps shall be of the non-overloading, centrifugal, horizontally split /
End Suction type allowing discharge of the liquid without disturbing
the pipe connections and operating at not over 3000 rpm. Pumps
shall be selected for a total efficiency of not less than 65%. Pump
performance curves shall be submitted for approval together with the
pump technical data. Pump performance Curves shall be conformed
to NFPA 20.
DIESEL ENGINE:
The diesel engine shall be UL listed and FM approved suitable for
rated pump capacity. The engine shall rated at standard conditions
for 500 ft above sea level at 29.4°C by the testing laboratory. The
engine shall be of a reputed manufacturer from which spare parts
can be obtained locally. The engine shall be provided with an
adjustable governor capable of regulating engine speed with a range
of 10% between shut-off and maximum load conditions of the pump.
The governor shall be set to maintain the rated pump speed at
maximum pump load. Engines shall be provided with an over speed
shutdown device.
BATTERY & CHARGER:
The engine shall be provided with two maintenance free storage
battery units, each having sufficient capacity, at 5°C (41°F) to
maintain cranking speed recommended by the engine manufacturer
through a 6 min cycle. Two means for recharging shall be provided.
One shall be the generator furnished with the engine.The other shall
be an automatically controlled charger taking power from the building
power supply.
FUEL TANK:
The fuel tank shall be as per manufacturer's recommendation with
rigid frame. Fuel tank shall have capacity of at least equal to 1 gallon
per horsepower plus 5% volume for expansion. Fuel tank shall be
equipped with fuel supply line, return line, fill, drain, overflow, air vent
and sight glass.
COOLING SYSTEM & ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE :
The engine shall be provided with close circuit cooling water
circulation system. The exhaust pipe shall be galvanized steel sized
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The
exhaust pipe shall be as short as possible.
CONTROLLER :
The controller shall be UL listed & FM approved and BMS supported
, completely assembled and wired from the factory. The controller
shall be 12 volt / 24 volt., and shall be complete with all necessary
components and accessories.The controller shall be operable
automatically on sensing low pressure in the system and shall be
provided with a pressure-actuated switch having independent high &
low calibrated adjustments. The switch shall be responsive to water
pressure in the fire protection system. The pressure-sensing element
of the switch shall be capable of momentary surge pressure of 300
psi (minm) without loosing its accuracy, suitable provision shall be
made for relieving pressure to the pressure actuated switch to allow
testing of the operation of the controller and the pumping unit.
15.02.01 Fire Pump End Suction (500 GPM, 9 BAR) (PWD E/M 14.2.1) Each 3,268,857.00 3,268,857.00 3,268,857.00 3,268,857.00
Page 417
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.02.09 Fire Pump Split Case (1000 GPM, 9 BAR) (PWD E/M 14.2.9) Each 4,127,794.00 4,127,794.00 4,127,794.00 4,127,794.00
15.03 FIRE WATER PUMP (Motor driven) with controller
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of UL listed and FM
approved electrically driven centrifugal type end suction / split case
Fire Water Pump manufactured according to globally accepted
international standard, shall be complete with skid mounted, coupled
with motor, safety cover etc. The manufacturing company must have
manufacturing experience of minimum 30 years. Motor shall be 420V
/ 3 phase / 50 HZ / 2900 rpm / Class F insulation / Enclosure IP55.
Motor capacity shall be as per NFPA 20 and performance curve
(from manufacturer) shall be provided to verify pump
performance.Pumps shall be of the non-overloading allowing
discharge of the liquid without disturbing the pipe connections and
operating at not over 3000 rpm. Pumps shall be selected for a total
efficiency of not less than 65%.
Electric Motor:
The electric motor shall be UL listed and FM approved suitable for
rated pump capacity. Motor shall be 380V-420V / 3 phase / 50 HZ /
2900 rpm / Class F insulation / Enclosure IP55. Motor capacity shall
be as per NFPA 20 and performance curve (from manufacturer)
shall be provided to verify pump performance. The motor shall
rated at standard conditions for 500 ft above sea level at 29.4°C by
the testing laboratory. The motor shall be of a reputed manufacturer
from which spare parts can be obtained locally. The motor shall be
provided with an constant motor speed with a range of 10% between
shut-off and maximum load conditions of the pump. Starting current
of motor shall not exceed 2.5 times of rated current.
Controller:
The controller shall be UL listed and FM approved, BMS supported
complete with MCCB / MCB / magnetic contactor / on-off push switch
/ indication lamp for phase indication, run, trip mode / ampere meter /
volt meter / overload selector switch / phase failure protection device
/ dry operation protection device / volt guard / connector block / bus-
bar / CT of rated capacity / ventilation fan / buzzer / cable lugs / and
all other accessories. The panel shall be well dressed in side for
safety purpose and for looking good.The panel shall be suitable for
3-phase 400 ± 5% volt 50Hz power supply. The panel shall be with
auto/manual mode to operate the pumps controlled by pressure
sensors. For fire pump the panel shall have option to start the pump
automatically and stop shall be manual.Enclosureof the panel shall
be made with 16 SWG sheet steel and shall be painted with powder
coating of red color approved as Fire code. Door of the panel shall
be swing type with locking arrangement. Knob of main MCCB shall
be extended in front screen. The panel shall be wall mounted type
with fixing arrangement properly.The panel shall be manufactured in
accordance with standard code of practice as NFPA/ NEMA / IEC /
VDE / BS standards comprising of required capacity.
Page 418
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.04 JOCKEY PUMP with controller
(Pressure maintenance pump)
JOCKEY PUMP
Supply, installation of multistage jockey pump manufactured in
accordance with globally accepted international standard or fire
hydrant system to keep a certain pressure in water distribution
system. The manufacturing company must have manufacturing
experience of minimum 30 years. Pump shall be completed with
motor suitable to meet performance curve of the pump. The motor
shall be 420V / 3 phase/ 50 HZ / 2900 rpm.
Controller:
The controller shall be UL listed / FM approved, BMS supported
complete with MCCB / MCB / magnetic contactor / on-off push switch
/ indication lamp for phase indication, run, trip mode / ampere meter /
volt meter / overload selector switch / phase failure protection device
/ dry operation protection device / volt guard / connector block / bus-
bar / CT of rated capacity / ventilation fan / buzzer / cable lugs / and
all other accessories. The panel shall be well dressed in side for
safety purpose and for looking good.The panel shall be suitable for
3-phase 400 ± 5% volt 50Hz power supply. The panel shall with
auto/manual mode to operate the pumps controlled by pressure
sensors. . For jockey pump the panel shall be suitable to start-stop
the pump automatically controlled by pressure sensor.Enclosure of
the panel shall be made with 16 SWG sheet steel and shall be
painted with powder coating of red color approved as Fire code. Door
of the panel shall be swing type with locking arrangement. Knob of
main MCCB shall be extended in front screen. The panel shall be
wall mounted type with fixing arrangement properly.The panel shall
be manufactured in accordance with standard code of practice as
NFPA/ NEMA / IEC / VDE / BS standards comprising of required
capacity.
(NB: pressure of jockey pump will be equal to the pressure of fire

pump)
15.04.01 Jockey Pump (20 GPM, 9 Bar) (for 500 GPM Fire pump) (PWD E/M Each 208,598.00 208,598.00 208,598.00 208,598.00
14.4.1)
14.4.2)
14.4.3)
Page 419
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14.4.4)
14.4.5)
14.4.6)
14.4.7)
14.4.8)
14.4.9)
15.04.10 Jockey Pump (40 GPM, 10 Bar) (for 1000 GPM Fire pump) (PWD Each 282,221.00 282,221.00 282,221.00 282,221.00
E/M 14.4.10)
E/M 14.4.11)
E/M 14.4.12)
15.04.13 Jockey Pump (50 GPM, 9 Bar)(for 1250 GPM Fire pump) (PWD Each 269,951.00 269,951.00 269,951.00 269,951.00
E/M 14.4.13)
E/M 14.4.14)
E/M 14.4.15)
E/M 14.4.16)
15.05 FIRE BRIGADE CONNECTION : 2 – WAY Each 36,811.00 36,811.00 36,811.00 36,811.00
Supply and installation of LPCB/ Kitemark certified 2-way fire brigade
connection complete in all respect with all accessories. The unit
shall have two Inlet connections of 2½" (63mm) male instantaneous
with non-return valve and having 4" dia (100mm) flanged type outlet
directly connected with stand pipe. It will have also one 25mm dia
drain valve for drainage of water, rubber blank cap and chain for
protection. Outlet 100mm dia shall be as per BS/EN or equivalent
and shall be suitable to withstand pressure of 20kg/cm². It shall be
suitable for using with Fire service & civil defence department of
Bangladesh. (PWD E/M 14.5)
15.06 FIRE BRIGADE CONNECTION : 4 – WAY Each 61,352.00 61,352.00 61,352.00 61,352.00
Supply and installation of LPCB/ Kitemark certified 4 - way fire
brigade connection complete in all respect with all accessories. The
unit shall have four Inlet connections of 2½" (63mm) male
instantaneous with non-return valve and having 6" dia (150mm)
flanged type outlet directly connected with stand pipe. It will have
also one 25mm dia drain valve for drainage of water, rubber blank
cap and chain for protection. Outlet 150mm dia shall be as per
BS/EN. Or equivalent and shall be suitable to withstand pressure of
20kg/cm². It shall be suitable for using with Fire service & civil
defence department of Bangladesh. (PWD E/M 14.6)
15.07 FIRE HYDRANT UNIT (1½" dia) :
Each 1½" dia fire hydrant unit shall be complete with the following
components and accessories.
15.07.01 HOSE ANGLE VALVE (LANDING VALVE) : 1½" dia Each 14,479.00 14,479.00 14,479.00 14,479.00
Supply and installation of hose angle valve of 1½" (40mm) shall be
made with brass . The angle valve shall be UL Listed / FM approved
certified and working pressure shall be minimum 300 psi. Inlet shall
be threaded end type. (PWD E/M 14.7.1)
Page 420
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.07.02 FIRE HOSE : 1½" dia Each 16,565.00 16,565.00 16,565.00 16,565.00
Supply & installation of Single Jacket fire hose of 38mm dia 30
meter long with hose rack frame & nipple suitable to install inside the
hydrant cabinet. The hose shall conform to NFPA 1961 . The hose
shall be UL Listed / FM approved. Working pressure & burst test
pressure shall be not less that 200 psi & 600 psi respectively, shall
be made with special quality EPDM rubber as internal lining, suitable
to withstand heat and polluted water, heat and abrasion resistance.
Jacketting shall be made up of 100% polyester for extra strength.
Hose shall be 30meter long in a single length and shall be with
aluminium alloy body instantaneous male coupling in one end other
end with instantaneous female coupling. Color of the hose pipe shall
be white. (PWD E/M 14.7.2)
15.07.03 Jet / spray nozzle: 1½" dia Each 7,730.00 7,730.00 7,730.00 7,730.00
Supply & installation of UL listed / FM approved Jet/ spray nozzle
having 40mm dia with male instantaneous coupling or shall be
connected to the male/ female instantaneous coupling of 38mm hose
pipe . The nozzle shall be operable in three modes: jet - spray - shut
off. The nozzle shall be light weight and easy operable. Construction
of the nozzle shall be of brass & Working pressure shall be not less
than 100 psi.Test pressure shall be minimum 230 psi(16 bar) . Flow
Capacity of nozzle shall not be less than 100 GPM @ 100 psi.
Nozzle shall be installed inside the cabinet. (PWD E/M 14.7.3)
15.08 FIRE HYDRANT UNIT (2½" dia):
Each 2½" dia fire hydrant unit shall be complete with the following
components and accessories.
15.08.1 HOSE ANGLE VALVE (landing valve) : 2½" dia Each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
Supply and installation of Hose angle valve of 2½" (63mm) shall be
made with brass & shall conform to NFPA 1961/BS. The angle
valve shall be UL Listed / FM approved or LPCB/Kitemark certified
and working pressure shall be 300 psi. Inlet shall be threaded end
type/ flange type. Inlet shall be installed inside the hydrant cabinet.
Coupling shall be suitable for using with Fire service & civil defence
department of Bangladesh. (PWD E/M 14.8.1)
15.08.2 FIRE HOSE : 2½" dia Each 23,314.00 23,314.00 23,314.00 23,314.00
Supply of fire hose of 2½" (63mm) dia 30 meter long with/ without
hose rack frame & nipple suitable to install inside the hydrant cabinet.
The hose shall conform to NFPA 1961/BS. The hose shall be UL
listed / FM approved or LPCB/Kitemark certified. Working pressure
& burst test pressure shall be not less that 200 psi & 600 psi
respectively, shall be made with special quality EPDM rubber as
internal lining, suitable to withstand heat and polluted water, heat
and abrasion resistance. Jacketting shall be made up of 100%
polyester for extra strength.Hose shall be 30 meter long in a single
length and shall be with aluminium alloy body instantaneous male
coupling in one end and other end with instantaneous female
coupling. Color of the hose pipe shall be white/red. Coupling shall
confirm to BS336 & comply with Fire service & civil defence
department of Bangladesh. (PWD E/M 14.8.2)
15.08.3 JET / SPRAY NOZZLE : 2½" dia Each 11,780.00 11,780.00 11,780.00 11,780.00
Supply & installation of UL listed / FM approved or LPCB/ Kitemark
certified Jet/ spray nozzle having 65mm dia with male instantaneous
coupling or shall be connected to the female instantaneous coupling
of 65mm hose pipe . The nozzle shall be operable in three modes:
jet - spray - shut off. The nozzle shall be light weight and easy
operable. Construction of the nozzle shall be of brass & Working
pressure shall be not less than 100 psi.Test pressure shall be
minimum 230 psi(16 bar) Flow Capacity of nozzle shall not be less
than 250 GPM @ 100 psi. Nozzle shall be installed inside the
cabinet. (PWD E/M 14.8.3)
Page 421
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.09 PILLAR HYDRANTPILLAR HYDRANT : DOUBLE HEAD Each 17,179.00 17,179.00 17,179.00 17,179.00
Supply and installation of cast Iron body double headed pillar hydrant
complete with 2 (two) nos. cast brass made controllable outlet of 65
mm dia with female instantaneous outlet, Inlet shall be 100 mm dia
flanged end. It should be LPCB/ Kitemark certified. The hydrant shall
be suitable to withstand test pressure of 300 psi (minimum). Color of
the unit shall be red / approved by the manufacturer or as per code.
Pillar hydrant Shall be BS standard& comply with Fire service & civil
defense department of Bangladesh. (PWD E/M 14.9)
15.10 STEEL CABINETFabrication, supply & installation of hydrant
cabinet of suitable size (as per site measurement and requirement /
recommended by the Engineering to accommodate landing valve,
hose, nozzle and coupling. The cabinet shall be with swing type door
with or without breakable glass. The cabinet shall be made with 18
SWG sheet steel, powder coated of red color. Country of origin:
Locally fabricated.
15.10.1 Class - I cabinet ( for 2.5'' hose rack assembly) (PWD E/M 14.10.1) Each 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00
15.10.2 Class - II cabinet ( for 1.5'' hose rack assembly) (PWD E/M 14.10.2) Each 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00
15.10.3 Class - III cabinet ( for 1.5'' hose rack assembly & 2.5 hose angle Each 15,952.00 15,952.00 15,952.00 15,952.00
valve/ landing valve) (PWD E/M 14.10.3)
15.10.4 Outdoor hydrant box for pillar hydrant (PWD E/M 14.10.4) Each 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00
15.11 BLACK STEEL PIPE , 40 SCHEDULE:
Supply and installation of ERW / seamless schedule 40 black steel
pipe of API 5L/ASTM A53 standard . The pipe work shall be included
with welded type tee, elbow, reducer etc. and also hangers / supports
etc completed. Pipe work (over ground) shall be painted with red
oxide primer. Underground pipes should be laid after wrapping with
approved PVC tape. Pipe wall thickness shall be as per mentioned
diameters.
15.11.01 250 mm (10 inch) dia,wall thickness: 8.2mm (PWD E/M 14.11.1) ft. 3,804.00 3,804.00 3,804.00 3,804.00
15.11.02 200 mm (8 inch) dia, wall thickness: 8.2mm (PWD E/M 14.11.2) ft. 3,313.00 3,313.00 3,313.00 3,313.00
15.11.05 80mm (3 inch) dia, wall thickness: 5.5mm (PWD E/M 14.11.5) ft. 1,718.00 1,718.00 1,718.00 1,718.00
15.11.06 65 mm (2½ inch) dia, wall thickness: 5.2mm (PWD E/M 14.11.6) ft. 1,166.00 1,166.00 1,166.00 1,166.00
15.11.07 50 mm (2 inch) dia, wall thickness: 3.9mm (PWD E/M 14.11.7) ft. 724.00 724.00 724.00 724.00
15.11.08 40 mm (1½ inch) dia, wall thickness: 3.7mm (PWD E/M 14.11.8) ft. 607.00 607.00 607.00 607.00
15.11.09 32 mm (1.25 inch) dia, wall thickness: 3.6mm (PWD E/M 14.11.9) ft. 504.00 504.00 504.00 504.00
15.11.10 25 mm (1inch) dia, wall thickness: 3.4mm (PWD E/M 14.11.10) ft. 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00
15.11.11 20 mm (3/4 inch) dia, wall thickness: 2.9mm (PWD E/M 14.11.11) ft. 362.00 362.00 362.00 362.00
15.11.12 12 mm (1/2 inch) dia, wall thickness: 2.8mm (PWD E/M 14.11.12) ft. 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00
15.12 SS PIPE :
Supply and Installation of Stainless Steel TP304/304L grade Pipe
for Fire pumps pressure sensing line. The pipe work shall be
included with welded type tee, elbow, reducer etc.
Standard ASTM, ASME, DIN, EN, ISO,JIS.
15.12.1 SS Pipe for Sensing line 20 mm (3/4 inch) dia, (PWD E/M 14.12.1) ft. 472.00 472.00 472.00 472.00
15.12.2 SS Pipe for Sensing line 12 mm (1/2 inch) dia, (PWD E/M 14.12.1) ft. 368.00 368.00 368.00 368.00
Page 422
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.13 VALVES & FITTINGS
GATE VALVES
Supply & installation of valves & fittings complies with ANSI, flange /
groove type, temperature range: 0⁰C-80⁰C; working pressure: 300
PSI minimum, valve body as per ASTM A536, 65-45-12 standard, UL
Listed / FM approved.
OS & Y GATE VALVES

15.13.1 250 mm (10 inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.13.1) Each 92,029.00 92,029.00 92,029.00 92,029.00
15.13.6 65 mm (2½ inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.13.6) Each 24,541.00 24,541.00 24,541.00 24,541.00
15.14 RESILIENT SWING CHECK VALVES :
15.15 Y-STRAINERS
15.16 FOOT VALVE WITH STRAINER

15.17 ANTI VORTEX PLATE
Page 423
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.18 FLEXIBLE JOINT :
Supply & installation of flexible joint complies with ANSI, temperature
range: 0⁰C-80⁰C ; working pressure: 200 PSI minimum, valve body
as per ASTM A536, 65-45-12 standard, UL Listed / FM approved.
15.19 BALL VALVES CLASS : PN16
Supply & installation of ball valves complies with ANSI, temperature
range: 0⁰C-80⁰C ; working pressure: 200 PSI minimum, valve body
as per ASTM A536, 65-45-12 standard, UL Listed / FM approved.
15.19.4 25 mm (1inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.19.4) Each 2,700.00 2,700.00 2,700.00 2,700.00
15.19.5 20 mm (¾ inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.19.5) Each 1,779.00 1,779.00 1,779.00 1,779.00
15.19.6 12 mm (½ inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.19.6) Each 957.00 957.00 957.00 957.00
15.20 PRESSURE GAUGE : Each 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00
Supply and installation of 3.5'' - 4” dial type pressure gauges
including supply of all accessories and consumable. The range shall
be 0-300 psi, UL Listed / FM approved.
(PWD E/M 14.20)
15.21 PRESSURE SWITCH Each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
Supply, installation and testing of pressure switch complete with
sensing element, enclosure material, 15 mm NPT pressure
connection, direct mounting electrical connection, other material etc.
accepted / approved by the Engineer. It shall be UL Listed / FM
approved. (PWD E/M 14.21)
15.22 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Supply, installation and testing pressure relief valve to automatically
relieve excess pressure in fire protection pumping systems. Valve
body as per ASTM A536 65-45-12 and available pressure relief
range 100-300 PSI. Inlet / outlet shall be flanged / threaded end type,
UL Listed / FM approved.
15.22.3 80 mm (3.25 inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.22.3) Each 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00
15.23 WASTE CONE

Supply & installation of flange type waste cone. Two sight glasses
extending from the center of the waste cone allow users to observe
the flow of water and ensure that the system's pumps and other
components are working correctly. The size of the waste cone shall
be selected as per main relief valve out line: UL Listed / FM approved.
15.23.1 200 x 300 mm (8 x 10 inch) dia (PWD E/M 14.23.1) Each 116,570.00 116,570.00 116,570.00 116,570.00
15.24 AUTO AIR-VENT VALVE Each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
Supply & installation of auto air vent valve of 1 inch (25mm) dia .
The valve shall be suitable to release air from the fire hydrant pipes.
Shall be suitable to withstand pressure up to 10kg/cm². It shall be UL
Listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.24)
Page 424
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.25 FLOW SWITCH
Supply & installation of flow switch of leaf type suitable for installation
of water hydrant pipe. The flow shall sense flow of water within pipe
and send signal to water flow monitoring panel. Flow switch shall be
under control of water flow supervisory panel to ensure the hydrant
operation. Power supply shall be 24VDC. The flow switch shall be UL
Listed / FM approved.
15.25.1 200 mm dia (PWD E/M 14.25.1) Each 25,768.00 25,768.00 25,768.00 25,768.00
15.25.2 150 mm dia (PWD E/M 14.25.2) Each 25,768.00 25,768.00 25,768.00 25,768.00
15.25.3 100 mm dia (PWD E/M 14.25.3) Each 24,541.00 24,541.00 24,541.00 24,541.00
15.25.4 80 mm dia (PWD E/M 14.25.4) Each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
15.25.5 65 mm dia (PWD E/M 14.25.5) Each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
15.25.6 50 mm dia (PWD E/M 14.25.6) Each 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00
15.26 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE : 40mm dia Each 17,179.00 17,179.00 17,179.00 17,179.00
Supply & installation of pressure reducing valve of 1½" (40mm) dia,
brass body, screwed end type, shall be used with 40mm dia internal
hydrant unit (where to reduce high pressure is necessary). Valve
body shall be made with hot pressed brass, seat of stainless steel
ANSI304 shall be suitable for 80°C. Initial pressure shall be 15 bar,
adjustable final pressure shall be 0.5bar (min), 7bar (max),UL Listed /
FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.26)
15.27 SPRINKLER HEAD
Supply & installation of sprinkler head of 1/2" in diameter nominal
orifice, K-factor 5.6 chrome finish glass bulb type. Temperature rating
68˚C for general area others area shall be specified as per
requirement. Sprinkler head shall be UL Listed / FM approved or
Installation shall be as per NFPA 13.
15.27.1 Pendent type (with escutcheon / rochette plate ) (PWD E/M 14.27.1) Each 2,086.00 2,086.00 2,086.00 2,086.00
15.27.2 Up-right type (PWD E/M 14.27.2) Each 1,902.00 1,902.00 1,902.00 1,902.00
15.27.3 Side wall type (with escutcheon / rochette plate ) (PWD E/M 14.27.3) Each 2,331.00 2,331.00 2,331.00 2,331.00
15.28 SPRINKLER ALARM CHECK VALVE
Supply & installation of sprinkler alarm check valve (wet riser type)
The valve shall be actuated by breaking of sprinklar glass bulb. The
valve shall be UL Listed / FM approved .
15.28.1 8" alarm check valve (PWD E/M 14.28.1) Each 171,787.00 171,787.00 171,787.00 171,787.00
15.29 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE FOR SPRINKLER
Supply & installation of Pressure Reducing Valve to limit the pressure
below the working pressure of Sprinkler, UL Listed / FM approved.
15.29.1 8" Pressure Reducing Valve (PWD E/M 14.29.1) Each 269,951.00 269,951.00 269,951.00 269,951.00
15.30 ZONE CONTROL VALVE
Supply & installation of zone control valve to get the notification of
water flow from any fire zone on a combination of butterfly valve with
tamper switch, flow switch, pressure gauge and test & drain valves.
All accessories shall be UL Listed / FM approved.
15.30.1 6" zone control valve set (PWD E/M 14.30.1) Each 88,347.00 88,347.00 88,347.00 88,347.00
15.30.4 2.5" zone control valve set (PWD E/M 14.30.4) Each 61,352.00 61,352.00 61,352.00 61,352.00
Page 425
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.31 FLOW METER Each 196,328.00 196,328.00 196,328.00 196,328.00
Supply & installation of Grooved / Flanged end type flow meter to
measure the amount of liquid passing through the venturi of the flow
meter in order to measure the performance of Pump. Range shall be
minimum 0 -2500 GPM. It shall be UL Listed / FM approved. (PWD
E/M 14.31)
15.32 TEMPER SWITCH Each 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00 18,406.00
Supply & installation of Temper Switch to monitor the open position
OS&Y type gate valve as per NFPA 20. The temper switch shall be
mounted conveniently to OS&Y Gate Valves ranging in size from 2"-
8", UL Listed / FM approved.Temper Switch for 2''- 8'' OS&Y Gate
Valve. (PWD E/M 14.32)
15.33 GAS SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
GAS CYLINDER WITH CLEAN AGENT GAS
Supply & fixing UL/FM approved seamless cylinder with FK-5-1-12/
HFC-227ea clean agent gas for gas suppression system, complete
with pressure gauge, valve assembly and necessary accessories
with a safety burst disc and a safety cap etc in conformity with NFPA
2001. Cylinder shall be seamless steel type manufactured from
billets & tested. The cylinder/valve assembly shall have suitable
metallic protection for the valve enabling transportation cylinders
safely. The cylinder shall be super-pressurized with dry Nitrogen to
25 bar. The cylinder shall be capable of withstanding any
temperature between -30° C & 70°C. All cylinders shall be distinctly
& permanently marked with the quantity of agent contained, the
empty cylinder weight, the pressurization pressure & the zones they
are protecting. Storage pressure: 25 bar; Test pressure: From 150
bar to 300 bar.Cylinder should include Syphon tube and Support
base/ Strap, complete with Valve Assembly and pressure gauge.The
valve assembly shall be mounted directly on the cylinder & should
NOT have any adapter provision between the cylinder & valve as per
requirements. Each cylinder valve shall have a provision for fixing a
supervisory pressure switch & a safety burst disc to protect the
cylinder from over pressure. The cylinder valve shall have a disabling
plug to prevent accidental discharge of the valve during
transportation & installation. Each Valve is to be fitted with a pressure
gauge for monitoring loss of pressure. The master cylinder valve is to
be released electrically which is performed by means of a solenoid
valve arrangement. Pilot cylinder actuation & pneumatic devices shall
be used only for Slave Cylinder.
The Clean agent gas is stored in seamless steel cylinders & dry
nitrogen is added to provide additional energy to give the required
rapid discharge.
Purity (%)of Clean Agent: 99.99, Applicable Fire Class: Class A, B &
C fires. Pressure range :25 bar; Clean agent gas should be UL
Listed/ FM Approved.
NB: Procuring entity shall mention only one type of clean agent gas
(either FK-5-1-12 or HFC-227ea) based on design consideration.
15.33.1 20 Liter capacity. (PWD E/M 14.33.1) Each 380,385.00 380,385.00 380,385.00 380,385.00
15.33.6 120 Liter capacity. (PWD E/M 14.33.6) Each 1,121,522.00 1,121,522.00 1,121,522.00 1,121,522.00
15.33.7 140 Liter capacity. (PWD E/M 14.33.7) Each 1,263,860.00 1,263,860.00 1,263,860.00 1,263,860.00
Page 426
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.34 CLEAN AGENT GAS (REFILLING) KG 6,749.00 6,749.00 6,749.00 6,749.00
Supply of FK-5-1-12/ HFC-227ea Clean agent gas suitable for
storing in seamless steel cylinders & dry nitrogen is added to provide
additional energy to give the required rapid discharge. Purity (%)of
Clean Agent : 99.99, Applicable Fire Class: Class A, B & C fires.
Pressure range :25 bar; Clean agent gas should be UL Listed/ FM
Approved .
NB: Procuring entity shall mention only one type of clean agent gas
(either FK-5-1-12 or HFC-227ea) based on design consideration.
(PWD E/M 14.34)
15.35 NOZZLE
Supply & fixing the discharge nozzles are designed to provide the
proper flow rate and distribution of clean agent Gas to total floor of
hazardous area. It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved.
15.35.1 12.5 mm dia (1/2 Inch)360o (PWD E/M 14.35.1) Each 1,841.00 1,841.00 1,841.00 1,841.00
15.35.2 19 mm dia (3/4 Inch)360o (PWD E/M 14.35.2) Each 2,209.00 2,209.00 2,209.00 2,209.00
15.35.3 25 mm dia (1 Inch) 360o (PWD E/M 14.35.3) Each 3,068.00 3,068.00 3,068.00 3,068.00
15.35.8 25 mm dia (1 Inch),180o (PWD E/M 14.35.8) Each 2,454.00 2,454.00 2,454.00 2,454.00
15.36 RELEASE CONTROL PANEL
Providing & fixing Release control panel for gas suppression system
complete with battery and all other necessary accessories. Each unit
shall be UL Listed/ FM Approved.
15.36.1 2 Zone (PWD E/M 14.36.1) Each 92,029.00 92,029.00 92,029.00 92,029.00
15.36.2 4 zone (PWD E/M 14.36.2) Each 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00
15.37 ABORT SWITCH Each 10,430.00 10,430.00 10,430.00 10,430.00
Supply and installation of Abort Switch used to momentarily interrupt
the release circuit signal when the control unit is in the alarm
condition. As long as the abort pushbutton is held in, the fire
suppression system will not release. It should be UL Listed/ FM
Approved. (PWD E/M 14.37)
15.38 MANUAL RELEASE SWITCH Each 10,430.00 10,430.00 10,430.00 10,430.00
Supply & installation of manual release switch with all necessary
accessories. It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M 14.38)
15.39 MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE Each 19,019.00 19,019.00 19,019.00 19,019.00
Supply & installation of 2" Manifold Check Valve installed at the
discharge manifold. It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M
14.39)
15.40 DISCHARGE HOSE Each 17,792.00 17,792.00 17,792.00 17,792.00
Supply & installation of Discharge Hose 2" of minimum 3-meter long.
It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M 14.40)
15.41 MASTER CYLINDER ADAPTER KIT Each 3,681.00 3,681.00 3,681.00 3,681.00
Supply & installation of Master Cylinder Adapter Kit to actuate the
Slave Cylinder. It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M
14.41)
15.42 PILOT HOSE/ FLEXIBLE ACTUATION HOSE Each 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00
Supply & installation of Pilot Hose/ Flexible Actuation Hose of
minimum 3-meter-long (Minimum dia of actuation hose 1/4" or as per
manufacturer recommendation). It should be UL Listed/ FM
Approved. (PWD E/M 14.42)
Page 427
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.43 MANIFOLD SUPERVISORY SWITCH/ MONITOR SUPERVISORY Each 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00 14,725.00
SWITCH
Supply & installation of Manifold Supervisory Switch/ Monitor
Supervisory Switch. It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M
14.43)
15.44 PNEUMATIC RELEASE DEVICE / PRESSURE OPERATED Each 20,246.00 20,246.00 20,246.00 20,246.00
CONTROL HEAD (FOR SLAVE CYLINDER)
Supply & installation of Pneumatic Release Device / Pressure
Operated Control Head which allows for pressure actuation slave
cylinders and is mounted directly on top of the slave cylinders’ valve.
It should be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M 14.44)
15.45 ELECTRO MAGNETIC RELEASE DEVICE OR ELECTRIC Each 30,676.00 30,676.00 30,676.00 30,676.00
CONTROL (FOR MASTER CYLINDER)
Supply & installation of Electro Magnetic Release Device or Electric
Control Head operated electrically from the Detection & Control
System or locally with a manual lever on the control head. It should
be UL Listed/ FM Approved. (PWD E/M 14.45)
15.46 TWIN FLASHING LIGHT Each 8,589.00 8,589.00 8,589.00 8,589.00
Supply and installation of UL Listed/ FM Approved Twin Flashing
Light. (PWD E/M 14.46)
15.47 BALANCING, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF FIRE HYDRANT
SYSTEM.
15.47.1 For level : 1 to 6 (PWD E/M 14.47.1) Each 30,676.00 30,124.00 28,038.00 28,038.00
15.47.2 For next floor add (PWD E/M 14.47.2) Each 6,135.00 6,025.00 5,608.00 5,608.00
15.48 CONVENTIONAL TYPE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM
CONVENTIONAL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELS:
Supply and installation of conventional fire alarm control panel of
following capacity with power supply unit, batteries and other
accessories. The panel shall be complete with zone indicating LED,
fault indication and optional telephone jack etc. The panel shall have
input 220V AC and output 24V DC. Panel shall be confirmed UL
listed / FM approved.
15.48.1 08 zone capacity (PWD E/M 14.48.1) Each 86,568.00 86,568.00 86,568.00 86,568.00
15.49 INITIATING DEVICES Each 3,259.00 3,259.00 3,259.00 3,259.00
SMOKE DETECTOR (CONVENTIONAL TYPE)
Supply and installation of conventional smoke detector complete with
base. Shall be UL listed / FM approved. Shall have built-in alarm
LED. Power supply shall be 24V DC. (PWD E/M 14.49)
15.50 HEAT DETECTOR (CONVENTIONAL TYPE) Each 3,259.00 3,259.00 3,259.00 3,259.00
Supply and installation of conventional heat detector complete with
base. Shall be UL listed / FM approved. Shall have built-in alarm
LED. Power supply shall be 24VDC. (PWD E/M 14.50)
15.51 MANUAL CALL POINT Each 3,463.00 3,463.00 3,463.00 3,463.00
Supply and installation of conventional type manual call point like
break glass switch or single action pull station complete with back
box and all other accessories and consumables. Power supply shall
be 24V DC. It shall be UL listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.51)
15.52 NOTIFICATION DEVICES
15.52.1 FIRE ALARM BELL Each 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00
Supply and installation of conventional type fire alarm bell of 150mm
dia , red color, shall be UL listed / FM approved . Power supply
shall be 24V DC. Sound level shall be not less than 92 dBA @ 3
meter. Color of the bell shall be red. (PWD E/M 14.52.1)
Page 428
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.52.2 HORN Each 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00
Supply and installation of conventional type horn for notification
purpose suitable to produce electronic sound level of 87 to 95 dBA
@ 3 meter complete with back box, red color, shall be UL listed / FM
approved. Power supply shall be 24V DC. Color of the device shall
be red. (PWD E/M 14.52.2)
15.52.3 HORN WITH STROBE 4,908.00 4,908.00 4,908.00 4,908.00
Supply and installation of conventional type horn with strobe for
notification purpose complete with back box, suitable to produce
electronic sound level of 87 to 95 dBA @ 3 meter and illumination
shall be not less than 75 candela red color shall be UL listed / FM
approved. Power supply shall be 24V DC. (PWD E/M 14.52.3)
15.53 Balancing, testing & commissioning of fire detection & alarm system
by the competent engineer, technical personnel and provide training
to the PWD personnel to operate the system perfectly and safely.
(PWD E/M 14.53)
15.53.1 For 8 zone (PWD E/M 14.53.1) Each 30,676.00 30,124.00 28,038.00 28,038.00
Page 429
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.54 ADDRESSABLE TYPE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM
ADDRESSABLE TYPE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
Supply & installation of addressable type fire alarm control panel
complete with following basic options. Master controller assembly /
CPU shall be suitable with port to add voice alarm system / fire
fighter telephone system / Printer / remote annunciator etc. FACP
must be comply with internationally accepted standard.
Addressable fire alarm control panel shall be complete, non-coded,

addressable, microprocessor based with the ability to communicating
with initiating devices, notification appliances, and monitoring and
control devices.
Annunciation:
Operation of alarm and supervisory initiating devices shall be
annunciated at the FACP indicating the location and type of device.
Environmental compensation :
The FACP shall maintain a moving average of the sensor's smoke
chamber value to automatically compensate for dust, dirt, and other
conditions that could affect detection operations or shall maintain the
dust status of the detector.
Programmable sensitivity :
Sensitivity of the detector shall be adjusted if needed.The FACP
shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire
system upon loss of normal AC power in a normal supervisory mode
for a period of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm operation at the end
of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to battery
standby upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging
operations shall be automatic.
Battery :
Sealed lead-acid. Provide sufficient capacity to operate the complete
alarm system in normal or supervisory (non-alarm) mode for a period
of 24 hours. Following this period of operation on battery power, the
battery shall have sufficient capacity to operate all components of the
system, including all alarm indicating devices in alarm or supervisory
mode for a period of 5 minutes.
Power supply (input power) shall be 240V AC. All circuits requiring
system-operating power shall be 24 V DC and shall be individually
fused at the control unit.The incoming power to the system shall be
supervised so that any power failure will be indicated at the control
unit. A dedicated LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming
power is present. In the absence of main power, LED will change its
status.The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery
or depleted battery condition or disconnection of the battery shall be
indicated at the control unit and displayed for the specific fault type.
The system shall support 100% of addressable devices in alarm or

operated at the same time, under both primary (AC) and secondary
(battery) power conditions.
Loss of primary power shall sound a trouble signal at the FACP.
FACP shall indicate when the system is operating on an alternate
power supply.
Product data sheets for system components highlighted to indicate
the specific products, features, or functions required to meet this
specification. Alternate or as-equal products submitted under this
contract must provide a detailed line-by-line comparison of how the
submitted product meets, exceeds, or does not comply with this
specification.
Wiring diagrams, Shop drawings showing system details including

location of FACP, all devices, circuiting and details of graphic
annunciator.
System power and battery charts with performance graphs and

voltage drop calculations to assure that the system will operate as
per the prescribed backup time periods and under all voltage
conditions as per UL and NFPA standards.
System operation description including method of operation and
supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of operations for all
Page 430
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. A list
of all input and output points in the system shall be provided with a
label indicating location or use of IDC, NAC, relay, sensor, and
auxiliary control circuits.
Alarm silence, system reset and priority to reset global and individual
point acknowledge. Set system time and date and clear event log,
individual point access for control or parameter revisions.
Cabinet shall be lockable steel enclosure. Arrange unit so all
operations required for testing or for normal care and maintenance of
the system are performed from the front of the enclosure. If more
than a single unit is required to form a complete control unit, provide
exactly matching modular unit enclosures.
Operation and maintenance data for inclusion in operating and
maintenance manual. Include data for each type product, including
all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual.
Provide the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of service
organizations.
Operating ambient temperature range: 0° to 45°C (minimum)

Operating humidity range: Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F
(32° C) minimum
Approvals: UL listed / FM approved.
15.54.1 FACP (Fire alarm control panel) up to 150 devices. (PWD E/M Each 337,438.00 337,438.00 337,438.00 337,438.00
14.54.1)
15.54.2 FACP 151-250 devices. (PWD E/M 14.54.2) Each 392,656.00 392,656.00 392,656.00 392,656.00
15.55 REPEATER PANEL / REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR Each 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00
Supply & installation of repeater panel / remote LCD annunciator with
the same "look and feel" as the FACP operator interface. The
remote LCD annunciator shall use the same primary acknowledge,
silence, and reset keys, status LEDs and LCD display as the FACP.
Annunciator shall have super-twist LCD display with two lines of 20
characters each (Minimum). Annunciator shall be provided with
programmable control switches and associated LEDs. Under normal
conditions the LCD shall display a "SYSTEM IS NORMAL" or
equivalent message or indicate normal status without trouble as per
manufacturer design.
It Should be capable of detecting an abnormal condition and in this
case, the appropriate LED (alarm, supervisory or trouble) shall flash.
The unit audible signal shall pulse for alarm conditions and sound
steady for trouble and supervisory conditions.The LCD shall display
the following information relative to the abnormal condition of a point
in the system.
Operator keys shall be the key switch enabled to prevent
unauthorized use. The key shall only be removable in the disabled
position. Acknowledge, silence and reset operation shall be the
same as the FACP.
Voltage: 20 to 32 VDC, system supplied

Operating ambient temperature range shall be : 0° to 45°C(Minimum)
Operating humidity range: 0% to 93% RH Non Condensing
(Minimum)
The panel shall be fixed on wall with surface mount Box.
Page 431
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.56 CENTRAL MONITORING AND CONTROL STATION (AS AND Each 674,877.00 674,877.00 674,877.00 674,877.00
WHEN REQUIRED):
Supply & installation of software based total monitoring and control in
a single point of workstation (PC based) over a single network
system.
The intuitive interface displays building floor plans and includes clear,
concise instructions on what actions must be taken for both fire and
non-fire events, customizable screens and multiple configuration
option to facilitate set up, minimize operator training and allow you to
adapt the system to your needs.When responding to an event, a
coordinated response can save lives and preserve property. The
system broadcasts encrypted, real-time voice instructions to a single
facility or to multiple locations worldwide using an IP network
connection. The system should provide be the following
facilities:Supports digital alarm communicator receiver interface for
monitoring of remote fire alarm control panel.Graphic editing mode
allows for on-site or off-site programming of floor plan screens,
devices and navigational butts.
Redundant hard drives for enhanced survivability.

Email notification.Windows based plform.
Certification: UL listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.56)
15.57 ADDRESSABLE MULTI DETECTOR / MULTI SENSORS Each 7,976.00 7,976.00 7,976.00 7,976.00
Supply & installation of addressable multi-sensors, shall include with
photoelectric / optical smoke sensing and heat sensing technologies
complete with standard base. An alarm shall be determined by
either smoke detection, with selectable sensitivity or heat detection,
selectable as fixed temperature or fixed with selectable rate-of-rise;
or based on an analysis of the combination of smoke and heat
activity as per NFPA 72.
The detector shall be self-restoring: detectors do not require resetting

or readjustment after actuation to restore normal operation.No
special tools shall be required to remove head once it has been
connected with base. Removal of the detector head shall cause a
trouble signal at the control unit.Except false ceiling, detector base
shall be fixed with gang box in any other ceiling as per manufacturer
instruction.In alarm condition, the sensor LED shall be on steady or
have Bicolor (green/red) status LED Each sensor shall be scanned
by the Control Unit for its type identification to prevent inadvertent
substitution of another sensor type. Upon detection of a wrong /
unprogrammed device, the control unit shall operate with the
installed device at the default alarm settings for that sensor but shall
indicate a unprogrammed device trouble condition.Detector shall
have at least Two level of dirty detector warning. Detector Shall have
non volatile memory to store the data of Sensitivity values, troubles,
etc.Detector shall have listed spacing capacity of minimum 30 fe.
Operating ambient temperature range shall be : 0° to

45°C(Minimum)Shall be suitable for humidity range: 0% to 93% RH
Non Condensing (Minimum)
Housing color shall be frost white.
Approvals : UL listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.57)
Page 432
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.58 ADDRESSABLE TYPE PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR Each 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00
Supply & installation of addressable type photoelectric / Optical
smoke detector c/w standard Base.
have Bicolor (green/red) status LED Each sensor shall be scanned
by the Control Unit for its type identification to prevent inadvertent
substitution of another sensor type. Upon detection of a wrong /
unprogrammed device, the control unit shall operate with the
installed device at the default alarm settings for that sensor but shall
indicate a unprogrammed device trouble condition.Detector shall
have listed Spacing Capacity of 30 Feet.Detector shall have at least
Two level of dirty detector warning. Detector shall have non volatile
memory to store the data of Sensitivity values, troubles, etc.Detector
having a unique identification shall communicate status to the FACP.
Detector shall have at least two sensitivity settings.Removal of the
sensor head for cleaning shall not require the setting of address.
Operating ambient temperature range shall be minimum: 0° to

45°C(Minimum)
Shall be suitable for humidity range: 10% to 95% RH
Housing color shall be Frost White or equivalent.
Smoke sensor ambient ratings : Air velocity(Minimum) 0-2000 ft/min
(0-610m/min) for non Optical Smoke Detector
15.59 ADDRESSABLE TYPE HEAT DETECTOR: Each 5,522.00 5,522.00 5,522.00 5,522.00
Supply & installation of addressable type heat detector with the
combination of fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise heat detection.

have Bicolor (green/red) status LED Detector shall have listed
Spacing Capacity of 50 Feet.The heat sensors of fixed temperature
sensing shall be independent of rate-of-rise sensing and
programmable to operate at 130°F or 140°F (Minimum). Sensor rate-
of-rise temperature detection shall be selectable at the FACP for 15°
F per minute (Minimum).Detector having a unique identification shall
communicate status to the FACP. Removal of the sensor head for
cleaning shall not require the setting of addresses.Detector shall
have non volatile memory to store the data of Sensitivity values,
troubles, etc.

Shall be suitable for humidity range: 0% to 93% RH Non Condensing
(Minimum)
Housing color shall be frost white.
Approvals: UL listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.59)
Page 433
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.60 ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATION (MPS)
Supply & installation of addressable type manual call station of red
color. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so
until manually reset by opening with a key common with the control
units.
Shall be with compact construction, suitable to electronics module

enclosure minimizes dust infiltration. Allows mounting in standard
electrical boxes. Screw terminals for wiring connections.Activation of
the MPS will required a firm downward pull to activate the alarm
switch. The pull lever latches into the alarm position and remains
extended out of the housing to provide a visible indication.

Humidity range: 93% RH(minimum) at 100°F (38°C)
Housing color shall be red with white raised lettering.
Housing and pull lever shall be made with lexan polycarbonate or
equal.
The MPS shall be semi-flash / surface mount type.
Approvals: UL listed/FM approved.
15.60.1 Addressable manual pull station : Single action (PWD E/M 14.60.1) Each 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00
15.60.2 Addressable manual pull station : Double action (PWD E/M 14.60.2) Each 9,816.00 9,816.00 9,816.00 9,816.00
15.61 ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION DEVICES

15.61.1 ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION DEVICE (HORN ONLY): Each 5,522.00 5,522.00 5,522.00 5,522.00
Supply & installation of addressable type audible horn for notification
purpose shall contain an electronic module and a selectable address
setting. The device shall be suitable to program the high / low setting
of the audible (horn) appliances. The horn shall be red color with /
without "FIRE" lettering.
Addressable horn shall be UL listed / FM approved. The horn shall

be suitable to produce sound pressure level of 89 dBA @ 24VDC at
low level as per NFPA Standard. The horn shall suitable to mount
directly to a standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical
box, without the use of special adapter or trim rings.
Shall have suitable operating ambient temperature range : 0° to

45°C (Minimum)
Humidity range: Minimum 93% RH at 100°F (38°C)
Approvals : UL listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.61.1)
15.61.2 ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION DEVICE (STROBE ONLY) Each 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00
Supply & installation of addressable type notification device for visual
notification purpose . It shall contain an electronic module and a
selectable address setting. The strobe shall be red color with /
without "FIRE" lettering. The Strobe shall be selectable at 15, 30,
75, or 110
Shall have suitable operating temperature range : 0° to 45°C

(Minimum)
(PWD E/M 14.61.2)
Page 434
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.61.3 ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION DEVICE (HORN WITH STROBE) Each 7,976.00 7,976.00 7,976.00 7,976.00
Supply & installation of addressable type audible horn with strobe for
notification purpose shall contain an electronic module and a
selectable address setting. The device shall be suitable to program
the high / low setting of the audible (horn) appliances. The horn shall
be red color with / without "FIRE" lettering.
Addressable horn shall be UL listed / FM approved . The horn shall

be suitable to produce sound pressure level of 89 dBA @ 24VDC at
low level as per NFPA Standard. The horn shall suitable to mount
directly to a standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical
box, without the use of special adapter or trim rings.

45°C (Minimum)
Approvals : UL listed / FM approved.
The Strobe shall be selectable at 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd (PWD E/M
14.61.3)
15.62 ADDRESSABLE MODULES Each 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00 6,135.00
ISOLATOR MODULE / FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE
Supply & installation of addressable type isolator / fault Isolator
module, shall be used in the field wiring between the devices to
detect & isolate the devices at the time short circuit in SLC. The
module shall be suitable to provide communications isolation to
improve installation convenience and increase the system integrity.
Isolation will be automatically activated when an output short circuit is
detected (also be suitable for manual operation for isolation and
troubleshooting for wiring problems).
The device shall be suitable for indoor use only.

Shall have suitable operating ambient temperature range: 0° to 45°C
(Minimum)
15.63 ADDRESSABLE-CONVENTIONAL INTERFACE MODULE Each 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00
Supply & installation of addressable - conventional interface module

shall be used in the field wiring to connect the conventional Initiating
devices with the addressable FACP interfaces to make the system
convenient as when as required (configured by the service provider).
The module shall be suitable for single address to the FACP on

receiving signal from any conventional initiating device. The device
shall be suitable for indoor use ly.

45°C (Minimum)
15.64 ADDRESSABLE RELAY / CONTROL MODULE Each 6,381.00 6,381.00 6,381.00 6,381.00
Supply & installation of addressable relay / control module shall be
used to interfaces with control / operate dampers, motors or similar
appliances on receiving signal from the FACP as when as required
(configured by the service provider). The device shall be suitable for
indoor use only and shall be with ba box.

45°C (Minimum)
Page 435
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.65 ADDRESSABLE INPUT/MONITOR MODULE Each 6,871.00 6,871.00 6,871.00 6,871.00
Supply & installation of addressable input / Monitor module shall be

used to monitor the status of the required appliances as per NFPA
and send signal to the FACP as when as required (configured by the
service provider). The device shall be suitable for indoor use only
and shall be with back x.

45°C (Minimum)
15.66 ADDRESSABLE INPUT/MONITOR MODULE Each 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00
Supply & installation of addressable input / Monitor module shall be

used to monitor the status of the required appliances as per NFPA
and send signal to the FACP as when as required (configured by the
service provider). The device shall be suitable for indoor use only
and shall be with bk box.

(Minimum)
15.67 TELEPHONE JACK Each 3,681.00 3,681.00 3,681.00 3,681.00
Supply & installation of Telephone Jack for two-way communication

or Fire Telephone system shall be integrated with FACP using
addressable input signal module. The telephone jack shall be semi-
flash / surface mount type and use Gang box or Back box. The
portable telephone can be configured to provide either Three-state or
Four state as per NFPA.The device shall be suitable for indoor use
only and shall be with babox.

(Minimum)
(PWD E/M 14.67)
15.68 PORTABLE TELEPHONE HANDSET Each 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00 7,362.00
Supply & installation of portable Telephone Hand set. Portable

telephone handset is an emergency telephone that provides two-way
communication during a fire. Color of the telephone handset shall be
Black/Red.

(Minimum)
(PWD E/M 14.68)
Page 436
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.69 FIREFIGHTER TELEPHONE CONTROL UNIT Each 147,246.00 147,246.00 147,246.00 147,246.00
Supply & installation of firefighter telephone control unit that contains

the master telephone handset that provides an analog telephone
riser for two-way communications between the fire command station
and firefighter’s telephone stations installed in the facility.The Fire
telephone unit features an alphanumeric display that indicates both
incoming and connected calls. Up to five remote telephones may be
connected to the riser simultaneously. The fire command center
operator can also use the telephone circuit as a page source,
permitting paging via the telephone system.

(Minimum)
(PWD E/M 14.69)
15.70 REMOTE BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY Each 134,975.00 134,975.00 134,975.00 134,975.00
Supply & installation of Remote Booster Power designed to augment

fire alarm audible and visual power requirements as well as provide
power for auxiliary and security applications as per NFPA 72.The
Remote Booster Power Supply is a self-contained 24 Vdc power
supply. The booster contains all of the necessary circuits to monitor
and charge batteries, control and supervise Two Class B or One
Class A NAC circuits (Minimum) and monitor two controlling inputs
from external sources. Minimum Capacity of remote Booster power
shall be not less than 6A.

(Minimum)
(PWD E/M 14.70)
15.71 DUCT DETECTOR Each 21,473.00 21,473.00 21,473.00 21,473.00
Supply & installation of Duct Detector to install inside the supply or

return air duct as per NFPA 72.Sampling tube can be installed with
or without the cover in place and can be rotated in 45-degree
increments to ensure proper alignment with duct airflow. Shall have
facility of remote Test Station for each detector.Shall have
environmental compensation with differential sensing for reliable,
stable, and drift-free sensitivity
Shall have operating ambient temperature range from -15°C to 60°C

with 100 ft/min. to 3500 ft/min air velocity rating which assures
reliability under harsh environmental conditions.Humidity range:
Minimum 93% RH Non CondensingApprovals : UL listed / FM
approved. (PWD E/M 14.71)
Page 437
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.72 ADDRESSABLE BEAM DETECTOR (FOR 25 FT AND ABOVE Each 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00 122,705.00
HEIGHT):
Supply & installation of addressable Beam Detector with Reflector

which is uniquely suited for protecting open areas with high ceiling,
where other methods of smoke detection are difficult to install and
maintain. It is to be used with compatible control panes only and
maintenance and test requirements of NFPA 72.
The beam detector consists of transmitter / receiver unit and

reflector. when smoke enters the area between the unit and the
reflector, the smoke causes a reduction in the signal. when the
smoke level reaches the predetermined threshold, an alarm is
activated. The beam detector protection range is minimum 16 feet
on both sides of the transmitter / receiver unit and minimum 320 feet
from transmitter to reflector and shall include a digital display for easy
alignment & built in automatic gain control which compensates for
signal deterioration from dust build-up.
Operating ambient temperature range: - 30°C to 55°C,

operating humidity range: 10 to 95% RH non condensing.
(PWD E/M 14.72)
15.73 VERY EARLY DETECTION SYSTEM / ASPIRATION DETECTION
SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE TYPE) (AS WHEN REQUIRED) :
Supply & installation of addressable type Aspiration detection / Very

early detection system including controller, pipe and accessories to
provide very early warning and best nuisance alarm rejection, higher
stability, increased longevity and particle characterization. Direct
imaging the sampled particles using a CMOS imager combined with
multiple photo-diodes allow vastly more data about the observed
particles for a wide range of applications as per the guideline of the
NFPA 72.An intelligent detector connects to the SLC loop of
compatible intelligent fire alarm control panels using flash scan
protocol to communicate up to five levels of events for display and
use in control-by event system programming.
Operating conditions (Ambient: 0⁰ C to 39⁰ C, Sampled air: -20⁰C to

60⁰C, Humidity: 5% to 955 RH, non-condensing) IP rating:
IP40.Piping design should be completed using software based
design tools (as per manufacturer recommendation). Pipe Length:
Linear: maximum 100 m and Branched maximum 130 m. Pipe size:
25mm diameter.Approvals : UL listed / FM approved.
15.73.1 Area Coverage 250 m2 (PWD E/M 14.73.1) Each 411,061.00 411,061.00 411,061.00 411,061.00
15.74 ADDRESSABLE BACnet / Modbus INTERFACE MODULE: Each 104,299.00 104,299.00 104,299.00 104,299.00
Supply & installation of addressable BACnet/Modbus Interface

Modules for connecting Building Management System with the main
Fire Alarm Control Panels as per NFPA 72 standard. Approvals: UL
listed / FM approved. (PWD E/M 14.74)
15.75 Programming, testing & commissioning of addressable type fire
alarm system by the competent engineer, technical personals and
provide training to the pwd personals to operate the system perfectly
and safely.
15.75.1 FACP for up to 150 addressable devices. (PWD E/M 14.75.1) Each 92,029.00 90,372.00 84,114.00 84,114.00
15.75.2 FACP for 151-250 addressable devices. (PWD E/M 14.75.2) Each 122,705.00 120,496.00 112,152.00 112,152.00
Page 438
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.76 Supply and installation of "Exit light" complete with rechargeable Each 3,681.00 3,681.00 3,681.00 3,681.00
battery and charge light and other necessary accessories suitable
for AC / DC power supply (220V single phase) as per NFPA 101.
(PWD E/M 14.76)
15.77 Supply and installation of "Evacuation light" complete with Each 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00 4,295.00
rechargeable battery and charge light and other necessary
accessories suitable for AC / DC power supply (220V single phase)
as per NFPA 101. (PWD E/M 14.77)
15.78 SIGNALING CABLE WITH PVC CONDUIT & ACCESSORIES
Surface conduit wiring with the following FPLR/ FPLP/ FPL type UL
listed / FM Approved / LPCB Approved cable. PVC Insulation for
each core shall be FR (Fire Rated) & Drain wire, shield (Aluminum
Foil tape/ PET tape) shall meet the minimum requirement as per
NEC (National Electric Code) or NFPA 70 or BS. Jacket shall be Fire
Rated. All electrical contacts shall be of brass / copper connected
through connector or soldering (no twisting shall be allowed) . The
work shall be carried out as per direction & approval of the Engineer
in charge.
15.78.1 2C-1.5 sqmm (FPLR/ FPLP/ FPL ) cable with 1.5 sqmm (FR) ECC meter 239.00 239.00 239.00 239.00
wire through PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 25 mm having wall
thickness of 1.5 mm. (PWD E/M 14.78.1)
15.78.2 2C-2.5 sqmm (FPLR/ FPLP/ FPL ) cable with 2.5 sqmm (FR) ECC meter 313.00 313.00 313.00 313.00
wire through PVC pipe of minimum inner dia 25 mm having wall
thickness of 1.5 mm. (PWD E/M 14.78.2)
15.79 FIRE RATED DOOR sqm 55,217.00 55,217.00 55,217.00 55,217.00
Supply & Installation of UL Listed /FM Approved Fire Rated Door

completed with Panic Bar. The door shall be made with 1.5mm thick
sheet steel painted with approved red color over a coat of primer.
Thickness of the leaf shall be 40mm and filled with fire proof /
resisting materials of minimum two hours rated.
The Panic bar shall be Horizontal type, UL Listed/ FM approved

made of Aluminium Alloy / steel, chrome plated, c/w with security lock
to operated from outside.
Door frame shall be made with same sheet steel of similar thickness.
Hinges shall be quite smooth, robust and aligned properly. Peripheral
clearance of the shutter should be as per standard code of practice.
The opening of the door should be in one direction
Door size shall be minimum 1000mm (width) x 2100mm (height).

Measurement of the door shall include Frame. (PWD E/M 14.79)
Page 439
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.80 SPARE PARTS Each 386,520.00 386,520.00 386,520.00 386,520.00
PUMP CONTROL PANEL FOR ENGINE DRIVEN FIRE PUMPS
The controller shall be UL listed and FM approved & BMS supported,

completely assembled and wired from the factory. The controller
shall be 12 volt / 24 volt., and shall be complete with all necessary
component and accessories.
The controller shall be operable automatically on sensing low

pressure in the system and shall be provided with a pressure-
actuated switch having independent high & low calibrated
adjustments. The switch shall be responsive to water pressure in the
fire protection system. The pressure-sensing element of the switch
shall be capable of momentary surge pressure of 300 psi (minm)
without loosing its accuracy, suitable provision shall be made for
relieving pressure to the pressure actuated switch to allow testing of
the operation of the controller and the pumping unit. (PWD E/M
14.80)
15.81 PUMP CONTROL PANEL FOR MOTOR DRIVEN FIRE & JOCKEY
PUMPS
Supply, installation of UL listed / FM approved (for Motor driven fire

pump) & UL listed / FM approved (for jockey pump), BMS supported
fire & jockey pump control panel complete with MCCB / MCB /
magnetic contactor / on-off push switch / indication lamp for phase
indication, run, trip mode / ampere meter / volt meter / overload
selector switch / phase failure protection device / dry operation
protection device / volt guard / connector block / bus-bar / CT of rated
capacity / ventilation fan / buzzer / cable lugs / and all other
accessories. The panel shall be well dressed in side for safety
purpose and for looking good.
The panel shall be suitable for 3-phase 400 ± 5% volt 50Hz power
supply. The panel shall with auto-manual mode to operate the pumps
controlled by pressure sensors. For fire pump the panel shall have
option to start the pump automatically by stop shall be manual. For
jockey pump the panel shall be suitable to start-stop the pump
automatically controlled by pressure sensor.
Enclosureof the panel shall be made with 16 SWG sheet steel and
shall be painted with powder coating of red color approved as Fire
code. Door of the panel shall be swing type with locking
arrangement. Knob of main MCCB shall be extended in front screen.
The panel shall be wall mounted type with fixing arrangement
properly. The panel shall be manufactured in accordance with
standard code of practice as NFPA/ NEMA / IEC / VDE / BS
standards comprising of required capacity.
15.81.01 Controller for motor driven Fire Pump 500GPM, 9 BAR. (PWD E/M Each 132,521.00 132,521.00 132,521.00 132,521.00
14.81.1)
14.81.2)
14.81.3)
14.81.4)
14.81.5)
14.81.6)
14.81.7)
14.81.8)
Page 440
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14.81.9)
14.81.10)
14.81.11)
14.81.12)
14.81.13)
14.81.14)
14.81.15)
14.81.16)
15.81.17 Controller for JP ( 20 GPM, 9 BAR). (PWD E/M 14.81.17) Each 98,164.00 98,164.00 98,164.00 98,164.00
15.82 STAIRCASE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM AIR LOUVER
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Louver made of

Aluminium of following size with all necessary accessories and
fittings approved by Engineer in charge
15.82.01 400 x 200 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.1) Each 3,141.00 3,141.00 3,141.00 3,141.00
15.82.02 400 x 250 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.2) Each 3,927.00 3,927.00 3,927.00 3,927.00
15.82.03 450 x 200 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.3) Each 3,534.00 3,534.00 3,534.00 3,534.00
15.82.04 450 x 250 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.4) Each 3,976.00 3,976.00 3,976.00 3,976.00
15.82.05 750 x 350 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.5) Each 8,422.00 8,422.00 8,422.00 8,422.00
15.82.06 850 x 350 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.6) Each 9,345.00 9,345.00 9,345.00 9,345.00
15.82.07 900 x 350 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.7) Each 9,880.00 9,880.00 9,880.00 9,880.00
15.82.08 900 x 400 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.8) Each 11,176.00 11,176.00 11,176.00 11,176.00
15.82.09 1200 x 350 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.9) Each 12,796.00 12,796.00 12,796.00 12,796.00
15.82.10 1200 x 400 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.10) Each 13,694.00 13,694.00 13,694.00 13,694.00
Page 441
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15.82.11 1500 x 550 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.11) Each 19,436.00 19,436.00 19,436.00 19,436.00
15.82.12 1600 x 600 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.12) Each 22,617.00 22,617.00 22,617.00 22,617.00
15.82.13 1650 x 550 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.13) Each 21,380.00 21,380.00 21,380.00 21,380.00
15.82.14 1700 x 600 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.14) Each 24,031.00 24,031.00 24,031.00 24,031.00
15.82.15 2200 x 800 mm. (PWD E/M 14.82.15) Each 41,464.00 41,464.00 41,464.00 41,464.00
15.83 PRESSURIZED FAN
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Pressurized Fan of

following capacity with VFD and pressure sensors control system
including non-return damper with all necessary accessories and
fittings, equipments including all electrical & civil works as per
drawing and direction of engineer in charge.
Country of Manufacture: Malaysia/South Korea/Thailand.
15.83.1 Capacity : 14000 cfm, ESP 100 Pa. (PWD E/M 14.83.1) Each 343,574.00 343,574.00 343,574.00 343,574.00
15.84 DUCT
Supply, installation and testing of galvanized plain sheets duct work
of different sizes as per drawing and detail technical specification
including supply of duct hanger/ isolator boxes, hanger rods, steel
supports and all necessary materials, duct materials and
construction shall be completed as per detail specification and
SMACNA standards. Sample shall be approved by Engineer-in-
Charge. The work shall be completed as per drawing and instruction
of Engineer-in-Charge.
15.84.1 Ducts made of 24 SWG GP Sheets. (PWD E/M 14.84.1) Sft 196.00 196.00 196.00 196.00
Page 442

LGED Schedule of Rates 2022 - FB - Design - Integrity

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LGED Schedule of Rates 2022 - FB - Design - Integrity

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LGED Schedule of Rates 2022 - FB - Design - Integrity

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schedule of Rates

Schedule of Rates, LGED, June 2022

Chapter - 1 : General, Site Facilities and Safety

Chapter - 2 : Earth Works in Road Embankment

2.02.2.03 98% Compaction cum 430.29 426.35 410.35 410.35

2.02.4 EFW(DrS): Earth filling work in any type of embankment/pond/low

2.02.4.04 Distance 1.0km to 2.0km cum 422.23 421.95 421.18 421.18

Chapter - 3 : Road Works

3.01.4.2 BC&SGC(450mm): Earth work in box cutting on road crest up to sqm

Section-02: Improved Sub-Grade

3.05.1.3 50mm downgraded cum 3,926.29 3,913.98 3,753.23 3,824.38

3.05.2.3 50mm downgraded cum 369.24 356.94 338.47 338.47

3.05.3.3 50mm downgraded cum 8,833.34 9,042.58 7,610.72 8,019.96

3.05.5.3 50mm downgraded cum 1,476.97 1,427.74 1,353.89 1,353.89

3.05.8.1 WBMSC: Providing compacted Stone Aggregate Base Course by cum

3.11.28.02 Size 400mmX400mmX150mm each 292.36 292.04 284.60 286.43

3.11.28.05 Size 300mmX300mmX150mm each 164.66 164.48 160.29 161.32

3.11.29 PHCC Block-17MPa (PW): Manufacturing and supplying Plain

3.11.30.03 Thickness 150mm sqm 2,134.34 2,131.72 2,080.35 2,092.68

[Suitable size & interlocking arrangement]

3.11.33.02 without capping beam m 6,713.34 6,698.24 6,454.88 6,512.65

Chapter - 4 : Bridge Works

4.01.01.01.01 Case I: By Manual Means cum 2,574.36 2,535.08 2,372.76 2,372.76

4.01.01.03 Brick Works

4.01.01.08.02 For 600mm to 900mm diameter m 496.02 486.66 451.09 451.09

Section-03: Temporary bamboo/ wooden Bridge & Diversion road

4.03.04.04 Shisu/ Mehagoni cum 106,231.28 105,837.42 104,754.31 104,754.31

Section-04: Bailey Bridge (PSB), Steel pontoon and Steel Bridge

4.04.01.03 Calender Hamilton truss bridge m 40,444.32 39,645.86 36,824.11 36,824.11

4.04.02.03 Calender Hamilton truss bridge. m 29,596.70 29,012.04 26,947.00 26,947.00

4.04.03 Supply and installation of steel pontoon of size LS

4.05.01.02 Earth work in Ordinary Soil by Mechanical Means (Hydaulic

4.05.01.02.03 For depth above 6m cum 133.71 133.17 130.98 130.98

4.05.01.04.03 For depth above 6m cum 149.92 149.23 146.48 146.48

4.05.02.03 Lead 1km to 2km cum 403.10 402.96 402.05 402.05

4.05.02.06 Lead 4km to 5km cum 815.18 815.04 814.13 814.13

4.05.07 Making arrangement of barge of required size & capacity for

4.05.09 Construction of steel cofferdam with bottom frame with a required

4.06.01.02 Sand of Minimum FM 1.2 cum 1,310.81 1,315.98 1,264.29 1,264.29

4.06.05.02 Cement mortar (1:4) cum 8,330.37 8,303.05 7,972.08 8,072.03

4.06.06.02 Cement mortar (1:4) sqm 278.64 276.65 259.88 259.88

4.07.01.01.03 600mm diameter m 2,218.68 2,205.81 2,164.52 2,164.52

4.07.01.02 BCIS_SMMTD: Boring by Skid Mounted Mechanical Table Drive

4.07.01.02.03 800mm diameter m 3,668.55 3,663.58 3,647.61 3,647.61

4.07.01.02.06 1200mm diameter m 7,359.97 7,348.69 7,313.49 7,313.49

4.07.01.03.03 900mm diameter m 5,896.20 5,889.70 5,868.99 5,868.99

4.07.01.03.06 1500mm diameter m 11,337.92 11,324.39 11,283.39 11,283.39

4.07.01.03.09 2500mm diameter m 17,234.59 17,212.03 17,145.46 17,145.46

4.07.02.03 Pile diameter - 600 mm m 6,190.89 6,188.42 6,184.49 6,184.49

4.07.02.06 Pile diameter - 900 mm m 11,784.52 11,776.64 11,763.97 11,763.97

4.07.02.09 Pile diameter - 1500 mm m 17,418.37 17,404.68 17,382.80 17,382.80

4.07.21.01.02 Cost of driving up to 8.00m m 241.20 238.04 226.96 226.96

4.07.21.02.02 Cost of driving up to 8.00m m 317.24 313.01 298.00 298.00

4.07.23.02 Above 75 MT and up to 125 MT each 199,542.00 199,479.52 198,298.88 198,298.88

4.07.27.02 For test load 101 MT to 300 MT

4.07.27.05 For test load above 800 MT

Section-08: Well Foundation Work

4.08.01.01.03 Depth beyond 10.0 m up to 15.0 m m 10,765.88 10,726.61 10,459.63 10,459.63